From 5e633abcca598289d0423d89bb400b41e6417259 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: marha <marha@users.sourceforge.net>
Date: Tue, 15 Mar 2011 21:35:41 +0000
Subject: xserver libX11 libxcb mesa git update 15 Mar 2011
---
xorg-server/Xi/xipassivegrab.c | 614 +--
xorg-server/Xi/xiproperty.c | 4 +-
xorg-server/config/hal.c | 6 +-
xorg-server/config/udev.c | 6 +-
xorg-server/configure.ac | 4542 ++++++++---------
xorg-server/dix/devices.c | 5258 +++++++++----------
xorg-server/dix/eventconvert.c | 1537 +++---
xorg-server/dix/getevents.c | 2638 +++++-----
xorg-server/dix/ptrveloc.c | 2413 ++++-----
xorg-server/fb/fbpict.c | 746 +--
xorg-server/glx/glxdri.c | 44 +-
xorg-server/glx/glxdri2.c | 39 +-
xorg-server/glx/glxdricommon.c | 57 +
xorg-server/glx/glxdricommon.h | 87 +-
xorg-server/glx/glxdriswrast.c | 50 +-
xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx.h | 2 -
xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpict.c | 87 -
xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpict.h | 10 -
xorg-server/hw/dmx/doc/Makefile.am | 557 +-
xorg-server/hw/xfree86/Makefile.am | 238 +-
xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Configure.c | 1527 +++---
xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Xinput.c | 2815 +++++-----
xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/Makefile.am | 8 +-
xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/man/Makefile.am | 3 -
xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/man/Xorg.man | 689 ---
xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/man/xorg.conf.d.man | 1 -
xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/man/xorg.conf.man | 2478 ---------
xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/Makefile.am | 3 +
xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/Xorg.man | 689 +++
xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/xorg.conf.d.man | 1 +
xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/xorg.conf.man | 2478 +++++++++
xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Crtc.c | 6479 ++++++++++++------------
xorg-server/hw/xfree86/os-support/xf86_OSlib.h | 833 ++-
xorg-server/hw/xfree86/parser/scan.c | 11 +-
xorg-server/include/input.h | 1188 +++--
xorg-server/include/misc.h | 592 +--
xorg-server/include/propertyst.h | 136 +-
xorg-server/include/ptrveloc.h | 282 +-
xorg-server/include/resource.h | 510 +-
xorg-server/mi/mipointer.c | 1386 ++---
xorg-server/mi/mipointer.h | 1 +
xorg-server/mi/misprite.c | 2087 ++++----
xorg-server/miext/cw/cw.h | 2 -
xorg-server/miext/cw/cw_render.c | 64 -
xorg-server/os/access.c | 19 -
xorg-server/os/osinit.c | 623 ++-
xorg-server/os/utils.c | 11 -
xorg-server/os/xdmcp.c | 2 +-
xorg-server/randr/randr.c | 1006 ++--
xorg-server/randr/randrstr.h | 1944 +++----
xorg-server/randr/rrcrtc.c | 2857 ++++++-----
xorg-server/record/record.c | 5873 +++++++++++----------
xorg-server/render/mipict.c | 1254 +++--
xorg-server/render/mipict.h | 353 +-
xorg-server/render/mitri.c | 200 +-
xorg-server/render/picture.c | 45 +-
xorg-server/render/picturestr.h | 2 -
xorg-server/test/Makefile.am | 3 +-
xorg-server/test/list.c | 176 +
xorg-server/xkb/xkbActions.c | 2875 ++++++-----
60 files changed, 30234 insertions(+), 30207 deletions(-)
delete mode 100644 xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/man/Makefile.am
delete mode 100644 xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/man/Xorg.man
delete mode 100644 xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/man/xorg.conf.d.man
delete mode 100644 xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/man/xorg.conf.man
create mode 100644 xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/Makefile.am
create mode 100644 xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/Xorg.man
create mode 100644 xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/xorg.conf.d.man
create mode 100644 xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/xorg.conf.man
create mode 100644 xorg-server/test/list.c
(limited to 'xorg-server')
diff --git a/xorg-server/Xi/xipassivegrab.c b/xorg-server/Xi/xipassivegrab.c
index 8663d12a1..487c2721b 100644
--- a/xorg-server/Xi/xipassivegrab.c
+++ b/xorg-server/Xi/xipassivegrab.c
@@ -1,307 +1,307 @@
-/*
- * Copyright © 2009 Red Hat, Inc.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Author: Peter Hutterer
- */
-
-/***********************************************************************
- *
- * Request to grab or ungrab input device.
- *
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "inputstr.h" /* DeviceIntPtr */
-#include "windowstr.h" /* window structure */
-#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XI2proto.h>
-#include "swaprep.h"
-
-#include "exglobals.h" /* BadDevice */
-#include "exevents.h"
-#include "xipassivegrab.h"
-#include "dixgrabs.h"
-
-int
-SProcXIPassiveGrabDevice(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int i;
- char n;
- xXIModifierInfo *mods;
-
- REQUEST(xXIPassiveGrabDeviceReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- swaps(&stuff->deviceid, n);
- swapl(&stuff->grab_window, n);
- swapl(&stuff->cursor, n);
- swapl(&stuff->time, n);
- swapl(&stuff->detail, n);
- swaps(&stuff->mask_len, n);
- swaps(&stuff->num_modifiers, n);
-
- mods = (xXIModifierInfo*)&stuff[1];
-
- for (i = 0; i < stuff->num_modifiers; i++, mods++)
- {
- swapl(&mods->base_mods, n);
- swapl(&mods->latched_mods, n);
- swapl(&mods->locked_mods, n);
- }
-
- return ProcXIPassiveGrabDevice(client);
-}
-
-int
-ProcXIPassiveGrabDevice(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev, mod_dev;
- xXIPassiveGrabDeviceReply rep;
- int i, ret = Success;
- uint8_t status;
- uint32_t *modifiers;
- xXIGrabModifierInfo *modifiers_failed;
- GrabMask mask;
- GrabParameters param;
- void *tmp;
- int mask_len;
-
- REQUEST(xXIPassiveGrabDeviceReq);
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xXIPassiveGrabDeviceReq);
-
- if (stuff->deviceid == XIAllDevices)
- dev = inputInfo.all_devices;
- else if (stuff->deviceid == XIAllMasterDevices)
- dev = inputInfo.all_master_devices;
- else
- {
- ret = dixLookupDevice(&dev, stuff->deviceid, client, DixGrabAccess);
- if (ret != Success)
- return ret;
- }
-
- if (stuff->grab_type != XIGrabtypeButton &&
- stuff->grab_type != XIGrabtypeKeycode &&
- stuff->grab_type != XIGrabtypeEnter &&
- stuff->grab_type != XIGrabtypeFocusIn)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->grab_type;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- if ((stuff->grab_type == XIGrabtypeEnter ||
- stuff->grab_type == XIGrabtypeFocusIn) && stuff->detail != 0)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->detail;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- if (XICheckInvalidMaskBits(client, (unsigned char*)&stuff[1],
- stuff->mask_len * 4) != Success)
- return BadValue;
-
- mask_len = min(sizeof(mask.xi2mask[stuff->deviceid]), stuff->mask_len * 4);
- memset(mask.xi2mask, 0, sizeof(mask.xi2mask));
- memcpy(mask.xi2mask[stuff->deviceid], &stuff[1], mask_len * 4);
-
- rep.repType = X_Reply;
- rep.RepType = X_XIPassiveGrabDevice;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.num_modifiers = 0;
-
- memset(¶m, 0, sizeof(param));
- param.grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI2;
- param.ownerEvents = stuff->owner_events;
- param.this_device_mode = stuff->grab_mode;
- param.other_devices_mode = stuff->paired_device_mode;
- param.grabWindow = stuff->grab_window;
- param.cursor = stuff->cursor;
-
- if (stuff->cursor != None)
- {
- status = dixLookupResourceByType(&tmp, stuff->cursor,
- RT_CURSOR, client, DixUseAccess);
- if (status != Success)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->cursor;
- return status;
- }
- }
-
- status = dixLookupWindow((WindowPtr*)&tmp, stuff->grab_window, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (status != Success)
- return status;
-
- status = CheckGrabValues(client, ¶m);
-
- modifiers = (uint32_t*)&stuff[1] + stuff->mask_len;
- modifiers_failed = calloc(stuff->num_modifiers, sizeof(xXIGrabModifierInfo));
- if (!modifiers_failed)
- return BadAlloc;
-
- mod_dev = (IsFloating(dev)) ? dev : GetMaster(dev, MASTER_KEYBOARD);
-
- for (i = 0; i < stuff->num_modifiers; i++, modifiers++)
- {
- param.modifiers = *modifiers;
- switch(stuff->grab_type)
- {
- case XIGrabtypeButton:
- status = GrabButton(client, dev, mod_dev, stuff->detail,
- ¶m, GRABTYPE_XI2, &mask);
- break;
- case XIGrabtypeKeycode:
- status = GrabKey(client, dev, mod_dev, stuff->detail,
- ¶m, GRABTYPE_XI2, &mask);
- break;
- case XIGrabtypeEnter:
- case XIGrabtypeFocusIn:
- status = GrabWindow(client, dev, stuff->grab_type,
- ¶m, &mask);
- break;
- }
-
- if (status != GrabSuccess)
- {
- xXIGrabModifierInfo *info = modifiers_failed + rep.num_modifiers;
-
- info->status = status;
- info->modifiers = *modifiers;
- rep.num_modifiers++;
- rep.length++;
- }
- }
-
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(rep), &rep);
- if (rep.num_modifiers)
- {
- client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write;
- WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, rep.num_modifiers * 4, (char*)modifiers_failed);
- }
- free(modifiers_failed);
- return ret;
-}
-
-void
-SRepXIPassiveGrabDevice(ClientPtr client, int size,
- xXIPassiveGrabDeviceReply * rep)
-{
- char n;
-
- swaps(&rep->sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep->length, n);
- swaps(&rep->num_modifiers, n);
-
- WriteToClient(client, size, (char *)rep);
-}
-
-int
-SProcXIPassiveUngrabDevice(ClientPtr client)
-{
- char n;
- int i;
- uint32_t *modifiers;
-
- REQUEST(xXIPassiveUngrabDeviceReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- swapl(&stuff->grab_window, n);
- swaps(&stuff->deviceid, n);
- swapl(&stuff->detail, n);
- swaps(&stuff->num_modifiers, n);
-
- modifiers = (uint32_t*)&stuff[1];
-
- for (i = 0; i < stuff->num_modifiers; i++, modifiers++)
- swapl(modifiers, n);
-
- return ProcXIPassiveUngrabDevice(client);
-}
-
-int
-ProcXIPassiveUngrabDevice(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev, mod_dev;
- WindowPtr win;
- GrabRec tempGrab;
- uint32_t* modifiers;
- int i, rc;
-
- REQUEST(xXIPassiveUngrabDeviceReq);
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xXIPassiveUngrabDeviceReq);
-
- rc = dixLookupDevice(&dev, stuff->deviceid, client, DixGrabAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- if (stuff->grab_type != XIGrabtypeButton &&
- stuff->grab_type != XIGrabtypeKeycode &&
- stuff->grab_type != XIGrabtypeEnter &&
- stuff->grab_type != XIGrabtypeFocusIn)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->grab_type;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- if ((stuff->grab_type == XIGrabtypeEnter ||
- stuff->grab_type == XIGrabtypeFocusIn) && stuff->detail != 0)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->detail;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&win, stuff->grab_window, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- mod_dev = (IsFloating(dev)) ? dev : GetMaster(dev, MASTER_KEYBOARD);
-
- tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;
- tempGrab.device = dev;
- tempGrab.window = win;
- switch(stuff->grab_type)
- {
- case XIGrabtypeButton: tempGrab.type = XI_ButtonPress; break;
- case XIGrabtypeKeycode: tempGrab.type = XI_KeyPress; break;
- case XIGrabtypeEnter: tempGrab.type = XI_Enter; break;
- case XIGrabtypeFocusIn: tempGrab.type = XI_FocusIn; break;
- }
- tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI2;
- tempGrab.modifierDevice = mod_dev;
- tempGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL;
- tempGrab.detail.exact = stuff->detail;
- tempGrab.detail.pMask = NULL;
-
- modifiers = (uint32_t*)&stuff[1];
-
- for (i = 0; i < stuff->num_modifiers; i++, modifiers++)
- {
- tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = *modifiers;
- DeletePassiveGrabFromList(&tempGrab);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
+/*
+ * Copyright © 2009 Red Hat, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Author: Peter Hutterer
+ */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Request to grab or ungrab input device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "inputstr.h" /* DeviceIntPtr */
+#include "windowstr.h" /* window structure */
+#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI2proto.h>
+#include "swaprep.h"
+
+#include "exglobals.h" /* BadDevice */
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "xipassivegrab.h"
+#include "dixgrabs.h"
+
+int
+SProcXIPassiveGrabDevice(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int i;
+ char n;
+ xXIModifierInfo *mods;
+
+ REQUEST(xXIPassiveGrabDeviceReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->deviceid, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->grab_window, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->cursor, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->time, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->detail, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->mask_len, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->num_modifiers, n);
+
+ mods = (xXIModifierInfo*)&stuff[1];
+
+ for (i = 0; i < stuff->num_modifiers; i++, mods++)
+ {
+ swapl(&mods->base_mods, n);
+ swapl(&mods->latched_mods, n);
+ swapl(&mods->locked_mods, n);
+ }
+
+ return ProcXIPassiveGrabDevice(client);
+}
+
+int
+ProcXIPassiveGrabDevice(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev, mod_dev;
+ xXIPassiveGrabDeviceReply rep;
+ int i, ret = Success;
+ uint8_t status;
+ uint32_t *modifiers;
+ xXIGrabModifierInfo *modifiers_failed;
+ GrabMask mask;
+ GrabParameters param;
+ void *tmp;
+ int mask_len;
+
+ REQUEST(xXIPassiveGrabDeviceReq);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xXIPassiveGrabDeviceReq);
+
+ if (stuff->deviceid == XIAllDevices)
+ dev = inputInfo.all_devices;
+ else if (stuff->deviceid == XIAllMasterDevices)
+ dev = inputInfo.all_master_devices;
+ else
+ {
+ ret = dixLookupDevice(&dev, stuff->deviceid, client, DixGrabAccess);
+ if (ret != Success)
+ return ret;
+ }
+
+ if (stuff->grab_type != XIGrabtypeButton &&
+ stuff->grab_type != XIGrabtypeKeycode &&
+ stuff->grab_type != XIGrabtypeEnter &&
+ stuff->grab_type != XIGrabtypeFocusIn)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->grab_type;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ if ((stuff->grab_type == XIGrabtypeEnter ||
+ stuff->grab_type == XIGrabtypeFocusIn) && stuff->detail != 0)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->detail;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ if (XICheckInvalidMaskBits(client, (unsigned char*)&stuff[1],
+ stuff->mask_len * 4) != Success)
+ return BadValue;
+
+ mask_len = min(sizeof(mask.xi2mask[stuff->deviceid]), stuff->mask_len * 4);
+ memset(mask.xi2mask, 0, sizeof(mask.xi2mask));
+ memcpy(mask.xi2mask[stuff->deviceid], &stuff[1], mask_len * 4);
+
+ rep.repType = X_Reply;
+ rep.RepType = X_XIPassiveGrabDevice;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.num_modifiers = 0;
+
+ memset(¶m, 0, sizeof(param));
+ param.grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI2;
+ param.ownerEvents = stuff->owner_events;
+ param.this_device_mode = stuff->grab_mode;
+ param.other_devices_mode = stuff->paired_device_mode;
+ param.grabWindow = stuff->grab_window;
+ param.cursor = stuff->cursor;
+
+ if (stuff->cursor != None)
+ {
+ status = dixLookupResourceByType(&tmp, stuff->cursor,
+ RT_CURSOR, client, DixUseAccess);
+ if (status != Success)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->cursor;
+ return status;
+ }
+ }
+
+ status = dixLookupWindow((WindowPtr*)&tmp, stuff->grab_window, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (status != Success)
+ return status;
+
+ status = CheckGrabValues(client, ¶m);
+
+ modifiers = (uint32_t*)&stuff[1] + stuff->mask_len;
+ modifiers_failed = calloc(stuff->num_modifiers, sizeof(xXIGrabModifierInfo));
+ if (!modifiers_failed)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ mod_dev = (IsFloating(dev)) ? dev : GetMaster(dev, MASTER_KEYBOARD);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < stuff->num_modifiers; i++, modifiers++)
+ {
+ param.modifiers = *modifiers;
+ switch(stuff->grab_type)
+ {
+ case XIGrabtypeButton:
+ status = GrabButton(client, dev, mod_dev, stuff->detail,
+ ¶m, GRABTYPE_XI2, &mask);
+ break;
+ case XIGrabtypeKeycode:
+ status = GrabKey(client, dev, mod_dev, stuff->detail,
+ ¶m, GRABTYPE_XI2, &mask);
+ break;
+ case XIGrabtypeEnter:
+ case XIGrabtypeFocusIn:
+ status = GrabWindow(client, dev, stuff->grab_type,
+ ¶m, &mask);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (status != GrabSuccess)
+ {
+ xXIGrabModifierInfo *info = modifiers_failed + rep.num_modifiers;
+
+ info->status = status;
+ info->modifiers = *modifiers;
+ rep.num_modifiers++;
+ rep.length += bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xXIGrabModifierInfo));
+ }
+ }
+
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(rep), &rep);
+ if (rep.num_modifiers)
+ {
+ client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write;
+ WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, rep.length * 4, (char*)modifiers_failed);
+ }
+ free(modifiers_failed);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+void
+SRepXIPassiveGrabDevice(ClientPtr client, int size,
+ xXIPassiveGrabDeviceReply * rep)
+{
+ char n;
+
+ swaps(&rep->sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep->length, n);
+ swaps(&rep->num_modifiers, n);
+
+ WriteToClient(client, size, (char *)rep);
+}
+
+int
+SProcXIPassiveUngrabDevice(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ char n;
+ int i;
+ uint32_t *modifiers;
+
+ REQUEST(xXIPassiveUngrabDeviceReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->grab_window, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->deviceid, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->detail, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->num_modifiers, n);
+
+ modifiers = (uint32_t*)&stuff[1];
+
+ for (i = 0; i < stuff->num_modifiers; i++, modifiers++)
+ swapl(modifiers, n);
+
+ return ProcXIPassiveUngrabDevice(client);
+}
+
+int
+ProcXIPassiveUngrabDevice(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev, mod_dev;
+ WindowPtr win;
+ GrabRec tempGrab;
+ uint32_t* modifiers;
+ int i, rc;
+
+ REQUEST(xXIPassiveUngrabDeviceReq);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xXIPassiveUngrabDeviceReq);
+
+ rc = dixLookupDevice(&dev, stuff->deviceid, client, DixGrabAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ if (stuff->grab_type != XIGrabtypeButton &&
+ stuff->grab_type != XIGrabtypeKeycode &&
+ stuff->grab_type != XIGrabtypeEnter &&
+ stuff->grab_type != XIGrabtypeFocusIn)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->grab_type;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ if ((stuff->grab_type == XIGrabtypeEnter ||
+ stuff->grab_type == XIGrabtypeFocusIn) && stuff->detail != 0)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->detail;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&win, stuff->grab_window, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ mod_dev = (IsFloating(dev)) ? dev : GetMaster(dev, MASTER_KEYBOARD);
+
+ tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;
+ tempGrab.device = dev;
+ tempGrab.window = win;
+ switch(stuff->grab_type)
+ {
+ case XIGrabtypeButton: tempGrab.type = XI_ButtonPress; break;
+ case XIGrabtypeKeycode: tempGrab.type = XI_KeyPress; break;
+ case XIGrabtypeEnter: tempGrab.type = XI_Enter; break;
+ case XIGrabtypeFocusIn: tempGrab.type = XI_FocusIn; break;
+ }
+ tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI2;
+ tempGrab.modifierDevice = mod_dev;
+ tempGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL;
+ tempGrab.detail.exact = stuff->detail;
+ tempGrab.detail.pMask = NULL;
+
+ modifiers = (uint32_t*)&stuff[1];
+
+ for (i = 0; i < stuff->num_modifiers; i++, modifiers++)
+ {
+ tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = *modifiers;
+ DeletePassiveGrabFromList(&tempGrab);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/Xi/xiproperty.c b/xorg-server/Xi/xiproperty.c
index c1a25bbf7..b10891d1c 100644
--- a/xorg-server/Xi/xiproperty.c
+++ b/xorg-server/Xi/xiproperty.c
@@ -1051,11 +1051,11 @@ SProcXChangeDeviceProperty (ClientPtr client)
char n;
REQUEST(xChangeDevicePropertyReq);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeDevicePropertyReq);
swaps(&stuff->length, n);
swapl(&stuff->property, n);
swapl(&stuff->type, n);
swapl(&stuff->nUnits, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangeDevicePropertyReq);
return (ProcXChangeDeviceProperty(client));
}
@@ -1295,12 +1295,12 @@ SProcXIChangeProperty(ClientPtr client)
char n;
REQUEST(xXIChangePropertyReq);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xXIChangePropertyReq);
swaps(&stuff->length, n);
swaps(&stuff->deviceid, n);
swapl(&stuff->property, n);
swapl(&stuff->type, n);
swapl(&stuff->num_items, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xXIChangePropertyReq);
return (ProcXIChangeProperty(client));
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/config/hal.c b/xorg-server/config/hal.c
index 2aff6f9fd..929643653 100644
--- a/xorg-server/config/hal.c
+++ b/xorg-server/config/hal.c
@@ -392,10 +392,10 @@ unwind:
free(driver);
free(name);
free(config_info);
- while (!dev && (tmpo = options)) {
+ while ((tmpo = options)) {
options = tmpo->next;
- free(tmpo->key);
- free(tmpo->value);
+ free(tmpo->key); /* NULL if dev != NULL */
+ free(tmpo->value); /* NULL if dev != NULL */
free(tmpo);
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/config/udev.c b/xorg-server/config/udev.c
index eeacff162..44319e4db 100644
--- a/xorg-server/config/udev.c
+++ b/xorg-server/config/udev.c
@@ -197,10 +197,10 @@ device_added(struct udev_device *udev_device)
unwind:
free(config_info);
- while (!dev && (tmpo = options)) {
+ while ((tmpo = options)) {
options = tmpo->next;
- free(tmpo->key);
- free(tmpo->value);
+ free(tmpo->key); /* NULL if dev != NULL */
+ free(tmpo->value); /* NULL if dev != NULL */
free(tmpo);
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/configure.ac b/xorg-server/configure.ac
index 681f9d9c5..83ec3f9d0 100644
--- a/xorg-server/configure.ac
+++ b/xorg-server/configure.ac
@@ -1,2271 +1,2271 @@
-dnl Copyright © 2003-2007 Keith Packard, Daniel Stone
-dnl
-dnl Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
-dnl copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-dnl to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
-dnl the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
-dnl and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
-dnl Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-dnl
-dnl The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
-dnl paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
-dnl Software.
-dnl
-dnl THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-dnl IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-dnl FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
-dnl THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-dnl LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
-dnl FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
-dnl DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-dnl
-dnl Authors: Keith Packard <keithp@keithp.com>
-dnl Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
-dnl an unwitting cast of miscellaneous others
-dnl
-dnl Process this file with autoconf to create configure.
-
-AC_PREREQ(2.57)
-AC_INIT([xorg-server], 1.10.99.1, [https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg], xorg-server)
-RELEASE_DATE="unreleased"
-AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([Makefile.am])
-AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([foreign dist-bzip2])
-AM_MAINTAINER_MODE
-
-# Require xorg-macros minimum of 1.10 for XORG_CHECK_SGML_DOCTOOLS
-m4_ifndef([XORG_MACROS_VERSION],
- [m4_fatal([must install xorg-macros 1.10 or later before running autoconf/autogen])])
-XORG_MACROS_VERSION(1.10)
-XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS
-XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN(1.6.1)
-XORG_CHECK_SGML_DOCTOOLS(1.5)
-
-m4_ifndef([XORG_FONT_MACROS_VERSION], [m4_fatal([must install fontutil 1.1 or later before running autoconf/autogen])])
-XORG_FONT_MACROS_VERSION(1.1)
-
-dnl this gets generated by autoheader, and thus contains all the defines. we
-dnl don't ever actually use it, internally.
-AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(include/do-not-use-config.h)
-dnl xorg-server.h is an external header, designed to be included by loadable
-dnl drivers.
-AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(include/xorg-server.h)
-dnl dix-config.h covers most of the DIX (i.e. everything but the DDX, not just
-dnl dix/).
-AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(include/dix-config.h)
-dnl xorg-config.h covers the Xorg DDX.
-AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(include/xorg-config.h)
-dnl xkb-config.h covers XKB for the Xorg and Xnest DDXs.
-AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(include/xkb-config.h)
-dnl xwin-config.h covers the XWin DDX.
-AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(include/xwin-config.h)
-dnl kdrive-config.h covers the kdrive DDX
-AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(include/kdrive-config.h)
-dnl version-config.h covers the version numbers so they can be bumped without
-dnl forcing an entire recompile.x
-AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(include/version-config.h)
-
-AM_PROG_AS
-AC_PROG_LN_S
-AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL
-AC_DISABLE_STATIC
-AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
-AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
-PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG
-AC_PROG_LEX
-AC_PROG_YACC
-AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
-XORG_PROG_RAWCPP
-
-# Quoted so that make will expand $(CWARNFLAGS) in makefiles to allow
-# easier overrides at build time.
-XSERVER_CFLAGS='$(CWARNFLAGS)'
-
-dnl Check for dtrace program (needed to build Xserver dtrace probes)
-dnl Also checks for <sys/sdt.h>, since some Linux distros have an
-dnl ISDN trace program named dtrace
-AC_ARG_WITH(dtrace, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-dtrace=PATH],
- [Enable dtrace probes (default: enabled if dtrace found)]),
- [WDTRACE=$withval], [WDTRACE=auto])
-if test "x$WDTRACE" = "xyes" -o "x$WDTRACE" = "xauto" ; then
- AC_PATH_PROG(DTRACE, [dtrace], [not_found], [$PATH:/usr/sbin])
- if test "x$DTRACE" = "xnot_found" ; then
- if test "x$WDTRACE" = "xyes" ; then
- AC_MSG_FAILURE([dtrace requested but not found])
- fi
- WDTRACE="no"
- else
- AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/sdt.h, [HAS_SDT_H="yes"], [HAS_SDT_H="no"])
- if test "x$WDTRACE" = "xauto" -a "x$HAS_SDT_H" = "xno" ; then
- WDTRACE="no"
- fi
- fi
-fi
-if test "x$WDTRACE" != "xno" ; then
- AC_DEFINE(XSERVER_DTRACE, 1,
- [Define to 1 if the DTrace Xserver provider probes should be built in.])
-
-# Solaris/OpenSolaris require dtrace -G to build dtrace probe information into
-# object files, and require linking with those as relocatable objects, not .a
-# archives. MacOS X handles all this in the normal compiler toolchain, and on
-# some releases (like Tiger), will error out on dtrace -G. For now, other
-# platforms with Dtrace ports are assumed to support -G (the FreeBSD and Linux
-# ports appear to, based on my web searches, but have not yet been tested).
- case $host_os in
- darwin*) SPECIAL_DTRACE_OBJECTS=no ;;
- *) SPECIAL_DTRACE_OBJECTS=yes ;;
- esac
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XSERVER_DTRACE, [test "x$WDTRACE" != "xno"])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(SPECIAL_DTRACE_OBJECTS, [test "x$SPECIAL_DTRACE_OBJECTS" = "xyes"])
-
-AC_HEADER_DIRENT
-AC_HEADER_STDC
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS([fcntl.h stdlib.h string.h unistd.h dlfcn.h stropts.h fnmatch.h sys/utsname.h])
-
-dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
-AC_C_CONST
-AC_C_BIGENDIAN([ENDIAN="X_BIG_ENDIAN"], [ENDIAN="X_LITTLE_ENDIAN"])
-
-AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([unsigned long])
-if test "$ac_cv_sizeof_unsigned_long" = 8; then
- AC_DEFINE(_XSERVER64, 1, [Define to 1 if unsigned long is 64 bits.])
-fi
-
-AC_TYPE_PID_T
-
-# Checks for headers/macros for byte swapping
-# Known variants:
-# <byteswap.h> bswap_16, bswap_32, bswap_64 (glibc)
-# <sys/endian.h> __swap16, __swap32, __swap64 (OpenBSD)
-# <sys/endian.h> bswap16, bswap32, bswap64 (other BSD's)
-# and a fallback to local macros if none of the above are found
-
-# if <byteswap.h> is found, assume it's the correct version
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS([byteswap.h])
-
-# if <sys/endian.h> is found, have to check which version
-AC_CHECK_HEADER([sys/endian.h], [HAVE_SYS_ENDIAN_H="yes"], [HAVE_SYS_ENDIAN_H="no"])
-
-if test "x$HAVE_SYS_ENDIAN_H" = "xyes" ; then
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for __swap16 variant of <sys/endian.h> byteswapping macros])
- AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/endian.h>
- ], [
-int a = 1, b;
-b = __swap16(a);
- ])
-], [SYS_ENDIAN__SWAP='yes'], [SYS_ENDIAN__SWAP='no'])
- AC_MSG_RESULT([$SYS_ENDIAN__SWAP])
-
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for bswap16 variant of <sys/endian.h> byteswapping macros])
- AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/endian.h>
- ], [
-int a = 1, b;
-b = bswap16(a);
- ])
-], [SYS_ENDIAN_BSWAP='yes'], [SYS_ENDIAN_BSWAP='no'])
- AC_MSG_RESULT([$SYS_ENDIAN_BSWAP])
-
- if test "$SYS_ENDIAN_BSWAP" = "yes" ; then
- USE_SYS_ENDIAN_H=yes
- BSWAP=bswap
- else
- if test "$SYS_ENDIAN__SWAP" = "yes" ; then
- USE_SYS_ENDIAN_H=yes
- BSWAP=__swap
- else
- USE_SYS_ENDIAN_H=no
- fi
- fi
-
- if test "$USE_SYS_ENDIAN_H" = "yes" ; then
- AC_DEFINE([USE_SYS_ENDIAN_H], 1,
- [Define to use byteswap macros from <sys/endian.h>])
- AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([bswap_16], ${BSWAP}16,
- [Define to 16-bit byteswap macro])
- AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([bswap_32], ${BSWAP}32,
- [Define to 32-bit byteswap macro])
- AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([bswap_64], ${BSWAP}64,
- [Define to 64-bit byteswap macro])
- fi
-fi
-
-dnl Check to see if dlopen is in default libraries (like Solaris, which
-dnl has it in libc), or if libdl is needed to get it.
-AC_CHECK_FUNC([dlopen], [],
- AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen], DLOPEN_LIBS="-ldl"))
-AC_SUBST(DLOPEN_LIBS)
-
-dnl Checks for library functions.
-AC_FUNC_VPRINTF
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS([geteuid getuid link memmove memset mkstemp strchr strrchr \
- strtol getopt getopt_long vsnprintf walkcontext backtrace \
- getisax getzoneid shmctl64 strcasestr ffs vasprintf])
-AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
-dnl Old HAS_* names used in os/*.c.
-AC_CHECK_FUNC([getdtablesize],
- AC_DEFINE(HAS_GETDTABLESIZE, 1, [Have the 'getdtablesize' function.]))
-AC_CHECK_FUNC([getifaddrs],
- AC_DEFINE(HAS_GETIFADDRS, 1, [Have the 'getifaddrs' function.]))
-AC_CHECK_FUNC([getpeereid],
- AC_DEFINE(HAS_GETPEEREID, 1, [Have the 'getpeereid' function.]))
-AC_CHECK_FUNC([getpeerucred],
- AC_DEFINE(HAS_GETPEERUCRED, 1, [Have the 'getpeerucred' function.]))
-AC_CHECK_FUNC([strlcat], HAVE_STRLCAT=yes, HAVE_STRLCAT=no)
-AM_CONDITIONAL(NEED_STRLCAT, [test x$HAVE_STRLCAT = xno])
-AC_CHECK_FUNC([strlcpy], AC_DEFINE(HAS_STRLCPY, 1, [Have the 'strlcpy' function]))
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(NEED_VSNPRINTF, [test x$HAVE_VSNPRINTF = xno])
-
-dnl Check for mmap support for Xvfb
-AC_CHECK_FUNC([mmap], AC_DEFINE(HAS_MMAP, 1, [Have the 'mmap' function.]))
-
-dnl Find the math libary
-AC_CHECK_LIB(m, sqrt)
-AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cbrt, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CBRT, 1, [Have the 'cbrt' function]))
-
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS([ndbm.h dbm.h rpcsvc/dbm.h])
-
-dnl AGPGART headers
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS([linux/agpgart.h sys/agpio.h sys/agpgart.h], AGP=yes)
-AM_CONDITIONAL(AGP, [test "x$AGP" = xyes])
-
-dnl APM header
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS([linux/apm_bios.h], LNXAPM=yes)
-AM_CONDITIONAL(LNXAPM, [test "x$LNXAPM" = xyes])
-
-dnl fbdev header
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS([linux/fb.h], FBDEV=yes)
-AM_CONDITIONAL(FBDEVHW, [test "x$FBDEV" = xyes])
-
-dnl MTRR header
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS([asm/mtrr.h], ac_cv_asm_mtrr_h=yes)
-if test "x$ac_cv_asm_mtrr_h" = xyes; then
- HAVE_MTRR=yes
-fi
-
-dnl BSD MTRR header
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/memrange.h], ac_cv_memrange_h=yes)
-if test "x$ac_cv_memrange_h" = xyes; then
- HAVE_MTRR=yes
-fi
-
-if test "x$HAVE_MTRR" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAS_MTRR_SUPPORT, 1, [MTRR support available])
-fi
-
-dnl A NetBSD MTRR header
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS([machine/mtrr.h], ac_cv_machine_mtrr_h=yes)
-if test "x$ac_cv_machine_mtrr_h" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAS_MTRR_BUILTIN, 1, [Define to 1 if NetBSD built-in MTRR
- support is available])
-fi
-
-dnl FreeBSD kldload support (sys/linker.h)
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/linker.h],
- [ac_cv_sys_linker_h=yes],
- [ac_cv_sys_linker_h=no],
- [#include <sys/param.h>])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(FREEBSD_KLDLOAD, [test "x$ac_cv_sys_linker_h" = xyes])
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for SYSV IPC],
- ac_cv_sysv_ipc,
- [AC_TRY_LINK([
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/ipc.h>
-#include <sys/shm.h>
-],[
-{
- int id;
- id = shmget(IPC_PRIVATE, 512, SHM_W | SHM_R);
- if (id < 0) return -1;
- return shmctl(id, IPC_RMID, 0);
-}],
- [ac_cv_sysv_ipc=yes],
- [ac_cv_sysv_ipc=no])])
-if test "x$ac_cv_sysv_ipc" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SYSV_IPC, 1, [Define to 1 if SYSV IPC is available])
-fi
-
-dnl OpenBSD /dev/xf86 aperture driver
-if test -c /dev/xf86 ; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAS_APERTURE_DRV, 1, [System has /dev/xf86 aperture driver])
-fi
-
-dnl BSD APM support
-AC_CHECK_HEADER([machine/apmvar.h],[
- AC_CHECK_HEADER([sys/event.h],
- ac_cv_BSD_KQUEUE_APM=yes,
- ac_cv_BSD_APM=yes)])
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(BSD_APM, [test "x$ac_cv_BSD_APM" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(BSD_KQUEUE_APM, [test "x$ac_cv_BSD_KQUEUE_APM" = xyes])
-
-dnl glibc backtrace support check (hw/xfree86/common/xf86Events.c)
-AC_CHECK_HEADER([execinfo.h],[
- AC_CHECK_LIB(c, backtrace, [
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_BACKTRACE, 1, [Has backtrace support])
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_EXECINFO_H, 1, [Have execinfo.h])
- ])]
-)
-
-dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-dnl Bus options and CPU capabilities. Replaces logic in
-dnl hw/xfree86/os-support/bus/Makefile.am, among others.
-dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-DEFAULT_INT10="x86emu"
-
-dnl Override defaults as needed for specific platforms:
-
-case $host_cpu in
- alpha*)
- ALPHA_VIDEO=yes
- case $host_os in
- *freebsd*) SYS_LIBS=-lio ;;
- *netbsd*) AC_DEFINE(USE_ALPHA_PIO, 1, [NetBSD PIO alpha IO]) ;;
- esac
- GLX_ARCH_DEFINES="-D__GLX_ALIGN64 -mieee"
- ;;
- arm*)
- ARM_VIDEO=yes
- ;;
- i*86)
- I386_VIDEO=yes
- case $host_os in
- *freebsd*) AC_DEFINE(USE_DEV_IO) ;;
- *dragonfly*) AC_DEFINE(USE_DEV_IO) ;;
- *netbsd*) AC_DEFINE(USE_I386_IOPL)
- SYS_LIBS=-li386
- ;;
- *openbsd*) AC_DEFINE(USE_I386_IOPL)
- SYS_LIBS=-li386
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- powerpc*)
- PPC_VIDEO=yes
- case $host_os in
- *freebsd*) DEFAULT_INT10=stub ;;
- esac
- ;;
- sparc*)
- SPARC64_VIDEO=yes
- BSD_ARCH_SOURCES="sparc64_video.c ioperm_noop.c"
- GLX_ARCH_DEFINES="-D__GLX_ALIGN64"
- ;;
- x86_64*|amd64*)
- I386_VIDEO=yes
- case $host_os in
- *freebsd*) AC_DEFINE(USE_DEV_IO, 1, [BSD /dev/io]) ;;
- *dragonfly*) AC_DEFINE(USE_DEV_IO, 1, [BSD /dev/io]) ;;
- *netbsd*) AC_DEFINE(USE_I386_IOPL, 1, [BSD i386 iopl])
- SYS_LIBS=-lx86_64
- ;;
- *openbsd*) AC_DEFINE(USE_AMD64_IOPL, 1, [BSD AMD64 iopl])
- SYS_LIBS=-lamd64
- ;;
- esac
- GLX_ARCH_DEFINES="-D__GLX_ALIGN64"
- ;;
- ia64*)
- GLX_ARCH_DEFINES="-D__GLX_ALIGN64"
- ;;
- s390*)
- GLX_ARCH_DEFINES="-D__GLX_ALIGN64"
- ;;
-esac
-AC_SUBST(GLX_ARCH_DEFINES)
-
-dnl BSD *_video.c selection
-AM_CONDITIONAL(ALPHA_VIDEO, [test "x$ALPHA_VIDEO" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(ARM_VIDEO, [test "x$ARM_VIDEO" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(I386_VIDEO, [test "x$I386_VIDEO" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(PPC_VIDEO, [test "x$PPC_VIDEO" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(SPARC64_VIDEO, [test "x$SPARC64_VIDEO" = xyes])
-
-DRI=no
-USE_SIGIO_BY_DEFAULT="yes"
-dnl it would be nice to autodetect these *CONS_SUPPORTs
-case $host_os in
- *freebsd* | *dragonfly*)
- case $host_os in
- kfreebsd*-gnu) ;;
- *) AC_DEFINE(CSRG_BASED, 1, [System is BSD-like]) ;;
- esac
- AC_DEFINE(PCCONS_SUPPORT, 1, [System has PC console])
- AC_DEFINE(PCVT_SUPPORT, 1, [System has PCVT console])
- AC_DEFINE(SYSCONS_SUPPORT, 1, [System has syscons console])
- DRI=yes
- ;;
- *netbsd*)
- AC_DEFINE(CSRG_BASED, 1, [System is BSD-like])
- AC_DEFINE(PCCONS_SUPPORT, 1, [System has PC console])
- AC_DEFINE(PCVT_SUPPORT, 1, [System has PCVT console])
- AC_DEFINE(WSCONS_SUPPORT, 1, [System has wscons console])
- DRI=yes
- ;;
- *openbsd*)
- AC_DEFINE(CSRG_BASED, 1, [System is BSD-like])
- AC_DEFINE(PCVT_SUPPORT, 1, [System has PC console])
- AC_DEFINE(WSCONS_SUPPORT, 1, [System has wscons console])
- ;;
- *linux*)
- DRI=yes
- ;;
- *solaris*)
- PKG_CHECK_EXISTS(libdrm, DRI=yes, DRI=no)
- # Disable use of SIGIO by default until some system bugs are
- # fixed - see Sun/OpenSolaris bug id 6879897
- USE_SIGIO_BY_DEFAULT="no"
- ;;
- darwin*)
- AC_DEFINE(CSRG_BASED, 1, [System is BSD-like])
- ;;
- cygwin*)
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DFD_SETSIZE=256"
- ;;
-esac
-
-dnl augment XORG_RELEASE_VERSION for our snapshot number and to expose the
-dnl major number
-PVMAJOR=`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 1`
-PVS=`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 4 | cut -d - -f 1`
-if test "x$PVS" = "x"; then
- PVS="0"
-fi
-
-VENDOR_RELEASE="((($PVMAJOR) * 10000000) + (($PVM) * 100000) + (($PVP) * 1000) + $PVS)"
-VENDOR_MAN_VERSION="Version ${PACKAGE_VERSION}"
-
-VENDOR_NAME="The X.Org Foundation"
-VENDOR_NAME_SHORT="X.Org"
-VENDOR_WEB="http://wiki.x.org"
-
-m4_ifdef([AS_HELP_STRING], , [m4_define([AS_HELP_STRING], m4_defn([AC_HELP_STRING]))])
-
-dnl Build options.
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(werror, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-werror],
- [Obsolete - use --enable-strict-compilation instead]),
- AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-werror has been replaced by --enable-strict-compilation]))
-
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug],
- [Enable debugging (default: disabled)]),
- [DEBUGGING=$enableval], [DEBUGGING=no])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(unit-tests, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-unit-tests],
- [Enable unit-tests (default: auto)]),
- [UNITTESTS=$enableval], [UNITTESTS=auto])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(use-sigio-by-default, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-use-sigio-by-default]
- [Enable SIGIO input handlers by default (default: $USE_SIGIO_BY_DEFAULT)]),
- [USE_SIGIO_BY_DEFAULT=$enableval], [])
-AC_ARG_WITH(int10, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-int10=BACKEND], [int10 backend: vm86, x86emu or stub]),
- [INT10="$withval"],
- [INT10="$DEFAULT_INT10"])
-AC_ARG_WITH(vendor-name, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-vendor-name=VENDOR],
- [Vendor string reported by the server]),
- [ VENDOR_NAME="$withval" ], [])
-AC_ARG_WITH(vendor-name-short, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-vendor-name-short=VENDOR],
- [Short version of vendor string reported by the server]),
- [ VENDOR_NAME_SHORT="$withval" ], [])
-AC_ARG_WITH(vendor-web, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-vendor-web=URL],
- [Vendor web address reported by the server]),
- [ VENDOR_WEB="$withval" ], [])
-AC_ARG_WITH(module-dir, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-module-dir=DIR],
- [Directory where modules are installed (default: $libdir/xorg/modules)]),
- [ moduledir="$withval" ],
- [ moduledir="${libdir}/xorg/modules" ])
-AC_ARG_WITH(log-dir, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-log-dir=DIR],
- [Directory where log files are kept (default: $localstatedir/log)]),
- [ logdir="$withval" ],
- [ logdir="$localstatedir/log" ])
-AC_ARG_WITH(builder-addr, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-builder-addr=ADDRESS],
- [Builder address (default: xorg@lists.freedesktop.org)]),
- [ BUILDERADDR="$withval" ],
- [ BUILDERADDR="xorg@lists.freedesktop.org" ])
-AC_ARG_WITH(os-name, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-os-name=OSNAME], [Name of OS (default: output of "uname -srm")]),
- [ OSNAME="$withval" ],
- [ OSNAME=`uname -srm` ])
-AC_ARG_WITH(os-vendor, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-os-vendor=OSVENDOR], [Name of OS vendor]),
- [ OSVENDOR="$withval" ],
- [ OSVENDOR="" ])
-AC_ARG_WITH(builderstring, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-builderstring=BUILDERSTRING], [Additional builder string]),
- [ BUILDERSTRING="$withval" ]
- [ ])
-
-dnl Determine font path
-XORG_FONTROOTDIR
-XORG_FONTSUBDIR(FONTMISCDIR, fontmiscdir, misc)
-XORG_FONTSUBDIR(FONTOTFDIR, fontotfdir, OTF)
-XORG_FONTSUBDIR(FONTTTFDIR, fontttfdir, TTF)
-XORG_FONTSUBDIR(FONTTYPE1DIR, fonttype1dir, Type1)
-XORG_FONTSUBDIR(FONT75DPIDIR, font75dpidir, 75dpi)
-XORG_FONTSUBDIR(FONT100DPIDIR, font100dpidir, 100dpi)
-
-dnl Uses --default-font-path if set, otherwise checks for /etc/X11/fontpath.d,
-dnl otherwise uses standard subdirectories of FONTROOTDIR. When cross
-dnl compiling, assume default font path uses standard FONTROOTDIR directories.
-DEFAULT_FONT_PATH="${FONTMISCDIR}/,${FONTTTFDIR}/,${FONTOTFDIR}/,${FONTTYPE1DIR}/,${FONT100DPIDIR}/,${FONT75DPIDIR}/"
-if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
- AC_CHECK_FILE([${sysconfdir}/X11/fontpath.d],
- [DEFAULT_FONT_PATH='catalogue:${sysconfdir}/X11/fontpath.d'],
- [case $host_os in
- darwin*) DEFAULT_FONT_PATH="${DEFAULT_FONT_PATH},/Library/Fonts,/System/Library/Fonts" ;;
- esac])
-fi
-AC_ARG_WITH(default-font-path, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-default-font-path=PATH], [Comma separated list of font dirs]),
- [ FONTPATH="$withval" ],
- [ FONTPATH="${DEFAULT_FONT_PATH}" ])
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for default font path])
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$FONTPATH])
-
-AC_ARG_WITH(xkb-path, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-xkb-path=PATH], [Path to XKB base dir (default: ${datadir}/X11/xkb)]),
- [ XKBPATH="$withval" ],
- [ XKBPATH="${datadir}/X11/xkb" ])
-AC_ARG_WITH(xkb-output, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-xkb-output=PATH], [Path to XKB output dir (default: ${datadir}/X11/xkb/compiled)]),
- [ XKBOUTPUT="$withval" ],
- [ XKBOUTPUT="compiled" ])
-AC_ARG_WITH(default-xkb-rules, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-default-xkb-rules=RULES],
- [Keyboard ruleset (default: base/evdev)]),
- [ XKB_DFLT_RULES="$withval" ],
- [ XKB_DFLT_RULES="" ])
-AC_ARG_WITH(default-xkb-model, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-default-xkb-model=MODEL],
- [Keyboard model (default: pc105)]),
- [ XKB_DFLT_MODEL="$withval" ],
- [ XKB_DFLT_MODEL="pc105" ])
-AC_ARG_WITH(default-xkb-layout, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-default-xkb-layout=LAYOUT],
- [Keyboard layout (default: us)]),
- [ XKB_DFLT_LAYOUT="$withval" ],
- [ XKB_DFLT_LAYOUT="us" ])
-AC_ARG_WITH(default-xkb-variant, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-default-xkb-variant=VARIANT],
- [Keyboard variant (default: (none))]),
- [ XKB_DFLT_VARIANT="$withval" ],
- [ XKB_DFLT_VARIANT="" ])
-AC_ARG_WITH(default-xkb-options, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-default-xkb-options=OPTIONS],
- [Keyboard layout options (default: (none))]),
- [ XKB_DFLT_OPTIONS="$withval" ],
- [ XKB_DFLT_OPTIONS="" ])
-AC_ARG_WITH(serverconfig-path, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-serverconfig-path=PATH],
- [Directory where ancillary server config files are installed (default: ${libdir}/xorg)]),
- [ SERVERCONFIG="$withval" ],
- [ SERVERCONFIG="${libdir}/xorg" ])
-AC_ARG_WITH(apple-applications-dir,AS_HELP_STRING([--with-apple-applications-dir=PATH], [Path to the Applications directory (default: /Applications/Utilities)]),
- [ APPLE_APPLICATIONS_DIR="${withval}" ],
- [ APPLE_APPLICATIONS_DIR="/Applications/Utilities" ])
-AC_SUBST([APPLE_APPLICATIONS_DIR])
-AC_ARG_WITH(apple-application-name,AS_HELP_STRING([--with-apple-application-name=NAME], [Name for the .app (default: X11)]),
- [ APPLE_APPLICATION_NAME="${withval}" ],
- [ APPLE_APPLICATION_NAME="X11" ])
-AC_SUBST([APPLE_APPLICATION_NAME])
-AC_ARG_WITH(launchd-id-prefix, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-launchd-id-prefix=PATH], [Prefix to use for launchd identifiers (default: org.x)]),
- [ LAUNCHD_ID_PREFIX="${withval}" ],
- [ LAUNCHD_ID_PREFIX="org.x" ])
-AC_SUBST([LAUNCHD_ID_PREFIX])
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LAUNCHD_ID_PREFIX, "$LAUNCHD_ID_PREFIX", [Prefix to use for launchd identifiers])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(sparkle,AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-sparkle], [Enable updating of X11.app using the Sparkle Framework (default: disabled)]),
- [ XQUARTZ_SPARKLE="${enableval}" ],
- [ XQUARTZ_SPARKLE="no" ])
-AC_SUBST([XQUARTZ_SPARKLE])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(install-libxf86config,
- AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-install-libxf86config],
- [Install libxf86config (default: disabled)]),
- [INSTALL_LIBXF86CONFIG=$enableval],
- [INSTALL_LIBXF86CONFIG=no])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(visibility, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-visibility], [Enable symbol visibility (default: auto)]),
- [SYMBOL_VISIBILITY=$enableval],
- [SYMBOL_VISIBILITY=auto])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(pc98, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-pc98], [Enable PC98 support in Xorg (default: auto)]),
- [SUPPORT_PC98=$enableval],
- [SUPPORT_PC98=auto])
-
-dnl GLX build options
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(aiglx, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-aiglx], [Build accelerated indirect GLX (default: enabled)]),
- [AIGLX=$enableval],
- [AIGLX=yes])
-AX_TLS
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(glx-tls, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-glx-tls], [Build GLX with TLS support (default: auto)]),
- [GLX_USE_TLS=$enableval],
- [GLX_USE_TLS=no
- if test "${ac_cv_tls}" != "none" ; then
- GLX_USE_TLS=yes
- fi])
-AC_SUBST(GLX_TLS, ${GLX_USE_TLS})
-
-dnl Extensions.
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(registry, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-registry], [Build string registry module (default: enabled)]), [XREGISTRY=$enableval], [XREGISTRY=yes])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(composite, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-composite], [Build Composite extension (default: enabled)]), [COMPOSITE=$enableval], [COMPOSITE=yes])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(mitshm, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-shm], [Build SHM extension (default: enabled)]), [MITSHM=$enableval], [MITSHM=yes])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xres, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xres], [Build XRes extension (default: enabled)]), [RES=$enableval], [RES=yes])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(record, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-record], [Build Record extension (default: enabled)]), [RECORD=$enableval], [RECORD=yes])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xv, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xv], [Build Xv extension (default: enabled)]), [XV=$enableval], [XV=yes])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xvmc, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xvmc], [Build XvMC extension (default: enabled)]), [XVMC=$enableval], [XVMC=yes])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(dga, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-dga], [Build DGA extension (default: auto)]), [DGA=$enableval], [DGA=auto])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(screensaver, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-screensaver], [Build ScreenSaver extension (default: enabled)]), [SCREENSAVER=$enableval], [SCREENSAVER=yes])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xdmcp, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xdmcp], [Build XDMCP extension (default: auto)]), [XDMCP=$enableval], [XDMCP=auto])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xdm-auth-1, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xdm-auth-1], [Build XDM-Auth-1 extension (default: auto)]), [XDMAUTH=$enableval], [XDMAUTH=auto])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(glx, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-glx], [Build GLX extension (default: enabled)]), [GLX=$enableval], [GLX=yes])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(dri, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-dri], [Build DRI extension (default: auto)]), [DRI=$enableval])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(dri2, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-dri2], [Build DRI2 extension (default: auto)]), [DRI2=$enableval], [DRI2=auto])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xinerama, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xinerama], [Build Xinerama extension (default: enabled)]), [XINERAMA=$enableval], [XINERAMA=yes])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xf86vidmode, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xf86vidmode], [Build XF86VidMode extension (default: auto)]), [XF86VIDMODE=$enableval], [XF86VIDMODE=auto])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xace, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xace], [Build X-ACE extension (default: enabled)]), [XACE=$enableval], [XACE=yes])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xselinux, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xselinux], [Build SELinux extension (default: disabled)]), [XSELINUX=$enableval], [XSELINUX=no])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xcsecurity, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xcsecurity], [Build Security extension (default: disabled)]), [XCSECURITY=$enableval], [XCSECURITY=no])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(tslib, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-tslib], [Build kdrive tslib touchscreen support (default: disabled)]), [TSLIB=$enableval], [TSLIB=no])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(dbe, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-dbe], [Build DBE extension (default: enabled)]), [DBE=$enableval], [DBE=yes])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xf86bigfont, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xf86bigfont], [Build XF86 Big Font extension (default: disabled)]), [XF86BIGFONT=$enableval], [XF86BIGFONT=no])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(dpms, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-dpms], [Build DPMS extension (default: enabled)]), [DPMSExtension=$enableval], [DPMSExtension=yes])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(config-udev, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-config-udev], [Build udev support (default: auto)]), [CONFIG_UDEV=$enableval], [CONFIG_UDEV=auto])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(config-dbus, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-config-dbus], [Build D-BUS API support (default: no)]), [CONFIG_DBUS_API=$enableval], [CONFIG_DBUS_API=no])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(config-hal, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-config-hal], [Build HAL support (default: auto)]), [CONFIG_HAL=$enableval], [CONFIG_HAL=auto])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xfree86-utils, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xfree86-utils], [Build xfree86 DDX utilities (default: enabled)]), [XF86UTILS=$enableval], [XF86UTILS=yes])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xaa, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xaa], [Build XAA (default: enabled)]), [XAA=$enableval], [XAA=yes])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(vgahw, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-vgahw], [Build Xorg with vga access (default: enabled)]), [VGAHW=$enableval], [VGAHW=yes])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(vbe, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-vbe], [Build Xorg with VBE module (default: enabled)]), [VBE=$enableval], [VBE=yes])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(int10-module, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-int10-module], [Build Xorg with int10 module (default: enabled)]), [INT10MODULE=$enableval], [INT10MODULE=yes])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(windowswm, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-windowswm], [Build XWin with WindowsWM extension (default: no)]), [WINDOWSWM=$enableval], [WINDOWSWM=no])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(libdrm, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-libdrm], [Build Xorg with libdrm support (default: enabled)]), [DRM=$enableval],[DRM=yes])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(clientids, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-clientids], [Build Xorg with client ID tracking (default: enabled)]), [CLIENTIDS=$enableval], [CLIENTIDS=yes])
-
-dnl DDXes.
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xorg, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xorg], [Build Xorg server (default: auto)]), [XORG=$enableval], [XORG=auto])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(dmx, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-dmx], [Build DMX server (default: auto)]), [DMX=$enableval], [DMX=auto])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xvfb, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xvfb], [Build Xvfb server (default: yes)]), [XVFB=$enableval], [XVFB=yes])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xnest, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xnest], [Build Xnest server (default: auto)]), [XNEST=$enableval], [XNEST=auto])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xquartz, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xquartz], [Build Xquartz server for OS-X (default: auto)]), [XQUARTZ=$enableval], [XQUARTZ=auto])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(standalone-xpbproxy, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-standalone-xpbproxy], [Build a standalone xpbproxy (in addition to the one integrated into Xquartz as a separate thread) (default: no)]), [STANDALONE_XPBPROXY=$enableval], [STANDALONE_XPBPROXY=no])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xwin, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xwin], [Build XWin server (default: auto)]), [XWIN=$enableval], [XWIN=auto])
-dnl kdrive and its subsystems
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(kdrive, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-kdrive], [Build kdrive servers (default: no)]), [KDRIVE=$enableval], [KDRIVE=no])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xephyr, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xephyr], [Build the kdrive Xephyr server (default: auto)]), [XEPHYR=$enableval], [XEPHYR=auto])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xfake, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xfake], [Build the kdrive 'fake' server (default: auto)]), [XFAKE=$enableval], [XFAKE=auto])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xfbdev, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xfbdev], [Build the kdrive framebuffer device server (default: auto)]), [XFBDEV=$enableval], [XFBDEV=auto])
-dnl kdrive options
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(kdrive-kbd, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-kdrive-kbd], [Build kbd driver for kdrive (default: auto)]), [KDRIVE_KBD=$enableval], [KDRIVE_KBD=auto])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(kdrive-mouse, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-kdrive-mouse], [Build mouse driver for kdrive (default: auto)]), [KDRIVE_MOUSE=$enableval], [KDRIVE_MOUSE=auto])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(kdrive-evdev, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-kdrive-evdev], [Build evdev driver for kdrive (default: auto)]), [KDRIVE_EVDEV=$enableval], [KDRIVE_EVDEV=auto])
-
-
-dnl chown/chmod to be setuid root as part of build
-dnl Replaces InstallXserverSetUID in imake
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(install-setuid,
- AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-install-setuid],
- [Install Xorg server as owned by root with setuid bit (default: auto)]),
- [SETUID=$enableval], [SETUID=auto])
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([to see if we can install the Xorg server as root])
-if test "x$SETUID" = "xauto" ; then
- case $host_os in
- cygwin*) SETUID="no" ;;
- darwin*) SETUID="no" ;;
- *)
- case $host_cpu in
- sparc) SETUID="no" ;;
- *) SETUID="yes" ;;
- esac
- esac
- if test "x$SETUID" = xyes; then
- touch testfile
- chown root testfile > /dev/null 2>&1 || SETUID="no"
- rm -f testfile
- fi
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$SETUID])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(INSTALL_SETUID, [test "x$SETUID" = "xyes"])
-
-dnl Issue an error if xtrans.m4 was not found and XTRANS_CONNECTION_FLAGS macro
-dnl was not expanded, since xorg-server with no transport types is rather useless.
-dnl
-dnl If you're seeing an error here, be sure you installed the lib/xtrans module
-dnl first and if it's not in the default location, that you set the ACLOCAL
-dnl environment variable to find it, such as:
-dnl ACLOCAL="aclocal -I ${PREFIX}/share/aclocal"
-m4_pattern_forbid([^XTRANS_CONNECTION_FLAGS$])
-
-# Transport selection macro from xtrans.m4
-XTRANS_CONNECTION_FLAGS
-
-# Secure RPC detection macro from xtrans.m4
-XTRANS_SECURE_RPC_FLAGS
-AM_CONDITIONAL(SECURE_RPC, [test "x$SECURE_RPC" = xyes])
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(INT10_VM86, [test "x$INT10" = xvm86])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(INT10_X86EMU, [test "x$INT10" = xx86emu])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(INT10_STUB, [test "x$INT10" = xstub])
-if test "x$INT10" = xyes; then
- dnl VM86 headers
- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/vm86.h sys/io.h])
-fi
-
-XORG_ENABLE_DOCS
-XORG_ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS
-XORG_WITH_XMLTO(0.0.20)
-XORG_WITH_FOP
-
-dnl Handle installing libxf86config
-AM_CONDITIONAL(INSTALL_LIBXF86CONFIG, [test "x$INSTALL_LIBXF86CONFIG" = xyes])
-
-dnl DDX Detection... Yes, it's ugly to have it here... but we need to
-dnl handle this early on so that we don't require unsupported extensions
-case $host_os in
- cygwin*)
- DGA=no
- DRI2=no
- XF86VIDMODE=no
- XSELINUX=no
- XV=no
- ;;
- darwin*)
- DRI2=no
-
- if test x$XQUARTZ = xauto; then
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether to build Xquartz],xorg_cv_Carbon_framework,[
- save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -framework Carbon"
- AC_LINK_IFELSE([char FSFindFolder(); int main() { FSFindFolder(); return 0;}],
- [xorg_cv_Carbon_framework=yes],
- [xorg_cv_Carbon_framework=no])
- LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS])
-
- if test "X$xorg_cv_Carbon_framework" = Xyes; then
- XQUARTZ=yes
- else
- XQUARTZ=no
- fi
- fi
-
- if test "x$XQUARTZ" = xyes ; then
- XQUARTZ=yes
- XVFB=no
- XNEST=no
-
- COMPOSITE=no
- DGA=no
- DPMSExtension=no
- XF86VIDMODE=no
- fi
- ;;
- *) XQUARTZ=no ;;
-esac
-
-dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-dnl Extension section
-dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-XEXT_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/Xext'
-XEXT_LIB='$(top_builddir)/Xext/libXext.la'
-XEXTXORG_LIB='$(top_builddir)/Xext/libXextbuiltin.la'
-
-dnl Optional modules
-VIDEOPROTO="videoproto"
-COMPOSITEPROTO="compositeproto >= 0.4"
-RECORDPROTO="recordproto >= 1.13.99.1"
-SCRNSAVERPROTO="scrnsaverproto >= 1.1"
-RESOURCEPROTO="resourceproto"
-DRIPROTO="xf86driproto >= 2.1.0"
-DRI2PROTO="dri2proto >= 2.3"
-XINERAMAPROTO="xineramaproto"
-BIGFONTPROTO="xf86bigfontproto >= 1.2.0"
-DGAPROTO="xf86dgaproto >= 2.0.99.1"
-GLPROTO="glproto >= 1.4.10"
-DMXPROTO="dmxproto >= 2.2.99.1"
-VIDMODEPROTO="xf86vidmodeproto >= 2.2.99.1"
-WINDOWSWMPROTO="windowswmproto"
-APPLEWMPROTO="applewmproto >= 1.4"
-
-dnl Core modules for most extensions, et al.
-SDK_REQUIRED_MODULES="[xproto >= 7.0.17] [randrproto >= 1.2.99.3] [renderproto >= 0.11] [xextproto >= 7.1.99] [inputproto >= 1.9.99.902] [kbproto >= 1.0.3] fontsproto"
-# Make SDK_REQUIRED_MODULES available for inclusion in xorg-server.pc
-AC_SUBST(SDK_REQUIRED_MODULES)
-
-dnl List of libraries that require a specific version
-LIBAPPLEWM="applewm >= 1.4"
-LIBDMX="dmx >= 1.0.99.1"
-LIBDRI="dri >= 7.8.0"
-LIBDRM="libdrm >= 2.3.0"
-LIBGL="gl >= 7.1.0"
-LIBXEXT="xext >= 1.0.99.4"
-LIBXFONT="xfont >= 1.4.2"
-LIBXI="xi >= 1.2.99.1"
-LIBXTST="xtst >= 1.0.99.2"
-LIBPCIACCESS="pciaccess >= 0.8.0"
-LIBGLIB="glib-2.0 >= 2.16"
-LIBUDEV="libudev >= 143"
-LIBSELINUX="libselinux >= 2.0.86"
-LIBDBUS="dbus-1 >= 1.0"
-LIBPIXMAN="pixman-1 >= 0.21.6"
-
-dnl Pixman is always required, but we separate it out so we can link
-dnl specific modules against it
-PKG_CHECK_MODULES(PIXMAN, $LIBPIXMAN)
-REQUIRED_LIBS="$REQUIRED_LIBS $LIBPIXMAN $LIBXFONT xau"
-
-REQUIRED_MODULES="[fixesproto >= 4.1] [damageproto >= 1.1] [xcmiscproto >= 1.2.0] [xtrans >= 1.2.2] [bigreqsproto >= 1.1.0] $SDK_REQUIRED_MODULES"
-
-if test "x$CONFIG_UDEV" = xyes &&
- { test "x$CONFIG_DBUS_API" = xyes || test "x$CONFIG_HAL" = xyes; }; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([Hotplugging through both libudev and dbus/hal not allowed])
-fi
-
-PKG_CHECK_MODULES(UDEV, $LIBUDEV, [HAVE_LIBUDEV=yes], [HAVE_LIBUDEV=no])
-if test "x$CONFIG_UDEV" = xauto; then
- CONFIG_UDEV="$HAVE_LIBUDEV"
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL(CONFIG_UDEV, [test "x$CONFIG_UDEV" = xyes])
-if test "x$CONFIG_UDEV" = xyes; then
- CONFIG_DBUS_API=no
- CONFIG_HAL=no
- if ! test "x$HAVE_LIBUDEV" = xyes; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([udev configuration API requested, but libudev is not installed])
- fi
- AC_DEFINE(CONFIG_UDEV, 1, [Use libudev for input hotplug])
-fi
-
-dnl HAVE_DBUS is true if we actually have the D-Bus library, whereas
-dnl CONFIG_DBUS_API is true if we want to enable the D-Bus config
-dnl API.
-PKG_CHECK_MODULES(DBUS, $LIBDBUS, [HAVE_DBUS=yes], [HAVE_DBUS=no])
-if test "x$HAVE_DBUS" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DBUS, 1, [Have D-Bus support])
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_DBUS, [test "x$HAVE_DBUS" = xyes])
-
-if test "x$CONFIG_DBUS_API" = xauto; then
- CONFIG_DBUS_API="$HAVE_DBUS"
-fi
-if test "x$CONFIG_DBUS_API" = xyes; then
- if ! test "x$HAVE_DBUS" = xyes; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([D-Bus configuration API requested, but D-Bus is not installed.])
- fi
-
- AC_DEFINE(CONFIG_DBUS_API, 1, [Use the D-Bus input configuration API])
- CONFIG_NEED_DBUS="yes"
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL(CONFIG_DBUS_API, [test "x$CONFIG_DBUS_API" = xyes])
-
-PKG_CHECK_MODULES(HAL, hal, [HAVE_HAL=yes], [HAVE_HAL=no])
-if test "x$CONFIG_HAL" = xauto; then
- CONFIG_HAL="$HAVE_HAL"
-fi
-if test "x$CONFIG_HAL" = xyes; then
- if ! test "x$HAVE_HAL" = xyes; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([HAL hotplug API requested, but HAL is not installed.])
- fi
-
- AC_DEFINE(CONFIG_HAL, 1, [Use the HAL hotplug API])
- CONFIG_NEED_DBUS="yes"
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL(CONFIG_HAL, [test "x$CONFIG_HAL" = xyes])
-
-if test "x$CONFIG_NEED_DBUS" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(CONFIG_NEED_DBUS, 1, [Use D-Bus for input hotplug])
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL(CONFIG_NEED_DBUS, [test "x$CONFIG_NEED_DBUS" = xyes])
-
-if test "x$USE_SIGIO_BY_DEFAULT" = xyes; then
- USE_SIGIO_BY_DEFAULT_VALUE=TRUE
-else
- USE_SIGIO_BY_DEFAULT_VALUE=FALSE
-fi
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([USE_SIGIO_BY_DEFAULT], [$USE_SIGIO_BY_DEFAULT_VALUE],
- [Use SIGIO handlers for input device events by default])
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for glibc...])
-AC_PREPROC_IFELSE([
-#include <features.h>
-#ifndef __GLIBC__
-#error
-#endif
-], glibc=yes, glibc=no)
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$glibc])
-
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS([clock_gettime], [have_clock_gettime=yes],
- [AC_CHECK_LIB([rt], [clock_gettime], [have_clock_gettime=-lrt],
- [have_clock_gettime=no])])
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for a useful monotonic clock ...])
-
-if ! test "x$have_clock_gettime" = xno; then
- if ! test "x$have_clock_gettime" = xyes; then
- CLOCK_LIBS="$have_clock_gettime"
- else
- CLOCK_LIBS=""
- fi
-
- LIBS_SAVE="$LIBS"
- LIBS="$CLOCK_LIBS"
- CPPFLAGS_SAVE="$CPPFLAGS"
-
- if test x"$glibc" = xyes; then
- CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=200112L"
- fi
-
- AC_RUN_IFELSE([
-#include <time.h>
-
-int main(int argc, char *argv[[]]) {
- struct timespec tp;
-
- if (clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC, &tp) == 0)
- return 0;
- else
- return 1;
-}
- ], [MONOTONIC_CLOCK=yes], [MONOTONIC_CLOCK=no],
- [MONOTONIC_CLOCK="cross compiling"])
-
- LIBS="$LIBS_SAVE"
- CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS_SAVE"
-else
- MONOTONIC_CLOCK=no
-fi
-
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$MONOTONIC_CLOCK])
-
-if test "x$MONOTONIC_CLOCK" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(MONOTONIC_CLOCK, 1, [Have monotonic clock from clock_gettime()])
- LIBS="$LIBS $CLOCK_LIBS"
-fi
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XV, [test "x$XV" = xyes])
-if test "x$XV" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(XV, 1, [Support Xv extension])
- AC_DEFINE(XvExtension, 1, [Build Xv extension])
- REQUIRED_MODULES="$REQUIRED_MODULES $VIDEOPROTO"
- SDK_REQUIRED_MODULES="$SDK_REQUIRED_MODULES $VIDEOPROTO"
-else
- XVMC=no
-fi
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XVMC, [test "x$XVMC" = xyes])
-if test "x$XVMC" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(XvMCExtension, 1, [Build XvMC extension])
-fi
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XREGISTRY, [test "x$XREGISTRY" = xyes])
-if test "x$XREGISTRY" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(XREGISTRY, 1, [Build registry module])
-fi
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(COMPOSITE, [test "x$COMPOSITE" = xyes])
-if test "x$COMPOSITE" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(COMPOSITE, 1, [Support Composite Extension])
- REQUIRED_MODULES="$REQUIRED_MODULES $COMPOSITEPROTO"
- COMPOSITE_LIB='$(top_builddir)/composite/libcomposite.la'
- COMPOSITE_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/composite'
-fi
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(MITSHM, [test "x$MITSHM" = xyes])
-if test "x$MITSHM" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(MITSHM, 1, [Support MIT-SHM extension])
- AC_DEFINE(HAS_SHM, 1, [Support SHM])
-fi
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(RECORD, [test "x$RECORD" = xyes])
-if test "x$RECORD" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(XRECORD, 1, [Support Record extension])
- REQUIRED_MODULES="$REQUIRED_MODULES $RECORDPROTO"
- RECORD_LIB='$(top_builddir)/record/librecord.la'
-fi
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(SCREENSAVER, [test "x$SCREENSAVER" = xyes])
-if test "x$SCREENSAVER" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(SCREENSAVER, 1, [Support MIT-SCREEN-SAVER extension])
- REQUIRED_MODULES="$REQUIRED_MODULES $SCRNSAVERPROTO"
-fi
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(RES, [test "x$RES" = xyes])
-if test "x$RES" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(RES, 1, [Support X resource extension])
- REQUIRED_MODULES="$REQUIRED_MODULES $RESOURCEPROTO"
-fi
-
-# The XRes extension may support client ID tracking only if it has
-# been specifically enabled. Client ID tracking is implicitly not
-# supported if XRes extension is disabled.
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to track client ids])
-if test "x$RES" = xyes && test "x$CLIENTIDS" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(CLIENTIDS, 1, [Support client ID tracking])
-else
- CLIENTIDS=no
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$CLIENTIDS])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(CLIENTIDS, [test "x$CLIENTIDS" = xyes])
-
-if test "x$GLX" = xyes; then
- PKG_CHECK_MODULES([XLIB], [x11])
- PKG_CHECK_MODULES([GL], $GLPROTO $LIBGL)
- AC_SUBST(XLIB_CFLAGS)
- AC_DEFINE(GLXEXT, 1, [Build GLX extension])
- GLX_LIBS='$(top_builddir)/glx/libglx.la'
- GLX_SYS_LIBS="$GLX_SYS_LIBS"
-else
- GLX=no
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL(GLX, test "x$GLX" = xyes)
-
-if test "x$AIGLX" = xyes -a "x$GLX" = xyes -a "x$DRI" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(AIGLX, 1, [Build AIGLX loader])
-else
- AIGLX=no
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL(AIGLX, test "x$AIGLX" = xyes)
-
-if test "x$GLX_USE_TLS" = xyes ; then
- GLX_DEFINES="-DGLX_USE_TLS -DPTHREADS"
- GLX_SYS_LIBS="$GLX_SYS_LIBS -lpthread"
-fi
-AC_SUBST([GLX_DEFINES])
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(DRI, test "x$DRI" = xyes)
-if test "x$DRI" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(XF86DRI, 1, [Build DRI extension])
- PKG_CHECK_MODULES([DRIPROTO], [$DRIPROTO])
- PKG_CHECK_MODULES([DRI], $GLPROTO $LIBDRI)
- AC_SUBST(DRIPROTO_CFLAGS)
-fi
-
-PKG_CHECK_MODULES([DRI2PROTO], $DRI2PROTO,
- [HAVE_DRI2PROTO=yes], [HAVE_DRI2PROTO=no])
-case "$DRI2,$HAVE_DRI2PROTO" in
- yes,no)
- AC_MSG_ERROR([DRI2 requested, but dri2proto not found.])
- ;;
- yes,yes | auto,yes)
- AC_DEFINE(DRI2, 1, [Build DRI2 extension])
- DRI2=yes
- SDK_REQUIRED_MODULES="$SDK_REQUIRED_MODULES $DRI2PROTO"
- ;;
-esac
-AM_CONDITIONAL(DRI2, test "x$DRI2" = xyes)
-
-if test "x$DRI" = xyes || test "x$DRI2" = xyes; then
- if test "x$DRM" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(WITH_LIBDRM, 1, [Building with libdrm support])
- PKG_CHECK_MODULES([LIBDRM], $LIBDRM)
- fi
-fi
-
-if test "x$DRI2" = xyes; then
- save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
- CFLAGS="$GL_CFLAGS $LIBDRM_CFLAGS"
- AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[#include <GL/gl.h>
-#include <GL/internal/dri_interface.h>
-#ifndef __DRI_DRI2
-#error DRI2 extension not available.
-#endif]])],
- [HAVE_DRI2EXTENSION=yes],
- [HAVE_DRI2EXTENSION=no])
- CFLAGS=$save_CFLAGS
- if test "x$HAVE_DRI2EXTENSION" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(DRI2_AIGLX, 1, [Build DRI2 AIGLX loader])
- DRI2_AIGLX=yes
- else
- AC_MSG_NOTICE([DRI2 AIGLX disabled, __DRI_DRI2 not defined in dri_interface.h.])
- DRI2_AIGLX=no
- fi
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL(DRI2_AIGLX, test "x$DRI2_AIGLX" = xyes)
-
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XINERAMA, [test "x$XINERAMA" = xyes])
-if test "x$XINERAMA" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(XINERAMA, 1, [Support Xinerama extension])
- AC_DEFINE(PANORAMIX, 1, [Internal define for Xinerama])
- REQUIRED_MODULES="$REQUIRED_MODULES $XINERAMAPROTO"
- SDK_REQUIRED_MODULES="$SDK_REQUIRED_MODULES $XINERAMAPROTO"
-fi
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XACE, [test "x$XACE" = xyes])
-if test "x$XACE" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(XACE, 1, [Build X-ACE extension])
-fi
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XSELINUX, [test "x$XSELINUX" = xyes])
-if test "x$XSELINUX" = xyes; then
- if test "x$XACE" != xyes; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot build SELinux extension without X-ACE])
- fi
- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([libaudit.h], [], AC_MSG_ERROR([SELinux extension requires audit system headers]))
- AC_CHECK_LIB(audit, audit_open, [], AC_MSG_ERROR([SELinux extension requires audit system library]))
- PKG_CHECK_MODULES([SELINUX], $LIBSELINUX)
- SELINUX_LIBS="$SELINUX_LIBS -laudit"
- AC_DEFINE(XSELINUX, 1, [Build SELinux extension])
-fi
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XCSECURITY, [test "x$XCSECURITY" = xyes])
-if test "x$XCSECURITY" = xyes; then
- if test "x$XACE" != xyes; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot build Security extension without X-ACE])
- fi
- AC_DEFINE(XCSECURITY, 1, [Build Security extension])
-fi
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(DBE, [test "x$DBE" = xyes])
-if test "x$DBE" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(DBE, 1, [Support DBE extension])
- DBE_LIB='$(top_builddir)/dbe/libdbe.la'
-fi
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XF86BIGFONT, [test "x$XF86BIGFONT" = xyes])
-if test "x$XF86BIGFONT" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(XF86BIGFONT, 1, [Support XF86 Big font extension])
- REQUIRED_MODULES="$REQUIRED_MODULES $BIGFONTPROTO"
-fi
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(DPMSExtension, [test "x$DPMSExtension" = xyes])
-if test "x$DPMSExtension" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(DPMSExtension, 1, [Support DPMS extension])
-fi
-
-AC_DEFINE(RENDER, 1, [Support RENDER extension])
-RENDER_LIB='$(top_builddir)/render/librender.la'
-RENDER_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/render'
-
-AC_DEFINE(RANDR, 1, [Support RANDR extension])
-RANDR_LIB='$(top_builddir)/randr/librandr.la'
-RANDR_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/randr'
-
-AC_DEFINE(XFIXES,1,[Support XFixes extension])
-FIXES_LIB='$(top_builddir)/xfixes/libxfixes.la'
-FIXES_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/xfixes'
-
-AC_DEFINE(DAMAGE,1,[Support Damage extension])
-DAMAGE_LIB='$(top_builddir)/damageext/libdamageext.la'
-DAMAGE_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/damageext'
-MIEXT_DAMAGE_LIB='$(top_builddir)/miext/damage/libdamage.la'
-MIEXT_DAMAGE_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/miext/damage'
-
-# XINPUT extension is integral part of the server
-AC_DEFINE(XINPUT, 1, [Support X Input extension])
-XI_LIB='$(top_builddir)/Xi/libXi.la'
-XI_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/Xi'
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XF86UTILS, test "x$XF86UTILS" = xyes)
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XAA, test "x$XAA" = xyes)
-AM_CONDITIONAL(VGAHW, test "x$VGAHW" = xyes)
-AM_CONDITIONAL(VBE, test "x$VBE" = xyes)
-AM_CONDITIONAL(INT10MODULE, test "x$INT10MODULE" = xyes)
-
-AC_DEFINE(SHAPE, 1, [Support SHAPE extension])
-
-AC_DEFINE_DIR(XKB_BASE_DIRECTORY, XKBPATH, [Path to XKB data])
-AC_ARG_WITH(xkb-bin-directory,
- AS_HELP_STRING([--with-xkb-bin-directory=DIR], [Directory containing xkbcomp program]),
- [XKB_BIN_DIRECTORY="$withval"],
- [XKB_BIN_DIRECTORY="$bindir"])
-
-AC_DEFINE_DIR(XKB_BIN_DIRECTORY, XKB_BIN_DIRECTORY, [Path to XKB bin dir])
-
-dnl Make sure XKM_OUTPUT_DIR is an absolute path
-XKBOUTPUT_FIRSTCHAR=`echo $XKBOUTPUT | cut -b 1`
-if [[ x$XKBOUTPUT_FIRSTCHAR != x/ -a x$XKBOUTPUT_FIRSTCHAR != 'x$' ]] ; then
- XKBOUTPUT="$XKB_BASE_DIRECTORY/$XKBOUTPUT"
-fi
-
-dnl XKM_OUTPUT_DIR (used in code) must end in / or file names get hosed
-dnl XKB_COMPILED_DIR (used in Makefiles) must not or install-sh gets confused
-
-XKBOUTPUT=`echo $XKBOUTPUT/ | $SED 's|/*$|/|'`
-XKB_COMPILED_DIR=`echo $XKBOUTPUT | $SED 's|/*$||'`
-AC_DEFINE_DIR(XKM_OUTPUT_DIR, XKBOUTPUT, [Path to XKB output dir])
-AC_SUBST(XKB_COMPILED_DIR)
-
-if test "x$XKB_DFLT_RULES" = x; then
- case $host_os in
- linux*)
- dnl doesn't take AutoAddDevices into account, but whatever.
- if test "x$CONFIG_HAL" = xyes; then
- XKB_DFLT_RULES="evdev"
- else
- XKB_DFLT_RULES="base"
- fi
- ;;
- *)
- XKB_DFLT_RULES="base"
- ;;
- esac
-fi
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(XKB_DFLT_RULES, ["$XKB_DFLT_RULES"], [Default XKB ruleset])
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(XKB_DFLT_MODEL, ["$XKB_DFLT_MODEL"], [Default XKB model])
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(XKB_DFLT_LAYOUT, ["$XKB_DFLT_LAYOUT"], [Default XKB layout])
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(XKB_DFLT_VARIANT, ["$XKB_DFLT_VARIANT"], [Default XKB variant])
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(XKB_DFLT_OPTIONS, ["$XKB_DFLT_OPTIONS"], [Default XKB options])
-
-XKB_LIB='$(top_builddir)/xkb/libxkb.la'
-XKB_STUB_LIB='$(top_builddir)/xkb/libxkbstubs.la'
-REQUIRED_MODULES="$REQUIRED_MODULES xkbfile"
-
-AC_CHECK_FUNC(strcasecmp, [], AC_DEFINE([NEED_STRCASECMP], 1,
- [Do not have 'strcasecmp'.]))
-AC_CHECK_FUNC(strncasecmp, [], AC_DEFINE([NEED_STRNCASECMP], 1,
- [Do not have 'strncasecmp'.]))
-AC_CHECK_FUNC(strcasestr, [], AC_DEFINE([NEED_STRCASESTR], 1,
- [Do not have 'strcasestr'.]))
-
-PKG_CHECK_MODULES([XDMCP], [xdmcp], [have_libxdmcp="yes"], [have_libxdmcp="no"])
-if test "x$have_libxdmcp" = xyes; then
- AC_CHECK_LIB(Xdmcp, XdmcpWrap, [have_xdmcpwrap="yes"], [have_xdmcpwrap="no"], [$XDMCP_LIBS])
-fi
-if test "x$XDMCP" = xauto; then
- if test "x$have_libxdmcp" = xyes; then
- XDMCP=yes
- else
- XDMCP=no
- fi
-fi
-if test "x$XDMAUTH" = xauto; then
- if test "x$have_libxdmcp" = xyes && test "x$have_xdmcpwrap" = xyes; then
- XDMAUTH=yes
- else
- XDMAUTH=no
- fi
-fi
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XDMCP, [test "x$XDMCP" = xyes])
-if test "x$XDMCP" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(XDMCP, 1, [Support XDM Control Protocol])
- REQUIRED_LIBS="$REQUIRED_LIBS xdmcp"
- XDMCP_MODULES="xdmcp"
-fi
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XDMAUTH, [test "x$XDMAUTH" = xyes])
-if test "x$XDMAUTH" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(HASXDMAUTH,1,[Support XDM-AUTH*-1])
- if ! test "x$XDMCP" = xyes; then
- REQUIRED_LIBS="$REQUIRED_LIBS xdmcp"
- XDMCP_MODULES="xdmcp"
- fi
-fi
-
-AC_DEFINE_DIR(COMPILEDDEFAULTFONTPATH, FONTPATH, [Default font path])
-AC_DEFINE_DIR(PCI_TXT_IDS_PATH, PCI_TXT_IDS_DIR, [Default PCI text file ID path])
-AC_DEFINE_DIR(SERVER_MISC_CONFIG_PATH, SERVERCONFIG, [Server miscellaneous config path])
-AC_DEFINE_DIR(BASE_FONT_PATH, FONTROOTDIR, [Default base font path])
-dridriverdir=`$PKG_CONFIG --variable=dridriverdir dri`
-AC_DEFINE_DIR(DRI_DRIVER_PATH, dridriverdir, [Default DRI driver path])
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(XVENDORNAME, ["$VENDOR_NAME"], [Vendor name])
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(XVENDORNAMESHORT, ["$VENDOR_NAME_SHORT"], [Short vendor name])
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(XORG_DATE, ["$RELEASE_DATE"], [Vendor release])
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(XORG_MAN_VERSION, ["$VENDOR_MAN_VERSION"], [Vendor man version])
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(BUILDERADDR, ["$BUILDERADDR"], [Builder address])
-
-if test -z "$OSNAME"; then
- OSNAME="UNKNOWN"
-fi
-
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(OSNAME, ["$OSNAME"], [Operating System Name])
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(OSVENDOR, ["$OSVENDOR"], [Operating System Vendor])
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(BUILDERSTRING, ["$BUILDERSTRING"], [Builder string])
-
-AC_SUBST([VENDOR_NAME_SHORT])
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VENDOR_NAME, ["$VENDOR_NAME"], [Vendor name])
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VENDOR_NAME_SHORT, ["$VENDOR_NAME_SHORT"], [Vendor name])
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VENDOR_RELEASE, [$VENDOR_RELEASE], [Vendor release])
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VENDOR_MAN_VERSION, ["$VENDOR_MAN_VERSION"], [Vendor man version])
-
-AC_DEFINE(NO_LIBCWRAPPER, 1, [Define to 1 if modules should avoid the libcwrapper])
-
-if test "x$DEBUGGING" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(DEBUG, 1, [Enable debugging code])
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL(DEBUG, [test "x$DEBUGGING" = xyes])
-
-# If unittests aren't explicitly disabled, check for required support
-if test "x$UNITTESTS" != xno ; then
- PKG_CHECK_MODULES([GLIB], $LIBGLIB,
- [HAVE_GLIB=yes], [HAVE_GLIB=no])
-
- # Check if linker supports -wrap, passed via compiler flags
- # When cross-compiling, reports no, since unit tests run from
- # "make check", so would be running on build machine, not target
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the linker supports -wrap])
- save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-wrap,exit"
- AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
- void __wrap_exit (int s)
- {
- __real_exit (0);
- }]],
- [[exit (1);]])],
- [linker_can_wrap="yes"],
- [linker_can_wrap="no"],
- [linker_can_wrap="no"])
- AC_MSG_RESULT([$linker_can_wrap])
- LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
-fi
-
-if test "x$UNITTESTS" = xauto; then
- if test "x$HAVE_GLIB" = xyes && test "x$linker_can_wrap" = xyes; then
- UNITTESTS=yes
- else
- UNITTESTS=no
- fi
-fi
-if test "x$UNITTESTS" = xyes; then
- if test "x$HAVE_GLIB" = xno; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([glib required to build unit tests])
- fi
- if test "x$linker_can_wrap" = xno; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([ld -wrap support required to build unit tests])
- fi
- AC_DEFINE(UNITTESTS, 1, [Enable unit tests])
- AC_SUBST([GLIB_LIBS])
- AC_SUBST([GLIB_CFLAGS])
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL(UNITTESTS, [test "x$UNITTESTS" = xyes])
-
-AC_DEFINE(XTEST, 1, [Support XTest extension])
-AC_DEFINE(XSYNC, 1, [Support XSync extension])
-AC_DEFINE(XCMISC, 1, [Support XCMisc extension])
-AC_DEFINE(BIGREQS, 1, [Support BigRequests extension])
-
-if test "x$SPECIAL_DTRACE_OBJECTS" = "xyes" ; then
- DIX_LIB='$(top_builddir)/dix/dix.O'
- OS_LIB='$(top_builddir)/os/os.O $(SHA1_LIBS) $(DLOPEN_LIBS)'
-else
- DIX_LIB='$(top_builddir)/dix/libdix.la'
- OS_LIB='$(top_builddir)/os/libos.la'
-fi
-AC_SUBST([DIX_LIB])
-AC_SUBST([OS_LIB])
-
-MAIN_LIB='$(top_builddir)/dix/libmain.la'
-AC_SUBST([MAIN_LIB])
-
-MI_LIB='$(top_builddir)/mi/libmi.la'
-MI_EXT_LIB='$(top_builddir)/mi/libmiext.la'
-MI_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/mi'
-FB_LIB='$(top_builddir)/fb/libfb.la'
-FB_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/fb'
-MIEXT_SHADOW_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/miext/shadow'
-MIEXT_SHADOW_LIB='$(top_builddir)/miext/shadow/libshadow.la'
-MIEXT_SYNC_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/miext/sync'
-MIEXT_SYNC_LIB='$(top_builddir)/miext/sync/libsync.la'
-CORE_INCS='-I$(top_srcdir)/include -I$(top_builddir)/include'
-
-# SHA1 hashing
-AC_ARG_WITH([sha1],
- [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-sha1=libc|libmd|libgcrypt|libcrypto|libsha1|CommonCrypto],
- [choose SHA1 implementation])])
-AC_CHECK_FUNC([SHA1Init], [HAVE_SHA1_IN_LIBC=yes])
-if test "x$with_sha1" = x && test "x$HAVE_SHA1_IN_LIBC" = xyes; then
- with_sha1=libc
-fi
-if test "x$with_sha1" = xlibc && test "x$HAVE_SHA1_IN_LIBC" != xyes; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([libc requested but not found])
-fi
-if test "x$with_sha1" = xlibc; then
- AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SHA1_IN_LIBC], [1],
- [Use libc SHA1 functions])
- SHA1_LIBS=""
-fi
-AC_CHECK_FUNC([CC_SHA1_Init], [HAVE_SHA1_IN_COMMONCRYPTO=yes])
-if test "x$with_sha1" = x && test "x$HAVE_SHA1_IN_COMMONCRYPTO" = xyes; then
- with_sha1=CommonCrypto
-fi
-if test "x$with_sha1" = xCommonCrypto && test "x$HAVE_SHA1_IN_COMMONCRYPTO" != xyes; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([CommonCrypto requested but not found])
-fi
-if test "x$with_sha1" = xCommonCrypto; then
- AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SHA1_IN_COMMONCRYPTO], [1],
- [Use CommonCrypto SHA1 functions])
- SHA1_LIBS=""
-fi
-AC_CHECK_LIB([md], [SHA1Init], [HAVE_LIBMD=yes])
-if test "x$with_sha1" = x && test "x$HAVE_LIBMD" = xyes; then
- with_sha1=libmd
-fi
-if test "x$with_sha1" = xlibmd && test "x$HAVE_LIBMD" != xyes; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([libmd requested but not found])
-fi
-if test "x$with_sha1" = xlibmd; then
- AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SHA1_IN_LIBMD], [1],
- [Use libmd SHA1 functions])
- SHA1_LIBS=-lmd
-fi
-PKG_CHECK_MODULES([LIBSHA1], [libsha1], [HAVE_LIBSHA1=yes], [HAVE_LIBSHA1=no])
-if test "x$with_sha1" = x && test "x$HAVE_LIBSHA1" = xyes; then
- with_sha1=libsha1
-fi
-if test "x$with_sha1" = xlibsha1 && test "x$HAVE_LIBSHA1" != xyes; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([libsha1 requested but not found])
-fi
-if test "x$with_sha1" = xlibsha1; then
- AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SHA1_IN_LIBSHA1], [1],
- [Use libsha1 for SHA1])
- SHA1_LIBS=-lsha1
-fi
-AC_CHECK_LIB([gcrypt], [gcry_md_open], [HAVE_LIBGCRYPT=yes])
-if test "x$with_sha1" = x && test "x$HAVE_LIBGCRYPT" = xyes; then
- with_sha1=libgcrypt
-fi
-if test "x$with_sha1" = xlibgcrypt && test "x$HAVE_LIBGCRYPT" != xyes; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([libgcrypt requested but not found])
-fi
-if test "x$with_sha1" = xlibgcrypt; then
- AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SHA1_IN_LIBGCRYPT], [1],
- [Use libgcrypt SHA1 functions])
- SHA1_LIBS=-lgcrypt
-fi
-# We don't need all of the OpenSSL libraries, just libcrypto
-AC_CHECK_LIB([crypto], [SHA1_Init], [HAVE_LIBCRYPTO=yes])
-PKG_CHECK_MODULES([OPENSSL], [openssl], [HAVE_OPENSSL_PKC=yes],
- [HAVE_OPENSSL_PKC=no])
-if test "x$HAVE_LIBCRYPTO" = xyes || test "x$HAVE_OPENSSL_PKC" = xyes; then
- if test "x$with_sha1" = x; then
- with_sha1=libcrypto
- fi
-else
- if test "x$with_sha1" = xlibcrypto; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([OpenSSL libcrypto requested but not found])
- fi
-fi
-if test "x$with_sha1" = xlibcrypto; then
- if test "x$HAVE_LIBCRYPTO" = xyes; then
- SHA1_LIBS=-lcrypto
- else
- SHA1_LIBS="$OPENSSL_LIBS"
- SHA1_CFLAGS="$OPENSSL_CFLAGS"
- fi
-fi
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for SHA1 implementation])
-if test "x$with_sha1" = x; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([No suitable SHA1 implementation found])
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$with_sha1])
-AC_SUBST(SHA1_LIBS)
-AC_SUBST(SHA1_CFLAGS)
-
-PKG_CHECK_MODULES([XSERVERCFLAGS], [$REQUIRED_MODULES $REQUIRED_LIBS])
-PKG_CHECK_MODULES([XSERVERLIBS], [$REQUIRED_LIBS])
-
-# Autotools has some unfortunate issues with library handling. In order to
-# get a server to rebuild when a dependency in the tree is changed, it must
-# be listed in SERVERNAME_DEPENDENCIES. However, no system libraries may be
-# listed there, or some versions of autotools will break (especially if a -L
-# is required to find the library). So, we keep two sets of libraries
-# detected: NAMESPACE_LIBS for in-tree libraries to be linked against, which
-# will go into the _DEPENDENCIES and _LDADD of the server, and
-# NAMESPACE_SYS_LIBS which will go into only the _LDADD. The
-# NAMESPACEMODULES_LIBS detected from pkgconfig should always go in
-# NAMESPACE_SYS_LIBS.
-#
-# XSERVER_LIBS is the set of in-tree libraries which all servers require.
-# XSERVER_SYS_LIBS is the set of out-of-tree libraries which all servers
-# require.
-#
-XSERVER_CFLAGS="${XSERVER_CFLAGS} ${XSERVERCFLAGS_CFLAGS}"
-XSERVER_LIBS="$DIX_LIB $MI_LIB $OS_LIB"
-XSERVER_SYS_LIBS="${XSERVERLIBS_LIBS} ${SYS_LIBS} ${LIBS}"
-AC_SUBST([XSERVER_LIBS])
-AC_SUBST([XSERVER_SYS_LIBS])
-
-UTILS_SYS_LIBS="${SYS_LIBS}"
-AC_SUBST([UTILS_SYS_LIBS])
-
-# The Xorg binary needs to export symbols so that they can be used from modules
-# Some platforms require extra flags to do this. libtool should set the
-# necessary flags for each platform when -export-dynamic is passed to it.
-LD_EXPORT_SYMBOLS_FLAG="-export-dynamic"
-AC_SUBST([LD_EXPORT_SYMBOLS_FLAG])
-
-dnl Imake defines SVR4 on SVR4 systems, and many files check for it, so
-dnl we need to replicate that here until those can all be fixed
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([if SVR4 needs to be defined])
-AC_EGREP_CPP([I_AM_SVR4],[
-#if defined(SVR4) || defined(__svr4__) || defined(__SVR4)
- I_AM_SVR4
-#endif
-],[
-AC_DEFINE([SVR4],1,[Define to 1 on systems derived from System V Release 4])
-AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])], AC_MSG_RESULT([no]))
-
-XSERVER_CFLAGS="$XSERVER_CFLAGS $CORE_INCS $XEXT_INC $COMPOSITE_INC $DAMAGE_INC $FIXES_INC $XI_INC $MI_INC $MIEXT_SYNC_INC $MIEXT_SHADOW_INC $MIEXT_LAYER_INC $MIEXT_DAMAGE_INC $RENDER_INC $RANDR_INC $FB_INC"
-
-dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-dnl DDX section.
-dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-dnl Xvfb DDX
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build Xvfb DDX])
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$XVFB])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XVFB, [test "x$XVFB" = xyes])
-
-if test "x$XVFB" = xyes; then
- XVFB_LIBS="$FB_LIB $FIXES_LIB $XEXT_LIB $DBE_LIB $RECORD_LIB $GLX_LIBS $RANDR_LIB $RENDER_LIB $DAMAGE_LIB $MIEXT_SYNC_LIB $MIEXT_DAMAGE_LIB $MIEXT_SHADOW_LIB $XI_LIB $XKB_LIB $XKB_STUB_LIB $COMPOSITE_LIB"
- XVFB_SYS_LIBS="$XVFBMODULES_LIBS $GLX_SYS_LIBS"
- AC_SUBST([XVFB_LIBS])
- AC_SUBST([XVFB_SYS_LIBS])
-fi
-
-
-dnl Xnest DDX
-
-PKG_CHECK_MODULES(XNESTMODULES, [$LIBXEXT x11 xau $XDMCP_MODULES], [have_xnest=yes], [have_xnest=no])
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build Xnest DDX])
-if test "x$XNEST" = xauto; then
- XNEST="$have_xnest"
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$XNEST])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XNEST, [test "x$XNEST" = xyes])
-
-if test "x$XNEST" = xyes; then
- if test "x$have_xnest" = xno; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([Xnest build explicitly requested, but required modules not found.])
- fi
- XNEST_LIBS="$FB_LIB $FIXES_LIB $MI_LIB $XEXT_LIB $DBE_LIB $RECORD_LIB $GLX_LIBS $RANDR_LIB $RENDER_LIB $DAMAGE_LIB $MIEXT_SYNC_LIB $MIEXT_DAMAGE_LIB $MIEXT_SHADOW_LIB $XI_LIB $XKB_LIB $XKB_STUB_LIB $COMPOSITE_LIB $MAIN_LIB $DIX_LIB $OS_LIB"
- XNEST_SYS_LIBS="$XNESTMODULES_LIBS $GLX_SYS_LIBS"
- AC_SUBST([XNEST_LIBS])
- AC_SUBST([XNEST_SYS_LIBS])
-fi
-
-
-dnl Xorg DDX
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build Xorg DDX])
-if test "x$XORG" = xauto; then
- XORG="yes"
- case $host_os in
- cygwin*) XORG="no" ;;
- darwin*) XORG="no" ;;
- esac
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$XORG])
-
-xorg_bus_linuxpci=no
-xorg_bus_bsdpci=no
-xorg_bus_sparc=no
-
-if test "x$XORG" = xyes; then
- XORG_DDXINCS='-I$(top_srcdir)/hw/xfree86 -I$(top_srcdir)/hw/xfree86/include -I$(top_srcdir)/hw/xfree86/common'
- XORG_OSINCS='-I$(top_srcdir)/hw/xfree86/os-support -I$(top_srcdir)/hw/xfree86/os-support/bus -I$(top_srcdir)/os'
- XORG_INCS="$XORG_DDXINCS $XORG_OSINCS"
- XORG_CFLAGS="$XORGSERVER_CFLAGS -DHAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H"
- XORG_LIBS="$COMPOSITE_LIB $FIXES_LIB $XEXTXORG_LIB $GLX_LIBS $RANDR_LIB $RENDER_LIB $DAMAGE_LIB $MIEXT_SYNC_LIB $MIEXT_DAMAGE_LIB $MIEXT_SHADOW_LIB $XI_LIB $XKB_LIB"
-
- dnl ==================================================================
- dnl symbol visibility
- symbol_visibility=
- have_visibility=disabled
- if test x$SYMBOL_VISIBILITY != xno; then
- AC_MSG_CHECKING(for symbol visibility support)
- if test x$GCC = xyes; then
- VISIBILITY_CFLAGS="-fvisibility=hidden"
- else
- AC_CHECK_DECL([__SUNPRO_C], [SUNCC="yes"], [SUNCC="no"])
- if test x$SUNCC = xyes; then
- VISIBILITY_CFLAGS="-xldscope=hidden"
- else
- have_visibility=no
- fi
- fi
- if test x$have_visibility != xno; then
- save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $VISIBILITY_CFLAGS"
- AC_TRY_COMPILE(
- [#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>
- extern _X_HIDDEN int hidden_int;
- extern _X_EXPORT int public_int;
- extern _X_HIDDEN int hidden_int_func(void);
- extern _X_EXPORT int public_int_func(void);],
- [],
- have_visibility=yes,
- have_visibility=no)
- CFLAGS=$save_CFLAGS
- fi
- AC_MSG_RESULT([$have_visibility])
- if test x$have_visibility != xno; then
- symbol_visibility=$VISIBILITY_CFLAGS
- XORG_CFLAGS="$XORG_CFLAGS $VISIBILITY_CFLAGS"
- XSERVER_CFLAGS="$XSERVER_CFLAGS $VISIBILITY_CFLAGS"
- fi
- fi
- dnl added to xorg-server.pc
- AC_SUBST([symbol_visibility])
- dnl ===================================================================
-
- PKG_CHECK_MODULES([PCIACCESS], $LIBPCIACCESS)
- SAVE_LIBS=$LIBS
- SAVE_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
- CFLAGS=$PCIACCESS_CFLAGS
- LIBS=$PCIACCESS_LIBS
- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([pci_system_init_dev_mem])
- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([pci_device_enable])
- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([pci_device_is_boot_vga])
- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([pci_device_vgaarb_init])
- LIBS=$SAVE_LIBS
- CFLAGS=$SAVE_CFLAGS
- XORG_SYS_LIBS="$XORG_SYS_LIBS $PCIACCESS_LIBS $GLX_SYS_LIBS"
- XORG_CFLAGS="$XORG_CFLAGS $PCIACCESS_CFLAGS"
-
- case $host_os in
- linux*)
- if test "x$LNXAPM" = xyes; then
- XORG_CFLAGS="$XORG_CFLAGS -DXF86PM"
- fi
- XORG_OS="linux"
- XORG_OS_SUBDIR="linux"
- xorg_bus_linuxpci="yes"
- linux_acpi="no"
- case $host_cpu in
- ia64*)
- linux_ia64=yes
- linux_acpi="yes"
- ;;
- alpha*)
- linux_alpha=yes
- ;;
- i*86|amd64*|x86_64*)
- linux_acpi="yes"
- ;;
- *)
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu | dragonfly*)
- XORG_OS="freebsd"
- XORG_OS_SUBDIR="bsd"
- xorg_bus_bsdpci="yes"
- ;;
- netbsd*)
- XORG_OS="netbsd"
- XORG_OS_SUBDIR="bsd"
- xorg_bus_bsdpci="yes"
- ;;
- openbsd*)
- if test "x$ac_cv_BSD_APM" = xyes \
- -o "x$ac_cv_BSD_KQUEUE_APM" = xyes; then
- XORG_CFLAGS="$XORG_CFLAGS -DXF86PM"
- fi
- XORG_OS="openbsd"
- XORG_OS_SUBDIR="bsd"
- xorg_bus_bsdpci="yes"
- ;;
- solaris*)
- XORG_OS="solaris"
- XORG_OS_SUBDIR="solaris"
- XORG_CFLAGS="$XORG_CFLAGS -DXF86PM"
- # Use the same stubs as BSD for old functions, since we now
- # use libpciaccess for PCI
- xorg_bus_bsdpci="yes"
- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/kd.h])
- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/vt.h], [solaris_vt=yes], [solaris_vt=no])
- # Check for minimum supported release
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([Solaris version])
- OS_MINOR=`echo ${host_os}|$SED -e 's/^.*solaris2\.//' -e s'/\..*$//'`
- if test "${OS_MINOR}" -ge 7 ; then
- AC_MSG_RESULT(Solaris ${OS_MINOR})
- else
- AC_MSG_RESULT(Solaris `echo ${host_os}|$SED -e 's/^.*solaris//`)
- fi
- if test "${OS_MINOR}" -lt 8 ; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([This release no longer supports Solaris versions older than Solaris 8.])
- fi
- AC_CHECK_DECL([__SUNPRO_C], [SUNCC="yes"], [SUNCC="no"])
- if test "x$SUNCC" = "xyes"; then
- solaris_asm_inline="yes"
- fi
- AC_CHECK_DECL([_LP64], [SOLARIS_64="yes"], [SOLARIS_64="no"])
-
- case $host_cpu in
- sparc*)
- SOLARIS_INOUT_ARCH="sparcv8plus"
- ;;
- i*86)
- if test x$SOLARIS_64 = xyes ; then
- SOLARIS_INOUT_ARCH="amd64"
- else
- SOLARIS_INOUT_ARCH="ia32"
- fi
- ;;
- *)
- AC_MSG_ERROR([Unsupported Solaris platform. Only SPARC & x86 \
- are supported on Solaris in this release. If you are \
- interested in porting Xorg to your platform, please email \
- xorg@lists.freedesktop.org.]) ;;
- esac
- AC_SUBST([SOLARIS_INOUT_ARCH])
- if test x$solaris_asm_inline = xyes ; then
- SOLARIS_ASM_CFLAGS='$(top_srcdir)/hw/xfree86/os-support/solaris/solaris-$(SOLARIS_INOUT_ARCH).il'
- XORG_CFLAGS="${XORG_CFLAGS} "'$(SOLARIS_ASM_CFLAGS)'
- fi
- AC_SUBST([SOLARIS_ASM_CFLAGS])
- if test "x$SUPPORT_PC98" = xauto; then
- SUPPORT_PC98="no"
- fi
- ;;
- gnu*)
- XORG_OS="gnu"
- XORG_OS_SUBDIR="hurd"
- # Use the same stubs as BSD for old functions, since we now
- # use libpciaccess for PCI
- xorg_bus_bsdpci="yes"
- ;;
- *)
- XORG_OS="unknown"
- XORG_OS_SUBDIR="unknown"
- AC_MSG_ERROR([m4_text_wrap(m4_join([ ],
- [Your OS is unknown. Xorg currently only supports Linux,],
- [Free/Open/Net/DragonFlyBSD, Solaris/OpenSolaris, & GNU Hurd.],
- [If you are interested in porting Xorg to your platform,],
- [please email xorg@lists.freedesktop.org.]))])
- ;;
- esac
-
- case $host_cpu in
- sparc*)
- xorg_bus_sparc="yes"
- ;;
- i*86)
- if test "x$SUPPORT_PC98" = xauto; then
- SUPPORT_PC98="yes"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
-
- if test "x$SUPPORT_PC98" = xauto; then
- SUPPORT_PC98="no"
- fi
- if test "x$SUPPORT_PC98" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(SUPPORT_PC98, 1, [Support PC98])
- fi
- if test "x$XORG_OS_PCI" = x ; then
- XORG_OS_PCI=$XORG_OS
- fi
- if test "x$DGA" = xauto; then
- PKG_CHECK_MODULES(DGA, $DGAPROTO, [DGA=yes], [DGA=no])
- fi
- if test "x$DGA" = xyes; then
- XORG_MODULES="$XORG_MODULES $DGAPROTO"
- PKG_CHECK_MODULES(DGA, $DGAPROTO)
- AC_DEFINE(DGA, 1, [Support DGA extension])
- AC_DEFINE(XFreeXDGA, 1, [Build XDGA support])
- fi
-
- if test "x$XF86VIDMODE" = xauto; then
- PKG_CHECK_MODULES(XF86VIDMODE, $VIDMODEPROTO, [XF86VIDMODE=yes], [XF86VIDMODE=no])
- fi
- if test "x$XF86VIDMODE" = xyes; then
- XORG_MODULES="$XORG_MODULES $VIDMODEPROTO"
- PKG_CHECK_MODULES(XF86VIDMODE, $VIDMODEPROTO)
- AC_DEFINE(XF86VIDMODE, 1, [Support XFree86 Video Mode extension])
- fi
-
- if test -n "$XORG_MODULES"; then
- PKG_CHECK_MODULES(XORG_MODULES, [$XORG_MODULES])
- XORG_CFLAGS="$XORG_CFLAGS $XORG_MODULES_CFLAGS"
- XORG_SYS_LIBS="$XORG_SYS_LIBS $XORG_MODULES_LIBS"
- fi
-
- AC_SUBST([XORG_LIBS])
- AC_SUBST([XORG_SYS_LIBS])
- AC_SUBST([XORG_INCS])
- AC_SUBST([XORG_OS])
- AC_SUBST([XORG_OS_SUBDIR])
-
- AC_PATH_PROG(PERL, perl, no)
- dnl unlikely as this may be ...
- if test "x$PERL" = xno; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([Perl is required to build the XFree86/Xorg DDX.])
- fi
- AC_SUBST(PERL)
-
- AC_SUBST([XORG_CFLAGS])
-
- dnl these only go in xorg-config.h
- XF86CONFIGFILE="xorg.conf"
- XF86CONFIGDIR="xorg.conf.d"
- AC_SUBST(XF86CONFIGDIR)
- CONFIGFILE="$sysconfdir/$XF86CONFIGFILE"
- LOGPREFIX="$logdir/Xorg."
- AC_DEFINE(XORG_SERVER, 1, [Building Xorg server])
- AC_DEFINE(XORGSERVER, 1, [Building Xorg server])
- AC_DEFINE(XFree86Server, 1, [Building XFree86 server])
- AC_DEFINE(XFree86LOADER, 1, [Building loadable XFree86 server])
- AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(XORG_VERSION_CURRENT, [$VENDOR_RELEASE], [Current Xorg version])
- AC_DEFINE(NEED_XF86_TYPES, 1, [Need XFree86 typedefs])
- AC_DEFINE(NEED_XF86_PROTOTYPES, 1, [Need XFree86 helper functions])
- AC_DEFINE(__XSERVERNAME__, "Xorg", [Name of X server])
- AC_DEFINE_DIR(__XCONFIGFILE__, XF86CONFIGFILE, [Name of configuration file])
- AC_DEFINE_DIR(XF86CONFIGFILE, XF86CONFIGFILE, [Name of configuration file])
- AC_DEFINE_DIR(__XCONFIGDIR__, XF86CONFIGDIR, [Name of configuration directory])
- AC_DEFINE_DIR(DEFAULT_MODULE_PATH, moduledir, [Default module search path])
- AC_DEFINE_DIR(DEFAULT_LIBRARY_PATH, libdir, [Default library install path])
- AC_DEFINE_DIR(DEFAULT_LOGPREFIX, LOGPREFIX, [Default log location])
- AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(__VENDORDWEBSUPPORT__, ["$VENDOR_WEB"], [Vendor web address for support])
- AC_DEFINE(XSERVER_LIBPCIACCESS, 1, [Use libpciaccess for all pci manipulation])
- if test "x$VGAHW" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(WITH_VGAHW, 1, [Building vgahw module])
- fi
-
- driverdir="$moduledir/drivers"
- AC_SUBST([moduledir])
- AC_SUBST([driverdir])
- sdkdir="$includedir/xorg"
- extdir="$includedir/X11/extensions"
- sysconfigdir="$datadir/X11/$XF86CONFIGDIR"
- AC_SUBST([sdkdir])
- AC_SUBST([extdir])
- AC_SUBST([sysconfigdir])
- AC_SUBST([logdir])
-
- # stuff the ABI versions into the pc file too
- extract_abi() {
- grep ^.define.*${1}_VERSION ${srcdir}/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Module.h | tr '(),' ' .' | awk '{ print $4$5 }'
- }
- abi_ansic=`extract_abi ANSIC`
- abi_videodrv=`extract_abi VIDEODRV`
- abi_xinput=`extract_abi XINPUT`
- abi_extension=`extract_abi EXTENSION`
- AC_SUBST([abi_ansic])
- AC_SUBST([abi_videodrv])
- AC_SUBST([abi_xinput])
- AC_SUBST([abi_extension])
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL([XORG], [test "x$XORG" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL([XORG_BUS_LINUXPCI], [test "x$xorg_bus_linuxpci" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL([XORG_BUS_BSDPCI], [test "x$xorg_bus_bsdpci" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL([XORG_BUS_SPARC], [test "x$xorg_bus_sparc" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL([LINUX_IA64], [test "x$linux_ia64" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL([LINUX_ALPHA], [test "x$linux_alpha" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL([LNXACPI], [test "x$linux_acpi" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL([SOLARIS_ASM_INLINE], [test "x$solaris_asm_inline" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL([SOLARIS_VT], [test "x$solaris_vt" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL([DGA], [test "x$DGA" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL([XF86VIDMODE], [test "x$XF86VIDMODE" = xyes])
-
-dnl XWin DDX
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build XWin DDX])
-if test "x$XWIN" = xauto; then
- case $host_os in
- cygwin*) XWIN="yes" ;;
- mingw*) XWIN="yes" ;;
- *) XWIN="no" ;;
- esac
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$XWIN])
-
-if test "x$XWIN" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE_DIR(SYSCONFDIR, sysconfdir, [Location of system.XWinrc])
- AC_DEFINE_DIR(DEFAULT_LOGDIR, logdir, [Default log location])
- AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(XORG_VERSION_CURRENT, [$VENDOR_RELEASE], [Current Xorg version])
- AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(__VENDORDWEBSUPPORT__, ["$VENDOR_WEB"], [Vendor web address for support])
- AC_CHECK_TOOL(WINDRES, windres)
-
- PKG_CHECK_MODULES([XWINMODULES],[x11 xdmcp xau])
-
- if test "x$WINDOWSWM" = xauto; then
- PKG_CHECK_EXISTS($WINDOWSWMPROTO, [WINDOWSWM=yes], [WINDOWSWM=no])
- fi
- if test "x$WINDOWSWM" = xyes ; then
- PKG_CHECK_MODULES(WINDOWSWM, $WINDOWSWMPROTO)
- XWINMODULES_CFLAGS="$XWINMODULES_CFLAGS $WINDOWSWM_CFLAGS"
- AC_DEFINE(ROOTLESS,1,[Build Rootless code])
- fi
-
- case $host_os in
- cygwin*)
- XWIN_SERVER_NAME=XWin
- AC_DEFINE(HAS_DEVWINDOWS,1,[Cygwin has /dev/windows for signaling new win32 messages])
- ;;
- mingw*)
- XWIN_SERVER_NAME=Xming
- AC_DEFINE(RELOCATE_PROJECTROOT,1,[Make PROJECT_ROOT relative to the xserver location])
- AC_DEFINE(HAS_WINSOCK,1,[Use Windows sockets])
- XWIN_SYS_LIBS=-lwinsock2
- ;;
- esac
- XWIN_LIBS="$FB_LIB $MI_LIB $FIXES_LIB $XEXT_LIB $RANDR_LIB $RENDER_LIB $DBE_LIB $RECORD_LIB $GLX_LIBS $XKB_LIB $XKB_STUB_LIB $COMPOSITE_LIB $DAMAGE_LIB $MIEXT_SYNC_LIB $MIEXT_DAMAGE_LIB $MIEXT_SHADOW_LIB $XI_LIB $OS_LIB"
- XWIN_SYS_LIBS="$XWIN_SYS_LIBS $XWINMODULES_LIBS"
- AC_SUBST(XWIN_LIBS)
- AC_SUBST(XWIN_SERVER_NAME)
- AC_SUBST(XWIN_SYS_LIBS)
-
- if test "x$DEBUGGING" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(CYGDEBUG, 1, [Simple debug messages])
- AC_DEFINE(CYGWINDOWING_DEBUG, 1, [Debug messages for window handling])
- AC_DEFINE(CYGMULTIWINDOW_DEBUG, 1, [Debug window manager])
- fi
-
- AC_DEFINE(DDXOSVERRORF, 1, [Use OsVendorVErrorF])
- AC_DEFINE(DDXBEFORERESET, 1, [Use ddxBeforeReset ])
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XWIN, [test "x$XWIN" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XWIN_MULTIWINDOW, [test "x$XWIN" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XWIN_MULTIWINDOWEXTWM, [test "x$XWIN" = xyes && test "x$WINDOWSWM" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XWIN_CLIPBOARD, [test "x$XWIN" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XWIN_GLX_WINDOWS, [test "x$XWIN" = xyes && false])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XWIN_NATIVEGDI, [test "x$XWIN" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XWIN_PRIMARYFB, [test "x$XWIN" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XWIN_RANDR, [test "x$XWIN" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XWIN_XV, [test "x$XWIN" = xyes && test "x$XV" = xyes])
-
-dnl Darwin / OS X DDX
-if test "x$XQUARTZ" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(XQUARTZ,1,[Have Quartz])
- AC_DEFINE(ROOTLESS,1,[Build Rootless code])
-
- DARWIN_LIBS="$MI_LIB $OS_LIB $DIX_LIB $MAIN_LIB $FB_LIB $FIXES_LIB $XEXT_LIB $DBE_LIB $RECORD_LIB $RANDR_LIB $RENDER_LIB $DAMAGE_LIB $MIEXT_SYNC_LIB $MIEXT_DAMAGE_LIB $MIEXT_SHADOW_LIB $XI_LIB $XKB_LIB $XKB_STUB_LIB $XPSTUBS_LIB"
- AC_SUBST([DARWIN_LIBS])
-
- AC_CHECK_LIB([Xplugin],[xp_init],[:])
-
- CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} -DROOTLESS_WORKAROUND -DROOTLESS_SAFEALPHA -DNO_ALLOCA"
-
- PKG_CHECK_MODULES(XPBPROXY, $APPLEWMPROTO $LIBAPPLEWM xfixes x11)
-
- if test "x$XQUARTZ_SPARKLE" = xyes ; then
- AC_DEFINE(XQUARTZ_SPARKLE,1,[Support application updating through sparkle.])
- fi
-
- if test "x$STANDALONE_XPBPROXY" = xyes ; then
- AC_DEFINE(STANDALONE_XPBPROXY,1,[Build a standalone xpbproxy])
- fi
-fi
-
-# Support for objc in autotools is minimal and not documented.
-OBJC='$(CC)'
-OBJCLD='$(CCLD)'
-OBJCLINK='$(LINK)'
-OBJCFLAGS='$(CFLAGS)'
-AC_SUBST([OBJC])
-AC_SUBST([OBJCCLD])
-AC_SUBST([OBJCLINK])
-AC_SUBST([OBJCFLAGS])
-# internal, undocumented automake func follows :(
-_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJC])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XQUARTZ, [test "x$XQUARTZ" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XQUARTZ_SPARKLE, [test "x$XQUARTZ_SPARKLE" != "xno"])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(STANDALONE_XPBPROXY, [test "x$STANDALONE_XPBPROXY" = xyes])
-
-dnl DMX DDX
-PKG_CHECK_MODULES(
- [DMXMODULES],
- [xmuu $LIBXEXT x11 xrender xfixes $LIBXI $DMXPROTO xau $XDMCP_MODULES],
- [PKG_CHECK_MODULES(
- [XDMXCONFIG_DEP],
- [xaw7 xmu xt xpm x11],
- [have_dmx=yes],
- [have_dmx=no])],
- [have_dmx=no])
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build Xdmx DDX])
-if test "x$DMX" = xauto; then
- DMX="$have_dmx"
- case $host_os in
- cygwin*) DMX="no" ;;
- darwin*) DMX="no" ;;
- esac
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$DMX])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(DMX, [test "x$DMX" = xyes])
-
-if test "x$DMX" = xyes; then
- if test "x$have_dmx" = xno; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([Xdmx build explicitly requested, but required
- modules not found.])
- fi
- DMX_INCLUDES="$XEXT_INC $RENDER_INC $RECORD_INC"
- XDMX_CFLAGS="$DMXMODULES_CFLAGS"
- XDMX_LIBS="$FB_LIB $MI_LIB $XEXT_LIB $RENDER_LIB $RECORD_LIB $XI_LIB $XKB_LIB $XKB_STUB_LIB $MIEXT_SYNC_LIB $MIEXT_SHADOW_LIB $MIEXT_DAMAGE_LIB $COMPOSITE_LIB $DAMAGE_LIB $MAIN_LIB $DIX_LIB $CONFIG_LIB $OS_LIB $FIXES_LIB"
- XDMX_SYS_LIBS="$DMXMODULES_LIBS"
- AC_SUBST([XDMX_CFLAGS])
- AC_SUBST([XDMX_LIBS])
- AC_SUBST([XDMX_SYS_LIBS])
-
-dnl USB sources in DMX require <linux/input.h>
- AC_CHECK_HEADER([linux/input.h], DMX_BUILD_USB="yes",
- DMX_BUILD_USB="no")
-dnl Linux sources in DMX require <linux/keyboard.h>
- AC_CHECK_HEADER([linux/keyboard.h], DMX_BUILD_LNX="yes",
- DMX_BUILD_LNX="no")
- AC_SUBST(XDMXCONFIG_DEP_CFLAGS)
- AC_SUBST(XDMXCONFIG_DEP_LIBS)
- PKG_CHECK_MODULES([DMXEXAMPLES_DEP], [$LIBDMX $LIBXEXT x11])
- AC_SUBST(DMXEXAMPLES_DEP_LIBS)
- PKG_CHECK_MODULES([DMXXMUEXAMPLES_DEP], [$LIBDMX xmu $LIBXEXT x11])
- AC_SUBST(DMXXMUEXAMPLES_DEP_LIBS)
- PKG_CHECK_MODULES([DMXXIEXAMPLES_DEP], [$LIBDMX $LIBXI $LIBXEXT x11])
- AC_SUBST(DMXXIEXAMPLES_DEP_LIBS)
- PKG_CHECK_MODULES([XTSTEXAMPLES_DEP], [$LIBXTST $LIBXEXT x11])
- AC_SUBST(XTSTEXAMPLES_DEP_LIBS)
- PKG_CHECK_MODULES([XRESEXAMPLES_DEP], [xres $LIBXEXT x11])
- AC_SUBST(XRESEXAMPLES_DEP_LIBS)
- PKG_CHECK_MODULES([X11EXAMPLES_DEP], [$LIBXEXT x11])
- AC_SUBST(X11EXAMPLES_DEP_LIBS)
-
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL([DMX_BUILD_LNX], [test "x$DMX_BUILD_LNX" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL([DMX_BUILD_USB], [test "x$DMX_BUILD_USB" = xyes])
-
-dnl kdrive DDX
-
-XEPHYR_LIBS=
-XEPHYR_INCS=
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(KDRIVE, [test x$KDRIVE = xyes])
-
-if test "$KDRIVE" = yes; then
- AC_DEFINE(KDRIVESERVER,1,[Build Kdrive X server])
- AC_DEFINE(KDRIVEDDXACTIONS,,[Build kdrive ddx])
-
- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([linux/fb.h])
- if test "$ac_cv_header_linux_fb_h" = yes && test "x$XFBDEV" = xauto; then
- XFBDEV=yes
- fi
-
- if test "x$XFBDEV" = xyes; then
- KDRIVEFBDEVLIB=yes
- AC_DEFINE(KDRIVEFBDEV, 1, [Build fbdev-based kdrive server])
- fi
-
-
- PKG_CHECK_MODULES([TSLIB], [tslib-0.0], [HAVE_TSLIB="yes"], [HAVE_TSLIB="no"])
- if test "x$HAVE_TSLIB" = xno; then
- AC_CHECK_LIB(ts, ts_open, [
- HAVE_TSLIB="yes"
- TSLIB_LIBS="-lts"
- ])
- fi
-
- if test "xTSLIB" = xauto; then
- TSLIB="$HAVE_TSLIB"
- fi
-
- if test "x$TSLIB" = xyes; then
- if ! test "x$HAVE_TSLIB" = xyes; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([tslib must be installed to build the tslib driver. See http://tslib.berlios.de/])
- else
- AC_DEFINE(TSLIB, 1, [Have tslib support])
- fi
- fi
-
- if test "x$KDRIVE_KBD" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(KDRIVE_KBD, 1, [Enable KDrive kbd driver])
- fi
- if test "x$KDRIVE_EVDEV" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(KDRIVE_EVDEV, 1, [Enable KDrive evdev driver])
- fi
- if test "x$KDRIVE_MOUSE" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE(KDRIVE_MOUSE, 1, [Enable KDrive mouse driver])
- fi
-
- XEPHYR_REQUIRED_LIBS="x11 $LIBXEXT xau xdmcp"
- if test "x$XV" = xyes; then
- XEPHYR_REQUIRED_LIBS="$XEPHYR_REQUIRED_LIBS xv"
- fi
- if test "x$DRI" = xyes && test "x$GLX" = xyes; then
- XEPHYR_REQUIRED_LIBS="$XEPHYR_REQUIRED_LIBS $LIBGL libdrm"
- fi
-
- PKG_CHECK_MODULES(XEPHYR, $XEPHYR_REQUIRED_LIBS, [xephyr="yes"], [xephyr="no"])
- if test "x$XEPHYR" = xauto; then
- XEPHYR=$xephyr
- fi
- if test "x$XEPHYR" = xyes && test "x$xephyr" = xno; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([Xephyr dependencies missing])
- fi
-
- # Xephyr needs nanosleep() which is in librt on Solaris
- AC_CHECK_FUNC([nanosleep], [],
- AC_CHECK_LIB([rt], [nanosleep], XEPHYR_LIBS="$XEPHYR_LIBS -lrt"))
-
- # damage shadow extension glx (NOTYET) fb mi
- KDRIVE_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/hw/kdrive/src'
- KDRIVE_PURE_INCS="$KDRIVE_INC $MIEXT_SYNC_INC $MIEXT_DAMAGE_INC $MIEXT_SHADOW_INC $XEXT_INC $FB_INC $MI_INC"
- KDRIVE_OS_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/hw/kdrive/linux'
- KDRIVE_INCS="$KDRIVE_PURE_INCS $KDRIVE_OS_INC"
-
- KDRIVE_CFLAGS="$XSERVER_CFLAGS -DHAVE_KDRIVE_CONFIG_H $TSLIB_CFLAGS"
-
- KDRIVE_PURE_LIBS="$FB_LIB $MI_LIB $FIXES_LIB $XEXT_LIB $DBE_LIB $RECORD_LIB $GLX_LIBS $RANDR_LIB $RENDER_LIB $DAMAGE_LIB $MIEXT_SYNC_LIB $MIEXT_DAMAGE_LIB $MIEXT_SHADOW_LIB $XI_LIB $XKB_LIB $XKB_STUB_LIB $COMPOSITE_LIB $OS_LIB"
- KDRIVE_LIB='$(top_builddir)/hw/kdrive/src/libkdrive.la'
- case $host_os in
- *linux*)
- KDRIVE_OS_LIB='$(top_builddir)/hw/kdrive/linux/liblinux.la'
- KDRIVELINUX=yes
- if test "x$KDRIVE_EVDEV" = xauto; then
- KDRIVE_EVDEV=yes
- fi
- if test "x$KDRIVE_KBD" = xauto; then
- KDRIVE_KBD=yes
- fi
- if test "x$KDRIVE_MOUSE" = xauto; then
- KDRIVE_MOUSE=yes
- fi
- ;;
- *)
- if test "x$KDRIVE_EVDEV" = xauto; then
- KDRIVE_EVDEV=no
- fi
- if test "x$KDRIVE_KBD" = xauto; then
- KDRIVE_KBD=no
- fi
- if test "x$KDRIVE_MOUSE" = xauto; then
- KDRIVE_MOUSE=no
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- KDRIVE_STUB_LIB='$(top_builddir)/hw/kdrive/src/libkdrivestubs.la'
- KDRIVE_LOCAL_LIBS="$MAIN_LIB $DIX_LIB $KDRIVE_LIB $KDRIVE_STUB_LIB"
- KDRIVE_LOCAL_LIBS="$KDRIVE_LOCAL_LIBS $FB_LIB $MI_LIB $KDRIVE_PURE_LIBS"
- KDRIVE_LOCAL_LIBS="$KDRIVE_LOCAL_LIBS $KDRIVE_OS_LIB"
- KDRIVE_LIBS="$KDRIVE_LOCAL_LIBS $XSERVER_SYS_LIBS $GLX_SYS_LIBS $DLOPEN_LIBS $TSLIB_LIBS"
-
- AC_SUBST([XEPHYR_LIBS])
- AC_SUBST([XEPHYR_INCS])
-fi
-AC_SUBST([KDRIVE_INCS])
-AC_SUBST([KDRIVE_PURE_INCS])
-AC_SUBST([KDRIVE_CFLAGS])
-AC_SUBST([KDRIVE_PURE_LIBS])
-AC_SUBST([KDRIVE_LOCAL_LIBS])
-AC_SUBST([KDRIVE_LIBS])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(KDRIVELINUX, [test "x$KDRIVELINUX" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(KDRIVE_EVDEV, [test "x$KDRIVE_EVDEV" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(KDRIVE_KBD, [test "x$KDRIVE_KBD" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(KDRIVE_MOUSE, [test "x$KDRIVE_MOUSE" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(TSLIB, [test "x$HAVE_TSLIB" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(KDRIVEFBDEV, [test "x$XFBDEV" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XEPHYR, [test "x$KDRIVE" = xyes && test "x$XEPHYR" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_KDRIVEFBDEVLIB, [test "x$KDRIVE" = xyes && test "x$KDRIVEFBDEVLIB" = xyes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XFAKESERVER, [test "x$KDRIVE" = xyes && test "x$XFAKE" = xyes])
-
-dnl and the rest of these are generic, so they're in config.h
-dnl
-dnl though, thanks to the passing of some significant amount of time, the
-dnl above is probably a complete fallacy, and you should not rely on it.
-dnl but this is still actually better than imake, honest. -daniels
-
-AC_TRY_COMPILE([
-#include <features.h>
-#ifndef __GLIBC__
-#error not glibc
-#endif
-], [], [AC_DEFINE(_GNU_SOURCE, 1,
- [ Enable GNU and other extensions to the C environment for glibc])])
-
-AC_DEFINE_DIR(PROJECTROOT, prefix, [Overall prefix])
-
-AC_SUBST([RELEASE_DATE])
-BUILD_DATE="`date +'%Y%m%d'`"
-AC_SUBST([BUILD_DATE])
-BUILD_TIME="`date +'1%H%M%S'`"
-AC_SUBST([BUILD_TIME])
-
-DIX_CFLAGS="-DHAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H $XSERVER_CFLAGS"
-
-AC_SUBST([DIX_CFLAGS])
-
-AC_SUBST([libdir])
-AC_SUBST([exec_prefix])
-AC_SUBST([prefix])
-
-AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([sdksyms], [touch hw/xfree86/loader/sdksyms.dep])
-
-AC_OUTPUT([
-Makefile
-glx/Makefile
-include/Makefile
-composite/Makefile
-damageext/Makefile
-dbe/Makefile
-dix/Makefile
-doc/Makefile
-doc/man/Makefile
-doc/xml/Makefile
-doc/xml/dtrace/Makefile
-doc/xml/xserver.ent
-fb/Makefile
-record/Makefile
-config/Makefile
-mi/Makefile
-miext/Makefile
-miext/sync/Makefile
-miext/damage/Makefile
-miext/shadow/Makefile
-miext/cw/Makefile
-miext/rootless/Makefile
-os/Makefile
-randr/Makefile
-render/Makefile
-xkb/Makefile
-Xext/Makefile
-Xi/Makefile
-xfixes/Makefile
-exa/Makefile
-hw/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/common/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/common/xf86Build.h
-hw/xfree86/ddc/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/dixmods/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/dixmods/extmod/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/doc/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/doc/devel/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/doc/man/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/doc/sgml/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/dri/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/dri2/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/exa/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/exa/man/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/fbdevhw/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/fbdevhw/man/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/i2c/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/int10/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/loader/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/modes/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/os-support/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/os-support/bsd/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/os-support/bus/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/os-support/hurd/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/os-support/misc/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/os-support/linux/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/os-support/solaris/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/parser/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/ramdac/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/shadowfb/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/vbe/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/vgahw/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/x86emu/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/xaa/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/utils/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/utils/man/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/utils/cvt/Makefile
-hw/xfree86/utils/gtf/Makefile
-hw/dmx/config/Makefile
-hw/dmx/config/man/Makefile
-hw/dmx/doc/Makefile
-hw/dmx/doc/doxygen.conf
-hw/dmx/examples/Makefile
-hw/dmx/input/Makefile
-hw/dmx/glxProxy/Makefile
-hw/dmx/Makefile
-hw/dmx/man/Makefile
-hw/vfb/Makefile
-hw/vfb/man/Makefile
-hw/xnest/Makefile
-hw/xnest/man/Makefile
-hw/xwin/Makefile
-hw/xwin/glx/Makefile
-hw/xwin/man/Makefile
-hw/xquartz/Makefile
-hw/xquartz/GL/Makefile
-hw/xquartz/bundle/Makefile
-hw/xquartz/man/Makefile
-hw/xquartz/mach-startup/Makefile
-hw/xquartz/pbproxy/Makefile
-hw/xquartz/xpr/Makefile
-hw/kdrive/Makefile
-hw/kdrive/ephyr/Makefile
-hw/kdrive/ephyr/man/Makefile
-hw/kdrive/fake/Makefile
-hw/kdrive/fbdev/Makefile
-hw/kdrive/linux/Makefile
-hw/kdrive/src/Makefile
-test/Makefile
-test/xi2/Makefile
-xorg-server.pc
-])
+dnl Copyright © 2003-2007 Keith Packard, Daniel Stone
+dnl
+dnl Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+dnl copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+dnl to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+dnl the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+dnl and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+dnl Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+dnl
+dnl The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+dnl paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+dnl Software.
+dnl
+dnl THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+dnl IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+dnl FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+dnl THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+dnl LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+dnl FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+dnl DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+dnl
+dnl Authors: Keith Packard <keithp@keithp.com>
+dnl Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+dnl an unwitting cast of miscellaneous others
+dnl
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to create configure.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.57)
+AC_INIT([xorg-server], 1.10.99.1, [https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg], xorg-server)
+RELEASE_DATE="unreleased"
+AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([Makefile.am])
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([foreign dist-bzip2])
+AM_MAINTAINER_MODE
+
+# Require xorg-macros minimum of 1.10 for XORG_CHECK_SGML_DOCTOOLS
+m4_ifndef([XORG_MACROS_VERSION],
+ [m4_fatal([must install xorg-macros 1.10 or later before running autoconf/autogen])])
+XORG_MACROS_VERSION(1.10)
+XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS
+XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN(1.6.1)
+XORG_CHECK_SGML_DOCTOOLS(1.5)
+
+m4_ifndef([XORG_FONT_MACROS_VERSION], [m4_fatal([must install fontutil 1.1 or later before running autoconf/autogen])])
+XORG_FONT_MACROS_VERSION(1.1)
+
+dnl this gets generated by autoheader, and thus contains all the defines. we
+dnl don't ever actually use it, internally.
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(include/do-not-use-config.h)
+dnl xorg-server.h is an external header, designed to be included by loadable
+dnl drivers.
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(include/xorg-server.h)
+dnl dix-config.h covers most of the DIX (i.e. everything but the DDX, not just
+dnl dix/).
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(include/dix-config.h)
+dnl xorg-config.h covers the Xorg DDX.
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(include/xorg-config.h)
+dnl xkb-config.h covers XKB for the Xorg and Xnest DDXs.
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(include/xkb-config.h)
+dnl xwin-config.h covers the XWin DDX.
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(include/xwin-config.h)
+dnl kdrive-config.h covers the kdrive DDX
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(include/kdrive-config.h)
+dnl version-config.h covers the version numbers so they can be bumped without
+dnl forcing an entire recompile.x
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(include/version-config.h)
+
+AM_PROG_AS
+AC_PROG_LN_S
+AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL
+AC_DISABLE_STATIC
+AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
+AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
+PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG
+AC_PROG_LEX
+AC_PROG_YACC
+AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
+XORG_PROG_RAWCPP
+
+# Quoted so that make will expand $(CWARNFLAGS) in makefiles to allow
+# easier overrides at build time.
+XSERVER_CFLAGS='$(CWARNFLAGS)'
+
+dnl Check for dtrace program (needed to build Xserver dtrace probes)
+dnl Also checks for <sys/sdt.h>, since some Linux distros have an
+dnl ISDN trace program named dtrace
+AC_ARG_WITH(dtrace, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-dtrace=PATH],
+ [Enable dtrace probes (default: enabled if dtrace found)]),
+ [WDTRACE=$withval], [WDTRACE=auto])
+if test "x$WDTRACE" = "xyes" -o "x$WDTRACE" = "xauto" ; then
+ AC_PATH_PROG(DTRACE, [dtrace], [not_found], [$PATH:/usr/sbin])
+ if test "x$DTRACE" = "xnot_found" ; then
+ if test "x$WDTRACE" = "xyes" ; then
+ AC_MSG_FAILURE([dtrace requested but not found])
+ fi
+ WDTRACE="no"
+ else
+ AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/sdt.h, [HAS_SDT_H="yes"], [HAS_SDT_H="no"])
+ if test "x$WDTRACE" = "xauto" -a "x$HAS_SDT_H" = "xno" ; then
+ WDTRACE="no"
+ fi
+ fi
+fi
+if test "x$WDTRACE" != "xno" ; then
+ AC_DEFINE(XSERVER_DTRACE, 1,
+ [Define to 1 if the DTrace Xserver provider probes should be built in.])
+
+# Solaris/OpenSolaris require dtrace -G to build dtrace probe information into
+# object files, and require linking with those as relocatable objects, not .a
+# archives. MacOS X handles all this in the normal compiler toolchain, and on
+# some releases (like Tiger), will error out on dtrace -G. For now, other
+# platforms with Dtrace ports are assumed to support -G (the FreeBSD and Linux
+# ports appear to, based on my web searches, but have not yet been tested).
+ case $host_os in
+ darwin*) SPECIAL_DTRACE_OBJECTS=no ;;
+ *) SPECIAL_DTRACE_OBJECTS=yes ;;
+ esac
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XSERVER_DTRACE, [test "x$WDTRACE" != "xno"])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(SPECIAL_DTRACE_OBJECTS, [test "x$SPECIAL_DTRACE_OBJECTS" = "xyes"])
+
+AC_HEADER_DIRENT
+AC_HEADER_STDC
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS([fcntl.h stdlib.h string.h unistd.h dlfcn.h stropts.h fnmatch.h sys/utsname.h])
+
+dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
+AC_C_CONST
+AC_C_BIGENDIAN([ENDIAN="X_BIG_ENDIAN"], [ENDIAN="X_LITTLE_ENDIAN"])
+
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([unsigned long])
+if test "$ac_cv_sizeof_unsigned_long" = 8; then
+ AC_DEFINE(_XSERVER64, 1, [Define to 1 if unsigned long is 64 bits.])
+fi
+
+AC_TYPE_PID_T
+
+# Checks for headers/macros for byte swapping
+# Known variants:
+# <byteswap.h> bswap_16, bswap_32, bswap_64 (glibc)
+# <sys/endian.h> __swap16, __swap32, __swap64 (OpenBSD)
+# <sys/endian.h> bswap16, bswap32, bswap64 (other BSD's)
+# and a fallback to local macros if none of the above are found
+
+# if <byteswap.h> is found, assume it's the correct version
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS([byteswap.h])
+
+# if <sys/endian.h> is found, have to check which version
+AC_CHECK_HEADER([sys/endian.h], [HAVE_SYS_ENDIAN_H="yes"], [HAVE_SYS_ENDIAN_H="no"])
+
+if test "x$HAVE_SYS_ENDIAN_H" = "xyes" ; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for __swap16 variant of <sys/endian.h> byteswapping macros])
+ AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/endian.h>
+ ], [
+int a = 1, b;
+b = __swap16(a);
+ ])
+], [SYS_ENDIAN__SWAP='yes'], [SYS_ENDIAN__SWAP='no'])
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$SYS_ENDIAN__SWAP])
+
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for bswap16 variant of <sys/endian.h> byteswapping macros])
+ AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/endian.h>
+ ], [
+int a = 1, b;
+b = bswap16(a);
+ ])
+], [SYS_ENDIAN_BSWAP='yes'], [SYS_ENDIAN_BSWAP='no'])
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$SYS_ENDIAN_BSWAP])
+
+ if test "$SYS_ENDIAN_BSWAP" = "yes" ; then
+ USE_SYS_ENDIAN_H=yes
+ BSWAP=bswap
+ else
+ if test "$SYS_ENDIAN__SWAP" = "yes" ; then
+ USE_SYS_ENDIAN_H=yes
+ BSWAP=__swap
+ else
+ USE_SYS_ENDIAN_H=no
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test "$USE_SYS_ENDIAN_H" = "yes" ; then
+ AC_DEFINE([USE_SYS_ENDIAN_H], 1,
+ [Define to use byteswap macros from <sys/endian.h>])
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([bswap_16], ${BSWAP}16,
+ [Define to 16-bit byteswap macro])
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([bswap_32], ${BSWAP}32,
+ [Define to 32-bit byteswap macro])
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([bswap_64], ${BSWAP}64,
+ [Define to 64-bit byteswap macro])
+ fi
+fi
+
+dnl Check to see if dlopen is in default libraries (like Solaris, which
+dnl has it in libc), or if libdl is needed to get it.
+AC_CHECK_FUNC([dlopen], [],
+ AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen], DLOPEN_LIBS="-ldl"))
+AC_SUBST(DLOPEN_LIBS)
+
+dnl Checks for library functions.
+AC_FUNC_VPRINTF
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS([geteuid getuid link memmove memset mkstemp strchr strrchr \
+ strtol getopt getopt_long vsnprintf walkcontext backtrace \
+ getisax getzoneid shmctl64 strcasestr ffs vasprintf])
+AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
+dnl Old HAS_* names used in os/*.c.
+AC_CHECK_FUNC([getdtablesize],
+ AC_DEFINE(HAS_GETDTABLESIZE, 1, [Have the 'getdtablesize' function.]))
+AC_CHECK_FUNC([getifaddrs],
+ AC_DEFINE(HAS_GETIFADDRS, 1, [Have the 'getifaddrs' function.]))
+AC_CHECK_FUNC([getpeereid],
+ AC_DEFINE(HAS_GETPEEREID, 1, [Have the 'getpeereid' function.]))
+AC_CHECK_FUNC([getpeerucred],
+ AC_DEFINE(HAS_GETPEERUCRED, 1, [Have the 'getpeerucred' function.]))
+AC_CHECK_FUNC([strlcat], HAVE_STRLCAT=yes, HAVE_STRLCAT=no)
+AM_CONDITIONAL(NEED_STRLCAT, [test x$HAVE_STRLCAT = xno])
+AC_CHECK_FUNC([strlcpy], AC_DEFINE(HAS_STRLCPY, 1, [Have the 'strlcpy' function]))
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(NEED_VSNPRINTF, [test x$HAVE_VSNPRINTF = xno])
+
+dnl Check for mmap support for Xvfb
+AC_CHECK_FUNC([mmap], AC_DEFINE(HAS_MMAP, 1, [Have the 'mmap' function.]))
+
+dnl Find the math libary
+AC_CHECK_LIB(m, sqrt)
+AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cbrt, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CBRT, 1, [Have the 'cbrt' function]))
+
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS([ndbm.h dbm.h rpcsvc/dbm.h])
+
+dnl AGPGART headers
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS([linux/agpgart.h sys/agpio.h sys/agpgart.h], AGP=yes)
+AM_CONDITIONAL(AGP, [test "x$AGP" = xyes])
+
+dnl APM header
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS([linux/apm_bios.h], LNXAPM=yes)
+AM_CONDITIONAL(LNXAPM, [test "x$LNXAPM" = xyes])
+
+dnl fbdev header
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS([linux/fb.h], FBDEV=yes)
+AM_CONDITIONAL(FBDEVHW, [test "x$FBDEV" = xyes])
+
+dnl MTRR header
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS([asm/mtrr.h], ac_cv_asm_mtrr_h=yes)
+if test "x$ac_cv_asm_mtrr_h" = xyes; then
+ HAVE_MTRR=yes
+fi
+
+dnl BSD MTRR header
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/memrange.h], ac_cv_memrange_h=yes)
+if test "x$ac_cv_memrange_h" = xyes; then
+ HAVE_MTRR=yes
+fi
+
+if test "x$HAVE_MTRR" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAS_MTRR_SUPPORT, 1, [MTRR support available])
+fi
+
+dnl A NetBSD MTRR header
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS([machine/mtrr.h], ac_cv_machine_mtrr_h=yes)
+if test "x$ac_cv_machine_mtrr_h" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAS_MTRR_BUILTIN, 1, [Define to 1 if NetBSD built-in MTRR
+ support is available])
+fi
+
+dnl FreeBSD kldload support (sys/linker.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/linker.h],
+ [ac_cv_sys_linker_h=yes],
+ [ac_cv_sys_linker_h=no],
+ [#include <sys/param.h>])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(FREEBSD_KLDLOAD, [test "x$ac_cv_sys_linker_h" = xyes])
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for SYSV IPC],
+ ac_cv_sysv_ipc,
+ [AC_TRY_LINK([
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/ipc.h>
+#include <sys/shm.h>
+],[
+{
+ int id;
+ id = shmget(IPC_PRIVATE, 512, SHM_W | SHM_R);
+ if (id < 0) return -1;
+ return shmctl(id, IPC_RMID, 0);
+}],
+ [ac_cv_sysv_ipc=yes],
+ [ac_cv_sysv_ipc=no])])
+if test "x$ac_cv_sysv_ipc" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SYSV_IPC, 1, [Define to 1 if SYSV IPC is available])
+fi
+
+dnl OpenBSD /dev/xf86 aperture driver
+if test -c /dev/xf86 ; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAS_APERTURE_DRV, 1, [System has /dev/xf86 aperture driver])
+fi
+
+dnl BSD APM support
+AC_CHECK_HEADER([machine/apmvar.h],[
+ AC_CHECK_HEADER([sys/event.h],
+ ac_cv_BSD_KQUEUE_APM=yes,
+ ac_cv_BSD_APM=yes)])
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(BSD_APM, [test "x$ac_cv_BSD_APM" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(BSD_KQUEUE_APM, [test "x$ac_cv_BSD_KQUEUE_APM" = xyes])
+
+dnl glibc backtrace support check (hw/xfree86/common/xf86Events.c)
+AC_CHECK_HEADER([execinfo.h],[
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(c, backtrace, [
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_BACKTRACE, 1, [Has backtrace support])
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_EXECINFO_H, 1, [Have execinfo.h])
+ ])]
+)
+
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Bus options and CPU capabilities. Replaces logic in
+dnl hw/xfree86/os-support/bus/Makefile.am, among others.
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+DEFAULT_INT10="x86emu"
+
+dnl Override defaults as needed for specific platforms:
+
+case $host_cpu in
+ alpha*)
+ ALPHA_VIDEO=yes
+ case $host_os in
+ *freebsd*) SYS_LIBS=-lio ;;
+ *netbsd*) AC_DEFINE(USE_ALPHA_PIO, 1, [NetBSD PIO alpha IO]) ;;
+ esac
+ GLX_ARCH_DEFINES="-D__GLX_ALIGN64 -mieee"
+ ;;
+ arm*)
+ ARM_VIDEO=yes
+ ;;
+ i*86)
+ I386_VIDEO=yes
+ case $host_os in
+ *freebsd*) AC_DEFINE(USE_DEV_IO) ;;
+ *dragonfly*) AC_DEFINE(USE_DEV_IO) ;;
+ *netbsd*) AC_DEFINE(USE_I386_IOPL)
+ SYS_LIBS=-li386
+ ;;
+ *openbsd*) AC_DEFINE(USE_I386_IOPL)
+ SYS_LIBS=-li386
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ powerpc*)
+ PPC_VIDEO=yes
+ case $host_os in
+ *freebsd*) DEFAULT_INT10=stub ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ sparc*)
+ SPARC64_VIDEO=yes
+ BSD_ARCH_SOURCES="sparc64_video.c ioperm_noop.c"
+ GLX_ARCH_DEFINES="-D__GLX_ALIGN64"
+ ;;
+ x86_64*|amd64*)
+ I386_VIDEO=yes
+ case $host_os in
+ *freebsd*) AC_DEFINE(USE_DEV_IO, 1, [BSD /dev/io]) ;;
+ *dragonfly*) AC_DEFINE(USE_DEV_IO, 1, [BSD /dev/io]) ;;
+ *netbsd*) AC_DEFINE(USE_I386_IOPL, 1, [BSD i386 iopl])
+ SYS_LIBS=-lx86_64
+ ;;
+ *openbsd*) AC_DEFINE(USE_AMD64_IOPL, 1, [BSD AMD64 iopl])
+ SYS_LIBS=-lamd64
+ ;;
+ esac
+ GLX_ARCH_DEFINES="-D__GLX_ALIGN64"
+ ;;
+ ia64*)
+ GLX_ARCH_DEFINES="-D__GLX_ALIGN64"
+ ;;
+ s390*)
+ GLX_ARCH_DEFINES="-D__GLX_ALIGN64"
+ ;;
+esac
+AC_SUBST(GLX_ARCH_DEFINES)
+
+dnl BSD *_video.c selection
+AM_CONDITIONAL(ALPHA_VIDEO, [test "x$ALPHA_VIDEO" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(ARM_VIDEO, [test "x$ARM_VIDEO" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(I386_VIDEO, [test "x$I386_VIDEO" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(PPC_VIDEO, [test "x$PPC_VIDEO" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(SPARC64_VIDEO, [test "x$SPARC64_VIDEO" = xyes])
+
+DRI=no
+USE_SIGIO_BY_DEFAULT="yes"
+dnl it would be nice to autodetect these *CONS_SUPPORTs
+case $host_os in
+ *freebsd* | *dragonfly*)
+ case $host_os in
+ kfreebsd*-gnu) ;;
+ *) AC_DEFINE(CSRG_BASED, 1, [System is BSD-like]) ;;
+ esac
+ AC_DEFINE(PCCONS_SUPPORT, 1, [System has PC console])
+ AC_DEFINE(PCVT_SUPPORT, 1, [System has PCVT console])
+ AC_DEFINE(SYSCONS_SUPPORT, 1, [System has syscons console])
+ DRI=yes
+ ;;
+ *netbsd*)
+ AC_DEFINE(CSRG_BASED, 1, [System is BSD-like])
+ AC_DEFINE(PCCONS_SUPPORT, 1, [System has PC console])
+ AC_DEFINE(PCVT_SUPPORT, 1, [System has PCVT console])
+ AC_DEFINE(WSCONS_SUPPORT, 1, [System has wscons console])
+ DRI=yes
+ ;;
+ *openbsd*)
+ AC_DEFINE(CSRG_BASED, 1, [System is BSD-like])
+ AC_DEFINE(PCVT_SUPPORT, 1, [System has PC console])
+ AC_DEFINE(WSCONS_SUPPORT, 1, [System has wscons console])
+ ;;
+ *linux*)
+ DRI=yes
+ ;;
+ *solaris*)
+ PKG_CHECK_EXISTS(libdrm, DRI=yes, DRI=no)
+ # Disable use of SIGIO by default until some system bugs are
+ # fixed - see Sun/OpenSolaris bug id 6879897
+ USE_SIGIO_BY_DEFAULT="no"
+ ;;
+ darwin*)
+ AC_DEFINE(CSRG_BASED, 1, [System is BSD-like])
+ ;;
+ cygwin*)
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DFD_SETSIZE=256"
+ ;;
+esac
+
+dnl augment XORG_RELEASE_VERSION for our snapshot number and to expose the
+dnl major number
+PVMAJOR=`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 1`
+PVS=`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 4 | cut -d - -f 1`
+if test "x$PVS" = "x"; then
+ PVS="0"
+fi
+
+VENDOR_RELEASE="((($PVMAJOR) * 10000000) + (($PVM) * 100000) + (($PVP) * 1000) + $PVS)"
+VENDOR_MAN_VERSION="Version ${PACKAGE_VERSION}"
+
+VENDOR_NAME="The X.Org Foundation"
+VENDOR_NAME_SHORT="X.Org"
+VENDOR_WEB="http://wiki.x.org"
+
+m4_ifdef([AS_HELP_STRING], , [m4_define([AS_HELP_STRING], m4_defn([AC_HELP_STRING]))])
+
+dnl Build options.
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(werror, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-werror],
+ [Obsolete - use --enable-strict-compilation instead]),
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-werror has been replaced by --enable-strict-compilation]))
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug],
+ [Enable debugging (default: disabled)]),
+ [DEBUGGING=$enableval], [DEBUGGING=no])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(unit-tests, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-unit-tests],
+ [Enable unit-tests (default: auto)]),
+ [UNITTESTS=$enableval], [UNITTESTS=auto])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(use-sigio-by-default, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-use-sigio-by-default]
+ [Enable SIGIO input handlers by default (default: $USE_SIGIO_BY_DEFAULT)]),
+ [USE_SIGIO_BY_DEFAULT=$enableval], [])
+AC_ARG_WITH(int10, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-int10=BACKEND], [int10 backend: vm86, x86emu or stub]),
+ [INT10="$withval"],
+ [INT10="$DEFAULT_INT10"])
+AC_ARG_WITH(vendor-name, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-vendor-name=VENDOR],
+ [Vendor string reported by the server]),
+ [ VENDOR_NAME="$withval" ], [])
+AC_ARG_WITH(vendor-name-short, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-vendor-name-short=VENDOR],
+ [Short version of vendor string reported by the server]),
+ [ VENDOR_NAME_SHORT="$withval" ], [])
+AC_ARG_WITH(vendor-web, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-vendor-web=URL],
+ [Vendor web address reported by the server]),
+ [ VENDOR_WEB="$withval" ], [])
+AC_ARG_WITH(module-dir, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-module-dir=DIR],
+ [Directory where modules are installed (default: $libdir/xorg/modules)]),
+ [ moduledir="$withval" ],
+ [ moduledir="${libdir}/xorg/modules" ])
+AC_ARG_WITH(log-dir, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-log-dir=DIR],
+ [Directory where log files are kept (default: $localstatedir/log)]),
+ [ logdir="$withval" ],
+ [ logdir="$localstatedir/log" ])
+AC_ARG_WITH(builder-addr, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-builder-addr=ADDRESS],
+ [Builder address (default: xorg@lists.freedesktop.org)]),
+ [ BUILDERADDR="$withval" ],
+ [ BUILDERADDR="xorg@lists.freedesktop.org" ])
+AC_ARG_WITH(os-name, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-os-name=OSNAME], [Name of OS (default: output of "uname -srm")]),
+ [ OSNAME="$withval" ],
+ [ OSNAME=`uname -srm` ])
+AC_ARG_WITH(os-vendor, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-os-vendor=OSVENDOR], [Name of OS vendor]),
+ [ OSVENDOR="$withval" ],
+ [ OSVENDOR="" ])
+AC_ARG_WITH(builderstring, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-builderstring=BUILDERSTRING], [Additional builder string]),
+ [ BUILDERSTRING="$withval" ]
+ [ ])
+
+dnl Determine font path
+XORG_FONTROOTDIR
+XORG_FONTSUBDIR(FONTMISCDIR, fontmiscdir, misc)
+XORG_FONTSUBDIR(FONTOTFDIR, fontotfdir, OTF)
+XORG_FONTSUBDIR(FONTTTFDIR, fontttfdir, TTF)
+XORG_FONTSUBDIR(FONTTYPE1DIR, fonttype1dir, Type1)
+XORG_FONTSUBDIR(FONT75DPIDIR, font75dpidir, 75dpi)
+XORG_FONTSUBDIR(FONT100DPIDIR, font100dpidir, 100dpi)
+
+dnl Uses --default-font-path if set, otherwise checks for /etc/X11/fontpath.d,
+dnl otherwise uses standard subdirectories of FONTROOTDIR. When cross
+dnl compiling, assume default font path uses standard FONTROOTDIR directories.
+DEFAULT_FONT_PATH="${FONTMISCDIR}/,${FONTTTFDIR}/,${FONTOTFDIR}/,${FONTTYPE1DIR}/,${FONT100DPIDIR}/,${FONT75DPIDIR}/"
+if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
+ AC_CHECK_FILE([${sysconfdir}/X11/fontpath.d],
+ [DEFAULT_FONT_PATH='catalogue:${sysconfdir}/X11/fontpath.d'],
+ [case $host_os in
+ darwin*) DEFAULT_FONT_PATH="${DEFAULT_FONT_PATH},/Library/Fonts,/System/Library/Fonts" ;;
+ esac])
+fi
+AC_ARG_WITH(default-font-path, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-default-font-path=PATH], [Comma separated list of font dirs]),
+ [ FONTPATH="$withval" ],
+ [ FONTPATH="${DEFAULT_FONT_PATH}" ])
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for default font path])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$FONTPATH])
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(xkb-path, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-xkb-path=PATH], [Path to XKB base dir (default: ${datadir}/X11/xkb)]),
+ [ XKBPATH="$withval" ],
+ [ XKBPATH="${datadir}/X11/xkb" ])
+AC_ARG_WITH(xkb-output, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-xkb-output=PATH], [Path to XKB output dir (default: ${datadir}/X11/xkb/compiled)]),
+ [ XKBOUTPUT="$withval" ],
+ [ XKBOUTPUT="compiled" ])
+AC_ARG_WITH(default-xkb-rules, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-default-xkb-rules=RULES],
+ [Keyboard ruleset (default: base/evdev)]),
+ [ XKB_DFLT_RULES="$withval" ],
+ [ XKB_DFLT_RULES="" ])
+AC_ARG_WITH(default-xkb-model, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-default-xkb-model=MODEL],
+ [Keyboard model (default: pc105)]),
+ [ XKB_DFLT_MODEL="$withval" ],
+ [ XKB_DFLT_MODEL="pc105" ])
+AC_ARG_WITH(default-xkb-layout, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-default-xkb-layout=LAYOUT],
+ [Keyboard layout (default: us)]),
+ [ XKB_DFLT_LAYOUT="$withval" ],
+ [ XKB_DFLT_LAYOUT="us" ])
+AC_ARG_WITH(default-xkb-variant, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-default-xkb-variant=VARIANT],
+ [Keyboard variant (default: (none))]),
+ [ XKB_DFLT_VARIANT="$withval" ],
+ [ XKB_DFLT_VARIANT="" ])
+AC_ARG_WITH(default-xkb-options, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-default-xkb-options=OPTIONS],
+ [Keyboard layout options (default: (none))]),
+ [ XKB_DFLT_OPTIONS="$withval" ],
+ [ XKB_DFLT_OPTIONS="" ])
+AC_ARG_WITH(serverconfig-path, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-serverconfig-path=PATH],
+ [Directory where ancillary server config files are installed (default: ${libdir}/xorg)]),
+ [ SERVERCONFIG="$withval" ],
+ [ SERVERCONFIG="${libdir}/xorg" ])
+AC_ARG_WITH(apple-applications-dir,AS_HELP_STRING([--with-apple-applications-dir=PATH], [Path to the Applications directory (default: /Applications/Utilities)]),
+ [ APPLE_APPLICATIONS_DIR="${withval}" ],
+ [ APPLE_APPLICATIONS_DIR="/Applications/Utilities" ])
+AC_SUBST([APPLE_APPLICATIONS_DIR])
+AC_ARG_WITH(apple-application-name,AS_HELP_STRING([--with-apple-application-name=NAME], [Name for the .app (default: X11)]),
+ [ APPLE_APPLICATION_NAME="${withval}" ],
+ [ APPLE_APPLICATION_NAME="X11" ])
+AC_SUBST([APPLE_APPLICATION_NAME])
+AC_ARG_WITH(launchd-id-prefix, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-launchd-id-prefix=PATH], [Prefix to use for launchd identifiers (default: org.x)]),
+ [ LAUNCHD_ID_PREFIX="${withval}" ],
+ [ LAUNCHD_ID_PREFIX="org.x" ])
+AC_SUBST([LAUNCHD_ID_PREFIX])
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LAUNCHD_ID_PREFIX, "$LAUNCHD_ID_PREFIX", [Prefix to use for launchd identifiers])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(sparkle,AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-sparkle], [Enable updating of X11.app using the Sparkle Framework (default: disabled)]),
+ [ XQUARTZ_SPARKLE="${enableval}" ],
+ [ XQUARTZ_SPARKLE="no" ])
+AC_SUBST([XQUARTZ_SPARKLE])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(install-libxf86config,
+ AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-install-libxf86config],
+ [Install libxf86config (default: disabled)]),
+ [INSTALL_LIBXF86CONFIG=$enableval],
+ [INSTALL_LIBXF86CONFIG=no])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(visibility, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-visibility], [Enable symbol visibility (default: auto)]),
+ [SYMBOL_VISIBILITY=$enableval],
+ [SYMBOL_VISIBILITY=auto])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(pc98, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-pc98], [Enable PC98 support in Xorg (default: auto)]),
+ [SUPPORT_PC98=$enableval],
+ [SUPPORT_PC98=auto])
+
+dnl GLX build options
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(aiglx, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-aiglx], [Build accelerated indirect GLX (default: enabled)]),
+ [AIGLX=$enableval],
+ [AIGLX=yes])
+AX_TLS
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(glx-tls, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-glx-tls], [Build GLX with TLS support (default: auto)]),
+ [GLX_USE_TLS=$enableval],
+ [GLX_USE_TLS=no
+ if test "${ac_cv_tls}" != "none" ; then
+ GLX_USE_TLS=yes
+ fi])
+AC_SUBST(GLX_TLS, ${GLX_USE_TLS})
+
+dnl Extensions.
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(registry, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-registry], [Build string registry module (default: enabled)]), [XREGISTRY=$enableval], [XREGISTRY=yes])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(composite, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-composite], [Build Composite extension (default: enabled)]), [COMPOSITE=$enableval], [COMPOSITE=yes])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(mitshm, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-shm], [Build SHM extension (default: enabled)]), [MITSHM=$enableval], [MITSHM=yes])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xres, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xres], [Build XRes extension (default: enabled)]), [RES=$enableval], [RES=yes])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(record, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-record], [Build Record extension (default: enabled)]), [RECORD=$enableval], [RECORD=yes])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xv, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xv], [Build Xv extension (default: enabled)]), [XV=$enableval], [XV=yes])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xvmc, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xvmc], [Build XvMC extension (default: enabled)]), [XVMC=$enableval], [XVMC=yes])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(dga, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-dga], [Build DGA extension (default: auto)]), [DGA=$enableval], [DGA=auto])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(screensaver, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-screensaver], [Build ScreenSaver extension (default: enabled)]), [SCREENSAVER=$enableval], [SCREENSAVER=yes])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xdmcp, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xdmcp], [Build XDMCP extension (default: auto)]), [XDMCP=$enableval], [XDMCP=auto])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xdm-auth-1, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xdm-auth-1], [Build XDM-Auth-1 extension (default: auto)]), [XDMAUTH=$enableval], [XDMAUTH=auto])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(glx, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-glx], [Build GLX extension (default: enabled)]), [GLX=$enableval], [GLX=yes])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(dri, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-dri], [Build DRI extension (default: auto)]), [DRI=$enableval])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(dri2, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-dri2], [Build DRI2 extension (default: auto)]), [DRI2=$enableval], [DRI2=auto])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xinerama, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xinerama], [Build Xinerama extension (default: enabled)]), [XINERAMA=$enableval], [XINERAMA=yes])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xf86vidmode, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xf86vidmode], [Build XF86VidMode extension (default: auto)]), [XF86VIDMODE=$enableval], [XF86VIDMODE=auto])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xace, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xace], [Build X-ACE extension (default: enabled)]), [XACE=$enableval], [XACE=yes])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xselinux, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xselinux], [Build SELinux extension (default: disabled)]), [XSELINUX=$enableval], [XSELINUX=no])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xcsecurity, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xcsecurity], [Build Security extension (default: disabled)]), [XCSECURITY=$enableval], [XCSECURITY=no])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(tslib, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-tslib], [Build kdrive tslib touchscreen support (default: disabled)]), [TSLIB=$enableval], [TSLIB=no])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(dbe, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-dbe], [Build DBE extension (default: enabled)]), [DBE=$enableval], [DBE=yes])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xf86bigfont, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xf86bigfont], [Build XF86 Big Font extension (default: disabled)]), [XF86BIGFONT=$enableval], [XF86BIGFONT=no])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(dpms, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-dpms], [Build DPMS extension (default: enabled)]), [DPMSExtension=$enableval], [DPMSExtension=yes])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(config-udev, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-config-udev], [Build udev support (default: auto)]), [CONFIG_UDEV=$enableval], [CONFIG_UDEV=auto])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(config-dbus, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-config-dbus], [Build D-BUS API support (default: no)]), [CONFIG_DBUS_API=$enableval], [CONFIG_DBUS_API=no])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(config-hal, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-config-hal], [Build HAL support (default: auto)]), [CONFIG_HAL=$enableval], [CONFIG_HAL=auto])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xfree86-utils, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xfree86-utils], [Build xfree86 DDX utilities (default: enabled)]), [XF86UTILS=$enableval], [XF86UTILS=yes])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xaa, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xaa], [Build XAA (default: enabled)]), [XAA=$enableval], [XAA=yes])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(vgahw, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-vgahw], [Build Xorg with vga access (default: enabled)]), [VGAHW=$enableval], [VGAHW=yes])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(vbe, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-vbe], [Build Xorg with VBE module (default: enabled)]), [VBE=$enableval], [VBE=yes])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(int10-module, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-int10-module], [Build Xorg with int10 module (default: enabled)]), [INT10MODULE=$enableval], [INT10MODULE=yes])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(windowswm, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-windowswm], [Build XWin with WindowsWM extension (default: no)]), [WINDOWSWM=$enableval], [WINDOWSWM=no])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(libdrm, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-libdrm], [Build Xorg with libdrm support (default: enabled)]), [DRM=$enableval],[DRM=yes])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(clientids, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-clientids], [Build Xorg with client ID tracking (default: enabled)]), [CLIENTIDS=$enableval], [CLIENTIDS=yes])
+
+dnl DDXes.
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xorg, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xorg], [Build Xorg server (default: auto)]), [XORG=$enableval], [XORG=auto])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(dmx, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-dmx], [Build DMX server (default: auto)]), [DMX=$enableval], [DMX=auto])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xvfb, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xvfb], [Build Xvfb server (default: yes)]), [XVFB=$enableval], [XVFB=yes])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xnest, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xnest], [Build Xnest server (default: auto)]), [XNEST=$enableval], [XNEST=auto])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xquartz, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xquartz], [Build Xquartz server for OS-X (default: auto)]), [XQUARTZ=$enableval], [XQUARTZ=auto])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(standalone-xpbproxy, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-standalone-xpbproxy], [Build a standalone xpbproxy (in addition to the one integrated into Xquartz as a separate thread) (default: no)]), [STANDALONE_XPBPROXY=$enableval], [STANDALONE_XPBPROXY=no])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xwin, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xwin], [Build XWin server (default: auto)]), [XWIN=$enableval], [XWIN=auto])
+dnl kdrive and its subsystems
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(kdrive, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-kdrive], [Build kdrive servers (default: no)]), [KDRIVE=$enableval], [KDRIVE=no])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xephyr, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xephyr], [Build the kdrive Xephyr server (default: auto)]), [XEPHYR=$enableval], [XEPHYR=auto])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xfake, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xfake], [Build the kdrive 'fake' server (default: auto)]), [XFAKE=$enableval], [XFAKE=auto])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xfbdev, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xfbdev], [Build the kdrive framebuffer device server (default: auto)]), [XFBDEV=$enableval], [XFBDEV=auto])
+dnl kdrive options
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(kdrive-kbd, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-kdrive-kbd], [Build kbd driver for kdrive (default: auto)]), [KDRIVE_KBD=$enableval], [KDRIVE_KBD=auto])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(kdrive-mouse, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-kdrive-mouse], [Build mouse driver for kdrive (default: auto)]), [KDRIVE_MOUSE=$enableval], [KDRIVE_MOUSE=auto])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(kdrive-evdev, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-kdrive-evdev], [Build evdev driver for kdrive (default: auto)]), [KDRIVE_EVDEV=$enableval], [KDRIVE_EVDEV=auto])
+
+
+dnl chown/chmod to be setuid root as part of build
+dnl Replaces InstallXserverSetUID in imake
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(install-setuid,
+ AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-install-setuid],
+ [Install Xorg server as owned by root with setuid bit (default: auto)]),
+ [SETUID=$enableval], [SETUID=auto])
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([to see if we can install the Xorg server as root])
+if test "x$SETUID" = "xauto" ; then
+ case $host_os in
+ cygwin*) SETUID="no" ;;
+ darwin*) SETUID="no" ;;
+ *)
+ case $host_cpu in
+ sparc) SETUID="no" ;;
+ *) SETUID="yes" ;;
+ esac
+ esac
+ if test "x$SETUID" = xyes; then
+ touch testfile
+ chown root testfile > /dev/null 2>&1 || SETUID="no"
+ rm -f testfile
+ fi
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$SETUID])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(INSTALL_SETUID, [test "x$SETUID" = "xyes"])
+
+dnl Issue an error if xtrans.m4 was not found and XTRANS_CONNECTION_FLAGS macro
+dnl was not expanded, since xorg-server with no transport types is rather useless.
+dnl
+dnl If you're seeing an error here, be sure you installed the lib/xtrans module
+dnl first and if it's not in the default location, that you set the ACLOCAL
+dnl environment variable to find it, such as:
+dnl ACLOCAL="aclocal -I ${PREFIX}/share/aclocal"
+m4_pattern_forbid([^XTRANS_CONNECTION_FLAGS$])
+
+# Transport selection macro from xtrans.m4
+XTRANS_CONNECTION_FLAGS
+
+# Secure RPC detection macro from xtrans.m4
+XTRANS_SECURE_RPC_FLAGS
+AM_CONDITIONAL(SECURE_RPC, [test "x$SECURE_RPC" = xyes])
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(INT10_VM86, [test "x$INT10" = xvm86])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(INT10_X86EMU, [test "x$INT10" = xx86emu])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(INT10_STUB, [test "x$INT10" = xstub])
+if test "x$INT10" = xyes; then
+ dnl VM86 headers
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/vm86.h sys/io.h])
+fi
+
+XORG_ENABLE_DOCS
+XORG_ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS
+XORG_WITH_XMLTO(0.0.20)
+XORG_WITH_FOP
+
+dnl Handle installing libxf86config
+AM_CONDITIONAL(INSTALL_LIBXF86CONFIG, [test "x$INSTALL_LIBXF86CONFIG" = xyes])
+
+dnl DDX Detection... Yes, it's ugly to have it here... but we need to
+dnl handle this early on so that we don't require unsupported extensions
+case $host_os in
+ cygwin*)
+ DGA=no
+ DRI2=no
+ XF86VIDMODE=no
+ XSELINUX=no
+ XV=no
+ ;;
+ darwin*)
+ DRI2=no
+
+ if test x$XQUARTZ = xauto; then
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether to build Xquartz],xorg_cv_Carbon_framework,[
+ save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
+ LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -framework Carbon"
+ AC_LINK_IFELSE([char FSFindFolder(); int main() { FSFindFolder(); return 0;}],
+ [xorg_cv_Carbon_framework=yes],
+ [xorg_cv_Carbon_framework=no])
+ LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS])
+
+ if test "X$xorg_cv_Carbon_framework" = Xyes; then
+ XQUARTZ=yes
+ else
+ XQUARTZ=no
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test "x$XQUARTZ" = xyes ; then
+ XQUARTZ=yes
+ XVFB=no
+ XNEST=no
+
+ COMPOSITE=no
+ DGA=no
+ DPMSExtension=no
+ XF86VIDMODE=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *) XQUARTZ=no ;;
+esac
+
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Extension section
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+XEXT_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/Xext'
+XEXT_LIB='$(top_builddir)/Xext/libXext.la'
+XEXTXORG_LIB='$(top_builddir)/Xext/libXextbuiltin.la'
+
+dnl Optional modules
+VIDEOPROTO="videoproto"
+COMPOSITEPROTO="compositeproto >= 0.4"
+RECORDPROTO="recordproto >= 1.13.99.1"
+SCRNSAVERPROTO="scrnsaverproto >= 1.1"
+RESOURCEPROTO="resourceproto"
+DRIPROTO="xf86driproto >= 2.1.0"
+DRI2PROTO="dri2proto >= 2.3"
+XINERAMAPROTO="xineramaproto"
+BIGFONTPROTO="xf86bigfontproto >= 1.2.0"
+DGAPROTO="xf86dgaproto >= 2.0.99.1"
+GLPROTO="glproto >= 1.4.10"
+DMXPROTO="dmxproto >= 2.2.99.1"
+VIDMODEPROTO="xf86vidmodeproto >= 2.2.99.1"
+WINDOWSWMPROTO="windowswmproto"
+APPLEWMPROTO="applewmproto >= 1.4"
+
+dnl Core modules for most extensions, et al.
+SDK_REQUIRED_MODULES="[xproto >= 7.0.17] [randrproto >= 1.2.99.3] [renderproto >= 0.11] [xextproto >= 7.1.99] [inputproto >= 1.9.99.902] [kbproto >= 1.0.3] fontsproto"
+# Make SDK_REQUIRED_MODULES available for inclusion in xorg-server.pc
+AC_SUBST(SDK_REQUIRED_MODULES)
+
+dnl List of libraries that require a specific version
+LIBAPPLEWM="applewm >= 1.4"
+LIBDMX="dmx >= 1.0.99.1"
+LIBDRI="dri >= 7.8.0"
+LIBDRM="libdrm >= 2.3.0"
+LIBGL="gl >= 7.1.0"
+LIBXEXT="xext >= 1.0.99.4"
+LIBXFONT="xfont >= 1.4.2"
+LIBXI="xi >= 1.2.99.1"
+LIBXTST="xtst >= 1.0.99.2"
+LIBPCIACCESS="pciaccess >= 0.8.0"
+LIBGLIB="glib-2.0 >= 2.16"
+LIBUDEV="libudev >= 143"
+LIBSELINUX="libselinux >= 2.0.86"
+LIBDBUS="dbus-1 >= 1.0"
+LIBPIXMAN="pixman-1 >= 0.21.6"
+
+dnl Pixman is always required, but we separate it out so we can link
+dnl specific modules against it
+PKG_CHECK_MODULES(PIXMAN, $LIBPIXMAN)
+REQUIRED_LIBS="$REQUIRED_LIBS $LIBPIXMAN $LIBXFONT xau"
+
+REQUIRED_MODULES="[fixesproto >= 4.1] [damageproto >= 1.1] [xcmiscproto >= 1.2.0] [xtrans >= 1.2.2] [bigreqsproto >= 1.1.0] $SDK_REQUIRED_MODULES"
+
+if test "x$CONFIG_UDEV" = xyes &&
+ { test "x$CONFIG_DBUS_API" = xyes || test "x$CONFIG_HAL" = xyes; }; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([Hotplugging through both libudev and dbus/hal not allowed])
+fi
+
+PKG_CHECK_MODULES(UDEV, $LIBUDEV, [HAVE_LIBUDEV=yes], [HAVE_LIBUDEV=no])
+if test "x$CONFIG_UDEV" = xauto; then
+ CONFIG_UDEV="$HAVE_LIBUDEV"
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(CONFIG_UDEV, [test "x$CONFIG_UDEV" = xyes])
+if test "x$CONFIG_UDEV" = xyes; then
+ CONFIG_DBUS_API=no
+ CONFIG_HAL=no
+ if ! test "x$HAVE_LIBUDEV" = xyes; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([udev configuration API requested, but libudev is not installed])
+ fi
+ AC_DEFINE(CONFIG_UDEV, 1, [Use libudev for input hotplug])
+fi
+
+dnl HAVE_DBUS is true if we actually have the D-Bus library, whereas
+dnl CONFIG_DBUS_API is true if we want to enable the D-Bus config
+dnl API.
+PKG_CHECK_MODULES(DBUS, $LIBDBUS, [HAVE_DBUS=yes], [HAVE_DBUS=no])
+if test "x$HAVE_DBUS" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DBUS, 1, [Have D-Bus support])
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_DBUS, [test "x$HAVE_DBUS" = xyes])
+
+if test "x$CONFIG_DBUS_API" = xauto; then
+ CONFIG_DBUS_API="$HAVE_DBUS"
+fi
+if test "x$CONFIG_DBUS_API" = xyes; then
+ if ! test "x$HAVE_DBUS" = xyes; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([D-Bus configuration API requested, but D-Bus is not installed.])
+ fi
+
+ AC_DEFINE(CONFIG_DBUS_API, 1, [Use the D-Bus input configuration API])
+ CONFIG_NEED_DBUS="yes"
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(CONFIG_DBUS_API, [test "x$CONFIG_DBUS_API" = xyes])
+
+PKG_CHECK_MODULES(HAL, hal, [HAVE_HAL=yes], [HAVE_HAL=no])
+if test "x$CONFIG_HAL" = xauto; then
+ CONFIG_HAL="$HAVE_HAL"
+fi
+if test "x$CONFIG_HAL" = xyes; then
+ if ! test "x$HAVE_HAL" = xyes; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([HAL hotplug API requested, but HAL is not installed.])
+ fi
+
+ AC_DEFINE(CONFIG_HAL, 1, [Use the HAL hotplug API])
+ CONFIG_NEED_DBUS="yes"
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(CONFIG_HAL, [test "x$CONFIG_HAL" = xyes])
+
+if test "x$CONFIG_NEED_DBUS" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(CONFIG_NEED_DBUS, 1, [Use D-Bus for input hotplug])
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(CONFIG_NEED_DBUS, [test "x$CONFIG_NEED_DBUS" = xyes])
+
+if test "x$USE_SIGIO_BY_DEFAULT" = xyes; then
+ USE_SIGIO_BY_DEFAULT_VALUE=TRUE
+else
+ USE_SIGIO_BY_DEFAULT_VALUE=FALSE
+fi
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([USE_SIGIO_BY_DEFAULT], [$USE_SIGIO_BY_DEFAULT_VALUE],
+ [Use SIGIO handlers for input device events by default])
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for glibc...])
+AC_PREPROC_IFELSE([
+#include <features.h>
+#ifndef __GLIBC__
+#error
+#endif
+], glibc=yes, glibc=no)
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$glibc])
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS([clock_gettime], [have_clock_gettime=yes],
+ [AC_CHECK_LIB([rt], [clock_gettime], [have_clock_gettime=-lrt],
+ [have_clock_gettime=no])])
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for a useful monotonic clock ...])
+
+if ! test "x$have_clock_gettime" = xno; then
+ if ! test "x$have_clock_gettime" = xyes; then
+ CLOCK_LIBS="$have_clock_gettime"
+ else
+ CLOCK_LIBS=""
+ fi
+
+ LIBS_SAVE="$LIBS"
+ LIBS="$CLOCK_LIBS"
+ CPPFLAGS_SAVE="$CPPFLAGS"
+
+ if test x"$glibc" = xyes; then
+ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=200112L"
+ fi
+
+ AC_RUN_IFELSE([
+#include <time.h>
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[[]]) {
+ struct timespec tp;
+
+ if (clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC, &tp) == 0)
+ return 0;
+ else
+ return 1;
+}
+ ], [MONOTONIC_CLOCK=yes], [MONOTONIC_CLOCK=no],
+ [MONOTONIC_CLOCK="cross compiling"])
+
+ LIBS="$LIBS_SAVE"
+ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS_SAVE"
+else
+ MONOTONIC_CLOCK=no
+fi
+
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$MONOTONIC_CLOCK])
+
+if test "x$MONOTONIC_CLOCK" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(MONOTONIC_CLOCK, 1, [Have monotonic clock from clock_gettime()])
+ LIBS="$LIBS $CLOCK_LIBS"
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XV, [test "x$XV" = xyes])
+if test "x$XV" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(XV, 1, [Support Xv extension])
+ AC_DEFINE(XvExtension, 1, [Build Xv extension])
+ REQUIRED_MODULES="$REQUIRED_MODULES $VIDEOPROTO"
+ SDK_REQUIRED_MODULES="$SDK_REQUIRED_MODULES $VIDEOPROTO"
+else
+ XVMC=no
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XVMC, [test "x$XVMC" = xyes])
+if test "x$XVMC" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(XvMCExtension, 1, [Build XvMC extension])
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XREGISTRY, [test "x$XREGISTRY" = xyes])
+if test "x$XREGISTRY" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(XREGISTRY, 1, [Build registry module])
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(COMPOSITE, [test "x$COMPOSITE" = xyes])
+if test "x$COMPOSITE" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(COMPOSITE, 1, [Support Composite Extension])
+ REQUIRED_MODULES="$REQUIRED_MODULES $COMPOSITEPROTO"
+ COMPOSITE_LIB='$(top_builddir)/composite/libcomposite.la'
+ COMPOSITE_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/composite'
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(MITSHM, [test "x$MITSHM" = xyes])
+if test "x$MITSHM" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(MITSHM, 1, [Support MIT-SHM extension])
+ AC_DEFINE(HAS_SHM, 1, [Support SHM])
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(RECORD, [test "x$RECORD" = xyes])
+if test "x$RECORD" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(XRECORD, 1, [Support Record extension])
+ REQUIRED_MODULES="$REQUIRED_MODULES $RECORDPROTO"
+ RECORD_LIB='$(top_builddir)/record/librecord.la'
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(SCREENSAVER, [test "x$SCREENSAVER" = xyes])
+if test "x$SCREENSAVER" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(SCREENSAVER, 1, [Support MIT-SCREEN-SAVER extension])
+ REQUIRED_MODULES="$REQUIRED_MODULES $SCRNSAVERPROTO"
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(RES, [test "x$RES" = xyes])
+if test "x$RES" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(RES, 1, [Support X resource extension])
+ REQUIRED_MODULES="$REQUIRED_MODULES $RESOURCEPROTO"
+fi
+
+# The XRes extension may support client ID tracking only if it has
+# been specifically enabled. Client ID tracking is implicitly not
+# supported if XRes extension is disabled.
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to track client ids])
+if test "x$RES" = xyes && test "x$CLIENTIDS" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(CLIENTIDS, 1, [Support client ID tracking])
+else
+ CLIENTIDS=no
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$CLIENTIDS])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(CLIENTIDS, [test "x$CLIENTIDS" = xyes])
+
+if test "x$GLX" = xyes; then
+ PKG_CHECK_MODULES([XLIB], [x11])
+ PKG_CHECK_MODULES([GL], $GLPROTO $LIBGL)
+ AC_SUBST(XLIB_CFLAGS)
+ AC_DEFINE(GLXEXT, 1, [Build GLX extension])
+ GLX_LIBS='$(top_builddir)/glx/libglx.la'
+ GLX_SYS_LIBS="$GLX_SYS_LIBS"
+else
+ GLX=no
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(GLX, test "x$GLX" = xyes)
+
+if test "x$AIGLX" = xyes -a "x$GLX" = xyes -a "x$DRI" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(AIGLX, 1, [Build AIGLX loader])
+else
+ AIGLX=no
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(AIGLX, test "x$AIGLX" = xyes)
+
+if test "x$GLX_USE_TLS" = xyes ; then
+ GLX_DEFINES="-DGLX_USE_TLS -DPTHREADS"
+ GLX_SYS_LIBS="$GLX_SYS_LIBS -lpthread"
+fi
+AC_SUBST([GLX_DEFINES])
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(DRI, test "x$DRI" = xyes)
+if test "x$DRI" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(XF86DRI, 1, [Build DRI extension])
+ PKG_CHECK_MODULES([DRIPROTO], [$DRIPROTO])
+ PKG_CHECK_MODULES([DRI], $GLPROTO $LIBDRI)
+ AC_SUBST(DRIPROTO_CFLAGS)
+fi
+
+PKG_CHECK_MODULES([DRI2PROTO], $DRI2PROTO,
+ [HAVE_DRI2PROTO=yes], [HAVE_DRI2PROTO=no])
+case "$DRI2,$HAVE_DRI2PROTO" in
+ yes,no)
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([DRI2 requested, but dri2proto not found.])
+ ;;
+ yes,yes | auto,yes)
+ AC_DEFINE(DRI2, 1, [Build DRI2 extension])
+ DRI2=yes
+ SDK_REQUIRED_MODULES="$SDK_REQUIRED_MODULES $DRI2PROTO"
+ ;;
+esac
+AM_CONDITIONAL(DRI2, test "x$DRI2" = xyes)
+
+if test "x$DRI" = xyes || test "x$DRI2" = xyes; then
+ if test "x$DRM" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(WITH_LIBDRM, 1, [Building with libdrm support])
+ PKG_CHECK_MODULES([LIBDRM], $LIBDRM)
+ fi
+fi
+
+if test "x$DRI2" = xyes; then
+ save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+ CFLAGS="$GL_CFLAGS $LIBDRM_CFLAGS"
+ AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[#include <GL/gl.h>
+#include <GL/internal/dri_interface.h>
+#ifndef __DRI_DRI2
+#error DRI2 extension not available.
+#endif]])],
+ [HAVE_DRI2EXTENSION=yes],
+ [HAVE_DRI2EXTENSION=no])
+ CFLAGS=$save_CFLAGS
+ if test "x$HAVE_DRI2EXTENSION" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(DRI2_AIGLX, 1, [Build DRI2 AIGLX loader])
+ DRI2_AIGLX=yes
+ else
+ AC_MSG_NOTICE([DRI2 AIGLX disabled, __DRI_DRI2 not defined in dri_interface.h.])
+ DRI2_AIGLX=no
+ fi
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(DRI2_AIGLX, test "x$DRI2_AIGLX" = xyes)
+
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XINERAMA, [test "x$XINERAMA" = xyes])
+if test "x$XINERAMA" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(XINERAMA, 1, [Support Xinerama extension])
+ AC_DEFINE(PANORAMIX, 1, [Internal define for Xinerama])
+ REQUIRED_MODULES="$REQUIRED_MODULES $XINERAMAPROTO"
+ SDK_REQUIRED_MODULES="$SDK_REQUIRED_MODULES $XINERAMAPROTO"
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XACE, [test "x$XACE" = xyes])
+if test "x$XACE" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(XACE, 1, [Build X-ACE extension])
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XSELINUX, [test "x$XSELINUX" = xyes])
+if test "x$XSELINUX" = xyes; then
+ if test "x$XACE" != xyes; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot build SELinux extension without X-ACE])
+ fi
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS([libaudit.h], [], AC_MSG_ERROR([SELinux extension requires audit system headers]))
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(audit, audit_open, [], AC_MSG_ERROR([SELinux extension requires audit system library]))
+ PKG_CHECK_MODULES([SELINUX], $LIBSELINUX)
+ SELINUX_LIBS="$SELINUX_LIBS -laudit"
+ AC_DEFINE(XSELINUX, 1, [Build SELinux extension])
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XCSECURITY, [test "x$XCSECURITY" = xyes])
+if test "x$XCSECURITY" = xyes; then
+ if test "x$XACE" != xyes; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot build Security extension without X-ACE])
+ fi
+ AC_DEFINE(XCSECURITY, 1, [Build Security extension])
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(DBE, [test "x$DBE" = xyes])
+if test "x$DBE" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(DBE, 1, [Support DBE extension])
+ DBE_LIB='$(top_builddir)/dbe/libdbe.la'
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XF86BIGFONT, [test "x$XF86BIGFONT" = xyes])
+if test "x$XF86BIGFONT" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(XF86BIGFONT, 1, [Support XF86 Big font extension])
+ REQUIRED_MODULES="$REQUIRED_MODULES $BIGFONTPROTO"
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(DPMSExtension, [test "x$DPMSExtension" = xyes])
+if test "x$DPMSExtension" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(DPMSExtension, 1, [Support DPMS extension])
+fi
+
+AC_DEFINE(RENDER, 1, [Support RENDER extension])
+RENDER_LIB='$(top_builddir)/render/librender.la'
+RENDER_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/render'
+
+AC_DEFINE(RANDR, 1, [Support RANDR extension])
+RANDR_LIB='$(top_builddir)/randr/librandr.la'
+RANDR_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/randr'
+
+AC_DEFINE(XFIXES,1,[Support XFixes extension])
+FIXES_LIB='$(top_builddir)/xfixes/libxfixes.la'
+FIXES_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/xfixes'
+
+AC_DEFINE(DAMAGE,1,[Support Damage extension])
+DAMAGE_LIB='$(top_builddir)/damageext/libdamageext.la'
+DAMAGE_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/damageext'
+MIEXT_DAMAGE_LIB='$(top_builddir)/miext/damage/libdamage.la'
+MIEXT_DAMAGE_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/miext/damage'
+
+# XINPUT extension is integral part of the server
+AC_DEFINE(XINPUT, 1, [Support X Input extension])
+XI_LIB='$(top_builddir)/Xi/libXi.la'
+XI_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/Xi'
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XF86UTILS, test "x$XF86UTILS" = xyes)
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XAA, test "x$XAA" = xyes)
+AM_CONDITIONAL(VGAHW, test "x$VGAHW" = xyes)
+AM_CONDITIONAL(VBE, test "x$VBE" = xyes)
+AM_CONDITIONAL(INT10MODULE, test "x$INT10MODULE" = xyes)
+
+AC_DEFINE(SHAPE, 1, [Support SHAPE extension])
+
+AC_DEFINE_DIR(XKB_BASE_DIRECTORY, XKBPATH, [Path to XKB data])
+AC_ARG_WITH(xkb-bin-directory,
+ AS_HELP_STRING([--with-xkb-bin-directory=DIR], [Directory containing xkbcomp program]),
+ [XKB_BIN_DIRECTORY="$withval"],
+ [XKB_BIN_DIRECTORY="$bindir"])
+
+AC_DEFINE_DIR(XKB_BIN_DIRECTORY, XKB_BIN_DIRECTORY, [Path to XKB bin dir])
+
+dnl Make sure XKM_OUTPUT_DIR is an absolute path
+XKBOUTPUT_FIRSTCHAR=`echo $XKBOUTPUT | cut -b 1`
+if [[ x$XKBOUTPUT_FIRSTCHAR != x/ -a x$XKBOUTPUT_FIRSTCHAR != 'x$' ]] ; then
+ XKBOUTPUT="$XKB_BASE_DIRECTORY/$XKBOUTPUT"
+fi
+
+dnl XKM_OUTPUT_DIR (used in code) must end in / or file names get hosed
+dnl XKB_COMPILED_DIR (used in Makefiles) must not or install-sh gets confused
+
+XKBOUTPUT=`echo $XKBOUTPUT/ | $SED 's|/*$|/|'`
+XKB_COMPILED_DIR=`echo $XKBOUTPUT | $SED 's|/*$||'`
+AC_DEFINE_DIR(XKM_OUTPUT_DIR, XKBOUTPUT, [Path to XKB output dir])
+AC_SUBST(XKB_COMPILED_DIR)
+
+if test "x$XKB_DFLT_RULES" = x; then
+ case $host_os in
+ linux*)
+ dnl doesn't take AutoAddDevices into account, but whatever.
+ if test "x$CONFIG_HAL" = xyes; then
+ XKB_DFLT_RULES="evdev"
+ else
+ XKB_DFLT_RULES="base"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ XKB_DFLT_RULES="base"
+ ;;
+ esac
+fi
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(XKB_DFLT_RULES, ["$XKB_DFLT_RULES"], [Default XKB ruleset])
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(XKB_DFLT_MODEL, ["$XKB_DFLT_MODEL"], [Default XKB model])
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(XKB_DFLT_LAYOUT, ["$XKB_DFLT_LAYOUT"], [Default XKB layout])
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(XKB_DFLT_VARIANT, ["$XKB_DFLT_VARIANT"], [Default XKB variant])
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(XKB_DFLT_OPTIONS, ["$XKB_DFLT_OPTIONS"], [Default XKB options])
+
+XKB_LIB='$(top_builddir)/xkb/libxkb.la'
+XKB_STUB_LIB='$(top_builddir)/xkb/libxkbstubs.la'
+REQUIRED_MODULES="$REQUIRED_MODULES xkbfile"
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(strcasecmp, [], AC_DEFINE([NEED_STRCASECMP], 1,
+ [Do not have 'strcasecmp'.]))
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(strncasecmp, [], AC_DEFINE([NEED_STRNCASECMP], 1,
+ [Do not have 'strncasecmp'.]))
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(strcasestr, [], AC_DEFINE([NEED_STRCASESTR], 1,
+ [Do not have 'strcasestr'.]))
+
+PKG_CHECK_MODULES([XDMCP], [xdmcp], [have_libxdmcp="yes"], [have_libxdmcp="no"])
+if test "x$have_libxdmcp" = xyes; then
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(Xdmcp, XdmcpWrap, [have_xdmcpwrap="yes"], [have_xdmcpwrap="no"], [$XDMCP_LIBS])
+fi
+if test "x$XDMCP" = xauto; then
+ if test "x$have_libxdmcp" = xyes; then
+ XDMCP=yes
+ else
+ XDMCP=no
+ fi
+fi
+if test "x$XDMAUTH" = xauto; then
+ if test "x$have_libxdmcp" = xyes && test "x$have_xdmcpwrap" = xyes; then
+ XDMAUTH=yes
+ else
+ XDMAUTH=no
+ fi
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XDMCP, [test "x$XDMCP" = xyes])
+if test "x$XDMCP" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(XDMCP, 1, [Support XDM Control Protocol])
+ REQUIRED_LIBS="$REQUIRED_LIBS xdmcp"
+ XDMCP_MODULES="xdmcp"
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XDMAUTH, [test "x$XDMAUTH" = xyes])
+if test "x$XDMAUTH" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HASXDMAUTH,1,[Support XDM-AUTH*-1])
+ if ! test "x$XDMCP" = xyes; then
+ REQUIRED_LIBS="$REQUIRED_LIBS xdmcp"
+ XDMCP_MODULES="xdmcp"
+ fi
+fi
+
+AC_DEFINE_DIR(COMPILEDDEFAULTFONTPATH, FONTPATH, [Default font path])
+AC_DEFINE_DIR(PCI_TXT_IDS_PATH, PCI_TXT_IDS_DIR, [Default PCI text file ID path])
+AC_DEFINE_DIR(SERVER_MISC_CONFIG_PATH, SERVERCONFIG, [Server miscellaneous config path])
+AC_DEFINE_DIR(BASE_FONT_PATH, FONTROOTDIR, [Default base font path])
+dridriverdir=`$PKG_CONFIG --variable=dridriverdir dri`
+AC_DEFINE_DIR(DRI_DRIVER_PATH, dridriverdir, [Default DRI driver path])
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(XVENDORNAME, ["$VENDOR_NAME"], [Vendor name])
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(XVENDORNAMESHORT, ["$VENDOR_NAME_SHORT"], [Short vendor name])
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(XORG_DATE, ["$RELEASE_DATE"], [Vendor release])
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(XORG_MAN_VERSION, ["$VENDOR_MAN_VERSION"], [Vendor man version])
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(BUILDERADDR, ["$BUILDERADDR"], [Builder address])
+
+if test -z "$OSNAME"; then
+ OSNAME="UNKNOWN"
+fi
+
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(OSNAME, ["$OSNAME"], [Operating System Name])
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(OSVENDOR, ["$OSVENDOR"], [Operating System Vendor])
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(BUILDERSTRING, ["$BUILDERSTRING"], [Builder string])
+
+AC_SUBST([VENDOR_NAME_SHORT])
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VENDOR_NAME, ["$VENDOR_NAME"], [Vendor name])
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VENDOR_NAME_SHORT, ["$VENDOR_NAME_SHORT"], [Vendor name])
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VENDOR_RELEASE, [$VENDOR_RELEASE], [Vendor release])
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VENDOR_MAN_VERSION, ["$VENDOR_MAN_VERSION"], [Vendor man version])
+
+AC_DEFINE(NO_LIBCWRAPPER, 1, [Define to 1 if modules should avoid the libcwrapper])
+
+if test "x$DEBUGGING" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(DEBUG, 1, [Enable debugging code])
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(DEBUG, [test "x$DEBUGGING" = xyes])
+
+# If unittests aren't explicitly disabled, check for required support
+if test "x$UNITTESTS" != xno ; then
+ PKG_CHECK_MODULES([GLIB], $LIBGLIB,
+ [HAVE_GLIB=yes], [HAVE_GLIB=no])
+
+ # Check if linker supports -wrap, passed via compiler flags
+ # When cross-compiling, reports no, since unit tests run from
+ # "make check", so would be running on build machine, not target
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the linker supports -wrap])
+ save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
+ LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-wrap,exit"
+ AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+ void __wrap_exit (int s)
+ {
+ __real_exit (0);
+ }]],
+ [[exit (1);]])],
+ [linker_can_wrap="yes"],
+ [linker_can_wrap="no"],
+ [linker_can_wrap="no"])
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$linker_can_wrap])
+ LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
+fi
+
+if test "x$UNITTESTS" = xauto; then
+ if test "x$HAVE_GLIB" = xyes && test "x$linker_can_wrap" = xyes; then
+ UNITTESTS=yes
+ else
+ UNITTESTS=no
+ fi
+fi
+if test "x$UNITTESTS" = xyes; then
+ if test "x$HAVE_GLIB" = xno; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([glib required to build unit tests])
+ fi
+ if test "x$linker_can_wrap" = xno; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([ld -wrap support required to build unit tests])
+ fi
+ AC_DEFINE(UNITTESTS, 1, [Enable unit tests])
+ AC_SUBST([GLIB_LIBS])
+ AC_SUBST([GLIB_CFLAGS])
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(UNITTESTS, [test "x$UNITTESTS" = xyes])
+
+AC_DEFINE(XTEST, 1, [Support XTest extension])
+AC_DEFINE(XSYNC, 1, [Support XSync extension])
+AC_DEFINE(XCMISC, 1, [Support XCMisc extension])
+AC_DEFINE(BIGREQS, 1, [Support BigRequests extension])
+
+if test "x$SPECIAL_DTRACE_OBJECTS" = "xyes" ; then
+ DIX_LIB='$(top_builddir)/dix/dix.O'
+ OS_LIB='$(top_builddir)/os/os.O $(SHA1_LIBS) $(DLOPEN_LIBS)'
+else
+ DIX_LIB='$(top_builddir)/dix/libdix.la'
+ OS_LIB='$(top_builddir)/os/libos.la'
+fi
+AC_SUBST([DIX_LIB])
+AC_SUBST([OS_LIB])
+
+MAIN_LIB='$(top_builddir)/dix/libmain.la'
+AC_SUBST([MAIN_LIB])
+
+MI_LIB='$(top_builddir)/mi/libmi.la'
+MI_EXT_LIB='$(top_builddir)/mi/libmiext.la'
+MI_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/mi'
+FB_LIB='$(top_builddir)/fb/libfb.la'
+FB_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/fb'
+MIEXT_SHADOW_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/miext/shadow'
+MIEXT_SHADOW_LIB='$(top_builddir)/miext/shadow/libshadow.la'
+MIEXT_SYNC_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/miext/sync'
+MIEXT_SYNC_LIB='$(top_builddir)/miext/sync/libsync.la'
+CORE_INCS='-I$(top_srcdir)/include -I$(top_builddir)/include'
+
+# SHA1 hashing
+AC_ARG_WITH([sha1],
+ [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-sha1=libc|libmd|libgcrypt|libcrypto|libsha1|CommonCrypto],
+ [choose SHA1 implementation])])
+AC_CHECK_FUNC([SHA1Init], [HAVE_SHA1_IN_LIBC=yes])
+if test "x$with_sha1" = x && test "x$HAVE_SHA1_IN_LIBC" = xyes; then
+ with_sha1=libc
+fi
+if test "x$with_sha1" = xlibc && test "x$HAVE_SHA1_IN_LIBC" != xyes; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([libc requested but not found])
+fi
+if test "x$with_sha1" = xlibc; then
+ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SHA1_IN_LIBC], [1],
+ [Use libc SHA1 functions])
+ SHA1_LIBS=""
+fi
+AC_CHECK_FUNC([CC_SHA1_Init], [HAVE_SHA1_IN_COMMONCRYPTO=yes])
+if test "x$with_sha1" = x && test "x$HAVE_SHA1_IN_COMMONCRYPTO" = xyes; then
+ with_sha1=CommonCrypto
+fi
+if test "x$with_sha1" = xCommonCrypto && test "x$HAVE_SHA1_IN_COMMONCRYPTO" != xyes; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([CommonCrypto requested but not found])
+fi
+if test "x$with_sha1" = xCommonCrypto; then
+ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SHA1_IN_COMMONCRYPTO], [1],
+ [Use CommonCrypto SHA1 functions])
+ SHA1_LIBS=""
+fi
+AC_CHECK_LIB([md], [SHA1Init], [HAVE_LIBMD=yes])
+if test "x$with_sha1" = x && test "x$HAVE_LIBMD" = xyes; then
+ with_sha1=libmd
+fi
+if test "x$with_sha1" = xlibmd && test "x$HAVE_LIBMD" != xyes; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([libmd requested but not found])
+fi
+if test "x$with_sha1" = xlibmd; then
+ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SHA1_IN_LIBMD], [1],
+ [Use libmd SHA1 functions])
+ SHA1_LIBS=-lmd
+fi
+PKG_CHECK_MODULES([LIBSHA1], [libsha1], [HAVE_LIBSHA1=yes], [HAVE_LIBSHA1=no])
+if test "x$with_sha1" = x && test "x$HAVE_LIBSHA1" = xyes; then
+ with_sha1=libsha1
+fi
+if test "x$with_sha1" = xlibsha1 && test "x$HAVE_LIBSHA1" != xyes; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([libsha1 requested but not found])
+fi
+if test "x$with_sha1" = xlibsha1; then
+ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SHA1_IN_LIBSHA1], [1],
+ [Use libsha1 for SHA1])
+ SHA1_LIBS=-lsha1
+fi
+AC_CHECK_LIB([gcrypt], [gcry_md_open], [HAVE_LIBGCRYPT=yes])
+if test "x$with_sha1" = x && test "x$HAVE_LIBGCRYPT" = xyes; then
+ with_sha1=libgcrypt
+fi
+if test "x$with_sha1" = xlibgcrypt && test "x$HAVE_LIBGCRYPT" != xyes; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([libgcrypt requested but not found])
+fi
+if test "x$with_sha1" = xlibgcrypt; then
+ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SHA1_IN_LIBGCRYPT], [1],
+ [Use libgcrypt SHA1 functions])
+ SHA1_LIBS=-lgcrypt
+fi
+# We don't need all of the OpenSSL libraries, just libcrypto
+AC_CHECK_LIB([crypto], [SHA1_Init], [HAVE_LIBCRYPTO=yes])
+PKG_CHECK_MODULES([OPENSSL], [openssl], [HAVE_OPENSSL_PKC=yes],
+ [HAVE_OPENSSL_PKC=no])
+if test "x$HAVE_LIBCRYPTO" = xyes || test "x$HAVE_OPENSSL_PKC" = xyes; then
+ if test "x$with_sha1" = x; then
+ with_sha1=libcrypto
+ fi
+else
+ if test "x$with_sha1" = xlibcrypto; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([OpenSSL libcrypto requested but not found])
+ fi
+fi
+if test "x$with_sha1" = xlibcrypto; then
+ if test "x$HAVE_LIBCRYPTO" = xyes; then
+ SHA1_LIBS=-lcrypto
+ else
+ SHA1_LIBS="$OPENSSL_LIBS"
+ SHA1_CFLAGS="$OPENSSL_CFLAGS"
+ fi
+fi
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for SHA1 implementation])
+if test "x$with_sha1" = x; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([No suitable SHA1 implementation found])
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$with_sha1])
+AC_SUBST(SHA1_LIBS)
+AC_SUBST(SHA1_CFLAGS)
+
+PKG_CHECK_MODULES([XSERVERCFLAGS], [$REQUIRED_MODULES $REQUIRED_LIBS])
+PKG_CHECK_MODULES([XSERVERLIBS], [$REQUIRED_LIBS])
+
+# Autotools has some unfortunate issues with library handling. In order to
+# get a server to rebuild when a dependency in the tree is changed, it must
+# be listed in SERVERNAME_DEPENDENCIES. However, no system libraries may be
+# listed there, or some versions of autotools will break (especially if a -L
+# is required to find the library). So, we keep two sets of libraries
+# detected: NAMESPACE_LIBS for in-tree libraries to be linked against, which
+# will go into the _DEPENDENCIES and _LDADD of the server, and
+# NAMESPACE_SYS_LIBS which will go into only the _LDADD. The
+# NAMESPACEMODULES_LIBS detected from pkgconfig should always go in
+# NAMESPACE_SYS_LIBS.
+#
+# XSERVER_LIBS is the set of in-tree libraries which all servers require.
+# XSERVER_SYS_LIBS is the set of out-of-tree libraries which all servers
+# require.
+#
+XSERVER_CFLAGS="${XSERVER_CFLAGS} ${XSERVERCFLAGS_CFLAGS}"
+XSERVER_LIBS="$DIX_LIB $MI_LIB $OS_LIB"
+XSERVER_SYS_LIBS="${XSERVERLIBS_LIBS} ${SYS_LIBS} ${LIBS}"
+AC_SUBST([XSERVER_LIBS])
+AC_SUBST([XSERVER_SYS_LIBS])
+
+UTILS_SYS_LIBS="${SYS_LIBS}"
+AC_SUBST([UTILS_SYS_LIBS])
+
+# The Xorg binary needs to export symbols so that they can be used from modules
+# Some platforms require extra flags to do this. libtool should set the
+# necessary flags for each platform when -export-dynamic is passed to it.
+LD_EXPORT_SYMBOLS_FLAG="-export-dynamic"
+AC_SUBST([LD_EXPORT_SYMBOLS_FLAG])
+
+dnl Imake defines SVR4 on SVR4 systems, and many files check for it, so
+dnl we need to replicate that here until those can all be fixed
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([if SVR4 needs to be defined])
+AC_EGREP_CPP([I_AM_SVR4],[
+#if defined(SVR4) || defined(__svr4__) || defined(__SVR4)
+ I_AM_SVR4
+#endif
+],[
+AC_DEFINE([SVR4],1,[Define to 1 on systems derived from System V Release 4])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])], AC_MSG_RESULT([no]))
+
+XSERVER_CFLAGS="$XSERVER_CFLAGS $CORE_INCS $XEXT_INC $COMPOSITE_INC $DAMAGE_INC $FIXES_INC $XI_INC $MI_INC $MIEXT_SYNC_INC $MIEXT_SHADOW_INC $MIEXT_LAYER_INC $MIEXT_DAMAGE_INC $RENDER_INC $RANDR_INC $FB_INC"
+
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl DDX section.
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+dnl Xvfb DDX
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build Xvfb DDX])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$XVFB])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XVFB, [test "x$XVFB" = xyes])
+
+if test "x$XVFB" = xyes; then
+ XVFB_LIBS="$FB_LIB $FIXES_LIB $XEXT_LIB $DBE_LIB $RECORD_LIB $GLX_LIBS $RANDR_LIB $RENDER_LIB $DAMAGE_LIB $MIEXT_SYNC_LIB $MIEXT_DAMAGE_LIB $MIEXT_SHADOW_LIB $XI_LIB $XKB_LIB $XKB_STUB_LIB $COMPOSITE_LIB"
+ XVFB_SYS_LIBS="$XVFBMODULES_LIBS $GLX_SYS_LIBS"
+ AC_SUBST([XVFB_LIBS])
+ AC_SUBST([XVFB_SYS_LIBS])
+fi
+
+
+dnl Xnest DDX
+
+PKG_CHECK_MODULES(XNESTMODULES, [$LIBXEXT x11 xau $XDMCP_MODULES], [have_xnest=yes], [have_xnest=no])
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build Xnest DDX])
+if test "x$XNEST" = xauto; then
+ XNEST="$have_xnest"
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$XNEST])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XNEST, [test "x$XNEST" = xyes])
+
+if test "x$XNEST" = xyes; then
+ if test "x$have_xnest" = xno; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([Xnest build explicitly requested, but required modules not found.])
+ fi
+ XNEST_LIBS="$FB_LIB $FIXES_LIB $MI_LIB $XEXT_LIB $DBE_LIB $RECORD_LIB $GLX_LIBS $RANDR_LIB $RENDER_LIB $DAMAGE_LIB $MIEXT_SYNC_LIB $MIEXT_DAMAGE_LIB $MIEXT_SHADOW_LIB $XI_LIB $XKB_LIB $XKB_STUB_LIB $COMPOSITE_LIB $MAIN_LIB $DIX_LIB $OS_LIB"
+ XNEST_SYS_LIBS="$XNESTMODULES_LIBS $GLX_SYS_LIBS"
+ AC_SUBST([XNEST_LIBS])
+ AC_SUBST([XNEST_SYS_LIBS])
+fi
+
+
+dnl Xorg DDX
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build Xorg DDX])
+if test "x$XORG" = xauto; then
+ XORG="yes"
+ case $host_os in
+ cygwin*) XORG="no" ;;
+ darwin*) XORG="no" ;;
+ esac
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$XORG])
+
+xorg_bus_linuxpci=no
+xorg_bus_bsdpci=no
+xorg_bus_sparc=no
+
+if test "x$XORG" = xyes; then
+ XORG_DDXINCS='-I$(top_srcdir)/hw/xfree86 -I$(top_srcdir)/hw/xfree86/include -I$(top_srcdir)/hw/xfree86/common'
+ XORG_OSINCS='-I$(top_srcdir)/hw/xfree86/os-support -I$(top_srcdir)/hw/xfree86/os-support/bus -I$(top_srcdir)/os'
+ XORG_INCS="$XORG_DDXINCS $XORG_OSINCS"
+ XORG_CFLAGS="$XORGSERVER_CFLAGS -DHAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H"
+ XORG_LIBS="$COMPOSITE_LIB $FIXES_LIB $XEXTXORG_LIB $GLX_LIBS $RANDR_LIB $RENDER_LIB $DAMAGE_LIB $MIEXT_SYNC_LIB $MIEXT_DAMAGE_LIB $MIEXT_SHADOW_LIB $XI_LIB $XKB_LIB"
+
+ dnl ==================================================================
+ dnl symbol visibility
+ symbol_visibility=
+ have_visibility=disabled
+ if test x$SYMBOL_VISIBILITY != xno; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(for symbol visibility support)
+ if test x$GCC = xyes; then
+ VISIBILITY_CFLAGS="-fvisibility=hidden"
+ else
+ AC_CHECK_DECL([__SUNPRO_C], [SUNCC="yes"], [SUNCC="no"])
+ if test x$SUNCC = xyes; then
+ VISIBILITY_CFLAGS="-xldscope=hidden"
+ else
+ have_visibility=no
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test x$have_visibility != xno; then
+ save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $VISIBILITY_CFLAGS"
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+ [#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>
+ extern _X_HIDDEN int hidden_int;
+ extern _X_EXPORT int public_int;
+ extern _X_HIDDEN int hidden_int_func(void);
+ extern _X_EXPORT int public_int_func(void);],
+ [],
+ have_visibility=yes,
+ have_visibility=no)
+ CFLAGS=$save_CFLAGS
+ fi
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$have_visibility])
+ if test x$have_visibility != xno; then
+ symbol_visibility=$VISIBILITY_CFLAGS
+ XORG_CFLAGS="$XORG_CFLAGS $VISIBILITY_CFLAGS"
+ XSERVER_CFLAGS="$XSERVER_CFLAGS $VISIBILITY_CFLAGS"
+ fi
+ fi
+ dnl added to xorg-server.pc
+ AC_SUBST([symbol_visibility])
+ dnl ===================================================================
+
+ PKG_CHECK_MODULES([PCIACCESS], $LIBPCIACCESS)
+ SAVE_LIBS=$LIBS
+ SAVE_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+ CFLAGS=$PCIACCESS_CFLAGS
+ LIBS=$PCIACCESS_LIBS
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS([pci_system_init_dev_mem])
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS([pci_device_enable])
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS([pci_device_is_boot_vga])
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS([pci_device_vgaarb_init])
+ LIBS=$SAVE_LIBS
+ CFLAGS=$SAVE_CFLAGS
+ XORG_SYS_LIBS="$XORG_SYS_LIBS $PCIACCESS_LIBS $GLX_SYS_LIBS"
+ XORG_CFLAGS="$XORG_CFLAGS $PCIACCESS_CFLAGS"
+
+ case $host_os in
+ linux*)
+ if test "x$LNXAPM" = xyes; then
+ XORG_CFLAGS="$XORG_CFLAGS -DXF86PM"
+ fi
+ XORG_OS="linux"
+ XORG_OS_SUBDIR="linux"
+ xorg_bus_linuxpci="yes"
+ linux_acpi="no"
+ case $host_cpu in
+ ia64*)
+ linux_ia64=yes
+ linux_acpi="yes"
+ ;;
+ alpha*)
+ linux_alpha=yes
+ ;;
+ i*86|amd64*|x86_64*)
+ linux_acpi="yes"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu | dragonfly*)
+ XORG_OS="freebsd"
+ XORG_OS_SUBDIR="bsd"
+ xorg_bus_bsdpci="yes"
+ ;;
+ netbsd*)
+ XORG_OS="netbsd"
+ XORG_OS_SUBDIR="bsd"
+ xorg_bus_bsdpci="yes"
+ ;;
+ openbsd*)
+ if test "x$ac_cv_BSD_APM" = xyes \
+ -o "x$ac_cv_BSD_KQUEUE_APM" = xyes; then
+ XORG_CFLAGS="$XORG_CFLAGS -DXF86PM"
+ fi
+ XORG_OS="openbsd"
+ XORG_OS_SUBDIR="bsd"
+ xorg_bus_bsdpci="yes"
+ ;;
+ solaris*)
+ XORG_OS="solaris"
+ XORG_OS_SUBDIR="solaris"
+ XORG_CFLAGS="$XORG_CFLAGS -DXF86PM"
+ # Use the same stubs as BSD for old functions, since we now
+ # use libpciaccess for PCI
+ xorg_bus_bsdpci="yes"
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/kd.h])
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/vt.h], [solaris_vt=yes], [solaris_vt=no])
+ # Check for minimum supported release
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([Solaris version])
+ OS_MINOR=`echo ${host_os}|$SED -e 's/^.*solaris2\.//' -e s'/\..*$//'`
+ if test "${OS_MINOR}" -ge 7 ; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(Solaris ${OS_MINOR})
+ else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(Solaris `echo ${host_os}|$SED -e 's/^.*solaris//`)
+ fi
+ if test "${OS_MINOR}" -lt 8 ; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([This release no longer supports Solaris versions older than Solaris 8.])
+ fi
+ AC_CHECK_DECL([__SUNPRO_C], [SUNCC="yes"], [SUNCC="no"])
+ if test "x$SUNCC" = "xyes"; then
+ solaris_asm_inline="yes"
+ fi
+ AC_CHECK_DECL([_LP64], [SOLARIS_64="yes"], [SOLARIS_64="no"])
+
+ case $host_cpu in
+ sparc*)
+ SOLARIS_INOUT_ARCH="sparcv8plus"
+ ;;
+ i*86)
+ if test x$SOLARIS_64 = xyes ; then
+ SOLARIS_INOUT_ARCH="amd64"
+ else
+ SOLARIS_INOUT_ARCH="ia32"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([Unsupported Solaris platform. Only SPARC & x86 \
+ are supported on Solaris in this release. If you are \
+ interested in porting Xorg to your platform, please email \
+ xorg@lists.freedesktop.org.]) ;;
+ esac
+ AC_SUBST([SOLARIS_INOUT_ARCH])
+ if test x$solaris_asm_inline = xyes ; then
+ SOLARIS_ASM_CFLAGS='$(top_srcdir)/hw/xfree86/os-support/solaris/solaris-$(SOLARIS_INOUT_ARCH).il'
+ XORG_CFLAGS="${XORG_CFLAGS} "'$(SOLARIS_ASM_CFLAGS)'
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST([SOLARIS_ASM_CFLAGS])
+ if test "x$SUPPORT_PC98" = xauto; then
+ SUPPORT_PC98="no"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ gnu*)
+ XORG_OS="gnu"
+ XORG_OS_SUBDIR="hurd"
+ # Use the same stubs as BSD for old functions, since we now
+ # use libpciaccess for PCI
+ xorg_bus_bsdpci="yes"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ XORG_OS="unknown"
+ XORG_OS_SUBDIR="unknown"
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([m4_text_wrap(m4_join([ ],
+ [Your OS is unknown. Xorg currently only supports Linux,],
+ [Free/Open/Net/DragonFlyBSD, Solaris/OpenSolaris, & GNU Hurd.],
+ [If you are interested in porting Xorg to your platform,],
+ [please email xorg@lists.freedesktop.org.]))])
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ case $host_cpu in
+ sparc*)
+ xorg_bus_sparc="yes"
+ ;;
+ i*86)
+ if test "x$SUPPORT_PC98" = xauto; then
+ SUPPORT_PC98="yes"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ if test "x$SUPPORT_PC98" = xauto; then
+ SUPPORT_PC98="no"
+ fi
+ if test "x$SUPPORT_PC98" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(SUPPORT_PC98, 1, [Support PC98])
+ fi
+ if test "x$XORG_OS_PCI" = x ; then
+ XORG_OS_PCI=$XORG_OS
+ fi
+ if test "x$DGA" = xauto; then
+ PKG_CHECK_MODULES(DGA, $DGAPROTO, [DGA=yes], [DGA=no])
+ fi
+ if test "x$DGA" = xyes; then
+ XORG_MODULES="$XORG_MODULES $DGAPROTO"
+ PKG_CHECK_MODULES(DGA, $DGAPROTO)
+ AC_DEFINE(DGA, 1, [Support DGA extension])
+ AC_DEFINE(XFreeXDGA, 1, [Build XDGA support])
+ fi
+
+ if test "x$XF86VIDMODE" = xauto; then
+ PKG_CHECK_MODULES(XF86VIDMODE, $VIDMODEPROTO, [XF86VIDMODE=yes], [XF86VIDMODE=no])
+ fi
+ if test "x$XF86VIDMODE" = xyes; then
+ XORG_MODULES="$XORG_MODULES $VIDMODEPROTO"
+ PKG_CHECK_MODULES(XF86VIDMODE, $VIDMODEPROTO)
+ AC_DEFINE(XF86VIDMODE, 1, [Support XFree86 Video Mode extension])
+ fi
+
+ if test -n "$XORG_MODULES"; then
+ PKG_CHECK_MODULES(XORG_MODULES, [$XORG_MODULES])
+ XORG_CFLAGS="$XORG_CFLAGS $XORG_MODULES_CFLAGS"
+ XORG_SYS_LIBS="$XORG_SYS_LIBS $XORG_MODULES_LIBS"
+ fi
+
+ AC_SUBST([XORG_LIBS])
+ AC_SUBST([XORG_SYS_LIBS])
+ AC_SUBST([XORG_INCS])
+ AC_SUBST([XORG_OS])
+ AC_SUBST([XORG_OS_SUBDIR])
+
+ AC_PATH_PROG(PERL, perl, no)
+ dnl unlikely as this may be ...
+ if test "x$PERL" = xno; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([Perl is required to build the XFree86/Xorg DDX.])
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST(PERL)
+
+ AC_SUBST([XORG_CFLAGS])
+
+ dnl these only go in xorg-config.h
+ XF86CONFIGFILE="xorg.conf"
+ XF86CONFIGDIR="xorg.conf.d"
+ AC_SUBST(XF86CONFIGDIR)
+ CONFIGFILE="$sysconfdir/$XF86CONFIGFILE"
+ LOGPREFIX="$logdir/Xorg."
+ AC_DEFINE(XORG_SERVER, 1, [Building Xorg server])
+ AC_DEFINE(XORGSERVER, 1, [Building Xorg server])
+ AC_DEFINE(XFree86Server, 1, [Building XFree86 server])
+ AC_DEFINE(XFree86LOADER, 1, [Building loadable XFree86 server])
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(XORG_VERSION_CURRENT, [$VENDOR_RELEASE], [Current Xorg version])
+ AC_DEFINE(NEED_XF86_TYPES, 1, [Need XFree86 typedefs])
+ AC_DEFINE(NEED_XF86_PROTOTYPES, 1, [Need XFree86 helper functions])
+ AC_DEFINE(__XSERVERNAME__, "Xorg", [Name of X server])
+ AC_DEFINE_DIR(__XCONFIGFILE__, XF86CONFIGFILE, [Name of configuration file])
+ AC_DEFINE_DIR(XF86CONFIGFILE, XF86CONFIGFILE, [Name of configuration file])
+ AC_DEFINE_DIR(__XCONFIGDIR__, XF86CONFIGDIR, [Name of configuration directory])
+ AC_DEFINE_DIR(DEFAULT_MODULE_PATH, moduledir, [Default module search path])
+ AC_DEFINE_DIR(DEFAULT_LIBRARY_PATH, libdir, [Default library install path])
+ AC_DEFINE_DIR(DEFAULT_LOGPREFIX, LOGPREFIX, [Default log location])
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(__VENDORDWEBSUPPORT__, ["$VENDOR_WEB"], [Vendor web address for support])
+ AC_DEFINE(XSERVER_LIBPCIACCESS, 1, [Use libpciaccess for all pci manipulation])
+ if test "x$VGAHW" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(WITH_VGAHW, 1, [Building vgahw module])
+ fi
+
+ driverdir="$moduledir/drivers"
+ AC_SUBST([moduledir])
+ AC_SUBST([driverdir])
+ sdkdir="$includedir/xorg"
+ extdir="$includedir/X11/extensions"
+ sysconfigdir="$datadir/X11/$XF86CONFIGDIR"
+ AC_SUBST([sdkdir])
+ AC_SUBST([extdir])
+ AC_SUBST([sysconfigdir])
+ AC_SUBST([logdir])
+
+ # stuff the ABI versions into the pc file too
+ extract_abi() {
+ grep ^.define.*${1}_VERSION ${srcdir}/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Module.h | tr '(),' ' .' | awk '{ print $4$5 }'
+ }
+ abi_ansic=`extract_abi ANSIC`
+ abi_videodrv=`extract_abi VIDEODRV`
+ abi_xinput=`extract_abi XINPUT`
+ abi_extension=`extract_abi EXTENSION`
+ AC_SUBST([abi_ansic])
+ AC_SUBST([abi_videodrv])
+ AC_SUBST([abi_xinput])
+ AC_SUBST([abi_extension])
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL([XORG], [test "x$XORG" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([XORG_BUS_LINUXPCI], [test "x$xorg_bus_linuxpci" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([XORG_BUS_BSDPCI], [test "x$xorg_bus_bsdpci" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([XORG_BUS_SPARC], [test "x$xorg_bus_sparc" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([LINUX_IA64], [test "x$linux_ia64" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([LINUX_ALPHA], [test "x$linux_alpha" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([LNXACPI], [test "x$linux_acpi" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([SOLARIS_ASM_INLINE], [test "x$solaris_asm_inline" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([SOLARIS_VT], [test "x$solaris_vt" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([DGA], [test "x$DGA" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([XF86VIDMODE], [test "x$XF86VIDMODE" = xyes])
+
+dnl XWin DDX
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build XWin DDX])
+if test "x$XWIN" = xauto; then
+ case $host_os in
+ cygwin*) XWIN="yes" ;;
+ mingw*) XWIN="yes" ;;
+ *) XWIN="no" ;;
+ esac
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$XWIN])
+
+if test "x$XWIN" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE_DIR(SYSCONFDIR, sysconfdir, [Location of system.XWinrc])
+ AC_DEFINE_DIR(DEFAULT_LOGDIR, logdir, [Default log location])
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(XORG_VERSION_CURRENT, [$VENDOR_RELEASE], [Current Xorg version])
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(__VENDORDWEBSUPPORT__, ["$VENDOR_WEB"], [Vendor web address for support])
+ AC_CHECK_TOOL(WINDRES, windres)
+
+ PKG_CHECK_MODULES([XWINMODULES],[x11 xdmcp xau])
+
+ if test "x$WINDOWSWM" = xauto; then
+ PKG_CHECK_EXISTS($WINDOWSWMPROTO, [WINDOWSWM=yes], [WINDOWSWM=no])
+ fi
+ if test "x$WINDOWSWM" = xyes ; then
+ PKG_CHECK_MODULES(WINDOWSWM, $WINDOWSWMPROTO)
+ XWINMODULES_CFLAGS="$XWINMODULES_CFLAGS $WINDOWSWM_CFLAGS"
+ AC_DEFINE(ROOTLESS,1,[Build Rootless code])
+ fi
+
+ case $host_os in
+ cygwin*)
+ XWIN_SERVER_NAME=XWin
+ AC_DEFINE(HAS_DEVWINDOWS,1,[Cygwin has /dev/windows for signaling new win32 messages])
+ ;;
+ mingw*)
+ XWIN_SERVER_NAME=Xming
+ AC_DEFINE(RELOCATE_PROJECTROOT,1,[Make PROJECT_ROOT relative to the xserver location])
+ AC_DEFINE(HAS_WINSOCK,1,[Use Windows sockets])
+ XWIN_SYS_LIBS=-lwinsock2
+ ;;
+ esac
+ XWIN_LIBS="$FB_LIB $MI_LIB $FIXES_LIB $XEXT_LIB $RANDR_LIB $RENDER_LIB $DBE_LIB $RECORD_LIB $GLX_LIBS $XKB_LIB $XKB_STUB_LIB $COMPOSITE_LIB $DAMAGE_LIB $MIEXT_SYNC_LIB $MIEXT_DAMAGE_LIB $MIEXT_SHADOW_LIB $XI_LIB $OS_LIB"
+ XWIN_SYS_LIBS="$XWIN_SYS_LIBS $XWINMODULES_LIBS"
+ AC_SUBST(XWIN_LIBS)
+ AC_SUBST(XWIN_SERVER_NAME)
+ AC_SUBST(XWIN_SYS_LIBS)
+
+ if test "x$DEBUGGING" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(CYGDEBUG, 1, [Simple debug messages])
+ AC_DEFINE(CYGWINDOWING_DEBUG, 1, [Debug messages for window handling])
+ AC_DEFINE(CYGMULTIWINDOW_DEBUG, 1, [Debug window manager])
+ fi
+
+ AC_DEFINE(DDXOSVERRORF, 1, [Use OsVendorVErrorF])
+ AC_DEFINE(DDXBEFORERESET, 1, [Use ddxBeforeReset ])
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XWIN, [test "x$XWIN" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XWIN_MULTIWINDOW, [test "x$XWIN" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XWIN_MULTIWINDOWEXTWM, [test "x$XWIN" = xyes && test "x$WINDOWSWM" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XWIN_CLIPBOARD, [test "x$XWIN" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XWIN_GLX_WINDOWS, [test "x$XWIN" = xyes && false])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XWIN_NATIVEGDI, [test "x$XWIN" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XWIN_PRIMARYFB, [test "x$XWIN" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XWIN_RANDR, [test "x$XWIN" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XWIN_XV, [test "x$XWIN" = xyes && test "x$XV" = xyes])
+
+dnl Darwin / OS X DDX
+if test "x$XQUARTZ" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(XQUARTZ,1,[Have Quartz])
+ AC_DEFINE(ROOTLESS,1,[Build Rootless code])
+
+ DARWIN_LIBS="$MI_LIB $OS_LIB $DIX_LIB $MAIN_LIB $FB_LIB $FIXES_LIB $XEXT_LIB $DBE_LIB $RECORD_LIB $RANDR_LIB $RENDER_LIB $DAMAGE_LIB $MIEXT_SYNC_LIB $MIEXT_DAMAGE_LIB $MIEXT_SHADOW_LIB $XI_LIB $XKB_LIB $XKB_STUB_LIB $XPSTUBS_LIB"
+ AC_SUBST([DARWIN_LIBS])
+
+ AC_CHECK_LIB([Xplugin],[xp_init],[:])
+
+ CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} -DROOTLESS_WORKAROUND -DROOTLESS_SAFEALPHA -DNO_ALLOCA"
+
+ PKG_CHECK_MODULES(XPBPROXY, $APPLEWMPROTO $LIBAPPLEWM xfixes x11)
+
+ if test "x$XQUARTZ_SPARKLE" = xyes ; then
+ AC_DEFINE(XQUARTZ_SPARKLE,1,[Support application updating through sparkle.])
+ fi
+
+ if test "x$STANDALONE_XPBPROXY" = xyes ; then
+ AC_DEFINE(STANDALONE_XPBPROXY,1,[Build a standalone xpbproxy])
+ fi
+fi
+
+# Support for objc in autotools is minimal and not documented.
+OBJC='$(CC)'
+OBJCLD='$(CCLD)'
+OBJCLINK='$(LINK)'
+OBJCFLAGS='$(CFLAGS)'
+AC_SUBST([OBJC])
+AC_SUBST([OBJCCLD])
+AC_SUBST([OBJCLINK])
+AC_SUBST([OBJCFLAGS])
+# internal, undocumented automake func follows :(
+_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJC])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XQUARTZ, [test "x$XQUARTZ" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XQUARTZ_SPARKLE, [test "x$XQUARTZ_SPARKLE" != "xno"])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(STANDALONE_XPBPROXY, [test "x$STANDALONE_XPBPROXY" = xyes])
+
+dnl DMX DDX
+PKG_CHECK_MODULES(
+ [DMXMODULES],
+ [xmuu $LIBXEXT x11 xrender xfixes $LIBXI $DMXPROTO xau $XDMCP_MODULES],
+ [PKG_CHECK_MODULES(
+ [XDMXCONFIG_DEP],
+ [xaw7 xmu xt xpm x11],
+ [have_dmx=yes],
+ [have_dmx=no])],
+ [have_dmx=no])
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build Xdmx DDX])
+if test "x$DMX" = xauto; then
+ DMX="$have_dmx"
+ case $host_os in
+ cygwin*) DMX="no" ;;
+ darwin*) DMX="no" ;;
+ esac
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$DMX])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(DMX, [test "x$DMX" = xyes])
+
+if test "x$DMX" = xyes; then
+ if test "x$have_dmx" = xno; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([Xdmx build explicitly requested, but required
+ modules not found.])
+ fi
+ DMX_INCLUDES="$XEXT_INC $RENDER_INC $RECORD_INC"
+ XDMX_CFLAGS="$DMXMODULES_CFLAGS"
+ XDMX_LIBS="$FB_LIB $MI_LIB $XEXT_LIB $RENDER_LIB $RECORD_LIB $XI_LIB $XKB_LIB $XKB_STUB_LIB $MIEXT_SYNC_LIB $MIEXT_SHADOW_LIB $MIEXT_DAMAGE_LIB $COMPOSITE_LIB $DAMAGE_LIB $MAIN_LIB $DIX_LIB $CONFIG_LIB $OS_LIB $FIXES_LIB"
+ XDMX_SYS_LIBS="$DMXMODULES_LIBS"
+ AC_SUBST([XDMX_CFLAGS])
+ AC_SUBST([XDMX_LIBS])
+ AC_SUBST([XDMX_SYS_LIBS])
+
+dnl USB sources in DMX require <linux/input.h>
+ AC_CHECK_HEADER([linux/input.h], DMX_BUILD_USB="yes",
+ DMX_BUILD_USB="no")
+dnl Linux sources in DMX require <linux/keyboard.h>
+ AC_CHECK_HEADER([linux/keyboard.h], DMX_BUILD_LNX="yes",
+ DMX_BUILD_LNX="no")
+ AC_SUBST(XDMXCONFIG_DEP_CFLAGS)
+ AC_SUBST(XDMXCONFIG_DEP_LIBS)
+ PKG_CHECK_MODULES([DMXEXAMPLES_DEP], [$LIBDMX $LIBXEXT x11])
+ AC_SUBST(DMXEXAMPLES_DEP_LIBS)
+ PKG_CHECK_MODULES([DMXXMUEXAMPLES_DEP], [$LIBDMX xmu $LIBXEXT x11])
+ AC_SUBST(DMXXMUEXAMPLES_DEP_LIBS)
+ PKG_CHECK_MODULES([DMXXIEXAMPLES_DEP], [$LIBDMX $LIBXI $LIBXEXT x11])
+ AC_SUBST(DMXXIEXAMPLES_DEP_LIBS)
+ PKG_CHECK_MODULES([XTSTEXAMPLES_DEP], [$LIBXTST $LIBXEXT x11])
+ AC_SUBST(XTSTEXAMPLES_DEP_LIBS)
+ PKG_CHECK_MODULES([XRESEXAMPLES_DEP], [xres $LIBXEXT x11])
+ AC_SUBST(XRESEXAMPLES_DEP_LIBS)
+ PKG_CHECK_MODULES([X11EXAMPLES_DEP], [$LIBXEXT x11])
+ AC_SUBST(X11EXAMPLES_DEP_LIBS)
+
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL([DMX_BUILD_LNX], [test "x$DMX_BUILD_LNX" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([DMX_BUILD_USB], [test "x$DMX_BUILD_USB" = xyes])
+
+dnl kdrive DDX
+
+XEPHYR_LIBS=
+XEPHYR_INCS=
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(KDRIVE, [test x$KDRIVE = xyes])
+
+if test "$KDRIVE" = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(KDRIVESERVER,1,[Build Kdrive X server])
+ AC_DEFINE(KDRIVEDDXACTIONS,,[Build kdrive ddx])
+
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS([linux/fb.h])
+ if test "$ac_cv_header_linux_fb_h" = yes && test "x$XFBDEV" = xauto; then
+ XFBDEV=yes
+ fi
+
+ if test "x$XFBDEV" = xyes; then
+ KDRIVEFBDEVLIB=yes
+ AC_DEFINE(KDRIVEFBDEV, 1, [Build fbdev-based kdrive server])
+ fi
+
+
+ PKG_CHECK_MODULES([TSLIB], [tslib-0.0], [HAVE_TSLIB="yes"], [HAVE_TSLIB="no"])
+ if test "x$HAVE_TSLIB" = xno; then
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(ts, ts_open, [
+ HAVE_TSLIB="yes"
+ TSLIB_LIBS="-lts"
+ ])
+ fi
+
+ if test "xTSLIB" = xauto; then
+ TSLIB="$HAVE_TSLIB"
+ fi
+
+ if test "x$TSLIB" = xyes; then
+ if ! test "x$HAVE_TSLIB" = xyes; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([tslib must be installed to build the tslib driver. See http://tslib.berlios.de/])
+ else
+ AC_DEFINE(TSLIB, 1, [Have tslib support])
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test "x$KDRIVE_KBD" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(KDRIVE_KBD, 1, [Enable KDrive kbd driver])
+ fi
+ if test "x$KDRIVE_EVDEV" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(KDRIVE_EVDEV, 1, [Enable KDrive evdev driver])
+ fi
+ if test "x$KDRIVE_MOUSE" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(KDRIVE_MOUSE, 1, [Enable KDrive mouse driver])
+ fi
+
+ XEPHYR_REQUIRED_LIBS="x11 $LIBXEXT xau xdmcp"
+ if test "x$XV" = xyes; then
+ XEPHYR_REQUIRED_LIBS="$XEPHYR_REQUIRED_LIBS xv"
+ fi
+ if test "x$DRI" = xyes && test "x$GLX" = xyes; then
+ XEPHYR_REQUIRED_LIBS="$XEPHYR_REQUIRED_LIBS $LIBGL libdrm"
+ fi
+
+ PKG_CHECK_MODULES(XEPHYR, $XEPHYR_REQUIRED_LIBS, [xephyr="yes"], [xephyr="no"])
+ if test "x$XEPHYR" = xauto; then
+ XEPHYR=$xephyr
+ fi
+ if test "x$XEPHYR" = xyes && test "x$xephyr" = xno; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([Xephyr dependencies missing])
+ fi
+
+ # Xephyr needs nanosleep() which is in librt on Solaris
+ AC_CHECK_FUNC([nanosleep], [],
+ AC_CHECK_LIB([rt], [nanosleep], XEPHYR_LIBS="$XEPHYR_LIBS -lrt"))
+
+ # damage shadow extension glx (NOTYET) fb mi
+ KDRIVE_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/hw/kdrive/src'
+ KDRIVE_PURE_INCS="$KDRIVE_INC $MIEXT_SYNC_INC $MIEXT_DAMAGE_INC $MIEXT_SHADOW_INC $XEXT_INC $FB_INC $MI_INC"
+ KDRIVE_OS_INC='-I$(top_srcdir)/hw/kdrive/linux'
+ KDRIVE_INCS="$KDRIVE_PURE_INCS $KDRIVE_OS_INC"
+
+ KDRIVE_CFLAGS="$XSERVER_CFLAGS -DHAVE_KDRIVE_CONFIG_H $TSLIB_CFLAGS"
+
+ KDRIVE_PURE_LIBS="$FB_LIB $MI_LIB $FIXES_LIB $XEXT_LIB $DBE_LIB $RECORD_LIB $GLX_LIBS $RANDR_LIB $RENDER_LIB $DAMAGE_LIB $MIEXT_SYNC_LIB $MIEXT_DAMAGE_LIB $MIEXT_SHADOW_LIB $XI_LIB $XKB_LIB $XKB_STUB_LIB $COMPOSITE_LIB $OS_LIB"
+ KDRIVE_LIB='$(top_builddir)/hw/kdrive/src/libkdrive.la'
+ case $host_os in
+ *linux*)
+ KDRIVE_OS_LIB='$(top_builddir)/hw/kdrive/linux/liblinux.la'
+ KDRIVELINUX=yes
+ if test "x$KDRIVE_EVDEV" = xauto; then
+ KDRIVE_EVDEV=yes
+ fi
+ if test "x$KDRIVE_KBD" = xauto; then
+ KDRIVE_KBD=yes
+ fi
+ if test "x$KDRIVE_MOUSE" = xauto; then
+ KDRIVE_MOUSE=yes
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ if test "x$KDRIVE_EVDEV" = xauto; then
+ KDRIVE_EVDEV=no
+ fi
+ if test "x$KDRIVE_KBD" = xauto; then
+ KDRIVE_KBD=no
+ fi
+ if test "x$KDRIVE_MOUSE" = xauto; then
+ KDRIVE_MOUSE=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ KDRIVE_STUB_LIB='$(top_builddir)/hw/kdrive/src/libkdrivestubs.la'
+ KDRIVE_LOCAL_LIBS="$MAIN_LIB $DIX_LIB $KDRIVE_LIB $KDRIVE_STUB_LIB"
+ KDRIVE_LOCAL_LIBS="$KDRIVE_LOCAL_LIBS $FB_LIB $MI_LIB $KDRIVE_PURE_LIBS"
+ KDRIVE_LOCAL_LIBS="$KDRIVE_LOCAL_LIBS $KDRIVE_OS_LIB"
+ KDRIVE_LIBS="$KDRIVE_LOCAL_LIBS $XSERVER_SYS_LIBS $GLX_SYS_LIBS $DLOPEN_LIBS $TSLIB_LIBS"
+
+ AC_SUBST([XEPHYR_LIBS])
+ AC_SUBST([XEPHYR_INCS])
+fi
+AC_SUBST([KDRIVE_INCS])
+AC_SUBST([KDRIVE_PURE_INCS])
+AC_SUBST([KDRIVE_CFLAGS])
+AC_SUBST([KDRIVE_PURE_LIBS])
+AC_SUBST([KDRIVE_LOCAL_LIBS])
+AC_SUBST([KDRIVE_LIBS])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(KDRIVELINUX, [test "x$KDRIVELINUX" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(KDRIVE_EVDEV, [test "x$KDRIVE_EVDEV" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(KDRIVE_KBD, [test "x$KDRIVE_KBD" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(KDRIVE_MOUSE, [test "x$KDRIVE_MOUSE" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(TSLIB, [test "x$HAVE_TSLIB" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(KDRIVEFBDEV, [test "x$XFBDEV" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XEPHYR, [test "x$KDRIVE" = xyes && test "x$XEPHYR" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_KDRIVEFBDEVLIB, [test "x$KDRIVE" = xyes && test "x$KDRIVEFBDEVLIB" = xyes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XFAKESERVER, [test "x$KDRIVE" = xyes && test "x$XFAKE" = xyes])
+
+dnl and the rest of these are generic, so they're in config.h
+dnl
+dnl though, thanks to the passing of some significant amount of time, the
+dnl above is probably a complete fallacy, and you should not rely on it.
+dnl but this is still actually better than imake, honest. -daniels
+
+AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#include <features.h>
+#ifndef __GLIBC__
+#error not glibc
+#endif
+], [], [AC_DEFINE(_GNU_SOURCE, 1,
+ [ Enable GNU and other extensions to the C environment for glibc])])
+
+AC_DEFINE_DIR(PROJECTROOT, prefix, [Overall prefix])
+
+AC_SUBST([RELEASE_DATE])
+BUILD_DATE="`date +'%Y%m%d'`"
+AC_SUBST([BUILD_DATE])
+BUILD_TIME="`date +'1%H%M%S'`"
+AC_SUBST([BUILD_TIME])
+
+DIX_CFLAGS="-DHAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H $XSERVER_CFLAGS"
+
+AC_SUBST([DIX_CFLAGS])
+
+AC_SUBST([libdir])
+AC_SUBST([exec_prefix])
+AC_SUBST([prefix])
+
+AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([sdksyms], [touch hw/xfree86/loader/sdksyms.dep])
+
+AC_OUTPUT([
+Makefile
+glx/Makefile
+include/Makefile
+composite/Makefile
+damageext/Makefile
+dbe/Makefile
+dix/Makefile
+doc/Makefile
+doc/man/Makefile
+doc/xml/Makefile
+doc/xml/dtrace/Makefile
+doc/xml/xserver.ent
+fb/Makefile
+record/Makefile
+config/Makefile
+mi/Makefile
+miext/Makefile
+miext/sync/Makefile
+miext/damage/Makefile
+miext/shadow/Makefile
+miext/cw/Makefile
+miext/rootless/Makefile
+os/Makefile
+randr/Makefile
+render/Makefile
+xkb/Makefile
+Xext/Makefile
+Xi/Makefile
+xfixes/Makefile
+exa/Makefile
+hw/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/common/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/common/xf86Build.h
+hw/xfree86/ddc/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/dixmods/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/dixmods/extmod/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/doc/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/doc/devel/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/doc/sgml/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/dri/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/dri2/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/exa/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/exa/man/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/fbdevhw/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/fbdevhw/man/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/i2c/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/int10/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/loader/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/man/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/modes/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/os-support/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/os-support/bsd/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/os-support/bus/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/os-support/hurd/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/os-support/misc/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/os-support/linux/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/os-support/solaris/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/parser/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/ramdac/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/shadowfb/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/vbe/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/vgahw/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/x86emu/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/xaa/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/utils/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/utils/man/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/utils/cvt/Makefile
+hw/xfree86/utils/gtf/Makefile
+hw/dmx/config/Makefile
+hw/dmx/config/man/Makefile
+hw/dmx/doc/Makefile
+hw/dmx/doc/doxygen.conf
+hw/dmx/examples/Makefile
+hw/dmx/input/Makefile
+hw/dmx/glxProxy/Makefile
+hw/dmx/Makefile
+hw/dmx/man/Makefile
+hw/vfb/Makefile
+hw/vfb/man/Makefile
+hw/xnest/Makefile
+hw/xnest/man/Makefile
+hw/xwin/Makefile
+hw/xwin/glx/Makefile
+hw/xwin/man/Makefile
+hw/xquartz/Makefile
+hw/xquartz/GL/Makefile
+hw/xquartz/bundle/Makefile
+hw/xquartz/man/Makefile
+hw/xquartz/mach-startup/Makefile
+hw/xquartz/pbproxy/Makefile
+hw/xquartz/xpr/Makefile
+hw/kdrive/Makefile
+hw/kdrive/ephyr/Makefile
+hw/kdrive/ephyr/man/Makefile
+hw/kdrive/fake/Makefile
+hw/kdrive/fbdev/Makefile
+hw/kdrive/linux/Makefile
+hw/kdrive/src/Makefile
+test/Makefile
+test/xi2/Makefile
+xorg-server.pc
+])
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/devices.c b/xorg-server/dix/devices.c
index e57c27b00..7f500d63d 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/devices.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/devices.c
@@ -1,2628 +1,2630 @@
-/************************************************************
-
-Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-********************************************************/
-
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "resource.h"
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>
-#include <X11/Xatom.h>
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "cursorstr.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "ptrveloc.h"
-#include "site.h"
-#include "xkbsrv.h"
-#include "privates.h"
-#include "xace.h"
-#include "mi.h"
-
-#include "dispatch.h"
-#include "swaprep.h"
-#include "dixevents.h"
-#include "mipointer.h"
-#include "eventstr.h"
-
-#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
-#include <math.h>
-#include <pixman.h>
-#include "exglobals.h"
-#include "exevents.h"
-#include "xiquerydevice.h" /* for SizeDeviceClasses */
-#include "xiproperty.h"
-#include "enterleave.h" /* for EnterWindow() */
-#include "xserver-properties.h"
-#include "xichangehierarchy.h" /* For XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent */
-
-/** @file
- * This file handles input device-related stuff.
- */
-
-static void RecalculateMasterButtons(DeviceIntPtr slave);
-
-static void
-DeviceSetTransform(DeviceIntPtr dev, float *transform)
-{
- struct pixman_f_transform scale;
- double sx, sy;
- int x, y;
-
- /**
- * calculate combined transformation matrix:
- *
- * M = InvScale * Transform * Scale
- *
- * So we can later transform points using M * p
- *
- * Where:
- * Scale scales coordinates into 0..1 range
- * Transform is the user supplied (affine) transform
- * InvScale scales coordinates back up into their native range
- */
- sx = dev->valuator->axes[0].max_value - dev->valuator->axes[0].min_value;
- sy = dev->valuator->axes[1].max_value - dev->valuator->axes[1].min_value;
-
- /* invscale */
- pixman_f_transform_init_scale(&scale, sx, sy);
- scale.m[0][2] = dev->valuator->axes[0].min_value;
- scale.m[1][2] = dev->valuator->axes[1].min_value;
-
- /* transform */
- for (y=0; y<3; y++)
- for (x=0; x<3; x++)
- dev->transform.m[y][x] = *transform++;
-
- pixman_f_transform_multiply(&dev->transform, &scale, &dev->transform);
-
- /* scale */
- pixman_f_transform_init_scale(&scale, 1.0 / sx, 1.0 / sy);
- scale.m[0][2] = -dev->valuator->axes[0].min_value / sx;
- scale.m[1][2] = -dev->valuator->axes[1].min_value / sy;
-
- pixman_f_transform_multiply(&dev->transform, &dev->transform, &scale);
-}
-
-/**
- * DIX property handler.
- */
-static int
-DeviceSetProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom property, XIPropertyValuePtr prop,
- BOOL checkonly)
-{
- if (property == XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED))
- {
- if (prop->format != 8 || prop->type != XA_INTEGER || prop->size != 1)
- return BadValue;
-
- /* Don't allow disabling of VCP/VCK */
- if ((dev == inputInfo.pointer || dev == inputInfo.keyboard) &&
- !(*(CARD8*)prop->data))
- return BadAccess;
-
- if (!checkonly)
- {
- if ((*((CARD8*)prop->data)) && !dev->enabled)
- EnableDevice(dev, TRUE);
- else if (!(*((CARD8*)prop->data)) && dev->enabled)
- DisableDevice(dev, TRUE);
- }
- } else if (property == XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_TRANSFORM))
- {
- float *f = (float*)prop->data;
- int i;
-
- if (prop->format != 32 || prop->size != 9 ||
- prop->type != XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT))
- return BadValue;
-
- for (i=0; i<9; i++)
- if (!isfinite(f[i]))
- return BadValue;
-
- if (!checkonly)
- DeviceSetTransform(dev, f);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/* Pair the keyboard to the pointer device. Keyboard events will follow the
- * pointer sprite. Only applicable for master devices.
- * If the client is set, the request to pair comes from some client. In this
- * case, we need to check for access. If the client is NULL, it's from an
- * internal automatic pairing, we must always permit this.
- */
-static int
-PairDevices(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr ptr, DeviceIntPtr kbd)
-{
- if (!ptr)
- return BadDevice;
-
- /* Don't allow pairing for slave devices */
- if (!IsMaster(ptr) || !IsMaster(kbd))
- return BadDevice;
-
- if (ptr->spriteInfo->paired)
- return BadDevice;
-
- if (kbd->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
- {
- free(kbd->spriteInfo->sprite);
- kbd->spriteInfo->sprite = NULL;
- kbd->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
- }
-
- kbd->spriteInfo->sprite = ptr->spriteInfo->sprite;
- kbd->spriteInfo->paired = ptr;
- ptr->spriteInfo->paired = kbd;
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Find and return the next unpaired MD pointer device.
- */
-static DeviceIntPtr
-NextFreePointerDevice(void)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- if (IsMaster(dev) &&
- dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner &&
- !dev->spriteInfo->paired)
- return dev;
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- * Create a new input device and init it to sane values. The device is added
- * to the server's off_devices list.
- *
- * @param deviceProc Callback for device control function (switch dev on/off).
- * @return The newly created device.
- */
-DeviceIntPtr
-AddInputDevice(ClientPtr client, DeviceProc deviceProc, Bool autoStart)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev, *prev; /* not a typo */
- DeviceIntPtr devtmp;
- int devid;
- char devind[MAXDEVICES];
- BOOL enabled;
- float transform[9];
-
- /* Find next available id, 0 and 1 are reserved */
- memset(devind, 0, sizeof(char)*MAXDEVICES);
- for (devtmp = inputInfo.devices; devtmp; devtmp = devtmp->next)
- devind[devtmp->id]++;
- for (devtmp = inputInfo.off_devices; devtmp; devtmp = devtmp->next)
- devind[devtmp->id]++;
- for (devid = 2; devid < MAXDEVICES && devind[devid]; devid++)
- ;
-
- if (devid >= MAXDEVICES)
- return (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
- dev = _dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(sizeof(DeviceIntRec) + sizeof(SpriteInfoRec),
- sizeof(DeviceIntRec) + sizeof(SpriteInfoRec),
- offsetof(DeviceIntRec, devPrivates), PRIVATE_DEVICE);
- if (!dev)
- return (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
- dev->id = devid;
- dev->public.processInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
- dev->public.realInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
- dev->public.enqueueInputProc = EnqueueEvent;
- dev->deviceProc = deviceProc;
- dev->startup = autoStart;
-
- /* device grab defaults */
- dev->deviceGrab.grabTime = currentTime;
- dev->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab = ActivateKeyboardGrab;
- dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab = DeactivateKeyboardGrab;
-
- XkbSetExtension(dev, ProcessKeyboardEvent);
-
- dev->coreEvents = TRUE;
-
- /* sprite defaults */
- dev->spriteInfo = (SpriteInfoPtr)&dev[1];
-
- /* security creation/labeling check
- */
- if (XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixCreateAccess)) {
- free(dev);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- inputInfo.numDevices++;
-
- for (prev = &inputInfo.off_devices; *prev; prev = &(*prev)->next)
- ;
- *prev = dev;
- dev->next = NULL;
-
- enabled = FALSE;
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED),
- XA_INTEGER, 8, PropModeReplace, 1, &enabled,
- FALSE);
- XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED), FALSE);
-
- /* unity matrix */
- memset(transform, 0, sizeof(transform));
- transform[0] = transform[4] = transform[8] = 1.0f;
-
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_TRANSFORM),
- XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,
- PropModeReplace, 9, transform, FALSE);
- XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_TRANSFORM),
- FALSE);
-
- XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, DeviceSetProperty, NULL, NULL);
-
- return dev;
-}
-
-void
-SendDevicePresenceEvent(int deviceid, int type)
-{
- DeviceIntRec dummyDev;
- devicePresenceNotify ev;
-
- memset(&dummyDev, 0, sizeof(DeviceIntRec));
- ev.type = DevicePresenceNotify;
- ev.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
- ev.devchange = type;
- ev.deviceid = deviceid;
- dummyDev.id = XIAllDevices;
- SendEventToAllWindows(&dummyDev, DevicePresenceNotifyMask,
- (xEvent*)&ev, 1);
-}
-
-/**
- * Enable the device through the driver, add the device to the device list.
- * Switch device ON through the driver and push it onto the global device
- * list. Initialize the DIX sprite or pair the device. All clients are
- * notified about the device being enabled.
- *
- * A master pointer device needs to be enabled before a master keyboard
- * device.
- *
- * @param The device to be enabled.
- * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.
- * @return TRUE on success or FALSE otherwise.
- */
-Bool
-EnableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr *prev;
- int ret;
- DeviceIntPtr other;
- BOOL enabled;
- int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};
-
- for (prev = &inputInfo.off_devices;
- *prev && (*prev != dev);
- prev = &(*prev)->next)
- ;
-
- if (!dev->spriteInfo->sprite)
- {
- if (IsMaster(dev))
- {
- /* Sprites appear on first root window, so we can hardcode it */
- if (dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
- {
- InitializeSprite(dev, screenInfo.screens[0]->root);
- /* mode doesn't matter */
- EnterWindow(dev, screenInfo.screens[0]->root, NotifyAncestor);
- }
- else if ((other = NextFreePointerDevice()) == NULL)
- {
- ErrorF("[dix] cannot find pointer to pair with. "
- "This is a bug.\n");
- return FALSE;
- } else
- PairDevices(NULL, other, dev);
- } else
- {
- if (dev->coreEvents)
- other = (IsPointerDevice(dev)) ? inputInfo.pointer :
- inputInfo.keyboard;
- else
- other = NULL; /* auto-float non-core devices */
- AttachDevice(NULL, dev, other);
- }
- }
-
- if ((*prev != dev) || !dev->inited ||
- ((ret = (*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_ON)) != Success)) {
- ErrorF("[dix] couldn't enable device %d\n", dev->id);
- return FALSE;
- }
- dev->enabled = TRUE;
- *prev = dev->next;
-
- for (prev = &inputInfo.devices; *prev; prev = &(*prev)->next)
- ;
- *prev = dev;
- dev->next = NULL;
-
- enabled = TRUE;
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED),
- XA_INTEGER, 8, PropModeReplace, 1, &enabled,
- TRUE);
-
- SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceEnabled);
- if (sendevent)
- {
- flags[dev->id] |= XIDeviceEnabled;
- XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);
- }
-
- RecalculateMasterButtons(dev);
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- * Switch a device off through the driver and push it onto the off_devices
- * list. A device will not send events while disabled. All clients are
- * notified about the device being disabled.
- *
- * Master keyboard devices have to be disabled before master pointer devices
- * otherwise things turn bad.
- *
- * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.
- * @return TRUE on success or FALSE otherwise.
- */
-Bool
-DisableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr *prev, other;
- BOOL enabled;
- int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};
-
- for (prev = &inputInfo.devices;
- *prev && (*prev != dev);
- prev = &(*prev)->next)
- ;
- if (*prev != dev)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* float attached devices */
- if (IsMaster(dev))
- {
- for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
- {
- if (!IsMaster(other) && GetMaster(other, MASTER_ATTACHED) == dev)
- {
- AttachDevice(NULL, other, NULL);
- flags[other->id] |= XISlaveDetached;
- }
- }
- }
- else
- {
- for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
- {
- if (IsMaster(other) && other->lastSlave == dev)
- other->lastSlave = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- if (IsMaster(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->sprite)
- {
- for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
- {
- if (other->spriteInfo->paired == dev)
- {
- ErrorF("[dix] cannot disable device, still paired. "
- "This is a bug. \n");
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
- }
-
- (void)(*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_OFF);
- dev->enabled = FALSE;
-
- /* now that the device is disabled, we can reset the signal handler's
- * last.slave */
- OsBlockSignals();
- for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
- {
- if (other->last.slave == dev)
- other->last.slave = NULL;
- }
- OsReleaseSignals();
-
- LeaveWindow(dev);
- SetFocusOut(dev);
-
- *prev = dev->next;
- dev->next = inputInfo.off_devices;
- inputInfo.off_devices = dev;
-
- enabled = FALSE;
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED),
- XA_INTEGER, 8, PropModeReplace, 1, &enabled,
- TRUE);
-
- SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceDisabled);
- if (sendevent)
- {
- flags[dev->id] = XIDeviceDisabled;
- XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);
- }
-
- RecalculateMasterButtons(dev);
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- * Initialise a new device through the driver and tell all clients about the
- * new device.
- *
- * Must be called before EnableDevice.
- * The device will NOT send events until it is enabled!
- *
- * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.
- * @return Success or an error code on failure.
- */
-int
-ActivateDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)
-{
- int ret = Success;
- ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[0];
-
- if (!dev || !dev->deviceProc)
- return BadImplementation;
-
- ret = (*dev->deviceProc) (dev, DEVICE_INIT);
- dev->inited = (ret == Success);
- if (!dev->inited)
- return ret;
-
- /* Initialize memory for sprites. */
- if (IsMaster(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
- if (!pScreen->DeviceCursorInitialize(dev, pScreen))
- ret = BadAlloc;
-
- SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceAdded);
- if (sendevent)
- {
- int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};
- flags[dev->id] = XISlaveAdded;
- XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);
- }
- return ret;
-}
-
-/**
- * Ring the bell.
- * The actual task of ringing the bell is the job of the DDX.
- */
-static void
-CoreKeyboardBell(int volume, DeviceIntPtr pDev, pointer arg, int something)
-{
- KeybdCtrl *ctrl = arg;
-
- DDXRingBell(volume, ctrl->bell_pitch, ctrl->bell_duration);
-}
-
-static void
-CoreKeyboardCtl(DeviceIntPtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
-{
- return;
-}
-
-/**
- * Device control function for the Virtual Core Keyboard.
- */
-int
-CoreKeyboardProc(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int what)
-{
-
- switch (what) {
- case DEVICE_INIT:
- if (!InitKeyboardDeviceStruct(pDev, NULL, CoreKeyboardBell,
- CoreKeyboardCtl))
- {
- ErrorF("Keyboard initialization failed. This could be a missing "
- "or incorrect setup of xkeyboard-config.\n");
- return BadValue;
- }
- return Success;
-
- case DEVICE_ON:
- case DEVICE_OFF:
- return Success;
-
- case DEVICE_CLOSE:
- return Success;
- }
-
- return BadMatch;
-}
-
-/**
- * Device control function for the Virtual Core Pointer.
- */
-int
-CorePointerProc(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int what)
-{
-#define NBUTTONS 10
-#define NAXES 2
- BYTE map[NBUTTONS + 1];
- int i = 0;
- Atom btn_labels[NBUTTONS] = {0};
- Atom axes_labels[NAXES] = {0};
-
- switch (what) {
- case DEVICE_INIT:
- for (i = 1; i <= NBUTTONS; i++)
- map[i] = i;
-
- btn_labels[0] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_LEFT);
- btn_labels[1] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_MIDDLE);
- btn_labels[2] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_RIGHT);
- btn_labels[3] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_WHEEL_UP);
- btn_labels[4] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_WHEEL_DOWN);
- btn_labels[5] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_HWHEEL_LEFT);
- btn_labels[6] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_HWHEEL_RIGHT);
- /* don't know about the rest */
-
- axes_labels[0] = XIGetKnownProperty(AXIS_LABEL_PROP_REL_X);
- axes_labels[1] = XIGetKnownProperty(AXIS_LABEL_PROP_REL_Y);
-
- if (!InitPointerDeviceStruct((DevicePtr)pDev, map, NBUTTONS, btn_labels,
- (PtrCtrlProcPtr)NoopDDA,
- GetMotionHistorySize(), NAXES, axes_labels))
- {
- ErrorF("Could not initialize device '%s'. Out of memory.\n",
- pDev->name);
- return BadAlloc; /* IPDS only fails on allocs */
- }
- pDev->valuator->axisVal[0] = screenInfo.screens[0]->width / 2;
- pDev->last.valuators[0] = pDev->valuator->axisVal[0];
- pDev->valuator->axisVal[1] = screenInfo.screens[0]->height / 2;
- pDev->last.valuators[1] = pDev->valuator->axisVal[1];
- break;
-
- case DEVICE_CLOSE:
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- return Success;
-
-#undef NBUTTONS
-#undef NAXES
-}
-
-/**
- * Initialise the two core devices, VCP and VCK (see events.c).
- * Both devices are not tied to physical devices, but guarantee that there is
- * always a keyboard and a pointer present and keep the protocol semantics.
- *
- * Note that the server MUST have two core devices at all times, even if there
- * is no physical device connected.
- */
-void
-InitCoreDevices(void)
-{
- if (AllocDevicePair(serverClient, "Virtual core",
- &inputInfo.pointer, &inputInfo.keyboard,
- CorePointerProc, CoreKeyboardProc,
- TRUE) != Success)
- FatalError("Failed to allocate core devices");
-
- if (ActivateDevice(inputInfo.pointer, TRUE) != Success ||
- ActivateDevice(inputInfo.keyboard, TRUE) != Success)
- FatalError("Failed to activate core devices.");
- if (!EnableDevice(inputInfo.pointer, TRUE) ||
- !EnableDevice(inputInfo.keyboard, TRUE))
- FatalError("Failed to enable core devices.");
-
- InitXTestDevices();
-}
-
-/**
- * Activate all switched-off devices and then enable all those devices.
- *
- * Will return an error if no core keyboard or core pointer is present.
- * In theory this should never happen if you call InitCoreDevices() first.
- *
- * InitAndStartDevices needs to be called AFTER the windows are initialized.
- * Devices will start sending events after InitAndStartDevices() has
- * completed.
- *
- * @return Success or error code on failure.
- */
-int
-InitAndStartDevices(void)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev, next;
-
- for (dev = inputInfo.off_devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
- DebugF("(dix) initialising device %d\n", dev->id);
- if (!dev->inited)
- ActivateDevice(dev, TRUE);
- }
-
- /* enable real devices */
- for (dev = inputInfo.off_devices; dev; dev = next)
- {
- DebugF("(dix) enabling device %d\n", dev->id);
- next = dev->next;
- if (dev->inited && dev->startup)
- EnableDevice(dev, TRUE);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Free the given device class and reset the pointer to NULL.
- */
-static void
-FreeDeviceClass(int type, pointer *class)
-{
- if (!(*class))
- return;
-
- switch(type)
- {
- case KeyClass:
- {
- KeyClassPtr* k = (KeyClassPtr*)class;
- if ((*k)->xkbInfo)
- {
- XkbFreeInfo((*k)->xkbInfo);
- (*k)->xkbInfo = NULL;
- }
- free((*k));
- break;
- }
- case ButtonClass:
- {
- ButtonClassPtr *b = (ButtonClassPtr*)class;
- free((*b)->xkb_acts);
- free((*b));
- break;
- }
- case ValuatorClass:
- {
- ValuatorClassPtr *v = (ValuatorClassPtr*)class;
-
- free((*v)->motion);
- free((*v));
- break;
- }
- case FocusClass:
- {
- FocusClassPtr *f = (FocusClassPtr*)class;
- free((*f)->trace);
- free((*f));
- break;
- }
- case ProximityClass:
- {
- ProximityClassPtr *p = (ProximityClassPtr*)class;
- free((*p));
- break;
- }
- }
- *class = NULL;
-}
-
-static void
-FreeFeedbackClass(int type, pointer *class)
-{
- if (!(*class))
- return;
-
- switch(type)
- {
- case KbdFeedbackClass:
- {
- KbdFeedbackPtr *kbdfeed = (KbdFeedbackPtr*)class;
- KbdFeedbackPtr k, knext;
- for (k = (*kbdfeed); k; k = knext) {
- knext = k->next;
- if (k->xkb_sli)
- XkbFreeSrvLedInfo(k->xkb_sli);
- free(k);
- }
- break;
- }
- case PtrFeedbackClass:
- {
- PtrFeedbackPtr *ptrfeed = (PtrFeedbackPtr*)class;
- PtrFeedbackPtr p, pnext;
-
- for (p = (*ptrfeed); p; p = pnext) {
- pnext = p->next;
- free(p);
- }
- break;
- }
- case IntegerFeedbackClass:
- {
- IntegerFeedbackPtr *intfeed = (IntegerFeedbackPtr*)class;
- IntegerFeedbackPtr i, inext;
-
- for (i = (*intfeed); i; i = inext) {
- inext = i->next;
- free(i);
- }
- break;
- }
- case StringFeedbackClass:
- {
- StringFeedbackPtr *stringfeed = (StringFeedbackPtr*)class;
- StringFeedbackPtr s, snext;
-
- for (s = (*stringfeed); s; s = snext) {
- snext = s->next;
- free(s->ctrl.symbols_supported);
- free(s->ctrl.symbols_displayed);
- free(s);
- }
- break;
- }
- case BellFeedbackClass:
- {
- BellFeedbackPtr *bell = (BellFeedbackPtr*)class;
- BellFeedbackPtr b, bnext;
-
- for (b = (*bell); b; b = bnext) {
- bnext = b->next;
- free(b);
- }
- break;
- }
- case LedFeedbackClass:
- {
- LedFeedbackPtr *leds = (LedFeedbackPtr*)class;
- LedFeedbackPtr l, lnext;
-
- for (l = (*leds); l; l = lnext) {
- lnext = l->next;
- if (l->xkb_sli)
- XkbFreeSrvLedInfo(l->xkb_sli);
- free(l);
- }
- break;
- }
- }
- *class = NULL;
-}
-
-static void
-FreeAllDeviceClasses(ClassesPtr classes)
-{
- if (!classes)
- return;
-
- FreeDeviceClass(KeyClass, (pointer)&classes->key);
- FreeDeviceClass(ValuatorClass, (pointer)&classes->valuator);
- FreeDeviceClass(ButtonClass, (pointer)&classes->button);
- FreeDeviceClass(FocusClass, (pointer)&classes->focus);
- FreeDeviceClass(ProximityClass, (pointer)&classes->proximity);
-
- FreeFeedbackClass(KbdFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->kbdfeed);
- FreeFeedbackClass(PtrFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->ptrfeed);
- FreeFeedbackClass(IntegerFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->intfeed);
- FreeFeedbackClass(StringFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->stringfeed);
- FreeFeedbackClass(BellFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->bell);
- FreeFeedbackClass(LedFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->leds);
-
-}
-
-/**
- * Close down a device and free all resources.
- * Once closed down, the driver will probably not expect you that you'll ever
- * enable it again and free associated structs. If you want the device to just
- * be disabled, DisableDevice().
- * Don't call this function directly, use RemoveDevice() instead.
- */
-static void
-CloseDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- ScreenPtr screen = screenInfo.screens[0];
- ClassesPtr classes;
- int j;
-
- if (!dev)
- return;
-
- XIDeleteAllDeviceProperties(dev);
-
- if (dev->inited)
- (void)(*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_CLOSE);
-
- /* free sprite memory */
- if (IsMaster(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->sprite)
- screen->DeviceCursorCleanup(dev, screen);
-
- /* free acceleration info */
- if(dev->valuator && dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc)
- dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc(dev);
-
- while (dev->xkb_interest)
- XkbRemoveResourceClient((DevicePtr)dev,dev->xkb_interest->resource);
-
- free(dev->name);
-
- classes = (ClassesPtr)&dev->key;
- FreeAllDeviceClasses(classes);
-
- if (IsMaster(dev))
- {
- classes = dev->unused_classes;
- FreeAllDeviceClasses(classes);
- free(classes);
- }
-
- if (DevHasCursor(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->sprite) {
- if (dev->spriteInfo->sprite->current)
- FreeCursor(dev->spriteInfo->sprite->current, None);
- free(dev->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace);
- free(dev->spriteInfo->sprite);
- }
-
- /* a client may have the device set as client pointer */
- for (j = 0; j < currentMaxClients; j++)
- {
- if (clients[j] && clients[j]->clientPtr == dev)
- {
- clients[j]->clientPtr = NULL;
- clients[j]->clientPtr = PickPointer(clients[j]);
- }
- }
-
- free(dev->deviceGrab.sync.event);
- dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(dev, PRIVATE_DEVICE);
-}
-
-/**
- * Shut down all devices of one list and free all resources.
- */
-static
-void
-CloseDeviceList(DeviceIntPtr *listHead)
-{
- /* Used to mark devices that we tried to free */
- Bool freedIds[MAXDEVICES];
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- int i;
-
- if (listHead == NULL)
- return;
-
- for (i = 0; i < MAXDEVICES; i++)
- freedIds[i] = FALSE;
-
- dev = *listHead;
- while (dev != NULL)
- {
- freedIds[dev->id] = TRUE;
- DeleteInputDeviceRequest(dev);
-
- dev = *listHead;
- while (dev != NULL && freedIds[dev->id])
- dev = dev->next;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Shut down all devices, free all resources, etc.
- * Only useful if you're shutting down the server!
- */
-void
-CloseDownDevices(void)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
-
- /* Float all SDs before closing them. Note that at this point resources
- * (e.g. cursors) have been freed already, so we can't just call
- * AttachDevice(NULL, dev, NULL). Instead, we have to forcibly set master
- * to NULL and pretend nothing happened.
- */
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- {
- if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))
- dev->master = NULL;
- }
-
- CloseDeviceList(&inputInfo.devices);
- CloseDeviceList(&inputInfo.off_devices);
-
- CloseDevice(inputInfo.pointer);
- CloseDevice(inputInfo.keyboard);
-
- inputInfo.devices = NULL;
- inputInfo.off_devices = NULL;
- inputInfo.keyboard = NULL;
- inputInfo.pointer = NULL;
- XkbDeleteRulesDflts();
-}
-
-/**
- * Remove the cursor sprite for all devices. This needs to be done before any
- * resources are freed or any device is deleted.
- */
-void
-UndisplayDevices(void)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- ScreenPtr screen = screenInfo.screens[0];
-
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- screen->DisplayCursor(dev, screen, NullCursor);
-}
-
-/**
- * Remove a device from the device list, closes it and thus frees all
- * resources.
- * Removes both enabled and disabled devices and notifies all devices about
- * the removal of the device.
- *
- * No PresenceNotify is sent for device that the client never saw. This can
- * happen if a malloc fails during the addition of master devices. If
- * dev->init is FALSE it means the client never received a DeviceAdded event,
- * so let's not send a DeviceRemoved event either.
- *
- * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.
- */
-int
-RemoveDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr prev,tmp,next;
- int ret = BadMatch;
- ScreenPtr screen = screenInfo.screens[0];
- int deviceid;
- int initialized;
- int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};
-
- DebugF("(dix) removing device %d\n", dev->id);
-
- if (!dev || dev == inputInfo.keyboard || dev == inputInfo.pointer)
- return BadImplementation;
-
- initialized = dev->inited;
- deviceid = dev->id;
-
- if (initialized)
- {
- if (DevHasCursor(dev))
- screen->DisplayCursor(dev, screen, NullCursor);
-
- DisableDevice(dev, sendevent);
- flags[dev->id] = XIDeviceDisabled;
- }
-
- prev = NULL;
- for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; (prev = tmp), (tmp = next)) {
- next = tmp->next;
- if (tmp == dev) {
-
- if (prev==NULL)
- inputInfo.devices = next;
- else
- prev->next = next;
-
- flags[tmp->id] = IsMaster(tmp) ? XIMasterRemoved : XISlaveRemoved;
- CloseDevice(tmp);
- ret = Success;
- }
- }
-
- prev = NULL;
- for (tmp = inputInfo.off_devices; tmp; (prev = tmp), (tmp = next)) {
- next = tmp->next;
- if (tmp == dev) {
- flags[tmp->id] = IsMaster(tmp) ? XIMasterRemoved : XISlaveRemoved;
- CloseDevice(tmp);
-
- if (prev == NULL)
- inputInfo.off_devices = next;
- else
- prev->next = next;
-
- ret = Success;
- }
- }
-
- if (ret == Success && initialized) {
- inputInfo.numDevices--;
- SendDevicePresenceEvent(deviceid, DeviceRemoved);
- if (sendevent)
- XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);
- }
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-int
-NumMotionEvents(void)
-{
- /* only called to fill data in initial connection reply.
- * VCP is ok here, it is the only fixed device we have. */
- return inputInfo.pointer->valuator->numMotionEvents;
-}
-
-int
-dixLookupDevice(DeviceIntPtr *pDev, int id, ClientPtr client, Mask access_mode)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- int rc;
- *pDev = NULL;
-
- for (dev=inputInfo.devices; dev; dev=dev->next) {
- if (dev->id == id)
- goto found;
- }
- for (dev=inputInfo.off_devices; dev; dev=dev->next) {
- if (dev->id == id)
- goto found;
- }
- return BadDevice;
-
-found:
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, access_mode);
- if (rc == Success)
- *pDev = dev;
- return rc;
-}
-
-void
-QueryMinMaxKeyCodes(KeyCode *minCode, KeyCode *maxCode)
-{
- if (inputInfo.keyboard) {
- *minCode = inputInfo.keyboard->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code;
- *maxCode = inputInfo.keyboard->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code;
- }
-}
-
-/* Notably, this function does not expand the destination's keycode range, or
- * notify clients. */
-Bool
-SetKeySymsMap(KeySymsPtr dst, KeySymsPtr src)
-{
- int i, j;
- KeySym *tmp;
- int rowDif = src->minKeyCode - dst->minKeyCode;
-
- /* if keysym map size changes, grow map first */
- if (src->mapWidth < dst->mapWidth) {
- for (i = src->minKeyCode; i <= src->maxKeyCode; i++) {
-#define SI(r, c) (((r - src->minKeyCode) * src->mapWidth) + (c))
-#define DI(r, c) (((r - dst->minKeyCode) * dst->mapWidth) + (c))
- for (j = 0; j < src->mapWidth; j++)
- dst->map[DI(i, j)] = src->map[SI(i, j)];
- for (j = src->mapWidth; j < dst->mapWidth; j++)
- dst->map[DI(i, j)] = NoSymbol;
-#undef SI
-#undef DI
- }
- return TRUE;
- }
- else if (src->mapWidth > dst->mapWidth) {
- i = sizeof(KeySym) * src->mapWidth *
- (dst->maxKeyCode - dst->minKeyCode + 1);
- tmp = calloc(sizeof(KeySym), i);
- if (!tmp)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (dst->map) {
- for (i = 0; i <= dst->maxKeyCode-dst->minKeyCode; i++)
- memmove(&tmp[i * src->mapWidth], &dst->map[i * dst->mapWidth],
- dst->mapWidth * sizeof(KeySym));
- free(dst->map);
- }
- dst->mapWidth = src->mapWidth;
- dst->map = tmp;
- }
- else if (!dst->map) {
- i = sizeof(KeySym) * src->mapWidth *
- (dst->maxKeyCode - dst->minKeyCode + 1);
- tmp = calloc(sizeof(KeySym), i);
- if (!tmp)
- return FALSE;
-
- dst->map = tmp;
- dst->mapWidth = src->mapWidth;
- }
-
- memmove(&dst->map[rowDif * dst->mapWidth], src->map,
- (src->maxKeyCode - src->minKeyCode + 1) *
- dst->mapWidth * sizeof(KeySym));
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-InitButtonClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, int numButtons, Atom* labels,
- CARD8 *map)
-{
- ButtonClassPtr butc;
- int i;
-
- butc = calloc(1, sizeof(ButtonClassRec));
- if (!butc)
- return FALSE;
- butc->numButtons = numButtons;
- butc->sourceid = dev->id;
- for (i = 1; i <= numButtons; i++)
- butc->map[i] = map[i];
- for (i = numButtons + 1; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++)
- butc->map[i] = i;
- memcpy(butc->labels, labels, numButtons * sizeof(Atom));
- dev->button = butc;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, int numAxes, Atom *labels,
- int numMotionEvents, int mode)
-{
- int i;
- ValuatorClassPtr valc;
- union align_u { ValuatorClassRec valc; double d; } *align;
-
- if (!dev)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (numAxes > MAX_VALUATORS)
- {
- LogMessage(X_WARNING,
- "Device '%s' has %d axes, only using first %d.\n",
- dev->name, numAxes, MAX_VALUATORS);
- numAxes = MAX_VALUATORS;
- }
-
- align = (union align_u *) calloc(1, sizeof(union align_u) +
- numAxes * sizeof(double) +
- numAxes * sizeof(AxisInfo));
- if (!align)
- return FALSE;
-
- valc = &align->valc;
- valc->sourceid = dev->id;
- valc->motion = NULL;
- valc->first_motion = 0;
- valc->last_motion = 0;
-
- valc->numMotionEvents = numMotionEvents;
- valc->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
- valc->numAxes = numAxes;
- valc->axisVal = (double *)(align + 1);
- valc->axes = (AxisInfoPtr)(valc->axisVal + numAxes);
-
- if (mode & OutOfProximity)
- InitProximityClassDeviceStruct(dev);
-
- dev->valuator = valc;
-
- AllocateMotionHistory(dev);
-
- for (i=0; i<numAxes; i++) {
- InitValuatorAxisStruct(dev, i, labels[i], NO_AXIS_LIMITS, NO_AXIS_LIMITS,
- 0, 0, 0, mode);
- valc->axisVal[i]=0;
- }
-
- dev->last.numValuators = numAxes;
-
- if (IsMaster(dev) || /* do not accelerate master or xtest devices */
- IsXTestDevice(dev, NULL))
- InitPointerAccelerationScheme(dev, PtrAccelNoOp);
- else
- InitPointerAccelerationScheme(dev, PtrAccelDefault);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* global list of acceleration schemes */
-ValuatorAccelerationRec pointerAccelerationScheme[] = {
- {PtrAccelNoOp, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL},
- {PtrAccelPredictable, acceleratePointerPredictable, NULL,
- InitPredictableAccelerationScheme, AccelerationDefaultCleanup},
- {PtrAccelLightweight, acceleratePointerLightweight, NULL, NULL, NULL},
- {-1, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL} /* terminator */
-};
-
-/**
- * install an acceleration scheme. returns TRUE on success, and should not
- * change anything if unsuccessful.
- */
-Bool
-InitPointerAccelerationScheme(DeviceIntPtr dev,
- int scheme)
-{
- int x, i = -1;
- ValuatorClassPtr val;
-
- val = dev->valuator;
-
- if (!val)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (IsMaster(dev) && scheme != PtrAccelNoOp)
- return FALSE;
-
- for (x = 0; pointerAccelerationScheme[x].number >= 0; x++) {
- if(pointerAccelerationScheme[x].number == scheme){
- i = x;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (-1 == i)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (val->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc)
- val->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc(dev);
-
- if (pointerAccelerationScheme[i].AccelInitProc) {
- if (!pointerAccelerationScheme[i].AccelInitProc(dev,
- &pointerAccelerationScheme[i])) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- } else {
- val->accelScheme = pointerAccelerationScheme[i];
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-InitAbsoluteClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- AbsoluteClassPtr abs;
-
- abs = malloc(sizeof(AbsoluteClassRec));
- if (!abs)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* we don't do anything sensible with these, but should */
- abs->min_x = NO_AXIS_LIMITS;
- abs->min_y = NO_AXIS_LIMITS;
- abs->max_x = NO_AXIS_LIMITS;
- abs->max_y = NO_AXIS_LIMITS;
- abs->flip_x = 0;
- abs->flip_y = 0;
- abs->rotation = 0;
- abs->button_threshold = 0;
-
- abs->offset_x = 0;
- abs->offset_y = 0;
- abs->width = NO_AXIS_LIMITS;
- abs->height = NO_AXIS_LIMITS;
- abs->following = 0;
- abs->screen = 0;
-
- abs->sourceid = dev->id;
-
- dev->absolute = abs;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-InitFocusClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- FocusClassPtr focc;
-
- focc = malloc(sizeof(FocusClassRec));
- if (!focc)
- return FALSE;
- focc->win = PointerRootWin;
- focc->revert = None;
- focc->time = currentTime;
- focc->trace = (WindowPtr *)NULL;
- focc->traceSize = 0;
- focc->traceGood = 0;
- focc->sourceid = dev->id;
- dev->focus = focc;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-InitPtrFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, PtrCtrlProcPtr controlProc)
-{
- PtrFeedbackPtr feedc;
-
- feedc = malloc(sizeof(PtrFeedbackClassRec));
- if (!feedc)
- return FALSE;
- feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
- feedc->ctrl = defaultPointerControl;
- feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
- if ( (feedc->next = dev->ptrfeed) )
- feedc->ctrl.id = dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.id + 1;
- dev->ptrfeed = feedc;
- (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-static LedCtrl defaultLedControl = {
- DEFAULT_LEDS, DEFAULT_LEDS_MASK, 0};
-
-static BellCtrl defaultBellControl = {
- DEFAULT_BELL,
- DEFAULT_BELL_PITCH,
- DEFAULT_BELL_DURATION,
- 0};
-
-static IntegerCtrl defaultIntegerControl = {
- DEFAULT_INT_RESOLUTION,
- DEFAULT_INT_MIN_VALUE,
- DEFAULT_INT_MAX_VALUE,
- DEFAULT_INT_DISPLAYED,
- 0};
-
-Bool
-InitStringFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (
- DeviceIntPtr dev, StringCtrlProcPtr controlProc,
- int max_symbols, int num_symbols_supported, KeySym *symbols)
-{
- int i;
- StringFeedbackPtr feedc;
-
- feedc = malloc(sizeof(StringFeedbackClassRec));
- if (!feedc)
- return FALSE;
- feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
- feedc->ctrl.num_symbols_supported = num_symbols_supported;
- feedc->ctrl.num_symbols_displayed = 0;
- feedc->ctrl.max_symbols = max_symbols;
- feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported = malloc(sizeof (KeySym) * num_symbols_supported);
- feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed = malloc(sizeof (KeySym) * max_symbols);
- if (!feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported || !feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed)
- {
- free(feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported);
- free(feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed);
- free(feedc);
- return FALSE;
- }
- for (i=0; i<num_symbols_supported; i++)
- *(feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported+i) = *symbols++;
- for (i=0; i<max_symbols; i++)
- *(feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed+i) = (KeySym) 0;
- feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
- if ( (feedc->next = dev->stringfeed) )
- feedc->ctrl.id = dev->stringfeed->ctrl.id + 1;
- dev->stringfeed = feedc;
- (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-InitBellFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (DeviceIntPtr dev, BellProcPtr bellProc,
- BellCtrlProcPtr controlProc)
-{
- BellFeedbackPtr feedc;
-
- feedc = malloc(sizeof(BellFeedbackClassRec));
- if (!feedc)
- return FALSE;
- feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
- feedc->BellProc = bellProc;
- feedc->ctrl = defaultBellControl;
- feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
- if ( (feedc->next = dev->bell) )
- feedc->ctrl.id = dev->bell->ctrl.id + 1;
- dev->bell = feedc;
- (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-InitLedFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (DeviceIntPtr dev, LedCtrlProcPtr controlProc)
-{
- LedFeedbackPtr feedc;
-
- feedc = malloc(sizeof(LedFeedbackClassRec));
- if (!feedc)
- return FALSE;
- feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
- feedc->ctrl = defaultLedControl;
- feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
- if ( (feedc->next = dev->leds) )
- feedc->ctrl.id = dev->leds->ctrl.id + 1;
- feedc->xkb_sli= NULL;
- dev->leds = feedc;
- (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-InitIntegerFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (DeviceIntPtr dev, IntegerCtrlProcPtr controlProc)
-{
- IntegerFeedbackPtr feedc;
-
- feedc = malloc(sizeof(IntegerFeedbackClassRec));
- if (!feedc)
- return FALSE;
- feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
- feedc->ctrl = defaultIntegerControl;
- feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
- if ( (feedc->next = dev->intfeed) )
- feedc->ctrl.id = dev->intfeed->ctrl.id + 1;
- dev->intfeed = feedc;
- (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-InitPointerDeviceStruct(DevicePtr device, CARD8 *map, int numButtons, Atom* btn_labels,
- PtrCtrlProcPtr controlProc, int numMotionEvents,
- int numAxes, Atom *axes_labels)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev = (DeviceIntPtr)device;
-
- return(InitButtonClassDeviceStruct(dev, numButtons, btn_labels, map) &&
- InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(dev, numAxes, axes_labels,
- numMotionEvents, Relative) &&
- InitPtrFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(dev, controlProc));
-}
-
-/*
- * Check if the given buffer contains elements between low (inclusive) and
- * high (inclusive) only.
- *
- * @return TRUE if the device map is invalid, FALSE otherwise.
- */
-Bool
-BadDeviceMap(BYTE *buff, int length, unsigned low, unsigned high, XID *errval)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
- if (buff[i]) /* only check non-zero elements */
- {
- if ((low > buff[i]) || (high < buff[i]))
- {
- *errval = buff[i];
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-int
-ProcSetModifierMapping(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xSetModifierMappingReply rep;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xSetModifierMappingReq);
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetModifierMappingReq);
-
- if (client->req_len != ((stuff->numKeyPerModifier << 1) +
- bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSetModifierMappingReq))))
- return BadLength;
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-
- rc = change_modmap(client, PickKeyboard(client), (KeyCode *)&stuff[1],
- stuff->numKeyPerModifier);
- if (rc == MappingFailed || rc == -1)
- return BadValue;
- if (rc != Success && rc != MappingSuccess && rc != MappingFailed &&
- rc != MappingBusy)
- return rc;
-
- rep.success = rc;
-
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xSetModifierMappingReply), &rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetModifierMapping(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xGetModifierMappingReply rep;
- int max_keys_per_mod = 0;
- KeyCode *modkeymap = NULL;
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
-
- generate_modkeymap(client, PickKeyboard(client), &modkeymap,
- &max_keys_per_mod);
-
- memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetModifierMappingReply));
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.numKeyPerModifier = max_keys_per_mod;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- /* length counts 4 byte quantities - there are 8 modifiers 1 byte big */
- rep.length = max_keys_per_mod << 1;
-
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetModifierMappingReply), &rep);
- (void)WriteToClient(client, max_keys_per_mod * 8, (char *) modkeymap);
-
- free(modkeymap);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcChangeKeyboardMapping(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xChangeKeyboardMappingReq);
- unsigned len;
- KeySymsRec keysyms;
- DeviceIntPtr pDev, tmp;
- int rc;
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeKeyboardMappingReq);
-
- len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xChangeKeyboardMappingReq));
- if (len != (stuff->keyCodes * stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode))
- return BadLength;
-
- pDev = PickKeyboard(client);
-
- if ((stuff->firstKeyCode < pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code) ||
- (stuff->firstKeyCode > pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code)) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->firstKeyCode;
- return BadValue;
-
- }
- if (((unsigned)(stuff->firstKeyCode + stuff->keyCodes - 1) >
- pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) ||
- (stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode == 0)) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- keysyms.minKeyCode = stuff->firstKeyCode;
- keysyms.maxKeyCode = stuff->firstKeyCode + stuff->keyCodes - 1;
- keysyms.mapWidth = stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode;
- keysyms.map = (KeySym *) &stuff[1];
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, pDev, DixManageAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- XkbApplyMappingChange(pDev, &keysyms, stuff->firstKeyCode,
- stuff->keyCodes, NULL, client);
-
- for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; tmp = tmp->next) {
- if (IsMaster(tmp) || GetMaster(tmp, MASTER_KEYBOARD) != pDev)
- continue;
- if (!tmp->key)
- continue;
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, pDev, DixManageAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- continue;
-
- XkbApplyMappingChange(tmp, &keysyms, stuff->firstKeyCode,
- stuff->keyCodes, NULL, client);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcSetPointerMapping(ClientPtr client)
-{
- BYTE *map;
- int ret;
- int i, j;
- DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);
- xSetPointerMappingReply rep;
- REQUEST(xSetPointerMappingReq);
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetPointerMappingReq);
-
- if (client->req_len !=
- bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSetPointerMappingReq) + stuff->nElts))
- return BadLength;
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.success = MappingSuccess;
- map = (BYTE *)&stuff[1];
-
- /* So we're bounded here by the number of core buttons. This check
- * probably wants disabling through XFixes. */
- /* MPX: With ClientPointer, we can return the right number of buttons.
- * Let's just hope nobody changed ClientPointer between GetPointerMapping
- * and SetPointerMapping
- */
- if (stuff->nElts != ptr->button->numButtons) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->nElts;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- /* Core protocol specs don't allow for duplicate mappings; this check
- * almost certainly wants disabling through XFixes too. */
- for (i = 0; i < stuff->nElts; i++) {
- for (j = i + 1; j < stuff->nElts; j++) {
- if (map[i] && map[i] == map[j]) {
- client->errorValue = map[i];
- return BadValue;
- }
- }
- }
-
- ret = ApplyPointerMapping(ptr, map, stuff->nElts, client);
- if (ret == MappingBusy)
- rep.success = ret;
- else if (ret == -1)
- return BadValue;
- else if (ret != Success)
- return ret;
-
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xSetPointerMappingReply), &rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetKeyboardMapping(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xGetKeyboardMappingReply rep;
- DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client);
- XkbDescPtr xkb;
- KeySymsPtr syms;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xGetKeyboardMappingReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetKeyboardMappingReq);
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, kbd, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- xkb = kbd->key->xkbInfo->desc;
-
- if ((stuff->firstKeyCode < xkb->min_key_code) ||
- (stuff->firstKeyCode > xkb->max_key_code)) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->firstKeyCode;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (stuff->firstKeyCode + stuff->count > xkb->max_key_code + 1) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->count;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- syms = XkbGetCoreMap(kbd);
- if (!syms)
- return BadAlloc;
-
- memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetKeyboardMappingReply));
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.keySymsPerKeyCode = syms->mapWidth;
- /* length is a count of 4 byte quantities and KeySyms are 4 bytes */
- rep.length = syms->mapWidth * stuff->count;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetKeyboardMappingReply), &rep);
- client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) CopySwap32Write;
- WriteSwappedDataToClient(client,
- syms->mapWidth * stuff->count * sizeof(KeySym),
- &syms->map[syms->mapWidth * (stuff->firstKeyCode -
- syms->minKeyCode)]);
- free(syms->map);
- free(syms);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetPointerMapping(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xGetPointerMappingReply rep;
- /* Apps may get different values each time they call GetPointerMapping as
- * the ClientPointer could change. */
- DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);
- ButtonClassPtr butc = ptr->button;
- int rc;
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, ptr, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.nElts = (butc) ? butc->numButtons : 0;
- rep.length = ((unsigned)rep.nElts + (4-1))/4;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetPointerMappingReply), &rep);
- if (butc)
- WriteToClient(client, (int)rep.nElts, (char *)&butc->map[1]);
- return Success;
-}
-
-void
-NoteLedState(DeviceIntPtr keybd, int led, Bool on)
-{
- KeybdCtrl *ctrl = &keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl;
- if (on)
- ctrl->leds |= ((Leds)1 << (led - 1));
- else
- ctrl->leds &= ~((Leds)1 << (led - 1));
-}
-
-int
-Ones(unsigned long mask) /* HACKMEM 169 */
-{
- unsigned long y;
-
- y = (mask >> 1) &033333333333;
- y = mask - y - ((y >>1) & 033333333333);
- return (((y + (y >> 3)) & 030707070707) % 077);
-}
-
-static int
-DoChangeKeyboardControl (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr keybd, XID *vlist,
- BITS32 vmask)
-{
-#define DO_ALL (-1)
- KeybdCtrl ctrl;
- int t;
- int led = DO_ALL;
- int key = DO_ALL;
- BITS32 index2;
- int mask = vmask, i;
- XkbEventCauseRec cause;
-
- ctrl = keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl;
- while (vmask) {
- index2 = (BITS32) lowbit (vmask);
- vmask &= ~index2;
- switch (index2) {
- case KBKeyClickPercent:
- t = (INT8)*vlist;
- vlist++;
- if (t == -1) {
- t = defaultKeyboardControl.click;
- }
- else if (t < 0 || t > 100) {
- client->errorValue = t;
- return BadValue;
- }
- ctrl.click = t;
- break;
- case KBBellPercent:
- t = (INT8)*vlist;
- vlist++;
- if (t == -1) {
- t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell;
- }
- else if (t < 0 || t > 100) {
- client->errorValue = t;
- return BadValue;
- }
- ctrl.bell = t;
- break;
- case KBBellPitch:
- t = (INT16)*vlist;
- vlist++;
- if (t == -1) {
- t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell_pitch;
- }
- else if (t < 0) {
- client->errorValue = t;
- return BadValue;
- }
- ctrl.bell_pitch = t;
- break;
- case KBBellDuration:
- t = (INT16)*vlist;
- vlist++;
- if (t == -1)
- t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell_duration;
- else if (t < 0) {
- client->errorValue = t;
- return BadValue;
- }
- ctrl.bell_duration = t;
- break;
- case KBLed:
- led = (CARD8)*vlist;
- vlist++;
- if (led < 1 || led > 32) {
- client->errorValue = led;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (!(mask & KBLedMode))
- return BadMatch;
- break;
- case KBLedMode:
- t = (CARD8)*vlist;
- vlist++;
- if (t == LedModeOff) {
- if (led == DO_ALL)
- ctrl.leds = 0x0;
- else
- ctrl.leds &= ~(((Leds)(1)) << (led - 1));
- }
- else if (t == LedModeOn) {
- if (led == DO_ALL)
- ctrl.leds = ~0L;
- else
- ctrl.leds |= (((Leds)(1)) << (led - 1));
- }
- else {
- client->errorValue = t;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- XkbSetCauseCoreReq(&cause,X_ChangeKeyboardControl,client);
- XkbSetIndicators(keybd,((led == DO_ALL) ? ~0L : (1L<<(led-1))),
- ctrl.leds, &cause);
- ctrl.leds = keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl.leds;
-
- break;
- case KBKey:
- key = (KeyCode)*vlist;
- vlist++;
- if ((KeyCode)key < keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code ||
- (KeyCode)key > keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) {
- client->errorValue = key;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (!(mask & KBAutoRepeatMode))
- return BadMatch;
- break;
- case KBAutoRepeatMode:
- i = (key >> 3);
- mask = (1 << (key & 7));
- t = (CARD8)*vlist;
- vlist++;
- if (key != DO_ALL)
- XkbDisableComputedAutoRepeats(keybd,key);
- if (t == AutoRepeatModeOff) {
- if (key == DO_ALL)
- ctrl.autoRepeat = FALSE;
- else
- ctrl.autoRepeats[i] &= ~mask;
- }
- else if (t == AutoRepeatModeOn) {
- if (key == DO_ALL)
- ctrl.autoRepeat = TRUE;
- else
- ctrl.autoRepeats[i] |= mask;
- }
- else if (t == AutoRepeatModeDefault) {
- if (key == DO_ALL)
- ctrl.autoRepeat = defaultKeyboardControl.autoRepeat;
- else
- ctrl.autoRepeats[i] =
- (ctrl.autoRepeats[i] & ~mask) |
- (defaultKeyboardControl.autoRepeats[i] & mask);
- }
- else {
- client->errorValue = t;
- return BadValue;
- }
- break;
- default:
- client->errorValue = mask;
- return BadValue;
- }
- }
- keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl = ctrl;
-
- /* The XKB RepeatKeys control and core protocol global autorepeat */
- /* value are linked */
- XkbSetRepeatKeys(keybd, key, keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeat);
-
- return Success;
-
-#undef DO_ALL
-}
-
-/**
- * Changes kbd control on the ClientPointer and all attached SDs.
- */
-int
-ProcChangeKeyboardControl (ClientPtr client)
-{
- XID *vlist;
- BITS32 vmask;
- int ret = Success, error = Success;
- DeviceIntPtr pDev = NULL, keyboard;
- REQUEST(xChangeKeyboardControlReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeKeyboardControlReq);
-
- vmask = stuff->mask;
- vlist = (XID *)&stuff[1];
-
- if (client->req_len != (sizeof(xChangeKeyboardControlReq)>>2)+Ones(vmask))
- return BadLength;
-
- keyboard = PickKeyboard(client);
-
- for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next) {
- if ((pDev == keyboard ||
- (!IsMaster(pDev) && GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == keyboard))
- && pDev->kbdfeed && pDev->kbdfeed->CtrlProc) {
- ret = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, pDev, DixManageAccess);
- if (ret != Success)
- return ret;
- }
- }
-
- for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next) {
- if ((pDev == keyboard ||
- (!IsMaster(pDev) && GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == keyboard))
- && pDev->kbdfeed && pDev->kbdfeed->CtrlProc) {
- ret = DoChangeKeyboardControl(client, pDev, vlist, vmask);
- if (ret != Success)
- error = ret;
- }
- }
-
- return error;
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetKeyboardControl (ClientPtr client)
-{
- int rc, i;
- DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client);
- KeybdCtrl *ctrl = &kbd->kbdfeed->ctrl;
- xGetKeyboardControlReply rep;
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, kbd, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.length = 5;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.globalAutoRepeat = ctrl->autoRepeat;
- rep.keyClickPercent = ctrl->click;
- rep.bellPercent = ctrl->bell;
- rep.bellPitch = ctrl->bell_pitch;
- rep.bellDuration = ctrl->bell_duration;
- rep.ledMask = ctrl->leds;
- for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
- rep.map[i] = ctrl->autoRepeats[i];
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetKeyboardControlReply), &rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcBell(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev, keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
- int base = keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl.bell;
- int newpercent;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xBellReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xBellReq);
-
- if (stuff->percent < -100 || stuff->percent > 100) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->percent;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- newpercent = (base * stuff->percent) / 100;
- if (stuff->percent < 0)
- newpercent = base + newpercent;
- else
- newpercent = base - newpercent + stuff->percent;
-
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
- if ((dev == keybd ||
- (!IsMaster(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == keybd)) &&
- dev->kbdfeed && dev->kbdfeed->BellProc) {
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixBellAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- XkbHandleBell(FALSE, FALSE, dev, newpercent,
- &dev->kbdfeed->ctrl, 0, None, NULL, client);
- }
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcChangePointerControl(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev, mouse = PickPointer(client);
- PtrCtrl ctrl; /* might get BadValue part way through */
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xChangePointerControlReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangePointerControlReq);
-
- ctrl = mouse->ptrfeed->ctrl;
- if ((stuff->doAccel != xTrue) && (stuff->doAccel != xFalse)) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->doAccel;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if ((stuff->doThresh != xTrue) && (stuff->doThresh != xFalse)) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->doThresh;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (stuff->doAccel) {
- if (stuff->accelNum == -1) {
- ctrl.num = defaultPointerControl.num;
- }
- else if (stuff->accelNum < 0) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->accelNum;
- return BadValue;
- }
- else {
- ctrl.num = stuff->accelNum;
- }
-
- if (stuff->accelDenum == -1) {
- ctrl.den = defaultPointerControl.den;
- }
- else if (stuff->accelDenum <= 0) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->accelDenum;
- return BadValue;
- }
- else {
- ctrl.den = stuff->accelDenum;
- }
- }
- if (stuff->doThresh) {
- if (stuff->threshold == -1) {
- ctrl.threshold = defaultPointerControl.threshold;
- }
- else if (stuff->threshold < 0) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->threshold;
- return BadValue;
- }
- else {
- ctrl.threshold = stuff->threshold;
- }
- }
-
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
- if ((dev == mouse ||
- (!IsMaster(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER) == mouse)) &&
- dev->ptrfeed) {
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixManageAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- }
- }
-
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
- if ((dev == mouse ||
- (!IsMaster(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER) == mouse)) &&
- dev->ptrfeed) {
- dev->ptrfeed->ctrl = ctrl;
- }
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetPointerControl(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);
- PtrCtrl *ctrl = &ptr->ptrfeed->ctrl;
- xGetPointerControlReply rep;
- int rc;
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, ptr, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.threshold = ctrl->threshold;
- rep.accelNumerator = ctrl->num;
- rep.accelDenominator = ctrl->den;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGenericReply), &rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-void
-MaybeStopHint(DeviceIntPtr dev, ClientPtr client)
-{
- GrabPtr grab = dev->deviceGrab.grab;
-
- if ((grab && SameClient(grab, client) &&
- ((grab->eventMask & PointerMotionHintMask) ||
- (grab->ownerEvents &&
- (EventMaskForClient(dev->valuator->motionHintWindow, client) &
- PointerMotionHintMask)))) ||
- (!grab &&
- (EventMaskForClient(dev->valuator->motionHintWindow, client) &
- PointerMotionHintMask)))
- dev->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetMotionEvents(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- xTimecoord * coords = (xTimecoord *) NULL;
- xGetMotionEventsReply rep;
- int i, count, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, rc;
- unsigned long nEvents;
- DeviceIntPtr mouse = PickPointer(client);
- TimeStamp start, stop;
- REQUEST(xGetMotionEventsReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetMotionEventsReq);
-
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, mouse, DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- if (mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow)
- MaybeStopHint(mouse, client);
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- nEvents = 0;
- start = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->start);
- stop = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->stop);
- if ((CompareTimeStamps(start, stop) != LATER) &&
- (CompareTimeStamps(start, currentTime) != LATER) &&
- mouse->valuator->numMotionEvents)
- {
- if (CompareTimeStamps(stop, currentTime) == LATER)
- stop = currentTime;
- count = GetMotionHistory(mouse, &coords, start.milliseconds,
- stop.milliseconds, pWin->drawable.pScreen,
- TRUE);
- xmin = pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin);
- xmax = pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width +
- wBorderWidth (pWin);
- ymin = pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin);
- ymax = pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height +
- wBorderWidth (pWin);
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
- if ((xmin <= coords[i].x) && (coords[i].x < xmax) &&
- (ymin <= coords[i].y) && (coords[i].y < ymax))
- {
- coords[nEvents].time = coords[i].time;
- coords[nEvents].x = coords[i].x - pWin->drawable.x;
- coords[nEvents].y = coords[i].y - pWin->drawable.y;
- nEvents++;
- }
- }
- rep.length = nEvents * bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xTimecoord));
- rep.nEvents = nEvents;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetMotionEventsReply), &rep);
- if (nEvents)
- {
- client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) SwapTimeCoordWrite;
- WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, nEvents * sizeof(xTimecoord),
- (char *)coords);
- }
- free(coords);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcQueryKeymap(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xQueryKeymapReply rep;
- int rc, i;
- DeviceIntPtr keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
- CARD8 *down = keybd->key->down;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 2;
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, keybd, DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success && rc != BadAccess)
- return rc;
-
- for (i = 0; i<32; i++)
- rep.map[i] = down[i];
-
- if (rc == BadAccess)
- memset(rep.map, 0, 32);
-
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryKeymapReply), &rep);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Recalculate the number of buttons for the master device. The number of
- * buttons on the master device is equal to the number of buttons on the
- * slave device with the highest number of buttons.
- */
-static void
-RecalculateMasterButtons(DeviceIntPtr slave)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev, master;
- int maxbuttons = 0;
-
- if (!slave->button || IsMaster(slave))
- return;
-
- master = GetMaster(slave, MASTER_POINTER);
- if (!master)
- return;
-
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- {
- if (IsMaster(dev) ||
- GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED) != master ||
- !dev->button)
- continue;
-
- maxbuttons = max(maxbuttons, dev->button->numButtons);
- }
-
- if (master->button && master->button->numButtons != maxbuttons)
- {
- int i;
- DeviceChangedEvent event;
-
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
-
- master->button->numButtons = maxbuttons;
-
- event.header = ET_Internal;
- event.type = ET_DeviceChanged;
- event.time = GetTimeInMillis();
- event.deviceid = master->id;
- event.flags = DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT | DEVCHANGE_DEVICE_CHANGE;
- event.buttons.num_buttons = maxbuttons;
- memcpy(&event.buttons.names, master->button->labels, maxbuttons *
- sizeof(Atom));
-
- if (master->valuator)
- {
- event.num_valuators = master->valuator->numAxes;
- for (i = 0; i < event.num_valuators; i++)
- {
- event.valuators[i].min = master->valuator->axes[i].min_value;
- event.valuators[i].max = master->valuator->axes[i].max_value;
- event.valuators[i].resolution = master->valuator->axes[i].resolution;
- event.valuators[i].mode = master->valuator->axes[i].mode;
- event.valuators[i].name = master->valuator->axes[i].label;
- }
- }
-
- if (master->key)
- {
- event.keys.min_keycode = master->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code;
- event.keys.max_keycode = master->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code;
- }
-
- XISendDeviceChangedEvent(master, master, &event);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Generate release events for all keys/button currently down on this
- * device.
- */
-static void
-ReleaseButtonsAndKeys(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- EventListPtr eventlist = InitEventList(GetMaximumEventsNum());
- ButtonClassPtr b = dev->button;
- KeyClassPtr k = dev->key;
- int i, j, nevents;
-
- if (!eventlist) /* no release events for you */
- return;
-
- /* Release all buttons */
- for (i = 0; b && i < b->numButtons; i++)
- {
- if (BitIsOn(b->down, i))
- {
- nevents = GetPointerEvents(eventlist, dev, ButtonRelease, i, 0, NULL);
- for (j = 0; j < nevents; j++)
- mieqProcessDeviceEvent(dev, (InternalEvent*)(eventlist+j)->event, NULL);
- }
- }
-
- /* Release all keys */
- for (i = 0; k && i < MAP_LENGTH; i++)
- {
- if (BitIsOn(k->down, i))
- {
- nevents = GetKeyboardEvents(eventlist, dev, KeyRelease, i);
- for (j = 0; j < nevents; j++)
- mieqProcessDeviceEvent(dev, (InternalEvent*)(eventlist+j)->event, NULL);
- }
- }
-
- FreeEventList(eventlist, GetMaximumEventsNum());
-}
-
-/**
- * Attach device 'dev' to device 'master'.
- * Client is set to the client that issued the request, or NULL if it comes
- * from some internal automatic pairing.
- *
- * Master may be NULL to set the device floating.
- *
- * We don't allow multi-layer hierarchies right now. You can't attach a slave
- * to another slave.
- */
-int
-AttachDevice(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceIntPtr master)
-{
- ScreenPtr screen;
- DeviceIntPtr oldmaster;
- if (!dev || IsMaster(dev))
- return BadDevice;
-
- if (master && !IsMaster(master)) /* can't attach to slaves */
- return BadDevice;
-
- /* set from floating to floating? */
- if (IsFloating(dev) && !master && dev->enabled)
- return Success;
-
- /* free the existing sprite. */
- if (IsFloating(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->paired == dev)
- {
- screen = miPointerGetScreen(dev);
- screen->DeviceCursorCleanup(dev, screen);
- free(dev->spriteInfo->sprite);
- }
-
- ReleaseButtonsAndKeys(dev);
-
- oldmaster = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED);
- dev->master = master;
-
- /* If device is set to floating, we need to create a sprite for it,
- * otherwise things go bad. However, we don't want to render the cursor,
- * so we reset spriteOwner.
- * Sprite has to be forced to NULL first, otherwise InitializeSprite won't
- * alloc new memory but overwrite the previous one.
- */
- if (!master)
- {
- WindowPtr currentRoot;
-
- if (dev->spriteInfo->sprite)
- currentRoot = GetCurrentRootWindow(dev);
- else /* new device auto-set to floating */
- currentRoot = screenInfo.screens[0]->root;
-
- /* we need to init a fake sprite */
- screen = currentRoot->drawable.pScreen;
- screen->DeviceCursorInitialize(dev, screen);
- dev->spriteInfo->sprite = NULL;
- InitializeSprite(dev, currentRoot);
- dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
- dev->spriteInfo->paired = dev;
- } else
- {
- dev->spriteInfo->sprite = master->spriteInfo->sprite;
- dev->spriteInfo->paired = master;
- dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
-
- RecalculateMasterButtons(master);
- }
-
- /* XXX: in theory, the MD should change back to its old, original
- * classes when the last SD is detached. Thanks to the XTEST devices,
- * we'll always have an SD attached until the MD is removed.
- * So let's not worry about that.
- */
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Return the device paired with the given device or NULL.
- * Returns the device paired with the parent master if the given device is a
- * slave device.
- */
-DeviceIntPtr
-GetPairedDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))
- dev = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED);
-
- return dev->spriteInfo->paired;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Returns the right master for the type of event needed. If the event is a
- * keyboard event.
- * This function may be called with a master device as argument. If so, the
- * returned master is either the device itself or the paired master device.
- * If dev is a floating slave device, NULL is returned.
- *
- * @type ::MASTER_KEYBOARD or ::MASTER_POINTER or ::MASTER_ATTACHED
- * @return The requested master device. In the case of MASTER_ATTACHED, this
- * is the directly attached master to this device, regardless of the type.
- * Otherwise, it is either the master keyboard or pointer for this device.
- */
-DeviceIntPtr
-GetMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev, int which)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr master;
-
- if (IsMaster(dev))
- master = dev;
- else
- master = dev->master;
-
- if (master && which != MASTER_ATTACHED)
- {
- if (which == MASTER_KEYBOARD)
- {
- if (master->type != MASTER_KEYBOARD)
- master = GetPairedDevice(master);
- } else
- {
- if (master->type != MASTER_POINTER)
- master = GetPairedDevice(master);
- }
- }
-
- return master;
-}
-
-/**
- * Create a new device pair (== one pointer, one keyboard device).
- * Only allocates the devices, you will need to call ActivateDevice() and
- * EnableDevice() manually.
- * Either a master or a slave device can be created depending on
- * the value for master.
- */
-int
-AllocDevicePair (ClientPtr client, char* name,
- DeviceIntPtr* ptr,
- DeviceIntPtr* keybd,
- DeviceProc ptr_proc,
- DeviceProc keybd_proc,
- Bool master)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr pointer;
- DeviceIntPtr keyboard;
- *ptr = *keybd = NULL;
-
- pointer = AddInputDevice(client, ptr_proc, TRUE);
- if (!pointer)
- return BadAlloc;
-
- if (asprintf(&pointer->name, "%s pointer", name) == -1) {
- pointer->name = NULL;
- RemoveDevice(pointer, FALSE);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- pointer->public.processInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
- pointer->public.realInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
- XkbSetExtension(pointer, ProcessPointerEvent);
- pointer->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab = ActivatePointerGrab;
- pointer->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab = DeactivatePointerGrab;
- pointer->coreEvents = TRUE;
- pointer->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = TRUE;
-
- pointer->lastSlave = NULL;
- pointer->last.slave = NULL;
- pointer->type = (master) ? MASTER_POINTER : SLAVE;
-
- keyboard = AddInputDevice(client, keybd_proc, TRUE);
- if (!keyboard)
- {
- RemoveDevice(pointer, FALSE);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- if (asprintf(&keyboard->name, "%s keyboard", name) == -1) {
- keyboard->name = NULL;
- RemoveDevice(keyboard, FALSE);
- RemoveDevice(pointer, FALSE);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- keyboard->public.processInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
- keyboard->public.realInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
- XkbSetExtension(keyboard, ProcessKeyboardEvent);
- keyboard->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab = ActivateKeyboardGrab;
- keyboard->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab = DeactivateKeyboardGrab;
- keyboard->coreEvents = TRUE;
- keyboard->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
-
- keyboard->lastSlave = NULL;
- keyboard->last.slave = NULL;
- keyboard->type = (master) ? MASTER_KEYBOARD : SLAVE;
-
- /* The ClassesRec stores the device classes currently not used. */
- pointer->unused_classes = calloc(1, sizeof(ClassesRec));
- keyboard->unused_classes = calloc(1, sizeof(ClassesRec));
-
- *ptr = pointer;
- *keybd = keyboard;
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Return Relative or Absolute for the device.
- */
-int valuator_get_mode(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axis)
-{
- return (dev->valuator->axes[axis].mode & DeviceMode);
-}
-
-/**
- * Set the given mode for the axis. If axis is VALUATOR_MODE_ALL_AXES, then
- * set the mode for all axes.
- */
-void valuator_set_mode(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axis, int mode)
-{
- if (axis != VALUATOR_MODE_ALL_AXES)
- dev->valuator->axes[axis].mode = mode;
- else {
- int i;
- for (i = 0; i < dev->valuator->numAxes; i++)
- dev->valuator->axes[i].mode = mode;
- }
-}
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "ptrveloc.h"
+#include "site.h"
+#include "xkbsrv.h"
+#include "privates.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+#include "mi.h"
+
+#include "dispatch.h"
+#include "swaprep.h"
+#include "dixevents.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include "eventstr.h"
+
+#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <pixman.h>
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "xiquerydevice.h" /* for SizeDeviceClasses */
+#include "xiproperty.h"
+#include "enterleave.h" /* for EnterWindow() */
+#include "xserver-properties.h"
+#include "xichangehierarchy.h" /* For XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent */
+
+/** @file
+ * This file handles input device-related stuff.
+ */
+
+static void RecalculateMasterButtons(DeviceIntPtr slave);
+
+static void
+DeviceSetTransform(DeviceIntPtr dev, float *transform)
+{
+ struct pixman_f_transform scale;
+ double sx, sy;
+ int x, y;
+
+ /**
+ * calculate combined transformation matrix:
+ *
+ * M = InvScale * Transform * Scale
+ *
+ * So we can later transform points using M * p
+ *
+ * Where:
+ * Scale scales coordinates into 0..1 range
+ * Transform is the user supplied (affine) transform
+ * InvScale scales coordinates back up into their native range
+ */
+ sx = dev->valuator->axes[0].max_value - dev->valuator->axes[0].min_value;
+ sy = dev->valuator->axes[1].max_value - dev->valuator->axes[1].min_value;
+
+ /* invscale */
+ pixman_f_transform_init_scale(&scale, sx, sy);
+ scale.m[0][2] = dev->valuator->axes[0].min_value;
+ scale.m[1][2] = dev->valuator->axes[1].min_value;
+
+ /* transform */
+ for (y=0; y<3; y++)
+ for (x=0; x<3; x++)
+ dev->transform.m[y][x] = *transform++;
+
+ pixman_f_transform_multiply(&dev->transform, &scale, &dev->transform);
+
+ /* scale */
+ pixman_f_transform_init_scale(&scale, 1.0 / sx, 1.0 / sy);
+ scale.m[0][2] = -dev->valuator->axes[0].min_value / sx;
+ scale.m[1][2] = -dev->valuator->axes[1].min_value / sy;
+
+ pixman_f_transform_multiply(&dev->transform, &dev->transform, &scale);
+}
+
+/**
+ * DIX property handler.
+ */
+static int
+DeviceSetProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom property, XIPropertyValuePtr prop,
+ BOOL checkonly)
+{
+ if (property == XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED))
+ {
+ if (prop->format != 8 || prop->type != XA_INTEGER || prop->size != 1)
+ return BadValue;
+
+ /* Don't allow disabling of VCP/VCK */
+ if ((dev == inputInfo.pointer || dev == inputInfo.keyboard) &&
+ !(*(CARD8*)prop->data))
+ return BadAccess;
+
+ if (!checkonly)
+ {
+ if ((*((CARD8*)prop->data)) && !dev->enabled)
+ EnableDevice(dev, TRUE);
+ else if (!(*((CARD8*)prop->data)) && dev->enabled)
+ DisableDevice(dev, TRUE);
+ }
+ } else if (property == XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_TRANSFORM))
+ {
+ float *f = (float*)prop->data;
+ int i;
+
+ if (prop->format != 32 || prop->size != 9 ||
+ prop->type != XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT))
+ return BadValue;
+
+ for (i=0; i<9; i++)
+ if (!isfinite(f[i]))
+ return BadValue;
+
+ if (!checkonly)
+ DeviceSetTransform(dev, f);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/* Pair the keyboard to the pointer device. Keyboard events will follow the
+ * pointer sprite. Only applicable for master devices.
+ * If the client is set, the request to pair comes from some client. In this
+ * case, we need to check for access. If the client is NULL, it's from an
+ * internal automatic pairing, we must always permit this.
+ */
+static int
+PairDevices(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr ptr, DeviceIntPtr kbd)
+{
+ if (!ptr)
+ return BadDevice;
+
+ /* Don't allow pairing for slave devices */
+ if (!IsMaster(ptr) || !IsMaster(kbd))
+ return BadDevice;
+
+ if (ptr->spriteInfo->paired)
+ return BadDevice;
+
+ if (kbd->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
+ {
+ free(kbd->spriteInfo->sprite);
+ kbd->spriteInfo->sprite = NULL;
+ kbd->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ kbd->spriteInfo->sprite = ptr->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ kbd->spriteInfo->paired = ptr;
+ ptr->spriteInfo->paired = kbd;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Find and return the next unpaired MD pointer device.
+ */
+static DeviceIntPtr
+NextFreePointerDevice(void)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ if (IsMaster(dev) &&
+ dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner &&
+ !dev->spriteInfo->paired)
+ return dev;
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create a new input device and init it to sane values. The device is added
+ * to the server's off_devices list.
+ *
+ * @param deviceProc Callback for device control function (switch dev on/off).
+ * @return The newly created device.
+ */
+DeviceIntPtr
+AddInputDevice(ClientPtr client, DeviceProc deviceProc, Bool autoStart)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev, *prev; /* not a typo */
+ DeviceIntPtr devtmp;
+ int devid;
+ char devind[MAXDEVICES];
+ BOOL enabled;
+ float transform[9];
+
+ /* Find next available id, 0 and 1 are reserved */
+ memset(devind, 0, sizeof(char)*MAXDEVICES);
+ for (devtmp = inputInfo.devices; devtmp; devtmp = devtmp->next)
+ devind[devtmp->id]++;
+ for (devtmp = inputInfo.off_devices; devtmp; devtmp = devtmp->next)
+ devind[devtmp->id]++;
+ for (devid = 2; devid < MAXDEVICES && devind[devid]; devid++)
+ ;
+
+ if (devid >= MAXDEVICES)
+ return (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+ dev = _dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(sizeof(DeviceIntRec) + sizeof(SpriteInfoRec),
+ sizeof(DeviceIntRec) + sizeof(SpriteInfoRec),
+ offsetof(DeviceIntRec, devPrivates), PRIVATE_DEVICE);
+ if (!dev)
+ return (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+ dev->id = devid;
+ dev->public.processInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
+ dev->public.realInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
+ dev->public.enqueueInputProc = EnqueueEvent;
+ dev->deviceProc = deviceProc;
+ dev->startup = autoStart;
+
+ /* device grab defaults */
+ dev->deviceGrab.grabTime = currentTime;
+ dev->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab = ActivateKeyboardGrab;
+ dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab = DeactivateKeyboardGrab;
+
+ XkbSetExtension(dev, ProcessKeyboardEvent);
+
+ dev->coreEvents = TRUE;
+
+ /* sprite defaults */
+ dev->spriteInfo = (SpriteInfoPtr)&dev[1];
+
+ /* security creation/labeling check
+ */
+ if (XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixCreateAccess)) {
+ free(dev);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ inputInfo.numDevices++;
+
+ for (prev = &inputInfo.off_devices; *prev; prev = &(*prev)->next)
+ ;
+ *prev = dev;
+ dev->next = NULL;
+
+ enabled = FALSE;
+ XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED),
+ XA_INTEGER, 8, PropModeReplace, 1, &enabled,
+ FALSE);
+ XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED), FALSE);
+
+ /* unity matrix */
+ memset(transform, 0, sizeof(transform));
+ transform[0] = transform[4] = transform[8] = 1.0f;
+
+ XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_TRANSFORM),
+ XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,
+ PropModeReplace, 9, transform, FALSE);
+ XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_TRANSFORM),
+ FALSE);
+
+ XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, DeviceSetProperty, NULL, NULL);
+
+ return dev;
+}
+
+void
+SendDevicePresenceEvent(int deviceid, int type)
+{
+ DeviceIntRec dummyDev;
+ devicePresenceNotify ev;
+
+ memset(&dummyDev, 0, sizeof(DeviceIntRec));
+ ev.type = DevicePresenceNotify;
+ ev.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
+ ev.devchange = type;
+ ev.deviceid = deviceid;
+ dummyDev.id = XIAllDevices;
+ SendEventToAllWindows(&dummyDev, DevicePresenceNotifyMask,
+ (xEvent*)&ev, 1);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Enable the device through the driver, add the device to the device list.
+ * Switch device ON through the driver and push it onto the global device
+ * list. Initialize the DIX sprite or pair the device. All clients are
+ * notified about the device being enabled.
+ *
+ * A master pointer device needs to be enabled before a master keyboard
+ * device.
+ *
+ * @param The device to be enabled.
+ * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.
+ * @return TRUE on success or FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+Bool
+EnableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr *prev;
+ int ret;
+ DeviceIntPtr other;
+ BOOL enabled;
+ int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};
+
+ for (prev = &inputInfo.off_devices;
+ *prev && (*prev != dev);
+ prev = &(*prev)->next)
+ ;
+
+ if (!dev->spriteInfo->sprite)
+ {
+ if (IsMaster(dev))
+ {
+ /* Sprites appear on first root window, so we can hardcode it */
+ if (dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
+ {
+ InitializeSprite(dev, screenInfo.screens[0]->root);
+ /* mode doesn't matter */
+ EnterWindow(dev, screenInfo.screens[0]->root, NotifyAncestor);
+ }
+ else if ((other = NextFreePointerDevice()) == NULL)
+ {
+ ErrorF("[dix] cannot find pointer to pair with. "
+ "This is a bug.\n");
+ return FALSE;
+ } else
+ PairDevices(NULL, other, dev);
+ } else
+ {
+ if (dev->coreEvents)
+ other = (IsPointerDevice(dev)) ? inputInfo.pointer :
+ inputInfo.keyboard;
+ else
+ other = NULL; /* auto-float non-core devices */
+ AttachDevice(NULL, dev, other);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ((*prev != dev) || !dev->inited ||
+ ((ret = (*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_ON)) != Success)) {
+ ErrorF("[dix] couldn't enable device %d\n", dev->id);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ dev->enabled = TRUE;
+ *prev = dev->next;
+
+ for (prev = &inputInfo.devices; *prev; prev = &(*prev)->next)
+ ;
+ *prev = dev;
+ dev->next = NULL;
+
+ enabled = TRUE;
+ XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED),
+ XA_INTEGER, 8, PropModeReplace, 1, &enabled,
+ TRUE);
+
+ SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceEnabled);
+ if (sendevent)
+ {
+ flags[dev->id] |= XIDeviceEnabled;
+ XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);
+ }
+
+ RecalculateMasterButtons(dev);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Switch a device off through the driver and push it onto the off_devices
+ * list. A device will not send events while disabled. All clients are
+ * notified about the device being disabled.
+ *
+ * Master keyboard devices have to be disabled before master pointer devices
+ * otherwise things turn bad.
+ *
+ * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.
+ * @return TRUE on success or FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+Bool
+DisableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr *prev, other;
+ BOOL enabled;
+ int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};
+
+ for (prev = &inputInfo.devices;
+ *prev && (*prev != dev);
+ prev = &(*prev)->next)
+ ;
+ if (*prev != dev)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* float attached devices */
+ if (IsMaster(dev))
+ {
+ for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
+ {
+ if (!IsMaster(other) && GetMaster(other, MASTER_ATTACHED) == dev)
+ {
+ AttachDevice(NULL, other, NULL);
+ flags[other->id] |= XISlaveDetached;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
+ {
+ if (IsMaster(other) && other->lastSlave == dev)
+ other->lastSlave = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (IsMaster(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->sprite)
+ {
+ for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
+ {
+ if (other->spriteInfo->paired == dev)
+ {
+ ErrorF("[dix] cannot disable device, still paired. "
+ "This is a bug. \n");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ (void)(*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_OFF);
+ dev->enabled = FALSE;
+
+ /* now that the device is disabled, we can reset the signal handler's
+ * last.slave */
+ OsBlockSignals();
+ for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
+ {
+ if (other->last.slave == dev)
+ other->last.slave = NULL;
+ }
+ OsReleaseSignals();
+
+ LeaveWindow(dev);
+ SetFocusOut(dev);
+
+ *prev = dev->next;
+ dev->next = inputInfo.off_devices;
+ inputInfo.off_devices = dev;
+
+ enabled = FALSE;
+ XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED),
+ XA_INTEGER, 8, PropModeReplace, 1, &enabled,
+ TRUE);
+
+ SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceDisabled);
+ if (sendevent)
+ {
+ flags[dev->id] = XIDeviceDisabled;
+ XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);
+ }
+
+ RecalculateMasterButtons(dev);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Initialise a new device through the driver and tell all clients about the
+ * new device.
+ *
+ * Must be called before EnableDevice.
+ * The device will NOT send events until it is enabled!
+ *
+ * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.
+ * @return Success or an error code on failure.
+ */
+int
+ActivateDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)
+{
+ int ret = Success;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[0];
+
+ if (!dev || !dev->deviceProc)
+ return BadImplementation;
+
+ ret = (*dev->deviceProc) (dev, DEVICE_INIT);
+ dev->inited = (ret == Success);
+ if (!dev->inited)
+ return ret;
+
+ /* Initialize memory for sprites. */
+ if (IsMaster(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
+ if (!pScreen->DeviceCursorInitialize(dev, pScreen))
+ ret = BadAlloc;
+
+ SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceAdded);
+ if (sendevent)
+ {
+ int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};
+ flags[dev->id] = XISlaveAdded;
+ XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Ring the bell.
+ * The actual task of ringing the bell is the job of the DDX.
+ */
+static void
+CoreKeyboardBell(int volume, DeviceIntPtr pDev, pointer arg, int something)
+{
+ KeybdCtrl *ctrl = arg;
+
+ DDXRingBell(volume, ctrl->bell_pitch, ctrl->bell_duration);
+}
+
+static void
+CoreKeyboardCtl(DeviceIntPtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
+{
+ return;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Device control function for the Virtual Core Keyboard.
+ */
+int
+CoreKeyboardProc(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int what)
+{
+
+ switch (what) {
+ case DEVICE_INIT:
+ if (!InitKeyboardDeviceStruct(pDev, NULL, CoreKeyboardBell,
+ CoreKeyboardCtl))
+ {
+ ErrorF("Keyboard initialization failed. This could be a missing "
+ "or incorrect setup of xkeyboard-config.\n");
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ return Success;
+
+ case DEVICE_ON:
+ case DEVICE_OFF:
+ return Success;
+
+ case DEVICE_CLOSE:
+ return Success;
+ }
+
+ return BadMatch;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Device control function for the Virtual Core Pointer.
+ */
+int
+CorePointerProc(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int what)
+{
+#define NBUTTONS 10
+#define NAXES 2
+ BYTE map[NBUTTONS + 1];
+ int i = 0;
+ Atom btn_labels[NBUTTONS] = {0};
+ Atom axes_labels[NAXES] = {0};
+
+ switch (what) {
+ case DEVICE_INIT:
+ for (i = 1; i <= NBUTTONS; i++)
+ map[i] = i;
+
+ btn_labels[0] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_LEFT);
+ btn_labels[1] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_MIDDLE);
+ btn_labels[2] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_RIGHT);
+ btn_labels[3] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_WHEEL_UP);
+ btn_labels[4] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_WHEEL_DOWN);
+ btn_labels[5] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_HWHEEL_LEFT);
+ btn_labels[6] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_HWHEEL_RIGHT);
+ /* don't know about the rest */
+
+ axes_labels[0] = XIGetKnownProperty(AXIS_LABEL_PROP_REL_X);
+ axes_labels[1] = XIGetKnownProperty(AXIS_LABEL_PROP_REL_Y);
+
+ if (!InitPointerDeviceStruct((DevicePtr)pDev, map, NBUTTONS, btn_labels,
+ (PtrCtrlProcPtr)NoopDDA,
+ GetMotionHistorySize(), NAXES, axes_labels))
+ {
+ ErrorF("Could not initialize device '%s'. Out of memory.\n",
+ pDev->name);
+ return BadAlloc; /* IPDS only fails on allocs */
+ }
+ pDev->valuator->axisVal[0] = screenInfo.screens[0]->width / 2;
+ pDev->last.valuators[0] = pDev->valuator->axisVal[0];
+ pDev->valuator->axisVal[1] = screenInfo.screens[0]->height / 2;
+ pDev->last.valuators[1] = pDev->valuator->axisVal[1];
+ break;
+
+ case DEVICE_CLOSE:
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+
+#undef NBUTTONS
+#undef NAXES
+}
+
+/**
+ * Initialise the two core devices, VCP and VCK (see events.c).
+ * Both devices are not tied to physical devices, but guarantee that there is
+ * always a keyboard and a pointer present and keep the protocol semantics.
+ *
+ * Note that the server MUST have two core devices at all times, even if there
+ * is no physical device connected.
+ */
+void
+InitCoreDevices(void)
+{
+ if (AllocDevicePair(serverClient, "Virtual core",
+ &inputInfo.pointer, &inputInfo.keyboard,
+ CorePointerProc, CoreKeyboardProc,
+ TRUE) != Success)
+ FatalError("Failed to allocate core devices");
+
+ if (ActivateDevice(inputInfo.pointer, TRUE) != Success ||
+ ActivateDevice(inputInfo.keyboard, TRUE) != Success)
+ FatalError("Failed to activate core devices.");
+ if (!EnableDevice(inputInfo.pointer, TRUE) ||
+ !EnableDevice(inputInfo.keyboard, TRUE))
+ FatalError("Failed to enable core devices.");
+
+ InitXTestDevices();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Activate all switched-off devices and then enable all those devices.
+ *
+ * Will return an error if no core keyboard or core pointer is present.
+ * In theory this should never happen if you call InitCoreDevices() first.
+ *
+ * InitAndStartDevices needs to be called AFTER the windows are initialized.
+ * Devices will start sending events after InitAndStartDevices() has
+ * completed.
+ *
+ * @return Success or error code on failure.
+ */
+int
+InitAndStartDevices(void)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev, next;
+
+ for (dev = inputInfo.off_devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
+ DebugF("(dix) initialising device %d\n", dev->id);
+ if (!dev->inited)
+ ActivateDevice(dev, TRUE);
+ }
+
+ /* enable real devices */
+ for (dev = inputInfo.off_devices; dev; dev = next)
+ {
+ DebugF("(dix) enabling device %d\n", dev->id);
+ next = dev->next;
+ if (dev->inited && dev->startup)
+ EnableDevice(dev, TRUE);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Free the given device class and reset the pointer to NULL.
+ */
+static void
+FreeDeviceClass(int type, pointer *class)
+{
+ if (!(*class))
+ return;
+
+ switch(type)
+ {
+ case KeyClass:
+ {
+ KeyClassPtr* k = (KeyClassPtr*)class;
+ if ((*k)->xkbInfo)
+ {
+ XkbFreeInfo((*k)->xkbInfo);
+ (*k)->xkbInfo = NULL;
+ }
+ free((*k));
+ break;
+ }
+ case ButtonClass:
+ {
+ ButtonClassPtr *b = (ButtonClassPtr*)class;
+ free((*b)->xkb_acts);
+ free((*b));
+ break;
+ }
+ case ValuatorClass:
+ {
+ ValuatorClassPtr *v = (ValuatorClassPtr*)class;
+
+ free((*v)->motion);
+ free((*v));
+ break;
+ }
+ case FocusClass:
+ {
+ FocusClassPtr *f = (FocusClassPtr*)class;
+ free((*f)->trace);
+ free((*f));
+ break;
+ }
+ case ProximityClass:
+ {
+ ProximityClassPtr *p = (ProximityClassPtr*)class;
+ free((*p));
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ *class = NULL;
+}
+
+static void
+FreeFeedbackClass(int type, pointer *class)
+{
+ if (!(*class))
+ return;
+
+ switch(type)
+ {
+ case KbdFeedbackClass:
+ {
+ KbdFeedbackPtr *kbdfeed = (KbdFeedbackPtr*)class;
+ KbdFeedbackPtr k, knext;
+ for (k = (*kbdfeed); k; k = knext) {
+ knext = k->next;
+ if (k->xkb_sli)
+ XkbFreeSrvLedInfo(k->xkb_sli);
+ free(k);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case PtrFeedbackClass:
+ {
+ PtrFeedbackPtr *ptrfeed = (PtrFeedbackPtr*)class;
+ PtrFeedbackPtr p, pnext;
+
+ for (p = (*ptrfeed); p; p = pnext) {
+ pnext = p->next;
+ free(p);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case IntegerFeedbackClass:
+ {
+ IntegerFeedbackPtr *intfeed = (IntegerFeedbackPtr*)class;
+ IntegerFeedbackPtr i, inext;
+
+ for (i = (*intfeed); i; i = inext) {
+ inext = i->next;
+ free(i);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case StringFeedbackClass:
+ {
+ StringFeedbackPtr *stringfeed = (StringFeedbackPtr*)class;
+ StringFeedbackPtr s, snext;
+
+ for (s = (*stringfeed); s; s = snext) {
+ snext = s->next;
+ free(s->ctrl.symbols_supported);
+ free(s->ctrl.symbols_displayed);
+ free(s);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case BellFeedbackClass:
+ {
+ BellFeedbackPtr *bell = (BellFeedbackPtr*)class;
+ BellFeedbackPtr b, bnext;
+
+ for (b = (*bell); b; b = bnext) {
+ bnext = b->next;
+ free(b);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case LedFeedbackClass:
+ {
+ LedFeedbackPtr *leds = (LedFeedbackPtr*)class;
+ LedFeedbackPtr l, lnext;
+
+ for (l = (*leds); l; l = lnext) {
+ lnext = l->next;
+ if (l->xkb_sli)
+ XkbFreeSrvLedInfo(l->xkb_sli);
+ free(l);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ *class = NULL;
+}
+
+static void
+FreeAllDeviceClasses(ClassesPtr classes)
+{
+ if (!classes)
+ return;
+
+ FreeDeviceClass(KeyClass, (pointer)&classes->key);
+ FreeDeviceClass(ValuatorClass, (pointer)&classes->valuator);
+ FreeDeviceClass(ButtonClass, (pointer)&classes->button);
+ FreeDeviceClass(FocusClass, (pointer)&classes->focus);
+ FreeDeviceClass(ProximityClass, (pointer)&classes->proximity);
+
+ FreeFeedbackClass(KbdFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->kbdfeed);
+ FreeFeedbackClass(PtrFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->ptrfeed);
+ FreeFeedbackClass(IntegerFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->intfeed);
+ FreeFeedbackClass(StringFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->stringfeed);
+ FreeFeedbackClass(BellFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->bell);
+ FreeFeedbackClass(LedFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->leds);
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * Close down a device and free all resources.
+ * Once closed down, the driver will probably not expect you that you'll ever
+ * enable it again and free associated structs. If you want the device to just
+ * be disabled, DisableDevice().
+ * Don't call this function directly, use RemoveDevice() instead.
+ */
+static void
+CloseDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ ScreenPtr screen = screenInfo.screens[0];
+ ClassesPtr classes;
+ int j;
+
+ if (!dev)
+ return;
+
+ XIDeleteAllDeviceProperties(dev);
+
+ if (dev->inited)
+ (void)(*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_CLOSE);
+
+ /* free sprite memory */
+ if (IsMaster(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->sprite)
+ screen->DeviceCursorCleanup(dev, screen);
+
+ /* free acceleration info */
+ if(dev->valuator && dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc)
+ dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc(dev);
+
+ while (dev->xkb_interest)
+ XkbRemoveResourceClient((DevicePtr)dev,dev->xkb_interest->resource);
+
+ free(dev->name);
+
+ classes = (ClassesPtr)&dev->key;
+ FreeAllDeviceClasses(classes);
+
+ if (IsMaster(dev))
+ {
+ classes = dev->unused_classes;
+ FreeAllDeviceClasses(classes);
+ free(classes);
+ }
+
+ if (DevHasCursor(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->sprite) {
+ if (dev->spriteInfo->sprite->current)
+ FreeCursor(dev->spriteInfo->sprite->current, None);
+ free(dev->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace);
+ free(dev->spriteInfo->sprite);
+ }
+
+ /* a client may have the device set as client pointer */
+ for (j = 0; j < currentMaxClients; j++)
+ {
+ if (clients[j] && clients[j]->clientPtr == dev)
+ {
+ clients[j]->clientPtr = NULL;
+ clients[j]->clientPtr = PickPointer(clients[j]);
+ }
+ }
+
+ free(dev->deviceGrab.sync.event);
+ free(dev->config_info); /* Allocated in xf86ActivateDevice. */
+ dev->config_info = NULL;
+ dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(dev, PRIVATE_DEVICE);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Shut down all devices of one list and free all resources.
+ */
+static
+void
+CloseDeviceList(DeviceIntPtr *listHead)
+{
+ /* Used to mark devices that we tried to free */
+ Bool freedIds[MAXDEVICES];
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+ int i;
+
+ if (listHead == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < MAXDEVICES; i++)
+ freedIds[i] = FALSE;
+
+ dev = *listHead;
+ while (dev != NULL)
+ {
+ freedIds[dev->id] = TRUE;
+ DeleteInputDeviceRequest(dev);
+
+ dev = *listHead;
+ while (dev != NULL && freedIds[dev->id])
+ dev = dev->next;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Shut down all devices, free all resources, etc.
+ * Only useful if you're shutting down the server!
+ */
+void
+CloseDownDevices(void)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+
+ /* Float all SDs before closing them. Note that at this point resources
+ * (e.g. cursors) have been freed already, so we can't just call
+ * AttachDevice(NULL, dev, NULL). Instead, we have to forcibly set master
+ * to NULL and pretend nothing happened.
+ */
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))
+ dev->master = NULL;
+ }
+
+ CloseDeviceList(&inputInfo.devices);
+ CloseDeviceList(&inputInfo.off_devices);
+
+ CloseDevice(inputInfo.pointer);
+ CloseDevice(inputInfo.keyboard);
+
+ inputInfo.devices = NULL;
+ inputInfo.off_devices = NULL;
+ inputInfo.keyboard = NULL;
+ inputInfo.pointer = NULL;
+ XkbDeleteRulesDflts();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Remove the cursor sprite for all devices. This needs to be done before any
+ * resources are freed or any device is deleted.
+ */
+void
+UndisplayDevices(void)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+ ScreenPtr screen = screenInfo.screens[0];
+
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ screen->DisplayCursor(dev, screen, NullCursor);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Remove a device from the device list, closes it and thus frees all
+ * resources.
+ * Removes both enabled and disabled devices and notifies all devices about
+ * the removal of the device.
+ *
+ * No PresenceNotify is sent for device that the client never saw. This can
+ * happen if a malloc fails during the addition of master devices. If
+ * dev->init is FALSE it means the client never received a DeviceAdded event,
+ * so let's not send a DeviceRemoved event either.
+ *
+ * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.
+ */
+int
+RemoveDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr prev,tmp,next;
+ int ret = BadMatch;
+ ScreenPtr screen = screenInfo.screens[0];
+ int deviceid;
+ int initialized;
+ int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};
+
+ DebugF("(dix) removing device %d\n", dev->id);
+
+ if (!dev || dev == inputInfo.keyboard || dev == inputInfo.pointer)
+ return BadImplementation;
+
+ initialized = dev->inited;
+ deviceid = dev->id;
+
+ if (initialized)
+ {
+ if (DevHasCursor(dev))
+ screen->DisplayCursor(dev, screen, NullCursor);
+
+ DisableDevice(dev, sendevent);
+ flags[dev->id] = XIDeviceDisabled;
+ }
+
+ prev = NULL;
+ for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; (prev = tmp), (tmp = next)) {
+ next = tmp->next;
+ if (tmp == dev) {
+
+ if (prev==NULL)
+ inputInfo.devices = next;
+ else
+ prev->next = next;
+
+ flags[tmp->id] = IsMaster(tmp) ? XIMasterRemoved : XISlaveRemoved;
+ CloseDevice(tmp);
+ ret = Success;
+ }
+ }
+
+ prev = NULL;
+ for (tmp = inputInfo.off_devices; tmp; (prev = tmp), (tmp = next)) {
+ next = tmp->next;
+ if (tmp == dev) {
+ flags[tmp->id] = IsMaster(tmp) ? XIMasterRemoved : XISlaveRemoved;
+ CloseDevice(tmp);
+
+ if (prev == NULL)
+ inputInfo.off_devices = next;
+ else
+ prev->next = next;
+
+ ret = Success;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ret == Success && initialized) {
+ inputInfo.numDevices--;
+ SendDevicePresenceEvent(deviceid, DeviceRemoved);
+ if (sendevent)
+ XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+int
+NumMotionEvents(void)
+{
+ /* only called to fill data in initial connection reply.
+ * VCP is ok here, it is the only fixed device we have. */
+ return inputInfo.pointer->valuator->numMotionEvents;
+}
+
+int
+dixLookupDevice(DeviceIntPtr *pDev, int id, ClientPtr client, Mask access_mode)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+ int rc;
+ *pDev = NULL;
+
+ for (dev=inputInfo.devices; dev; dev=dev->next) {
+ if (dev->id == id)
+ goto found;
+ }
+ for (dev=inputInfo.off_devices; dev; dev=dev->next) {
+ if (dev->id == id)
+ goto found;
+ }
+ return BadDevice;
+
+found:
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, access_mode);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ *pDev = dev;
+ return rc;
+}
+
+void
+QueryMinMaxKeyCodes(KeyCode *minCode, KeyCode *maxCode)
+{
+ if (inputInfo.keyboard) {
+ *minCode = inputInfo.keyboard->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code;
+ *maxCode = inputInfo.keyboard->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Notably, this function does not expand the destination's keycode range, or
+ * notify clients. */
+Bool
+SetKeySymsMap(KeySymsPtr dst, KeySymsPtr src)
+{
+ int i, j;
+ KeySym *tmp;
+ int rowDif = src->minKeyCode - dst->minKeyCode;
+
+ /* if keysym map size changes, grow map first */
+ if (src->mapWidth < dst->mapWidth) {
+ for (i = src->minKeyCode; i <= src->maxKeyCode; i++) {
+#define SI(r, c) (((r - src->minKeyCode) * src->mapWidth) + (c))
+#define DI(r, c) (((r - dst->minKeyCode) * dst->mapWidth) + (c))
+ for (j = 0; j < src->mapWidth; j++)
+ dst->map[DI(i, j)] = src->map[SI(i, j)];
+ for (j = src->mapWidth; j < dst->mapWidth; j++)
+ dst->map[DI(i, j)] = NoSymbol;
+#undef SI
+#undef DI
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ else if (src->mapWidth > dst->mapWidth) {
+ i = sizeof(KeySym) * src->mapWidth *
+ (dst->maxKeyCode - dst->minKeyCode + 1);
+ tmp = calloc(sizeof(KeySym), i);
+ if (!tmp)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (dst->map) {
+ for (i = 0; i <= dst->maxKeyCode-dst->minKeyCode; i++)
+ memmove(&tmp[i * src->mapWidth], &dst->map[i * dst->mapWidth],
+ dst->mapWidth * sizeof(KeySym));
+ free(dst->map);
+ }
+ dst->mapWidth = src->mapWidth;
+ dst->map = tmp;
+ }
+ else if (!dst->map) {
+ i = sizeof(KeySym) * src->mapWidth *
+ (dst->maxKeyCode - dst->minKeyCode + 1);
+ tmp = calloc(sizeof(KeySym), i);
+ if (!tmp)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ dst->map = tmp;
+ dst->mapWidth = src->mapWidth;
+ }
+
+ memmove(&dst->map[rowDif * dst->mapWidth], src->map,
+ (src->maxKeyCode - src->minKeyCode + 1) *
+ dst->mapWidth * sizeof(KeySym));
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+InitButtonClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, int numButtons, Atom* labels,
+ CARD8 *map)
+{
+ ButtonClassPtr butc;
+ int i;
+
+ butc = calloc(1, sizeof(ButtonClassRec));
+ if (!butc)
+ return FALSE;
+ butc->numButtons = numButtons;
+ butc->sourceid = dev->id;
+ for (i = 1; i <= numButtons; i++)
+ butc->map[i] = map[i];
+ for (i = numButtons + 1; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++)
+ butc->map[i] = i;
+ memcpy(butc->labels, labels, numButtons * sizeof(Atom));
+ dev->button = butc;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, int numAxes, Atom *labels,
+ int numMotionEvents, int mode)
+{
+ int i;
+ ValuatorClassPtr valc;
+ union align_u { ValuatorClassRec valc; double d; } *align;
+
+ if (!dev)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (numAxes > MAX_VALUATORS)
+ {
+ LogMessage(X_WARNING,
+ "Device '%s' has %d axes, only using first %d.\n",
+ dev->name, numAxes, MAX_VALUATORS);
+ numAxes = MAX_VALUATORS;
+ }
+
+ align = (union align_u *) calloc(1, sizeof(union align_u) +
+ numAxes * sizeof(double) +
+ numAxes * sizeof(AxisInfo));
+ if (!align)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ valc = &align->valc;
+ valc->sourceid = dev->id;
+ valc->motion = NULL;
+ valc->first_motion = 0;
+ valc->last_motion = 0;
+
+ valc->numMotionEvents = numMotionEvents;
+ valc->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+ valc->numAxes = numAxes;
+ valc->axisVal = (double *)(align + 1);
+ valc->axes = (AxisInfoPtr)(valc->axisVal + numAxes);
+
+ if (mode & OutOfProximity)
+ InitProximityClassDeviceStruct(dev);
+
+ dev->valuator = valc;
+
+ AllocateMotionHistory(dev);
+
+ for (i=0; i<numAxes; i++) {
+ InitValuatorAxisStruct(dev, i, labels[i], NO_AXIS_LIMITS, NO_AXIS_LIMITS,
+ 0, 0, 0, mode);
+ valc->axisVal[i]=0;
+ }
+
+ dev->last.numValuators = numAxes;
+
+ if (IsMaster(dev) || /* do not accelerate master or xtest devices */
+ IsXTestDevice(dev, NULL))
+ InitPointerAccelerationScheme(dev, PtrAccelNoOp);
+ else
+ InitPointerAccelerationScheme(dev, PtrAccelDefault);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* global list of acceleration schemes */
+ValuatorAccelerationRec pointerAccelerationScheme[] = {
+ {PtrAccelNoOp, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL},
+ {PtrAccelPredictable, acceleratePointerPredictable, NULL,
+ InitPredictableAccelerationScheme, AccelerationDefaultCleanup},
+ {PtrAccelLightweight, acceleratePointerLightweight, NULL, NULL, NULL},
+ {-1, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL} /* terminator */
+};
+
+/**
+ * install an acceleration scheme. returns TRUE on success, and should not
+ * change anything if unsuccessful.
+ */
+Bool
+InitPointerAccelerationScheme(DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ int scheme)
+{
+ int x, i = -1;
+ ValuatorClassPtr val;
+
+ val = dev->valuator;
+
+ if (!val)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (IsMaster(dev) && scheme != PtrAccelNoOp)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ for (x = 0; pointerAccelerationScheme[x].number >= 0; x++) {
+ if(pointerAccelerationScheme[x].number == scheme){
+ i = x;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (-1 == i)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (val->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc)
+ val->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc(dev);
+
+ if (pointerAccelerationScheme[i].AccelInitProc) {
+ if (!pointerAccelerationScheme[i].AccelInitProc(dev,
+ &pointerAccelerationScheme[i])) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ } else {
+ val->accelScheme = pointerAccelerationScheme[i];
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+InitAbsoluteClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ AbsoluteClassPtr abs;
+
+ abs = malloc(sizeof(AbsoluteClassRec));
+ if (!abs)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* we don't do anything sensible with these, but should */
+ abs->min_x = NO_AXIS_LIMITS;
+ abs->min_y = NO_AXIS_LIMITS;
+ abs->max_x = NO_AXIS_LIMITS;
+ abs->max_y = NO_AXIS_LIMITS;
+ abs->flip_x = 0;
+ abs->flip_y = 0;
+ abs->rotation = 0;
+ abs->button_threshold = 0;
+
+ abs->offset_x = 0;
+ abs->offset_y = 0;
+ abs->width = NO_AXIS_LIMITS;
+ abs->height = NO_AXIS_LIMITS;
+ abs->following = 0;
+ abs->screen = 0;
+
+ abs->sourceid = dev->id;
+
+ dev->absolute = abs;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+InitFocusClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ FocusClassPtr focc;
+
+ focc = malloc(sizeof(FocusClassRec));
+ if (!focc)
+ return FALSE;
+ focc->win = PointerRootWin;
+ focc->revert = None;
+ focc->time = currentTime;
+ focc->trace = (WindowPtr *)NULL;
+ focc->traceSize = 0;
+ focc->traceGood = 0;
+ focc->sourceid = dev->id;
+ dev->focus = focc;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+InitPtrFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, PtrCtrlProcPtr controlProc)
+{
+ PtrFeedbackPtr feedc;
+
+ feedc = malloc(sizeof(PtrFeedbackClassRec));
+ if (!feedc)
+ return FALSE;
+ feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
+ feedc->ctrl = defaultPointerControl;
+ feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
+ if ( (feedc->next = dev->ptrfeed) )
+ feedc->ctrl.id = dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.id + 1;
+ dev->ptrfeed = feedc;
+ (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+static LedCtrl defaultLedControl = {
+ DEFAULT_LEDS, DEFAULT_LEDS_MASK, 0};
+
+static BellCtrl defaultBellControl = {
+ DEFAULT_BELL,
+ DEFAULT_BELL_PITCH,
+ DEFAULT_BELL_DURATION,
+ 0};
+
+static IntegerCtrl defaultIntegerControl = {
+ DEFAULT_INT_RESOLUTION,
+ DEFAULT_INT_MIN_VALUE,
+ DEFAULT_INT_MAX_VALUE,
+ DEFAULT_INT_DISPLAYED,
+ 0};
+
+Bool
+InitStringFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (
+ DeviceIntPtr dev, StringCtrlProcPtr controlProc,
+ int max_symbols, int num_symbols_supported, KeySym *symbols)
+{
+ int i;
+ StringFeedbackPtr feedc;
+
+ feedc = malloc(sizeof(StringFeedbackClassRec));
+ if (!feedc)
+ return FALSE;
+ feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
+ feedc->ctrl.num_symbols_supported = num_symbols_supported;
+ feedc->ctrl.num_symbols_displayed = 0;
+ feedc->ctrl.max_symbols = max_symbols;
+ feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported = malloc(sizeof (KeySym) * num_symbols_supported);
+ feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed = malloc(sizeof (KeySym) * max_symbols);
+ if (!feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported || !feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed)
+ {
+ free(feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported);
+ free(feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed);
+ free(feedc);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ for (i=0; i<num_symbols_supported; i++)
+ *(feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported+i) = *symbols++;
+ for (i=0; i<max_symbols; i++)
+ *(feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed+i) = (KeySym) 0;
+ feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
+ if ( (feedc->next = dev->stringfeed) )
+ feedc->ctrl.id = dev->stringfeed->ctrl.id + 1;
+ dev->stringfeed = feedc;
+ (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+InitBellFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (DeviceIntPtr dev, BellProcPtr bellProc,
+ BellCtrlProcPtr controlProc)
+{
+ BellFeedbackPtr feedc;
+
+ feedc = malloc(sizeof(BellFeedbackClassRec));
+ if (!feedc)
+ return FALSE;
+ feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
+ feedc->BellProc = bellProc;
+ feedc->ctrl = defaultBellControl;
+ feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
+ if ( (feedc->next = dev->bell) )
+ feedc->ctrl.id = dev->bell->ctrl.id + 1;
+ dev->bell = feedc;
+ (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+InitLedFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (DeviceIntPtr dev, LedCtrlProcPtr controlProc)
+{
+ LedFeedbackPtr feedc;
+
+ feedc = malloc(sizeof(LedFeedbackClassRec));
+ if (!feedc)
+ return FALSE;
+ feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
+ feedc->ctrl = defaultLedControl;
+ feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
+ if ( (feedc->next = dev->leds) )
+ feedc->ctrl.id = dev->leds->ctrl.id + 1;
+ feedc->xkb_sli= NULL;
+ dev->leds = feedc;
+ (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+InitIntegerFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (DeviceIntPtr dev, IntegerCtrlProcPtr controlProc)
+{
+ IntegerFeedbackPtr feedc;
+
+ feedc = malloc(sizeof(IntegerFeedbackClassRec));
+ if (!feedc)
+ return FALSE;
+ feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
+ feedc->ctrl = defaultIntegerControl;
+ feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
+ if ( (feedc->next = dev->intfeed) )
+ feedc->ctrl.id = dev->intfeed->ctrl.id + 1;
+ dev->intfeed = feedc;
+ (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+InitPointerDeviceStruct(DevicePtr device, CARD8 *map, int numButtons, Atom* btn_labels,
+ PtrCtrlProcPtr controlProc, int numMotionEvents,
+ int numAxes, Atom *axes_labels)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev = (DeviceIntPtr)device;
+
+ return(InitButtonClassDeviceStruct(dev, numButtons, btn_labels, map) &&
+ InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(dev, numAxes, axes_labels,
+ numMotionEvents, Relative) &&
+ InitPtrFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(dev, controlProc));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Check if the given buffer contains elements between low (inclusive) and
+ * high (inclusive) only.
+ *
+ * @return TRUE if the device map is invalid, FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+Bool
+BadDeviceMap(BYTE *buff, int length, unsigned low, unsigned high, XID *errval)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
+ if (buff[i]) /* only check non-zero elements */
+ {
+ if ((low > buff[i]) || (high < buff[i]))
+ {
+ *errval = buff[i];
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+int
+ProcSetModifierMapping(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xSetModifierMappingReply rep;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xSetModifierMappingReq);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetModifierMappingReq);
+
+ if (client->req_len != ((stuff->numKeyPerModifier << 1) +
+ bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSetModifierMappingReq))))
+ return BadLength;
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+ rc = change_modmap(client, PickKeyboard(client), (KeyCode *)&stuff[1],
+ stuff->numKeyPerModifier);
+ if (rc == MappingFailed || rc == -1)
+ return BadValue;
+ if (rc != Success && rc != MappingSuccess && rc != MappingFailed &&
+ rc != MappingBusy)
+ return rc;
+
+ rep.success = rc;
+
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xSetModifierMappingReply), &rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetModifierMapping(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xGetModifierMappingReply rep;
+ int max_keys_per_mod = 0;
+ KeyCode *modkeymap = NULL;
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+
+ generate_modkeymap(client, PickKeyboard(client), &modkeymap,
+ &max_keys_per_mod);
+
+ memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetModifierMappingReply));
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.numKeyPerModifier = max_keys_per_mod;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ /* length counts 4 byte quantities - there are 8 modifiers 1 byte big */
+ rep.length = max_keys_per_mod << 1;
+
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetModifierMappingReply), &rep);
+ (void)WriteToClient(client, max_keys_per_mod * 8, (char *) modkeymap);
+
+ free(modkeymap);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcChangeKeyboardMapping(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xChangeKeyboardMappingReq);
+ unsigned len;
+ KeySymsRec keysyms;
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev, tmp;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeKeyboardMappingReq);
+
+ len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xChangeKeyboardMappingReq));
+ if (len != (stuff->keyCodes * stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode))
+ return BadLength;
+
+ pDev = PickKeyboard(client);
+
+ if ((stuff->firstKeyCode < pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code) ||
+ (stuff->firstKeyCode > pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code)) {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->firstKeyCode;
+ return BadValue;
+
+ }
+ if (((unsigned)(stuff->firstKeyCode + stuff->keyCodes - 1) >
+ pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) ||
+ (stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode == 0)) {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ keysyms.minKeyCode = stuff->firstKeyCode;
+ keysyms.maxKeyCode = stuff->firstKeyCode + stuff->keyCodes - 1;
+ keysyms.mapWidth = stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode;
+ keysyms.map = (KeySym *) &stuff[1];
+
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, pDev, DixManageAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ XkbApplyMappingChange(pDev, &keysyms, stuff->firstKeyCode,
+ stuff->keyCodes, NULL, client);
+
+ for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; tmp = tmp->next) {
+ if (IsMaster(tmp) || GetMaster(tmp, MASTER_KEYBOARD) != pDev)
+ continue;
+ if (!tmp->key)
+ continue;
+
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, pDev, DixManageAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ continue;
+
+ XkbApplyMappingChange(tmp, &keysyms, stuff->firstKeyCode,
+ stuff->keyCodes, NULL, client);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcSetPointerMapping(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ BYTE *map;
+ int ret;
+ int i, j;
+ DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);
+ xSetPointerMappingReply rep;
+ REQUEST(xSetPointerMappingReq);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetPointerMappingReq);
+
+ if (client->req_len !=
+ bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSetPointerMappingReq) + stuff->nElts))
+ return BadLength;
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.success = MappingSuccess;
+ map = (BYTE *)&stuff[1];
+
+ /* So we're bounded here by the number of core buttons. This check
+ * probably wants disabling through XFixes. */
+ /* MPX: With ClientPointer, we can return the right number of buttons.
+ * Let's just hope nobody changed ClientPointer between GetPointerMapping
+ * and SetPointerMapping
+ */
+ if (stuff->nElts != ptr->button->numButtons) {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->nElts;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ /* Core protocol specs don't allow for duplicate mappings; this check
+ * almost certainly wants disabling through XFixes too. */
+ for (i = 0; i < stuff->nElts; i++) {
+ for (j = i + 1; j < stuff->nElts; j++) {
+ if (map[i] && map[i] == map[j]) {
+ client->errorValue = map[i];
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ ret = ApplyPointerMapping(ptr, map, stuff->nElts, client);
+ if (ret == MappingBusy)
+ rep.success = ret;
+ else if (ret == -1)
+ return BadValue;
+ else if (ret != Success)
+ return ret;
+
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xSetPointerMappingReply), &rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetKeyboardMapping(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xGetKeyboardMappingReply rep;
+ DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client);
+ XkbDescPtr xkb;
+ KeySymsPtr syms;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xGetKeyboardMappingReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetKeyboardMappingReq);
+
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, kbd, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ xkb = kbd->key->xkbInfo->desc;
+
+ if ((stuff->firstKeyCode < xkb->min_key_code) ||
+ (stuff->firstKeyCode > xkb->max_key_code)) {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->firstKeyCode;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (stuff->firstKeyCode + stuff->count > xkb->max_key_code + 1) {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->count;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ syms = XkbGetCoreMap(kbd);
+ if (!syms)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetKeyboardMappingReply));
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.keySymsPerKeyCode = syms->mapWidth;
+ /* length is a count of 4 byte quantities and KeySyms are 4 bytes */
+ rep.length = syms->mapWidth * stuff->count;
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetKeyboardMappingReply), &rep);
+ client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) CopySwap32Write;
+ WriteSwappedDataToClient(client,
+ syms->mapWidth * stuff->count * sizeof(KeySym),
+ &syms->map[syms->mapWidth * (stuff->firstKeyCode -
+ syms->minKeyCode)]);
+ free(syms->map);
+ free(syms);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetPointerMapping(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xGetPointerMappingReply rep;
+ /* Apps may get different values each time they call GetPointerMapping as
+ * the ClientPointer could change. */
+ DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);
+ ButtonClassPtr butc = ptr->button;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, ptr, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.nElts = (butc) ? butc->numButtons : 0;
+ rep.length = ((unsigned)rep.nElts + (4-1))/4;
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetPointerMappingReply), &rep);
+ if (butc)
+ WriteToClient(client, (int)rep.nElts, (char *)&butc->map[1]);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+void
+NoteLedState(DeviceIntPtr keybd, int led, Bool on)
+{
+ KeybdCtrl *ctrl = &keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl;
+ if (on)
+ ctrl->leds |= ((Leds)1 << (led - 1));
+ else
+ ctrl->leds &= ~((Leds)1 << (led - 1));
+}
+
+int
+Ones(unsigned long mask) /* HACKMEM 169 */
+{
+ unsigned long y;
+
+ y = (mask >> 1) &033333333333;
+ y = mask - y - ((y >>1) & 033333333333);
+ return (((y + (y >> 3)) & 030707070707) % 077);
+}
+
+static int
+DoChangeKeyboardControl (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr keybd, XID *vlist,
+ BITS32 vmask)
+{
+#define DO_ALL (-1)
+ KeybdCtrl ctrl;
+ int t;
+ int led = DO_ALL;
+ int key = DO_ALL;
+ BITS32 index2;
+ int mask = vmask, i;
+ XkbEventCauseRec cause;
+
+ ctrl = keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl;
+ while (vmask) {
+ index2 = (BITS32) lowbit (vmask);
+ vmask &= ~index2;
+ switch (index2) {
+ case KBKeyClickPercent:
+ t = (INT8)*vlist;
+ vlist++;
+ if (t == -1) {
+ t = defaultKeyboardControl.click;
+ }
+ else if (t < 0 || t > 100) {
+ client->errorValue = t;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ ctrl.click = t;
+ break;
+ case KBBellPercent:
+ t = (INT8)*vlist;
+ vlist++;
+ if (t == -1) {
+ t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell;
+ }
+ else if (t < 0 || t > 100) {
+ client->errorValue = t;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ ctrl.bell = t;
+ break;
+ case KBBellPitch:
+ t = (INT16)*vlist;
+ vlist++;
+ if (t == -1) {
+ t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell_pitch;
+ }
+ else if (t < 0) {
+ client->errorValue = t;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ ctrl.bell_pitch = t;
+ break;
+ case KBBellDuration:
+ t = (INT16)*vlist;
+ vlist++;
+ if (t == -1)
+ t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell_duration;
+ else if (t < 0) {
+ client->errorValue = t;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ ctrl.bell_duration = t;
+ break;
+ case KBLed:
+ led = (CARD8)*vlist;
+ vlist++;
+ if (led < 1 || led > 32) {
+ client->errorValue = led;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (!(mask & KBLedMode))
+ return BadMatch;
+ break;
+ case KBLedMode:
+ t = (CARD8)*vlist;
+ vlist++;
+ if (t == LedModeOff) {
+ if (led == DO_ALL)
+ ctrl.leds = 0x0;
+ else
+ ctrl.leds &= ~(((Leds)(1)) << (led - 1));
+ }
+ else if (t == LedModeOn) {
+ if (led == DO_ALL)
+ ctrl.leds = ~0L;
+ else
+ ctrl.leds |= (((Leds)(1)) << (led - 1));
+ }
+ else {
+ client->errorValue = t;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ XkbSetCauseCoreReq(&cause,X_ChangeKeyboardControl,client);
+ XkbSetIndicators(keybd,((led == DO_ALL) ? ~0L : (1L<<(led-1))),
+ ctrl.leds, &cause);
+ ctrl.leds = keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl.leds;
+
+ break;
+ case KBKey:
+ key = (KeyCode)*vlist;
+ vlist++;
+ if ((KeyCode)key < keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code ||
+ (KeyCode)key > keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) {
+ client->errorValue = key;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (!(mask & KBAutoRepeatMode))
+ return BadMatch;
+ break;
+ case KBAutoRepeatMode:
+ i = (key >> 3);
+ mask = (1 << (key & 7));
+ t = (CARD8)*vlist;
+ vlist++;
+ if (key != DO_ALL)
+ XkbDisableComputedAutoRepeats(keybd,key);
+ if (t == AutoRepeatModeOff) {
+ if (key == DO_ALL)
+ ctrl.autoRepeat = FALSE;
+ else
+ ctrl.autoRepeats[i] &= ~mask;
+ }
+ else if (t == AutoRepeatModeOn) {
+ if (key == DO_ALL)
+ ctrl.autoRepeat = TRUE;
+ else
+ ctrl.autoRepeats[i] |= mask;
+ }
+ else if (t == AutoRepeatModeDefault) {
+ if (key == DO_ALL)
+ ctrl.autoRepeat = defaultKeyboardControl.autoRepeat;
+ else
+ ctrl.autoRepeats[i] =
+ (ctrl.autoRepeats[i] & ~mask) |
+ (defaultKeyboardControl.autoRepeats[i] & mask);
+ }
+ else {
+ client->errorValue = t;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ client->errorValue = mask;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ }
+ keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl = ctrl;
+
+ /* The XKB RepeatKeys control and core protocol global autorepeat */
+ /* value are linked */
+ XkbSetRepeatKeys(keybd, key, keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeat);
+
+ return Success;
+
+#undef DO_ALL
+}
+
+/**
+ * Changes kbd control on the ClientPointer and all attached SDs.
+ */
+int
+ProcChangeKeyboardControl (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ XID *vlist;
+ BITS32 vmask;
+ int ret = Success, error = Success;
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev = NULL, keyboard;
+ REQUEST(xChangeKeyboardControlReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeKeyboardControlReq);
+
+ vmask = stuff->mask;
+ vlist = (XID *)&stuff[1];
+
+ if (client->req_len != (sizeof(xChangeKeyboardControlReq)>>2)+Ones(vmask))
+ return BadLength;
+
+ keyboard = PickKeyboard(client);
+
+ for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next) {
+ if ((pDev == keyboard ||
+ (!IsMaster(pDev) && GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == keyboard))
+ && pDev->kbdfeed && pDev->kbdfeed->CtrlProc) {
+ ret = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, pDev, DixManageAccess);
+ if (ret != Success)
+ return ret;
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next) {
+ if ((pDev == keyboard ||
+ (!IsMaster(pDev) && GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == keyboard))
+ && pDev->kbdfeed && pDev->kbdfeed->CtrlProc) {
+ ret = DoChangeKeyboardControl(client, pDev, vlist, vmask);
+ if (ret != Success)
+ error = ret;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return error;
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetKeyboardControl (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int rc, i;
+ DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client);
+ KeybdCtrl *ctrl = &kbd->kbdfeed->ctrl;
+ xGetKeyboardControlReply rep;
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, kbd, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.length = 5;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.globalAutoRepeat = ctrl->autoRepeat;
+ rep.keyClickPercent = ctrl->click;
+ rep.bellPercent = ctrl->bell;
+ rep.bellPitch = ctrl->bell_pitch;
+ rep.bellDuration = ctrl->bell_duration;
+ rep.ledMask = ctrl->leds;
+ for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
+ rep.map[i] = ctrl->autoRepeats[i];
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetKeyboardControlReply), &rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcBell(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev, keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
+ int base = keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl.bell;
+ int newpercent;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xBellReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xBellReq);
+
+ if (stuff->percent < -100 || stuff->percent > 100) {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->percent;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ newpercent = (base * stuff->percent) / 100;
+ if (stuff->percent < 0)
+ newpercent = base + newpercent;
+ else
+ newpercent = base - newpercent + stuff->percent;
+
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
+ if ((dev == keybd ||
+ (!IsMaster(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == keybd)) &&
+ dev->kbdfeed && dev->kbdfeed->BellProc) {
+
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixBellAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ XkbHandleBell(FALSE, FALSE, dev, newpercent,
+ &dev->kbdfeed->ctrl, 0, None, NULL, client);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcChangePointerControl(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev, mouse = PickPointer(client);
+ PtrCtrl ctrl; /* might get BadValue part way through */
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xChangePointerControlReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangePointerControlReq);
+
+ ctrl = mouse->ptrfeed->ctrl;
+ if ((stuff->doAccel != xTrue) && (stuff->doAccel != xFalse)) {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->doAccel;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if ((stuff->doThresh != xTrue) && (stuff->doThresh != xFalse)) {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->doThresh;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (stuff->doAccel) {
+ if (stuff->accelNum == -1) {
+ ctrl.num = defaultPointerControl.num;
+ }
+ else if (stuff->accelNum < 0) {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->accelNum;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ else {
+ ctrl.num = stuff->accelNum;
+ }
+
+ if (stuff->accelDenum == -1) {
+ ctrl.den = defaultPointerControl.den;
+ }
+ else if (stuff->accelDenum <= 0) {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->accelDenum;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ else {
+ ctrl.den = stuff->accelDenum;
+ }
+ }
+ if (stuff->doThresh) {
+ if (stuff->threshold == -1) {
+ ctrl.threshold = defaultPointerControl.threshold;
+ }
+ else if (stuff->threshold < 0) {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->threshold;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ else {
+ ctrl.threshold = stuff->threshold;
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
+ if ((dev == mouse ||
+ (!IsMaster(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER) == mouse)) &&
+ dev->ptrfeed) {
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixManageAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
+ if ((dev == mouse ||
+ (!IsMaster(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER) == mouse)) &&
+ dev->ptrfeed) {
+ dev->ptrfeed->ctrl = ctrl;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetPointerControl(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);
+ PtrCtrl *ctrl = &ptr->ptrfeed->ctrl;
+ xGetPointerControlReply rep;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, ptr, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.threshold = ctrl->threshold;
+ rep.accelNumerator = ctrl->num;
+ rep.accelDenominator = ctrl->den;
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGenericReply), &rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+void
+MaybeStopHint(DeviceIntPtr dev, ClientPtr client)
+{
+ GrabPtr grab = dev->deviceGrab.grab;
+
+ if ((grab && SameClient(grab, client) &&
+ ((grab->eventMask & PointerMotionHintMask) ||
+ (grab->ownerEvents &&
+ (EventMaskForClient(dev->valuator->motionHintWindow, client) &
+ PointerMotionHintMask)))) ||
+ (!grab &&
+ (EventMaskForClient(dev->valuator->motionHintWindow, client) &
+ PointerMotionHintMask)))
+ dev->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetMotionEvents(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ xTimecoord * coords = (xTimecoord *) NULL;
+ xGetMotionEventsReply rep;
+ int i, count, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, rc;
+ unsigned long nEvents;
+ DeviceIntPtr mouse = PickPointer(client);
+ TimeStamp start, stop;
+ REQUEST(xGetMotionEventsReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetMotionEventsReq);
+
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, mouse, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ if (mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow)
+ MaybeStopHint(mouse, client);
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ nEvents = 0;
+ start = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->start);
+ stop = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->stop);
+ if ((CompareTimeStamps(start, stop) != LATER) &&
+ (CompareTimeStamps(start, currentTime) != LATER) &&
+ mouse->valuator->numMotionEvents)
+ {
+ if (CompareTimeStamps(stop, currentTime) == LATER)
+ stop = currentTime;
+ count = GetMotionHistory(mouse, &coords, start.milliseconds,
+ stop.milliseconds, pWin->drawable.pScreen,
+ TRUE);
+ xmin = pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin);
+ xmax = pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width +
+ wBorderWidth (pWin);
+ ymin = pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin);
+ ymax = pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height +
+ wBorderWidth (pWin);
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ if ((xmin <= coords[i].x) && (coords[i].x < xmax) &&
+ (ymin <= coords[i].y) && (coords[i].y < ymax))
+ {
+ coords[nEvents].time = coords[i].time;
+ coords[nEvents].x = coords[i].x - pWin->drawable.x;
+ coords[nEvents].y = coords[i].y - pWin->drawable.y;
+ nEvents++;
+ }
+ }
+ rep.length = nEvents * bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xTimecoord));
+ rep.nEvents = nEvents;
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetMotionEventsReply), &rep);
+ if (nEvents)
+ {
+ client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) SwapTimeCoordWrite;
+ WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, nEvents * sizeof(xTimecoord),
+ (char *)coords);
+ }
+ free(coords);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcQueryKeymap(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xQueryKeymapReply rep;
+ int rc, i;
+ DeviceIntPtr keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
+ CARD8 *down = keybd->key->down;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 2;
+
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, keybd, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success && rc != BadAccess)
+ return rc;
+
+ for (i = 0; i<32; i++)
+ rep.map[i] = down[i];
+
+ if (rc == BadAccess)
+ memset(rep.map, 0, 32);
+
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryKeymapReply), &rep);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Recalculate the number of buttons for the master device. The number of
+ * buttons on the master device is equal to the number of buttons on the
+ * slave device with the highest number of buttons.
+ */
+static void
+RecalculateMasterButtons(DeviceIntPtr slave)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev, master;
+ int maxbuttons = 0;
+
+ if (!slave->button || IsMaster(slave))
+ return;
+
+ master = GetMaster(slave, MASTER_POINTER);
+ if (!master)
+ return;
+
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ if (IsMaster(dev) ||
+ GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED) != master ||
+ !dev->button)
+ continue;
+
+ maxbuttons = max(maxbuttons, dev->button->numButtons);
+ }
+
+ if (master->button && master->button->numButtons != maxbuttons)
+ {
+ int i;
+ DeviceChangedEvent event;
+
+ memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
+
+ master->button->numButtons = maxbuttons;
+
+ event.header = ET_Internal;
+ event.type = ET_DeviceChanged;
+ event.time = GetTimeInMillis();
+ event.deviceid = master->id;
+ event.flags = DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT | DEVCHANGE_DEVICE_CHANGE;
+ event.buttons.num_buttons = maxbuttons;
+ memcpy(&event.buttons.names, master->button->labels, maxbuttons *
+ sizeof(Atom));
+
+ if (master->valuator)
+ {
+ event.num_valuators = master->valuator->numAxes;
+ for (i = 0; i < event.num_valuators; i++)
+ {
+ event.valuators[i].min = master->valuator->axes[i].min_value;
+ event.valuators[i].max = master->valuator->axes[i].max_value;
+ event.valuators[i].resolution = master->valuator->axes[i].resolution;
+ event.valuators[i].mode = master->valuator->axes[i].mode;
+ event.valuators[i].name = master->valuator->axes[i].label;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (master->key)
+ {
+ event.keys.min_keycode = master->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code;
+ event.keys.max_keycode = master->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code;
+ }
+
+ XISendDeviceChangedEvent(master, master, &event);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Generate release events for all keys/button currently down on this
+ * device.
+ */
+static void
+ReleaseButtonsAndKeys(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ EventListPtr eventlist = InitEventList(GetMaximumEventsNum());
+ ButtonClassPtr b = dev->button;
+ KeyClassPtr k = dev->key;
+ int i, j, nevents;
+
+ if (!eventlist) /* no release events for you */
+ return;
+
+ /* Release all buttons */
+ for (i = 0; b && i < b->numButtons; i++)
+ {
+ if (BitIsOn(b->down, i))
+ {
+ nevents = GetPointerEvents(eventlist, dev, ButtonRelease, i, 0, NULL);
+ for (j = 0; j < nevents; j++)
+ mieqProcessDeviceEvent(dev, (InternalEvent*)(eventlist+j)->event, NULL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Release all keys */
+ for (i = 0; k && i < MAP_LENGTH; i++)
+ {
+ if (BitIsOn(k->down, i))
+ {
+ nevents = GetKeyboardEvents(eventlist, dev, KeyRelease, i);
+ for (j = 0; j < nevents; j++)
+ mieqProcessDeviceEvent(dev, (InternalEvent*)(eventlist+j)->event, NULL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ FreeEventList(eventlist, GetMaximumEventsNum());
+}
+
+/**
+ * Attach device 'dev' to device 'master'.
+ * Client is set to the client that issued the request, or NULL if it comes
+ * from some internal automatic pairing.
+ *
+ * Master may be NULL to set the device floating.
+ *
+ * We don't allow multi-layer hierarchies right now. You can't attach a slave
+ * to another slave.
+ */
+int
+AttachDevice(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceIntPtr master)
+{
+ ScreenPtr screen;
+ DeviceIntPtr oldmaster;
+ if (!dev || IsMaster(dev))
+ return BadDevice;
+
+ if (master && !IsMaster(master)) /* can't attach to slaves */
+ return BadDevice;
+
+ /* set from floating to floating? */
+ if (IsFloating(dev) && !master && dev->enabled)
+ return Success;
+
+ /* free the existing sprite. */
+ if (IsFloating(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->paired == dev)
+ {
+ screen = miPointerGetScreen(dev);
+ screen->DeviceCursorCleanup(dev, screen);
+ free(dev->spriteInfo->sprite);
+ }
+
+ ReleaseButtonsAndKeys(dev);
+
+ oldmaster = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED);
+ dev->master = master;
+
+ /* If device is set to floating, we need to create a sprite for it,
+ * otherwise things go bad. However, we don't want to render the cursor,
+ * so we reset spriteOwner.
+ * Sprite has to be forced to NULL first, otherwise InitializeSprite won't
+ * alloc new memory but overwrite the previous one.
+ */
+ if (!master)
+ {
+ WindowPtr currentRoot;
+
+ if (dev->spriteInfo->sprite)
+ currentRoot = GetCurrentRootWindow(dev);
+ else /* new device auto-set to floating */
+ currentRoot = screenInfo.screens[0]->root;
+
+ /* we need to init a fake sprite */
+ screen = currentRoot->drawable.pScreen;
+ screen->DeviceCursorInitialize(dev, screen);
+ dev->spriteInfo->sprite = NULL;
+ InitializeSprite(dev, currentRoot);
+ dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
+ dev->spriteInfo->paired = dev;
+ } else
+ {
+ dev->spriteInfo->sprite = master->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ dev->spriteInfo->paired = master;
+ dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
+
+ RecalculateMasterButtons(master);
+ }
+
+ /* XXX: in theory, the MD should change back to its old, original
+ * classes when the last SD is detached. Thanks to the XTEST devices,
+ * we'll always have an SD attached until the MD is removed.
+ * So let's not worry about that.
+ */
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return the device paired with the given device or NULL.
+ * Returns the device paired with the parent master if the given device is a
+ * slave device.
+ */
+DeviceIntPtr
+GetPairedDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))
+ dev = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED);
+
+ return dev->spriteInfo->paired;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Returns the right master for the type of event needed. If the event is a
+ * keyboard event.
+ * This function may be called with a master device as argument. If so, the
+ * returned master is either the device itself or the paired master device.
+ * If dev is a floating slave device, NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * @type ::MASTER_KEYBOARD or ::MASTER_POINTER or ::MASTER_ATTACHED
+ * @return The requested master device. In the case of MASTER_ATTACHED, this
+ * is the directly attached master to this device, regardless of the type.
+ * Otherwise, it is either the master keyboard or pointer for this device.
+ */
+DeviceIntPtr
+GetMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev, int which)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr master;
+
+ if (IsMaster(dev))
+ master = dev;
+ else
+ master = dev->master;
+
+ if (master && which != MASTER_ATTACHED)
+ {
+ if (which == MASTER_KEYBOARD)
+ {
+ if (master->type != MASTER_KEYBOARD)
+ master = GetPairedDevice(master);
+ } else
+ {
+ if (master->type != MASTER_POINTER)
+ master = GetPairedDevice(master);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return master;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create a new device pair (== one pointer, one keyboard device).
+ * Only allocates the devices, you will need to call ActivateDevice() and
+ * EnableDevice() manually.
+ * Either a master or a slave device can be created depending on
+ * the value for master.
+ */
+int
+AllocDevicePair (ClientPtr client, char* name,
+ DeviceIntPtr* ptr,
+ DeviceIntPtr* keybd,
+ DeviceProc ptr_proc,
+ DeviceProc keybd_proc,
+ Bool master)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr pointer;
+ DeviceIntPtr keyboard;
+ *ptr = *keybd = NULL;
+
+ pointer = AddInputDevice(client, ptr_proc, TRUE);
+ if (!pointer)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ if (asprintf(&pointer->name, "%s pointer", name) == -1) {
+ pointer->name = NULL;
+ RemoveDevice(pointer, FALSE);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ pointer->public.processInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
+ pointer->public.realInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
+ XkbSetExtension(pointer, ProcessPointerEvent);
+ pointer->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab = ActivatePointerGrab;
+ pointer->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab = DeactivatePointerGrab;
+ pointer->coreEvents = TRUE;
+ pointer->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = TRUE;
+
+ pointer->lastSlave = NULL;
+ pointer->last.slave = NULL;
+ pointer->type = (master) ? MASTER_POINTER : SLAVE;
+
+ keyboard = AddInputDevice(client, keybd_proc, TRUE);
+ if (!keyboard)
+ {
+ RemoveDevice(pointer, FALSE);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ if (asprintf(&keyboard->name, "%s keyboard", name) == -1) {
+ keyboard->name = NULL;
+ RemoveDevice(keyboard, FALSE);
+ RemoveDevice(pointer, FALSE);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ keyboard->public.processInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
+ keyboard->public.realInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
+ XkbSetExtension(keyboard, ProcessKeyboardEvent);
+ keyboard->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab = ActivateKeyboardGrab;
+ keyboard->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab = DeactivateKeyboardGrab;
+ keyboard->coreEvents = TRUE;
+ keyboard->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
+
+ keyboard->lastSlave = NULL;
+ keyboard->last.slave = NULL;
+ keyboard->type = (master) ? MASTER_KEYBOARD : SLAVE;
+
+ /* The ClassesRec stores the device classes currently not used. */
+ pointer->unused_classes = calloc(1, sizeof(ClassesRec));
+ keyboard->unused_classes = calloc(1, sizeof(ClassesRec));
+
+ *ptr = pointer;
+ *keybd = keyboard;
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return Relative or Absolute for the device.
+ */
+int valuator_get_mode(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axis)
+{
+ return (dev->valuator->axes[axis].mode & DeviceMode);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set the given mode for the axis. If axis is VALUATOR_MODE_ALL_AXES, then
+ * set the mode for all axes.
+ */
+void valuator_set_mode(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axis, int mode)
+{
+ if (axis != VALUATOR_MODE_ALL_AXES)
+ dev->valuator->axes[axis].mode = mode;
+ else {
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < dev->valuator->numAxes; i++)
+ dev->valuator->axes[i].mode = mode;
+ }
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/eventconvert.c b/xorg-server/dix/eventconvert.c
index 760729beb..d5ac54796 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/eventconvert.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/eventconvert.c
@@ -1,767 +1,770 @@
-/*
- * Copyright © 2009 Red Hat, Inc.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- */
-
-/**
- * @file eventconvert.c
- * This file contains event conversion routines from InternalEvent to the
- * matching protocol events.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XI2proto.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h>
-
-#include "dix.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "eventstr.h"
-#include "exglobals.h"
-#include "eventconvert.h"
-#include "xiquerydevice.h"
-#include "xkbsrv.h"
-
-
-static int countValuators(DeviceEvent *ev, int *first);
-static int getValuatorEvents(DeviceEvent *ev, deviceValuator *xv);
-static int eventToKeyButtonPointer(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi, int *count);
-static int eventToDeviceChanged(DeviceChangedEvent *ev, xEvent **dcce);
-static int eventToDeviceEvent(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi);
-static int eventToRawEvent(RawDeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi);
-
-/* Do not use, read comments below */
-BOOL EventIsKeyRepeat(xEvent *event);
-
-/**
- * Hack to allow detectable autorepeat for core and XI1 events.
- * The sequence number is unused until we send to the client and can be
- * misused to store data. More or less, anyway.
- *
- * Do not use this. It may change any time without warning, eat your babies
- * and piss on your cat.
- */
-static void
-EventSetKeyRepeatFlag(xEvent *event, BOOL on)
-{
- event->u.u.sequenceNumber = on;
-}
-
-/**
- * Check if the event was marked as a repeat event before.
- * NOTE: This is a nasty hack and should NOT be used by anyone else but
- * TryClientEvents.
- */
-BOOL
-EventIsKeyRepeat(xEvent *event)
-{
- return !!event->u.u.sequenceNumber;
-}
-
-/**
- * Convert the given event to the respective core event.
- *
- * Return values:
- * Success ... core contains the matching core event.
- * BadValue .. One or more values in the internal event are invalid.
- * BadMatch .. The event has no core equivalent.
- *
- * @param[in] event The event to convert into a core event.
- * @param[in] core The memory location to store the core event at.
- * @return Success or the matching error code.
- */
-int
-EventToCore(InternalEvent *event, xEvent **core_out, int *count_out)
-{
- xEvent *core = NULL;
- int count = 0;
- int ret = BadImplementation;
-
- switch(event->any.type)
- {
- case ET_Motion:
- {
- DeviceEvent *e = &event->device_event;
- /* Don't create core motion event if neither x nor y are
- * present */
- if (!BitIsOn(e->valuators.mask, 0) &&
- !BitIsOn(e->valuators.mask, 1))
- {
- ret = BadMatch;
- goto out;
- }
- }
- /* fallthrough */
- case ET_ButtonPress:
- case ET_ButtonRelease:
- case ET_KeyPress:
- case ET_KeyRelease:
- {
- DeviceEvent *e = &event->device_event;
-
- if (e->detail.key > 0xFF)
- {
- ret = BadMatch;
- goto out;
- }
-
- core = calloc(1, sizeof(*core));
- if (!core)
- return BadAlloc;
- count = 1;
- core->u.u.type = e->type - ET_KeyPress + KeyPress;
- core->u.u.detail = e->detail.key & 0xFF;
- core->u.keyButtonPointer.time = e->time;
- core->u.keyButtonPointer.rootX = e->root_x;
- core->u.keyButtonPointer.rootY = e->root_y;
- core->u.keyButtonPointer.state = e->corestate;
- core->u.keyButtonPointer.root = e->root;
- EventSetKeyRepeatFlag(core,
- (e->type == ET_KeyPress &&
- e->key_repeat));
- ret = Success;
- }
- break;
- case ET_ProximityIn:
- case ET_ProximityOut:
- case ET_RawKeyPress:
- case ET_RawKeyRelease:
- case ET_RawButtonPress:
- case ET_RawButtonRelease:
- case ET_RawMotion:
- ret = BadMatch;
- goto out;
- default:
- /* XXX: */
- ErrorF("[dix] EventToCore: Not implemented yet \n");
- ret = BadImplementation;
- }
-
-out:
- *core_out = core;
- *count_out = count;
- return ret;
-}
-
-/**
- * Convert the given event to the respective XI 1.x event and store it in
- * xi. xi is allocated on demand and must be freed by the caller.
- * count returns the number of events in xi. If count is 1, and the type of
- * xi is GenericEvent, then xi may be larger than 32 bytes.
- *
- * Return values:
- * Success ... core contains the matching core event.
- * BadValue .. One or more values in the internal event are invalid.
- * BadMatch .. The event has no XI equivalent.
- *
- * @param[in] ev The event to convert into an XI 1 event.
- * @param[out] xi Future memory location for the XI event.
- * @param[out] count Number of elements in xi.
- *
- * @return Success or the error code.
- */
-int
-EventToXI(InternalEvent *ev, xEvent **xi, int *count)
-{
- switch (ev->any.type)
- {
- case ET_Motion:
- case ET_ButtonPress:
- case ET_ButtonRelease:
- case ET_KeyPress:
- case ET_KeyRelease:
- case ET_ProximityIn:
- case ET_ProximityOut:
- return eventToKeyButtonPointer(&ev->device_event, xi, count);
- case ET_DeviceChanged:
- case ET_RawKeyPress:
- case ET_RawKeyRelease:
- case ET_RawButtonPress:
- case ET_RawButtonRelease:
- case ET_RawMotion:
- *count = 0;
- *xi = NULL;
- return BadMatch;
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- ErrorF("[dix] EventToXI: Not implemented for %d \n", ev->any.type);
- return BadImplementation;
-}
-
-/**
- * Convert the given event to the respective XI 2.x event and store it in xi.
- * xi is allocated on demand and must be freed by the caller.
- *
- * Return values:
- * Success ... core contains the matching core event.
- * BadValue .. One or more values in the internal event are invalid.
- * BadMatch .. The event has no XI2 equivalent.
- *
- * @param[in] ev The event to convert into an XI2 event
- * @param[out] xi Future memory location for the XI2 event.
- *
- * @return Success or the error code.
- */
-int
-EventToXI2(InternalEvent *ev, xEvent **xi)
-{
- switch (ev->any.type)
- {
- /* Enter/FocusIn are for grabs. We don't need an actual event, since
- * the real events delivered are triggered elsewhere */
- case ET_Enter:
- case ET_FocusIn:
- *xi = NULL;
- return Success;
- case ET_Motion:
- case ET_ButtonPress:
- case ET_ButtonRelease:
- case ET_KeyPress:
- case ET_KeyRelease:
- return eventToDeviceEvent(&ev->device_event, xi);
- case ET_ProximityIn:
- case ET_ProximityOut:
- *xi = NULL;
- return BadMatch;
- case ET_DeviceChanged:
- return eventToDeviceChanged(&ev->changed_event, xi);
- case ET_RawKeyPress:
- case ET_RawKeyRelease:
- case ET_RawButtonPress:
- case ET_RawButtonRelease:
- case ET_RawMotion:
- return eventToRawEvent(&ev->raw_event, xi);
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- ErrorF("[dix] EventToXI2: Not implemented for %d \n", ev->any.type);
- return BadImplementation;
-}
-
-static int
-eventToKeyButtonPointer(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi, int *count)
-{
- int num_events;
- int first; /* dummy */
- deviceKeyButtonPointer *kbp;
-
- /* Sorry, XI 1.x protocol restrictions. */
- if (ev->detail.button > 0xFF || ev->deviceid >= 0x80)
- {
- *count = 0;
- return Success;
- }
-
- num_events = (countValuators(ev, &first) + 5)/6; /* valuator ev */
- if (num_events <= 0)
- {
- switch (ev->type)
- {
- case ET_KeyPress:
- case ET_KeyRelease:
- case ET_ButtonPress:
- case ET_ButtonRelease:
- /* no axes is ok */
- break;
- case ET_Motion:
- case ET_ProximityIn:
- case ET_ProximityOut:
- *count = 0;
- return BadMatch;
- }
- }
-
- num_events++; /* the actual event event */
-
- *xi = calloc(num_events, sizeof(xEvent));
- if (!(*xi))
- {
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- kbp = (deviceKeyButtonPointer*)(*xi);
- kbp->detail = ev->detail.button;
- kbp->time = ev->time;
- kbp->root = ev->root;
- kbp->root_x = ev->root_x;
- kbp->root_y = ev->root_y;
- kbp->deviceid = ev->deviceid;
- kbp->state = ev->corestate;
- EventSetKeyRepeatFlag((xEvent*)kbp,
- (ev->type == ET_KeyPress && ev->key_repeat));
-
- if (num_events > 1)
- kbp->deviceid |= MORE_EVENTS;
-
- switch(ev->type)
- {
- case ET_Motion: kbp->type = DeviceMotionNotify; break;
- case ET_ButtonPress: kbp->type = DeviceButtonPress; break;
- case ET_ButtonRelease: kbp->type = DeviceButtonRelease; break;
- case ET_KeyPress: kbp->type = DeviceKeyPress; break;
- case ET_KeyRelease: kbp->type = DeviceKeyRelease; break;
- case ET_ProximityIn: kbp->type = ProximityIn; break;
- case ET_ProximityOut: kbp->type = ProximityOut; break;
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- if (num_events > 1)
- {
- getValuatorEvents(ev, (deviceValuator*)(kbp + 1));
- }
-
- *count = num_events;
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Set first to the first valuator in the event ev and return the number of
- * valuators from first to the last set valuator.
- */
-static int
-countValuators(DeviceEvent *ev, int *first)
-{
- int first_valuator = -1, last_valuator = -1, num_valuators = 0;
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->valuators.mask) * 8; i++)
- {
- if (BitIsOn(ev->valuators.mask, i))
- {
- if (first_valuator == -1)
- first_valuator = i;
- last_valuator = i;
- }
- }
-
- if (first_valuator != -1)
- {
- num_valuators = last_valuator - first_valuator + 1;
- *first = first_valuator;
- }
-
- return num_valuators;
-}
-
-static int
-getValuatorEvents(DeviceEvent *ev, deviceValuator *xv)
-{
- int i;
- int state = 0;
- int first_valuator, num_valuators;
-
-
- num_valuators = countValuators(ev, &first_valuator);
- if (num_valuators > 0)
- {
- DeviceIntPtr dev = NULL;
- dixLookupDevice(&dev, ev->deviceid, serverClient, DixUseAccess);
- /* State needs to be assembled BEFORE the device is updated. */
- state = (dev && dev->key) ? XkbStateFieldFromRec(&dev->key->xkbInfo->state) : 0;
- state |= (dev && dev->button) ? (dev->button->state) : 0;
- }
-
- /* FIXME: non-continuous valuator data in internal events*/
- for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i += 6, xv++) {
- xv->type = DeviceValuator;
- xv->first_valuator = first_valuator + i;
- xv->num_valuators = ((num_valuators - i) > 6) ? 6 : (num_valuators - i);
- xv->deviceid = ev->deviceid;
- xv->device_state = state;
- switch (xv->num_valuators) {
- case 6:
- xv->valuator5 = ev->valuators.data[xv->first_valuator + 5];
- case 5:
- xv->valuator4 = ev->valuators.data[xv->first_valuator + 4];
- case 4:
- xv->valuator3 = ev->valuators.data[xv->first_valuator + 3];
- case 3:
- xv->valuator2 = ev->valuators.data[xv->first_valuator + 2];
- case 2:
- xv->valuator1 = ev->valuators.data[xv->first_valuator + 1];
- case 1:
- xv->valuator0 = ev->valuators.data[xv->first_valuator + 0];
- }
-
- if (i + 6 < num_valuators)
- xv->deviceid |= MORE_EVENTS;
- }
-
- return (num_valuators + 5) / 6;
-}
-
-
-static int
-appendKeyInfo(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xXIKeyInfo* info)
-{
- uint32_t *kc;
- int i;
-
- info->type = XIKeyClass;
- info->num_keycodes = dce->keys.max_keycode - dce->keys.min_keycode + 1;
- info->length = sizeof(xXIKeyInfo)/4 + info->num_keycodes;
- info->sourceid = dce->sourceid;
-
- kc = (uint32_t*)&info[1];
- for (i = 0; i < info->num_keycodes; i++)
- *kc++ = i + dce->keys.min_keycode;
-
- return info->length * 4;
-}
-
-static int
-appendButtonInfo(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xXIButtonInfo *info)
-{
- unsigned char *bits;
- int mask_len;
-
- mask_len = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(dce->buttons.num_buttons));
-
- info->type = XIButtonClass;
- info->num_buttons = dce->buttons.num_buttons;
- info->length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xXIButtonInfo)) +
- info->num_buttons + mask_len;
- info->sourceid = dce->sourceid;
-
- bits = (unsigned char*)&info[1];
- memset(bits, 0, mask_len * 4);
- /* FIXME: is_down? */
-
- bits += mask_len * 4;
- memcpy(bits, dce->buttons.names, dce->buttons.num_buttons * sizeof(Atom));
-
- return info->length * 4;
-}
-
-static int
-appendValuatorInfo(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xXIValuatorInfo *info, int axisnumber)
-{
- info->type = XIValuatorClass;
- info->length = sizeof(xXIValuatorInfo)/4;
- info->label = dce->valuators[axisnumber].name;
- info->min.integral = dce->valuators[axisnumber].min;
- info->min.frac = 0;
- info->max.integral = dce->valuators[axisnumber].max;
- info->max.frac = 0;
- /* FIXME: value */
- info->value.integral = 0;
- info->value.frac = 0;
- info->resolution = dce->valuators[axisnumber].resolution;
- info->number = axisnumber;
- info->mode = dce->valuators[axisnumber].mode;
- info->sourceid = dce->sourceid;
-
- return info->length * 4;
-}
-
-static int
-eventToDeviceChanged(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xEvent **xi)
-{
- xXIDeviceChangedEvent *dcce;
- int len = sizeof(xXIDeviceChangedEvent);
- int nkeys;
- char *ptr;
-
- if (dce->buttons.num_buttons)
- {
- len += sizeof(xXIButtonInfo);
- len += dce->buttons.num_buttons * sizeof(Atom); /* button names */
- len += pad_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(dce->buttons.num_buttons));
- }
- if (dce->num_valuators)
- len += sizeof(xXIValuatorInfo) * dce->num_valuators;
-
- nkeys = (dce->keys.max_keycode > 0) ?
- dce->keys.max_keycode - dce->keys.min_keycode + 1 : 0;
- if (nkeys > 0)
- {
- len += sizeof(xXIKeyInfo);
- len += sizeof(CARD32) * nkeys; /* keycodes */
- }
-
- dcce = calloc(1, len);
- if (!dcce)
- {
- ErrorF("[Xi] BadAlloc in SendDeviceChangedEvent.\n");
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- dcce->type = GenericEvent;
- dcce->extension = IReqCode;
- dcce->evtype = XI_DeviceChanged;
- dcce->time = dce->time;
- dcce->deviceid = dce->deviceid;
- dcce->sourceid = dce->sourceid;
- dcce->reason = (dce->flags & DEVCHANGE_DEVICE_CHANGE) ? XIDeviceChange : XISlaveSwitch;
- dcce->num_classes = 0;
- dcce->length = bytes_to_int32(len - sizeof(xEvent));
-
- ptr = (char*)&dcce[1];
- if (dce->buttons.num_buttons)
- {
- dcce->num_classes++;
- ptr += appendButtonInfo(dce, (xXIButtonInfo*)ptr);
- }
-
- if (nkeys)
- {
- dcce->num_classes++;
- ptr += appendKeyInfo(dce, (xXIKeyInfo*)ptr);
- }
-
- if (dce->num_valuators)
- {
- int i;
-
- dcce->num_classes += dce->num_valuators;
- for (i = 0; i < dce->num_valuators; i++)
- ptr += appendValuatorInfo(dce, (xXIValuatorInfo*)ptr, i);
- }
-
- *xi = (xEvent*)dcce;
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int count_bits(unsigned char* ptr, int len)
-{
- int bits = 0;
- unsigned int i;
- unsigned char x;
-
- for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
- {
- x = ptr[i];
- while(x > 0)
- {
- bits += (x & 0x1);
- x >>= 1;
- }
- }
- return bits;
-}
-
-static int
-eventToDeviceEvent(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi)
-{
- int len = sizeof(xXIDeviceEvent);
- xXIDeviceEvent *xde;
- int i, btlen, vallen;
- char *ptr;
- FP3232 *axisval;
-
- /* FIXME: this should just send the buttons we have, not MAX_BUTTONs. Same
- * with MAX_VALUATORS below */
- /* btlen is in 4 byte units */
- btlen = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(MAX_BUTTONS));
- len += btlen * 4; /* buttonmask len */
-
-
- vallen = count_bits(ev->valuators.mask, sizeof(ev->valuators.mask)/sizeof(ev->valuators.mask[0]));
- len += vallen * 2 * sizeof(uint32_t); /* axisvalues */
- vallen = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(MAX_VALUATORS));
- len += vallen * 4; /* valuators mask */
-
- *xi = calloc(1, len);
- xde = (xXIDeviceEvent*)*xi;
- xde->type = GenericEvent;
- xde->extension = IReqCode;
- xde->evtype = GetXI2Type((InternalEvent*)ev);
- xde->time = ev->time;
- xde->length = bytes_to_int32(len - sizeof(xEvent));
- xde->detail = ev->detail.button;
- xde->root = ev->root;
- xde->buttons_len = btlen;
- xde->valuators_len = vallen;
- xde->deviceid = ev->deviceid;
- xde->sourceid = ev->sourceid;
- xde->root_x = FP1616(ev->root_x, ev->root_x_frac);
- xde->root_y = FP1616(ev->root_y, ev->root_y_frac);
-
- if (ev->key_repeat)
- xde->flags |= XIKeyRepeat;
-
- xde->mods.base_mods = ev->mods.base;
- xde->mods.latched_mods = ev->mods.latched;
- xde->mods.locked_mods = ev->mods.locked;
- xde->mods.effective_mods = ev->mods.effective;
-
- xde->group.base_group = ev->group.base;
- xde->group.latched_group = ev->group.latched;
- xde->group.locked_group = ev->group.locked;
- xde->group.effective_group = ev->group.effective;
-
- ptr = (char*)&xde[1];
- for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->buttons) * 8; i++)
- {
- if (BitIsOn(ev->buttons, i))
- SetBit(ptr, i);
- }
-
- ptr += xde->buttons_len * 4;
- axisval = (FP3232*)(ptr + xde->valuators_len * 4);
- for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->valuators.mask) * 8; i++)
- {
- if (BitIsOn(ev->valuators.mask, i))
- {
- SetBit(ptr, i);
- axisval->integral = ev->valuators.data[i];
- axisval->frac = ev->valuators.data_frac[i];
- axisval++;
- }
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int
-eventToRawEvent(RawDeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi)
-{
- xXIRawEvent* raw;
- int vallen, nvals;
- int i, len = sizeof(xXIRawEvent);
- char *ptr;
- FP3232 *axisval;
-
- nvals = count_bits(ev->valuators.mask, sizeof(ev->valuators.mask));
- len += nvals * sizeof(FP3232) * 2; /* 8 byte per valuator, once
- raw, once processed */
- vallen = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(MAX_VALUATORS));
- len += vallen * 4; /* valuators mask */
-
- *xi = calloc(1, len);
- raw = (xXIRawEvent*)*xi;
- raw->type = GenericEvent;
- raw->extension = IReqCode;
- raw->evtype = GetXI2Type((InternalEvent*)ev);
- raw->time = ev->time;
- raw->length = bytes_to_int32(len - sizeof(xEvent));
- raw->detail = ev->detail.button;
- raw->deviceid = ev->deviceid;
- raw->valuators_len = vallen;
-
- ptr = (char*)&raw[1];
- axisval = (FP3232*)(ptr + raw->valuators_len * 4);
- for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->valuators.mask) * 8; i++)
- {
- if (BitIsOn(ev->valuators.mask, i))
- {
- SetBit(ptr, i);
- axisval->integral = ev->valuators.data[i];
- axisval->frac = ev->valuators.data_frac[i];
- (axisval + nvals)->integral = ev->valuators.data_raw[i];
- (axisval + nvals)->frac = ev->valuators.data_raw_frac[i];
- axisval++;
- }
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Return the corresponding core type for the given event or 0 if no core
- * equivalent exists.
- */
-int
-GetCoreType(InternalEvent *event)
-{
- int coretype = 0;
- switch(event->any.type)
- {
- case ET_Motion: coretype = MotionNotify; break;
- case ET_ButtonPress: coretype = ButtonPress; break;
- case ET_ButtonRelease: coretype = ButtonRelease; break;
- case ET_KeyPress: coretype = KeyPress; break;
- case ET_KeyRelease: coretype = KeyRelease; break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- return coretype;
-}
-
-/**
- * Return the corresponding XI 1.x type for the given event or 0 if no
- * equivalent exists.
- */
-int
-GetXIType(InternalEvent *event)
-{
- int xitype = 0;
- switch(event->any.type)
- {
- case ET_Motion: xitype = DeviceMotionNotify; break;
- case ET_ButtonPress: xitype = DeviceButtonPress; break;
- case ET_ButtonRelease: xitype = DeviceButtonRelease; break;
- case ET_KeyPress: xitype = DeviceKeyPress; break;
- case ET_KeyRelease: xitype = DeviceKeyRelease; break;
- case ET_ProximityIn: xitype = ProximityIn; break;
- case ET_ProximityOut: xitype = ProximityOut; break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- return xitype;
-}
-
-/**
- * Return the corresponding XI 2.x type for the given event or 0 if no
- * equivalent exists.
- */
-int
-GetXI2Type(InternalEvent *event)
-{
- int xi2type = 0;
-
- switch(event->any.type)
- {
- case ET_Motion: xi2type = XI_Motion; break;
- case ET_ButtonPress: xi2type = XI_ButtonPress; break;
- case ET_ButtonRelease: xi2type = XI_ButtonRelease; break;
- case ET_KeyPress: xi2type = XI_KeyPress; break;
- case ET_KeyRelease: xi2type = XI_KeyRelease; break;
- case ET_Enter: xi2type = XI_Enter; break;
- case ET_Leave: xi2type = XI_Leave; break;
- case ET_Hierarchy: xi2type = XI_HierarchyChanged; break;
- case ET_DeviceChanged: xi2type = XI_DeviceChanged; break;
- case ET_RawKeyPress: xi2type = XI_RawKeyPress; break;
- case ET_RawKeyRelease: xi2type = XI_RawKeyRelease; break;
- case ET_RawButtonPress: xi2type = XI_RawButtonPress; break;
- case ET_RawButtonRelease: xi2type = XI_RawButtonRelease; break;
- case ET_RawMotion: xi2type = XI_RawMotion; break;
- case ET_FocusIn: xi2type = XI_FocusIn; break;
- case ET_FocusOut: xi2type = XI_FocusOut; break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- return xi2type;
-}
+/*
+ * Copyright © 2009 Red Hat, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file eventconvert.c
+ * This file contains event conversion routines from InternalEvent to the
+ * matching protocol events.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI2proto.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h>
+
+#include "dix.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "eventstr.h"
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "eventconvert.h"
+#include "xiquerydevice.h"
+#include "xkbsrv.h"
+
+
+static int countValuators(DeviceEvent *ev, int *first);
+static int getValuatorEvents(DeviceEvent *ev, deviceValuator *xv);
+static int eventToKeyButtonPointer(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi, int *count);
+static int eventToDeviceChanged(DeviceChangedEvent *ev, xEvent **dcce);
+static int eventToDeviceEvent(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi);
+static int eventToRawEvent(RawDeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi);
+
+/* Do not use, read comments below */
+BOOL EventIsKeyRepeat(xEvent *event);
+
+/**
+ * Hack to allow detectable autorepeat for core and XI1 events.
+ * The sequence number is unused until we send to the client and can be
+ * misused to store data. More or less, anyway.
+ *
+ * Do not use this. It may change any time without warning, eat your babies
+ * and piss on your cat.
+ */
+static void
+EventSetKeyRepeatFlag(xEvent *event, BOOL on)
+{
+ event->u.u.sequenceNumber = on;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if the event was marked as a repeat event before.
+ * NOTE: This is a nasty hack and should NOT be used by anyone else but
+ * TryClientEvents.
+ */
+BOOL
+EventIsKeyRepeat(xEvent *event)
+{
+ return !!event->u.u.sequenceNumber;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert the given event to the respective core event.
+ *
+ * Return values:
+ * Success ... core contains the matching core event.
+ * BadValue .. One or more values in the internal event are invalid.
+ * BadMatch .. The event has no core equivalent.
+ *
+ * @param[in] event The event to convert into a core event.
+ * @param[in] core The memory location to store the core event at.
+ * @return Success or the matching error code.
+ */
+int
+EventToCore(InternalEvent *event, xEvent **core_out, int *count_out)
+{
+ xEvent *core = NULL;
+ int count = 0;
+ int ret = BadImplementation;
+
+ switch(event->any.type)
+ {
+ case ET_Motion:
+ {
+ DeviceEvent *e = &event->device_event;
+ /* Don't create core motion event if neither x nor y are
+ * present */
+ if (!BitIsOn(e->valuators.mask, 0) &&
+ !BitIsOn(e->valuators.mask, 1))
+ {
+ ret = BadMatch;
+ goto out;
+ }
+ }
+ /* fallthrough */
+ case ET_ButtonPress:
+ case ET_ButtonRelease:
+ case ET_KeyPress:
+ case ET_KeyRelease:
+ {
+ DeviceEvent *e = &event->device_event;
+
+ if (e->detail.key > 0xFF)
+ {
+ ret = BadMatch;
+ goto out;
+ }
+
+ core = calloc(1, sizeof(*core));
+ if (!core)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ count = 1;
+ core->u.u.type = e->type - ET_KeyPress + KeyPress;
+ core->u.u.detail = e->detail.key & 0xFF;
+ core->u.keyButtonPointer.time = e->time;
+ core->u.keyButtonPointer.rootX = e->root_x;
+ core->u.keyButtonPointer.rootY = e->root_y;
+ core->u.keyButtonPointer.state = e->corestate;
+ core->u.keyButtonPointer.root = e->root;
+ EventSetKeyRepeatFlag(core,
+ (e->type == ET_KeyPress &&
+ e->key_repeat));
+ ret = Success;
+ }
+ break;
+ case ET_ProximityIn:
+ case ET_ProximityOut:
+ case ET_RawKeyPress:
+ case ET_RawKeyRelease:
+ case ET_RawButtonPress:
+ case ET_RawButtonRelease:
+ case ET_RawMotion:
+ ret = BadMatch;
+ goto out;
+ default:
+ /* XXX: */
+ ErrorF("[dix] EventToCore: Not implemented yet \n");
+ ret = BadImplementation;
+ }
+
+out:
+ *core_out = core;
+ *count_out = count;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert the given event to the respective XI 1.x event and store it in
+ * xi. xi is allocated on demand and must be freed by the caller.
+ * count returns the number of events in xi. If count is 1, and the type of
+ * xi is GenericEvent, then xi may be larger than 32 bytes.
+ *
+ * Return values:
+ * Success ... core contains the matching core event.
+ * BadValue .. One or more values in the internal event are invalid.
+ * BadMatch .. The event has no XI equivalent.
+ *
+ * @param[in] ev The event to convert into an XI 1 event.
+ * @param[out] xi Future memory location for the XI event.
+ * @param[out] count Number of elements in xi.
+ *
+ * @return Success or the error code.
+ */
+int
+EventToXI(InternalEvent *ev, xEvent **xi, int *count)
+{
+ switch (ev->any.type)
+ {
+ case ET_Motion:
+ case ET_ButtonPress:
+ case ET_ButtonRelease:
+ case ET_KeyPress:
+ case ET_KeyRelease:
+ case ET_ProximityIn:
+ case ET_ProximityOut:
+ return eventToKeyButtonPointer(&ev->device_event, xi, count);
+ case ET_DeviceChanged:
+ case ET_RawKeyPress:
+ case ET_RawKeyRelease:
+ case ET_RawButtonPress:
+ case ET_RawButtonRelease:
+ case ET_RawMotion:
+ *count = 0;
+ *xi = NULL;
+ return BadMatch;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ ErrorF("[dix] EventToXI: Not implemented for %d \n", ev->any.type);
+ return BadImplementation;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert the given event to the respective XI 2.x event and store it in xi.
+ * xi is allocated on demand and must be freed by the caller.
+ *
+ * Return values:
+ * Success ... core contains the matching core event.
+ * BadValue .. One or more values in the internal event are invalid.
+ * BadMatch .. The event has no XI2 equivalent.
+ *
+ * @param[in] ev The event to convert into an XI2 event
+ * @param[out] xi Future memory location for the XI2 event.
+ *
+ * @return Success or the error code.
+ */
+int
+EventToXI2(InternalEvent *ev, xEvent **xi)
+{
+ switch (ev->any.type)
+ {
+ /* Enter/FocusIn are for grabs. We don't need an actual event, since
+ * the real events delivered are triggered elsewhere */
+ case ET_Enter:
+ case ET_FocusIn:
+ *xi = NULL;
+ return Success;
+ case ET_Motion:
+ case ET_ButtonPress:
+ case ET_ButtonRelease:
+ case ET_KeyPress:
+ case ET_KeyRelease:
+ return eventToDeviceEvent(&ev->device_event, xi);
+ case ET_ProximityIn:
+ case ET_ProximityOut:
+ *xi = NULL;
+ return BadMatch;
+ case ET_DeviceChanged:
+ return eventToDeviceChanged(&ev->changed_event, xi);
+ case ET_RawKeyPress:
+ case ET_RawKeyRelease:
+ case ET_RawButtonPress:
+ case ET_RawButtonRelease:
+ case ET_RawMotion:
+ return eventToRawEvent(&ev->raw_event, xi);
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ ErrorF("[dix] EventToXI2: Not implemented for %d \n", ev->any.type);
+ return BadImplementation;
+}
+
+static int
+eventToKeyButtonPointer(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi, int *count)
+{
+ int num_events;
+ int first; /* dummy */
+ deviceKeyButtonPointer *kbp;
+
+ /* Sorry, XI 1.x protocol restrictions. */
+ if (ev->detail.button > 0xFF || ev->deviceid >= 0x80)
+ {
+ *count = 0;
+ return Success;
+ }
+
+ num_events = (countValuators(ev, &first) + 5)/6; /* valuator ev */
+ if (num_events <= 0)
+ {
+ switch (ev->type)
+ {
+ case ET_KeyPress:
+ case ET_KeyRelease:
+ case ET_ButtonPress:
+ case ET_ButtonRelease:
+ /* no axes is ok */
+ break;
+ case ET_Motion:
+ case ET_ProximityIn:
+ case ET_ProximityOut:
+ *count = 0;
+ return BadMatch;
+ default:
+ *count = 0;
+ return BadImplementation;
+ }
+ }
+
+ num_events++; /* the actual event event */
+
+ *xi = calloc(num_events, sizeof(xEvent));
+ if (!(*xi))
+ {
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ kbp = (deviceKeyButtonPointer*)(*xi);
+ kbp->detail = ev->detail.button;
+ kbp->time = ev->time;
+ kbp->root = ev->root;
+ kbp->root_x = ev->root_x;
+ kbp->root_y = ev->root_y;
+ kbp->deviceid = ev->deviceid;
+ kbp->state = ev->corestate;
+ EventSetKeyRepeatFlag((xEvent*)kbp,
+ (ev->type == ET_KeyPress && ev->key_repeat));
+
+ if (num_events > 1)
+ kbp->deviceid |= MORE_EVENTS;
+
+ switch(ev->type)
+ {
+ case ET_Motion: kbp->type = DeviceMotionNotify; break;
+ case ET_ButtonPress: kbp->type = DeviceButtonPress; break;
+ case ET_ButtonRelease: kbp->type = DeviceButtonRelease; break;
+ case ET_KeyPress: kbp->type = DeviceKeyPress; break;
+ case ET_KeyRelease: kbp->type = DeviceKeyRelease; break;
+ case ET_ProximityIn: kbp->type = ProximityIn; break;
+ case ET_ProximityOut: kbp->type = ProximityOut; break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (num_events > 1)
+ {
+ getValuatorEvents(ev, (deviceValuator*)(kbp + 1));
+ }
+
+ *count = num_events;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Set first to the first valuator in the event ev and return the number of
+ * valuators from first to the last set valuator.
+ */
+static int
+countValuators(DeviceEvent *ev, int *first)
+{
+ int first_valuator = -1, last_valuator = -1, num_valuators = 0;
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->valuators.mask) * 8; i++)
+ {
+ if (BitIsOn(ev->valuators.mask, i))
+ {
+ if (first_valuator == -1)
+ first_valuator = i;
+ last_valuator = i;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (first_valuator != -1)
+ {
+ num_valuators = last_valuator - first_valuator + 1;
+ *first = first_valuator;
+ }
+
+ return num_valuators;
+}
+
+static int
+getValuatorEvents(DeviceEvent *ev, deviceValuator *xv)
+{
+ int i;
+ int state = 0;
+ int first_valuator, num_valuators;
+
+
+ num_valuators = countValuators(ev, &first_valuator);
+ if (num_valuators > 0)
+ {
+ DeviceIntPtr dev = NULL;
+ dixLookupDevice(&dev, ev->deviceid, serverClient, DixUseAccess);
+ /* State needs to be assembled BEFORE the device is updated. */
+ state = (dev && dev->key) ? XkbStateFieldFromRec(&dev->key->xkbInfo->state) : 0;
+ state |= (dev && dev->button) ? (dev->button->state) : 0;
+ }
+
+ /* FIXME: non-continuous valuator data in internal events*/
+ for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i += 6, xv++) {
+ xv->type = DeviceValuator;
+ xv->first_valuator = first_valuator + i;
+ xv->num_valuators = ((num_valuators - i) > 6) ? 6 : (num_valuators - i);
+ xv->deviceid = ev->deviceid;
+ xv->device_state = state;
+ switch (xv->num_valuators) {
+ case 6:
+ xv->valuator5 = ev->valuators.data[xv->first_valuator + 5];
+ case 5:
+ xv->valuator4 = ev->valuators.data[xv->first_valuator + 4];
+ case 4:
+ xv->valuator3 = ev->valuators.data[xv->first_valuator + 3];
+ case 3:
+ xv->valuator2 = ev->valuators.data[xv->first_valuator + 2];
+ case 2:
+ xv->valuator1 = ev->valuators.data[xv->first_valuator + 1];
+ case 1:
+ xv->valuator0 = ev->valuators.data[xv->first_valuator + 0];
+ }
+
+ if (i + 6 < num_valuators)
+ xv->deviceid |= MORE_EVENTS;
+ }
+
+ return (num_valuators + 5) / 6;
+}
+
+
+static int
+appendKeyInfo(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xXIKeyInfo* info)
+{
+ uint32_t *kc;
+ int i;
+
+ info->type = XIKeyClass;
+ info->num_keycodes = dce->keys.max_keycode - dce->keys.min_keycode + 1;
+ info->length = sizeof(xXIKeyInfo)/4 + info->num_keycodes;
+ info->sourceid = dce->sourceid;
+
+ kc = (uint32_t*)&info[1];
+ for (i = 0; i < info->num_keycodes; i++)
+ *kc++ = i + dce->keys.min_keycode;
+
+ return info->length * 4;
+}
+
+static int
+appendButtonInfo(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xXIButtonInfo *info)
+{
+ unsigned char *bits;
+ int mask_len;
+
+ mask_len = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(dce->buttons.num_buttons));
+
+ info->type = XIButtonClass;
+ info->num_buttons = dce->buttons.num_buttons;
+ info->length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xXIButtonInfo)) +
+ info->num_buttons + mask_len;
+ info->sourceid = dce->sourceid;
+
+ bits = (unsigned char*)&info[1];
+ memset(bits, 0, mask_len * 4);
+ /* FIXME: is_down? */
+
+ bits += mask_len * 4;
+ memcpy(bits, dce->buttons.names, dce->buttons.num_buttons * sizeof(Atom));
+
+ return info->length * 4;
+}
+
+static int
+appendValuatorInfo(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xXIValuatorInfo *info, int axisnumber)
+{
+ info->type = XIValuatorClass;
+ info->length = sizeof(xXIValuatorInfo)/4;
+ info->label = dce->valuators[axisnumber].name;
+ info->min.integral = dce->valuators[axisnumber].min;
+ info->min.frac = 0;
+ info->max.integral = dce->valuators[axisnumber].max;
+ info->max.frac = 0;
+ /* FIXME: value */
+ info->value.integral = 0;
+ info->value.frac = 0;
+ info->resolution = dce->valuators[axisnumber].resolution;
+ info->number = axisnumber;
+ info->mode = dce->valuators[axisnumber].mode;
+ info->sourceid = dce->sourceid;
+
+ return info->length * 4;
+}
+
+static int
+eventToDeviceChanged(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xEvent **xi)
+{
+ xXIDeviceChangedEvent *dcce;
+ int len = sizeof(xXIDeviceChangedEvent);
+ int nkeys;
+ char *ptr;
+
+ if (dce->buttons.num_buttons)
+ {
+ len += sizeof(xXIButtonInfo);
+ len += dce->buttons.num_buttons * sizeof(Atom); /* button names */
+ len += pad_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(dce->buttons.num_buttons));
+ }
+ if (dce->num_valuators)
+ len += sizeof(xXIValuatorInfo) * dce->num_valuators;
+
+ nkeys = (dce->keys.max_keycode > 0) ?
+ dce->keys.max_keycode - dce->keys.min_keycode + 1 : 0;
+ if (nkeys > 0)
+ {
+ len += sizeof(xXIKeyInfo);
+ len += sizeof(CARD32) * nkeys; /* keycodes */
+ }
+
+ dcce = calloc(1, len);
+ if (!dcce)
+ {
+ ErrorF("[Xi] BadAlloc in SendDeviceChangedEvent.\n");
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ dcce->type = GenericEvent;
+ dcce->extension = IReqCode;
+ dcce->evtype = XI_DeviceChanged;
+ dcce->time = dce->time;
+ dcce->deviceid = dce->deviceid;
+ dcce->sourceid = dce->sourceid;
+ dcce->reason = (dce->flags & DEVCHANGE_DEVICE_CHANGE) ? XIDeviceChange : XISlaveSwitch;
+ dcce->num_classes = 0;
+ dcce->length = bytes_to_int32(len - sizeof(xEvent));
+
+ ptr = (char*)&dcce[1];
+ if (dce->buttons.num_buttons)
+ {
+ dcce->num_classes++;
+ ptr += appendButtonInfo(dce, (xXIButtonInfo*)ptr);
+ }
+
+ if (nkeys)
+ {
+ dcce->num_classes++;
+ ptr += appendKeyInfo(dce, (xXIKeyInfo*)ptr);
+ }
+
+ if (dce->num_valuators)
+ {
+ int i;
+
+ dcce->num_classes += dce->num_valuators;
+ for (i = 0; i < dce->num_valuators; i++)
+ ptr += appendValuatorInfo(dce, (xXIValuatorInfo*)ptr, i);
+ }
+
+ *xi = (xEvent*)dcce;
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int count_bits(unsigned char* ptr, int len)
+{
+ int bits = 0;
+ unsigned int i;
+ unsigned char x;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+ {
+ x = ptr[i];
+ while(x > 0)
+ {
+ bits += (x & 0x1);
+ x >>= 1;
+ }
+ }
+ return bits;
+}
+
+static int
+eventToDeviceEvent(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi)
+{
+ int len = sizeof(xXIDeviceEvent);
+ xXIDeviceEvent *xde;
+ int i, btlen, vallen;
+ char *ptr;
+ FP3232 *axisval;
+
+ /* FIXME: this should just send the buttons we have, not MAX_BUTTONs. Same
+ * with MAX_VALUATORS below */
+ /* btlen is in 4 byte units */
+ btlen = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(MAX_BUTTONS));
+ len += btlen * 4; /* buttonmask len */
+
+
+ vallen = count_bits(ev->valuators.mask, sizeof(ev->valuators.mask)/sizeof(ev->valuators.mask[0]));
+ len += vallen * 2 * sizeof(uint32_t); /* axisvalues */
+ vallen = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(MAX_VALUATORS));
+ len += vallen * 4; /* valuators mask */
+
+ *xi = calloc(1, len);
+ xde = (xXIDeviceEvent*)*xi;
+ xde->type = GenericEvent;
+ xde->extension = IReqCode;
+ xde->evtype = GetXI2Type((InternalEvent*)ev);
+ xde->time = ev->time;
+ xde->length = bytes_to_int32(len - sizeof(xEvent));
+ xde->detail = ev->detail.button;
+ xde->root = ev->root;
+ xde->buttons_len = btlen;
+ xde->valuators_len = vallen;
+ xde->deviceid = ev->deviceid;
+ xde->sourceid = ev->sourceid;
+ xde->root_x = FP1616(ev->root_x, ev->root_x_frac);
+ xde->root_y = FP1616(ev->root_y, ev->root_y_frac);
+
+ if (ev->key_repeat)
+ xde->flags |= XIKeyRepeat;
+
+ xde->mods.base_mods = ev->mods.base;
+ xde->mods.latched_mods = ev->mods.latched;
+ xde->mods.locked_mods = ev->mods.locked;
+ xde->mods.effective_mods = ev->mods.effective;
+
+ xde->group.base_group = ev->group.base;
+ xde->group.latched_group = ev->group.latched;
+ xde->group.locked_group = ev->group.locked;
+ xde->group.effective_group = ev->group.effective;
+
+ ptr = (char*)&xde[1];
+ for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->buttons) * 8; i++)
+ {
+ if (BitIsOn(ev->buttons, i))
+ SetBit(ptr, i);
+ }
+
+ ptr += xde->buttons_len * 4;
+ axisval = (FP3232*)(ptr + xde->valuators_len * 4);
+ for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->valuators.mask) * 8; i++)
+ {
+ if (BitIsOn(ev->valuators.mask, i))
+ {
+ SetBit(ptr, i);
+ axisval->integral = ev->valuators.data[i];
+ axisval->frac = ev->valuators.data_frac[i];
+ axisval++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+eventToRawEvent(RawDeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi)
+{
+ xXIRawEvent* raw;
+ int vallen, nvals;
+ int i, len = sizeof(xXIRawEvent);
+ char *ptr;
+ FP3232 *axisval;
+
+ nvals = count_bits(ev->valuators.mask, sizeof(ev->valuators.mask));
+ len += nvals * sizeof(FP3232) * 2; /* 8 byte per valuator, once
+ raw, once processed */
+ vallen = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(MAX_VALUATORS));
+ len += vallen * 4; /* valuators mask */
+
+ *xi = calloc(1, len);
+ raw = (xXIRawEvent*)*xi;
+ raw->type = GenericEvent;
+ raw->extension = IReqCode;
+ raw->evtype = GetXI2Type((InternalEvent*)ev);
+ raw->time = ev->time;
+ raw->length = bytes_to_int32(len - sizeof(xEvent));
+ raw->detail = ev->detail.button;
+ raw->deviceid = ev->deviceid;
+ raw->valuators_len = vallen;
+
+ ptr = (char*)&raw[1];
+ axisval = (FP3232*)(ptr + raw->valuators_len * 4);
+ for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->valuators.mask) * 8; i++)
+ {
+ if (BitIsOn(ev->valuators.mask, i))
+ {
+ SetBit(ptr, i);
+ axisval->integral = ev->valuators.data[i];
+ axisval->frac = ev->valuators.data_frac[i];
+ (axisval + nvals)->integral = ev->valuators.data_raw[i];
+ (axisval + nvals)->frac = ev->valuators.data_raw_frac[i];
+ axisval++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return the corresponding core type for the given event or 0 if no core
+ * equivalent exists.
+ */
+int
+GetCoreType(InternalEvent *event)
+{
+ int coretype = 0;
+ switch(event->any.type)
+ {
+ case ET_Motion: coretype = MotionNotify; break;
+ case ET_ButtonPress: coretype = ButtonPress; break;
+ case ET_ButtonRelease: coretype = ButtonRelease; break;
+ case ET_KeyPress: coretype = KeyPress; break;
+ case ET_KeyRelease: coretype = KeyRelease; break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ return coretype;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return the corresponding XI 1.x type for the given event or 0 if no
+ * equivalent exists.
+ */
+int
+GetXIType(InternalEvent *event)
+{
+ int xitype = 0;
+ switch(event->any.type)
+ {
+ case ET_Motion: xitype = DeviceMotionNotify; break;
+ case ET_ButtonPress: xitype = DeviceButtonPress; break;
+ case ET_ButtonRelease: xitype = DeviceButtonRelease; break;
+ case ET_KeyPress: xitype = DeviceKeyPress; break;
+ case ET_KeyRelease: xitype = DeviceKeyRelease; break;
+ case ET_ProximityIn: xitype = ProximityIn; break;
+ case ET_ProximityOut: xitype = ProximityOut; break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ return xitype;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return the corresponding XI 2.x type for the given event or 0 if no
+ * equivalent exists.
+ */
+int
+GetXI2Type(InternalEvent *event)
+{
+ int xi2type = 0;
+
+ switch(event->any.type)
+ {
+ case ET_Motion: xi2type = XI_Motion; break;
+ case ET_ButtonPress: xi2type = XI_ButtonPress; break;
+ case ET_ButtonRelease: xi2type = XI_ButtonRelease; break;
+ case ET_KeyPress: xi2type = XI_KeyPress; break;
+ case ET_KeyRelease: xi2type = XI_KeyRelease; break;
+ case ET_Enter: xi2type = XI_Enter; break;
+ case ET_Leave: xi2type = XI_Leave; break;
+ case ET_Hierarchy: xi2type = XI_HierarchyChanged; break;
+ case ET_DeviceChanged: xi2type = XI_DeviceChanged; break;
+ case ET_RawKeyPress: xi2type = XI_RawKeyPress; break;
+ case ET_RawKeyRelease: xi2type = XI_RawKeyRelease; break;
+ case ET_RawButtonPress: xi2type = XI_RawButtonPress; break;
+ case ET_RawButtonRelease: xi2type = XI_RawButtonRelease; break;
+ case ET_RawMotion: xi2type = XI_RawMotion; break;
+ case ET_FocusIn: xi2type = XI_FocusIn; break;
+ case ET_FocusOut: xi2type = XI_FocusOut; break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ return xi2type;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/getevents.c b/xorg-server/dix/getevents.c
index 5b8e3798d..2361810a0 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/getevents.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/getevents.c
@@ -1,1324 +1,1314 @@
-/*
- * Copyright © 2006 Nokia Corporation
- * Copyright © 2006-2007 Daniel Stone
- * Copyright © 2008 Red Hat, Inc.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Authors: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
- * Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include <X11/keysym.h>
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>
-#include <math.h>
-
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "resource.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "cursorstr.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "globals.h"
-#include "dixevents.h"
-#include "mipointer.h"
-#include "eventstr.h"
-#include "eventconvert.h"
-#include "inpututils.h"
-
-#include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h>
-#include "xkbsrv.h"
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-#include "panoramiX.h"
-#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
-#include <pixman.h>
-#include "exglobals.h"
-#include "exevents.h"
-#include "exglobals.h"
-#include "extnsionst.h"
-#include "listdev.h" /* for sizing up DeviceClassesChangedEvent */
-
-/* Number of motion history events to store. */
-#define MOTION_HISTORY_SIZE 256
-
-/* InputEventList is the container list for all input events generated by the
- * DDX. The DDX is expected to call GetEventList() and then pass the list into
- * Get{Pointer|Keyboard}Events.
- */
-EventListPtr InputEventList = NULL;
-int InputEventListLen = 0;
-
-int
-GetEventList(EventListPtr* list)
-{
- *list = InputEventList;
- return InputEventListLen;
-}
-
-/**
- * Pick some arbitrary size for Xi motion history.
- */
-int
-GetMotionHistorySize(void)
-{
- return MOTION_HISTORY_SIZE;
-}
-
-void
-set_button_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type)
-{
- if (type == BUTTON_PROCESSED)
- SetBit(pDev->button->down, button);
- else
- SetBit(pDev->button->postdown, button);
-}
-
-void
-set_button_up(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type)
-{
- if (type == BUTTON_PROCESSED)
- ClearBit(pDev->button->down, button);
- else
- ClearBit(pDev->button->postdown, button);
-}
-
-Bool
-button_is_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type)
-{
- Bool ret = FALSE;
-
- if (type & BUTTON_PROCESSED)
- ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->button->down, button);
- if (type & BUTTON_POSTED)
- ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->button->postdown, button);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-void
-set_key_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type)
-{
- if (type == KEY_PROCESSED)
- SetBit(pDev->key->down, key_code);
- else
- SetBit(pDev->key->postdown, key_code);
-}
-
-void
-set_key_up(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type)
-{
- if (type == KEY_PROCESSED)
- ClearBit(pDev->key->down, key_code);
- else
- ClearBit(pDev->key->postdown, key_code);
-}
-
-Bool
-key_is_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type)
-{
- Bool ret = FALSE;
-
- if (type & KEY_PROCESSED)
- ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->key->down, key_code);
- if (type & KEY_POSTED)
- ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->key->postdown, key_code);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-static Bool
-key_autorepeats(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code)
-{
- return !!(pDev->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeats[key_code >> 3] &
- (1 << (key_code & 7)));
-}
-
-static void
-init_event(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceEvent* event, Time ms)
-{
- memset(event, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
- event->header = ET_Internal;
- event->length = sizeof(DeviceEvent);
- event->time = ms;
- event->deviceid = dev->id;
- event->sourceid = dev->id;
-}
-
-static void
-init_raw(DeviceIntPtr dev, RawDeviceEvent *event, Time ms, int type, int detail)
-{
- memset(event, 0, sizeof(RawDeviceEvent));
- event->header = ET_Internal;
- event->length = sizeof(RawDeviceEvent);
- event->type = ET_RawKeyPress - ET_KeyPress + type;
- event->time = ms;
- event->deviceid = dev->id;
- event->sourceid = dev->id;
- event->detail.button = detail;
-}
-
-static void
-set_raw_valuators(RawDeviceEvent *event, ValuatorMask *mask, int32_t* data)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
- {
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
- {
- SetBit(event->valuators.mask, i);
- data[i] = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-static void
-set_valuators(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceEvent* event, ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
- {
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
- {
- SetBit(event->valuators.mask, i);
- if (valuator_get_mode(dev, i) == Absolute)
- SetBit(event->valuators.mode, i);
- event->valuators.data[i] = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
- event->valuators.data_frac[i] =
- dev->last.remainder[i] * (1 << 16) * (1 << 16);
- }
- }
-}
-
-void
-CreateClassesChangedEvent(EventList* event,
- DeviceIntPtr master,
- DeviceIntPtr slave,
- int type)
-{
- int i;
- DeviceChangedEvent *dce;
- CARD32 ms = GetTimeInMillis();
-
- dce = (DeviceChangedEvent*)event->event;
- memset(dce, 0, sizeof(DeviceChangedEvent));
- dce->deviceid = slave->id;
- dce->masterid = master->id;
- dce->header = ET_Internal;
- dce->length = sizeof(DeviceChangedEvent);
- dce->type = ET_DeviceChanged;
- dce->time = ms;
- dce->flags = type;
- dce->flags |= DEVCHANGE_SLAVE_SWITCH;
- dce->sourceid = slave->id;
-
- if (slave->button)
- {
- dce->buttons.num_buttons = slave->button->numButtons;
- for (i = 0; i < dce->buttons.num_buttons; i++)
- dce->buttons.names[i] = slave->button->labels[i];
- }
- if (slave->valuator)
- {
- dce->num_valuators = slave->valuator->numAxes;
- for (i = 0; i < dce->num_valuators; i++)
- {
- dce->valuators[i].min = slave->valuator->axes[i].min_value;
- dce->valuators[i].max = slave->valuator->axes[i].max_value;
- dce->valuators[i].resolution = slave->valuator->axes[i].resolution;
- dce->valuators[i].mode = slave->valuator->axes[i].mode;
- dce->valuators[i].name = slave->valuator->axes[i].label;
- }
- }
- if (slave->key)
- {
- dce->keys.min_keycode = slave->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code;
- dce->keys.max_keycode = slave->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Rescale the coord between the two axis ranges.
- */
-static int
-rescaleValuatorAxis(int coord, float remainder, float *remainder_return, AxisInfoPtr from, AxisInfoPtr to,
- int defmax)
-{
- int fmin = 0, tmin = 0, fmax = defmax, tmax = defmax, coord_return;
- float value;
-
- if(from && from->min_value < from->max_value) {
- fmin = from->min_value;
- fmax = from->max_value;
- }
- if(to && to->min_value < to->max_value) {
- tmin = to->min_value;
- tmax = to->max_value;
- }
-
- if(fmin == tmin && fmax == tmax) {
- if (remainder_return)
- *remainder_return = remainder;
- return coord;
- }
-
- if(fmax == fmin) { /* avoid division by 0 */
- if (remainder_return)
- *remainder_return = 0.0;
- return 0;
- }
-
- value = (coord + remainder - fmin) * (tmax - tmin) / (fmax - fmin) + tmin;
- coord_return = lroundf(value);
- if (remainder_return)
- *remainder_return = value - coord_return;
- return coord_return;
-}
-
-/**
- * Update all coordinates when changing to a different SD
- * to ensure that relative reporting will work as expected
- * without loss of precision.
- *
- * pDev->last.valuators will be in absolute device coordinates after this
- * function.
- */
-static void
-updateSlaveDeviceCoords(DeviceIntPtr master, DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- ScreenPtr scr = miPointerGetScreen(pDev);
- int i;
- DeviceIntPtr lastSlave;
-
- /* master->last.valuators[0]/[1] is in screen coords and the actual
- * position of the pointer */
- pDev->last.valuators[0] = master->last.valuators[0];
- pDev->last.valuators[1] = master->last.valuators[1];
-
- if (!pDev->valuator)
- return;
-
- /* scale back to device coordinates */
- if(pDev->valuator->numAxes > 0)
- pDev->last.valuators[0] = rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[0], pDev->last.remainder[0],
- &pDev->last.remainder[0], NULL, pDev->valuator->axes + 0, scr->width);
- if(pDev->valuator->numAxes > 1)
- pDev->last.valuators[1] = rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[1], pDev->last.remainder[1],
- &pDev->last.remainder[1], NULL, pDev->valuator->axes + 1, scr->height);
-
- /* calculate the other axis as well based on info from the old
- * slave-device. If the old slave had less axes than this one,
- * last.valuators is reset to 0.
- */
- if ((lastSlave = master->last.slave) && lastSlave->valuator) {
- for (i = 2; i < pDev->valuator->numAxes; i++) {
- if (i >= lastSlave->valuator->numAxes)
- pDev->last.valuators[i] = 0;
- else
- pDev->last.valuators[i] =
- rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[i],
- pDev->last.remainder[i],
- &pDev->last.remainder[i],
- lastSlave->valuator->axes + i,
- pDev->valuator->axes + i, 0);
- }
- }
-
-}
-
-/**
- * Allocate the motion history buffer.
- */
-void
-AllocateMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- int size;
- free(pDev->valuator->motion);
-
- if (pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents < 1)
- return;
-
- /* An MD must have a motion history size large enough to keep all
- * potential valuators, plus the respective range of the valuators.
- * 3 * INT32 for (min_val, max_val, curr_val))
- */
- if (IsMaster(pDev))
- size = sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS;
- else {
- ValuatorClassPtr v = pDev->valuator;
- int numAxes;
- /* XI1 doesn't understand mixed mode devices */
- for (numAxes = 0; numAxes < v->numAxes; numAxes++)
- if (valuator_get_mode(pDev, numAxes) != valuator_get_mode(pDev, 0))
- break;
- size = sizeof(INT32) * numAxes;
- }
-
- size += sizeof(Time);
-
- pDev->valuator->motion = calloc(pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents, size);
- pDev->valuator->first_motion = 0;
- pDev->valuator->last_motion = 0;
- if (!pDev->valuator->motion)
- ErrorF("[dix] %s: Failed to alloc motion history (%d bytes).\n",
- pDev->name, size * pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents);
-}
-
-/**
- * Dump the motion history between start and stop into the supplied buffer.
- * Only records the event for a given screen in theory, but in practice, we
- * sort of ignore this.
- *
- * If core is set, we only generate x/y, in INT16, scaled to screen coords.
- */
-int
-GetMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev, xTimecoord **buff, unsigned long start,
- unsigned long stop, ScreenPtr pScreen, BOOL core)
-{
- char *ibuff = NULL, *obuff;
- int i = 0, ret = 0;
- int j, coord;
- Time current;
- /* The size of a single motion event. */
- int size;
- int dflt;
- AxisInfo from, *to; /* for scaling */
- INT32 *ocbuf, *icbuf; /* pointer to coordinates for copying */
- INT16 *corebuf;
- AxisInfo core_axis = {0};
-
- if (!pDev->valuator || !pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents)
- return 0;
-
- if (core && !pScreen)
- return 0;
-
- if (IsMaster(pDev))
- size = (sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS) + sizeof(Time);
- else
- size = (sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(Time);
-
- *buff = malloc(size * pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents);
- if (!(*buff))
- return 0;
- obuff = (char *)*buff;
-
- for (i = pDev->valuator->first_motion;
- i != pDev->valuator->last_motion;
- i = (i + 1) % pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents) {
- /* We index the input buffer by which element we're accessing, which
- * is not monotonic, and the output buffer by how many events we've
- * written so far. */
- ibuff = (char *) pDev->valuator->motion + (i * size);
- memcpy(¤t, ibuff, sizeof(Time));
-
- if (current > stop) {
- return ret;
- }
- else if (current >= start) {
- if (core)
- {
- memcpy(obuff, ibuff, sizeof(Time)); /* copy timestamp */
-
- icbuf = (INT32*)(ibuff + sizeof(Time));
- corebuf = (INT16*)(obuff + sizeof(Time));
-
- /* fetch x coordinate + range */
- memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
- memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
- memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
-
- /* scale to screen coords */
- to = &core_axis;
- to->max_value = pScreen->width;
- coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, pScreen->width);
-
- memcpy(corebuf, &coord, sizeof(INT16));
- corebuf++;
-
- /* fetch y coordinate + range */
- memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
- memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
- memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
-
- to->max_value = pScreen->height;
- coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, pScreen->height);
- memcpy(corebuf, &coord, sizeof(INT16));
-
- } else if (IsMaster(pDev))
- {
- memcpy(obuff, ibuff, sizeof(Time)); /* copy timestamp */
-
- ocbuf = (INT32*)(obuff + sizeof(Time));
- icbuf = (INT32*)(ibuff + sizeof(Time));
- for (j = 0; j < MAX_VALUATORS; j++)
- {
- if (j >= pDev->valuator->numAxes)
- break;
-
- /* fetch min/max/coordinate */
- memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
- memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
- memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
-
- to = (j < pDev->valuator->numAxes) ? &pDev->valuator->axes[j] : NULL;
-
- /* x/y scaled to screen if no range is present */
- if (j == 0 && (from.max_value < from.min_value))
- from.max_value = pScreen->width;
- else if (j == 1 && (from.max_value < from.min_value))
- from.max_value = pScreen->height;
-
- if (j == 0 && (to->max_value < to->min_value))
- dflt = pScreen->width;
- else if (j == 1 && (to->max_value < to->min_value))
- dflt = pScreen->height;
- else
- dflt = 0;
-
- /* scale from stored range into current range */
- coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, 0);
- memcpy(ocbuf, &coord, sizeof(INT32));
- ocbuf++;
- }
- } else
- memcpy(obuff, ibuff, size);
-
- /* don't advance by size here. size may be different to the
- * actually written size if the MD has less valuators than MAX */
- if (core)
- obuff += sizeof(INT32) + sizeof(Time);
- else
- obuff += (sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(Time);
- ret++;
- }
- }
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Update the motion history for a specific device, with the list of
- * valuators.
- *
- * Layout of the history buffer:
- * for SDs: [time] [val0] [val1] ... [valn]
- * for MDs: [time] [min_val0] [max_val0] [val0] [min_val1] ... [valn]
- *
- * For events that have some valuators unset:
- * min_val == max_val == val == 0.
- */
-static void
-updateMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev, CARD32 ms, ValuatorMask *mask,
- int *valuators)
-{
- char *buff = (char *) pDev->valuator->motion;
- ValuatorClassPtr v;
- int i;
-
- if (!pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents)
- return;
-
- v = pDev->valuator;
- if (IsMaster(pDev))
- {
- buff += ((sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS) + sizeof(CARD32)) *
- v->last_motion;
-
- memcpy(buff, &ms, sizeof(Time));
- buff += sizeof(Time);
-
- memset(buff, 0, sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS);
-
- for (i = 0; i < v->numAxes; i++)
- {
- /* XI1 doesn't support mixed mode devices */
- if (valuator_get_mode(pDev, i) != valuator_get_mode(pDev, 0))
- break;
- if (valuator_mask_size(mask) <= i || !valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
- {
- buff += 3 * sizeof(INT32);
- continue;
- }
- memcpy(buff, &v->axes[i].min_value, sizeof(INT32));
- buff += sizeof(INT32);
- memcpy(buff, &v->axes[i].max_value, sizeof(INT32));
- buff += sizeof(INT32);
- memcpy(buff, &valuators[i], sizeof(INT32));
- buff += sizeof(INT32);
- }
- } else
- {
-
- buff += ((sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(CARD32)) *
- pDev->valuator->last_motion;
-
- memcpy(buff, &ms, sizeof(Time));
- buff += sizeof(Time);
-
- memset(buff, 0, sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes);
-
- for (i = 0; i < MAX_VALUATORS; i++)
- {
- if (valuator_mask_size(mask) <= i || !valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
- {
- buff += sizeof(INT32);
- continue;
- }
- memcpy(buff, &valuators[i], sizeof(INT32));
- buff += sizeof(INT32);
- }
- }
-
- pDev->valuator->last_motion = (pDev->valuator->last_motion + 1) %
- pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents;
- /* If we're wrapping around, just keep the circular buffer going. */
- if (pDev->valuator->first_motion == pDev->valuator->last_motion)
- pDev->valuator->first_motion = (pDev->valuator->first_motion + 1) %
- pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents;
-
- return;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Returns the maximum number of events GetKeyboardEvents,
- * GetKeyboardValuatorEvents, and GetPointerEvents will ever return.
- *
- * This MUST be absolutely constant, from init until exit.
- */
-int
-GetMaximumEventsNum(void) {
- /* One raw event
- * One device event
- * One possible device changed event
- */
- return 3;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Clip an axis to its bounds, which are declared in the call to
- * InitValuatorAxisClassStruct.
- */
-static void
-clipAxis(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int axisNum, int *val)
-{
- AxisInfoPtr axis;
-
- if (axisNum >= pDev->valuator->numAxes)
- return;
-
- axis = pDev->valuator->axes + axisNum;
-
- /* If a value range is defined, clip. If not, do nothing */
- if (axis->max_value <= axis->min_value)
- return;
-
- if (*val < axis->min_value)
- *val = axis->min_value;
- if (*val > axis->max_value)
- *val = axis->max_value;
-}
-
-/**
- * Clip every axis in the list of valuators to its bounds.
- */
-static void
-clipValuators(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
- {
- int val = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
- clipAxis(pDev, i, &val);
- valuator_mask_set(mask, i, val);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Create the DCCE event (does not update the master's device state yet, this
- * is done in the event processing).
- * Pull in the coordinates from the MD if necessary.
- *
- * @param events Pointer to a pre-allocated event list.
- * @param dev The slave device that generated an event.
- * @param type Either DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT and/or DEVCHANGE_KEYBOARD_EVENT
- * @param num_events The current number of events, returns the number of
- * events if a DCCE was generated.
- * @return The updated @events pointer.
- */
-EventListPtr
-UpdateFromMaster(EventListPtr events, DeviceIntPtr dev, int type, int *num_events)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr master;
-
- master = GetMaster(dev, (type & DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT) ? MASTER_POINTER : MASTER_KEYBOARD);
-
- if (master && master->last.slave != dev)
- {
- CreateClassesChangedEvent(events, master, dev, type);
- if (IsPointerDevice(master))
- {
- updateSlaveDeviceCoords(master, dev);
- master->last.numValuators = dev->last.numValuators;
- }
- master->last.slave = dev;
- (*num_events)++;
- events++;
- }
- return events;
-}
-
-/**
- * Move the device's pointer to the position given in the valuators.
- *
- * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved.
- * @param x Returns the x position of the pointer after the move.
- * @param y Returns the y position of the pointer after the move.
- * @param mask Bit mask of valid valuators.
- * @param valuators Valuator data for each axis between @first and
- * @first+@num.
- */
-static void
-moveAbsolute(DeviceIntPtr dev, int *x, int *y, ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- int i;
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0))
- *x = valuator_mask_get(mask, 0);
- else
- *x = dev->last.valuators[0];
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1))
- *y = valuator_mask_get(mask, 1);
- else
- *y = dev->last.valuators[1];
-
- clipAxis(dev, 0, x);
- clipAxis(dev, 1, y);
-
- for (i = 2; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
- {
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
- {
- dev->last.valuators[i] = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
- clipAxis(dev, i, &dev->last.valuators[i]);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Move the device's pointer by the values given in @valuators.
- *
- * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved.
- * @param x Returns the x position of the pointer after the move.
- * @param y Returns the y position of the pointer after the move.
- * @param mask Bit mask of valid valuators.
- * @param valuators Valuator data for each axis between @first and
- * @first+@num.
- */
-static void
-moveRelative(DeviceIntPtr dev, int *x, int *y, ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- int i;
-
- *x = dev->last.valuators[0];
- *y = dev->last.valuators[1];
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0))
- *x += valuator_mask_get(mask, 0);
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1))
- *y += valuator_mask_get(mask, 1);
-
- /* if attached, clip both x and y to the defined limits (usually
- * co-ord space limit). If it is attached, we need x/y to go over the
- * limits to be able to change screens. */
- if(dev->valuator && IsMaster(dev) || !IsFloating(dev)) {
- if (valuator_get_mode(dev, 0) == Absolute)
- clipAxis(dev, 0, x);
- if (valuator_get_mode(dev, 1) == Absolute)
- clipAxis(dev, 1, y);
- }
-
- /* calc other axes, clip, drop back into valuators */
- for (i = 2; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
- {
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
- {
- dev->last.valuators[i] += valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
- if (valuator_get_mode(dev, i) == Absolute)
- clipAxis(dev, i, &dev->last.valuators[i]);
- valuator_mask_set(mask, i, dev->last.valuators[i]);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Accelerate the data in valuators based on the device's acceleration scheme.
- *
- * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved.
- * @param first The first valuator in @valuators
- * @param num Total number of valuators in @valuators.
- * @param valuators Valuator data for each axis between @first and
- * @first+@num.
- * @param ms Current time.
- */
-static void
-accelPointer(DeviceIntPtr dev, int first, int num, int *valuators, CARD32 ms)
-{
- if (dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc)
- dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc(dev, first, num, valuators, ms);
-}
-
-/**
- * If we have HW cursors, this actually moves the visible sprite. If not, we
- * just do all the screen crossing, etc.
- *
- * We scale from device to screen coordinates here, call
- * miPointerSetPosition() and then scale back into device coordinates (if
- * needed). miPSP will change x/y if the screen was crossed.
- *
- * @param dev The device to be moved.
- * @param x Pointer to current x-axis value, may be modified.
- * @param y Pointer to current y-axis value, may be modified.
- * @param x_frac Fractional part of current x-axis value, may be modified.
- * @param y_frac Fractional part of current y-axis value, may be modified.
- * @param scr Screen the device's sprite is currently on.
- * @param screenx Screen x coordinate the sprite is on after the update.
- * @param screeny Screen y coordinate the sprite is on after the update.
- * @param screenx_frac Fractional part of screen x coordinate, as above.
- * @param screeny_frac Fractional part of screen y coordinate, as above.
- */
-static void
-positionSprite(DeviceIntPtr dev, int *x, int *y, float x_frac, float y_frac,
- ScreenPtr scr, int *screenx, int *screeny, float *screenx_frac, float *screeny_frac)
-{
- int old_screenx, old_screeny;
-
- /* scale x&y to screen */
- if (dev->valuator && dev->valuator->numAxes > 0) {
- *screenx = rescaleValuatorAxis(*x, x_frac, screenx_frac,
- dev->valuator->axes + 0, NULL, scr->width);
- } else {
- *screenx = dev->last.valuators[0];
- *screenx_frac = dev->last.remainder[0];
- }
-
- if (dev->valuator && dev->valuator->numAxes > 1) {
- *screeny = rescaleValuatorAxis(*y, y_frac, screeny_frac,
- dev->valuator->axes + 1, NULL, scr->height);
- } else {
- *screeny = dev->last.valuators[1];
- *screeny_frac = dev->last.remainder[1];
- }
-
- /* Hit the left screen edge? */
- if (*screenx <= 0 && *screenx_frac < 0.0f)
- {
- *screenx_frac = 0.0f;
- x_frac = 0.0f;
- }
- if (*screeny <= 0 && *screeny_frac < 0.0f)
- {
- *screeny_frac = 0.0f;
- y_frac = 0.0f;
- }
-
-
- old_screenx = *screenx;
- old_screeny = *screeny;
- /* This takes care of crossing screens for us, as well as clipping
- * to the current screen. */
- miPointerSetPosition(dev, screenx, screeny);
-
- if(!IsMaster(dev) || !IsFloating(dev)) {
- DeviceIntPtr master = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER);
- master->last.valuators[0] = *screenx;
- master->last.valuators[1] = *screeny;
- master->last.remainder[0] = *screenx_frac;
- master->last.remainder[1] = *screeny_frac;
- }
-
- if (dev->valuator)
- {
- /* Crossed screen? Scale back to device coordiantes */
- if(*screenx != old_screenx)
- {
- scr = miPointerGetScreen(dev);
- *x = rescaleValuatorAxis(*screenx, *screenx_frac, &x_frac, NULL,
- dev->valuator->axes + 0, scr->width);
- }
- if(*screeny != old_screeny)
- {
- scr = miPointerGetScreen(dev);
- *y = rescaleValuatorAxis(*screeny, *screeny_frac, &y_frac, NULL,
- dev->valuator->axes + 1, scr->height);
- }
- }
-
- /* dropy x/y (device coordinates) back into valuators for next event */
- dev->last.valuators[0] = *x;
- dev->last.valuators[1] = *y;
- dev->last.remainder[0] = x_frac;
- dev->last.remainder[1] = y_frac;
-}
-
-/**
- * Update the motion history for the device and (if appropriate) for its
- * master device.
- * @param dev Slave device to update.
- * @param mask Bit mask of valid valuators to append to history.
- * @param num Total number of valuators to append to history.
- * @param ms Current time
- */
-static void
-updateHistory(DeviceIntPtr dev, ValuatorMask *mask, CARD32 ms)
-{
- if (!dev->valuator)
- return;
-
- updateMotionHistory(dev, ms, mask, dev->last.valuators);
- if(!IsMaster(dev) || !IsFloating(dev))
- {
- DeviceIntPtr master = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER);
- updateMotionHistory(master, ms, mask, dev->last.valuators);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Convenience wrapper around GetKeyboardValuatorEvents, that takes no
- * valuators.
- */
-int
-GetKeyboardEvents(EventList *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type, int key_code) {
- ValuatorMask mask;
-
- valuator_mask_zero(&mask);
- return GetKeyboardValuatorEvents(events, pDev, type, key_code, &mask);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Returns a set of InternalEvents for KeyPress/KeyRelease, optionally
- * also with valuator events.
- *
- * events is not NULL-terminated; the return value is the number of events.
- * The DDX is responsible for allocating the event structure in the first
- * place via GetMaximumEventsNum(), and for freeing it.
- */
-int
-GetKeyboardValuatorEvents(EventList *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type,
- int key_code, const ValuatorMask *mask_in) {
- int num_events = 0;
- CARD32 ms = 0;
- DeviceEvent *event;
- RawDeviceEvent *raw;
- ValuatorMask mask;
-
- /* refuse events from disabled devices */
- if (!pDev->enabled)
- return 0;
-
- if (!events ||!pDev->key || !pDev->focus || !pDev->kbdfeed ||
- (type != KeyPress && type != KeyRelease) ||
- (key_code < 8 || key_code > 255))
- return 0;
-
- num_events = 1;
-
- events = UpdateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_KEYBOARD_EVENT, &num_events);
-
- /* Handle core repeating, via press/release/press/release. */
- if (type == KeyPress && key_is_down(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED)) {
- /* If autorepeating is disabled either globally or just for that key,
- * or we have a modifier, don't generate a repeat event. */
- if (!pDev->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeat ||
- !key_autorepeats(pDev, key_code) ||
- pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[key_code])
- return 0;
- }
-
- ms = GetTimeInMillis();
-
- raw = (RawDeviceEvent*)events->event;
- events++;
- num_events++;
-
- valuator_mask_copy(&mask, mask_in);
-
- init_raw(pDev, raw, ms, type, key_code);
- set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data_raw);
-
- clipValuators(pDev, &mask);
-
- set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data);
-
- event = (DeviceEvent*) events->event;
- init_event(pDev, event, ms);
- event->detail.key = key_code;
-
- if (type == KeyPress) {
- event->type = ET_KeyPress;
- set_key_down(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED);
- }
- else if (type == KeyRelease) {
- event->type = ET_KeyRelease;
- set_key_up(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED);
- }
-
- clipValuators(pDev, &mask);
-
- set_valuators(pDev, event, &mask);
-
- return num_events;
-}
-
-/**
- * Initialize an event list and fill with 32 byte sized events.
- * This event list is to be passed into GetPointerEvents() and
- * GetKeyboardEvents().
- *
- * @param num_events Number of elements in list.
- */
-EventListPtr
-InitEventList(int num_events)
-{
- EventListPtr events;
- int i;
-
- events = (EventListPtr)calloc(num_events, sizeof(EventList));
- if (!events)
- return NULL;
-
- for (i = 0; i < num_events; i++)
- {
- events[i].evlen = sizeof(InternalEvent);
- events[i].event = calloc(1, sizeof(InternalEvent));
- if (!events[i].event)
- {
- /* rollback */
- while(i--)
- free(events[i].event);
- free(events);
- events = NULL;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return events;
-}
-
-/**
- * Free an event list.
- *
- * @param list The list to be freed.
- * @param num_events Number of elements in list.
- */
-void
-FreeEventList(EventListPtr list, int num_events)
-{
- if (!list)
- return;
- while(num_events--)
- free(list[num_events].event);
- free(list);
-}
-
-static void
-transformAbsolute(DeviceIntPtr dev, ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- struct pixman_f_vector p;
-
- /* p' = M * p in homogeneous coordinates */
- p.v[0] = (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0) ? valuator_mask_get(mask, 0) :
- dev->last.valuators[0]);
- p.v[1] = (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1) ? valuator_mask_get(mask, 1) :
- dev->last.valuators[1]);
- p.v[2] = 1.0;
-
- pixman_f_transform_point(&dev->transform, &p);
-
- if (lround(p.v[0]) != dev->last.valuators[0])
- valuator_mask_set(mask, 0, lround(p.v[0]));
- if (lround(p.v[1]) != dev->last.valuators[1])
- valuator_mask_set(mask, 1, lround(p.v[1]));
-}
-
-/**
- * Generate a series of InternalEvents (filled into the EventList)
- * representing pointer motion, or button presses.
- *
- * events is not NULL-terminated; the return value is the number of events.
- * The DDX is responsible for allocating the event structure in the first
- * place via InitEventList() and GetMaximumEventsNum(), and for freeing it.
- *
- * In the generated events rootX/Y will be in absolute screen coords and
- * the valuator information in the absolute or relative device coords.
- *
- * last.valuators[x] of the device is always in absolute device coords.
- * last.valuators[x] of the master device is in absolute screen coords.
- *
- * master->last.valuators[x] for x > 2 is undefined.
- */
-int
-GetPointerEvents(EventList *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type, int buttons,
- int flags, const ValuatorMask *mask_in) {
- int num_events = 1;
- CARD32 ms;
- DeviceEvent *event;
- RawDeviceEvent *raw;
- int x = 0, y = 0, /* device coords */
- cx, cy; /* only screen coordinates */
- float x_frac = 0.0, y_frac = 0.0, cx_frac, cy_frac;
- ScreenPtr scr = miPointerGetScreen(pDev);
- ValuatorMask mask;
-
- /* refuse events from disabled devices */
- if (!pDev->enabled)
- return 0;
-
- if (!scr)
- return 0;
-
- switch (type)
- {
- case MotionNotify:
- if (!mask_in || valuator_mask_num_valuators(mask_in) <= 0)
- return 0;
- break;
- case ButtonPress:
- case ButtonRelease:
- if (!pDev->button || !buttons)
- return 0;
- break;
- default:
- return 0;
- }
-
- ms = GetTimeInMillis(); /* before pointer update to help precision */
-
- events = UpdateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT, &num_events);
-
- raw = (RawDeviceEvent*)events->event;
- events++;
- num_events++;
-
- valuator_mask_copy(&mask, mask_in);
-
- init_raw(pDev, raw, ms, type, buttons);
- set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data_raw);
-
- if (flags & POINTER_ABSOLUTE)
- {
- if (flags & POINTER_SCREEN) /* valuators are in screen coords */
- {
- int scaled;
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 0))
- {
- scaled = rescaleValuatorAxis(valuator_mask_get(&mask, 0),
- 0.0, &x_frac, NULL,
- pDev->valuator->axes + 0,
- scr->width);
- valuator_mask_set(&mask, 0, scaled);
- }
- if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 1))
- {
- scaled = rescaleValuatorAxis(valuator_mask_get(&mask, 1),
- 0.0, &y_frac, NULL,
- pDev->valuator->axes + 1,
- scr->height);
- valuator_mask_set(&mask, 1, scaled);
- }
- }
-
- transformAbsolute(pDev, &mask);
- moveAbsolute(pDev, &x, &y, &mask);
- } else {
- if (flags & POINTER_ACCELERATE) {
- /* FIXME: Pointer acceleration only requires X and Y values. This
- * should be converted to masked valuators. */
- int vals[2];
- vals[0] = valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 0) ?
- valuator_mask_get(&mask, 0) : 0;
- vals[1] = valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 1) ?
- valuator_mask_get(&mask, 1) : 0;
- accelPointer(pDev, 0, 2, vals, ms);
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 0))
- valuator_mask_set(&mask, 0, vals[0]);
- if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 1))
- valuator_mask_set(&mask, 1, vals[1]);
-
- /* The pointer acceleration code modifies the fractional part
- * in-place, so we need to extract this information first */
- x_frac = pDev->last.remainder[0];
- y_frac = pDev->last.remainder[1];
- }
- moveRelative(pDev, &x, &y, &mask);
- }
-
- set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data);
-
- positionSprite(pDev, &x, &y, x_frac, y_frac, scr, &cx, &cy, &cx_frac, &cy_frac);
- updateHistory(pDev, &mask, ms);
-
- /* Update the valuators with the true value sent to the client*/
- if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 0))
- valuator_mask_set(&mask, 0, x);
- if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 1))
- valuator_mask_set(&mask, 1, y);
-
- clipValuators(pDev, &mask);
-
- event = (DeviceEvent*) events->event;
- init_event(pDev, event, ms);
-
- if (type == MotionNotify) {
- event->type = ET_Motion;
- event->detail.button = 0;
- }
- else {
- if (type == ButtonPress) {
- event->type = ET_ButtonPress;
- set_button_down(pDev, buttons, BUTTON_POSTED);
- }
- else if (type == ButtonRelease) {
- event->type = ET_ButtonRelease;
- set_button_up(pDev, buttons, BUTTON_POSTED);
- }
- event->detail.button = buttons;
- }
-
- event->root_x = cx; /* root_x/y always in screen coords */
- event->root_y = cy;
- event->root_x_frac = cx_frac;
- event->root_y_frac = cy_frac;
-
- set_valuators(pDev, event, &mask);
-
- return num_events;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Generate ProximityIn/ProximityOut InternalEvents, accompanied by
- * valuators.
- *
- * events is not NULL-terminated; the return value is the number of events.
- * The DDX is responsible for allocating the event structure in the first
- * place via GetMaximumEventsNum(), and for freeing it.
- */
-int
-GetProximityEvents(EventList *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type, const ValuatorMask *mask_in)
-{
- int num_events = 1, i;
- DeviceEvent *event;
- ValuatorMask mask;
-
- /* refuse events from disabled devices */
- if (!pDev->enabled)
- return 0;
-
- /* Sanity checks. */
- if ((type != ProximityIn && type != ProximityOut) || !mask_in)
- return 0;
- if (!pDev->valuator)
- return 0;
-
- valuator_mask_copy(&mask, mask_in);
-
- /* ignore relative axes for proximity. */
- for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(&mask); i++)
- {
- if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, i) &&
- valuator_get_mode(pDev, i) == Relative)
- valuator_mask_unset(&mask, i);
- }
-
- /* FIXME: posting proximity events with relative valuators only results
- * in an empty event, EventToXI() will fail to convert → no event sent
- * to client. */
-
- events = UpdateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT, &num_events);
-
- event = (DeviceEvent *) events->event;
- init_event(pDev, event, GetTimeInMillis());
- event->type = (type == ProximityIn) ? ET_ProximityIn : ET_ProximityOut;
-
- clipValuators(pDev, &mask);
-
- set_valuators(pDev, event, &mask);
-
- return num_events;
-}
-
-/**
- * Synthesize a single motion event for the core pointer.
- *
- * Used in cursor functions, e.g. when cursor confinement changes, and we need
- * to shift the pointer to get it inside the new bounds.
- */
-void
-PostSyntheticMotion(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- int x,
- int y,
- int screen,
- unsigned long time)
-{
- DeviceEvent ev;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- /* Translate back to the sprite screen since processInputProc
- will translate from sprite screen to screen 0 upon reentry
- to the DIX layer. */
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x - screenInfo.screens[screen]->x;
- y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y - screenInfo.screens[screen]->y;
- }
-#endif
-
- memset(&ev, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
- init_event(pDev, &ev, time);
- ev.root_x = x;
- ev.root_y = y;
- ev.type = ET_Motion;
- ev.time = time;
-
- /* FIXME: MD/SD considerations? */
- (*pDev->public.processInputProc)((InternalEvent*)&ev, pDev);
-}
+/*
+ * Copyright © 2006 Nokia Corporation
+ * Copyright © 2006-2007 Daniel Stone
+ * Copyright © 2008 Red Hat, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Authors: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+ * Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/keysym.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include <math.h>
+
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "dixevents.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include "eventstr.h"
+#include "eventconvert.h"
+#include "inpututils.h"
+
+#include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h>
+#include "xkbsrv.h"
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+#include "panoramiX.h"
+#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include <pixman.h>
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "listdev.h" /* for sizing up DeviceClassesChangedEvent */
+
+/* Number of motion history events to store. */
+#define MOTION_HISTORY_SIZE 256
+
+/* InputEventList is the container list for all input events generated by the
+ * DDX. The DDX is expected to call GetEventList() and then pass the list into
+ * Get{Pointer|Keyboard}Events.
+ */
+EventListPtr InputEventList = NULL;
+int InputEventListLen = 0;
+
+int
+GetEventList(EventListPtr* list)
+{
+ *list = InputEventList;
+ return InputEventListLen;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Pick some arbitrary size for Xi motion history.
+ */
+int
+GetMotionHistorySize(void)
+{
+ return MOTION_HISTORY_SIZE;
+}
+
+void
+set_button_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type)
+{
+ if (type == BUTTON_PROCESSED)
+ SetBit(pDev->button->down, button);
+ else
+ SetBit(pDev->button->postdown, button);
+}
+
+void
+set_button_up(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type)
+{
+ if (type == BUTTON_PROCESSED)
+ ClearBit(pDev->button->down, button);
+ else
+ ClearBit(pDev->button->postdown, button);
+}
+
+Bool
+button_is_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type)
+{
+ Bool ret = FALSE;
+
+ if (type & BUTTON_PROCESSED)
+ ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->button->down, button);
+ if (type & BUTTON_POSTED)
+ ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->button->postdown, button);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+void
+set_key_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type)
+{
+ if (type == KEY_PROCESSED)
+ SetBit(pDev->key->down, key_code);
+ else
+ SetBit(pDev->key->postdown, key_code);
+}
+
+void
+set_key_up(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type)
+{
+ if (type == KEY_PROCESSED)
+ ClearBit(pDev->key->down, key_code);
+ else
+ ClearBit(pDev->key->postdown, key_code);
+}
+
+Bool
+key_is_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type)
+{
+ Bool ret = FALSE;
+
+ if (type & KEY_PROCESSED)
+ ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->key->down, key_code);
+ if (type & KEY_POSTED)
+ ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->key->postdown, key_code);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static Bool
+key_autorepeats(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code)
+{
+ return !!(pDev->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeats[key_code >> 3] &
+ (1 << (key_code & 7)));
+}
+
+static void
+init_event(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceEvent* event, Time ms)
+{
+ memset(event, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
+ event->header = ET_Internal;
+ event->length = sizeof(DeviceEvent);
+ event->time = ms;
+ event->deviceid = dev->id;
+ event->sourceid = dev->id;
+}
+
+static void
+init_raw(DeviceIntPtr dev, RawDeviceEvent *event, Time ms, int type, int detail)
+{
+ memset(event, 0, sizeof(RawDeviceEvent));
+ event->header = ET_Internal;
+ event->length = sizeof(RawDeviceEvent);
+ event->type = ET_RawKeyPress - ET_KeyPress + type;
+ event->time = ms;
+ event->deviceid = dev->id;
+ event->sourceid = dev->id;
+ event->detail.button = detail;
+}
+
+static void
+set_raw_valuators(RawDeviceEvent *event, ValuatorMask *mask, int32_t* data)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
+ {
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
+ {
+ SetBit(event->valuators.mask, i);
+ data[i] = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+static void
+set_valuators(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceEvent* event, ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
+ {
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
+ {
+ SetBit(event->valuators.mask, i);
+ if (valuator_get_mode(dev, i) == Absolute)
+ SetBit(event->valuators.mode, i);
+ event->valuators.data[i] = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
+ event->valuators.data_frac[i] =
+ dev->last.remainder[i] * (1 << 16) * (1 << 16);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void
+CreateClassesChangedEvent(EventList* event,
+ DeviceIntPtr master,
+ DeviceIntPtr slave,
+ int type)
+{
+ int i;
+ DeviceChangedEvent *dce;
+ CARD32 ms = GetTimeInMillis();
+
+ dce = (DeviceChangedEvent*)event->event;
+ memset(dce, 0, sizeof(DeviceChangedEvent));
+ dce->deviceid = slave->id;
+ dce->masterid = master->id;
+ dce->header = ET_Internal;
+ dce->length = sizeof(DeviceChangedEvent);
+ dce->type = ET_DeviceChanged;
+ dce->time = ms;
+ dce->flags = type;
+ dce->flags |= DEVCHANGE_SLAVE_SWITCH;
+ dce->sourceid = slave->id;
+
+ if (slave->button)
+ {
+ dce->buttons.num_buttons = slave->button->numButtons;
+ for (i = 0; i < dce->buttons.num_buttons; i++)
+ dce->buttons.names[i] = slave->button->labels[i];
+ }
+ if (slave->valuator)
+ {
+ dce->num_valuators = slave->valuator->numAxes;
+ for (i = 0; i < dce->num_valuators; i++)
+ {
+ dce->valuators[i].min = slave->valuator->axes[i].min_value;
+ dce->valuators[i].max = slave->valuator->axes[i].max_value;
+ dce->valuators[i].resolution = slave->valuator->axes[i].resolution;
+ dce->valuators[i].mode = slave->valuator->axes[i].mode;
+ dce->valuators[i].name = slave->valuator->axes[i].label;
+ }
+ }
+ if (slave->key)
+ {
+ dce->keys.min_keycode = slave->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code;
+ dce->keys.max_keycode = slave->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Rescale the coord between the two axis ranges.
+ */
+static int
+rescaleValuatorAxis(int coord, float remainder, float *remainder_return, AxisInfoPtr from, AxisInfoPtr to,
+ int defmax)
+{
+ int fmin = 0, tmin = 0, fmax = defmax, tmax = defmax, coord_return;
+ float value;
+
+ if(from && from->min_value < from->max_value) {
+ fmin = from->min_value;
+ fmax = from->max_value;
+ }
+ if(to && to->min_value < to->max_value) {
+ tmin = to->min_value;
+ tmax = to->max_value;
+ }
+
+ if(fmin == tmin && fmax == tmax) {
+ if (remainder_return)
+ *remainder_return = remainder;
+ return coord;
+ }
+
+ if(fmax == fmin) { /* avoid division by 0 */
+ if (remainder_return)
+ *remainder_return = 0.0;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ value = (coord + remainder - fmin) * (tmax - tmin) / (fmax - fmin) + tmin;
+ coord_return = lroundf(value);
+ if (remainder_return)
+ *remainder_return = value - coord_return;
+ return coord_return;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Update all coordinates when changing to a different SD
+ * to ensure that relative reporting will work as expected
+ * without loss of precision.
+ *
+ * pDev->last.valuators will be in absolute device coordinates after this
+ * function.
+ */
+static void
+updateSlaveDeviceCoords(DeviceIntPtr master, DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ ScreenPtr scr = miPointerGetScreen(pDev);
+ int i;
+ DeviceIntPtr lastSlave;
+
+ /* master->last.valuators[0]/[1] is in screen coords and the actual
+ * position of the pointer */
+ pDev->last.valuators[0] = master->last.valuators[0];
+ pDev->last.valuators[1] = master->last.valuators[1];
+
+ if (!pDev->valuator)
+ return;
+
+ /* scale back to device coordinates */
+ if(pDev->valuator->numAxes > 0)
+ pDev->last.valuators[0] = rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[0], pDev->last.remainder[0],
+ &pDev->last.remainder[0], NULL, pDev->valuator->axes + 0, scr->width);
+ if(pDev->valuator->numAxes > 1)
+ pDev->last.valuators[1] = rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[1], pDev->last.remainder[1],
+ &pDev->last.remainder[1], NULL, pDev->valuator->axes + 1, scr->height);
+
+ /* calculate the other axis as well based on info from the old
+ * slave-device. If the old slave had less axes than this one,
+ * last.valuators is reset to 0.
+ */
+ if ((lastSlave = master->last.slave) && lastSlave->valuator) {
+ for (i = 2; i < pDev->valuator->numAxes; i++) {
+ if (i >= lastSlave->valuator->numAxes)
+ pDev->last.valuators[i] = 0;
+ else
+ pDev->last.valuators[i] =
+ rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[i],
+ pDev->last.remainder[i],
+ &pDev->last.remainder[i],
+ lastSlave->valuator->axes + i,
+ pDev->valuator->axes + i, 0);
+ }
+ }
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * Allocate the motion history buffer.
+ */
+void
+AllocateMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ int size;
+ free(pDev->valuator->motion);
+
+ if (pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents < 1)
+ return;
+
+ /* An MD must have a motion history size large enough to keep all
+ * potential valuators, plus the respective range of the valuators.
+ * 3 * INT32 for (min_val, max_val, curr_val))
+ */
+ if (IsMaster(pDev))
+ size = sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS;
+ else {
+ ValuatorClassPtr v = pDev->valuator;
+ int numAxes;
+ /* XI1 doesn't understand mixed mode devices */
+ for (numAxes = 0; numAxes < v->numAxes; numAxes++)
+ if (valuator_get_mode(pDev, numAxes) != valuator_get_mode(pDev, 0))
+ break;
+ size = sizeof(INT32) * numAxes;
+ }
+
+ size += sizeof(Time);
+
+ pDev->valuator->motion = calloc(pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents, size);
+ pDev->valuator->first_motion = 0;
+ pDev->valuator->last_motion = 0;
+ if (!pDev->valuator->motion)
+ ErrorF("[dix] %s: Failed to alloc motion history (%d bytes).\n",
+ pDev->name, size * pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Dump the motion history between start and stop into the supplied buffer.
+ * Only records the event for a given screen in theory, but in practice, we
+ * sort of ignore this.
+ *
+ * If core is set, we only generate x/y, in INT16, scaled to screen coords.
+ */
+int
+GetMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev, xTimecoord **buff, unsigned long start,
+ unsigned long stop, ScreenPtr pScreen, BOOL core)
+{
+ char *ibuff = NULL, *obuff;
+ int i = 0, ret = 0;
+ int j, coord;
+ Time current;
+ /* The size of a single motion event. */
+ int size;
+ int dflt;
+ AxisInfo from, *to; /* for scaling */
+ INT32 *ocbuf, *icbuf; /* pointer to coordinates for copying */
+ INT16 *corebuf;
+ AxisInfo core_axis = {0};
+
+ if (!pDev->valuator || !pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (core && !pScreen)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (IsMaster(pDev))
+ size = (sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS) + sizeof(Time);
+ else
+ size = (sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(Time);
+
+ *buff = malloc(size * pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents);
+ if (!(*buff))
+ return 0;
+ obuff = (char *)*buff;
+
+ for (i = pDev->valuator->first_motion;
+ i != pDev->valuator->last_motion;
+ i = (i + 1) % pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents) {
+ /* We index the input buffer by which element we're accessing, which
+ * is not monotonic, and the output buffer by how many events we've
+ * written so far. */
+ ibuff = (char *) pDev->valuator->motion + (i * size);
+ memcpy(¤t, ibuff, sizeof(Time));
+
+ if (current > stop) {
+ return ret;
+ }
+ else if (current >= start) {
+ if (core)
+ {
+ memcpy(obuff, ibuff, sizeof(Time)); /* copy timestamp */
+
+ icbuf = (INT32*)(ibuff + sizeof(Time));
+ corebuf = (INT16*)(obuff + sizeof(Time));
+
+ /* fetch x coordinate + range */
+ memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+ memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+ memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+
+ /* scale to screen coords */
+ to = &core_axis;
+ to->max_value = pScreen->width;
+ coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, pScreen->width);
+
+ memcpy(corebuf, &coord, sizeof(INT16));
+ corebuf++;
+
+ /* fetch y coordinate + range */
+ memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+ memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+ memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+
+ to->max_value = pScreen->height;
+ coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, pScreen->height);
+ memcpy(corebuf, &coord, sizeof(INT16));
+
+ } else if (IsMaster(pDev))
+ {
+ memcpy(obuff, ibuff, sizeof(Time)); /* copy timestamp */
+
+ ocbuf = (INT32*)(obuff + sizeof(Time));
+ icbuf = (INT32*)(ibuff + sizeof(Time));
+ for (j = 0; j < MAX_VALUATORS; j++)
+ {
+ if (j >= pDev->valuator->numAxes)
+ break;
+
+ /* fetch min/max/coordinate */
+ memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+ memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+ memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+
+ to = (j < pDev->valuator->numAxes) ? &pDev->valuator->axes[j] : NULL;
+
+ /* x/y scaled to screen if no range is present */
+ if (j == 0 && (from.max_value < from.min_value))
+ from.max_value = pScreen->width;
+ else if (j == 1 && (from.max_value < from.min_value))
+ from.max_value = pScreen->height;
+
+ if (j == 0 && (to->max_value < to->min_value))
+ dflt = pScreen->width;
+ else if (j == 1 && (to->max_value < to->min_value))
+ dflt = pScreen->height;
+ else
+ dflt = 0;
+
+ /* scale from stored range into current range */
+ coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, 0);
+ memcpy(ocbuf, &coord, sizeof(INT32));
+ ocbuf++;
+ }
+ } else
+ memcpy(obuff, ibuff, size);
+
+ /* don't advance by size here. size may be different to the
+ * actually written size if the MD has less valuators than MAX */
+ if (core)
+ obuff += sizeof(INT32) + sizeof(Time);
+ else
+ obuff += (sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(Time);
+ ret++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Update the motion history for a specific device, with the list of
+ * valuators.
+ *
+ * Layout of the history buffer:
+ * for SDs: [time] [val0] [val1] ... [valn]
+ * for MDs: [time] [min_val0] [max_val0] [val0] [min_val1] ... [valn]
+ *
+ * For events that have some valuators unset:
+ * min_val == max_val == val == 0.
+ */
+static void
+updateMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev, CARD32 ms, ValuatorMask *mask,
+ int *valuators)
+{
+ char *buff = (char *) pDev->valuator->motion;
+ ValuatorClassPtr v;
+ int i;
+
+ if (!pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents)
+ return;
+
+ v = pDev->valuator;
+ if (IsMaster(pDev))
+ {
+ buff += ((sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS) + sizeof(CARD32)) *
+ v->last_motion;
+
+ memcpy(buff, &ms, sizeof(Time));
+ buff += sizeof(Time);
+
+ memset(buff, 0, sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < v->numAxes; i++)
+ {
+ /* XI1 doesn't support mixed mode devices */
+ if (valuator_get_mode(pDev, i) != valuator_get_mode(pDev, 0))
+ break;
+ if (valuator_mask_size(mask) <= i || !valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
+ {
+ buff += 3 * sizeof(INT32);
+ continue;
+ }
+ memcpy(buff, &v->axes[i].min_value, sizeof(INT32));
+ buff += sizeof(INT32);
+ memcpy(buff, &v->axes[i].max_value, sizeof(INT32));
+ buff += sizeof(INT32);
+ memcpy(buff, &valuators[i], sizeof(INT32));
+ buff += sizeof(INT32);
+ }
+ } else
+ {
+
+ buff += ((sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(CARD32)) *
+ pDev->valuator->last_motion;
+
+ memcpy(buff, &ms, sizeof(Time));
+ buff += sizeof(Time);
+
+ memset(buff, 0, sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < MAX_VALUATORS; i++)
+ {
+ if (valuator_mask_size(mask) <= i || !valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
+ {
+ buff += sizeof(INT32);
+ continue;
+ }
+ memcpy(buff, &valuators[i], sizeof(INT32));
+ buff += sizeof(INT32);
+ }
+ }
+
+ pDev->valuator->last_motion = (pDev->valuator->last_motion + 1) %
+ pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents;
+ /* If we're wrapping around, just keep the circular buffer going. */
+ if (pDev->valuator->first_motion == pDev->valuator->last_motion)
+ pDev->valuator->first_motion = (pDev->valuator->first_motion + 1) %
+ pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents;
+
+ return;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Returns the maximum number of events GetKeyboardEvents,
+ * GetKeyboardValuatorEvents, and GetPointerEvents will ever return.
+ *
+ * This MUST be absolutely constant, from init until exit.
+ */
+int
+GetMaximumEventsNum(void) {
+ /* One raw event
+ * One device event
+ * One possible device changed event
+ */
+ return 3;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Clip an axis to its bounds, which are declared in the call to
+ * InitValuatorAxisClassStruct.
+ */
+static void
+clipAxis(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int axisNum, int *val)
+{
+ AxisInfoPtr axis;
+
+ if (axisNum >= pDev->valuator->numAxes)
+ return;
+
+ axis = pDev->valuator->axes + axisNum;
+
+ /* If a value range is defined, clip. If not, do nothing */
+ if (axis->max_value <= axis->min_value)
+ return;
+
+ if (*val < axis->min_value)
+ *val = axis->min_value;
+ if (*val > axis->max_value)
+ *val = axis->max_value;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip every axis in the list of valuators to its bounds.
+ */
+static void
+clipValuators(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
+ {
+ int val = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
+ clipAxis(pDev, i, &val);
+ valuator_mask_set(mask, i, val);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create the DCCE event (does not update the master's device state yet, this
+ * is done in the event processing).
+ * Pull in the coordinates from the MD if necessary.
+ *
+ * @param events Pointer to a pre-allocated event list.
+ * @param dev The slave device that generated an event.
+ * @param type Either DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT and/or DEVCHANGE_KEYBOARD_EVENT
+ * @param num_events The current number of events, returns the number of
+ * events if a DCCE was generated.
+ * @return The updated @events pointer.
+ */
+EventListPtr
+UpdateFromMaster(EventListPtr events, DeviceIntPtr dev, int type, int *num_events)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr master;
+
+ master = GetMaster(dev, (type & DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT) ? MASTER_POINTER : MASTER_KEYBOARD);
+
+ if (master && master->last.slave != dev)
+ {
+ CreateClassesChangedEvent(events, master, dev, type);
+ if (IsPointerDevice(master))
+ {
+ updateSlaveDeviceCoords(master, dev);
+ master->last.numValuators = dev->last.numValuators;
+ }
+ master->last.slave = dev;
+ (*num_events)++;
+ events++;
+ }
+ return events;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Move the device's pointer to the position given in the valuators.
+ *
+ * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved.
+ * @param x Returns the x position of the pointer after the move.
+ * @param y Returns the y position of the pointer after the move.
+ * @param mask Bit mask of valid valuators.
+ * @param valuators Valuator data for each axis between @first and
+ * @first+@num.
+ */
+static void
+moveAbsolute(DeviceIntPtr dev, int *x, int *y, ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0))
+ *x = valuator_mask_get(mask, 0);
+ else
+ *x = dev->last.valuators[0];
+
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1))
+ *y = valuator_mask_get(mask, 1);
+ else
+ *y = dev->last.valuators[1];
+
+ clipAxis(dev, 0, x);
+ clipAxis(dev, 1, y);
+
+ for (i = 2; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
+ {
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
+ {
+ dev->last.valuators[i] = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
+ clipAxis(dev, i, &dev->last.valuators[i]);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Move the device's pointer by the values given in @valuators.
+ *
+ * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved.
+ * @param x Returns the x position of the pointer after the move.
+ * @param y Returns the y position of the pointer after the move.
+ * @param mask Bit mask of valid valuators.
+ * @param valuators Valuator data for each axis between @first and
+ * @first+@num.
+ */
+static void
+moveRelative(DeviceIntPtr dev, int *x, int *y, ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ *x = dev->last.valuators[0];
+ *y = dev->last.valuators[1];
+
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0))
+ *x += valuator_mask_get(mask, 0);
+
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1))
+ *y += valuator_mask_get(mask, 1);
+
+ /* if attached, clip both x and y to the defined limits (usually
+ * co-ord space limit). If it is attached, we need x/y to go over the
+ * limits to be able to change screens. */
+ if (dev->valuator && (IsMaster(dev) || !IsFloating(dev))) {
+ if (valuator_get_mode(dev, 0) == Absolute)
+ clipAxis(dev, 0, x);
+ if (valuator_get_mode(dev, 1) == Absolute)
+ clipAxis(dev, 1, y);
+ }
+
+ /* calc other axes, clip, drop back into valuators */
+ for (i = 2; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
+ {
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
+ {
+ dev->last.valuators[i] += valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
+ if (valuator_get_mode(dev, i) == Absolute)
+ clipAxis(dev, i, &dev->last.valuators[i]);
+ valuator_mask_set(mask, i, dev->last.valuators[i]);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Accelerate the data in valuators based on the device's acceleration scheme.
+ *
+ * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved.
+ * @param valuators Valuator mask
+ * @param ms Current time.
+ */
+static void
+accelPointer(DeviceIntPtr dev, ValuatorMask* valuators, CARD32 ms)
+{
+ if (dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc)
+ dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc(dev, valuators, ms);
+}
+
+/**
+ * If we have HW cursors, this actually moves the visible sprite. If not, we
+ * just do all the screen crossing, etc.
+ *
+ * We scale from device to screen coordinates here, call
+ * miPointerSetPosition() and then scale back into device coordinates (if
+ * needed). miPSP will change x/y if the screen was crossed.
+ *
+ * The coordinates provided are always absolute. The parameter mode whether
+ * it was relative or absolute movement that landed us at those coordinates.
+ *
+ * @param dev The device to be moved.
+ * @param mode Movement mode (Absolute or Relative)
+ * @param x Pointer to current x-axis value, may be modified.
+ * @param y Pointer to current y-axis value, may be modified.
+ * @param x_frac Fractional part of current x-axis value, may be modified.
+ * @param y_frac Fractional part of current y-axis value, may be modified.
+ * @param scr Screen the device's sprite is currently on.
+ * @param screenx Screen x coordinate the sprite is on after the update.
+ * @param screeny Screen y coordinate the sprite is on after the update.
+ * @param screenx_frac Fractional part of screen x coordinate, as above.
+ * @param screeny_frac Fractional part of screen y coordinate, as above.
+ */
+static void
+positionSprite(DeviceIntPtr dev, int mode,
+ int *x, int *y, float x_frac, float y_frac,
+ ScreenPtr scr, int *screenx, int *screeny, float *screenx_frac, float *screeny_frac)
+{
+ int old_screenx, old_screeny;
+
+ /* scale x&y to screen */
+ if (dev->valuator && dev->valuator->numAxes > 0) {
+ *screenx = rescaleValuatorAxis(*x, x_frac, screenx_frac,
+ dev->valuator->axes + 0, NULL, scr->width);
+ } else {
+ *screenx = dev->last.valuators[0];
+ *screenx_frac = dev->last.remainder[0];
+ }
+
+ if (dev->valuator && dev->valuator->numAxes > 1) {
+ *screeny = rescaleValuatorAxis(*y, y_frac, screeny_frac,
+ dev->valuator->axes + 1, NULL, scr->height);
+ } else {
+ *screeny = dev->last.valuators[1];
+ *screeny_frac = dev->last.remainder[1];
+ }
+
+ /* Hit the left screen edge? */
+ if (*screenx <= 0 && *screenx_frac < 0.0f)
+ {
+ *screenx_frac = 0.0f;
+ x_frac = 0.0f;
+ }
+ if (*screeny <= 0 && *screeny_frac < 0.0f)
+ {
+ *screeny_frac = 0.0f;
+ y_frac = 0.0f;
+ }
+
+
+ old_screenx = *screenx;
+ old_screeny = *screeny;
+ /* This takes care of crossing screens for us, as well as clipping
+ * to the current screen. */
+ miPointerSetPosition(dev, mode, screenx, screeny);
+
+ if(!IsMaster(dev) || !IsFloating(dev)) {
+ DeviceIntPtr master = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER);
+ master->last.valuators[0] = *screenx;
+ master->last.valuators[1] = *screeny;
+ master->last.remainder[0] = *screenx_frac;
+ master->last.remainder[1] = *screeny_frac;
+ }
+
+ if (dev->valuator)
+ {
+ /* Crossed screen? Scale back to device coordiantes */
+ if(*screenx != old_screenx)
+ {
+ scr = miPointerGetScreen(dev);
+ *x = rescaleValuatorAxis(*screenx, *screenx_frac, &x_frac, NULL,
+ dev->valuator->axes + 0, scr->width);
+ }
+ if(*screeny != old_screeny)
+ {
+ scr = miPointerGetScreen(dev);
+ *y = rescaleValuatorAxis(*screeny, *screeny_frac, &y_frac, NULL,
+ dev->valuator->axes + 1, scr->height);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* dropy x/y (device coordinates) back into valuators for next event */
+ dev->last.valuators[0] = *x;
+ dev->last.valuators[1] = *y;
+ dev->last.remainder[0] = x_frac;
+ dev->last.remainder[1] = y_frac;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Update the motion history for the device and (if appropriate) for its
+ * master device.
+ * @param dev Slave device to update.
+ * @param mask Bit mask of valid valuators to append to history.
+ * @param num Total number of valuators to append to history.
+ * @param ms Current time
+ */
+static void
+updateHistory(DeviceIntPtr dev, ValuatorMask *mask, CARD32 ms)
+{
+ if (!dev->valuator)
+ return;
+
+ updateMotionHistory(dev, ms, mask, dev->last.valuators);
+ if(!IsMaster(dev) || !IsFloating(dev))
+ {
+ DeviceIntPtr master = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER);
+ updateMotionHistory(master, ms, mask, dev->last.valuators);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convenience wrapper around GetKeyboardValuatorEvents, that takes no
+ * valuators.
+ */
+int
+GetKeyboardEvents(EventList *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type, int key_code) {
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+
+ valuator_mask_zero(&mask);
+ return GetKeyboardValuatorEvents(events, pDev, type, key_code, &mask);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Returns a set of InternalEvents for KeyPress/KeyRelease, optionally
+ * also with valuator events.
+ *
+ * events is not NULL-terminated; the return value is the number of events.
+ * The DDX is responsible for allocating the event structure in the first
+ * place via GetMaximumEventsNum(), and for freeing it.
+ */
+int
+GetKeyboardValuatorEvents(EventList *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type,
+ int key_code, const ValuatorMask *mask_in) {
+ int num_events = 0;
+ CARD32 ms = 0;
+ DeviceEvent *event;
+ RawDeviceEvent *raw;
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+
+ /* refuse events from disabled devices */
+ if (!pDev->enabled)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (!events ||!pDev->key || !pDev->focus || !pDev->kbdfeed ||
+ (type != KeyPress && type != KeyRelease) ||
+ (key_code < 8 || key_code > 255))
+ return 0;
+
+ num_events = 1;
+
+ events = UpdateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_KEYBOARD_EVENT, &num_events);
+
+ /* Handle core repeating, via press/release/press/release. */
+ if (type == KeyPress && key_is_down(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED)) {
+ /* If autorepeating is disabled either globally or just for that key,
+ * or we have a modifier, don't generate a repeat event. */
+ if (!pDev->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeat ||
+ !key_autorepeats(pDev, key_code) ||
+ pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[key_code])
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ ms = GetTimeInMillis();
+
+ raw = (RawDeviceEvent*)events->event;
+ events++;
+ num_events++;
+
+ valuator_mask_copy(&mask, mask_in);
+
+ init_raw(pDev, raw, ms, type, key_code);
+ set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data_raw);
+
+ clipValuators(pDev, &mask);
+
+ set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data);
+
+ event = (DeviceEvent*) events->event;
+ init_event(pDev, event, ms);
+ event->detail.key = key_code;
+
+ if (type == KeyPress) {
+ event->type = ET_KeyPress;
+ set_key_down(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED);
+ }
+ else if (type == KeyRelease) {
+ event->type = ET_KeyRelease;
+ set_key_up(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED);
+ }
+
+ clipValuators(pDev, &mask);
+
+ set_valuators(pDev, event, &mask);
+
+ return num_events;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an event list and fill with 32 byte sized events.
+ * This event list is to be passed into GetPointerEvents() and
+ * GetKeyboardEvents().
+ *
+ * @param num_events Number of elements in list.
+ */
+EventListPtr
+InitEventList(int num_events)
+{
+ EventListPtr events;
+ int i;
+
+ events = (EventListPtr)calloc(num_events, sizeof(EventList));
+ if (!events)
+ return NULL;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num_events; i++)
+ {
+ events[i].evlen = sizeof(InternalEvent);
+ events[i].event = calloc(1, sizeof(InternalEvent));
+ if (!events[i].event)
+ {
+ /* rollback */
+ while(i--)
+ free(events[i].event);
+ free(events);
+ events = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return events;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Free an event list.
+ *
+ * @param list The list to be freed.
+ * @param num_events Number of elements in list.
+ */
+void
+FreeEventList(EventListPtr list, int num_events)
+{
+ if (!list)
+ return;
+ while(num_events--)
+ free(list[num_events].event);
+ free(list);
+}
+
+static void
+transformAbsolute(DeviceIntPtr dev, ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+ struct pixman_f_vector p;
+
+ /* p' = M * p in homogeneous coordinates */
+ p.v[0] = (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0) ? valuator_mask_get(mask, 0) :
+ dev->last.valuators[0]);
+ p.v[1] = (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1) ? valuator_mask_get(mask, 1) :
+ dev->last.valuators[1]);
+ p.v[2] = 1.0;
+
+ pixman_f_transform_point(&dev->transform, &p);
+
+ if (lround(p.v[0]) != dev->last.valuators[0])
+ valuator_mask_set(mask, 0, lround(p.v[0]));
+ if (lround(p.v[1]) != dev->last.valuators[1])
+ valuator_mask_set(mask, 1, lround(p.v[1]));
+}
+
+/**
+ * Generate a series of InternalEvents (filled into the EventList)
+ * representing pointer motion, or button presses.
+ *
+ * events is not NULL-terminated; the return value is the number of events.
+ * The DDX is responsible for allocating the event structure in the first
+ * place via InitEventList() and GetMaximumEventsNum(), and for freeing it.
+ *
+ * In the generated events rootX/Y will be in absolute screen coords and
+ * the valuator information in the absolute or relative device coords.
+ *
+ * last.valuators[x] of the device is always in absolute device coords.
+ * last.valuators[x] of the master device is in absolute screen coords.
+ *
+ * master->last.valuators[x] for x > 2 is undefined.
+ */
+int
+GetPointerEvents(EventList *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type, int buttons,
+ int flags, const ValuatorMask *mask_in) {
+ int num_events = 1;
+ CARD32 ms;
+ DeviceEvent *event;
+ RawDeviceEvent *raw;
+ int x = 0, y = 0, /* device coords */
+ cx, cy; /* only screen coordinates */
+ float x_frac = 0.0, y_frac = 0.0, cx_frac, cy_frac;
+ ScreenPtr scr = miPointerGetScreen(pDev);
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+
+ /* refuse events from disabled devices */
+ if (!pDev->enabled)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (!scr)
+ return 0;
+
+ switch (type)
+ {
+ case MotionNotify:
+ if (!mask_in || valuator_mask_num_valuators(mask_in) <= 0)
+ return 0;
+ break;
+ case ButtonPress:
+ case ButtonRelease:
+ if (!pDev->button || !buttons)
+ return 0;
+ break;
+ default:
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ ms = GetTimeInMillis(); /* before pointer update to help precision */
+
+ events = UpdateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT, &num_events);
+
+ raw = (RawDeviceEvent*)events->event;
+ events++;
+ num_events++;
+
+ valuator_mask_copy(&mask, mask_in);
+
+ init_raw(pDev, raw, ms, type, buttons);
+ set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data_raw);
+
+ if (flags & POINTER_ABSOLUTE)
+ {
+ if (flags & POINTER_SCREEN) /* valuators are in screen coords */
+ {
+ int scaled;
+
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 0))
+ {
+ scaled = rescaleValuatorAxis(valuator_mask_get(&mask, 0),
+ 0.0, &x_frac, NULL,
+ pDev->valuator->axes + 0,
+ scr->width);
+ valuator_mask_set(&mask, 0, scaled);
+ }
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 1))
+ {
+ scaled = rescaleValuatorAxis(valuator_mask_get(&mask, 1),
+ 0.0, &y_frac, NULL,
+ pDev->valuator->axes + 1,
+ scr->height);
+ valuator_mask_set(&mask, 1, scaled);
+ }
+ }
+
+ transformAbsolute(pDev, &mask);
+ moveAbsolute(pDev, &x, &y, &mask);
+ } else {
+ if (flags & POINTER_ACCELERATE) {
+ accelPointer(pDev, &mask, ms);
+ /* The pointer acceleration code modifies the fractional part
+ * in-place, so we need to extract this information first */
+ x_frac = pDev->last.remainder[0];
+ y_frac = pDev->last.remainder[1];
+ }
+ moveRelative(pDev, &x, &y, &mask);
+ }
+
+ set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data);
+
+ positionSprite(pDev, (flags & POINTER_ABSOLUTE) ? Absolute : Relative,
+ &x, &y, x_frac, y_frac, scr, &cx, &cy, &cx_frac, &cy_frac);
+ updateHistory(pDev, &mask, ms);
+
+ /* Update the valuators with the true value sent to the client*/
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 0))
+ valuator_mask_set(&mask, 0, x);
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 1))
+ valuator_mask_set(&mask, 1, y);
+
+ clipValuators(pDev, &mask);
+
+ event = (DeviceEvent*) events->event;
+ init_event(pDev, event, ms);
+
+ if (type == MotionNotify) {
+ event->type = ET_Motion;
+ event->detail.button = 0;
+ }
+ else {
+ if (type == ButtonPress) {
+ event->type = ET_ButtonPress;
+ set_button_down(pDev, buttons, BUTTON_POSTED);
+ }
+ else if (type == ButtonRelease) {
+ event->type = ET_ButtonRelease;
+ set_button_up(pDev, buttons, BUTTON_POSTED);
+ }
+ event->detail.button = buttons;
+ }
+
+ event->root_x = cx; /* root_x/y always in screen coords */
+ event->root_y = cy;
+ event->root_x_frac = cx_frac;
+ event->root_y_frac = cy_frac;
+
+ set_valuators(pDev, event, &mask);
+
+ return num_events;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Generate ProximityIn/ProximityOut InternalEvents, accompanied by
+ * valuators.
+ *
+ * events is not NULL-terminated; the return value is the number of events.
+ * The DDX is responsible for allocating the event structure in the first
+ * place via GetMaximumEventsNum(), and for freeing it.
+ */
+int
+GetProximityEvents(EventList *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type, const ValuatorMask *mask_in)
+{
+ int num_events = 1, i;
+ DeviceEvent *event;
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+
+ /* refuse events from disabled devices */
+ if (!pDev->enabled)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* Sanity checks. */
+ if ((type != ProximityIn && type != ProximityOut) || !mask_in)
+ return 0;
+ if (!pDev->valuator)
+ return 0;
+
+ valuator_mask_copy(&mask, mask_in);
+
+ /* ignore relative axes for proximity. */
+ for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(&mask); i++)
+ {
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, i) &&
+ valuator_get_mode(pDev, i) == Relative)
+ valuator_mask_unset(&mask, i);
+ }
+
+ /* FIXME: posting proximity events with relative valuators only results
+ * in an empty event, EventToXI() will fail to convert → no event sent
+ * to client. */
+
+ events = UpdateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT, &num_events);
+
+ event = (DeviceEvent *) events->event;
+ init_event(pDev, event, GetTimeInMillis());
+ event->type = (type == ProximityIn) ? ET_ProximityIn : ET_ProximityOut;
+
+ clipValuators(pDev, &mask);
+
+ set_valuators(pDev, event, &mask);
+
+ return num_events;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Synthesize a single motion event for the core pointer.
+ *
+ * Used in cursor functions, e.g. when cursor confinement changes, and we need
+ * to shift the pointer to get it inside the new bounds.
+ */
+void
+PostSyntheticMotion(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ int x,
+ int y,
+ int screen,
+ unsigned long time)
+{
+ DeviceEvent ev;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ /* Translate back to the sprite screen since processInputProc
+ will translate from sprite screen to screen 0 upon reentry
+ to the DIX layer. */
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x - screenInfo.screens[screen]->x;
+ y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y - screenInfo.screens[screen]->y;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ memset(&ev, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
+ init_event(pDev, &ev, time);
+ ev.root_x = x;
+ ev.root_y = y;
+ ev.type = ET_Motion;
+ ev.time = time;
+
+ /* FIXME: MD/SD considerations? */
+ (*pDev->public.processInputProc)((InternalEvent*)&ev, pDev);
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/ptrveloc.c b/xorg-server/dix/ptrveloc.c
index e6ac2ed14..e95d804c2 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/ptrveloc.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/ptrveloc.c
@@ -1,1197 +1,1216 @@
-/*
- *
- * Copyright © 2006-2009 Simon Thum simon dot thum at gmx dot de
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <math.h>
-#include <ptrveloc.h>
-#include <exevents.h>
-#include <X11/Xatom.h>
-
-#include <xserver-properties.h>
-
-/*****************************************************************************
- * Predictable pointer acceleration
- *
- * 2006-2009 by Simon Thum (simon [dot] thum [at] gmx de)
- *
- * Serves 3 complementary functions:
- * 1) provide a sophisticated ballistic velocity estimate to improve
- * the relation between velocity (of the device) and acceleration
- * 2) make arbitrary acceleration profiles possible
- * 3) decelerate by two means (constant and adaptive) if enabled
- *
- * Important concepts are the
- *
- * - Scheme
- * which selects the basic algorithm
- * (see devices.c/InitPointerAccelerationScheme)
- * - Profile
- * which returns an acceleration
- * for a given velocity
- *
- * The profile can be selected by the user at runtime.
- * The classic profile is intended to cleanly perform old-style
- * function selection (threshold =/!= 0)
- *
- ****************************************************************************/
-
-/* fwds */
-int
-SetAccelerationProfile(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int profile_num);
-static float
-SimpleSmoothProfile(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel, float velocity,
- float threshold, float acc);
-static PointerAccelerationProfileFunc
-GetAccelerationProfile(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int profile_num);
-static BOOL
-InitializePredictableAccelerationProperties(DeviceIntPtr dev);
-static BOOL
-DeletePredictableAccelerationProperties(DeviceIntPtr dev);
-
-/*#define PTRACCEL_DEBUGGING*/
-
-#ifdef PTRACCEL_DEBUGGING
-#define DebugAccelF ErrorF
-#else
-#define DebugAccelF(...) /* */
-#endif
-
-/********************************
- * Init/Uninit
- *******************************/
-
-/* some int which is not a profile number */
-#define PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE (-100)
-
-
-/**
- * Init DeviceVelocity struct so it should match the average case
- */
-void
-InitVelocityData(DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
-{
- memset(vel, 0, sizeof(DeviceVelocityRec));
-
- vel->corr_mul = 10.0; /* dots per 10 milisecond should be usable */
- vel->const_acceleration = 1.0; /* no acceleration/deceleration */
- vel->reset_time = 300;
- vel->use_softening = 1;
- vel->min_acceleration = 1.0; /* don't decelerate */
- vel->max_rel_diff = 0.2;
- vel->max_diff = 1.0;
- vel->initial_range = 2;
- vel->average_accel = TRUE;
- SetAccelerationProfile(vel, AccelProfileClassic);
- InitTrackers(vel, 16);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Clean up DeviceVelocityRec
- */
-void
-FreeVelocityData(DeviceVelocityPtr vel){
- free(vel->tracker);
- SetAccelerationProfile(vel, PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Init predictable scheme
- */
-Bool
-InitPredictableAccelerationScheme(DeviceIntPtr dev,
- ValuatorAccelerationPtr protoScheme) {
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
- ValuatorAccelerationRec scheme;
- scheme = *protoScheme;
- vel = calloc(1, sizeof(DeviceVelocityRec));
- if (!vel)
- return FALSE;
- InitVelocityData(vel);
- scheme.accelData = vel;
- dev->valuator->accelScheme = scheme;
- InitializePredictableAccelerationProperties(dev);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Uninit scheme
- */
-void
-AccelerationDefaultCleanup(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- /*sanity check*/
- if( dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc == acceleratePointerPredictable
- && dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData != NULL){
- dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc = NULL;
- FreeVelocityData(dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData);
- free(dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData);
- dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData = NULL;
- DeletePredictableAccelerationProperties(dev);
- }
-}
-
-
-/*************************
- * Input property support
- ************************/
-
-/**
- * choose profile
- */
-static int
-AccelSetProfileProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,
- XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)
-{
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
- int profile, *ptr = &profile;
- int rc;
- int nelem = 1;
-
- if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER))
- return Success;
-
- vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
- if (!vel)
- return BadValue;
- rc = XIPropToInt(val, &nelem, &ptr);
-
- if(checkOnly)
- {
- if (rc)
- return rc;
-
- if (GetAccelerationProfile(vel, profile) == NULL)
- return BadValue;
- } else
- SetAccelerationProfile(vel, profile);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static long
-AccelInitProfileProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
-{
- int profile = vel->statistics.profile_number;
- Atom prop_profile_number = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER);
-
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_profile_number, XA_INTEGER, 32,
- PropModeReplace, 1, &profile, FALSE);
- XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_profile_number, FALSE);
- return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetProfileProperty, NULL, NULL);
-}
-
-/**
- * constant deceleration
- */
-static int
-AccelSetDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,
- XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)
-{
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
- float v, *ptr = &v;
- int rc;
- int nelem = 1;
-
- if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION))
- return Success;
-
- vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
- if (!vel)
- return BadValue;
- rc = XIPropToFloat(val, &nelem, &ptr);
-
- if(checkOnly)
- {
- if (rc)
- return rc;
- return (v >= 1.0f) ? Success : BadValue;
- }
-
- if(v >= 1.0f)
- vel->const_acceleration = 1/v;
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static long
-AccelInitDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
-{
- float fval = 1.0/vel->const_acceleration;
- Atom prop_const_decel = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION);
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_const_decel,
- XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,
- PropModeReplace, 1, &fval, FALSE);
- XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_const_decel, FALSE);
- return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetDecelProperty, NULL, NULL);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * adaptive deceleration
- */
-static int
-AccelSetAdaptDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,
- XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)
-{
- DeviceVelocityPtr veloc;
- float v, *ptr = &v;
- int rc;
- int nelem = 1;
-
- if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION))
- return Success;
-
- veloc = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
- if (!veloc)
- return BadValue;
- rc = XIPropToFloat(val, &nelem, &ptr);
-
- if(checkOnly)
- {
- if (rc)
- return rc;
- return (v >= 1.0f) ? Success : BadValue;
- }
-
- if(v >= 1.0f)
- veloc->min_acceleration = 1/v;
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static long
-AccelInitAdaptDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
-{
- float fval = 1.0/vel->min_acceleration;
- Atom prop_adapt_decel = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION);
-
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_adapt_decel, XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,
- PropModeReplace, 1, &fval, FALSE);
- XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_adapt_decel, FALSE);
- return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetAdaptDecelProperty, NULL, NULL);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * velocity scaling
- */
-static int
-AccelSetScaleProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,
- XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)
-{
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
- float v, *ptr = &v;
- int rc;
- int nelem = 1;
-
- if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING))
- return Success;
-
- vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
- if (!vel)
- return BadValue;
- rc = XIPropToFloat(val, &nelem, &ptr);
-
- if (checkOnly)
- {
- if (rc)
- return rc;
-
- return (v > 0) ? Success : BadValue;
- }
-
- if(v > 0)
- vel->corr_mul = v;
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static long
-AccelInitScaleProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
-{
- float fval = vel->corr_mul;
- Atom prop_velo_scale = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING);
-
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_velo_scale, XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,
- PropModeReplace, 1, &fval, FALSE);
- XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_velo_scale, FALSE);
- return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetScaleProperty, NULL, NULL);
-}
-
-BOOL
-InitializePredictableAccelerationProperties(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
-
- if(!vel)
- return FALSE;
-
- vel->prop_handlers[0] = AccelInitProfileProperty(dev, vel);
- vel->prop_handlers[1] = AccelInitDecelProperty(dev, vel);
- vel->prop_handlers[2] = AccelInitAdaptDecelProperty(dev, vel);
- vel->prop_handlers[3] = AccelInitScaleProperty(dev, vel);
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-BOOL
-DeletePredictableAccelerationProperties(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
- Atom prop;
- int i;
-
- prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING);
- XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);
- prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION);
- XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);
- prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION);
- XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);
- prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER);
- XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);
-
- vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
- for (i = 0; vel && i < NPROPS_PREDICTABLE_ACCEL; i++)
- if (vel->prop_handlers[i])
- XIUnregisterPropertyHandler(dev, vel->prop_handlers[i]);
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*********************
- * Tracking logic
- ********************/
-
-void
-InitTrackers(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int ntracker)
-{
- if(ntracker < 1){
- ErrorF("(dix ptracc) invalid number of trackers\n");
- return;
- }
- free(vel->tracker);
- vel->tracker = (MotionTrackerPtr)malloc(ntracker * sizeof(MotionTracker));
- memset(vel->tracker, 0, ntracker * sizeof(MotionTracker));
- vel->num_tracker = ntracker;
-}
-
-/**
- * return a bit field of possible directions.
- * 0 = N, 2 = E, 4 = S, 6 = W, in-between is as you guess.
- * There's no reason against widening to more precise directions (<45 degrees),
- * should it not perform well. All this is needed for is sort out non-linear
- * motion, so precision isn't paramount. However, one should not flag direction
- * too narrow, since it would then cut the linear segment to zero size way too
- * often.
- */
-static int
-DoGetDirection(int dx, int dy){
- float r;
- int i1, i2;
- /* on insignificant mickeys, flag 135 degrees */
- if(abs(dx) < 2 && abs(dy < 2)){
- /* first check diagonal cases */
- if(dx > 0 && dy > 0)
- return 4+8+16;
- if(dx > 0 && dy < 0)
- return 1+2+4;
- if(dx < 0 && dy < 0)
- return 1+128+64;
- if(dx < 0 && dy > 0)
- return 16+32+64;
- /* check axis-aligned directions */
- if(dx > 0)
- return 2+4+8; /*E*/
- if(dx < 0)
- return 128+64+32; /*W*/
- if(dy > 0)
- return 32+16+8; /*S*/
- if(dy < 0)
- return 128+1+2; /*N*/
- return 255; /* shouldn't happen */
- }
- /* else, compute angle and set appropriate flags */
-#ifdef _ISOC99_SOURCE
- r = atan2f(dy, dx);
-#else
- r = atan2(dy, dx);
-#endif
- /* find direction. We avoid r to become negative,
- * since C has no well-defined modulo for such cases. */
- r = (r+(M_PI*2.5))/(M_PI/4);
- /* this intends to flag 2 directions (90 degrees),
- * except on very well-aligned mickeys. */
- i1 = (int)(r+0.1) % 8;
- i2 = (int)(r+0.9) % 8;
- if(i1 < 0 || i1 > 7 || i2 < 0 || i2 > 7)
- return 255; /* shouldn't happen */
- return 1 << i1 | 1 << i2;
-}
-
-#define DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE 5
-#define DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE (DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE*2+1)
-
-/* cache DoGetDirection(). */
-static int
-GetDirection(int dx, int dy){
- static int cache[DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE][DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE];
- int i;
- if (abs(dx) <= DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE &&
- abs(dy) <= DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE) {
- /* cacheable */
- i = cache[DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dx][DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dy];
- if(i != 0){
- return i;
- }else{
- i = DoGetDirection(dx, dy);
- cache[DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dx][DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dy] = i;
- return i;
- }
- }else{
- /* non-cacheable */
- return DoGetDirection(dx, dy);
- }
-}
-
-#undef DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE
-#undef DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE
-
-
-/* convert offset (age) to array index */
-#define TRACKER_INDEX(s, d) (((s)->num_tracker + (s)->cur_tracker - (d)) % (s)->num_tracker)
-
-static inline void
-FeedTrackers(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int dx, int dy, int cur_t)
-{
- int n;
- for(n = 0; n < vel->num_tracker; n++){
- vel->tracker[n].dx += dx;
- vel->tracker[n].dy += dy;
- }
- n = (vel->cur_tracker + 1) % vel->num_tracker;
- vel->tracker[n].dx = 0;
- vel->tracker[n].dy = 0;
- vel->tracker[n].time = cur_t;
- vel->tracker[n].dir = GetDirection(dx, dy);
- DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) motion [dx: %i dy: %i dir:%i diff: %i]\n",
- dx, dy, vel->tracker[n].dir,
- cur_t - vel->tracker[vel->cur_tracker].time);
- vel->cur_tracker = n;
-}
-
-/**
- * calc velocity for given tracker, with
- * velocity scaling.
- * This assumes linear motion.
- */
-static float
-CalcTracker(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int offset, int cur_t){
- int index = TRACKER_INDEX(vel, offset);
- float dist = sqrt( vel->tracker[index].dx * vel->tracker[index].dx
- + vel->tracker[index].dy * vel->tracker[index].dy);
- int dtime = cur_t - vel->tracker[index].time;
- if(dtime > 0)
- return dist / dtime;
- else
- return 0;/* synonymous for NaN, since we're not C99 */
-}
-
-/* find the most plausible velocity. That is, the most distant
- * (in time) tracker which isn't too old, beyond a linear partition,
- * or simply too much off initial velocity.
- *
- * May return 0.
- */
-static float
-QueryTrackers(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int cur_t){
- int n, offset, dir = 255, i = -1, age_ms;
- /* initial velocity: a low-offset, valid velocity */
- float iveloc = 0, res = 0, tmp, vdiff;
- float vfac = vel->corr_mul * vel->const_acceleration; /* premultiply */
- /* loop from current to older data */
- for(offset = 1; offset < vel->num_tracker; offset++){
- n = TRACKER_INDEX(vel, offset);
-
- age_ms = cur_t - vel->tracker[n].time;
-
- /* bail out if data is too old and protect from overrun */
- if (age_ms >= vel->reset_time || age_ms < 0) {
- DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: tracker too old\n");
- break;
- }
-
- /*
- * this heuristic avoids using the linear-motion velocity formula
- * in CalcTracker() on motion that isn't exactly linear. So to get
- * even more precision we could subdivide as a final step, so possible
- * non-linearities are accounted for.
- */
- dir &= vel->tracker[n].dir;
- if(dir == 0){
- DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: no longer linear\n");
- /* instead of breaking it we might also inspect the partition after,
- * but actual improvement with this is probably rare. */
- break;
- }
-
- tmp = CalcTracker(vel, offset, cur_t) * vfac;
-
- if ((iveloc == 0 || offset <= vel->initial_range) && tmp != 0) {
- /* set initial velocity and result */
- res = iveloc = tmp;
- i = offset;
- } else if (iveloc != 0 && tmp != 0) {
- vdiff = fabs(iveloc - tmp);
- if (vdiff <= vel->max_diff ||
- vdiff/(iveloc + tmp) < vel->max_rel_diff) {
- /* we're in range with the initial velocity,
- * so this result is likely better
- * (it contains more information). */
- res = tmp;
- i = offset;
- }else{
- /* we're not in range, quit - it won't get better. */
- DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: tracker too different:"
- " old %2.2f initial %2.2f diff: %2.2f\n",
- tmp, iveloc, vdiff);
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- if(offset == vel->num_tracker){
- DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: last tracker in effect\n");
- i = vel->num_tracker-1;
- }
- if(i>=0){
- n = TRACKER_INDEX(vel, i);
- DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) result: offset %i [dx: %i dy: %i diff: %i]\n",
- i,
- vel->tracker[n].dx,
- vel->tracker[n].dy,
- cur_t - vel->tracker[n].time);
- }
- return res;
-}
-
-#undef TRACKER_INDEX
-
-/**
- * Perform velocity approximation based on 2D 'mickeys' (mouse motion delta).
- * return true if non-visible state reset is suggested
- */
-short
-ProcessVelocityData2D(
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- int dx,
- int dy,
- int time)
-{
- float velocity;
-
- vel->last_velocity = vel->velocity;
-
- FeedTrackers(vel, dx, dy, time);
-
- velocity = QueryTrackers(vel, time);
-
- vel->velocity = velocity;
- return velocity == 0;
-}
-
-/**
- * this flattens significant ( > 1) mickeys a little bit for more steady
- * constant-velocity response
- */
-static inline float
-ApplySimpleSoftening(int od, int d)
-{
- float res = d;
- if (d <= 1 && d >= -1)
- return res;
- if (d > od)
- res -= 0.5;
- else if (d < od)
- res += 0.5;
- return res;
-}
-
-
-static void
-ApplySofteningAndConstantDeceleration(
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- int dx,
- int dy,
- float* fdx,
- float* fdy,
- short do_soften)
-{
- if (do_soften && vel->use_softening) {
- *fdx = ApplySimpleSoftening(vel->last_dx, dx);
- *fdy = ApplySimpleSoftening(vel->last_dy, dy);
- } else {
- *fdx = dx;
- *fdy = dy;
- }
-
- *fdx *= vel->const_acceleration;
- *fdy *= vel->const_acceleration;
-}
-
-/*
- * compute the acceleration for given velocity and enforce min_acceleartion
- */
-float
-BasicComputeAcceleration(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float threshold,
- float acc){
-
- float result;
- result = vel->Profile(dev, vel, velocity, threshold, acc);
-
- /* enforce min_acceleration */
- if (result < vel->min_acceleration)
- result = vel->min_acceleration;
- return result;
-}
-
-/**
- * Compute acceleration. Takes into account averaging, nv-reset, etc.
- */
-static float
-ComputeAcceleration(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float threshold,
- float acc){
- float res;
-
- if(vel->velocity <= 0){
- DebugAccelF("(dix ptracc) profile skipped\n");
- /*
- * If we have no idea about device velocity, don't pretend it.
- */
- return 1;
- }
-
- if(vel->average_accel && vel->velocity != vel->last_velocity){
- /* use simpson's rule to average acceleration between
- * current and previous velocity.
- * Though being the more natural choice, it causes a minor delay
- * in comparison, so it can be disabled. */
- res = BasicComputeAcceleration(
- dev, vel, vel->velocity, threshold, acc);
- res += BasicComputeAcceleration(
- dev, vel, vel->last_velocity, threshold, acc);
- res += 4.0f * BasicComputeAcceleration(dev, vel,
- (vel->last_velocity + vel->velocity) / 2,
- threshold, acc);
- res /= 6.0f;
- DebugAccelF("(dix ptracc) profile average [%.2f ... %.2f] is %.3f\n",
- vel->velocity, vel->last_velocity, res);
- return res;
- }else{
- res = BasicComputeAcceleration(dev, vel,
- vel->velocity, threshold, acc);
- DebugAccelF("(dix ptracc) profile sample [%.2f] is %.3f\n",
- vel->velocity, res);
- return res;
- }
-}
-
-
-/*****************************************
- * Acceleration functions and profiles
- ****************************************/
-
-/**
- * Polynomial function similar previous one, but with f(1) = 1
- */
-static float
-PolynomialAccelerationProfile(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float ignored,
- float acc)
-{
- return pow(velocity, (acc - 1.0) * 0.5);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * returns acceleration for velocity.
- * This profile selects the two functions like the old scheme did
- */
-static float
-ClassicProfile(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float threshold,
- float acc)
-{
- if (threshold > 0) {
- return SimpleSmoothProfile (dev,
- vel,
- velocity,
- threshold,
- acc);
- } else {
- return PolynomialAccelerationProfile (dev,
- vel,
- velocity,
- 0,
- acc);
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Power profile
- * This has a completely smooth transition curve, i.e. no jumps in the
- * derivatives.
- *
- * This has the expense of overall response dependency on min-acceleration.
- * In effect, min_acceleration mimics const_acceleration in this profile.
- */
-static float
-PowerProfile(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float threshold,
- float acc)
-{
- float vel_dist;
-
- acc = (acc-1.0) * 0.1f + 1.0; /* without this, acc of 2 is unuseable */
-
- if (velocity <= threshold)
- return vel->min_acceleration;
- vel_dist = velocity - threshold;
- return (pow(acc, vel_dist)) * vel->min_acceleration;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * just a smooth function in [0..1] -> [0..1]
- * - point symmetry at 0.5
- * - f'(0) = f'(1) = 0
- * - starts faster than a sinoid
- * - smoothness C1 (Cinf if you dare to ignore endpoints)
- */
-static inline float
-CalcPenumbralGradient(float x){
- x *= 2.0f;
- x -= 1.0f;
- return 0.5f + (x * sqrt(1.0f - x*x) + asin(x))/M_PI;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * acceleration function similar to classic accelerated/unaccelerated,
- * but with smooth transition in between (and towards zero for adaptive dec.).
- */
-static float
-SimpleSmoothProfile(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float threshold,
- float acc)
-{
- if(velocity < 1.0f)
- return CalcPenumbralGradient(0.5 + velocity*0.5) * 2.0f - 1.0f;
- if(threshold < 1.0f)
- threshold = 1.0f;
- if (velocity <= threshold)
- return 1;
- velocity /= threshold;
- if (velocity >= acc)
- return acc;
- else
- return 1.0f + (CalcPenumbralGradient(velocity/acc) * (acc - 1.0f));
-}
-
-
-/**
- * This profile uses the first half of the penumbral gradient as a start
- * and then scales linearly.
- */
-static float
-SmoothLinearProfile(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float threshold,
- float acc)
-{
- float res, nv;
-
- if(acc > 1.0f)
- acc -= 1.0f; /*this is so acc = 1 is no acceleration */
- else
- return 1.0f;
-
- nv = (velocity - threshold) * acc * 0.5f;
-
- if(nv < 0){
- res = 0;
- }else if(nv < 2){
- res = CalcPenumbralGradient(nv*0.25f)*2.0f;
- }else{
- nv -= 2.0f;
- res = nv * 2.0f / M_PI /* steepness of gradient at 0.5 */
- + 1.0f; /* gradient crosses 2|1 */
- }
- res += vel->min_acceleration;
- return res;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * From 0 to threshold, the response graduates smoothly from min_accel to
- * acceleration. Beyond threshold it is exactly the specified acceleration.
- */
-static float
-SmoothLimitedProfile(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float threshold,
- float acc)
-{
- float res;
-
- if(velocity >= threshold || threshold == 0.0f)
- return acc;
-
- velocity /= threshold; /* should be [0..1[ now */
-
- res = CalcPenumbralGradient(velocity) * (acc - vel->min_acceleration);
-
- return vel->min_acceleration + res;
-}
-
-
-static float
-LinearProfile(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float threshold,
- float acc)
-{
- return acc * velocity;
-}
-
-static float
-NoProfile(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float threshold,
- float acc)
-{
- return 1.0f;
-}
-
-static PointerAccelerationProfileFunc
-GetAccelerationProfile(
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- int profile_num)
-{
- switch(profile_num){
- case AccelProfileClassic:
- return ClassicProfile;
- case AccelProfileDeviceSpecific:
- return vel->deviceSpecificProfile;
- case AccelProfilePolynomial:
- return PolynomialAccelerationProfile;
- case AccelProfileSmoothLinear:
- return SmoothLinearProfile;
- case AccelProfileSimple:
- return SimpleSmoothProfile;
- case AccelProfilePower:
- return PowerProfile;
- case AccelProfileLinear:
- return LinearProfile;
- case AccelProfileSmoothLimited:
- return SmoothLimitedProfile;
- case AccelProfileNone:
- return NoProfile;
- default:
- return NULL;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Set the profile by number.
- * Intended to make profiles exchangeable at runtime.
- * If you created a profile, give it a number here and in the header to
- * make it selectable. In case some profile-specific init is needed, here
- * would be a good place, since FreeVelocityData() also calls this with
- * PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE.
- *
- * returns FALSE if profile number is unavailable, TRUE otherwise.
- */
-int
-SetAccelerationProfile(
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- int profile_num)
-{
- PointerAccelerationProfileFunc profile;
- profile = GetAccelerationProfile(vel, profile_num);
-
- if(profile == NULL && profile_num != PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* Here one could free old profile-private data */
- free(vel->profile_private);
- vel->profile_private = NULL;
- /* Here one could init profile-private data */
- vel->Profile = profile;
- vel->statistics.profile_number = profile_num;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**********************************************
- * driver interaction
- **********************************************/
-
-
-/**
- * device-specific profile
- *
- * The device-specific profile is intended as a hook for a driver
- * which may want to provide an own acceleration profile.
- * It should not rely on profile-private data, instead
- * it should do init/uninit in the driver (ie. with DEVICE_INIT and friends).
- * Users may override or choose it.
- */
-void
-SetDeviceSpecificAccelerationProfile(
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- PointerAccelerationProfileFunc profile)
-{
- if(vel)
- vel->deviceSpecificProfile = profile;
-}
-
-/**
- * Use this function to obtain a DeviceVelocityPtr for a device. Will return NULL if
- * the predictable acceleration scheme is not in effect.
- */
-DeviceVelocityPtr
-GetDevicePredictableAccelData(
- DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- /*sanity check*/
- if(!dev){
- ErrorF("[dix] accel: DeviceIntPtr was NULL");
- return NULL;
- }
- if( dev->valuator &&
- dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc ==
- acceleratePointerPredictable &&
- dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData != NULL){
-
- return (DeviceVelocityPtr)dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/********************************
- * acceleration schemes
- *******************************/
-
-/**
- * Modifies valuators in-place.
- * This version employs a velocity approximation algorithm to
- * enable fine-grained predictable acceleration profiles.
- */
-void
-acceleratePointerPredictable(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- int first_valuator,
- int num_valuators,
- int *valuators,
- int evtime)
-{
- float fdx, fdy, tmp, mult; /* no need to init */
- int dx = 0, dy = 0;
- int *px = NULL, *py = NULL;
- DeviceVelocityPtr velocitydata = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
- Bool soften = TRUE;
-
- if (!num_valuators || !valuators || !velocitydata)
- return;
-
- if (velocitydata->statistics.profile_number == AccelProfileNone &&
- velocitydata->const_acceleration == 1.0f) {
- return; /*we're inactive anyway, so skip the whole thing.*/
- }
-
- if (first_valuator == 0) {
- dx = valuators[0];
- px = &valuators[0];
- }
- if (first_valuator <= 1 && num_valuators >= (2 - first_valuator)) {
- dy = valuators[1 - first_valuator];
- py = &valuators[1 - first_valuator];
- }
-
- if (dx || dy){
- /* reset non-visible state? */
- if (ProcessVelocityData2D(velocitydata, dx , dy, evtime)) {
- soften = FALSE;
- }
-
- if (dev->ptrfeed && dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num) {
- /* invoke acceleration profile to determine acceleration */
- mult = ComputeAcceleration (dev, velocitydata,
- dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold,
- (float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num /
- (float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den);
-
- if(mult != 1.0f || velocitydata->const_acceleration != 1.0f) {
- ApplySofteningAndConstantDeceleration( velocitydata,
- dx, dy,
- &fdx, &fdy,
- (mult > 1.0f) && soften);
-
- if (dx) {
- tmp = mult * fdx + dev->last.remainder[0];
- /* Since it may not be apparent: lrintf() does not offer
- * strong statements about rounding; however because we
- * process each axis conditionally, there's no danger
- * of a toggling remainder. Its lack of guarantees likely
- * makes it faster on the average target. */
- *px = lrintf(tmp);
- dev->last.remainder[0] = tmp - (float)*px;
- }
- if (dy) {
- tmp = mult * fdy + dev->last.remainder[1];
- *py = lrintf(tmp);
- dev->last.remainder[1] = tmp - (float)*py;
- }
- DebugAccelF("pos (%i | %i) remainders x: %.3f y: %.3f delta x:%.3f y:%.3f\n",
- *px, *py, dev->last.remainder[0], dev->last.remainder[1], fdx, fdy);
- }
- }
- }
- /* remember last motion delta (for softening/slow movement treatment) */
- velocitydata->last_dx = dx;
- velocitydata->last_dy = dy;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- * Originally a part of xf86PostMotionEvent; modifies valuators
- * in-place. Retained mostly for embedded scenarios.
- */
-void
-acceleratePointerLightweight(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- int first_valuator,
- int num_valuators,
- int *valuators,
- int ignored)
-{
- float mult = 0.0;
- int dx = 0, dy = 0;
- int *px = NULL, *py = NULL;
-
- if (!num_valuators || !valuators)
- return;
-
- if (first_valuator == 0) {
- dx = valuators[0];
- px = &valuators[0];
- }
- if (first_valuator <= 1 && num_valuators >= (2 - first_valuator)) {
- dy = valuators[1 - first_valuator];
- py = &valuators[1 - first_valuator];
- }
-
- if (!dx && !dy)
- return;
-
- if (dev->ptrfeed && dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num) {
- /* modeled from xf86Events.c */
- if (dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold) {
- if ((abs(dx) + abs(dy)) >= dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold) {
- dev->last.remainder[0] = ((float)dx *
- (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num)) /
- (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den) +
- dev->last.remainder[0];
- if (px) {
- *px = (int)dev->last.remainder[0];
- dev->last.remainder[0] = dev->last.remainder[0] -
- (float)(*px);
- }
-
- dev->last.remainder[1] = ((float)dy *
- (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num)) /
- (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den) +
- dev->last.remainder[1];
- if (py) {
- *py = (int)dev->last.remainder[1];
- dev->last.remainder[1] = dev->last.remainder[1] -
- (float)(*py);
- }
- }
- }
- else {
- mult = pow((float)dx * (float)dx + (float)dy * (float)dy,
- ((float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num) /
- (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den) - 1.0) /
- 2.0) / 2.0;
- if (dx) {
- dev->last.remainder[0] = mult * (float)dx +
- dev->last.remainder[0];
- *px = (int)dev->last.remainder[0];
- dev->last.remainder[0] = dev->last.remainder[0] -
- (float)(*px);
- }
- if (dy) {
- dev->last.remainder[1] = mult * (float)dy +
- dev->last.remainder[1];
- *py = (int)dev->last.remainder[1];
- dev->last.remainder[1] = dev->last.remainder[1] -
- (float)(*py);
- }
- }
- }
-}
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright © 2006-2009 Simon Thum simon dot thum at gmx dot de
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <math.h>
+#include <ptrveloc.h>
+#include <exevents.h>
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+#include <os.h>
+
+#include <xserver-properties.h>
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * Predictable pointer acceleration
+ *
+ * 2006-2009 by Simon Thum (simon [dot] thum [at] gmx de)
+ *
+ * Serves 3 complementary functions:
+ * 1) provide a sophisticated ballistic velocity estimate to improve
+ * the relation between velocity (of the device) and acceleration
+ * 2) make arbitrary acceleration profiles possible
+ * 3) decelerate by two means (constant and adaptive) if enabled
+ *
+ * Important concepts are the
+ *
+ * - Scheme
+ * which selects the basic algorithm
+ * (see devices.c/InitPointerAccelerationScheme)
+ * - Profile
+ * which returns an acceleration
+ * for a given velocity
+ *
+ * The profile can be selected by the user at runtime.
+ * The classic profile is intended to cleanly perform old-style
+ * function selection (threshold =/!= 0)
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+/* fwds */
+int
+SetAccelerationProfile(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int profile_num);
+static float
+SimpleSmoothProfile(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel, float velocity,
+ float threshold, float acc);
+static PointerAccelerationProfileFunc
+GetAccelerationProfile(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int profile_num);
+static BOOL
+InitializePredictableAccelerationProperties(DeviceIntPtr,
+ DeviceVelocityPtr,
+ PredictableAccelSchemePtr);
+static BOOL
+DeletePredictableAccelerationProperties(DeviceIntPtr,
+ PredictableAccelSchemePtr);
+
+/*#define PTRACCEL_DEBUGGING*/
+
+#ifdef PTRACCEL_DEBUGGING
+#define DebugAccelF ErrorF
+#else
+#define DebugAccelF(...) /* */
+#endif
+
+/********************************
+ * Init/Uninit
+ *******************************/
+
+/* some int which is not a profile number */
+#define PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE (-100)
+
+/**
+ * Init DeviceVelocity struct so it should match the average case
+ */
+void
+InitVelocityData(DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
+{
+ memset(vel, 0, sizeof(DeviceVelocityRec));
+
+ vel->corr_mul = 10.0; /* dots per 10 milisecond should be usable */
+ vel->const_acceleration = 1.0; /* no acceleration/deceleration */
+ vel->reset_time = 300;
+ vel->use_softening = 1;
+ vel->min_acceleration = 1.0; /* don't decelerate */
+ vel->max_rel_diff = 0.2;
+ vel->max_diff = 1.0;
+ vel->initial_range = 2;
+ vel->average_accel = TRUE;
+ SetAccelerationProfile(vel, AccelProfileClassic);
+ InitTrackers(vel, 16);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Clean up DeviceVelocityRec
+ */
+void
+FreeVelocityData(DeviceVelocityPtr vel){
+ free(vel->tracker);
+ SetAccelerationProfile(vel, PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Init predictable scheme
+ */
+Bool
+InitPredictableAccelerationScheme(DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ ValuatorAccelerationPtr protoScheme) {
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
+ ValuatorAccelerationRec scheme;
+ PredictableAccelSchemePtr schemeData;
+ scheme = *protoScheme;
+ vel = calloc(1, sizeof(DeviceVelocityRec));
+ schemeData = calloc(1, sizeof(PredictableAccelSchemeRec));
+ if (!vel || !schemeData)
+ return FALSE;
+ InitVelocityData(vel);
+ schemeData->vel = vel;
+ scheme.accelData = schemeData;
+ if (!InitializePredictableAccelerationProperties(dev, vel, schemeData))
+ return FALSE;
+ /* all fine, assign scheme to device */
+ dev->valuator->accelScheme = scheme;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Uninit scheme
+ */
+void
+AccelerationDefaultCleanup(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
+ if (vel) {
+ /* the proper guarantee would be that we're not inside of
+ * AccelSchemeProc(), but that seems impossible. Schemes don't get
+ * switched often anyway.
+ */
+ OsBlockSignals();
+ dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc = NULL;
+ FreeVelocityData(vel);
+ free(vel);
+ DeletePredictableAccelerationProperties(dev,
+ (PredictableAccelSchemePtr) dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData);
+ free(dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData);
+ dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData = NULL;
+ OsReleaseSignals();
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*************************
+ * Input property support
+ ************************/
+
+/**
+ * choose profile
+ */
+static int
+AccelSetProfileProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,
+ XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)
+{
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
+ int profile, *ptr = &profile;
+ int rc;
+ int nelem = 1;
+
+ if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER))
+ return Success;
+
+ vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
+ if (!vel)
+ return BadValue;
+ rc = XIPropToInt(val, &nelem, &ptr);
+
+ if(checkOnly)
+ {
+ if (rc)
+ return rc;
+
+ if (GetAccelerationProfile(vel, profile) == NULL)
+ return BadValue;
+ } else
+ SetAccelerationProfile(vel, profile);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static long
+AccelInitProfileProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
+{
+ int profile = vel->statistics.profile_number;
+ Atom prop_profile_number = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER);
+
+ XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_profile_number, XA_INTEGER, 32,
+ PropModeReplace, 1, &profile, FALSE);
+ XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_profile_number, FALSE);
+ return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetProfileProperty, NULL, NULL);
+}
+
+/**
+ * constant deceleration
+ */
+static int
+AccelSetDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,
+ XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)
+{
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
+ float v, *ptr = &v;
+ int rc;
+ int nelem = 1;
+
+ if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION))
+ return Success;
+
+ vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
+ if (!vel)
+ return BadValue;
+ rc = XIPropToFloat(val, &nelem, &ptr);
+
+ if(checkOnly)
+ {
+ if (rc)
+ return rc;
+ return (v >= 1.0f) ? Success : BadValue;
+ }
+
+ if(v >= 1.0f)
+ vel->const_acceleration = 1/v;
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static long
+AccelInitDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
+{
+ float fval = 1.0/vel->const_acceleration;
+ Atom prop_const_decel = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION);
+ XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_const_decel,
+ XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,
+ PropModeReplace, 1, &fval, FALSE);
+ XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_const_decel, FALSE);
+ return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetDecelProperty, NULL, NULL);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * adaptive deceleration
+ */
+static int
+AccelSetAdaptDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,
+ XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)
+{
+ DeviceVelocityPtr veloc;
+ float v, *ptr = &v;
+ int rc;
+ int nelem = 1;
+
+ if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION))
+ return Success;
+
+ veloc = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
+ if (!veloc)
+ return BadValue;
+ rc = XIPropToFloat(val, &nelem, &ptr);
+
+ if(checkOnly)
+ {
+ if (rc)
+ return rc;
+ return (v >= 1.0f) ? Success : BadValue;
+ }
+
+ if(v >= 1.0f)
+ veloc->min_acceleration = 1/v;
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static long
+AccelInitAdaptDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
+{
+ float fval = 1.0/vel->min_acceleration;
+ Atom prop_adapt_decel = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION);
+
+ XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_adapt_decel, XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,
+ PropModeReplace, 1, &fval, FALSE);
+ XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_adapt_decel, FALSE);
+ return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetAdaptDecelProperty, NULL, NULL);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * velocity scaling
+ */
+static int
+AccelSetScaleProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,
+ XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)
+{
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
+ float v, *ptr = &v;
+ int rc;
+ int nelem = 1;
+
+ if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING))
+ return Success;
+
+ vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
+ if (!vel)
+ return BadValue;
+ rc = XIPropToFloat(val, &nelem, &ptr);
+
+ if (checkOnly)
+ {
+ if (rc)
+ return rc;
+
+ return (v > 0) ? Success : BadValue;
+ }
+
+ if(v > 0)
+ vel->corr_mul = v;
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static long
+AccelInitScaleProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
+{
+ float fval = vel->corr_mul;
+ Atom prop_velo_scale = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING);
+
+ XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_velo_scale, XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,
+ PropModeReplace, 1, &fval, FALSE);
+ XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_velo_scale, FALSE);
+ return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetScaleProperty, NULL, NULL);
+}
+
+static BOOL
+InitializePredictableAccelerationProperties(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ PredictableAccelSchemePtr schemeData)
+{
+ int num_handlers = 4;
+ if(!vel)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ schemeData->prop_handlers = calloc(num_handlers, sizeof(long));
+ if (!schemeData->prop_handlers)
+ return FALSE;
+ schemeData->num_prop_handlers = num_handlers;
+ schemeData->prop_handlers[0] = AccelInitProfileProperty(dev, vel);
+ schemeData->prop_handlers[1] = AccelInitDecelProperty(dev, vel);
+ schemeData->prop_handlers[2] = AccelInitAdaptDecelProperty(dev, vel);
+ schemeData->prop_handlers[3] = AccelInitScaleProperty(dev, vel);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL
+DeletePredictableAccelerationProperties(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ PredictableAccelSchemePtr scheme)
+{
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
+ Atom prop;
+ int i;
+
+ prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING);
+ XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);
+ prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION);
+ XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);
+ prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION);
+ XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);
+ prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER);
+ XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);
+
+ vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
+ if (vel) {
+ for (i = 0; i < scheme->num_prop_handlers; i++)
+ if (scheme->prop_handlers[i])
+ XIUnregisterPropertyHandler(dev, scheme->prop_handlers[i]);
+ }
+
+ free(scheme->prop_handlers);
+ scheme->prop_handlers = NULL;
+ scheme->num_prop_handlers = 0;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*********************
+ * Tracking logic
+ ********************/
+
+void
+InitTrackers(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int ntracker)
+{
+ if(ntracker < 1){
+ ErrorF("(dix ptracc) invalid number of trackers\n");
+ return;
+ }
+ free(vel->tracker);
+ vel->tracker = (MotionTrackerPtr)calloc(ntracker, sizeof(MotionTracker));
+ vel->num_tracker = ntracker;
+}
+
+/**
+ * return a bit field of possible directions.
+ * 0 = N, 2 = E, 4 = S, 6 = W, in-between is as you guess.
+ * There's no reason against widening to more precise directions (<45 degrees),
+ * should it not perform well. All this is needed for is sort out non-linear
+ * motion, so precision isn't paramount. However, one should not flag direction
+ * too narrow, since it would then cut the linear segment to zero size way too
+ * often.
+ */
+static int
+DoGetDirection(int dx, int dy){
+ float r;
+ int i1, i2;
+ /* on insignificant mickeys, flag 135 degrees */
+ if(abs(dx) < 2 && abs(dy < 2)){
+ /* first check diagonal cases */
+ if(dx > 0 && dy > 0)
+ return 4+8+16;
+ if(dx > 0 && dy < 0)
+ return 1+2+4;
+ if(dx < 0 && dy < 0)
+ return 1+128+64;
+ if(dx < 0 && dy > 0)
+ return 16+32+64;
+ /* check axis-aligned directions */
+ if(dx > 0)
+ return 2+4+8; /*E*/
+ if(dx < 0)
+ return 128+64+32; /*W*/
+ if(dy > 0)
+ return 32+16+8; /*S*/
+ if(dy < 0)
+ return 128+1+2; /*N*/
+ return 255; /* shouldn't happen */
+ }
+ /* else, compute angle and set appropriate flags */
+#ifdef _ISOC99_SOURCE
+ r = atan2f(dy, dx);
+#else
+ r = atan2(dy, dx);
+#endif
+ /* find direction. We avoid r to become negative,
+ * since C has no well-defined modulo for such cases. */
+ r = (r+(M_PI*2.5))/(M_PI/4);
+ /* this intends to flag 2 directions (90 degrees),
+ * except on very well-aligned mickeys. */
+ i1 = (int)(r+0.1) % 8;
+ i2 = (int)(r+0.9) % 8;
+ if(i1 < 0 || i1 > 7 || i2 < 0 || i2 > 7)
+ return 255; /* shouldn't happen */
+ return 1 << i1 | 1 << i2;
+}
+
+#define DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE 5
+#define DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE (DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE*2+1)
+
+/* cache DoGetDirection(). */
+static int
+GetDirection(int dx, int dy){
+ static int cache[DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE][DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE];
+ int i;
+ if (abs(dx) <= DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE &&
+ abs(dy) <= DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE) {
+ /* cacheable */
+ i = cache[DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dx][DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dy];
+ if(i != 0){
+ return i;
+ }else{
+ i = DoGetDirection(dx, dy);
+ cache[DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dx][DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dy] = i;
+ return i;
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* non-cacheable */
+ return DoGetDirection(dx, dy);
+ }
+}
+
+#undef DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE
+#undef DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE
+
+
+/* convert offset (age) to array index */
+#define TRACKER_INDEX(s, d) (((s)->num_tracker + (s)->cur_tracker - (d)) % (s)->num_tracker)
+
+static inline void
+FeedTrackers(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int dx, int dy, int cur_t)
+{
+ int n;
+ for(n = 0; n < vel->num_tracker; n++){
+ vel->tracker[n].dx += dx;
+ vel->tracker[n].dy += dy;
+ }
+ n = (vel->cur_tracker + 1) % vel->num_tracker;
+ vel->tracker[n].dx = 0;
+ vel->tracker[n].dy = 0;
+ vel->tracker[n].time = cur_t;
+ vel->tracker[n].dir = GetDirection(dx, dy);
+ DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) motion [dx: %i dy: %i dir:%i diff: %i]\n",
+ dx, dy, vel->tracker[n].dir,
+ cur_t - vel->tracker[vel->cur_tracker].time);
+ vel->cur_tracker = n;
+}
+
+/**
+ * calc velocity for given tracker, with
+ * velocity scaling.
+ * This assumes linear motion.
+ */
+static float
+CalcTracker(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int offset, int cur_t){
+ int index = TRACKER_INDEX(vel, offset);
+ float dist = sqrt( vel->tracker[index].dx * vel->tracker[index].dx
+ + vel->tracker[index].dy * vel->tracker[index].dy);
+ int dtime = cur_t - vel->tracker[index].time;
+ if(dtime > 0)
+ return dist / dtime;
+ else
+ return 0;/* synonymous for NaN, since we're not C99 */
+}
+
+/* find the most plausible velocity. That is, the most distant
+ * (in time) tracker which isn't too old, beyond a linear partition,
+ * or simply too much off initial velocity.
+ *
+ * May return 0.
+ */
+static float
+QueryTrackers(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int cur_t){
+ int n, offset, dir = 255, i = -1, age_ms;
+ /* initial velocity: a low-offset, valid velocity */
+ float iveloc = 0, res = 0, tmp, vdiff;
+ float vfac = vel->corr_mul * vel->const_acceleration; /* premultiply */
+ /* loop from current to older data */
+ for(offset = 1; offset < vel->num_tracker; offset++){
+ n = TRACKER_INDEX(vel, offset);
+
+ age_ms = cur_t - vel->tracker[n].time;
+
+ /* bail out if data is too old and protect from overrun */
+ if (age_ms >= vel->reset_time || age_ms < 0) {
+ DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: tracker too old\n");
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * this heuristic avoids using the linear-motion velocity formula
+ * in CalcTracker() on motion that isn't exactly linear. So to get
+ * even more precision we could subdivide as a final step, so possible
+ * non-linearities are accounted for.
+ */
+ dir &= vel->tracker[n].dir;
+ if(dir == 0){
+ DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: no longer linear\n");
+ /* instead of breaking it we might also inspect the partition after,
+ * but actual improvement with this is probably rare. */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ tmp = CalcTracker(vel, offset, cur_t) * vfac;
+
+ if ((iveloc == 0 || offset <= vel->initial_range) && tmp != 0) {
+ /* set initial velocity and result */
+ res = iveloc = tmp;
+ i = offset;
+ } else if (iveloc != 0 && tmp != 0) {
+ vdiff = fabs(iveloc - tmp);
+ if (vdiff <= vel->max_diff ||
+ vdiff/(iveloc + tmp) < vel->max_rel_diff) {
+ /* we're in range with the initial velocity,
+ * so this result is likely better
+ * (it contains more information). */
+ res = tmp;
+ i = offset;
+ }else{
+ /* we're not in range, quit - it won't get better. */
+ DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: tracker too different:"
+ " old %2.2f initial %2.2f diff: %2.2f\n",
+ tmp, iveloc, vdiff);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if(offset == vel->num_tracker){
+ DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: last tracker in effect\n");
+ i = vel->num_tracker-1;
+ }
+ if(i>=0){
+ n = TRACKER_INDEX(vel, i);
+ DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) result: offset %i [dx: %i dy: %i diff: %i]\n",
+ i,
+ vel->tracker[n].dx,
+ vel->tracker[n].dy,
+ cur_t - vel->tracker[n].time);
+ }
+ return res;
+}
+
+#undef TRACKER_INDEX
+
+/**
+ * Perform velocity approximation based on 2D 'mickeys' (mouse motion delta).
+ * return true if non-visible state reset is suggested
+ */
+short
+ProcessVelocityData2D(
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ int dx,
+ int dy,
+ int time)
+{
+ float velocity;
+
+ vel->last_velocity = vel->velocity;
+
+ FeedTrackers(vel, dx, dy, time);
+
+ velocity = QueryTrackers(vel, time);
+
+ vel->velocity = velocity;
+ return velocity == 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * this flattens significant ( > 1) mickeys a little bit for more steady
+ * constant-velocity response
+ */
+static inline float
+ApplySimpleSoftening(int od, int d)
+{
+ float res = d;
+ if (d <= 1 && d >= -1)
+ return res;
+ if (d > od)
+ res -= 0.5;
+ else if (d < od)
+ res += 0.5;
+ return res;
+}
+
+
+static void
+ApplySofteningAndConstantDeceleration(
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ int dx,
+ int dy,
+ float* fdx,
+ float* fdy,
+ short do_soften)
+{
+ if (do_soften && vel->use_softening) {
+ *fdx = ApplySimpleSoftening(vel->last_dx, dx);
+ *fdy = ApplySimpleSoftening(vel->last_dy, dy);
+ } else {
+ *fdx = dx;
+ *fdy = dy;
+ }
+
+ *fdx *= vel->const_acceleration;
+ *fdy *= vel->const_acceleration;
+}
+
+/*
+ * compute the acceleration for given velocity and enforce min_acceleartion
+ */
+float
+BasicComputeAcceleration(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ float velocity,
+ float threshold,
+ float acc){
+
+ float result;
+ result = vel->Profile(dev, vel, velocity, threshold, acc);
+
+ /* enforce min_acceleration */
+ if (result < vel->min_acceleration)
+ result = vel->min_acceleration;
+ return result;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Compute acceleration. Takes into account averaging, nv-reset, etc.
+ */
+static float
+ComputeAcceleration(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ float threshold,
+ float acc){
+ float res;
+
+ if(vel->velocity <= 0){
+ DebugAccelF("(dix ptracc) profile skipped\n");
+ /*
+ * If we have no idea about device velocity, don't pretend it.
+ */
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ if(vel->average_accel && vel->velocity != vel->last_velocity){
+ /* use simpson's rule to average acceleration between
+ * current and previous velocity.
+ * Though being the more natural choice, it causes a minor delay
+ * in comparison, so it can be disabled. */
+ res = BasicComputeAcceleration(
+ dev, vel, vel->velocity, threshold, acc);
+ res += BasicComputeAcceleration(
+ dev, vel, vel->last_velocity, threshold, acc);
+ res += 4.0f * BasicComputeAcceleration(dev, vel,
+ (vel->last_velocity + vel->velocity) / 2,
+ threshold, acc);
+ res /= 6.0f;
+ DebugAccelF("(dix ptracc) profile average [%.2f ... %.2f] is %.3f\n",
+ vel->velocity, vel->last_velocity, res);
+ return res;
+ }else{
+ res = BasicComputeAcceleration(dev, vel,
+ vel->velocity, threshold, acc);
+ DebugAccelF("(dix ptracc) profile sample [%.2f] is %.3f\n",
+ vel->velocity, res);
+ return res;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************
+ * Acceleration functions and profiles
+ ****************************************/
+
+/**
+ * Polynomial function similar previous one, but with f(1) = 1
+ */
+static float
+PolynomialAccelerationProfile(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ float velocity,
+ float ignored,
+ float acc)
+{
+ return pow(velocity, (acc - 1.0) * 0.5);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * returns acceleration for velocity.
+ * This profile selects the two functions like the old scheme did
+ */
+static float
+ClassicProfile(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ float velocity,
+ float threshold,
+ float acc)
+{
+ if (threshold > 0) {
+ return SimpleSmoothProfile (dev,
+ vel,
+ velocity,
+ threshold,
+ acc);
+ } else {
+ return PolynomialAccelerationProfile (dev,
+ vel,
+ velocity,
+ 0,
+ acc);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Power profile
+ * This has a completely smooth transition curve, i.e. no jumps in the
+ * derivatives.
+ *
+ * This has the expense of overall response dependency on min-acceleration.
+ * In effect, min_acceleration mimics const_acceleration in this profile.
+ */
+static float
+PowerProfile(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ float velocity,
+ float threshold,
+ float acc)
+{
+ float vel_dist;
+
+ acc = (acc-1.0) * 0.1f + 1.0; /* without this, acc of 2 is unuseable */
+
+ if (velocity <= threshold)
+ return vel->min_acceleration;
+ vel_dist = velocity - threshold;
+ return (pow(acc, vel_dist)) * vel->min_acceleration;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * just a smooth function in [0..1] -> [0..1]
+ * - point symmetry at 0.5
+ * - f'(0) = f'(1) = 0
+ * - starts faster than a sinoid
+ * - smoothness C1 (Cinf if you dare to ignore endpoints)
+ */
+static inline float
+CalcPenumbralGradient(float x){
+ x *= 2.0f;
+ x -= 1.0f;
+ return 0.5f + (x * sqrt(1.0f - x*x) + asin(x))/M_PI;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * acceleration function similar to classic accelerated/unaccelerated,
+ * but with smooth transition in between (and towards zero for adaptive dec.).
+ */
+static float
+SimpleSmoothProfile(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ float velocity,
+ float threshold,
+ float acc)
+{
+ if(velocity < 1.0f)
+ return CalcPenumbralGradient(0.5 + velocity*0.5) * 2.0f - 1.0f;
+ if(threshold < 1.0f)
+ threshold = 1.0f;
+ if (velocity <= threshold)
+ return 1;
+ velocity /= threshold;
+ if (velocity >= acc)
+ return acc;
+ else
+ return 1.0f + (CalcPenumbralGradient(velocity/acc) * (acc - 1.0f));
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * This profile uses the first half of the penumbral gradient as a start
+ * and then scales linearly.
+ */
+static float
+SmoothLinearProfile(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ float velocity,
+ float threshold,
+ float acc)
+{
+ float res, nv;
+
+ if(acc > 1.0f)
+ acc -= 1.0f; /*this is so acc = 1 is no acceleration */
+ else
+ return 1.0f;
+
+ nv = (velocity - threshold) * acc * 0.5f;
+
+ if(nv < 0){
+ res = 0;
+ }else if(nv < 2){
+ res = CalcPenumbralGradient(nv*0.25f)*2.0f;
+ }else{
+ nv -= 2.0f;
+ res = nv * 2.0f / M_PI /* steepness of gradient at 0.5 */
+ + 1.0f; /* gradient crosses 2|1 */
+ }
+ res += vel->min_acceleration;
+ return res;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * From 0 to threshold, the response graduates smoothly from min_accel to
+ * acceleration. Beyond threshold it is exactly the specified acceleration.
+ */
+static float
+SmoothLimitedProfile(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ float velocity,
+ float threshold,
+ float acc)
+{
+ float res;
+
+ if(velocity >= threshold || threshold == 0.0f)
+ return acc;
+
+ velocity /= threshold; /* should be [0..1[ now */
+
+ res = CalcPenumbralGradient(velocity) * (acc - vel->min_acceleration);
+
+ return vel->min_acceleration + res;
+}
+
+
+static float
+LinearProfile(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ float velocity,
+ float threshold,
+ float acc)
+{
+ return acc * velocity;
+}
+
+static float
+NoProfile(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ float velocity,
+ float threshold,
+ float acc)
+{
+ return 1.0f;
+}
+
+static PointerAccelerationProfileFunc
+GetAccelerationProfile(
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ int profile_num)
+{
+ switch(profile_num){
+ case AccelProfileClassic:
+ return ClassicProfile;
+ case AccelProfileDeviceSpecific:
+ return vel->deviceSpecificProfile;
+ case AccelProfilePolynomial:
+ return PolynomialAccelerationProfile;
+ case AccelProfileSmoothLinear:
+ return SmoothLinearProfile;
+ case AccelProfileSimple:
+ return SimpleSmoothProfile;
+ case AccelProfilePower:
+ return PowerProfile;
+ case AccelProfileLinear:
+ return LinearProfile;
+ case AccelProfileSmoothLimited:
+ return SmoothLimitedProfile;
+ case AccelProfileNone:
+ return NoProfile;
+ default:
+ return NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set the profile by number.
+ * Intended to make profiles exchangeable at runtime.
+ * If you created a profile, give it a number here and in the header to
+ * make it selectable. In case some profile-specific init is needed, here
+ * would be a good place, since FreeVelocityData() also calls this with
+ * PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE.
+ *
+ * returns FALSE if profile number is unavailable, TRUE otherwise.
+ */
+int
+SetAccelerationProfile(
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ int profile_num)
+{
+ PointerAccelerationProfileFunc profile;
+ profile = GetAccelerationProfile(vel, profile_num);
+
+ if(profile == NULL && profile_num != PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Here one could free old profile-private data */
+ free(vel->profile_private);
+ vel->profile_private = NULL;
+ /* Here one could init profile-private data */
+ vel->Profile = profile;
+ vel->statistics.profile_number = profile_num;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**********************************************
+ * driver interaction
+ **********************************************/
+
+
+/**
+ * device-specific profile
+ *
+ * The device-specific profile is intended as a hook for a driver
+ * which may want to provide an own acceleration profile.
+ * It should not rely on profile-private data, instead
+ * it should do init/uninit in the driver (ie. with DEVICE_INIT and friends).
+ * Users may override or choose it.
+ */
+void
+SetDeviceSpecificAccelerationProfile(
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ PointerAccelerationProfileFunc profile)
+{
+ if(vel)
+ vel->deviceSpecificProfile = profile;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to obtain a DeviceVelocityPtr for a device. Will return NULL if
+ * the predictable acceleration scheme is not in effect.
+ */
+DeviceVelocityPtr
+GetDevicePredictableAccelData(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ /*sanity check*/
+ if(!dev){
+ ErrorF("[dix] accel: DeviceIntPtr was NULL");
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ if( dev->valuator &&
+ dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc ==
+ acceleratePointerPredictable &&
+ dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData != NULL){
+
+ return ((PredictableAccelSchemePtr)
+ dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData)->vel;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/********************************
+ * acceleration schemes
+ *******************************/
+
+/**
+ * Modifies valuators in-place.
+ * This version employs a velocity approximation algorithm to
+ * enable fine-grained predictable acceleration profiles.
+ */
+void
+acceleratePointerPredictable(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ ValuatorMask* val,
+ CARD32 evtime)
+{
+ float fdx, fdy, tmp, mult; /* no need to init */
+ int dx = 0, dy = 0, tmpi;
+ DeviceVelocityPtr velocitydata = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
+ Bool soften = TRUE;
+
+ if (!velocitydata)
+ return;
+
+ if (velocitydata->statistics.profile_number == AccelProfileNone &&
+ velocitydata->const_acceleration == 1.0f) {
+ return; /*we're inactive anyway, so skip the whole thing.*/
+ }
+
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 0)) {
+ dx = valuator_mask_get(val, 0);
+ }
+
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 1)) {
+ dy = valuator_mask_get(val, 1);
+ }
+
+ if (dx || dy){
+ /* reset non-visible state? */
+ if (ProcessVelocityData2D(velocitydata, dx , dy, evtime)) {
+ soften = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (dev->ptrfeed && dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num) {
+ /* invoke acceleration profile to determine acceleration */
+ mult = ComputeAcceleration (dev, velocitydata,
+ dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold,
+ (float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num /
+ (float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den);
+
+ if(mult != 1.0f || velocitydata->const_acceleration != 1.0f) {
+ ApplySofteningAndConstantDeceleration(velocitydata,
+ dx, dy,
+ &fdx, &fdy,
+ (mult > 1.0f) && soften);
+
+ if (dx) {
+ tmp = mult * fdx + dev->last.remainder[0];
+ /* Since it may not be apparent: lrintf() does not offer
+ * strong statements about rounding; however because we
+ * process each axis conditionally, there's no danger
+ * of a toggling remainder. Its lack of guarantees likely
+ * makes it faster on the average target. */
+ tmpi = lrintf(tmp);
+ valuator_mask_set(val, 0, tmpi);
+ dev->last.remainder[0] = tmp - (float)tmpi;
+ }
+ if (dy) {
+ tmp = mult * fdy + dev->last.remainder[1];
+ tmpi = lrintf(tmp);
+ valuator_mask_set(val, 1, tmpi);
+ dev->last.remainder[1] = tmp - (float)tmpi;
+ }
+ DebugAccelF("pos (%i | %i) remainders x: %.3f y: %.3f delta x:%.3f y:%.3f\n",
+ *px, *py, dev->last.remainder[0], dev->last.remainder[1], fdx, fdy);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* remember last motion delta (for softening/slow movement treatment) */
+ velocitydata->last_dx = dx;
+ velocitydata->last_dy = dy;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Originally a part of xf86PostMotionEvent; modifies valuators
+ * in-place. Retained mostly for embedded scenarios.
+ */
+void
+acceleratePointerLightweight(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ ValuatorMask* val,
+ CARD32 ignored)
+{
+ float mult = 0.0, tmpf;
+ int dx = 0, dy = 0, tmpi;
+
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 0)) {
+ dx = valuator_mask_get(val, 0);
+ }
+
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 1)) {
+ dy = valuator_mask_get(val, 1);
+ }
+
+ if (!dx && !dy)
+ return;
+
+ if (dev->ptrfeed && dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num) {
+ /* modeled from xf86Events.c */
+ if (dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold) {
+ if ((abs(dx) + abs(dy)) >= dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold) {
+ tmpf = ((float)dx *
+ (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num)) /
+ (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den) +
+ dev->last.remainder[0];
+ if (dx) {
+ tmpi = (int) tmpf;
+ valuator_mask_set(val, 0, tmpi);
+ dev->last.remainder[0] = tmpf - (float)tmpi;
+ }
+
+ tmpf = ((float)dy *
+ (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num)) /
+ (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den) +
+ dev->last.remainder[1];
+ if (dy) {
+ tmpi = (int) tmpf;
+ valuator_mask_set(val, 1, tmpi);
+ dev->last.remainder[1] = tmpf - (float)tmpi;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ mult = pow((float)dx * (float)dx + (float)dy * (float)dy,
+ ((float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num) /
+ (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den) - 1.0) /
+ 2.0) / 2.0;
+ if (dx) {
+ tmpf = mult * (float)dx +
+ dev->last.remainder[0];
+ tmpi = (int) tmpf;
+ valuator_mask_set(val, 0, tmpi);
+ dev->last.remainder[0] = tmpf - (float)tmpi;
+ }
+ if (dy) {
+ tmpf = mult * (float)dy +
+ dev->last.remainder[1];
+ tmpi = (int)tmpf;
+ valuator_mask_set(val, 1, tmpi);
+ dev->last.remainder[1] = tmpf - (float)tmpi;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/fb/fbpict.c b/xorg-server/fb/fbpict.c
index 312f3df21..fb26632bd 100644
--- a/xorg-server/fb/fbpict.c
+++ b/xorg-server/fb/fbpict.c
@@ -1,373 +1,373 @@
-/*
- *
- * Copyright © 2000 SuSE, Inc.
- * Copyright © 2007 Red Hat, Inc.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the name of SuSE not be used in advertising or
- * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
- * written prior permission. SuSE makes no representations about the
- * suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is"
- * without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * SuSE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL SuSE
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Author: Keith Packard, SuSE, Inc.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "fb.h"
-
-#include "picturestr.h"
-#include "mipict.h"
-#include "fbpict.h"
-
-void
-fbComposite (CARD8 op,
- PicturePtr pSrc,
- PicturePtr pMask,
- PicturePtr pDst,
- INT16 xSrc,
- INT16 ySrc,
- INT16 xMask,
- INT16 yMask,
- INT16 xDst,
- INT16 yDst,
- CARD16 width,
- CARD16 height)
-{
- pixman_image_t *src, *mask, *dest;
- int src_xoff, src_yoff;
- int msk_xoff, msk_yoff;
- int dst_xoff, dst_yoff;
-
- miCompositeSourceValidate (pSrc, xSrc - xDst, ySrc - yDst, width, height);
- if (pMask)
- miCompositeSourceValidate (pMask, xMask - xDst, yMask - yDst, width, height);
-
- src = image_from_pict (pSrc, FALSE, &src_xoff, &src_yoff);
- mask = image_from_pict (pMask, FALSE, &msk_xoff, &msk_yoff);
- dest = image_from_pict (pDst, TRUE, &dst_xoff, &dst_yoff);
-
- if (src && dest && !(pMask && !mask))
- {
- pixman_image_composite (op, src, mask, dest,
- xSrc + src_xoff, ySrc + src_yoff,
- xMask + msk_xoff, yMask + msk_yoff,
- xDst + dst_xoff, yDst + dst_yoff,
- width, height);
- }
-
- free_pixman_pict (pSrc, src);
- free_pixman_pict (pMask, mask);
- free_pixman_pict (pDst, dest);
-}
-
-static pixman_image_t *
-create_solid_fill_image (PicturePtr pict)
-{
- PictSolidFill *solid = &pict->pSourcePict->solidFill;
- pixman_color_t color;
- CARD32 a, r, g, b;
-
- a = (solid->color & 0xff000000) >> 24;
- r = (solid->color & 0x00ff0000) >> 16;
- g = (solid->color & 0x0000ff00) >> 8;
- b = (solid->color & 0x000000ff) >> 0;
-
- color.alpha = (a << 8) | a;
- color.red = (r << 8) | r;
- color.green = (g << 8) | g;
- color.blue = (b << 8) | b;
-
- return pixman_image_create_solid_fill (&color);
-}
-
-static pixman_image_t *
-create_linear_gradient_image (PictGradient *gradient)
-{
- PictLinearGradient *linear = (PictLinearGradient *)gradient;
- pixman_point_fixed_t p1;
- pixman_point_fixed_t p2;
-
- p1.x = linear->p1.x;
- p1.y = linear->p1.y;
- p2.x = linear->p2.x;
- p2.y = linear->p2.y;
-
- return pixman_image_create_linear_gradient (
- &p1, &p2, (pixman_gradient_stop_t *)gradient->stops, gradient->nstops);
-}
-
-static pixman_image_t *
-create_radial_gradient_image (PictGradient *gradient)
-{
- PictRadialGradient *radial = (PictRadialGradient *)gradient;
- pixman_point_fixed_t c1;
- pixman_point_fixed_t c2;
-
- c1.x = radial->c1.x;
- c1.y = radial->c1.y;
- c2.x = radial->c2.x;
- c2.y = radial->c2.y;
-
- return pixman_image_create_radial_gradient (
- &c1, &c2, radial->c1.radius,
- radial->c2.radius,
- (pixman_gradient_stop_t *)gradient->stops, gradient->nstops);
-}
-
-static pixman_image_t *
-create_conical_gradient_image (PictGradient *gradient)
-{
- PictConicalGradient *conical = (PictConicalGradient *)gradient;
- pixman_point_fixed_t center;
-
- center.x = conical->center.x;
- center.y = conical->center.y;
-
- return pixman_image_create_conical_gradient (
- ¢er, conical->angle, (pixman_gradient_stop_t *)gradient->stops,
- gradient->nstops);
-}
-
-static pixman_image_t *
-create_bits_picture (PicturePtr pict,
- Bool has_clip,
- int *xoff,
- int *yoff)
-{
- PixmapPtr pixmap;
- FbBits *bits;
- FbStride stride;
- int bpp;
- pixman_image_t *image;
-
- fbGetDrawablePixmap (pict->pDrawable, pixmap, *xoff, *yoff);
- fbGetPixmapBitsData(pixmap, bits, stride, bpp);
-
- image = pixman_image_create_bits (
- pict->format,
- pixmap->drawable.width, pixmap->drawable.height,
- (uint32_t *)bits, stride * sizeof (FbStride));
-
-
-#ifdef FB_ACCESS_WRAPPER
-#if FB_SHIFT==5
-
- pixman_image_set_accessors (image,
- (pixman_read_memory_func_t)wfbReadMemory,
- (pixman_write_memory_func_t)wfbWriteMemory);
-
-#else
-
-#error The pixman library only works when FbBits is 32 bits wide
-
-#endif
-#endif
-
- /* pCompositeClip is undefined for source pictures, so
- * only set the clip region for pictures with drawables
- */
- if (has_clip)
- {
- if (pict->clientClipType != CT_NONE)
- pixman_image_set_has_client_clip (image, TRUE);
-
- if (*xoff || *yoff)
- pixman_region_translate (pict->pCompositeClip, *xoff, *yoff);
-
- pixman_image_set_clip_region (image, pict->pCompositeClip);
-
- if (*xoff || *yoff)
- pixman_region_translate (pict->pCompositeClip, -*xoff, -*yoff);
- }
-
- /* Indexed table */
- if (pict->pFormat->index.devPrivate)
- pixman_image_set_indexed (image, pict->pFormat->index.devPrivate);
-
- /* Add in drawable origin to position within the image */
- *xoff += pict->pDrawable->x;
- *yoff += pict->pDrawable->y;
-
- return image;
-}
-
-static pixman_image_t *
-image_from_pict_internal (PicturePtr pict, Bool has_clip, int *xoff, int *yoff, Bool is_alpha_map);
-
-static void
-set_image_properties (pixman_image_t *image, PicturePtr pict, Bool has_clip, int *xoff, int *yoff, Bool is_alpha_map)
-{
- pixman_repeat_t repeat;
- pixman_filter_t filter;
-
- if (pict->transform)
- {
- /* For source images, adjust the transform to account
- * for the drawable offset within the pixman image,
- * then set the offset to 0 as it will be used
- * to compute positions within the transformed image.
- */
- if (!has_clip) {
- struct pixman_transform adjusted;
-
- adjusted = *pict->transform;
- pixman_transform_translate(&adjusted,
- NULL,
- pixman_int_to_fixed(*xoff),
- pixman_int_to_fixed(*yoff));
- pixman_image_set_transform (image, &adjusted);
- *xoff = 0;
- *yoff = 0;
- } else
- pixman_image_set_transform (image, pict->transform);
- }
-
- switch (pict->repeatType)
- {
- default:
- case RepeatNone:
- repeat = PIXMAN_REPEAT_NONE;
- break;
-
- case RepeatPad:
- repeat = PIXMAN_REPEAT_PAD;
- break;
-
- case RepeatNormal:
- repeat = PIXMAN_REPEAT_NORMAL;
- break;
-
- case RepeatReflect:
- repeat = PIXMAN_REPEAT_REFLECT;
- break;
- }
-
- pixman_image_set_repeat (image, repeat);
-
- /* Fetch alpha map unless 'pict' is being used
- * as the alpha map for this operation
- */
- if (pict->alphaMap && !is_alpha_map)
- {
- int alpha_xoff, alpha_yoff;
- pixman_image_t *alpha_map = image_from_pict_internal (pict->alphaMap, FALSE, &alpha_xoff, &alpha_yoff, TRUE);
-
- pixman_image_set_alpha_map (
- image, alpha_map, pict->alphaOrigin.x, pict->alphaOrigin.y);
-
- free_pixman_pict (pict->alphaMap, alpha_map);
- }
-
- pixman_image_set_component_alpha (image, pict->componentAlpha);
-
- switch (pict->filter)
- {
- default:
- case PictFilterNearest:
- case PictFilterFast:
- filter = PIXMAN_FILTER_NEAREST;
- break;
-
- case PictFilterBilinear:
- case PictFilterGood:
- filter = PIXMAN_FILTER_BILINEAR;
- break;
-
- case PictFilterConvolution:
- filter = PIXMAN_FILTER_CONVOLUTION;
- break;
- }
-
- pixman_image_set_filter (image, filter, (pixman_fixed_t *)pict->filter_params, pict->filter_nparams);
- pixman_image_set_source_clipping (image, TRUE);
-}
-
-static pixman_image_t *
-image_from_pict_internal (PicturePtr pict, Bool has_clip, int *xoff, int *yoff, Bool is_alpha_map)
-{
- pixman_image_t *image = NULL;
-
- if (!pict)
- return NULL;
-
- if (pict->pDrawable)
- {
- image = create_bits_picture (pict, has_clip, xoff, yoff);
- }
- else if (pict->pSourcePict)
- {
- SourcePict *sp = pict->pSourcePict;
-
- if (sp->type == SourcePictTypeSolidFill)
- {
- image = create_solid_fill_image (pict);
- }
- else
- {
- PictGradient *gradient = &pict->pSourcePict->gradient;
-
- if (sp->type == SourcePictTypeLinear)
- image = create_linear_gradient_image (gradient);
- else if (sp->type == SourcePictTypeRadial)
- image = create_radial_gradient_image (gradient);
- else if (sp->type == SourcePictTypeConical)
- image = create_conical_gradient_image (gradient);
- }
- *xoff = *yoff = 0;
- }
-
- if (image)
- set_image_properties (image, pict, has_clip, xoff, yoff, is_alpha_map);
-
- return image;
-}
-
-pixman_image_t *
-image_from_pict (PicturePtr pict, Bool has_clip, int *xoff, int *yoff)
-{
- return image_from_pict_internal (pict, has_clip, xoff, yoff, FALSE);
-}
-
-void
-free_pixman_pict (PicturePtr pict, pixman_image_t *image)
-{
- if (image && pixman_image_unref (image) && pict->pDrawable)
- fbFinishAccess (pict->pDrawable);
-}
-
-Bool
-fbPictureInit (ScreenPtr pScreen, PictFormatPtr formats, int nformats)
-{
-
- PictureScreenPtr ps;
-
- if (!miPictureInit (pScreen, formats, nformats))
- return FALSE;
- ps = GetPictureScreen(pScreen);
- ps->Composite = fbComposite;
- ps->Glyphs = miGlyphs;
- ps->CompositeRects = miCompositeRects;
- ps->RasterizeTrapezoid = fbRasterizeTrapezoid;
- ps->Trapezoids = fbTrapezoids;
- ps->AddTraps = fbAddTraps;
- ps->AddTriangles = fbAddTriangles;
- ps->Triangles = fbTriangles;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright © 2000 SuSE, Inc.
+ * Copyright © 2007 Red Hat, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+ * documentation, and that the name of SuSE not be used in advertising or
+ * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+ * written prior permission. SuSE makes no representations about the
+ * suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is"
+ * without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * SuSE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL SuSE
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
+ * OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Author: Keith Packard, SuSE, Inc.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "fb.h"
+
+#include "picturestr.h"
+#include "mipict.h"
+#include "fbpict.h"
+
+void
+fbComposite (CARD8 op,
+ PicturePtr pSrc,
+ PicturePtr pMask,
+ PicturePtr pDst,
+ INT16 xSrc,
+ INT16 ySrc,
+ INT16 xMask,
+ INT16 yMask,
+ INT16 xDst,
+ INT16 yDst,
+ CARD16 width,
+ CARD16 height)
+{
+ pixman_image_t *src, *mask, *dest;
+ int src_xoff, src_yoff;
+ int msk_xoff, msk_yoff;
+ int dst_xoff, dst_yoff;
+
+ miCompositeSourceValidate (pSrc);
+ if (pMask)
+ miCompositeSourceValidate (pMask);
+
+ src = image_from_pict (pSrc, FALSE, &src_xoff, &src_yoff);
+ mask = image_from_pict (pMask, FALSE, &msk_xoff, &msk_yoff);
+ dest = image_from_pict (pDst, TRUE, &dst_xoff, &dst_yoff);
+
+ if (src && dest && !(pMask && !mask))
+ {
+ pixman_image_composite (op, src, mask, dest,
+ xSrc + src_xoff, ySrc + src_yoff,
+ xMask + msk_xoff, yMask + msk_yoff,
+ xDst + dst_xoff, yDst + dst_yoff,
+ width, height);
+ }
+
+ free_pixman_pict (pSrc, src);
+ free_pixman_pict (pMask, mask);
+ free_pixman_pict (pDst, dest);
+}
+
+static pixman_image_t *
+create_solid_fill_image (PicturePtr pict)
+{
+ PictSolidFill *solid = &pict->pSourcePict->solidFill;
+ pixman_color_t color;
+ CARD32 a, r, g, b;
+
+ a = (solid->color & 0xff000000) >> 24;
+ r = (solid->color & 0x00ff0000) >> 16;
+ g = (solid->color & 0x0000ff00) >> 8;
+ b = (solid->color & 0x000000ff) >> 0;
+
+ color.alpha = (a << 8) | a;
+ color.red = (r << 8) | r;
+ color.green = (g << 8) | g;
+ color.blue = (b << 8) | b;
+
+ return pixman_image_create_solid_fill (&color);
+}
+
+static pixman_image_t *
+create_linear_gradient_image (PictGradient *gradient)
+{
+ PictLinearGradient *linear = (PictLinearGradient *)gradient;
+ pixman_point_fixed_t p1;
+ pixman_point_fixed_t p2;
+
+ p1.x = linear->p1.x;
+ p1.y = linear->p1.y;
+ p2.x = linear->p2.x;
+ p2.y = linear->p2.y;
+
+ return pixman_image_create_linear_gradient (
+ &p1, &p2, (pixman_gradient_stop_t *)gradient->stops, gradient->nstops);
+}
+
+static pixman_image_t *
+create_radial_gradient_image (PictGradient *gradient)
+{
+ PictRadialGradient *radial = (PictRadialGradient *)gradient;
+ pixman_point_fixed_t c1;
+ pixman_point_fixed_t c2;
+
+ c1.x = radial->c1.x;
+ c1.y = radial->c1.y;
+ c2.x = radial->c2.x;
+ c2.y = radial->c2.y;
+
+ return pixman_image_create_radial_gradient (
+ &c1, &c2, radial->c1.radius,
+ radial->c2.radius,
+ (pixman_gradient_stop_t *)gradient->stops, gradient->nstops);
+}
+
+static pixman_image_t *
+create_conical_gradient_image (PictGradient *gradient)
+{
+ PictConicalGradient *conical = (PictConicalGradient *)gradient;
+ pixman_point_fixed_t center;
+
+ center.x = conical->center.x;
+ center.y = conical->center.y;
+
+ return pixman_image_create_conical_gradient (
+ ¢er, conical->angle, (pixman_gradient_stop_t *)gradient->stops,
+ gradient->nstops);
+}
+
+static pixman_image_t *
+create_bits_picture (PicturePtr pict,
+ Bool has_clip,
+ int *xoff,
+ int *yoff)
+{
+ PixmapPtr pixmap;
+ FbBits *bits;
+ FbStride stride;
+ int bpp;
+ pixman_image_t *image;
+
+ fbGetDrawablePixmap (pict->pDrawable, pixmap, *xoff, *yoff);
+ fbGetPixmapBitsData(pixmap, bits, stride, bpp);
+
+ image = pixman_image_create_bits (
+ pict->format,
+ pixmap->drawable.width, pixmap->drawable.height,
+ (uint32_t *)bits, stride * sizeof (FbStride));
+
+
+#ifdef FB_ACCESS_WRAPPER
+#if FB_SHIFT==5
+
+ pixman_image_set_accessors (image,
+ (pixman_read_memory_func_t)wfbReadMemory,
+ (pixman_write_memory_func_t)wfbWriteMemory);
+
+#else
+
+#error The pixman library only works when FbBits is 32 bits wide
+
+#endif
+#endif
+
+ /* pCompositeClip is undefined for source pictures, so
+ * only set the clip region for pictures with drawables
+ */
+ if (has_clip)
+ {
+ if (pict->clientClipType != CT_NONE)
+ pixman_image_set_has_client_clip (image, TRUE);
+
+ if (*xoff || *yoff)
+ pixman_region_translate (pict->pCompositeClip, *xoff, *yoff);
+
+ pixman_image_set_clip_region (image, pict->pCompositeClip);
+
+ if (*xoff || *yoff)
+ pixman_region_translate (pict->pCompositeClip, -*xoff, -*yoff);
+ }
+
+ /* Indexed table */
+ if (pict->pFormat->index.devPrivate)
+ pixman_image_set_indexed (image, pict->pFormat->index.devPrivate);
+
+ /* Add in drawable origin to position within the image */
+ *xoff += pict->pDrawable->x;
+ *yoff += pict->pDrawable->y;
+
+ return image;
+}
+
+static pixman_image_t *
+image_from_pict_internal (PicturePtr pict, Bool has_clip, int *xoff, int *yoff, Bool is_alpha_map);
+
+static void
+set_image_properties (pixman_image_t *image, PicturePtr pict, Bool has_clip, int *xoff, int *yoff, Bool is_alpha_map)
+{
+ pixman_repeat_t repeat;
+ pixman_filter_t filter;
+
+ if (pict->transform)
+ {
+ /* For source images, adjust the transform to account
+ * for the drawable offset within the pixman image,
+ * then set the offset to 0 as it will be used
+ * to compute positions within the transformed image.
+ */
+ if (!has_clip) {
+ struct pixman_transform adjusted;
+
+ adjusted = *pict->transform;
+ pixman_transform_translate(&adjusted,
+ NULL,
+ pixman_int_to_fixed(*xoff),
+ pixman_int_to_fixed(*yoff));
+ pixman_image_set_transform (image, &adjusted);
+ *xoff = 0;
+ *yoff = 0;
+ } else
+ pixman_image_set_transform (image, pict->transform);
+ }
+
+ switch (pict->repeatType)
+ {
+ default:
+ case RepeatNone:
+ repeat = PIXMAN_REPEAT_NONE;
+ break;
+
+ case RepeatPad:
+ repeat = PIXMAN_REPEAT_PAD;
+ break;
+
+ case RepeatNormal:
+ repeat = PIXMAN_REPEAT_NORMAL;
+ break;
+
+ case RepeatReflect:
+ repeat = PIXMAN_REPEAT_REFLECT;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ pixman_image_set_repeat (image, repeat);
+
+ /* Fetch alpha map unless 'pict' is being used
+ * as the alpha map for this operation
+ */
+ if (pict->alphaMap && !is_alpha_map)
+ {
+ int alpha_xoff, alpha_yoff;
+ pixman_image_t *alpha_map = image_from_pict_internal (pict->alphaMap, FALSE, &alpha_xoff, &alpha_yoff, TRUE);
+
+ pixman_image_set_alpha_map (
+ image, alpha_map, pict->alphaOrigin.x, pict->alphaOrigin.y);
+
+ free_pixman_pict (pict->alphaMap, alpha_map);
+ }
+
+ pixman_image_set_component_alpha (image, pict->componentAlpha);
+
+ switch (pict->filter)
+ {
+ default:
+ case PictFilterNearest:
+ case PictFilterFast:
+ filter = PIXMAN_FILTER_NEAREST;
+ break;
+
+ case PictFilterBilinear:
+ case PictFilterGood:
+ filter = PIXMAN_FILTER_BILINEAR;
+ break;
+
+ case PictFilterConvolution:
+ filter = PIXMAN_FILTER_CONVOLUTION;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ pixman_image_set_filter (image, filter, (pixman_fixed_t *)pict->filter_params, pict->filter_nparams);
+ pixman_image_set_source_clipping (image, TRUE);
+}
+
+static pixman_image_t *
+image_from_pict_internal (PicturePtr pict, Bool has_clip, int *xoff, int *yoff, Bool is_alpha_map)
+{
+ pixman_image_t *image = NULL;
+
+ if (!pict)
+ return NULL;
+
+ if (pict->pDrawable)
+ {
+ image = create_bits_picture (pict, has_clip, xoff, yoff);
+ }
+ else if (pict->pSourcePict)
+ {
+ SourcePict *sp = pict->pSourcePict;
+
+ if (sp->type == SourcePictTypeSolidFill)
+ {
+ image = create_solid_fill_image (pict);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ PictGradient *gradient = &pict->pSourcePict->gradient;
+
+ if (sp->type == SourcePictTypeLinear)
+ image = create_linear_gradient_image (gradient);
+ else if (sp->type == SourcePictTypeRadial)
+ image = create_radial_gradient_image (gradient);
+ else if (sp->type == SourcePictTypeConical)
+ image = create_conical_gradient_image (gradient);
+ }
+ *xoff = *yoff = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (image)
+ set_image_properties (image, pict, has_clip, xoff, yoff, is_alpha_map);
+
+ return image;
+}
+
+pixman_image_t *
+image_from_pict (PicturePtr pict, Bool has_clip, int *xoff, int *yoff)
+{
+ return image_from_pict_internal (pict, has_clip, xoff, yoff, FALSE);
+}
+
+void
+free_pixman_pict (PicturePtr pict, pixman_image_t *image)
+{
+ if (image && pixman_image_unref (image) && pict->pDrawable)
+ fbFinishAccess (pict->pDrawable);
+}
+
+Bool
+fbPictureInit (ScreenPtr pScreen, PictFormatPtr formats, int nformats)
+{
+
+ PictureScreenPtr ps;
+
+ if (!miPictureInit (pScreen, formats, nformats))
+ return FALSE;
+ ps = GetPictureScreen(pScreen);
+ ps->Composite = fbComposite;
+ ps->Glyphs = miGlyphs;
+ ps->CompositeRects = miCompositeRects;
+ ps->RasterizeTrapezoid = fbRasterizeTrapezoid;
+ ps->Trapezoids = fbTrapezoids;
+ ps->AddTraps = fbAddTraps;
+ ps->AddTriangles = fbAddTriangles;
+ ps->Triangles = fbTriangles;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/glx/glxdri.c b/xorg-server/glx/glxdri.c
index e0713b8a1..b394cdedc 100644
--- a/xorg-server/glx/glxdri.c
+++ b/xorg-server/glx/glxdri.c
@@ -858,8 +858,6 @@ static const __DRIextension *loader_extensions[] = {
-static const char dri_driver_path[] = DRI_DRIVER_PATH;
-
static Bool
glxDRIEnterVT (int index, int flags)
{
@@ -971,13 +969,10 @@ __glXDRIscreenProbe(ScreenPtr pScreen)
drm_handle_t hFB;
int junk;
__GLXDRIscreen *screen;
- char filename[128];
Bool isCapable;
size_t buffer_size;
ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
const __DRIconfig **driConfigs;
- const __DRIextension **extensions;
- int i;
if (!xf86LoaderCheckSymbol("DRIQueryDirectRenderingCapable") ||
!DRIQueryDirectRenderingCapable(pScreen, &isCapable) ||
@@ -1052,42 +1047,15 @@ __glXDRIscreenProbe(ScreenPtr pScreen)
goto handle_error;
}
- snprintf(filename, sizeof filename, "%s/%s_dri.so",
- dri_driver_path, driverName);
-
- screen->driver = dlopen(filename, RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
+ screen->driver = glxProbeDriver(driverName,
+ (void **)&screen->core,
+ __DRI_CORE, __DRI_CORE_VERSION,
+ (void **)&screen->legacy,
+ __DRI_LEGACY, __DRI_LEGACY_VERSION);
if (screen->driver == NULL) {
- LogMessage(X_ERROR, "AIGLX error: dlopen of %s failed (%s)\n",
- filename, dlerror());
goto handle_error;
}
-
- extensions = dlsym(screen->driver, __DRI_DRIVER_EXTENSIONS);
- if (extensions == NULL) {
- LogMessage(X_ERROR, "AIGLX error: %s exports no extensions (%s)\n",
- driverName, dlerror());
- goto handle_error;
- }
- for (i = 0; extensions[i]; i++) {
- if (strcmp(extensions[i]->name, __DRI_CORE) == 0 &&
- extensions[i]->version >= __DRI_CORE_VERSION) {
- screen->core = (__DRIcoreExtension *) extensions[i];
- }
-
- if (strcmp(extensions[i]->name, __DRI_LEGACY) == 0 &&
- extensions[i]->version >= __DRI_LEGACY_VERSION) {
- screen->legacy = (__DRIlegacyExtension *) extensions[i];
- }
- }
-
- if (screen->core == NULL || screen->legacy == NULL) {
- LogMessage(X_ERROR,
- "AIGLX error: %s does not export required DRI extension\n",
- driverName);
- goto handle_error;
- }
-
/*
* Get device-specific info. pDevPriv will point to a struct
* (such as DRIRADEONRec in xfree86/driver/ati/radeon_dri.h) that
@@ -1172,7 +1140,7 @@ __glXDRIscreenProbe(ScreenPtr pScreen)
pScrn->LeaveVT = glxDRILeaveVT;
LogMessage(X_INFO,
- "AIGLX: Loaded and initialized %s\n", filename);
+ "AIGLX: Loaded and initialized %s\n", driverName);
return &screen->base;
diff --git a/xorg-server/glx/glxdri2.c b/xorg-server/glx/glxdri2.c
index c9c316be5..9d4aeab23 100644
--- a/xorg-server/glx/glxdri2.c
+++ b/xorg-server/glx/glxdri2.c
@@ -599,8 +599,6 @@ static const __DRIextension *loader_extensions[] = {
NULL
};
-static const char dri_driver_path[] = DRI_DRIVER_PATH;
-
static Bool
glxDRIEnterVT (int index, int flags)
{
@@ -702,12 +700,9 @@ __glXDRIscreenProbe(ScreenPtr pScreen)
{
const char *driverName, *deviceName;
__GLXDRIscreen *screen;
- char filename[128];
size_t buffer_size;
ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
- const __DRIextension **extensions;
const __DRIconfig **driConfigs;
- int i;
screen = calloc(1, sizeof *screen);
if (screen == NULL)
@@ -729,40 +724,12 @@ __glXDRIscreenProbe(ScreenPtr pScreen)
__glXInitExtensionEnableBits(screen->glx_enable_bits);
- snprintf(filename, sizeof filename,
- "%s/%s_dri.so", dri_driver_path, driverName);
-
- screen->driver = dlopen(filename, RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
+ screen->driver = glxProbeDriver(driverName, (void **)&screen->core, __DRI_CORE, 1,
+ (void **)&screen->dri2, __DRI_DRI2, 1);
if (screen->driver == NULL) {
- LogMessage(X_ERROR, "AIGLX error: dlopen of %s failed (%s)\n",
- filename, dlerror());
goto handle_error;
}
-
- extensions = dlsym(screen->driver, __DRI_DRIVER_EXTENSIONS);
- if (extensions == NULL) {
- LogMessage(X_ERROR, "AIGLX error: %s exports no extensions (%s)\n",
- driverName, dlerror());
- goto handle_error;
- }
- for (i = 0; extensions[i]; i++) {
- if (strcmp(extensions[i]->name, __DRI_CORE) == 0 &&
- extensions[i]->version >= 1) {
- screen->core = (const __DRIcoreExtension *) extensions[i];
- }
- if (strcmp(extensions[i]->name, __DRI_DRI2) == 0 &&
- extensions[i]->version >= 1) {
- screen->dri2 = (const __DRIdri2Extension *) extensions[i];
- }
- }
-
- if (screen->core == NULL || screen->dri2 == NULL) {
- LogMessage(X_ERROR, "AIGLX error: %s exports no DRI extension\n",
- driverName);
- goto handle_error;
- }
-
screen->driScreen =
(*screen->dri2->createNewScreen)(pScreen->myNum,
screen->fd,
@@ -816,7 +783,7 @@ __glXDRIscreenProbe(ScreenPtr pScreen)
pScrn->LeaveVT = glxDRILeaveVT;
LogMessage(X_INFO,
- "AIGLX: Loaded and initialized %s\n", filename);
+ "AIGLX: Loaded and initialized %s\n", driverName);
return &screen->base;
diff --git a/xorg-server/glx/glxdricommon.c b/xorg-server/glx/glxdricommon.c
index 44078fb41..2fcda8fb8 100644
--- a/xorg-server/glx/glxdricommon.c
+++ b/xorg-server/glx/glxdricommon.c
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@
#include <stdint.h>
#include <errno.h>
+#include <dlfcn.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <GL/gl.h>
#include <GL/glxtokens.h>
@@ -204,3 +205,59 @@ glxConvertConfigs(const __DRIcoreExtension *core,
return head.next;
}
+
+static const char dri_driver_path[] = DRI_DRIVER_PATH;
+
+void *
+glxProbeDriver(const char *driverName,
+ void **coreExt, const char *coreName, int coreVersion,
+ void **renderExt, const char *renderName, int renderVersion)
+{
+ int i;
+ void *driver;
+ char filename[PATH_MAX];
+ const __DRIextension **extensions;
+
+ snprintf(filename, sizeof filename, "%s/%s_dri.so",
+ dri_driver_path, driverName);
+
+ driver = dlopen(filename, RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
+ if (driver == NULL) {
+ LogMessage(X_ERROR, "AIGLX error: dlopen of %s failed (%s)\n",
+ filename, dlerror());
+ goto cleanup_failure;
+ }
+
+ extensions = dlsym(driver, __DRI_DRIVER_EXTENSIONS);
+ if (extensions == NULL) {
+ LogMessage(X_ERROR, "AIGLX error: %s exports no extensions (%s)\n",
+ driverName, dlerror());
+ goto cleanup_failure;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; extensions[i]; i++) {
+ if (strcmp(extensions[i]->name, coreName) == 0 &&
+ extensions[i]->version >= coreVersion) {
+ *coreExt = (void *)extensions[i];
+ }
+
+ if (strcmp(extensions[i]->name, renderName) == 0 &&
+ extensions[i]->version >= renderVersion) {
+ *renderExt = (void *)extensions[i];
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (*coreExt == NULL || *renderExt == NULL) {
+ LogMessage(X_ERROR,
+ "AIGLX error: %s does not export required DRI extension\n",
+ driverName);
+ goto cleanup_failure;
+ }
+ return driver;
+
+cleanup_failure:
+ if (driver)
+ dlclose(driver);
+ *coreExt = *renderExt = NULL;
+ return NULL;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/glx/glxdricommon.h b/xorg-server/glx/glxdricommon.h
index 41e2d2770..ef7b531f6 100644
--- a/xorg-server/glx/glxdricommon.h
+++ b/xorg-server/glx/glxdricommon.h
@@ -1,41 +1,46 @@
-/*
- * Copyright © 2008 Red Hat, Inc
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
- * and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without
- * fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies
- * and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice
- * appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of the
- * copyright holders not be used in advertising or publicity
- * pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
- * written prior permission. The copyright holders make no
- * representations about the suitability of this software for any
- * purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied
- * warranty.
- *
- * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
- * SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
- * FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
- * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN
- * AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING
- * OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef _GLX_dri_common_h
-#define _GLX_dri_common_h
-
-typedef struct __GLXDRIconfig __GLXDRIconfig;
-struct __GLXDRIconfig {
- __GLXconfig config;
- const __DRIconfig *driConfig;
-};
-
-__GLXconfig *
-glxConvertConfigs(const __DRIcoreExtension *core,
- const __DRIconfig **configs, unsigned int drawableType);
-
-extern const __DRIsystemTimeExtension systemTimeExtension;
-
-#endif
+/*
+ * Copyright © 2008 Red Hat, Inc
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
+ * and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without
+ * fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies
+ * and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice
+ * appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of the
+ * copyright holders not be used in advertising or publicity
+ * pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+ * written prior permission. The copyright holders make no
+ * representations about the suitability of this software for any
+ * purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied
+ * warranty.
+ *
+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
+ * FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN
+ * AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING
+ * OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _GLX_dri_common_h
+#define _GLX_dri_common_h
+
+typedef struct __GLXDRIconfig __GLXDRIconfig;
+struct __GLXDRIconfig {
+ __GLXconfig config;
+ const __DRIconfig *driConfig;
+};
+
+__GLXconfig *
+glxConvertConfigs(const __DRIcoreExtension *core,
+ const __DRIconfig **configs, unsigned int drawableType);
+
+extern const __DRIsystemTimeExtension systemTimeExtension;
+
+void *
+glxProbeDriver(const char *name,
+ void **coreExt, const char *coreName, int coreVersion,
+ void **renderExt, const char *renderName, int renderVersion);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/xorg-server/glx/glxdriswrast.c b/xorg-server/glx/glxdriswrast.c
index 30ce19ed1..fb2316a62 100644
--- a/xorg-server/glx/glxdriswrast.c
+++ b/xorg-server/glx/glxdriswrast.c
@@ -201,6 +201,14 @@ __glXDRIbindTexImage(__GLXcontext *baseContext,
if (texBuffer == NULL)
return Success;
+#if __DRI_TEX_BUFFER_VERSION >= 2
+ if (texBuffer->base.version >= 2 && texBuffer->setTexBuffer2 != NULL) {
+ (*texBuffer->setTexBuffer2)(context->driContext,
+ glxPixmap->target,
+ glxPixmap->format,
+ drawable->driDrawable);
+ } else
+#endif
texBuffer->setTexBuffer(context->driContext,
glxPixmap->target,
drawable->driDrawable);
@@ -427,17 +435,12 @@ initializeExtensions(__GLXDRIscreen *screen)
}
}
-static const char dri_driver_path[] = DRI_DRIVER_PATH;
-
static __GLXscreen *
__glXDRIscreenProbe(ScreenPtr pScreen)
{
const char *driverName = "swrast";
__GLXDRIscreen *screen;
- char filename[128];
- const __DRIextension **extensions;
const __DRIconfig **driConfigs;
- int i;
screen = calloc(1, sizeof *screen);
if (screen == NULL)
@@ -449,40 +452,15 @@ __glXDRIscreenProbe(ScreenPtr pScreen)
screen->base.swapInterval = NULL;
screen->base.pScreen = pScreen;
- snprintf(filename, sizeof filename,
- "%s/%s_dri.so", dri_driver_path, driverName);
-
- screen->driver = dlopen(filename, RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
+ screen->driver = glxProbeDriver(driverName,
+ (void **)&screen->core,
+ __DRI_CORE, __DRI_CORE_VERSION,
+ (void **)&screen->swrast,
+ __DRI_SWRAST, __DRI_SWRAST_VERSION);
if (screen->driver == NULL) {
- LogMessage(X_ERROR, "AIGLX error: dlopen of %s failed (%s)\n",
- filename, dlerror());
goto handle_error;
}
- extensions = dlsym(screen->driver, __DRI_DRIVER_EXTENSIONS);
- if (extensions == NULL) {
- LogMessage(X_ERROR, "AIGLX error: %s exports no extensions (%s)\n",
- driverName, dlerror());
- goto handle_error;
- }
-
- for (i = 0; extensions[i]; i++) {
- if (strcmp(extensions[i]->name, __DRI_CORE) == 0 &&
- extensions[i]->version >= __DRI_CORE_VERSION) {
- screen->core = (const __DRIcoreExtension *) extensions[i];
- }
- if (strcmp(extensions[i]->name, __DRI_SWRAST) == 0 &&
- extensions[i]->version >= __DRI_SWRAST_VERSION) {
- screen->swrast = (const __DRIswrastExtension *) extensions[i];
- }
- }
-
- if (screen->core == NULL || screen->swrast == NULL) {
- LogMessage(X_ERROR, "AIGLX error: %s exports no DRI extension\n",
- driverName);
- goto handle_error;
- }
-
screen->driScreen =
(*screen->swrast->createNewScreen)(pScreen->myNum,
loader_extensions,
@@ -508,7 +486,7 @@ __glXDRIscreenProbe(ScreenPtr pScreen)
screen->base.GLXminor = 4;
LogMessage(X_INFO,
- "AIGLX: Loaded and initialized %s\n", filename);
+ "AIGLX: Loaded and initialized %s\n", driverName);
return &screen->base;
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx.h b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx.h
index ddc11e368..dc5d25e16 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx.h
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx.h
@@ -249,8 +249,6 @@ typedef struct _DMXScreenInfo {
TrapezoidsProcPtr Trapezoids;
TrianglesProcPtr Triangles;
- TriStripProcPtr TriStrip;
- TriFanProcPtr TriFan;
} DMXScreenInfo;
/* Global variables available to all Xserver/hw/dmx routines. */
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpict.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpict.c
index 3f5cd4a50..1ea6543e0 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpict.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpict.c
@@ -165,8 +165,6 @@ Bool dmxPictureInit(ScreenPtr pScreen, PictFormatPtr formats, int nformats)
DMX_WRAP(Trapezoids, dmxTrapezoids, dmxScreen, ps);
DMX_WRAP(Triangles, dmxTriangles, dmxScreen, ps);
- DMX_WRAP(TriStrip, dmxTriStrip, dmxScreen, ps);
- DMX_WRAP(TriFan, dmxTriFan, dmxScreen, ps);
return TRUE;
}
@@ -1237,88 +1235,3 @@ void dmxTriangles(CARD8 op, PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pDst,
DMX_WRAP(Triangles, dmxTriangles, dmxScreen, ps);
}
-
-/** Composite a triangle strip on the appropriate screen. For a
- * complete description see the protocol document of the RENDER
- * library. */
-void dmxTriStrip(CARD8 op, PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pDst,
- PictFormatPtr maskFormat,
- INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc,
- int npoint, xPointFixed *points)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pDst->pDrawable->pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- PictureScreenPtr ps = GetPictureScreen(pScreen);
- dmxPictPrivPtr pSrcPriv = DMX_GET_PICT_PRIV(pSrc);
- dmxPictPrivPtr pDstPriv = DMX_GET_PICT_PRIV(pDst);
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(TriStrip, dmxScreen, ps);
-#if 0
- if (ps->TriStrip)
- ps->TriStrip(op, pSrc, pDst, maskFormat, xSrc, ySrc, npoint, *points);
-#endif
-
- /* Draw trapezoids on back-end server */
- if (pDstPriv->pict) {
- XRenderPictFormat *pFormat;
-
- pFormat = dmxFindFormat(dmxScreen, maskFormat);
- if (!pFormat) {
- /* FIXME: Error! */
- }
-
- XRenderCompositeTriStrip(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
- op,
- pSrcPriv->pict,
- pDstPriv->pict,
- pFormat,
- xSrc, ySrc,
- (XPointFixed *)points,
- npoint);
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
- }
-
- DMX_WRAP(TriStrip, dmxTriStrip, dmxScreen, ps);
-}
-
-/** Composite a triangle fan on the appropriate screen. For a complete
- * description see the protocol document of the RENDER library. */
-void dmxTriFan(CARD8 op, PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pDst,
- PictFormatPtr maskFormat,
- INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc,
- int npoint, xPointFixed *points)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pDst->pDrawable->pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- PictureScreenPtr ps = GetPictureScreen(pScreen);
- dmxPictPrivPtr pSrcPriv = DMX_GET_PICT_PRIV(pSrc);
- dmxPictPrivPtr pDstPriv = DMX_GET_PICT_PRIV(pDst);
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(TriFan, dmxScreen, ps);
-#if 0
- if (ps->TriFan)
- ps->TriFan(op, pSrc, pDst, maskFormat, xSrc, ySrc, npoint, *points);
-#endif
-
- /* Draw trapezoids on back-end server */
- if (pDstPriv->pict) {
- XRenderPictFormat *pFormat;
-
- pFormat = dmxFindFormat(dmxScreen, maskFormat);
- if (!pFormat) {
- /* FIXME: Error! */
- }
-
- XRenderCompositeTriFan(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
- op,
- pSrcPriv->pict,
- pDstPriv->pict,
- pFormat,
- xSrc, ySrc,
- (XPointFixed *)points,
- npoint);
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
- }
-
- DMX_WRAP(TriFan, dmxTriFan, dmxScreen, ps);
-}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpict.h b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpict.h
index d196f639a..f1d8c1f52 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpict.h
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpict.h
@@ -100,16 +100,6 @@ extern void dmxTriangles(CARD8 op,
PictFormatPtr maskFormat,
INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc,
int ntri, xTriangle *tris);
-extern void dmxTriStrip(CARD8 op,
- PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pDst,
- PictFormatPtr maskFormat,
- INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc,
- int npoint, xPointFixed *points);
-extern void dmxTriFan(CARD8 op,
- PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pDst,
- PictFormatPtr maskFormat,
- INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc,
- int npoint, xPointFixed *points);
extern int dmxBECreateGlyphSet(int idx, GlyphSetPtr glyphSet);
extern Bool dmxBEFreeGlyphSet(ScreenPtr pScreen, GlyphSetPtr glyphSet);
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/doc/Makefile.am b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/doc/Makefile.am
index 8e7360288..d3acf23b7 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/doc/Makefile.am
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/doc/Makefile.am
@@ -1,280 +1,277 @@
-# Copyright 2005 Red Hat, Inc.
-#
-# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
-# and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without
-# fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies
-# and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice
-# appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Red Hat
-# not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution
-# of the software without specific, written prior permission. Red
-# Hat makes no representations about the suitability of this software
-# for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied
-# warranty.
-#
-# RED HAT DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
-# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN
-# NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
-# CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS
-# OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-# NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
-# CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
-
-doc_sources = dmx.xml scaled.xml
-
-# Developer's documentation is not installed
-if ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS
-include $(top_srcdir)/doc/xml/xmlrules-noinst.in
-endif ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS
-
-DOXYGEN_HEAD=\
- html/annotated.html
-
-DOXYGEN_REST= \
- dmx.txt \
- scaled.txt \
- html/ChkNotMaskEv_8c.html \
- html/ChkNotMaskEv_8h.html \
- html/ChkNotMaskEv_8h_source.html \
- html/classes.html \
- html/dmx_8h.html \
- html/dmx_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxarg_8c.html \
- html/dmxarg_8h.html \
- html/dmxarg_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxbackend_8c.html \
- html/dmxbackend_8h.html \
- html/dmxbackend_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxcb_8c.html \
- html/dmxcb_8h.html \
- html/dmxcb_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxclient_8h.html \
- html/dmxclient_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxcmap_8c.html \
- html/dmxcmap_8h.html \
- html/dmxcmap_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxcommon_8c.html \
- html/dmxcommon_8h.html \
- html/dmxcommon_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxcompat_8c.html \
- html/dmxcompat_8h.html \
- html/dmxcompat_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxconfig_8c.html \
- html/dmxconfig_8h.html \
- html/dmxconfig_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxconsole_8c.html \
- html/dmxconsole_8h.html \
- html/dmxconsole_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxcursor_8c.html \
- html/dmxcursor_8h.html \
- html/dmxcursor_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxdetach_8c.html \
- html/dmxdpms_8c.html \
- html/dmxdpms_8h.html \
- html/dmxdpms_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxdummy_8c.html \
- html/dmxdummy_8h.html \
- html/dmxdummy_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxevents_8c.html \
- html/dmxevents_8h.html \
- html/dmxevents_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxextension_8c.html \
- html/dmxextension_8h.html \
- html/dmxextension_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxfont_8c.html \
- html/dmxfont_8h.html \
- html/dmxfont_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxgc_8c.html \
- html/dmxgc_8h.html \
- html/dmxgc_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxgcops_8c.html \
- html/dmxgcops_8h.html \
- html/dmxgcops_8h_source.html \
- html/dmx__glxvisuals_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxinit_8c.html \
- html/dmxinit_8h.html \
- html/dmxinit_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxinput_8c.html \
- html/dmxinput_8h.html \
- html/dmxinput_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxinputinit_8c.html \
- html/dmxinputinit_8h.html \
- html/dmxinputinit_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxlog_8c.html \
- html/dmxlog_8h.html \
- html/dmxlog_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxmap_8c.html \
- html/dmxmap_8h.html \
- html/dmxmap_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxmotion_8c.html \
- html/dmxmotion_8h.html \
- html/dmxmotion_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxparse_8c.html \
- html/dmxparse_8h.html \
- html/dmxparse_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxpict_8c.html \
- html/dmxpict_8h.html \
- html/dmxpict_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxpixmap_8c.html \
- html/dmxpixmap_8h.html \
- html/dmxpixmap_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxprint_8c.html \
- html/dmxprint_8h.html \
- html/dmxprint_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxprop_8c.html \
- html/dmxprop_8h.html \
- html/dmxprop_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxscrinit_8c.html \
- html/dmxscrinit_8h.html \
- html/dmxscrinit_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxshadow_8c.html \
- html/dmxshadow_8h.html \
- html/dmxshadow_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxsigio_8c.html \
- html/dmxsigio_8h.html \
- html/dmxsigio_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxstat_8c.html \
- html/dmxstat_8h.html \
- html/dmxstat_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxsync_8c.html \
- html/dmxsync_8h.html \
- html/dmxsync_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxvisual_8c.html \
- html/dmxvisual_8h.html \
- html/dmxvisual_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxwindow_8c.html \
- html/dmxwindow_8h.html \
- html/dmxwindow_8h_source.html \
- html/dmxxinput_8c.html \
- html/doxygen.css \
- html/doxygen.png \
- html/files.html \
- html/ftv2blank.png \
- html/ftv2doc.png \
- html/ftv2folderclosed.png \
- html/ftv2folderopen.png \
- html/ftv2lastnode.png \
- html/ftv2link.png \
- html/ftv2mlastnode.png \
- html/ftv2mnode.png \
- html/ftv2node.png \
- html/ftv2plastnode.png \
- html/ftv2pnode.png \
- html/ftv2vertline.png \
- html/functions.html \
- html/functions_vars.html \
- html/globals_defs.html \
- html/globals_enum.html \
- html/globals_eval.html \
- html/globals_func.html \
- html/globals.html \
- html/globals_type.html \
- html/globals_vars.html \
- html/index.html \
- html/lnx-keyboard_8c.html \
- html/lnx-keyboard_8h.html \
- html/lnx-keyboard_8h_source.html \
- html/lnx-ms_8c.html \
- html/lnx-ms_8h.html \
- html/lnx-ms_8h_source.html \
- html/lnx-ps2_8c.html \
- html/lnx-ps2_8h.html \
- html/lnx-ps2_8h_source.html \
- html/main.html \
- html/struct__dmxArg.html \
- html/struct__dmxColormapPriv.html \
- html/structDMXConfigCmdStruct.html \
- html/struct__DMXConfigComment.html \
- html/struct__DMXConfigDisplay.html \
- html/struct__DMXConfigEntry.html \
- html/struct__DMXConfigFullDim.html \
- html/structDMXConfigListStruct.html \
- html/struct__DMXConfigNumber.html \
- html/struct__DMXConfigOption.html \
- html/struct__DMXConfigPair.html \
- html/struct__DMXConfigParam.html \
- html/struct__DMXConfigPartDim.html \
- html/struct__DMXConfigString.html \
- html/struct__DMXConfigSub.html \
- html/struct__DMXConfigToken.html \
- html/struct__DMXConfigVirtual.html \
- html/struct__DMXConfigWall.html \
- html/struct__dmxCursorPriv.html \
- html/structDMXDesktopAttributesRec.html \
- html/struct__DMXEventMap.html \
- html/struct__dmxFontPriv.html \
- html/struct__dmxGCPriv.html \
- html/structdmxGlxVisualPrivate.html \
- html/struct__dmxGlyphPriv.html \
- html/structDMXInputAttributesRec.html \
- html/struct__DMXInputInfo.html \
- html/struct__DMXLocalInitInfo.html \
- html/struct__DMXLocalInputInfo.html \
- html/struct__dmxPictPriv.html \
- html/struct__dmxPixPriv.html \
- html/structDMXScreenAttributesRec.html \
- html/struct__DMXScreenInfo.html \
- html/struct__DMXStatAvg.html \
- html/struct__DMXStatInfo.html \
- html/structDMXWindowAttributesRec.html \
- html/struct__dmxWinPriv.html \
- html/struct__myPrivate.html \
- html/tree.html \
- html/usb-common_8c.html \
- html/usb-common_8h.html \
- html/usb-common_8h_source.html \
- html/usb-keyboard_8c.html \
- html/usb-keyboard_8h.html \
- html/usb-keyboard_8h_source.html \
- html/usb-mouse_8c.html \
- html/usb-mouse_8h.html \
- html/usb-mouse_8h_source.html \
- html/usb-other_8c.html \
- html/usb-other_8h.html \
- html/usb-other_8h_source.html \
- html/usb-private_8h.html \
- html/usb-private_8h_source.html
-
-DOXYGEN_FILES=$(DOXYGEN_HEAD) $(DOXYGEN_REST)
-
-EXTRA_DIST = \
- $(XML_FILES) \
- DMXSpec.txt \
- DMXSpec-v1.txt \
- doxygen.conf \
- doxygen.css \
- doxygen.foot \
- doxygen.head \
- $(DOXYGEN_FILES)
-
-if ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS
-if HAVE_DOXYGEN
-
-DOXYGEN_SRC=doxygen.head doxygen.foot doxygen.css doxygen.conf
-
-all-local: $(DOXYGEN_FILES)
-
-dist-local: $(DOXYGEN_FILES)
-
-$(DOXYGEN_HEAD): $(DOXYGEN_SRC)
- $(DOXYGEN) doxygen.conf
-
-$(DOXYGEN_REST): $(DOXYGEN_HEAD)
-
-maintainer-clean-local:
- rm -rf html/ scaled.txt dmx.txt
-
-distclean-local:
- rm -rf html/ scaled.txt dmx.txt
-
-endif HAVE_DOXYGEN
-endif ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS
-
-$(builddir)/doxygen.head:
- $(LN_S) $(srcdir)/doxygen.head $@
-
-$(builddir)/doxygen.foot:
- $(LN_S) $(srcdir)/doxygen.foot $@
-
-$(builddir)doxygen.css:
- $(LN_S) $(srcdir)/doxygen.css $@
-
+# Copyright 2005 Red Hat, Inc.
+#
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
+# and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without
+# fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies
+# and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice
+# appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Red Hat
+# not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution
+# of the software without specific, written prior permission. Red
+# Hat makes no representations about the suitability of this software
+# for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied
+# warranty.
+#
+# RED HAT DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN
+# NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+# CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS
+# OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
+# NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
+# CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+doc_sources = dmx.xml scaled.xml
+
+# Developer's documentation is not installed
+if ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS
+include $(top_srcdir)/doc/xml/xmlrules-noinst.in
+endif ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS
+
+DOXYGEN_HEAD=\
+ html/annotated.html
+
+DOXYGEN_REST= \
+ html/ChkNotMaskEv_8c.html \
+ html/ChkNotMaskEv_8h.html \
+ html/ChkNotMaskEv_8h_source.html \
+ html/classes.html \
+ html/dmx_8h.html \
+ html/dmx_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxarg_8c.html \
+ html/dmxarg_8h.html \
+ html/dmxarg_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxbackend_8c.html \
+ html/dmxbackend_8h.html \
+ html/dmxbackend_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxcb_8c.html \
+ html/dmxcb_8h.html \
+ html/dmxcb_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxclient_8h.html \
+ html/dmxclient_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxcmap_8c.html \
+ html/dmxcmap_8h.html \
+ html/dmxcmap_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxcommon_8c.html \
+ html/dmxcommon_8h.html \
+ html/dmxcommon_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxcompat_8c.html \
+ html/dmxcompat_8h.html \
+ html/dmxcompat_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxconfig_8c.html \
+ html/dmxconfig_8h.html \
+ html/dmxconfig_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxconsole_8c.html \
+ html/dmxconsole_8h.html \
+ html/dmxconsole_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxcursor_8c.html \
+ html/dmxcursor_8h.html \
+ html/dmxcursor_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxdetach_8c.html \
+ html/dmxdpms_8c.html \
+ html/dmxdpms_8h.html \
+ html/dmxdpms_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxdummy_8c.html \
+ html/dmxdummy_8h.html \
+ html/dmxdummy_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxevents_8c.html \
+ html/dmxevents_8h.html \
+ html/dmxevents_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxextension_8c.html \
+ html/dmxextension_8h.html \
+ html/dmxextension_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxfont_8c.html \
+ html/dmxfont_8h.html \
+ html/dmxfont_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxgc_8c.html \
+ html/dmxgc_8h.html \
+ html/dmxgc_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxgcops_8c.html \
+ html/dmxgcops_8h.html \
+ html/dmxgcops_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmx__glxvisuals_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxinit_8c.html \
+ html/dmxinit_8h.html \
+ html/dmxinit_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxinput_8c.html \
+ html/dmxinput_8h.html \
+ html/dmxinput_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxinputinit_8c.html \
+ html/dmxinputinit_8h.html \
+ html/dmxinputinit_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxlog_8c.html \
+ html/dmxlog_8h.html \
+ html/dmxlog_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxmap_8c.html \
+ html/dmxmap_8h.html \
+ html/dmxmap_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxmotion_8c.html \
+ html/dmxmotion_8h.html \
+ html/dmxmotion_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxparse_8c.html \
+ html/dmxparse_8h.html \
+ html/dmxparse_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxpict_8c.html \
+ html/dmxpict_8h.html \
+ html/dmxpict_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxpixmap_8c.html \
+ html/dmxpixmap_8h.html \
+ html/dmxpixmap_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxprint_8c.html \
+ html/dmxprint_8h.html \
+ html/dmxprint_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxprop_8c.html \
+ html/dmxprop_8h.html \
+ html/dmxprop_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxscrinit_8c.html \
+ html/dmxscrinit_8h.html \
+ html/dmxscrinit_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxshadow_8c.html \
+ html/dmxshadow_8h.html \
+ html/dmxshadow_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxsigio_8c.html \
+ html/dmxsigio_8h.html \
+ html/dmxsigio_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxstat_8c.html \
+ html/dmxstat_8h.html \
+ html/dmxstat_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxsync_8c.html \
+ html/dmxsync_8h.html \
+ html/dmxsync_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxvisual_8c.html \
+ html/dmxvisual_8h.html \
+ html/dmxvisual_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxwindow_8c.html \
+ html/dmxwindow_8h.html \
+ html/dmxwindow_8h_source.html \
+ html/dmxxinput_8c.html \
+ html/doxygen.css \
+ html/doxygen.png \
+ html/files.html \
+ html/ftv2blank.png \
+ html/ftv2doc.png \
+ html/ftv2folderclosed.png \
+ html/ftv2folderopen.png \
+ html/ftv2lastnode.png \
+ html/ftv2link.png \
+ html/ftv2mlastnode.png \
+ html/ftv2mnode.png \
+ html/ftv2node.png \
+ html/ftv2plastnode.png \
+ html/ftv2pnode.png \
+ html/ftv2vertline.png \
+ html/functions.html \
+ html/functions_vars.html \
+ html/globals_defs.html \
+ html/globals_enum.html \
+ html/globals_eval.html \
+ html/globals_func.html \
+ html/globals.html \
+ html/globals_type.html \
+ html/globals_vars.html \
+ html/index.html \
+ html/lnx-keyboard_8c.html \
+ html/lnx-keyboard_8h.html \
+ html/lnx-keyboard_8h_source.html \
+ html/lnx-ms_8c.html \
+ html/lnx-ms_8h.html \
+ html/lnx-ms_8h_source.html \
+ html/lnx-ps2_8c.html \
+ html/lnx-ps2_8h.html \
+ html/lnx-ps2_8h_source.html \
+ html/main.html \
+ html/struct__dmxArg.html \
+ html/struct__dmxColormapPriv.html \
+ html/structDMXConfigCmdStruct.html \
+ html/struct__DMXConfigComment.html \
+ html/struct__DMXConfigDisplay.html \
+ html/struct__DMXConfigEntry.html \
+ html/struct__DMXConfigFullDim.html \
+ html/structDMXConfigListStruct.html \
+ html/struct__DMXConfigNumber.html \
+ html/struct__DMXConfigOption.html \
+ html/struct__DMXConfigPair.html \
+ html/struct__DMXConfigParam.html \
+ html/struct__DMXConfigPartDim.html \
+ html/struct__DMXConfigString.html \
+ html/struct__DMXConfigSub.html \
+ html/struct__DMXConfigToken.html \
+ html/struct__DMXConfigVirtual.html \
+ html/struct__DMXConfigWall.html \
+ html/struct__dmxCursorPriv.html \
+ html/structDMXDesktopAttributesRec.html \
+ html/struct__DMXEventMap.html \
+ html/struct__dmxFontPriv.html \
+ html/struct__dmxGCPriv.html \
+ html/structdmxGlxVisualPrivate.html \
+ html/struct__dmxGlyphPriv.html \
+ html/structDMXInputAttributesRec.html \
+ html/struct__DMXInputInfo.html \
+ html/struct__DMXLocalInitInfo.html \
+ html/struct__DMXLocalInputInfo.html \
+ html/struct__dmxPictPriv.html \
+ html/struct__dmxPixPriv.html \
+ html/structDMXScreenAttributesRec.html \
+ html/struct__DMXScreenInfo.html \
+ html/struct__DMXStatAvg.html \
+ html/struct__DMXStatInfo.html \
+ html/structDMXWindowAttributesRec.html \
+ html/struct__dmxWinPriv.html \
+ html/struct__myPrivate.html \
+ html/tree.html \
+ html/usb-common_8c.html \
+ html/usb-common_8h.html \
+ html/usb-common_8h_source.html \
+ html/usb-keyboard_8c.html \
+ html/usb-keyboard_8h.html \
+ html/usb-keyboard_8h_source.html \
+ html/usb-mouse_8c.html \
+ html/usb-mouse_8h.html \
+ html/usb-mouse_8h_source.html \
+ html/usb-other_8c.html \
+ html/usb-other_8h.html \
+ html/usb-other_8h_source.html \
+ html/usb-private_8h.html \
+ html/usb-private_8h_source.html
+
+DOXYGEN_FILES=$(DOXYGEN_HEAD) $(DOXYGEN_REST)
+
+EXTRA_DIST = \
+ DMXSpec.txt \
+ DMXSpec-v1.txt \
+ doxygen.conf \
+ doxygen.css \
+ doxygen.foot \
+ doxygen.head \
+ $(DOXYGEN_FILES)
+
+if ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS
+if HAVE_DOXYGEN
+
+DOXYGEN_SRC=doxygen.head doxygen.foot doxygen.css doxygen.conf
+
+all-local: $(DOXYGEN_FILES)
+
+dist-local: $(DOXYGEN_FILES)
+
+$(DOXYGEN_HEAD): $(DOXYGEN_SRC)
+ $(DOXYGEN) doxygen.conf
+
+$(DOXYGEN_REST): $(DOXYGEN_HEAD)
+
+maintainer-clean-local:
+ rm -rf html/
+
+distclean-local:
+ rm -rf html/
+
+endif HAVE_DOXYGEN
+endif ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS
+
+$(builddir)/doxygen.head:
+ $(LN_S) $(srcdir)/doxygen.head $@
+
+$(builddir)/doxygen.foot:
+ $(LN_S) $(srcdir)/doxygen.foot $@
+
+$(builddir)doxygen.css:
+ $(LN_S) $(srcdir)/doxygen.css $@
+
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/Makefile.am b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/Makefile.am
index c23b1fd6c..94ef966e2 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/Makefile.am
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/Makefile.am
@@ -1,120 +1,118 @@
-
-if DRI
-DRI_SUBDIR = dri
-endif
-
-if DRI2
-DRI2_SUBDIR = dri2
-endif
-
-if XF86UTILS
-XF86UTILS_SUBDIR = utils
-endif
-
-if XAA
-XAA_SUBDIR = xaa
-endif
-
-if VGAHW
-VGAHW_SUBDIR = vgahw
-endif
-
-if VBE
-VBE_SUBDIR = vbe
-endif
-
-if INT10MODULE
-INT10_SUBDIR = int10
-endif
-
-DOC_SUBDIR = doc
-
-SUBDIRS = common ddc i2c x86emu $(INT10_SUBDIR) fbdevhw os-support parser \
- ramdac shadowfb $(VBE_SUBDIR) $(VGAHW_SUBDIR) $(XAA_SUBDIR) \
- loader dixmods exa modes \
- $(DRI_SUBDIR) $(DRI2_SUBDIR) $(XF86UTILS_SUBDIR) $(DOC_SUBDIR)
-
-DIST_SUBDIRS = common ddc i2c x86emu int10 fbdevhw os-support \
- parser ramdac shadowfb vbe vgahw xaa \
- loader dixmods dri dri2 exa modes \
- utils doc
-
-bin_PROGRAMS = Xorg
-Xorg_SOURCES = xorg.c
-
-AM_CFLAGS = $(DIX_CFLAGS) @XORG_CFLAGS@
-INCLUDES = @XORG_INCS@
-
-noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libxorg.la
-libxorg_la_SOURCES = libxorg.c
-libxorg_la_LIBADD = \
- $(XSERVER_LIBS) \
- loader/libloader.la \
- os-support/libxorgos.la \
- common/libcommon.la \
- parser/libxf86config_internal.la \
- dixmods/libdixmods.la \
- modes/libxf86modes.la \
- ramdac/libramdac.la \
- ddc/libddc.la \
- i2c/libi2c.la \
- dixmods/libxorgxkb.la \
- $(top_builddir)/mi/libmi.la \
- $(top_builddir)/os/libos.la \
- @XORG_LIBS@
-
-libxorg_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(libxorg_la_LIBADD)
-
-libxorg.c xorg.c:
- touch $@
-
-DISTCLEANFILES = libxorg.c xorg.c
-
-Xorg_DEPENDENCIES = libxorg.la
-Xorg_LDADD = $(MAIN_LIB) libxorg.la $(XORG_SYS_LIBS) $(XSERVER_SYS_LIBS)
-
-Xorg_LDFLAGS = $(LD_EXPORT_SYMBOLS_FLAG)
-
-BUILT_SOURCES = xorg.conf.example
-DISTCLEANFILES += xorg.conf.example
-EXTRA_DIST = xorgconf.cpp
-
-if SPECIAL_DTRACE_OBJECTS
-# Re-add dtrace object code that gets lost when building static libraries
-Xorg_LDADD += $(XSERVER_LIBS)
-endif
-
-if SOLARIS_ASM_INLINE
-# Needs to be built before any files are compiled when using Sun compilers
-# so in*/out* inline definitions are properly processed.
-
-BUILT_SOURCES += os-support/solaris/solaris-@SOLARIS_INOUT_ARCH@.il
-
-os-support/solaris/solaris-@SOLARIS_INOUT_ARCH@.il:
- cd os-support/solaris ; \
- $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) solaris-@SOLARIS_INOUT_ARCH@.il
-endif
-
-# do not use $(mkdir_p) if you want automake 1.7 to work
-install-data-local:
- mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(logdir)
-
-
-install-exec-local: install-binPROGRAMS
- (cd $(DESTDIR)$(bindir) && rm -f X && ln -s Xorg X)
-if INSTALL_SETUID
- chown root $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/Xorg
- chmod u+s $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/Xorg
-endif
-
-# Use variables from XORG_MANPAGE_SECTIONS and X Server configuration
-# Do not include manpages.am as values are not appropriate for rc files
-CONF_SUBSTS = -e 's|__filemansuffix__|$(FILE_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
- -e 's|MODULEPATH|$(DEFAULT_MODULE_PATH)|g' \
- -e 's|DEFAULTFONTPATH|$(COMPILEDDEFAULTFONTPATH)|g'
-
-xorg.conf.example: xorgconf.cpp
- $(AM_V_GEN)$(SED) $(CONF_SUBSTS) < $< > $@
-
-relink:
- $(AM_V_at)rm -f Xorg && $(MAKE) Xorg
+
+if DRI
+DRI_SUBDIR = dri
+endif
+
+if DRI2
+DRI2_SUBDIR = dri2
+endif
+
+if XF86UTILS
+XF86UTILS_SUBDIR = utils
+endif
+
+if XAA
+XAA_SUBDIR = xaa
+endif
+
+if VGAHW
+VGAHW_SUBDIR = vgahw
+endif
+
+if VBE
+VBE_SUBDIR = vbe
+endif
+
+if INT10MODULE
+INT10_SUBDIR = int10
+endif
+
+SUBDIRS = common ddc i2c x86emu $(INT10_SUBDIR) fbdevhw os-support parser \
+ ramdac shadowfb $(VBE_SUBDIR) $(VGAHW_SUBDIR) $(XAA_SUBDIR) \
+ loader dixmods exa modes \
+ $(DRI_SUBDIR) $(DRI2_SUBDIR) $(XF86UTILS_SUBDIR) doc man
+
+DIST_SUBDIRS = common ddc i2c x86emu int10 fbdevhw os-support \
+ parser ramdac shadowfb vbe vgahw xaa \
+ loader dixmods dri dri2 exa modes \
+ utils doc man
+
+bin_PROGRAMS = Xorg
+Xorg_SOURCES = xorg.c
+
+AM_CFLAGS = $(DIX_CFLAGS) @XORG_CFLAGS@
+INCLUDES = @XORG_INCS@
+
+noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libxorg.la
+libxorg_la_SOURCES = libxorg.c
+libxorg_la_LIBADD = \
+ $(XSERVER_LIBS) \
+ loader/libloader.la \
+ os-support/libxorgos.la \
+ common/libcommon.la \
+ parser/libxf86config_internal.la \
+ dixmods/libdixmods.la \
+ modes/libxf86modes.la \
+ ramdac/libramdac.la \
+ ddc/libddc.la \
+ i2c/libi2c.la \
+ dixmods/libxorgxkb.la \
+ $(top_builddir)/mi/libmi.la \
+ $(top_builddir)/os/libos.la \
+ @XORG_LIBS@
+
+libxorg_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(libxorg_la_LIBADD)
+
+libxorg.c xorg.c:
+ touch $@
+
+DISTCLEANFILES = libxorg.c xorg.c
+
+Xorg_DEPENDENCIES = libxorg.la
+Xorg_LDADD = $(MAIN_LIB) libxorg.la $(XORG_SYS_LIBS) $(XSERVER_SYS_LIBS)
+
+Xorg_LDFLAGS = $(LD_EXPORT_SYMBOLS_FLAG)
+
+BUILT_SOURCES = xorg.conf.example
+DISTCLEANFILES += xorg.conf.example
+EXTRA_DIST = xorgconf.cpp
+
+if SPECIAL_DTRACE_OBJECTS
+# Re-add dtrace object code that gets lost when building static libraries
+Xorg_LDADD += $(XSERVER_LIBS)
+endif
+
+if SOLARIS_ASM_INLINE
+# Needs to be built before any files are compiled when using Sun compilers
+# so in*/out* inline definitions are properly processed.
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += os-support/solaris/solaris-@SOLARIS_INOUT_ARCH@.il
+
+os-support/solaris/solaris-@SOLARIS_INOUT_ARCH@.il:
+ cd os-support/solaris ; \
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) solaris-@SOLARIS_INOUT_ARCH@.il
+endif
+
+# do not use $(mkdir_p) if you want automake 1.7 to work
+install-data-local:
+ mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(logdir)
+
+
+install-exec-local: install-binPROGRAMS
+ (cd $(DESTDIR)$(bindir) && rm -f X && ln -s Xorg X)
+if INSTALL_SETUID
+ chown root $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/Xorg
+ chmod u+s $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/Xorg
+endif
+
+# Use variables from XORG_MANPAGE_SECTIONS and X Server configuration
+# Do not include manpages.am as values are not appropriate for rc files
+CONF_SUBSTS = -e 's|__filemansuffix__|$(FILE_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
+ -e 's|MODULEPATH|$(DEFAULT_MODULE_PATH)|g' \
+ -e 's|DEFAULTFONTPATH|$(COMPILEDDEFAULTFONTPATH)|g'
+
+xorg.conf.example: xorgconf.cpp
+ $(AM_V_GEN)$(SED) $(CONF_SUBSTS) < $< > $@
+
+relink:
+ $(AM_V_at)rm -f Xorg && $(MAKE) Xorg
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Configure.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Configure.c
index 883c48cc0..bccdd403c 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Configure.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Configure.c
@@ -1,765 +1,762 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2000-2002 by Alan Hourihane, Flint Mountain, North Wales.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the name of Alan Hourihane not be used in
- * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
- * specific, written prior permission. Alan Hourihane makes no representations
- * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided
- * "as is" without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * ALAN HOURIHANE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
- * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
- * EVENT SHALL ALAN HOURIHANE BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
- * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
- * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Author: Alan Hourihane, alanh@fairlite.demon.co.uk
- *
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
-#include <xorg-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "xf86.h"
-#include "xf86Config.h"
-#include "xf86_OSlib.h"
-#include "xf86Priv.h"
-#define IN_XSERVER
-#include "Configint.h"
-#include "xf86DDC.h"
-#include "xf86pciBus.h"
-#if (defined(__sparc__) || defined(__sparc)) && !defined(__OpenBSD__)
-#include "xf86Bus.h"
-#include "xf86Sbus.h"
-#endif
-
-typedef struct _DevToConfig {
- GDevRec GDev;
- struct pci_device * pVideo;
-#if (defined(__sparc__) || defined(__sparc)) && !defined(__OpenBSD__)
- sbusDevicePtr sVideo;
-#endif
- int iDriver;
-} DevToConfigRec, *DevToConfigPtr;
-
-static DevToConfigPtr DevToConfig = NULL;
-static int nDevToConfig = 0, CurrentDriver;
-
-xf86MonPtr ConfiguredMonitor;
-Bool xf86DoConfigurePass1 = TRUE;
-static Bool foundMouse = FALSE;
-
-#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD_kernel__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
-static char *DFLT_MOUSE_DEV = "/dev/sysmouse";
-static char *DFLT_MOUSE_PROTO = "auto";
-#elif defined(linux)
-static char DFLT_MOUSE_DEV[] = "/dev/input/mice";
-static char DFLT_MOUSE_PROTO[] = "auto";
-#else
-static char *DFLT_MOUSE_DEV = "/dev/mouse";
-static char *DFLT_MOUSE_PROTO = "auto";
-#endif
-
-/*
- * This is called by the driver, either through xf86Match???Instances() or
- * directly. We allocate a GDevRec and fill it in as much as we can, letting
- * the caller fill in the rest and/or change it as it sees fit.
- */
-GDevPtr
-xf86AddBusDeviceToConfigure(const char *driver, BusType bus, void *busData, int chipset)
-{
- int ret, i, j;
-
- if (!xf86DoConfigure || !xf86DoConfigurePass1)
- return NULL;
-
- /* Check for duplicates */
- for (i = 0; i < nDevToConfig; i++) {
- switch (bus) {
- case BUS_PCI:
- ret = xf86PciConfigure(busData, DevToConfig[i].pVideo);
- break;
-#if (defined(__sparc__) || defined(__sparc)) && !defined(__OpenBSD__)
- case BUS_SBUS:
- ret = xf86SbusConfigure(busData, DevToConfig[i].sVideo);
- break;
-#endif
- default:
- return NULL;
- }
- if (ret == 0)
- goto out;
- }
-
- /* Allocate new structure occurrence */
- i = nDevToConfig++;
- DevToConfig =
- xnfrealloc(DevToConfig, nDevToConfig * sizeof(DevToConfigRec));
- memset(DevToConfig + i, 0, sizeof(DevToConfigRec));
-
- DevToConfig[i].GDev.chipID =
- DevToConfig[i].GDev.chipRev = DevToConfig[i].GDev.irq = -1;
-
- DevToConfig[i].iDriver = CurrentDriver;
-
- /* Fill in what we know, converting the driver name to lower case */
- DevToConfig[i].GDev.driver = xnfalloc(strlen(driver) + 1);
- for (j = 0; (DevToConfig[i].GDev.driver[j] = tolower(driver[j])); j++);
-
- switch (bus) {
- case BUS_PCI:
- xf86PciConfigureNewDev(busData, DevToConfig[i].pVideo,
- &DevToConfig[i].GDev, &chipset);
- break;
-#if (defined(__sparc__) || defined(__sparc)) && !defined(__OpenBSD__)
- case BUS_SBUS:
- xf86SbusConfigureNewDev(busData, DevToConfig[i].sVideo,
- &DevToConfig[i].GDev);
- break;
-#endif
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- /* Get driver's available options */
- if (xf86DriverList[CurrentDriver]->AvailableOptions)
- DevToConfig[i].GDev.options = (OptionInfoPtr)
- (*xf86DriverList[CurrentDriver]->AvailableOptions)(chipset,
- bus);
-
- return &DevToConfig[i].GDev;
-
-out:
- return NULL;
-}
-
-static XF86ConfInputPtr
-configureInputSection (void)
-{
- XF86ConfInputPtr mouse = NULL;
- parsePrologue (XF86ConfInputPtr, XF86ConfInputRec)
-
- ptr->inp_identifier = "Keyboard0";
- ptr->inp_driver = "kbd";
- ptr->list.next = NULL;
-
- /* Crude mechanism to auto-detect mouse (os dependent) */
- {
- int fd;
-#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT
- fd = open("/dev/wsmouse", 0);
- if (fd >= 0) {
- DFLT_MOUSE_DEV = "/dev/wsmouse";
- DFLT_MOUSE_PROTO = "wsmouse";
- close(fd);
- } else {
- ErrorF("cannot open /dev/wsmouse\n");
- }
-#endif
-
- fd = open(DFLT_MOUSE_DEV, 0);
- if (fd != -1) {
- foundMouse = TRUE;
- close(fd);
- }
- }
-
- mouse = calloc(1, sizeof(XF86ConfInputRec));
- mouse->inp_identifier = "Mouse0";
- mouse->inp_driver = "mouse";
- mouse->inp_option_lst =
- xf86addNewOption(mouse->inp_option_lst, strdup("Protocol"),
- strdup(DFLT_MOUSE_PROTO));
- mouse->inp_option_lst =
- xf86addNewOption(mouse->inp_option_lst, strdup("Device"),
- strdup(DFLT_MOUSE_DEV));
- mouse->inp_option_lst =
- xf86addNewOption(mouse->inp_option_lst, strdup("ZAxisMapping"),
- strdup("4 5 6 7"));
- ptr = (XF86ConfInputPtr)xf86addListItem((glp)ptr, (glp)mouse);
- return ptr;
-}
-
-static XF86ConfScreenPtr
-configureScreenSection (int screennum)
-{
- int i;
- int depths[] = { 1, 4, 8, 15, 16, 24/*, 32*/ };
- parsePrologue (XF86ConfScreenPtr, XF86ConfScreenRec)
-
- XNFasprintf(&ptr->scrn_identifier, "Screen%d", screennum);
- XNFasprintf(&ptr->scrn_monitor_str, "Monitor%d", screennum);
- XNFasprintf(&ptr->scrn_device_str, "Card%d", screennum);
-
- for (i=0; i<sizeof(depths)/sizeof(depths[0]); i++)
- {
- XF86ConfDisplayPtr display;
-
- display = calloc(1, sizeof(XF86ConfDisplayRec));
- display->disp_depth = depths[i];
- display->disp_black.red = display->disp_white.red = -1;
- display->disp_black.green = display->disp_white.green = -1;
- display->disp_black.blue = display->disp_white.blue = -1;
- ptr->scrn_display_lst = (XF86ConfDisplayPtr)xf86addListItem(
- (glp)ptr->scrn_display_lst, (glp)display);
- }
-
- return ptr;
-}
-
-static const char*
-optionTypeToString(OptionValueType type)
-{
- switch (type) {
- case OPTV_NONE:
- return "";
- case OPTV_INTEGER:
- return "<i>";
- case OPTV_STRING:
- return "<str>";
- case OPTV_ANYSTR:
- return "[<str>]";
- case OPTV_REAL:
- return "<f>";
- case OPTV_BOOLEAN:
- return "[<bool>]";
- case OPTV_FREQ:
- return "<freq>";
- case OPTV_PERCENT:
- return "<percent>";
- default:
- return "";
- }
-}
-
-static XF86ConfDevicePtr
-configureDeviceSection (int screennum)
-{
- OptionInfoPtr p;
- int i = 0;
- parsePrologue (XF86ConfDevicePtr, XF86ConfDeviceRec)
-
- /* Move device info to parser structure */
- if (asprintf(&ptr->dev_identifier, "Card%d", screennum) == -1)
- ptr->dev_identifier = NULL;
- ptr->dev_chipset = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.chipset;
- ptr->dev_busid = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.busID;
- ptr->dev_driver = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.driver;
- ptr->dev_ramdac = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.ramdac;
- for (i = 0; (i < MAXDACSPEEDS) && (i < CONF_MAXDACSPEEDS); i++)
- ptr->dev_dacSpeeds[i] = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.dacSpeeds[i];
- ptr->dev_videoram = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.videoRam;
- ptr->dev_textclockfreq = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.textClockFreq;
- ptr->dev_bios_base = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.BiosBase;
- ptr->dev_mem_base = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.MemBase;
- ptr->dev_io_base = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.IOBase;
- ptr->dev_clockchip = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.clockchip;
- for (i = 0; (i < MAXCLOCKS) && (i < DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.numclocks); i++)
- ptr->dev_clock[i] = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.clock[i];
- ptr->dev_clocks = i;
- ptr->dev_chipid = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.chipID;
- ptr->dev_chiprev = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.chipRev;
- ptr->dev_irq = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.irq;
-
- /* Make sure older drivers don't segv */
- if (DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.options) {
- /* Fill in the available driver options for people to use */
- const char *descrip =
- " ### Available Driver options are:-\n"
- " ### Values: <i>: integer, <f>: float, "
- "<bool>: \"True\"/\"False\",\n"
- " ### <string>: \"String\", <freq>: \"<f> Hz/kHz/MHz\",\n"
- " ### <percent>: \"<f>%\"\n"
- " ### [arg]: arg optional\n";
- ptr->dev_comment = strdup(descrip);
- if (ptr->dev_comment) {
- for (p = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.options;
- p->name != NULL; p++) {
- char *p_e;
- const char *prefix = " #Option ";
- const char *middle = " \t# ";
- const char *suffix = "\n";
- const char *opttype = optionTypeToString(p->type);
- char *optname;
- int len = strlen(ptr->dev_comment) + strlen(prefix) +
- strlen(middle) + strlen(suffix) + 1;
-
- if (asprintf(&optname, "\"%s\"", p->name) == -1)
- break;
-
- len += max(20, strlen(optname));
- len += strlen(opttype);
-
- ptr->dev_comment = realloc(ptr->dev_comment, len);
- if (!ptr->dev_comment)
- break;
- p_e = ptr->dev_comment + strlen(ptr->dev_comment);
- sprintf(p_e, "%s%-20s%s%s%s", prefix, optname, middle,
- opttype, suffix);
- free(optname);
- }
- }
- }
-
- return ptr;
-}
-
-static XF86ConfLayoutPtr
-configureLayoutSection (void)
-{
- int scrnum = 0;
- parsePrologue (XF86ConfLayoutPtr, XF86ConfLayoutRec)
-
- ptr->lay_identifier = "X.org Configured";
-
- {
- XF86ConfInputrefPtr iptr;
-
- iptr = malloc (sizeof (XF86ConfInputrefRec));
- iptr->list.next = NULL;
- iptr->iref_option_lst = NULL;
- iptr->iref_inputdev_str = "Mouse0";
- iptr->iref_option_lst =
- xf86addNewOption (iptr->iref_option_lst, strdup("CorePointer"), NULL);
- ptr->lay_input_lst = (XF86ConfInputrefPtr)
- xf86addListItem ((glp) ptr->lay_input_lst, (glp) iptr);
- }
-
- {
- XF86ConfInputrefPtr iptr;
-
- iptr = malloc (sizeof (XF86ConfInputrefRec));
- iptr->list.next = NULL;
- iptr->iref_option_lst = NULL;
- iptr->iref_inputdev_str = "Keyboard0";
- iptr->iref_option_lst =
- xf86addNewOption (iptr->iref_option_lst, strdup("CoreKeyboard"), NULL);
- ptr->lay_input_lst = (XF86ConfInputrefPtr)
- xf86addListItem ((glp) ptr->lay_input_lst, (glp) iptr);
- }
-
- for (scrnum = 0; scrnum < nDevToConfig; scrnum++) {
- XF86ConfAdjacencyPtr aptr;
-
- aptr = malloc (sizeof (XF86ConfAdjacencyRec));
- aptr->list.next = NULL;
- aptr->adj_x = 0;
- aptr->adj_y = 0;
- aptr->adj_scrnum = scrnum;
- XNFasprintf(&aptr->adj_screen_str, "Screen%d", scrnum);
- if (scrnum == 0) {
- aptr->adj_where = CONF_ADJ_ABSOLUTE;
- aptr->adj_refscreen = NULL;
- }
- else {
- aptr->adj_where = CONF_ADJ_RIGHTOF;
- XNFasprintf(&aptr->adj_refscreen, "Screen%d", scrnum - 1);
- }
- ptr->lay_adjacency_lst =
- (XF86ConfAdjacencyPtr)xf86addListItem((glp)ptr->lay_adjacency_lst,
- (glp)aptr);
- }
-
- return ptr;
-}
-
-static XF86ConfFlagsPtr
-configureFlagsSection (void)
-{
- parsePrologue (XF86ConfFlagsPtr, XF86ConfFlagsRec)
-
- return ptr;
-}
-
-static XF86ConfModulePtr
-configureModuleSection (void)
-{
- char **elist, **el;
- /* Find the list of extension & font modules. */
- const char *esubdirs[] = {
- "extensions",
- "fonts",
- NULL
- };
- parsePrologue (XF86ConfModulePtr, XF86ConfModuleRec)
-
- elist = LoaderListDirs(esubdirs, NULL);
- if (elist) {
- for (el = elist; *el; el++) {
- XF86LoadPtr module;
-
- module = calloc(1, sizeof(XF86LoadRec));
- module->load_name = *el;
- ptr->mod_load_lst = (XF86LoadPtr)xf86addListItem(
- (glp)ptr->mod_load_lst, (glp)module);
- }
- free(elist);
- }
-
- return ptr;
-}
-
-static XF86ConfFilesPtr
-configureFilesSection (void)
-{
- parsePrologue (XF86ConfFilesPtr, XF86ConfFilesRec)
-
- if (xf86ModulePath)
- ptr->file_modulepath = strdup(xf86ModulePath);
- if (defaultFontPath)
- ptr->file_fontpath = strdup(defaultFontPath);
-
- return ptr;
-}
-
-static XF86ConfMonitorPtr
-configureMonitorSection (int screennum)
-{
- parsePrologue (XF86ConfMonitorPtr, XF86ConfMonitorRec)
-
- XNFasprintf(&ptr->mon_identifier, "Monitor%d", screennum);
- ptr->mon_vendor = strdup("Monitor Vendor");
- ptr->mon_modelname = strdup("Monitor Model");
-
- return ptr;
-}
-
-/* Initialize Configure Monitor from Detailed Timing Block */
-static void handle_detailed_input(struct detailed_monitor_section *det_mon,
- void *data)
-{
- XF86ConfMonitorPtr ptr = (XF86ConfMonitorPtr) data;
-
- switch (det_mon->type) {
- case DS_NAME:
- ptr->mon_modelname = realloc(ptr->mon_modelname,
- strlen((char*)(det_mon->section.name)) +
- 1);
- strcpy(ptr->mon_modelname,
- (char*)(det_mon->section.name));
- break;
- case DS_RANGES:
- ptr->mon_hsync[ptr->mon_n_hsync].lo =
- det_mon->section.ranges.min_h;
- ptr->mon_hsync[ptr->mon_n_hsync].hi =
- det_mon->section.ranges.max_h;
- ptr->mon_n_vrefresh = 1;
- ptr->mon_vrefresh[ptr->mon_n_hsync].lo =
- det_mon->section.ranges.min_v;
- ptr->mon_vrefresh[ptr->mon_n_hsync].hi =
- det_mon->section.ranges.max_v;
- ptr->mon_n_hsync++;
- default:
- break;
- }
-}
-
-static XF86ConfMonitorPtr
-configureDDCMonitorSection (int screennum)
-{
- int len, mon_width, mon_height;
-#define displaySizeMaxLen 80
- char displaySize_string[displaySizeMaxLen];
- int displaySizeLen;
-
- parsePrologue (XF86ConfMonitorPtr, XF86ConfMonitorRec)
-
- XNFasprintf(&ptr->mon_identifier, "Monitor%d", screennum);
- ptr->mon_vendor = strdup(ConfiguredMonitor->vendor.name);
- XNFasprintf(&ptr->mon_modelname, "%x", ConfiguredMonitor->vendor.prod_id);
-
- /* features in centimetres, we want millimetres */
- mon_width = 10 * ConfiguredMonitor->features.hsize ;
- mon_height = 10 * ConfiguredMonitor->features.vsize ;
-
-#ifdef CONFIGURE_DISPLAYSIZE
- ptr->mon_width = mon_width;
- ptr->mon_height = mon_height;
-#else
- if (mon_width && mon_height) {
- /* when values available add DisplaySize option AS A COMMENT */
-
- displaySizeLen = snprintf(displaySize_string, displaySizeMaxLen,
- "\t#DisplaySize\t%5d %5d\t# mm\n",
- mon_width, mon_height);
-
- if (displaySizeLen>0 && displaySizeLen<displaySizeMaxLen) {
- if (ptr->mon_comment) {
- len = strlen(ptr->mon_comment);
- } else {
- len = 0;
- }
- if ((ptr->mon_comment =
- realloc(ptr->mon_comment, len + strlen(displaySize_string) + 1))) {
- strcpy(ptr->mon_comment + len, displaySize_string);
- }
- }
- }
-#endif /* def CONFIGURE_DISPLAYSIZE */
-
- xf86ForEachDetailedBlock(ConfiguredMonitor, handle_detailed_input,
- ptr);
-
- if (ConfiguredMonitor->features.dpms) {
- ptr->mon_option_lst = xf86addNewOption(ptr->mon_option_lst, strdup("DPMS"), NULL);
- }
-
- return ptr;
-}
-
-#if !defined(PATH_MAX)
-# define PATH_MAX 1024
-#endif
-
-void
-DoConfigure(void)
-{
- int i,j, screennum = -1;
- char *home = NULL;
- char filename[PATH_MAX];
- char *addslash = "";
- XF86ConfigPtr xf86config = NULL;
- char **vlist, **vl;
- int *dev2screen;
-
- vlist = xf86DriverlistFromCompile();
-
- if (!vlist) {
- ErrorF("Missing output drivers. Configuration failed.\n");
- goto bail;
- }
-
- ErrorF("List of video drivers:\n");
- for (vl = vlist; *vl; vl++)
- ErrorF("\t%s\n", *vl);
-
- /* Load all the drivers that were found. */
- xf86LoadModules(vlist, NULL);
-
- free(vlist);
-
- for (i = 0; i < xf86NumDrivers; i++) {
- xorgHWFlags flags;
- if (!xf86DriverList[i]->driverFunc
- || !xf86DriverList[i]->driverFunc(NULL,
- GET_REQUIRED_HW_INTERFACES,
- &flags)
- || NEED_IO_ENABLED(flags)) {
- xorgHWAccess = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
- /* Enable full I/O access */
- if (xorgHWAccess) {
- if(!xf86EnableIO())
- /* oops, we have failed */
- xorgHWAccess = FALSE;
- }
-
- /* Create XF86Config file structure */
- xf86config = calloc(1, sizeof(XF86ConfigRec));
-
- /* Call all of the probe functions, reporting the results. */
- for (CurrentDriver = 0; CurrentDriver < xf86NumDrivers; CurrentDriver++) {
- xorgHWFlags flags;
- Bool found_screen;
- DriverRec * const drv = xf86DriverList[CurrentDriver];
-
- if (!xorgHWAccess) {
- if (!drv->driverFunc
- || !drv->driverFunc( NULL, GET_REQUIRED_HW_INTERFACES, &flags )
- || NEED_IO_ENABLED(flags))
- continue;
- }
-
- found_screen = xf86CallDriverProbe( drv, TRUE );
- if ( found_screen && drv->Identify ) {
- (*drv->Identify)(0);
- }
- }
-
- if (nDevToConfig <= 0) {
- ErrorF("No devices to configure. Configuration failed.\n");
- goto bail;
- }
-
- /* Add device, monitor and screen sections for detected devices */
- for (screennum = 0; screennum < nDevToConfig; screennum++) {
- XF86ConfDevicePtr DevicePtr;
- XF86ConfMonitorPtr MonitorPtr;
- XF86ConfScreenPtr ScreenPtr;
-
- DevicePtr = configureDeviceSection(screennum);
- xf86config->conf_device_lst = (XF86ConfDevicePtr)xf86addListItem(
- (glp)xf86config->conf_device_lst, (glp)DevicePtr);
- MonitorPtr = configureMonitorSection(screennum);
- xf86config->conf_monitor_lst = (XF86ConfMonitorPtr)xf86addListItem(
- (glp)xf86config->conf_monitor_lst, (glp)MonitorPtr);
- ScreenPtr = configureScreenSection(screennum);
- xf86config->conf_screen_lst = (XF86ConfScreenPtr)xf86addListItem(
- (glp)xf86config->conf_screen_lst, (glp)ScreenPtr);
- }
-
- xf86config->conf_files = configureFilesSection();
- xf86config->conf_modules = configureModuleSection();
- xf86config->conf_flags = configureFlagsSection();
- xf86config->conf_videoadaptor_lst = NULL;
- xf86config->conf_modes_lst = NULL;
- xf86config->conf_vendor_lst = NULL;
- xf86config->conf_dri = NULL;
- xf86config->conf_input_lst = configureInputSection();
- xf86config->conf_layout_lst = configureLayoutSection();
-
- home = getenv("HOME");
- if ((home == NULL) || (home[0] == '\0')) {
- home = "/";
- } else {
- /* Determine if trailing slash is present or needed */
- int l = strlen(home);
-
- if (home[l-1] != '/') {
- addslash = "/";
- }
- }
-
- snprintf(filename, sizeof(filename), "%s%s" XF86CONFIGFILE ".new",
- home, addslash);
-
- if (xf86writeConfigFile(filename, xf86config) == 0) {
- xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Unable to write config file: \"%s\": %s\n",
- filename, strerror(errno));
- goto bail;
- }
-
- xf86DoConfigurePass1 = FALSE;
- /* Try to get DDC information filled in */
- xf86ConfigFile = filename;
- if (xf86HandleConfigFile(FALSE) != CONFIG_OK) {
- goto bail;
- }
-
- xf86DoConfigurePass1 = FALSE;
-
- dev2screen = xnfcalloc(1,xf86NumDrivers*sizeof(int));
-
- {
- Bool *driverProbed = xnfcalloc(1,xf86NumDrivers*sizeof(Bool));
- for (screennum = 0; screennum < nDevToConfig; screennum++) {
- int k,l,n,oldNumScreens;
-
- i = DevToConfig[screennum].iDriver;
-
- if (driverProbed[i]) continue;
- driverProbed[i] = TRUE;
-
- oldNumScreens = xf86NumScreens;
-
- xf86CallDriverProbe( xf86DriverList[i], FALSE );
-
- /* reorder */
- k = screennum > 0 ? screennum : 1;
- for (l = oldNumScreens; l < xf86NumScreens; l++) {
- /* is screen primary? */
- Bool primary = FALSE;
- for (n = 0; n<xf86Screens[l]->numEntities; n++) {
- if (xf86IsEntityPrimary(xf86Screens[l]->entityList[n])) {
- dev2screen[0] = l;
- primary = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
- if (primary) continue;
- /* not primary: assign it to next device of same driver */
- /*
- * NOTE: we assume that devices in DevToConfig
- * and xf86Screens[] have the same order except
- * for the primary device which always comes first.
- */
- for (; k < nDevToConfig; k++) {
- if (DevToConfig[k].iDriver == i) {
- dev2screen[k++] = l;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- free(driverProbed);
- }
-
-
- if (nDevToConfig != xf86NumScreens) {
- ErrorF("Number of created screens does not match number of detected"
- " devices.\n Configuration failed.\n");
- goto bail;
- }
-
- xf86PostProbe();
-
- for (j = 0; j < xf86NumScreens; j++) {
- xf86Screens[j]->scrnIndex = j;
- }
-
- xf86freeMonitorList(xf86config->conf_monitor_lst);
- xf86config->conf_monitor_lst = NULL;
- xf86freeScreenList(xf86config->conf_screen_lst);
- xf86config->conf_screen_lst = NULL;
- for (j = 0; j < xf86NumScreens; j++) {
- XF86ConfMonitorPtr MonitorPtr;
- XF86ConfScreenPtr ScreenPtr;
-
- ConfiguredMonitor = NULL;
-
- if ((*xf86Screens[dev2screen[j]]->PreInit)(xf86Screens[dev2screen[j]],
- PROBE_DETECT) &&
- ConfiguredMonitor) {
- MonitorPtr = configureDDCMonitorSection(j);
- } else {
- MonitorPtr = configureMonitorSection(j);
- }
- ScreenPtr = configureScreenSection(j);
- xf86config->conf_monitor_lst = (XF86ConfMonitorPtr)xf86addListItem(
- (glp)xf86config->conf_monitor_lst, (glp)MonitorPtr);
- xf86config->conf_screen_lst = (XF86ConfScreenPtr)xf86addListItem(
- (glp)xf86config->conf_screen_lst, (glp)ScreenPtr);
- }
-
- if (xf86writeConfigFile(filename, xf86config) == 0) {
- xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Unable to write config file: \"%s\": %s\n",
- filename, strerror(errno));
- goto bail;
- }
-
- ErrorF("\n");
-
- if (!foundMouse) {
- ErrorF("\n"__XSERVERNAME__" is not able to detect your mouse.\n"
- "Edit the file and correct the Device.\n");
- } else {
- ErrorF("\n"__XSERVERNAME__" detected your mouse at device %s.\n"
- "Please check your config if the mouse is still not\n"
- "operational, as by default "__XSERVERNAME__
- " tries to autodetect\n"
- "the protocol.\n",DFLT_MOUSE_DEV);
- }
-
- if (xf86NumScreens > 1) {
- ErrorF("\n"__XSERVERNAME__
- " has configured a multihead system, please check your config.\n");
- }
-
- ErrorF("\nYour %s file is %s\n\n", XF86CONFIGFILE ,filename);
- ErrorF("To test the server, run 'X -config %s'\n\n", filename);
-
-bail:
- OsCleanup(TRUE);
- AbortDDX();
- fflush(stderr);
- exit(0);
-}
+/*
+ * Copyright 2000-2002 by Alan Hourihane, Flint Mountain, North Wales.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+ * documentation, and that the name of Alan Hourihane not be used in
+ * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
+ * specific, written prior permission. Alan Hourihane makes no representations
+ * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided
+ * "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * ALAN HOURIHANE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+ * EVENT SHALL ALAN HOURIHANE BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
+ * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Author: Alan Hourihane, alanh@fairlite.demon.co.uk
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
+#include <xorg-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "xf86.h"
+#include "xf86Config.h"
+#include "xf86_OSlib.h"
+#include "xf86Priv.h"
+#define IN_XSERVER
+#include "Configint.h"
+#include "xf86DDC.h"
+#include "xf86pciBus.h"
+#if (defined(__sparc__) || defined(__sparc)) && !defined(__OpenBSD__)
+#include "xf86Bus.h"
+#include "xf86Sbus.h"
+#endif
+#include "misc.h"
+
+typedef struct _DevToConfig {
+ GDevRec GDev;
+ struct pci_device * pVideo;
+#if (defined(__sparc__) || defined(__sparc)) && !defined(__OpenBSD__)
+ sbusDevicePtr sVideo;
+#endif
+ int iDriver;
+} DevToConfigRec, *DevToConfigPtr;
+
+static DevToConfigPtr DevToConfig = NULL;
+static int nDevToConfig = 0, CurrentDriver;
+
+xf86MonPtr ConfiguredMonitor;
+Bool xf86DoConfigurePass1 = TRUE;
+static Bool foundMouse = FALSE;
+
+#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD_kernel__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
+static char *DFLT_MOUSE_DEV = "/dev/sysmouse";
+static char *DFLT_MOUSE_PROTO = "auto";
+#elif defined(linux)
+static char DFLT_MOUSE_DEV[] = "/dev/input/mice";
+static char DFLT_MOUSE_PROTO[] = "auto";
+#else
+static char *DFLT_MOUSE_DEV = "/dev/mouse";
+static char *DFLT_MOUSE_PROTO = "auto";
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * This is called by the driver, either through xf86Match???Instances() or
+ * directly. We allocate a GDevRec and fill it in as much as we can, letting
+ * the caller fill in the rest and/or change it as it sees fit.
+ */
+GDevPtr
+xf86AddBusDeviceToConfigure(const char *driver, BusType bus, void *busData, int chipset)
+{
+ int ret, i, j;
+
+ if (!xf86DoConfigure || !xf86DoConfigurePass1)
+ return NULL;
+
+ /* Check for duplicates */
+ for (i = 0; i < nDevToConfig; i++) {
+ switch (bus) {
+ case BUS_PCI:
+ ret = xf86PciConfigure(busData, DevToConfig[i].pVideo);
+ break;
+#if (defined(__sparc__) || defined(__sparc)) && !defined(__OpenBSD__)
+ case BUS_SBUS:
+ ret = xf86SbusConfigure(busData, DevToConfig[i].sVideo);
+ break;
+#endif
+ default:
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ if (ret == 0)
+ goto out;
+ }
+
+ /* Allocate new structure occurrence */
+ i = nDevToConfig++;
+ DevToConfig =
+ xnfrealloc(DevToConfig, nDevToConfig * sizeof(DevToConfigRec));
+ memset(DevToConfig + i, 0, sizeof(DevToConfigRec));
+
+ DevToConfig[i].GDev.chipID =
+ DevToConfig[i].GDev.chipRev = DevToConfig[i].GDev.irq = -1;
+
+ DevToConfig[i].iDriver = CurrentDriver;
+
+ /* Fill in what we know, converting the driver name to lower case */
+ DevToConfig[i].GDev.driver = xnfalloc(strlen(driver) + 1);
+ for (j = 0; (DevToConfig[i].GDev.driver[j] = tolower(driver[j])); j++);
+
+ switch (bus) {
+ case BUS_PCI:
+ xf86PciConfigureNewDev(busData, DevToConfig[i].pVideo,
+ &DevToConfig[i].GDev, &chipset);
+ break;
+#if (defined(__sparc__) || defined(__sparc)) && !defined(__OpenBSD__)
+ case BUS_SBUS:
+ xf86SbusConfigureNewDev(busData, DevToConfig[i].sVideo,
+ &DevToConfig[i].GDev);
+ break;
+#endif
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Get driver's available options */
+ if (xf86DriverList[CurrentDriver]->AvailableOptions)
+ DevToConfig[i].GDev.options = (OptionInfoPtr)
+ (*xf86DriverList[CurrentDriver]->AvailableOptions)(chipset,
+ bus);
+
+ return &DevToConfig[i].GDev;
+
+out:
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static XF86ConfInputPtr
+configureInputSection (void)
+{
+ XF86ConfInputPtr mouse = NULL;
+ parsePrologue (XF86ConfInputPtr, XF86ConfInputRec)
+
+ ptr->inp_identifier = "Keyboard0";
+ ptr->inp_driver = "kbd";
+ ptr->list.next = NULL;
+
+ /* Crude mechanism to auto-detect mouse (os dependent) */
+ {
+ int fd;
+#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT
+ fd = open("/dev/wsmouse", 0);
+ if (fd >= 0) {
+ DFLT_MOUSE_DEV = "/dev/wsmouse";
+ DFLT_MOUSE_PROTO = "wsmouse";
+ close(fd);
+ } else {
+ ErrorF("cannot open /dev/wsmouse\n");
+ }
+#endif
+
+ fd = open(DFLT_MOUSE_DEV, 0);
+ if (fd != -1) {
+ foundMouse = TRUE;
+ close(fd);
+ }
+ }
+
+ mouse = calloc(1, sizeof(XF86ConfInputRec));
+ mouse->inp_identifier = "Mouse0";
+ mouse->inp_driver = "mouse";
+ mouse->inp_option_lst =
+ xf86addNewOption(mouse->inp_option_lst, strdup("Protocol"),
+ strdup(DFLT_MOUSE_PROTO));
+ mouse->inp_option_lst =
+ xf86addNewOption(mouse->inp_option_lst, strdup("Device"),
+ strdup(DFLT_MOUSE_DEV));
+ mouse->inp_option_lst =
+ xf86addNewOption(mouse->inp_option_lst, strdup("ZAxisMapping"),
+ strdup("4 5 6 7"));
+ ptr = (XF86ConfInputPtr)xf86addListItem((glp)ptr, (glp)mouse);
+ return ptr;
+}
+
+static XF86ConfScreenPtr
+configureScreenSection (int screennum)
+{
+ int i;
+ int depths[] = { 1, 4, 8, 15, 16, 24/*, 32*/ };
+ parsePrologue (XF86ConfScreenPtr, XF86ConfScreenRec)
+
+ XNFasprintf(&ptr->scrn_identifier, "Screen%d", screennum);
+ XNFasprintf(&ptr->scrn_monitor_str, "Monitor%d", screennum);
+ XNFasprintf(&ptr->scrn_device_str, "Card%d", screennum);
+
+ for (i=0; i<sizeof(depths)/sizeof(depths[0]); i++)
+ {
+ XF86ConfDisplayPtr display;
+
+ display = calloc(1, sizeof(XF86ConfDisplayRec));
+ display->disp_depth = depths[i];
+ display->disp_black.red = display->disp_white.red = -1;
+ display->disp_black.green = display->disp_white.green = -1;
+ display->disp_black.blue = display->disp_white.blue = -1;
+ ptr->scrn_display_lst = (XF86ConfDisplayPtr)xf86addListItem(
+ (glp)ptr->scrn_display_lst, (glp)display);
+ }
+
+ return ptr;
+}
+
+static const char*
+optionTypeToString(OptionValueType type)
+{
+ switch (type) {
+ case OPTV_NONE:
+ return "";
+ case OPTV_INTEGER:
+ return "<i>";
+ case OPTV_STRING:
+ return "<str>";
+ case OPTV_ANYSTR:
+ return "[<str>]";
+ case OPTV_REAL:
+ return "<f>";
+ case OPTV_BOOLEAN:
+ return "[<bool>]";
+ case OPTV_FREQ:
+ return "<freq>";
+ case OPTV_PERCENT:
+ return "<percent>";
+ default:
+ return "";
+ }
+}
+
+static XF86ConfDevicePtr
+configureDeviceSection (int screennum)
+{
+ OptionInfoPtr p;
+ int i = 0;
+ parsePrologue (XF86ConfDevicePtr, XF86ConfDeviceRec)
+
+ /* Move device info to parser structure */
+ if (asprintf(&ptr->dev_identifier, "Card%d", screennum) == -1)
+ ptr->dev_identifier = NULL;
+ ptr->dev_chipset = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.chipset;
+ ptr->dev_busid = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.busID;
+ ptr->dev_driver = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.driver;
+ ptr->dev_ramdac = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.ramdac;
+ for (i = 0; (i < MAXDACSPEEDS) && (i < CONF_MAXDACSPEEDS); i++)
+ ptr->dev_dacSpeeds[i] = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.dacSpeeds[i];
+ ptr->dev_videoram = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.videoRam;
+ ptr->dev_textclockfreq = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.textClockFreq;
+ ptr->dev_bios_base = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.BiosBase;
+ ptr->dev_mem_base = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.MemBase;
+ ptr->dev_io_base = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.IOBase;
+ ptr->dev_clockchip = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.clockchip;
+ for (i = 0; (i < MAXCLOCKS) && (i < DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.numclocks); i++)
+ ptr->dev_clock[i] = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.clock[i];
+ ptr->dev_clocks = i;
+ ptr->dev_chipid = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.chipID;
+ ptr->dev_chiprev = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.chipRev;
+ ptr->dev_irq = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.irq;
+
+ /* Make sure older drivers don't segv */
+ if (DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.options) {
+ /* Fill in the available driver options for people to use */
+ const char *descrip =
+ " ### Available Driver options are:-\n"
+ " ### Values: <i>: integer, <f>: float, "
+ "<bool>: \"True\"/\"False\",\n"
+ " ### <string>: \"String\", <freq>: \"<f> Hz/kHz/MHz\",\n"
+ " ### <percent>: \"<f>%\"\n"
+ " ### [arg]: arg optional\n";
+ ptr->dev_comment = strdup(descrip);
+ if (ptr->dev_comment) {
+ for (p = DevToConfig[screennum].GDev.options;
+ p->name != NULL; p++) {
+ char *p_e;
+ const char *prefix = " #Option ";
+ const char *middle = " \t# ";
+ const char *suffix = "\n";
+ const char *opttype = optionTypeToString(p->type);
+ char *optname;
+ int len = strlen(ptr->dev_comment) + strlen(prefix) +
+ strlen(middle) + strlen(suffix) + 1;
+
+ if (asprintf(&optname, "\"%s\"", p->name) == -1)
+ break;
+
+ len += max(20, strlen(optname));
+ len += strlen(opttype);
+
+ ptr->dev_comment = realloc(ptr->dev_comment, len);
+ if (!ptr->dev_comment)
+ break;
+ p_e = ptr->dev_comment + strlen(ptr->dev_comment);
+ sprintf(p_e, "%s%-20s%s%s%s", prefix, optname, middle,
+ opttype, suffix);
+ free(optname);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ptr;
+}
+
+static XF86ConfLayoutPtr
+configureLayoutSection (void)
+{
+ int scrnum = 0;
+ parsePrologue (XF86ConfLayoutPtr, XF86ConfLayoutRec)
+
+ ptr->lay_identifier = "X.org Configured";
+
+ {
+ XF86ConfInputrefPtr iptr;
+
+ iptr = malloc (sizeof (XF86ConfInputrefRec));
+ iptr->list.next = NULL;
+ iptr->iref_option_lst = NULL;
+ iptr->iref_inputdev_str = "Mouse0";
+ iptr->iref_option_lst =
+ xf86addNewOption (iptr->iref_option_lst, strdup("CorePointer"), NULL);
+ ptr->lay_input_lst = (XF86ConfInputrefPtr)
+ xf86addListItem ((glp) ptr->lay_input_lst, (glp) iptr);
+ }
+
+ {
+ XF86ConfInputrefPtr iptr;
+
+ iptr = malloc (sizeof (XF86ConfInputrefRec));
+ iptr->list.next = NULL;
+ iptr->iref_option_lst = NULL;
+ iptr->iref_inputdev_str = "Keyboard0";
+ iptr->iref_option_lst =
+ xf86addNewOption (iptr->iref_option_lst, strdup("CoreKeyboard"), NULL);
+ ptr->lay_input_lst = (XF86ConfInputrefPtr)
+ xf86addListItem ((glp) ptr->lay_input_lst, (glp) iptr);
+ }
+
+ for (scrnum = 0; scrnum < nDevToConfig; scrnum++) {
+ XF86ConfAdjacencyPtr aptr;
+
+ aptr = malloc (sizeof (XF86ConfAdjacencyRec));
+ aptr->list.next = NULL;
+ aptr->adj_x = 0;
+ aptr->adj_y = 0;
+ aptr->adj_scrnum = scrnum;
+ XNFasprintf(&aptr->adj_screen_str, "Screen%d", scrnum);
+ if (scrnum == 0) {
+ aptr->adj_where = CONF_ADJ_ABSOLUTE;
+ aptr->adj_refscreen = NULL;
+ }
+ else {
+ aptr->adj_where = CONF_ADJ_RIGHTOF;
+ XNFasprintf(&aptr->adj_refscreen, "Screen%d", scrnum - 1);
+ }
+ ptr->lay_adjacency_lst =
+ (XF86ConfAdjacencyPtr)xf86addListItem((glp)ptr->lay_adjacency_lst,
+ (glp)aptr);
+ }
+
+ return ptr;
+}
+
+static XF86ConfFlagsPtr
+configureFlagsSection (void)
+{
+ parsePrologue (XF86ConfFlagsPtr, XF86ConfFlagsRec)
+
+ return ptr;
+}
+
+static XF86ConfModulePtr
+configureModuleSection (void)
+{
+ char **elist, **el;
+ /* Find the list of extension & font modules. */
+ const char *esubdirs[] = {
+ "extensions",
+ "fonts",
+ NULL
+ };
+ parsePrologue (XF86ConfModulePtr, XF86ConfModuleRec)
+
+ elist = LoaderListDirs(esubdirs, NULL);
+ if (elist) {
+ for (el = elist; *el; el++) {
+ XF86LoadPtr module;
+
+ module = calloc(1, sizeof(XF86LoadRec));
+ module->load_name = *el;
+ ptr->mod_load_lst = (XF86LoadPtr)xf86addListItem(
+ (glp)ptr->mod_load_lst, (glp)module);
+ }
+ free(elist);
+ }
+
+ return ptr;
+}
+
+static XF86ConfFilesPtr
+configureFilesSection (void)
+{
+ parsePrologue (XF86ConfFilesPtr, XF86ConfFilesRec)
+
+ if (xf86ModulePath)
+ ptr->file_modulepath = strdup(xf86ModulePath);
+ if (defaultFontPath)
+ ptr->file_fontpath = strdup(defaultFontPath);
+
+ return ptr;
+}
+
+static XF86ConfMonitorPtr
+configureMonitorSection (int screennum)
+{
+ parsePrologue (XF86ConfMonitorPtr, XF86ConfMonitorRec)
+
+ XNFasprintf(&ptr->mon_identifier, "Monitor%d", screennum);
+ ptr->mon_vendor = strdup("Monitor Vendor");
+ ptr->mon_modelname = strdup("Monitor Model");
+
+ return ptr;
+}
+
+/* Initialize Configure Monitor from Detailed Timing Block */
+static void handle_detailed_input(struct detailed_monitor_section *det_mon,
+ void *data)
+{
+ XF86ConfMonitorPtr ptr = (XF86ConfMonitorPtr) data;
+
+ switch (det_mon->type) {
+ case DS_NAME:
+ ptr->mon_modelname = realloc(ptr->mon_modelname,
+ strlen((char*)(det_mon->section.name)) +
+ 1);
+ strcpy(ptr->mon_modelname,
+ (char*)(det_mon->section.name));
+ break;
+ case DS_RANGES:
+ ptr->mon_hsync[ptr->mon_n_hsync].lo =
+ det_mon->section.ranges.min_h;
+ ptr->mon_hsync[ptr->mon_n_hsync].hi =
+ det_mon->section.ranges.max_h;
+ ptr->mon_n_vrefresh = 1;
+ ptr->mon_vrefresh[ptr->mon_n_hsync].lo =
+ det_mon->section.ranges.min_v;
+ ptr->mon_vrefresh[ptr->mon_n_hsync].hi =
+ det_mon->section.ranges.max_v;
+ ptr->mon_n_hsync++;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+static XF86ConfMonitorPtr
+configureDDCMonitorSection (int screennum)
+{
+ int len, mon_width, mon_height;
+#define displaySizeMaxLen 80
+ char displaySize_string[displaySizeMaxLen];
+ int displaySizeLen;
+
+ parsePrologue (XF86ConfMonitorPtr, XF86ConfMonitorRec)
+
+ XNFasprintf(&ptr->mon_identifier, "Monitor%d", screennum);
+ ptr->mon_vendor = strdup(ConfiguredMonitor->vendor.name);
+ XNFasprintf(&ptr->mon_modelname, "%x", ConfiguredMonitor->vendor.prod_id);
+
+ /* features in centimetres, we want millimetres */
+ mon_width = 10 * ConfiguredMonitor->features.hsize ;
+ mon_height = 10 * ConfiguredMonitor->features.vsize ;
+
+#ifdef CONFIGURE_DISPLAYSIZE
+ ptr->mon_width = mon_width;
+ ptr->mon_height = mon_height;
+#else
+ if (mon_width && mon_height) {
+ /* when values available add DisplaySize option AS A COMMENT */
+
+ displaySizeLen = snprintf(displaySize_string, displaySizeMaxLen,
+ "\t#DisplaySize\t%5d %5d\t# mm\n",
+ mon_width, mon_height);
+
+ if (displaySizeLen>0 && displaySizeLen<displaySizeMaxLen) {
+ if (ptr->mon_comment) {
+ len = strlen(ptr->mon_comment);
+ } else {
+ len = 0;
+ }
+ if ((ptr->mon_comment =
+ realloc(ptr->mon_comment, len + strlen(displaySize_string) + 1))) {
+ strcpy(ptr->mon_comment + len, displaySize_string);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* def CONFIGURE_DISPLAYSIZE */
+
+ xf86ForEachDetailedBlock(ConfiguredMonitor, handle_detailed_input,
+ ptr);
+
+ if (ConfiguredMonitor->features.dpms) {
+ ptr->mon_option_lst = xf86addNewOption(ptr->mon_option_lst, strdup("DPMS"), NULL);
+ }
+
+ return ptr;
+}
+
+void
+DoConfigure(void)
+{
+ int i,j, screennum = -1;
+ char *home = NULL;
+ char filename[PATH_MAX];
+ char *addslash = "";
+ XF86ConfigPtr xf86config = NULL;
+ char **vlist, **vl;
+ int *dev2screen;
+
+ vlist = xf86DriverlistFromCompile();
+
+ if (!vlist) {
+ ErrorF("Missing output drivers. Configuration failed.\n");
+ goto bail;
+ }
+
+ ErrorF("List of video drivers:\n");
+ for (vl = vlist; *vl; vl++)
+ ErrorF("\t%s\n", *vl);
+
+ /* Load all the drivers that were found. */
+ xf86LoadModules(vlist, NULL);
+
+ free(vlist);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < xf86NumDrivers; i++) {
+ xorgHWFlags flags;
+ if (!xf86DriverList[i]->driverFunc
+ || !xf86DriverList[i]->driverFunc(NULL,
+ GET_REQUIRED_HW_INTERFACES,
+ &flags)
+ || NEED_IO_ENABLED(flags)) {
+ xorgHWAccess = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Enable full I/O access */
+ if (xorgHWAccess) {
+ if(!xf86EnableIO())
+ /* oops, we have failed */
+ xorgHWAccess = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Create XF86Config file structure */
+ xf86config = calloc(1, sizeof(XF86ConfigRec));
+
+ /* Call all of the probe functions, reporting the results. */
+ for (CurrentDriver = 0; CurrentDriver < xf86NumDrivers; CurrentDriver++) {
+ xorgHWFlags flags;
+ Bool found_screen;
+ DriverRec * const drv = xf86DriverList[CurrentDriver];
+
+ if (!xorgHWAccess) {
+ if (!drv->driverFunc
+ || !drv->driverFunc( NULL, GET_REQUIRED_HW_INTERFACES, &flags )
+ || NEED_IO_ENABLED(flags))
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ found_screen = xf86CallDriverProbe( drv, TRUE );
+ if ( found_screen && drv->Identify ) {
+ (*drv->Identify)(0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (nDevToConfig <= 0) {
+ ErrorF("No devices to configure. Configuration failed.\n");
+ goto bail;
+ }
+
+ /* Add device, monitor and screen sections for detected devices */
+ for (screennum = 0; screennum < nDevToConfig; screennum++) {
+ XF86ConfDevicePtr DevicePtr;
+ XF86ConfMonitorPtr MonitorPtr;
+ XF86ConfScreenPtr ScreenPtr;
+
+ DevicePtr = configureDeviceSection(screennum);
+ xf86config->conf_device_lst = (XF86ConfDevicePtr)xf86addListItem(
+ (glp)xf86config->conf_device_lst, (glp)DevicePtr);
+ MonitorPtr = configureMonitorSection(screennum);
+ xf86config->conf_monitor_lst = (XF86ConfMonitorPtr)xf86addListItem(
+ (glp)xf86config->conf_monitor_lst, (glp)MonitorPtr);
+ ScreenPtr = configureScreenSection(screennum);
+ xf86config->conf_screen_lst = (XF86ConfScreenPtr)xf86addListItem(
+ (glp)xf86config->conf_screen_lst, (glp)ScreenPtr);
+ }
+
+ xf86config->conf_files = configureFilesSection();
+ xf86config->conf_modules = configureModuleSection();
+ xf86config->conf_flags = configureFlagsSection();
+ xf86config->conf_videoadaptor_lst = NULL;
+ xf86config->conf_modes_lst = NULL;
+ xf86config->conf_vendor_lst = NULL;
+ xf86config->conf_dri = NULL;
+ xf86config->conf_input_lst = configureInputSection();
+ xf86config->conf_layout_lst = configureLayoutSection();
+
+ home = getenv("HOME");
+ if ((home == NULL) || (home[0] == '\0')) {
+ home = "/";
+ } else {
+ /* Determine if trailing slash is present or needed */
+ int l = strlen(home);
+
+ if (home[l-1] != '/') {
+ addslash = "/";
+ }
+ }
+
+ snprintf(filename, sizeof(filename), "%s%s" XF86CONFIGFILE ".new",
+ home, addslash);
+
+ if (xf86writeConfigFile(filename, xf86config) == 0) {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Unable to write config file: \"%s\": %s\n",
+ filename, strerror(errno));
+ goto bail;
+ }
+
+ xf86DoConfigurePass1 = FALSE;
+ /* Try to get DDC information filled in */
+ xf86ConfigFile = filename;
+ if (xf86HandleConfigFile(FALSE) != CONFIG_OK) {
+ goto bail;
+ }
+
+ xf86DoConfigurePass1 = FALSE;
+
+ dev2screen = xnfcalloc(1,xf86NumDrivers*sizeof(int));
+
+ {
+ Bool *driverProbed = xnfcalloc(1,xf86NumDrivers*sizeof(Bool));
+ for (screennum = 0; screennum < nDevToConfig; screennum++) {
+ int k,l,n,oldNumScreens;
+
+ i = DevToConfig[screennum].iDriver;
+
+ if (driverProbed[i]) continue;
+ driverProbed[i] = TRUE;
+
+ oldNumScreens = xf86NumScreens;
+
+ xf86CallDriverProbe( xf86DriverList[i], FALSE );
+
+ /* reorder */
+ k = screennum > 0 ? screennum : 1;
+ for (l = oldNumScreens; l < xf86NumScreens; l++) {
+ /* is screen primary? */
+ Bool primary = FALSE;
+ for (n = 0; n<xf86Screens[l]->numEntities; n++) {
+ if (xf86IsEntityPrimary(xf86Screens[l]->entityList[n])) {
+ dev2screen[0] = l;
+ primary = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (primary) continue;
+ /* not primary: assign it to next device of same driver */
+ /*
+ * NOTE: we assume that devices in DevToConfig
+ * and xf86Screens[] have the same order except
+ * for the primary device which always comes first.
+ */
+ for (; k < nDevToConfig; k++) {
+ if (DevToConfig[k].iDriver == i) {
+ dev2screen[k++] = l;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ free(driverProbed);
+ }
+
+
+ if (nDevToConfig != xf86NumScreens) {
+ ErrorF("Number of created screens does not match number of detected"
+ " devices.\n Configuration failed.\n");
+ goto bail;
+ }
+
+ xf86PostProbe();
+
+ for (j = 0; j < xf86NumScreens; j++) {
+ xf86Screens[j]->scrnIndex = j;
+ }
+
+ xf86freeMonitorList(xf86config->conf_monitor_lst);
+ xf86config->conf_monitor_lst = NULL;
+ xf86freeScreenList(xf86config->conf_screen_lst);
+ xf86config->conf_screen_lst = NULL;
+ for (j = 0; j < xf86NumScreens; j++) {
+ XF86ConfMonitorPtr MonitorPtr;
+ XF86ConfScreenPtr ScreenPtr;
+
+ ConfiguredMonitor = NULL;
+
+ if ((*xf86Screens[dev2screen[j]]->PreInit)(xf86Screens[dev2screen[j]],
+ PROBE_DETECT) &&
+ ConfiguredMonitor) {
+ MonitorPtr = configureDDCMonitorSection(j);
+ } else {
+ MonitorPtr = configureMonitorSection(j);
+ }
+ ScreenPtr = configureScreenSection(j);
+ xf86config->conf_monitor_lst = (XF86ConfMonitorPtr)xf86addListItem(
+ (glp)xf86config->conf_monitor_lst, (glp)MonitorPtr);
+ xf86config->conf_screen_lst = (XF86ConfScreenPtr)xf86addListItem(
+ (glp)xf86config->conf_screen_lst, (glp)ScreenPtr);
+ }
+
+ if (xf86writeConfigFile(filename, xf86config) == 0) {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Unable to write config file: \"%s\": %s\n",
+ filename, strerror(errno));
+ goto bail;
+ }
+
+ ErrorF("\n");
+
+ if (!foundMouse) {
+ ErrorF("\n"__XSERVERNAME__" is not able to detect your mouse.\n"
+ "Edit the file and correct the Device.\n");
+ } else {
+ ErrorF("\n"__XSERVERNAME__" detected your mouse at device %s.\n"
+ "Please check your config if the mouse is still not\n"
+ "operational, as by default "__XSERVERNAME__
+ " tries to autodetect\n"
+ "the protocol.\n",DFLT_MOUSE_DEV);
+ }
+
+ if (xf86NumScreens > 1) {
+ ErrorF("\n"__XSERVERNAME__
+ " has configured a multihead system, please check your config.\n");
+ }
+
+ ErrorF("\nYour %s file is %s\n\n", XF86CONFIGFILE ,filename);
+ ErrorF("To test the server, run 'X -config %s'\n\n", filename);
+
+bail:
+ OsCleanup(TRUE);
+ AbortDDX();
+ fflush(stderr);
+ exit(0);
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Xinput.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Xinput.c
index 74365e10b..4166a1c38 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Xinput.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Xinput.c
@@ -1,1406 +1,1409 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 1995-1999 by Frederic Lepied, France. <Lepied@XFree86.org>
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the name of Frederic Lepied not be used in
- * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
- * specific, written prior permission. Frederic Lepied makes no
- * representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It
- * is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * FREDERIC LEPIED DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
- * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
- * EVENT SHALL FREDERIC LEPIED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
- * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
- * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- *
- */
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 2000-2002 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
- * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
- * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
- * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s)
- * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote
- * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written
- * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s).
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
-#include <xorg-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>
-#include <X11/Xmd.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
-#include <X11/Xatom.h>
-#include "xf86.h"
-#include "xf86Priv.h"
-#include "xf86Config.h"
-#include "xf86Xinput.h"
-#include "xf86Optrec.h"
-#include "mipointer.h"
-#include "extinit.h"
-#include "loaderProcs.h"
-
-#include "exevents.h" /* AddInputDevice */
-#include "exglobals.h"
-#include "eventstr.h"
-#include "inpututils.h"
-
-#include <string.h> /* InputClassMatches */
-#ifdef HAVE_FNMATCH_H
-#include <fnmatch.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H
-#include <sys/utsname.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <stdint.h> /* for int64_t */
-
-#include "mi.h"
-
-#include <ptrveloc.h> /* dix pointer acceleration */
-#include <xserver-properties.h>
-
-#ifdef XFreeXDGA
-#include "dgaproc.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "xkbsrv.h"
-
-/* Valuator verification macro */
-#define XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators) \
- if (num_valuators > MAX_VALUATORS) { \
- xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "%s: num_valuator %d is greater than" \
- " MAX_VALUATORS\n", __FUNCTION__, num_valuators); \
- return; \
- }
-
-EventListPtr xf86Events = NULL;
-
-static int
-xf86InputDevicePostInit(DeviceIntPtr dev);
-
-/**
- * Eval config and modify DeviceVelocityRec accordingly
- */
-static void
-ProcessVelocityConfiguration(DeviceIntPtr pDev, char* devname, pointer list,
- DeviceVelocityPtr s)
-{
- int tempi;
- float tempf;
- Atom float_prop = XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT);
- Atom prop;
-
- if(!s)
- return;
-
- /* common settings (available via device properties) */
- tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "ConstantDeceleration", 1.0);
- if (tempf > 1.0) {
- xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) constant deceleration by %.1f\n",
- devname, tempf);
- prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION);
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, float_prop, 32,
- PropModeReplace, 1, &tempf, FALSE);
- }
-
- tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "AdaptiveDeceleration", 1.0);
- if (tempf > 1.0) {
- xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) adaptive deceleration by %.1f\n",
- devname, tempf);
- prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION);
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, float_prop, 32,
- PropModeReplace, 1, &tempf, FALSE);
- }
-
- /* select profile by number */
- tempi = xf86SetIntOption(list, "AccelerationProfile",
- s->statistics.profile_number);
-
- prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER);
- if (XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, XA_INTEGER, 32,
- PropModeReplace, 1, &tempi, FALSE) == Success) {
- xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) acceleration profile %i\n", devname,
- tempi);
- } else {
- xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) acceleration profile %i is unknown\n",
- devname, tempi);
- }
-
- /* set scaling */
- tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "ExpectedRate", 0);
- prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING);
- if (tempf > 0) {
- tempf = 1000.0 / tempf;
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, float_prop, 32,
- PropModeReplace, 1, &tempf, FALSE);
- } else {
- tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "VelocityScale", s->corr_mul);
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, float_prop, 32,
- PropModeReplace, 1, &tempf, FALSE);
- }
-
- tempi = xf86SetIntOption(list, "VelocityTrackerCount", -1);
- if (tempi > 1)
- InitTrackers(s, tempi);
-
- s->initial_range = xf86SetIntOption(list, "VelocityInitialRange",
- s->initial_range);
-
- s->max_diff = xf86SetRealOption(list, "VelocityAbsDiff", s->max_diff);
-
- tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "VelocityRelDiff", -1);
- if (tempf >= 0) {
- xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) max rel. velocity difference: %.1f%%\n",
- devname, tempf*100.0);
- s->max_rel_diff = tempf;
- }
-
- /* Configure softening. If const deceleration is used, this is expected
- * to provide better subpixel information so we enable
- * softening by default only if ConstantDeceleration is not used
- */
- s->use_softening = xf86SetBoolOption(list, "Softening",
- s->const_acceleration == 1.0);
-
- s->average_accel = xf86SetBoolOption(list, "AccelerationProfileAveraging",
- s->average_accel);
-
- s->reset_time = xf86SetIntOption(list, "VelocityReset", s->reset_time);
-}
-
-static void
-ApplyAccelerationSettings(DeviceIntPtr dev){
- int scheme, i;
- DeviceVelocityPtr pVel;
- InputInfoPtr pInfo = (InputInfoPtr)dev->public.devicePrivate;
- char* schemeStr;
-
- if (dev->valuator && dev->ptrfeed) {
- schemeStr = xf86SetStrOption(pInfo->options, "AccelerationScheme", "");
-
- scheme = dev->valuator->accelScheme.number;
-
- if (!xf86NameCmp(schemeStr, "predictable"))
- scheme = PtrAccelPredictable;
-
- if (!xf86NameCmp(schemeStr, "lightweight"))
- scheme = PtrAccelLightweight;
-
- if (!xf86NameCmp(schemeStr, "none"))
- scheme = PtrAccelNoOp;
-
- /* reinit scheme if needed */
- if (dev->valuator->accelScheme.number != scheme) {
- if (dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc) {
- dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc(dev);
- }
-
- if (InitPointerAccelerationScheme(dev, scheme)) {
- xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) selected scheme %s/%i\n",
- pInfo->name, schemeStr, scheme);
- } else {
- xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) could not init scheme %s\n",
- pInfo->name, schemeStr);
- scheme = dev->valuator->accelScheme.number;
- }
- } else {
- xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) keeping acceleration scheme %i\n",
- pInfo->name, scheme);
- }
-
- free(schemeStr);
-
- /* process special configuration */
- switch (scheme) {
- case PtrAccelPredictable:
- pVel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
- ProcessVelocityConfiguration (dev, pInfo->name, pInfo->options,
- pVel);
- break;
- }
-
- i = xf86SetIntOption(pInfo->options, "AccelerationNumerator",
- dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num);
- if (i >= 0)
- dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num = i;
-
- i = xf86SetIntOption(pInfo->options, "AccelerationDenominator",
- dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den);
- if (i > 0)
- dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den = i;
-
- i = xf86SetIntOption(pInfo->options, "AccelerationThreshold",
- dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold);
- if (i >= 0)
- dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold = i;
-
- xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) acceleration factor: %.3f\n",
- pInfo->name, ((float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num)/
- ((float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den));
- xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) acceleration threshold: %i\n",
- pInfo->name, dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold);
- }
-}
-
-/***********************************************************************
- *
- * xf86ProcessCommonOptions --
- *
- * Process global options.
- *
- ***********************************************************************
- */
-void
-xf86ProcessCommonOptions(InputInfoPtr pInfo,
- pointer list)
-{
- if (xf86SetBoolOption(list, "Floating", 0) ||
- !xf86SetBoolOption(list, "AlwaysCore", 1) ||
- !xf86SetBoolOption(list, "SendCoreEvents", 1) ||
- !xf86SetBoolOption(list, "CorePointer", 1) ||
- !xf86SetBoolOption(list, "CoreKeyboard", 1)) {
- xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: doesn't report core events\n", pInfo->name);
- } else {
- pInfo->flags |= XI86_ALWAYS_CORE;
- xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: always reports core events\n", pInfo->name);
- }
-}
-
-/***********************************************************************
- *
- * xf86ActivateDevice --
- *
- * Initialize an input device.
- *
- * Returns TRUE on success, or FALSE otherwise.
- ***********************************************************************
- */
-static DeviceIntPtr
-xf86ActivateDevice(InputInfoPtr pInfo)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- Atom atom;
-
- dev = AddInputDevice(serverClient, pInfo->device_control, TRUE);
-
- if (dev == NULL)
- {
- xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Too many input devices. Ignoring %s\n",
- pInfo->name);
- pInfo->dev = NULL;
- return NULL;
- }
-
- atom = MakeAtom(pInfo->type_name, strlen(pInfo->type_name), TRUE);
- AssignTypeAndName(dev, atom, pInfo->name);
- dev->public.devicePrivate = pInfo;
- pInfo->dev = dev;
-
- dev->coreEvents = pInfo->flags & XI86_ALWAYS_CORE;
- dev->type = SLAVE;
- dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
-
- dev->config_info = xf86SetStrOption(pInfo->options, "config_info", NULL);
-
- if (serverGeneration == 1)
- xf86Msg(X_INFO, "XINPUT: Adding extended input device \"%s\" (type: %s)\n",
- pInfo->name, pInfo->type_name);
-
- return dev;
-}
-
-/****************************************************************************
- *
- * Caller: ProcXSetDeviceMode
- *
- * Change the mode of an extension device.
- * This function is used to change the mode of a device from reporting
- * relative motion to reporting absolute positional information, and
- * vice versa.
- * The default implementation below is that no such devices are supported.
- *
- ***********************************************************************
- */
-
-int
-SetDeviceMode (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, int mode)
-{
- InputInfoPtr pInfo = (InputInfoPtr)dev->public.devicePrivate;
-
- if (pInfo->switch_mode) {
- return (*pInfo->switch_mode)(client, dev, mode);
- }
- else
- return BadMatch;
-}
-
-
-/***********************************************************************
- *
- * Caller: ProcXSetDeviceValuators
- *
- * Set the value of valuators on an extension input device.
- * This function is used to set the initial value of valuators on
- * those input devices that are capable of reporting either relative
- * motion or an absolute position, and allow an initial position to be set.
- * The default implementation below is that no such devices are supported.
- *
- ***********************************************************************
- */
-
-int
-SetDeviceValuators (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, int *valuators,
- int first_valuator, int num_valuators)
-{
- InputInfoPtr pInfo = (InputInfoPtr) dev->public.devicePrivate;
-
- if (pInfo->set_device_valuators)
- return (*pInfo->set_device_valuators)(pInfo, valuators, first_valuator,
- num_valuators);
-
- return BadMatch;
-}
-
-
-/***********************************************************************
- *
- * Caller: ProcXChangeDeviceControl
- *
- * Change the specified device controls on an extension input device.
- *
- ***********************************************************************
- */
-
-int
-ChangeDeviceControl (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xDeviceCtl *control)
-{
- InputInfoPtr pInfo = (InputInfoPtr)dev->public.devicePrivate;
-
- if (!pInfo->control_proc) {
- switch (control->control) {
- case DEVICE_CORE:
- return BadMatch;
- case DEVICE_RESOLUTION:
- case DEVICE_ABS_CALIB:
- case DEVICE_ABS_AREA:
- case DEVICE_ENABLE:
- return Success;
- default:
- return BadMatch;
- }
- }
- else {
- return (*pInfo->control_proc)(pInfo, control);
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Get the operating system name from uname and store it statically to avoid
- * repeating the system call each time MatchOS is checked.
- */
-static const char *
-HostOS(void)
-{
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H
- struct utsname name;
- static char host_os[sizeof(name.sysname)] = "";
-
- if (*host_os == '\0') {
- if (uname(&name) >= 0)
- strcpy(host_os, name.sysname);
- else {
- strncpy(host_os, "unknown", sizeof(host_os));
- host_os[sizeof(host_os)-1] = '\0';
- }
- }
- return host_os;
-#else
- return "";
-#endif
-}
-
-static int
-match_substring(const char *attr, const char *pattern)
-{
- return (strstr(attr, pattern)) ? 0 : -1;
-}
-
-#ifdef HAVE_FNMATCH_H
-static int
-match_pattern(const char *attr, const char *pattern)
-{
- return fnmatch(pattern, attr, 0);
-}
-#else
-#define match_pattern match_substring
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_FNMATCH_H
-static int
-match_path_pattern(const char *attr, const char *pattern)
-{
- return fnmatch(pattern, attr, FNM_PATHNAME);
-}
-#else
-#define match_path_pattern match_substring
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Match an attribute against a list of NULL terminated arrays of patterns.
- * If a pattern in each list entry is matched, return TRUE.
- */
-static Bool
-MatchAttrToken(const char *attr, struct list *patterns,
- int (*compare)(const char *attr, const char *pattern))
-{
- const xf86MatchGroup *group;
-
- /* If there are no patterns, accept the match */
- if (list_is_empty(patterns))
- return TRUE;
-
- /* If there are patterns but no attribute, reject the match */
- if (!attr)
- return FALSE;
-
- /*
- * Otherwise, iterate the list of patterns ensuring each entry has a
- * match. Each list entry is a separate Match line of the same type.
- */
- list_for_each_entry(group, patterns, entry) {
- char * const *cur;
- Bool match = FALSE;
-
- for (cur = group->values; *cur; cur++)
- if ((*compare)(attr, *cur) == 0) {
- match = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- if (!match)
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- /* All the entries in the list matched the attribute */
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
- * Classes without any Match statements match all devices. Otherwise, all
- * statements must match.
- */
-static Bool
-InputClassMatches(const XF86ConfInputClassPtr iclass, const InputInfoPtr idev,
- const InputAttributes *attrs)
-{
- /* MatchProduct substring */
- if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->product, &iclass->match_product, match_substring))
- return FALSE;
-
- /* MatchVendor substring */
- if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->vendor, &iclass->match_vendor, match_substring))
- return FALSE;
-
- /* MatchDevicePath pattern */
- if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->device, &iclass->match_device, match_path_pattern))
- return FALSE;
-
- /* MatchOS case-insensitive string */
- if (!MatchAttrToken(HostOS(), &iclass->match_os, strcasecmp))
- return FALSE;
-
- /* MatchPnPID pattern */
- if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->pnp_id, &iclass->match_pnpid, match_pattern))
- return FALSE;
-
- /* MatchUSBID pattern */
- if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->usb_id, &iclass->match_usbid, match_pattern))
- return FALSE;
-
- /* MatchDriver string */
- if (!MatchAttrToken(idev->driver, &iclass->match_driver, strcmp))
- return FALSE;
-
- /*
- * MatchTag string
- * See if any of the device's tags match any of the MatchTag tokens.
- */
- if (!list_is_empty(&iclass->match_tag)) {
- char * const *tag;
- Bool match;
-
- if (!attrs->tags)
- return FALSE;
- for (tag = attrs->tags, match = FALSE; *tag; tag++) {
- if (MatchAttrToken(*tag, &iclass->match_tag, strcmp)) {
- match = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
- if (!match)
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- /* MatchIs* booleans */
- if (iclass->is_keyboard.set &&
- iclass->is_keyboard.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_KEYBOARD))
- return FALSE;
- if (iclass->is_pointer.set &&
- iclass->is_pointer.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_POINTER))
- return FALSE;
- if (iclass->is_joystick.set &&
- iclass->is_joystick.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_JOYSTICK))
- return FALSE;
- if (iclass->is_tablet.set &&
- iclass->is_tablet.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_TABLET))
- return FALSE;
- if (iclass->is_touchpad.set &&
- iclass->is_touchpad.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_TOUCHPAD))
- return FALSE;
- if (iclass->is_touchscreen.set &&
- iclass->is_touchscreen.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_TOUCHSCREEN))
- return FALSE;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
- * Merge in any InputClass configurations. Options in each InputClass
- * section have more priority than the original device configuration as
- * well as any previous InputClass sections.
- */
-static int
-MergeInputClasses(const InputInfoPtr idev, const InputAttributes *attrs)
-{
- XF86ConfInputClassPtr cl;
- XF86OptionPtr classopts;
-
- for (cl = xf86configptr->conf_inputclass_lst; cl; cl = cl->list.next) {
- if (!InputClassMatches(cl, idev, attrs))
- continue;
-
- /* Collect class options and driver settings */
- classopts = xf86optionListDup(cl->option_lst);
- if (cl->driver) {
- free(idev->driver);
- idev->driver = xstrdup(cl->driver);
- if (!idev->driver) {
- xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Failed to allocate memory while merging "
- "InputClass configuration");
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- classopts = xf86ReplaceStrOption(classopts, "driver",
- idev->driver);
- }
-
- /* Apply options to device with InputClass settings preferred. */
- xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: Applying InputClass \"%s\"\n",
- idev->name, cl->identifier);
- idev->options = xf86optionListMerge(idev->options, classopts);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- * Iterate the list of classes and look for Option "Ignore". Return the
- * value of the last matching class and holler when returning TRUE.
- */
-static Bool
-IgnoreInputClass(const InputInfoPtr idev, const InputAttributes *attrs)
-{
- XF86ConfInputClassPtr cl;
- Bool ignore = FALSE;
- const char *ignore_class;
-
- for (cl = xf86configptr->conf_inputclass_lst; cl; cl = cl->list.next) {
- if (!InputClassMatches(cl, idev, attrs))
- continue;
- if (xf86findOption(cl->option_lst, "Ignore")) {
- ignore = xf86CheckBoolOption(cl->option_lst, "Ignore", FALSE);
- ignore_class = cl->identifier;
- }
- }
-
- if (ignore)
- xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: Ignoring device from InputClass \"%s\"\n",
- idev->name, ignore_class);
- return ignore;
-}
-
-InputInfoPtr
-xf86AllocateInput(void)
-{
- InputInfoPtr pInfo;
-
- pInfo = calloc(sizeof(*pInfo), 1);
- if (!pInfo)
- return NULL;
-
- pInfo->fd = -1;
- pInfo->type_name = "UNKNOWN";
-
- return pInfo;
-}
-
-/* Append InputInfoRec to the tail of xf86InputDevs. */
-static void
-xf86AddInput(InputDriverPtr drv, InputInfoPtr pInfo)
-{
- InputInfoPtr *prev = NULL;
-
- pInfo->drv = drv;
- pInfo->module = DuplicateModule(drv->module, NULL);
-
- for (prev = &xf86InputDevs; *prev; prev = &(*prev)->next)
- ;
-
- *prev = pInfo;
- pInfo->next = NULL;
-
- xf86CollectInputOptions(pInfo, (const char**)drv->default_options);
- xf86OptionListReport(pInfo->options);
- xf86ProcessCommonOptions(pInfo, pInfo->options);
-}
-
-/*
- * Remove an entry from xf86InputDevs and free all the device's information.
- */
-void
-xf86DeleteInput(InputInfoPtr pInp, int flags)
-{
- /* First check if the inputdev is valid. */
- if (pInp == NULL)
- return;
-
- if (pInp->module)
- UnloadModule(pInp->module);
-
- /* This should *really* be handled in drv->UnInit(dev) call instead, but
- * if the driver forgets about it make sure we free it or at least crash
- * with flying colors */
- free(pInp->private);
-
- FreeInputAttributes(pInp->attrs);
-
- /* Remove the entry from the list. */
- if (pInp == xf86InputDevs)
- xf86InputDevs = pInp->next;
- else {
- InputInfoPtr p = xf86InputDevs;
- while (p && p->next != pInp)
- p = p->next;
- if (p)
- p->next = pInp->next;
- /* Else the entry wasn't in the xf86InputDevs list (ignore this). */
- }
-
- free(pInp->driver);
- free(pInp->name);
- xf86optionListFree(pInp->options);
- free(pInp);
-}
-
-/*
- * Apply backend-specific initialization. Invoked after ActiveteDevice(),
- * i.e. after the driver successfully completed DEVICE_INIT and the device
- * is advertised.
- * @param dev the device
- * @return Success or an error code
- */
-static int
-xf86InputDevicePostInit(DeviceIntPtr dev) {
- ApplyAccelerationSettings(dev);
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Create a new input device, activate and enable it.
- *
- * Possible return codes:
- * BadName .. a bad driver name was supplied.
- * BadImplementation ... The driver does not have a PreInit function. This
- * is a driver bug.
- * BadMatch .. device initialization failed.
- * BadAlloc .. too many input devices
- *
- * @param idev The device, already set up with identifier, driver, and the
- * options.
- * @param pdev Pointer to the new device, if Success was reported.
- * @param enable Enable the device after activating it.
- *
- * @return Success or an error code
- */
-_X_INTERNAL int
-xf86NewInputDevice(InputInfoPtr pInfo, DeviceIntPtr *pdev, BOOL enable)
-{
- InputDriverPtr drv = NULL;
- DeviceIntPtr dev = NULL;
- int rval;
-
- /* Memory leak for every attached device if we don't
- * test if the module is already loaded first */
- drv = xf86LookupInputDriver(pInfo->driver);
- if (!drv)
- if (xf86LoadOneModule(pInfo->driver, NULL))
- drv = xf86LookupInputDriver(pInfo->driver);
- if (!drv) {
- xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No input driver matching `%s'\n", pInfo->driver);
- rval = BadName;
- goto unwind;
- }
-
- if (!drv->PreInit) {
- xf86Msg(X_ERROR,
- "Input driver `%s' has no PreInit function (ignoring)\n",
- drv->driverName);
- rval = BadImplementation;
- goto unwind;
- }
-
- xf86AddInput(drv, pInfo);
-
- rval = drv->PreInit(drv, pInfo, 0);
-
- if (rval != Success) {
- xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "PreInit returned %d for \"%s\"\n", rval, pInfo->name);
- goto unwind;
- }
-
- if (!(dev = xf86ActivateDevice(pInfo)))
- {
- rval = BadAlloc;
- goto unwind;
- }
-
- rval = ActivateDevice(dev, TRUE);
- if (rval != Success)
- {
- xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Couldn't init device \"%s\"\n", pInfo->name);
- RemoveDevice(dev, TRUE);
- goto unwind;
- }
-
- rval = xf86InputDevicePostInit(dev);
- if (rval != Success)
- {
- xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Couldn't post-init device \"%s\"\n", pInfo->name);
- RemoveDevice(dev, TRUE);
- goto unwind;
- }
-
- /* Enable it if it's properly initialised and we're currently in the VT */
- if (enable && dev->inited && dev->startup && xf86Screens[0]->vtSema)
- {
- EnableDevice(dev, TRUE);
- if (!dev->enabled)
- {
- xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Couldn't init device \"%s\"\n", pInfo->name);
- rval = BadMatch;
- goto unwind;
- }
- /* send enter/leave event, update sprite window */
- CheckMotion(NULL, dev);
- }
-
- *pdev = dev;
- return Success;
-
-unwind:
- if(pInfo) {
- if(drv && drv->UnInit)
- drv->UnInit(drv, pInfo, 0);
- else
- xf86DeleteInput(pInfo, 0);
- }
- return rval;
-}
-
-int
-NewInputDeviceRequest (InputOption *options, InputAttributes *attrs,
- DeviceIntPtr *pdev)
-{
- InputInfoPtr pInfo = NULL;
- InputOption *option = NULL;
- int rval = Success;
- int is_auto = 0;
-
- pInfo = xf86AllocateInput();
- if (!pInfo)
- return BadAlloc;
-
- for (option = options; option; option = option->next) {
- if (strcasecmp(option->key, "driver") == 0) {
- if (pInfo->driver) {
- rval = BadRequest;
- goto unwind;
- }
- pInfo->driver = xstrdup(option->value);
- if (!pInfo->driver) {
- rval = BadAlloc;
- goto unwind;
- }
- }
-
- if (strcasecmp(option->key, "name") == 0 ||
- strcasecmp(option->key, "identifier") == 0) {
- if (pInfo->name) {
- rval = BadRequest;
- goto unwind;
- }
- pInfo->name = xstrdup(option->value);
- if (!pInfo->name) {
- rval = BadAlloc;
- goto unwind;
- }
- }
-
- if (strcmp(option->key, "_source") == 0 &&
- (strcmp(option->value, "server/hal") == 0 ||
- strcmp(option->value, "server/udev") == 0)) {
- is_auto = 1;
- if (!xf86Info.autoAddDevices) {
- rval = BadMatch;
- goto unwind;
- }
- }
- }
-
- for (option = options; option; option = option->next) {
- /* Steal option key/value strings from the provided list.
- * We need those strings, the InputOption list doesn't. */
- pInfo->options = xf86addNewOption(pInfo->options,
- option->key, option->value);
- option->key = NULL;
- option->value = NULL;
- }
-
- /* Apply InputClass settings */
- if (attrs) {
- if (IgnoreInputClass(pInfo, attrs)) {
- rval = BadIDChoice;
- goto unwind;
- }
-
- rval = MergeInputClasses(pInfo, attrs);
- if (rval != Success)
- goto unwind;
-
- pInfo->attrs = DuplicateInputAttributes(attrs);
- }
-
- if (!pInfo->driver || !pInfo->name) {
- xf86Msg(X_INFO, "No input driver/identifier specified (ignoring)\n");
- rval = BadRequest;
- goto unwind;
- }
-
- if (!pInfo->name) {
- xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No device identifier specified (ignoring)\n");
- rval = BadMatch;
- goto unwind;
- }
-
- rval = xf86NewInputDevice(pInfo, pdev,
- (!is_auto || (is_auto && xf86Info.autoEnableDevices)));
-
- return rval;
-
-unwind:
- if (is_auto && !xf86Info.autoAddDevices)
- xf86Msg(X_INFO, "AutoAddDevices is off - not adding device.\n");
- xf86DeleteInput(pInfo, 0);
- return rval;
-}
-
-void
-DeleteInputDeviceRequest(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- InputInfoPtr pInfo = (InputInfoPtr) pDev->public.devicePrivate;
- InputDriverPtr drv = NULL;
- Bool isMaster = IsMaster(pDev);
-
- if (pInfo) /* need to get these before RemoveDevice */
- drv = pInfo->drv;
-
- OsBlockSignals();
- RemoveDevice(pDev, TRUE);
-
- if (!isMaster && pInfo != NULL)
- {
- if(drv->UnInit)
- drv->UnInit(drv, pInfo, 0);
- else
- xf86DeleteInput(pInfo, 0);
- }
- OsReleaseSignals();
-}
-
-/*
- * convenient functions to post events
- */
-
-void
-xf86PostMotionEvent(DeviceIntPtr device,
- int is_absolute,
- int first_valuator,
- int num_valuators,
- ...)
-{
- va_list var;
- int i = 0;
- ValuatorMask mask;
-
- XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
-
- valuator_mask_zero(&mask);
- va_start(var, num_valuators);
- for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i++)
- valuator_mask_set(&mask, first_valuator + i, va_arg(var, int));
- va_end(var);
-
- xf86PostMotionEventM(device, is_absolute, &mask);
-}
-
-void
-xf86PostMotionEventP(DeviceIntPtr device,
- int is_absolute,
- int first_valuator,
- int num_valuators,
- const int *valuators)
-{
- ValuatorMask mask;
-
- XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
-
- valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);
- xf86PostMotionEventM(device, is_absolute, &mask);
-}
-
-void
-xf86PostMotionEventM(DeviceIntPtr device,
- int is_absolute,
- const ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- int i = 0, nevents = 0;
- DeviceEvent *event;
- int flags = 0;
-
- if (valuator_mask_num_valuators(mask) > 0)
- {
- if (is_absolute)
- flags = POINTER_ABSOLUTE;
- else
- flags = POINTER_RELATIVE | POINTER_ACCELERATE;
- }
-
-#if XFreeXDGA
- /* The evdev driver may not always send all axes across. */
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0) ||
- valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1))
- if (miPointerGetScreen(device)) {
- int index = miPointerGetScreen(device)->myNum;
- int dx = 0, dy = 0;
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0))
- {
- dx = valuator_mask_get(mask, 0);
- if (is_absolute)
- dx -= device->last.valuators[0];
- }
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1))
- {
- dy = valuator_mask_get(mask, 1);
- if (is_absolute)
- dy -= device->last.valuators[1];
- }
-
- if (DGAStealMotionEvent(device, index, dx, dy))
- return;
- }
-#endif
-
- nevents = GetPointerEvents(xf86Events, device, MotionNotify, 0, flags, mask);
-
- for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++) {
- event = (DeviceEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event);
- mieqEnqueue(device, (InternalEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event));
- }
-}
-
-void
-xf86PostProximityEvent(DeviceIntPtr device,
- int is_in,
- int first_valuator,
- int num_valuators,
- ...)
-{
- va_list var;
- int i;
- ValuatorMask mask;
-
- XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
-
- valuator_mask_zero(&mask);
- va_start(var, num_valuators);
- for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i++)
- valuator_mask_set(&mask, first_valuator + i, va_arg(var, int));
- va_end(var);
-
- xf86PostProximityEventM(device, is_in, &mask);
-}
-
-void
-xf86PostProximityEventP(DeviceIntPtr device,
- int is_in,
- int first_valuator,
- int num_valuators,
- const int *valuators)
-{
- ValuatorMask mask;
-
- XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
-
- valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);
- xf86PostProximityEventM(device, is_in, &mask);
-}
-
-void
-xf86PostProximityEventM(DeviceIntPtr device,
- int is_in,
- const ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- int i, nevents;
-
- nevents = GetProximityEvents(xf86Events, device,
- is_in ? ProximityIn : ProximityOut, mask);
- for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++)
- mieqEnqueue(device, (InternalEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event));
-
-}
-
-void
-xf86PostButtonEvent(DeviceIntPtr device,
- int is_absolute,
- int button,
- int is_down,
- int first_valuator,
- int num_valuators,
- ...)
-{
- va_list var;
- ValuatorMask mask;
- int i = 0;
-
- XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
-
- valuator_mask_zero(&mask);
-
- va_start(var, num_valuators);
- for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i++)
- valuator_mask_set(&mask, first_valuator + i, va_arg(var, int));
- va_end(var);
-
- xf86PostButtonEventM(device, is_absolute, button, is_down, &mask);
-}
-
-void
-xf86PostButtonEventP(DeviceIntPtr device,
- int is_absolute,
- int button,
- int is_down,
- int first_valuator,
- int num_valuators,
- const int *valuators)
-{
- ValuatorMask mask;
-
- XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
-
- valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);
- xf86PostButtonEventM(device, is_absolute, button, is_down, &mask);
-}
-
-void
-xf86PostButtonEventM(DeviceIntPtr device,
- int is_absolute,
- int button,
- int is_down,
- const ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- int i = 0, nevents = 0;
- int flags = 0;
-
- if (valuator_mask_num_valuators(mask) > 0)
- {
- if (is_absolute)
- flags = POINTER_ABSOLUTE;
- else
- flags = POINTER_RELATIVE | POINTER_ACCELERATE;
- }
-
-#if XFreeXDGA
- if (miPointerGetScreen(device)) {
- int index = miPointerGetScreen(device)->myNum;
-
- if (DGAStealButtonEvent(device, index, button, is_down))
- return;
- }
-#endif
-
- nevents = GetPointerEvents(xf86Events, device,
- is_down ? ButtonPress : ButtonRelease, button,
- flags, mask);
-
- for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++)
- mieqEnqueue(device, (InternalEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event));
-
-}
-
-void
-xf86PostKeyEvent(DeviceIntPtr device,
- unsigned int key_code,
- int is_down,
- int is_absolute,
- int first_valuator,
- int num_valuators,
- ...)
-{
- va_list var;
- int i = 0;
- ValuatorMask mask;
-
- XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
-
- valuator_mask_zero(&mask);
-
- va_start(var, num_valuators);
- for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i++)
- valuator_mask_set(&mask, first_valuator + i, va_arg(var, int));
- va_end(var);
-
- xf86PostKeyEventM(device, key_code, is_down, is_absolute, &mask);
-}
-
-void
-xf86PostKeyEventP(DeviceIntPtr device,
- unsigned int key_code,
- int is_down,
- int is_absolute,
- int first_valuator,
- int num_valuators,
- const int *valuators)
-{
- ValuatorMask mask;
-
- XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
-
- valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);
- xf86PostKeyEventM(device, key_code, is_down, is_absolute, &mask);
-}
-
-void
-xf86PostKeyEventM(DeviceIntPtr device,
- unsigned int key_code,
- int is_down,
- int is_absolute,
- const ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- int i = 0, nevents = 0;
-
-#if XFreeXDGA
- DeviceIntPtr pointer;
-
- /* Some pointers send key events, paired device is wrong then. */
- pointer = IsPointerDevice(device) ? device : GetPairedDevice(device);
- if (miPointerGetScreen(pointer)) {
- int index = miPointerGetScreen(pointer)->myNum;
-
- if (DGAStealKeyEvent(device, index, key_code, is_down))
- return;
- }
-#endif
-
- if (is_absolute) {
- nevents = GetKeyboardValuatorEvents(xf86Events, device,
- is_down ? KeyPress : KeyRelease,
- key_code, mask);
- }
- else {
- nevents = GetKeyboardEvents(xf86Events, device,
- is_down ? KeyPress : KeyRelease,
- key_code);
- }
-
- for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++)
- mieqEnqueue(device, (InternalEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event));
-}
-
-void
-xf86PostKeyboardEvent(DeviceIntPtr device,
- unsigned int key_code,
- int is_down)
-{
- ValuatorMask mask;
-
- valuator_mask_zero(&mask);
- xf86PostKeyEventM(device, key_code, is_down, 0, &mask);
-}
-
-InputInfoPtr
-xf86FirstLocalDevice(void)
-{
- return xf86InputDevs;
-}
-
-/*
- * Cx - raw data from touch screen
- * to_max - scaled highest dimension
- * (remember, this is of rows - 1 because of 0 origin)
- * to_min - scaled lowest dimension
- * from_max - highest raw value from touch screen calibration
- * from_min - lowest raw value from touch screen calibration
- *
- * This function is the same for X or Y coordinates.
- * You may have to reverse the high and low values to compensate for
- * different orgins on the touch screen vs X.
- *
- * e.g. to scale from device coordinates into screen coordinates, call
- * xf86ScaleAxis(x, 0, screen_width, dev_min, dev_max);
- */
-
-int
-xf86ScaleAxis(int Cx,
- int to_max,
- int to_min,
- int from_max,
- int from_min )
-{
- int X;
- int64_t to_width = to_max - to_min;
- int64_t from_width = from_max - from_min;
-
- if (from_width) {
- X = (int)(((to_width * (Cx - from_min)) / from_width) + to_min);
- }
- else {
- X = 0;
- ErrorF ("Divide by Zero in xf86ScaleAxis\n");
- }
-
- if (X > to_max)
- X = to_max;
- if (X < to_min)
- X = to_min;
-
- return X;
-}
-
-/*
- * This function checks the given screen against the current screen and
- * makes changes if appropriate. It should be called from an XInput driver's
- * ReadInput function before any events are posted, if the device is screen
- * specific like a touch screen.
- */
-void
-xf86XInputSetScreen(InputInfoPtr pInfo,
- int screen_number,
- int x,
- int y)
-{
- if (miPointerGetScreen(pInfo->dev) !=
- screenInfo.screens[screen_number]) {
- miPointerSetScreen(pInfo->dev, screen_number, x, y);
- }
-}
-
-
-void
-xf86InitValuatorAxisStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axnum, Atom label, int minval, int maxval,
- int resolution, int min_res, int max_res, int mode)
-{
- if (!dev || !dev->valuator)
- return;
-
- InitValuatorAxisStruct(dev, axnum, label, minval, maxval, resolution, min_res,
- max_res, mode);
-}
-
-/*
- * Set the valuator values to be in synch with dix/event.c
- * DefineInitialRootWindow().
- */
-void
-xf86InitValuatorDefaults(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axnum)
-{
- if (axnum == 0) {
- dev->valuator->axisVal[0] = screenInfo.screens[0]->width / 2;
- dev->last.valuators[0] = dev->valuator->axisVal[0];
- }
- else if (axnum == 1) {
- dev->valuator->axisVal[1] = screenInfo.screens[0]->height / 2;
- dev->last.valuators[1] = dev->valuator->axisVal[1];
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Deactivate a device. Call this function from the driver if you receive a
- * read error or something else that spoils your day.
- * Device will be moved to the off_devices list, but it will still be there
- * until you really clean up after it.
- * Notifies the client about an inactive device.
- *
- * @param panic True if device is unrecoverable and needs to be removed.
- */
-void
-xf86DisableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, Bool panic)
-{
- if(!panic)
- {
- DisableDevice(dev, TRUE);
- } else
- {
- SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceUnrecoverable);
- DeleteInputDeviceRequest(dev);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Reactivate a device. Call this function from the driver if you just found
- * out that the read error wasn't quite that bad after all.
- * Device will be re-activated, and an event sent to the client.
- */
-void
-xf86EnableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- EnableDevice(dev, TRUE);
-}
-
-/* end of xf86Xinput.c */
+/*
+ * Copyright 1995-1999 by Frederic Lepied, France. <Lepied@XFree86.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+ * documentation, and that the name of Frederic Lepied not be used in
+ * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
+ * specific, written prior permission. Frederic Lepied makes no
+ * representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It
+ * is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * FREDERIC LEPIED DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+ * EVENT SHALL FREDERIC LEPIED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
+ * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2002 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+ * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+ * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+ * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s)
+ * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote
+ * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written
+ * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s).
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
+#include <xorg-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>
+#include <X11/Xmd.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+#include "xf86.h"
+#include "xf86Priv.h"
+#include "xf86Config.h"
+#include "xf86Xinput.h"
+#include "xf86Optrec.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include "extinit.h"
+#include "loaderProcs.h"
+
+#include "exevents.h" /* AddInputDevice */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "eventstr.h"
+#include "inpututils.h"
+
+#include <string.h> /* InputClassMatches */
+#ifdef HAVE_FNMATCH_H
+#include <fnmatch.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H
+#include <sys/utsname.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdint.h> /* for int64_t */
+
+#include "mi.h"
+
+#include <ptrveloc.h> /* dix pointer acceleration */
+#include <xserver-properties.h>
+
+#ifdef XFreeXDGA
+#include "dgaproc.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "xkbsrv.h"
+
+/* Valuator verification macro */
+#define XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators) \
+ if (num_valuators > MAX_VALUATORS) { \
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "%s: num_valuator %d is greater than" \
+ " MAX_VALUATORS\n", __FUNCTION__, num_valuators); \
+ return; \
+ }
+
+EventListPtr xf86Events = NULL;
+
+static int
+xf86InputDevicePostInit(DeviceIntPtr dev);
+
+/**
+ * Eval config and modify DeviceVelocityRec accordingly
+ */
+static void
+ProcessVelocityConfiguration(DeviceIntPtr pDev, char* devname, pointer list,
+ DeviceVelocityPtr s)
+{
+ int tempi;
+ float tempf;
+ Atom float_prop = XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT);
+ Atom prop;
+
+ if(!s)
+ return;
+
+ /* common settings (available via device properties) */
+ tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "ConstantDeceleration", 1.0);
+ if (tempf > 1.0) {
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) constant deceleration by %.1f\n",
+ devname, tempf);
+ prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION);
+ XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, float_prop, 32,
+ PropModeReplace, 1, &tempf, FALSE);
+ }
+
+ tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "AdaptiveDeceleration", 1.0);
+ if (tempf > 1.0) {
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) adaptive deceleration by %.1f\n",
+ devname, tempf);
+ prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION);
+ XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, float_prop, 32,
+ PropModeReplace, 1, &tempf, FALSE);
+ }
+
+ /* select profile by number */
+ tempi = xf86SetIntOption(list, "AccelerationProfile",
+ s->statistics.profile_number);
+
+ prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER);
+ if (XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, XA_INTEGER, 32,
+ PropModeReplace, 1, &tempi, FALSE) == Success) {
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) acceleration profile %i\n", devname,
+ tempi);
+ } else {
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) acceleration profile %i is unknown\n",
+ devname, tempi);
+ }
+
+ /* set scaling */
+ tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "ExpectedRate", 0);
+ prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING);
+ if (tempf > 0) {
+ tempf = 1000.0 / tempf;
+ XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, float_prop, 32,
+ PropModeReplace, 1, &tempf, FALSE);
+ } else {
+ tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "VelocityScale", s->corr_mul);
+ XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, float_prop, 32,
+ PropModeReplace, 1, &tempf, FALSE);
+ }
+
+ tempi = xf86SetIntOption(list, "VelocityTrackerCount", -1);
+ if (tempi > 1)
+ InitTrackers(s, tempi);
+
+ s->initial_range = xf86SetIntOption(list, "VelocityInitialRange",
+ s->initial_range);
+
+ s->max_diff = xf86SetRealOption(list, "VelocityAbsDiff", s->max_diff);
+
+ tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "VelocityRelDiff", -1);
+ if (tempf >= 0) {
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) max rel. velocity difference: %.1f%%\n",
+ devname, tempf*100.0);
+ s->max_rel_diff = tempf;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure softening. If const deceleration is used, this is expected
+ * to provide better subpixel information so we enable
+ * softening by default only if ConstantDeceleration is not used
+ */
+ s->use_softening = xf86SetBoolOption(list, "Softening",
+ s->const_acceleration == 1.0);
+
+ s->average_accel = xf86SetBoolOption(list, "AccelerationProfileAveraging",
+ s->average_accel);
+
+ s->reset_time = xf86SetIntOption(list, "VelocityReset", s->reset_time);
+}
+
+static void
+ApplyAccelerationSettings(DeviceIntPtr dev){
+ int scheme, i;
+ DeviceVelocityPtr pVel;
+ InputInfoPtr pInfo = (InputInfoPtr)dev->public.devicePrivate;
+ char* schemeStr;
+
+ if (dev->valuator && dev->ptrfeed) {
+ schemeStr = xf86SetStrOption(pInfo->options, "AccelerationScheme", "");
+
+ scheme = dev->valuator->accelScheme.number;
+
+ if (!xf86NameCmp(schemeStr, "predictable"))
+ scheme = PtrAccelPredictable;
+
+ if (!xf86NameCmp(schemeStr, "lightweight"))
+ scheme = PtrAccelLightweight;
+
+ if (!xf86NameCmp(schemeStr, "none"))
+ scheme = PtrAccelNoOp;
+
+ /* reinit scheme if needed */
+ if (dev->valuator->accelScheme.number != scheme) {
+ if (dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc) {
+ dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc(dev);
+ }
+
+ if (InitPointerAccelerationScheme(dev, scheme)) {
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) selected scheme %s/%i\n",
+ pInfo->name, schemeStr, scheme);
+ } else {
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) could not init scheme %s\n",
+ pInfo->name, schemeStr);
+ scheme = dev->valuator->accelScheme.number;
+ }
+ } else {
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) keeping acceleration scheme %i\n",
+ pInfo->name, scheme);
+ }
+
+ free(schemeStr);
+
+ /* process special configuration */
+ switch (scheme) {
+ case PtrAccelPredictable:
+ pVel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
+ ProcessVelocityConfiguration (dev, pInfo->name, pInfo->options,
+ pVel);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ i = xf86SetIntOption(pInfo->options, "AccelerationNumerator",
+ dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num);
+ if (i >= 0)
+ dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num = i;
+
+ i = xf86SetIntOption(pInfo->options, "AccelerationDenominator",
+ dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den);
+ if (i > 0)
+ dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den = i;
+
+ i = xf86SetIntOption(pInfo->options, "AccelerationThreshold",
+ dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold);
+ if (i >= 0)
+ dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold = i;
+
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) acceleration factor: %.3f\n",
+ pInfo->name, ((float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num)/
+ ((float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den));
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) acceleration threshold: %i\n",
+ pInfo->name, dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold);
+ }
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * xf86ProcessCommonOptions --
+ *
+ * Process global options.
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************
+ */
+void
+xf86ProcessCommonOptions(InputInfoPtr pInfo,
+ pointer list)
+{
+ if (xf86SetBoolOption(list, "Floating", 0) ||
+ !xf86SetBoolOption(list, "AlwaysCore", 1) ||
+ !xf86SetBoolOption(list, "SendCoreEvents", 1) ||
+ !xf86SetBoolOption(list, "CorePointer", 1) ||
+ !xf86SetBoolOption(list, "CoreKeyboard", 1)) {
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: doesn't report core events\n", pInfo->name);
+ } else {
+ pInfo->flags |= XI86_ALWAYS_CORE;
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: always reports core events\n", pInfo->name);
+ }
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * xf86ActivateDevice --
+ *
+ * Initialize an input device.
+ *
+ * Returns TRUE on success, or FALSE otherwise.
+ ***********************************************************************
+ */
+static DeviceIntPtr
+xf86ActivateDevice(InputInfoPtr pInfo)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+ Atom atom;
+
+ dev = AddInputDevice(serverClient, pInfo->device_control, TRUE);
+
+ if (dev == NULL)
+ {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Too many input devices. Ignoring %s\n",
+ pInfo->name);
+ pInfo->dev = NULL;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ atom = MakeAtom(pInfo->type_name, strlen(pInfo->type_name), TRUE);
+ AssignTypeAndName(dev, atom, pInfo->name);
+ dev->public.devicePrivate = pInfo;
+ pInfo->dev = dev;
+
+ dev->coreEvents = pInfo->flags & XI86_ALWAYS_CORE;
+ dev->type = SLAVE;
+ dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
+
+ dev->config_info = xf86SetStrOption(pInfo->options, "config_info", NULL);
+
+ if (serverGeneration == 1)
+ xf86Msg(X_INFO, "XINPUT: Adding extended input device \"%s\" (type: %s)\n",
+ pInfo->name, pInfo->type_name);
+
+ return dev;
+}
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Caller: ProcXSetDeviceMode
+ *
+ * Change the mode of an extension device.
+ * This function is used to change the mode of a device from reporting
+ * relative motion to reporting absolute positional information, and
+ * vice versa.
+ * The default implementation below is that no such devices are supported.
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************
+ */
+
+int
+SetDeviceMode (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, int mode)
+{
+ InputInfoPtr pInfo = (InputInfoPtr)dev->public.devicePrivate;
+
+ if (pInfo->switch_mode) {
+ return (*pInfo->switch_mode)(client, dev, mode);
+ }
+ else
+ return BadMatch;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Caller: ProcXSetDeviceValuators
+ *
+ * Set the value of valuators on an extension input device.
+ * This function is used to set the initial value of valuators on
+ * those input devices that are capable of reporting either relative
+ * motion or an absolute position, and allow an initial position to be set.
+ * The default implementation below is that no such devices are supported.
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************
+ */
+
+int
+SetDeviceValuators (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, int *valuators,
+ int first_valuator, int num_valuators)
+{
+ InputInfoPtr pInfo = (InputInfoPtr) dev->public.devicePrivate;
+
+ if (pInfo->set_device_valuators)
+ return (*pInfo->set_device_valuators)(pInfo, valuators, first_valuator,
+ num_valuators);
+
+ return BadMatch;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Caller: ProcXChangeDeviceControl
+ *
+ * Change the specified device controls on an extension input device.
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************
+ */
+
+int
+ChangeDeviceControl (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xDeviceCtl *control)
+{
+ InputInfoPtr pInfo = (InputInfoPtr)dev->public.devicePrivate;
+
+ if (!pInfo->control_proc) {
+ switch (control->control) {
+ case DEVICE_CORE:
+ return BadMatch;
+ case DEVICE_RESOLUTION:
+ case DEVICE_ABS_CALIB:
+ case DEVICE_ABS_AREA:
+ case DEVICE_ENABLE:
+ return Success;
+ default:
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ return (*pInfo->control_proc)(pInfo, control);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get the operating system name from uname and store it statically to avoid
+ * repeating the system call each time MatchOS is checked.
+ */
+static const char *
+HostOS(void)
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H
+ struct utsname name;
+ static char host_os[sizeof(name.sysname)] = "";
+
+ if (*host_os == '\0') {
+ if (uname(&name) >= 0)
+ strcpy(host_os, name.sysname);
+ else {
+ strncpy(host_os, "unknown", sizeof(host_os));
+ host_os[sizeof(host_os)-1] = '\0';
+ }
+ }
+ return host_os;
+#else
+ return "";
+#endif
+}
+
+static int
+match_substring(const char *attr, const char *pattern)
+{
+ return (strstr(attr, pattern)) ? 0 : -1;
+}
+
+#ifdef HAVE_FNMATCH_H
+static int
+match_pattern(const char *attr, const char *pattern)
+{
+ return fnmatch(pattern, attr, 0);
+}
+#else
+#define match_pattern match_substring
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_FNMATCH_H
+static int
+match_path_pattern(const char *attr, const char *pattern)
+{
+ return fnmatch(pattern, attr, FNM_PATHNAME);
+}
+#else
+#define match_path_pattern match_substring
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Match an attribute against a list of NULL terminated arrays of patterns.
+ * If a pattern in each list entry is matched, return TRUE.
+ */
+static Bool
+MatchAttrToken(const char *attr, struct list *patterns,
+ int (*compare)(const char *attr, const char *pattern))
+{
+ const xf86MatchGroup *group;
+
+ /* If there are no patterns, accept the match */
+ if (list_is_empty(patterns))
+ return TRUE;
+
+ /* If there are patterns but no attribute, reject the match */
+ if (!attr)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /*
+ * Otherwise, iterate the list of patterns ensuring each entry has a
+ * match. Each list entry is a separate Match line of the same type.
+ */
+ list_for_each_entry(group, patterns, entry) {
+ char * const *cur;
+ Bool match = FALSE;
+
+ for (cur = group->values; *cur; cur++)
+ if ((*compare)(attr, *cur) == 0) {
+ match = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (!match)
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* All the entries in the list matched the attribute */
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Classes without any Match statements match all devices. Otherwise, all
+ * statements must match.
+ */
+static Bool
+InputClassMatches(const XF86ConfInputClassPtr iclass, const InputInfoPtr idev,
+ const InputAttributes *attrs)
+{
+ /* MatchProduct substring */
+ if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->product, &iclass->match_product, match_substring))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* MatchVendor substring */
+ if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->vendor, &iclass->match_vendor, match_substring))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* MatchDevicePath pattern */
+ if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->device, &iclass->match_device, match_path_pattern))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* MatchOS case-insensitive string */
+ if (!MatchAttrToken(HostOS(), &iclass->match_os, strcasecmp))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* MatchPnPID pattern */
+ if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->pnp_id, &iclass->match_pnpid, match_pattern))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* MatchUSBID pattern */
+ if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->usb_id, &iclass->match_usbid, match_pattern))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* MatchDriver string */
+ if (!MatchAttrToken(idev->driver, &iclass->match_driver, strcmp))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /*
+ * MatchTag string
+ * See if any of the device's tags match any of the MatchTag tokens.
+ */
+ if (!list_is_empty(&iclass->match_tag)) {
+ char * const *tag;
+ Bool match;
+
+ if (!attrs->tags)
+ return FALSE;
+ for (tag = attrs->tags, match = FALSE; *tag; tag++) {
+ if (MatchAttrToken(*tag, &iclass->match_tag, strcmp)) {
+ match = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!match)
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* MatchIs* booleans */
+ if (iclass->is_keyboard.set &&
+ iclass->is_keyboard.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_KEYBOARD))
+ return FALSE;
+ if (iclass->is_pointer.set &&
+ iclass->is_pointer.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_POINTER))
+ return FALSE;
+ if (iclass->is_joystick.set &&
+ iclass->is_joystick.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_JOYSTICK))
+ return FALSE;
+ if (iclass->is_tablet.set &&
+ iclass->is_tablet.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_TABLET))
+ return FALSE;
+ if (iclass->is_touchpad.set &&
+ iclass->is_touchpad.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_TOUCHPAD))
+ return FALSE;
+ if (iclass->is_touchscreen.set &&
+ iclass->is_touchscreen.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_TOUCHSCREEN))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Merge in any InputClass configurations. Options in each InputClass
+ * section have more priority than the original device configuration as
+ * well as any previous InputClass sections.
+ */
+static int
+MergeInputClasses(const InputInfoPtr idev, const InputAttributes *attrs)
+{
+ XF86ConfInputClassPtr cl;
+ XF86OptionPtr classopts;
+
+ for (cl = xf86configptr->conf_inputclass_lst; cl; cl = cl->list.next) {
+ if (!InputClassMatches(cl, idev, attrs))
+ continue;
+
+ /* Collect class options and driver settings */
+ classopts = xf86optionListDup(cl->option_lst);
+ if (cl->driver) {
+ free(idev->driver);
+ idev->driver = xstrdup(cl->driver);
+ if (!idev->driver) {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Failed to allocate memory while merging "
+ "InputClass configuration");
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ classopts = xf86ReplaceStrOption(classopts, "driver",
+ idev->driver);
+ }
+
+ /* Apply options to device with InputClass settings preferred. */
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: Applying InputClass \"%s\"\n",
+ idev->name, cl->identifier);
+ idev->options = xf86optionListMerge(idev->options, classopts);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Iterate the list of classes and look for Option "Ignore". Return the
+ * value of the last matching class and holler when returning TRUE.
+ */
+static Bool
+IgnoreInputClass(const InputInfoPtr idev, const InputAttributes *attrs)
+{
+ XF86ConfInputClassPtr cl;
+ Bool ignore = FALSE;
+ const char *ignore_class;
+
+ for (cl = xf86configptr->conf_inputclass_lst; cl; cl = cl->list.next) {
+ if (!InputClassMatches(cl, idev, attrs))
+ continue;
+ if (xf86findOption(cl->option_lst, "Ignore")) {
+ ignore = xf86CheckBoolOption(cl->option_lst, "Ignore", FALSE);
+ ignore_class = cl->identifier;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ignore)
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: Ignoring device from InputClass \"%s\"\n",
+ idev->name, ignore_class);
+ return ignore;
+}
+
+InputInfoPtr
+xf86AllocateInput(void)
+{
+ InputInfoPtr pInfo;
+
+ pInfo = calloc(sizeof(*pInfo), 1);
+ if (!pInfo)
+ return NULL;
+
+ pInfo->fd = -1;
+ pInfo->type_name = "UNKNOWN";
+
+ return pInfo;
+}
+
+/* Append InputInfoRec to the tail of xf86InputDevs. */
+static void
+xf86AddInput(InputDriverPtr drv, InputInfoPtr pInfo)
+{
+ InputInfoPtr *prev = NULL;
+
+ pInfo->drv = drv;
+ pInfo->module = DuplicateModule(drv->module, NULL);
+
+ for (prev = &xf86InputDevs; *prev; prev = &(*prev)->next)
+ ;
+
+ *prev = pInfo;
+ pInfo->next = NULL;
+
+ xf86CollectInputOptions(pInfo, (const char**)drv->default_options);
+ xf86OptionListReport(pInfo->options);
+ xf86ProcessCommonOptions(pInfo, pInfo->options);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Remove an entry from xf86InputDevs and free all the device's information.
+ */
+void
+xf86DeleteInput(InputInfoPtr pInp, int flags)
+{
+ /* First check if the inputdev is valid. */
+ if (pInp == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ if (pInp->module)
+ UnloadModule(pInp->module);
+
+ /* This should *really* be handled in drv->UnInit(dev) call instead, but
+ * if the driver forgets about it make sure we free it or at least crash
+ * with flying colors */
+ free(pInp->private);
+
+ FreeInputAttributes(pInp->attrs);
+
+ /* Remove the entry from the list. */
+ if (pInp == xf86InputDevs)
+ xf86InputDevs = pInp->next;
+ else {
+ InputInfoPtr p = xf86InputDevs;
+ while (p && p->next != pInp)
+ p = p->next;
+ if (p)
+ p->next = pInp->next;
+ /* Else the entry wasn't in the xf86InputDevs list (ignore this). */
+ }
+
+ free(pInp->driver);
+ free(pInp->name);
+ xf86optionListFree(pInp->options);
+ free(pInp);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Apply backend-specific initialization. Invoked after ActiveteDevice(),
+ * i.e. after the driver successfully completed DEVICE_INIT and the device
+ * is advertised.
+ * @param dev the device
+ * @return Success or an error code
+ */
+static int
+xf86InputDevicePostInit(DeviceIntPtr dev) {
+ ApplyAccelerationSettings(dev);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create a new input device, activate and enable it.
+ *
+ * Possible return codes:
+ * BadName .. a bad driver name was supplied.
+ * BadImplementation ... The driver does not have a PreInit function. This
+ * is a driver bug.
+ * BadMatch .. device initialization failed.
+ * BadAlloc .. too many input devices
+ *
+ * @param idev The device, already set up with identifier, driver, and the
+ * options.
+ * @param pdev Pointer to the new device, if Success was reported.
+ * @param enable Enable the device after activating it.
+ *
+ * @return Success or an error code
+ */
+_X_INTERNAL int
+xf86NewInputDevice(InputInfoPtr pInfo, DeviceIntPtr *pdev, BOOL enable)
+{
+ InputDriverPtr drv = NULL;
+ DeviceIntPtr dev = NULL;
+ int rval;
+
+ /* Memory leak for every attached device if we don't
+ * test if the module is already loaded first */
+ drv = xf86LookupInputDriver(pInfo->driver);
+ if (!drv)
+ if (xf86LoadOneModule(pInfo->driver, NULL))
+ drv = xf86LookupInputDriver(pInfo->driver);
+ if (!drv) {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No input driver matching `%s'\n", pInfo->driver);
+ rval = BadName;
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+
+ if (!drv->PreInit) {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR,
+ "Input driver `%s' has no PreInit function (ignoring)\n",
+ drv->driverName);
+ rval = BadImplementation;
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+
+ xf86AddInput(drv, pInfo);
+
+ rval = drv->PreInit(drv, pInfo, 0);
+
+ if (rval != Success) {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "PreInit returned %d for \"%s\"\n", rval, pInfo->name);
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+
+ if (!(dev = xf86ActivateDevice(pInfo)))
+ {
+ rval = BadAlloc;
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+
+ rval = ActivateDevice(dev, TRUE);
+ if (rval != Success)
+ {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Couldn't init device \"%s\"\n", pInfo->name);
+ RemoveDevice(dev, TRUE);
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+
+ rval = xf86InputDevicePostInit(dev);
+ if (rval != Success)
+ {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Couldn't post-init device \"%s\"\n", pInfo->name);
+ RemoveDevice(dev, TRUE);
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable it if it's properly initialised and we're currently in the VT */
+ if (enable && dev->inited && dev->startup && xf86Screens[0]->vtSema)
+ {
+ OsBlockSignals();
+ EnableDevice(dev, TRUE);
+ if (!dev->enabled)
+ {
+ OsReleaseSignals();
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Couldn't init device \"%s\"\n", pInfo->name);
+ rval = BadMatch;
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+ /* send enter/leave event, update sprite window */
+ CheckMotion(NULL, dev);
+ OsReleaseSignals();
+ }
+
+ *pdev = dev;
+ return Success;
+
+unwind:
+ if(pInfo) {
+ if(drv && drv->UnInit)
+ drv->UnInit(drv, pInfo, 0);
+ else
+ xf86DeleteInput(pInfo, 0);
+ }
+ return rval;
+}
+
+int
+NewInputDeviceRequest (InputOption *options, InputAttributes *attrs,
+ DeviceIntPtr *pdev)
+{
+ InputInfoPtr pInfo = NULL;
+ InputOption *option = NULL;
+ int rval = Success;
+ int is_auto = 0;
+
+ pInfo = xf86AllocateInput();
+ if (!pInfo)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ for (option = options; option; option = option->next) {
+ if (strcasecmp(option->key, "driver") == 0) {
+ if (pInfo->driver) {
+ rval = BadRequest;
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+ pInfo->driver = xstrdup(option->value);
+ if (!pInfo->driver) {
+ rval = BadAlloc;
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (strcasecmp(option->key, "name") == 0 ||
+ strcasecmp(option->key, "identifier") == 0) {
+ if (pInfo->name) {
+ rval = BadRequest;
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+ pInfo->name = xstrdup(option->value);
+ if (!pInfo->name) {
+ rval = BadAlloc;
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (strcmp(option->key, "_source") == 0 &&
+ (strcmp(option->value, "server/hal") == 0 ||
+ strcmp(option->value, "server/udev") == 0)) {
+ is_auto = 1;
+ if (!xf86Info.autoAddDevices) {
+ rval = BadMatch;
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (option = options; option; option = option->next) {
+ /* Steal option key/value strings from the provided list.
+ * We need those strings, the InputOption list doesn't. */
+ pInfo->options = xf86addNewOption(pInfo->options,
+ option->key, option->value);
+ option->key = NULL;
+ option->value = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Apply InputClass settings */
+ if (attrs) {
+ if (IgnoreInputClass(pInfo, attrs)) {
+ rval = BadIDChoice;
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+
+ rval = MergeInputClasses(pInfo, attrs);
+ if (rval != Success)
+ goto unwind;
+
+ pInfo->attrs = DuplicateInputAttributes(attrs);
+ }
+
+ if (!pInfo->driver || !pInfo->name) {
+ xf86Msg(X_INFO, "No input driver/identifier specified (ignoring)\n");
+ rval = BadRequest;
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+
+ if (!pInfo->name) {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No device identifier specified (ignoring)\n");
+ rval = BadMatch;
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+
+ rval = xf86NewInputDevice(pInfo, pdev,
+ (!is_auto || (is_auto && xf86Info.autoEnableDevices)));
+
+ return rval;
+
+unwind:
+ if (is_auto && !xf86Info.autoAddDevices)
+ xf86Msg(X_INFO, "AutoAddDevices is off - not adding device.\n");
+ xf86DeleteInput(pInfo, 0);
+ return rval;
+}
+
+void
+DeleteInputDeviceRequest(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ InputInfoPtr pInfo = (InputInfoPtr) pDev->public.devicePrivate;
+ InputDriverPtr drv = NULL;
+ Bool isMaster = IsMaster(pDev);
+
+ if (pInfo) /* need to get these before RemoveDevice */
+ drv = pInfo->drv;
+
+ OsBlockSignals();
+ RemoveDevice(pDev, TRUE);
+
+ if (!isMaster && pInfo != NULL)
+ {
+ if(drv->UnInit)
+ drv->UnInit(drv, pInfo, 0);
+ else
+ xf86DeleteInput(pInfo, 0);
+ }
+ OsReleaseSignals();
+}
+
+/*
+ * convenient functions to post events
+ */
+
+void
+xf86PostMotionEvent(DeviceIntPtr device,
+ int is_absolute,
+ int first_valuator,
+ int num_valuators,
+ ...)
+{
+ va_list var;
+ int i = 0;
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+
+ XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
+
+ valuator_mask_zero(&mask);
+ va_start(var, num_valuators);
+ for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i++)
+ valuator_mask_set(&mask, first_valuator + i, va_arg(var, int));
+ va_end(var);
+
+ xf86PostMotionEventM(device, is_absolute, &mask);
+}
+
+void
+xf86PostMotionEventP(DeviceIntPtr device,
+ int is_absolute,
+ int first_valuator,
+ int num_valuators,
+ const int *valuators)
+{
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+
+ XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
+
+ valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);
+ xf86PostMotionEventM(device, is_absolute, &mask);
+}
+
+void
+xf86PostMotionEventM(DeviceIntPtr device,
+ int is_absolute,
+ const ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+ int i = 0, nevents = 0;
+ DeviceEvent *event;
+ int flags = 0;
+
+ if (valuator_mask_num_valuators(mask) > 0)
+ {
+ if (is_absolute)
+ flags = POINTER_ABSOLUTE;
+ else
+ flags = POINTER_RELATIVE | POINTER_ACCELERATE;
+ }
+
+#if XFreeXDGA
+ /* The evdev driver may not always send all axes across. */
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0) ||
+ valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1))
+ if (miPointerGetScreen(device)) {
+ int index = miPointerGetScreen(device)->myNum;
+ int dx = 0, dy = 0;
+
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0))
+ {
+ dx = valuator_mask_get(mask, 0);
+ if (is_absolute)
+ dx -= device->last.valuators[0];
+ }
+
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1))
+ {
+ dy = valuator_mask_get(mask, 1);
+ if (is_absolute)
+ dy -= device->last.valuators[1];
+ }
+
+ if (DGAStealMotionEvent(device, index, dx, dy))
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ nevents = GetPointerEvents(xf86Events, device, MotionNotify, 0, flags, mask);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++) {
+ event = (DeviceEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event);
+ mieqEnqueue(device, (InternalEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event));
+ }
+}
+
+void
+xf86PostProximityEvent(DeviceIntPtr device,
+ int is_in,
+ int first_valuator,
+ int num_valuators,
+ ...)
+{
+ va_list var;
+ int i;
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+
+ XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
+
+ valuator_mask_zero(&mask);
+ va_start(var, num_valuators);
+ for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i++)
+ valuator_mask_set(&mask, first_valuator + i, va_arg(var, int));
+ va_end(var);
+
+ xf86PostProximityEventM(device, is_in, &mask);
+}
+
+void
+xf86PostProximityEventP(DeviceIntPtr device,
+ int is_in,
+ int first_valuator,
+ int num_valuators,
+ const int *valuators)
+{
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+
+ XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
+
+ valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);
+ xf86PostProximityEventM(device, is_in, &mask);
+}
+
+void
+xf86PostProximityEventM(DeviceIntPtr device,
+ int is_in,
+ const ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+ int i, nevents;
+
+ nevents = GetProximityEvents(xf86Events, device,
+ is_in ? ProximityIn : ProximityOut, mask);
+ for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++)
+ mieqEnqueue(device, (InternalEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event));
+
+}
+
+void
+xf86PostButtonEvent(DeviceIntPtr device,
+ int is_absolute,
+ int button,
+ int is_down,
+ int first_valuator,
+ int num_valuators,
+ ...)
+{
+ va_list var;
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+ int i = 0;
+
+ XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
+
+ valuator_mask_zero(&mask);
+
+ va_start(var, num_valuators);
+ for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i++)
+ valuator_mask_set(&mask, first_valuator + i, va_arg(var, int));
+ va_end(var);
+
+ xf86PostButtonEventM(device, is_absolute, button, is_down, &mask);
+}
+
+void
+xf86PostButtonEventP(DeviceIntPtr device,
+ int is_absolute,
+ int button,
+ int is_down,
+ int first_valuator,
+ int num_valuators,
+ const int *valuators)
+{
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+
+ XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
+
+ valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);
+ xf86PostButtonEventM(device, is_absolute, button, is_down, &mask);
+}
+
+void
+xf86PostButtonEventM(DeviceIntPtr device,
+ int is_absolute,
+ int button,
+ int is_down,
+ const ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+ int i = 0, nevents = 0;
+ int flags = 0;
+
+ if (valuator_mask_num_valuators(mask) > 0)
+ {
+ if (is_absolute)
+ flags = POINTER_ABSOLUTE;
+ else
+ flags = POINTER_RELATIVE | POINTER_ACCELERATE;
+ }
+
+#if XFreeXDGA
+ if (miPointerGetScreen(device)) {
+ int index = miPointerGetScreen(device)->myNum;
+
+ if (DGAStealButtonEvent(device, index, button, is_down))
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ nevents = GetPointerEvents(xf86Events, device,
+ is_down ? ButtonPress : ButtonRelease, button,
+ flags, mask);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++)
+ mieqEnqueue(device, (InternalEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event));
+
+}
+
+void
+xf86PostKeyEvent(DeviceIntPtr device,
+ unsigned int key_code,
+ int is_down,
+ int is_absolute,
+ int first_valuator,
+ int num_valuators,
+ ...)
+{
+ va_list var;
+ int i = 0;
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+
+ XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
+
+ valuator_mask_zero(&mask);
+
+ va_start(var, num_valuators);
+ for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i++)
+ valuator_mask_set(&mask, first_valuator + i, va_arg(var, int));
+ va_end(var);
+
+ xf86PostKeyEventM(device, key_code, is_down, is_absolute, &mask);
+}
+
+void
+xf86PostKeyEventP(DeviceIntPtr device,
+ unsigned int key_code,
+ int is_down,
+ int is_absolute,
+ int first_valuator,
+ int num_valuators,
+ const int *valuators)
+{
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+
+ XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
+
+ valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);
+ xf86PostKeyEventM(device, key_code, is_down, is_absolute, &mask);
+}
+
+void
+xf86PostKeyEventM(DeviceIntPtr device,
+ unsigned int key_code,
+ int is_down,
+ int is_absolute,
+ const ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+ int i = 0, nevents = 0;
+
+#if XFreeXDGA
+ DeviceIntPtr pointer;
+
+ /* Some pointers send key events, paired device is wrong then. */
+ pointer = IsPointerDevice(device) ? device : GetPairedDevice(device);
+ if (miPointerGetScreen(pointer)) {
+ int index = miPointerGetScreen(pointer)->myNum;
+
+ if (DGAStealKeyEvent(device, index, key_code, is_down))
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (is_absolute) {
+ nevents = GetKeyboardValuatorEvents(xf86Events, device,
+ is_down ? KeyPress : KeyRelease,
+ key_code, mask);
+ }
+ else {
+ nevents = GetKeyboardEvents(xf86Events, device,
+ is_down ? KeyPress : KeyRelease,
+ key_code);
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++)
+ mieqEnqueue(device, (InternalEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event));
+}
+
+void
+xf86PostKeyboardEvent(DeviceIntPtr device,
+ unsigned int key_code,
+ int is_down)
+{
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+
+ valuator_mask_zero(&mask);
+ xf86PostKeyEventM(device, key_code, is_down, 0, &mask);
+}
+
+InputInfoPtr
+xf86FirstLocalDevice(void)
+{
+ return xf86InputDevs;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Cx - raw data from touch screen
+ * to_max - scaled highest dimension
+ * (remember, this is of rows - 1 because of 0 origin)
+ * to_min - scaled lowest dimension
+ * from_max - highest raw value from touch screen calibration
+ * from_min - lowest raw value from touch screen calibration
+ *
+ * This function is the same for X or Y coordinates.
+ * You may have to reverse the high and low values to compensate for
+ * different orgins on the touch screen vs X.
+ *
+ * e.g. to scale from device coordinates into screen coordinates, call
+ * xf86ScaleAxis(x, 0, screen_width, dev_min, dev_max);
+ */
+
+int
+xf86ScaleAxis(int Cx,
+ int to_max,
+ int to_min,
+ int from_max,
+ int from_min )
+{
+ int X;
+ int64_t to_width = to_max - to_min;
+ int64_t from_width = from_max - from_min;
+
+ if (from_width) {
+ X = (int)(((to_width * (Cx - from_min)) / from_width) + to_min);
+ }
+ else {
+ X = 0;
+ ErrorF ("Divide by Zero in xf86ScaleAxis\n");
+ }
+
+ if (X > to_max)
+ X = to_max;
+ if (X < to_min)
+ X = to_min;
+
+ return X;
+}
+
+/*
+ * This function checks the given screen against the current screen and
+ * makes changes if appropriate. It should be called from an XInput driver's
+ * ReadInput function before any events are posted, if the device is screen
+ * specific like a touch screen.
+ */
+void
+xf86XInputSetScreen(InputInfoPtr pInfo,
+ int screen_number,
+ int x,
+ int y)
+{
+ if (miPointerGetScreen(pInfo->dev) !=
+ screenInfo.screens[screen_number]) {
+ miPointerSetScreen(pInfo->dev, screen_number, x, y);
+ }
+}
+
+
+void
+xf86InitValuatorAxisStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axnum, Atom label, int minval, int maxval,
+ int resolution, int min_res, int max_res, int mode)
+{
+ if (!dev || !dev->valuator)
+ return;
+
+ InitValuatorAxisStruct(dev, axnum, label, minval, maxval, resolution, min_res,
+ max_res, mode);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the valuator values to be in synch with dix/event.c
+ * DefineInitialRootWindow().
+ */
+void
+xf86InitValuatorDefaults(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axnum)
+{
+ if (axnum == 0) {
+ dev->valuator->axisVal[0] = screenInfo.screens[0]->width / 2;
+ dev->last.valuators[0] = dev->valuator->axisVal[0];
+ }
+ else if (axnum == 1) {
+ dev->valuator->axisVal[1] = screenInfo.screens[0]->height / 2;
+ dev->last.valuators[1] = dev->valuator->axisVal[1];
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Deactivate a device. Call this function from the driver if you receive a
+ * read error or something else that spoils your day.
+ * Device will be moved to the off_devices list, but it will still be there
+ * until you really clean up after it.
+ * Notifies the client about an inactive device.
+ *
+ * @param panic True if device is unrecoverable and needs to be removed.
+ */
+void
+xf86DisableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, Bool panic)
+{
+ if(!panic)
+ {
+ DisableDevice(dev, TRUE);
+ } else
+ {
+ SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceUnrecoverable);
+ DeleteInputDeviceRequest(dev);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reactivate a device. Call this function from the driver if you just found
+ * out that the read error wasn't quite that bad after all.
+ * Device will be re-activated, and an event sent to the client.
+ */
+void
+xf86EnableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ EnableDevice(dev, TRUE);
+}
+
+/* end of xf86Xinput.c */
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/Makefile.am b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/Makefile.am
index 80217365d..acb8937f0 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/Makefile.am
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/Makefile.am
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-SUBDIRS = devel man sgml
-
-EXTRA_DIST = \
- README.modes
+SUBDIRS = devel sgml
+
+EXTRA_DIST = \
+ README.modes
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/man/Makefile.am b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/man/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 80e22cbab..000000000
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/man/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-include $(top_srcdir)/manpages.am
-appman_PRE = Xorg.man
-fileman_PRE = xorg.conf.man xorg.conf.d.man
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/man/Xorg.man b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/man/Xorg.man
deleted file mode 100644
index 6fa334cc3..000000000
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/man/Xorg.man
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,689 +0,0 @@
-.\" $XdotOrg: xserver/xorg/hw/xfree86/doc/man/Xorg.man.pre,v 1.3 2005/07/04 18:41:01 ajax Exp $
-.\" shorthand for double quote that works everywhere.
-.ds q \N'34'
-.TH __xservername__ __appmansuffix__ __vendorversion__
-.SH NAME
-__xservername__ - X11R7 X server
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B __xservername__
-.RI [\fB:\fP display ]
-.RI [ option
-.IR ... ]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.B __xservername__
-is a full featured X server that was originally designed for UNIX and
-UNIX-like operating systems running on Intel x86 hardware. It now runs
-on a wider range of hardware and OS platforms.
-.PP
-This work was derived by the X.Org Foundation from the XFree86 Project's
-.I "XFree86\ 4.4rc2"
-release.
-The XFree86 release was originally derived from
-.I "X386\ 1.2"
-by Thomas Roell which was contributed to X11R5 by Snitily Graphics
-Consulting Service.
-.SH PLATFORMS
-.PP
-.B __xservername__
-operates under a wide range of operating systems and hardware platforms.
-The Intel x86 (IA32) architecture is the most widely supported hardware
-platform. Other hardware platforms include Compaq Alpha, Intel IA64, AMD64,
-SPARC and PowerPC. The most widely supported operating systems are the
-free/OpenSource UNIX-like systems such as Linux, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
-OpenBSD, and Solaris. Commercial UNIX operating systems such as
-UnixWare are also supported. Other supported operating systems include
-GNU Hurd. Mac OS X is supported with the
-Xquartz(__appmansuffix__) X server. Win32/Cygwin is supported with the
-XWin(__appmansuffix__) X server.
-.PP
-.SH "NETWORK CONNECTIONS"
-.B __xservername__
-supports connections made using the following reliable
-byte-streams:
-.TP 4
-.I "Local"
-On most platforms, the "Local" connection type is a UNIX-domain socket.
-On some System V platforms, the "local" connection types also include
-STREAMS pipes, named pipes, and some other mechanisms.
-.TP 4
-.I TCP\/IP
-.B __xservername__
-listens on port
-.RI 6000+ n ,
-where
-.I n
-is the display number. This connection type can be disabled with the
-.B \-nolisten
-option (see the Xserver(1) man page for details).
-.SH "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
-For operating systems that support local connections other than Unix
-Domain sockets (SVR3 and SVR4), there is a compiled-in list specifying
-the order in which local connections should be attempted. This list
-can be overridden by the
-.I XLOCAL
-environment variable described below. If the display name indicates a
-best-choice connection should be made (e.g.
-.BR :0.0 ),
-each connection mechanism is tried until a connection succeeds or no
-more mechanisms are available. Note: for these OSs, the Unix Domain
-socket connection is treated differently from the other local connection
-types. To use it the connection must be made to
-.BR unix:0.0 .
-.PP
-The
-.I XLOCAL
-environment variable should contain a list of one more
-more of the following:
-.PP
-.RS 8
-.nf
-NAMED
-PTS
-SCO
-ISC
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-which represent SVR4 Named Streams pipe, Old-style USL Streams pipe,
-SCO XSight Streams pipe, and ISC Streams pipe, respectively. You can
-select a single mechanism (e.g.
-.IR XLOCAL=NAMED ),
-or an ordered list (e.g. \fIXLOCAL="NAMED:PTS:SCO"\fP).
-his variable overrides the compiled-in defaults. For SVR4 it is
-recommended that
-.I NAMED
-be the first preference connection. The default setting is
-.IR PTS:NAMED:ISC:SCO .
-.PP
-To globally override the compiled-in defaults, you should define (and
-export if using
-.B sh
-or
-.BR ksh )
-.I XLOCAL
-globally. If you use startx(1) or xinit(1), the definition should be
-at the top of your
-.I .xinitrc
-file. If you use xdm(1), the definitions should be early on in the
-.I __projectroot__/lib/X11/xdm/Xsession
-script.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.B __xservername__
-supports several mechanisms for supplying/obtaining configuration and
-run-time parameters: command line options, environment variables, the
-__xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) configuration files, auto-detection, and
-fallback defaults. When the same information is supplied in more than
-one way, the highest precedence mechanism is used. The list of mechanisms
-is ordered from highest precedence to lowest. Note that not all parameters
-can be supplied via all methods. The available command line options
-and environment variables (and some defaults) are described here and in
-the Xserver(__appmansuffix__) manual page. Most configuration file
-parameters, with their defaults, are described in the
-__xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) manual page. Driver and module specific
-configuration parameters are described in the relevant driver or module
-manual page.
-.PP
-In addition to the normal server options described in the
-Xserver(__appmansuffix__) manual page,
-.B __xservername__
-accepts the following command line switches:
-.TP 8
-.BI vt XX
-.I XX
-specifies the Virtual Terminal device number which
-.B __xservername__
-will use. Without this option,
-.B __xservername__
-will pick the first available Virtual Terminal that it can locate. This
-option applies only to platforms that have virtual terminal support, such
-as Linux, BSD, OpenSolaris, SVR3, and SVR4.
-.TP
-.B \-allowMouseOpenFail
-Allow the server to start up even if the mouse device can't be opened
-or initialised. This is equivalent to the
-.B AllowMouseOpenFail
-__xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file option.
-.TP 8
-.B \-allowNonLocalXvidtune
-Make the VidMode extension available to remote clients. This allows
-the xvidtune client to connect from another host. This is equivalent
-to the
-.B AllowNonLocalXvidtune
-__xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file option. By default non-local
-connections are not allowed.
-.TP 8
-.BI \-bgamma " value"
-Set the blue gamma correction.
-.I value
-must be between 0.1 and 10.
-The default is 1.0. Not all drivers support this. See also the
-.BR \-gamma ,
-.BR \-rgamma ,
-and
-.B \-ggamma
-options.
-.TP 8
-.BI \-bpp " n"
-No longer supported. Use
-.B \-depth
-to set the color depth, and use
-.B \-fbbpp
-if you really need to force a non-default framebuffer (hardware) pixel
-format.
-.TP 8
-.BI \-config " file"
-Read the server configuration from
-.IR file .
-This option will work for any file when the server is run as root (i.e,
-with real-uid 0), or for files relative to a directory in the config
-search path for all other users.
-.TP 8
-.BI \-configdir " directory"
-Read the server configuration files from
-.IR directory .
-This option will work for any directory when the server is run as root
-(i.e, with real-uid 0), or for directories relative to a directory in the
-config directory search path for all other users.
-.TP 8
-.B \-configure
-When this option is specified, the
-.B __xservername__
-server loads all video driver modules, probes for available hardware,
-and writes out an initial __xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file based on
-what was detected. This option currently has some problems on some
-platforms, but in most cases it is a good way to bootstrap the
-configuration process. This option is only available when the server
-is run as root (i.e, with real-uid 0).
-.TP 8
-.BI "\-crt /dev/tty" XX
-SCO only. This is the same as the
-.B vt
-option, and is provided for compatibility with the native SCO X server.
-.TP 8
-.BI \-depth " n"
-Sets the default color depth. Legal values are 1, 4, 8, 15, 16, and
-24. Not all drivers support all values.
-.TP 8
-.B \-disableVidMode
-Disable the parts of the VidMode extension (used by the xvidtune
-client) that can be used to change the video modes. This is equivalent
-to the
-.B DisableVidModeExtension
-__xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file option.
-.TP 8
-.B \-fbbpp \fIn\fP
-Sets the number of framebuffer bits per pixel. You should only set this
-if you're sure it's necessary; normally the server can deduce the correct
-value from
-.B \-depth
-above. Useful if you want to run a depth 24 configuration with a 24
-bpp framebuffer rather than the (possibly default) 32 bpp framebuffer
-(or vice versa). Legal values are 1, 8, 16, 24, 32. Not all drivers
-support all values.
-.TP 8
-.B \-flipPixels
-Swap the default values for the black and white pixels.
-.TP 8
-.BI \-gamma " value"
-Set the gamma correction.
-.I value
-must be between 0.1 and 10. The default is 1.0. This value is applied
-equally to the R, G and B values. Those values can be set independently
-with the
-.BR \-rgamma ,
-.BR \-bgamma ,
-and
-.B \-ggamma
-options. Not all drivers support this.
-.TP 8
-.BI \-ggamma " value"
-Set the green gamma correction.
-.I value
-must be between 0.1 and 10. The default is 1.0. Not all drivers support
-this. See also the
-.BR \-gamma ,
-.BR \-rgamma ,
-and
-.B \-bgamma
-options.
-.TP 8
-.B \-ignoreABI
-The
-.B __xservername__
-server checks the ABI revision levels of each module that it loads. It
-will normally refuse to load modules with ABI revisions that are newer
-than the server's. This is because such modules might use interfaces
-that the server does not have. When this option is specified, mismatches
-like this are downgraded from fatal errors to warnings. This option
-should be used with care.
-.TP 8
-.B \-isolateDevice \fIbus\-id\fP
-Restrict device resets to the device at
-.IR bus\-id .
-The
-.I bus\-id
-string has the form
-.IB bustype : bus : device : function
-(e.g., \(oqPCI:1:0:0\(cq).
-At present, only isolation of PCI devices is supported; i.e., this option
-is ignored if
-.I bustype
-is anything other than \(oqPCI\(cq.
-.TP 8
-.B \-keeptty
-Prevent the server from detaching its initial controlling terminal.
-This option is only useful when debugging the server. Not all platforms
-support (or can use) this option.
-.TP 8
-.BI \-keyboard " keyboard-name"
-Use the __xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file
-.B InputDevice
-section called
-.I keyboard-name
-as the core keyboard. This option is ignored when the
-.B Layout
-section specifies a core keyboard. In the absence of both a Layout
-section and this option, the first relevant
-.B InputDevice
-section is used for the core keyboard.
-.TP 8
-.BI \-layout " layout-name"
-Use the __xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file
-.B Layout
-section called
-.IR layout-name .
-By default the first
-.B Layout
-section is used.
-.TP 8
-.BI \-logfile " filename"
-Use the file called
-.I filename
-as the
-.B __xservername__
-server log file. The default log file is
-.BI __logdir__/__xservername__. n .log
-on most platforms, where
-.I n
-is the display number of the
-.B __xservername__
-server. The default may be in a different directory on some platforms.
-This option is only available when the server is run as root (i.e, with
-real-uid 0).
-.TP 8
-.BR \-logverbose " [\fIn\fP]"
-Sets the verbosity level for information printed to the
-.B __xservername__
-server log file. If the
-.I n
-value isn't supplied, each occurrence of this option increments the log
-file verbosity level. When the
-.I n
-value is supplied, the log file verbosity level is set to that value.
-The default log file verbosity level is 3.
-.TP 8
-.BI \-modulepath " searchpath"
-Set the module search path to
-.IR searchpath .
-.I searchpath
-is a comma separated list of directories to search for
-.B __xservername__
-server modules. This option is only available when the server is run
-as root (i.e, with real-uid 0).
-.TP 8
-.B \-nosilk
-Disable Silken Mouse support.
-.TP 8
-.B \-pixmap24
-Set the internal pixmap format for depth 24 pixmaps to 24 bits per pixel.
-The default is usually 32 bits per pixel. There is normally little
-reason to use this option. Some client applications don't like this
-pixmap format, even though it is a perfectly legal format. This is
-equivalent to the
-.B Pixmap
-__xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file option.
-.TP 8
-.B \-pixmap32
-Set the internal pixmap format for depth 24 pixmaps to 32 bits per pixel.
-This is usually the default. This is equivalent to the
-.B Pixmap
-__xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file option.
-.TP 8
-.BI \-pointer " pointer-name"
-Use the __xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file
-.B InputDevice
-section called
-.I pointer-name
-as the core pointer. This option is ignored when the
-.B Layout
-section specifies a core pointer. In the absence of both a Layout
-section and this option, the first relevant
-.B InputDevice
-section is used for the core pointer.
-.TP 8
-.B \-quiet
-Suppress most informational messages at startup. The verbosity level
-is set to zero.
-.TP 8
-.BI \-rgamma " value"
-Set the red gamma correction.
-.I value
-must be between 0.1 and 10. The default is 1.0. Not all drivers support
-this. See also the
-.BR \-gamma ,
-.BR \-bgamma ,
-and
-.B \-ggamma
-options.
-.TP 8
-.BI \-screen " screen-name"
-Use the __xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file
-.B Screen
-section called
-.IR screen-name .
-By default the screens referenced by the default
-.B Layout
-section are used, or the first
-.B Screen
-section when there are no
-.B Layout
-sections.
-.TP 8
-.B \-showconfig
-This is the same as the
-.B \-version
-option, and is included for compatibility reasons. It may be removed
-in a future release, so the
-.B \-version
-option should be used instead.
-.TP 8
-.B \-showDefaultModulePath
-Print out the default module path the server was compiled with.
-.TP 8
-.B \-showDefaultLibPath
-Print out the path libraries should be installed to.
-.TP 8
-.B \-showopts
-For each driver module installed, print out the list of options and their
-argument types.
-.TP 8
-.BI \-weight " nnn"
-Set RGB weighting at 16 bpp. The default is 565. This applies only to
-those drivers which support 16 bpp.
-.TP 8
-.BR \-verbose " [\fIn\fP]"
-Sets the verbosity level for information printed on stderr. If the
-.I n
-value isn't supplied, each occurrence of this option increments the
-verbosity level. When the
-.I n
-value is supplied, the verbosity level is set to that value. The default
-verbosity level is 0.
-.TP 8
-.B \-version
-Print out the server version, patchlevel, release date, the operating
-system/platform it was built on, and whether it includes module loader
-support.
-.SH "KEYBOARD"
-.PP
-The
-.B __xservername__
-server is normally configured to recognize various special combinations
-of key presses that instruct the server to perform some action, rather
-than just sending the key press event to a client application. These actions
-depend on the XKB keymap loaded by a particular keyboard device and may or
-may not be available on a given configuration.
-.PP
-The following key combinations are commonly part of the default XKEYBOARD
-keymap.
-.TP 8
-.B Ctrl+Alt+Backspace
-Immediately kills the server -- no questions asked. It can be disabled by
-setting the
-.B DontZap
-__xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file option to a TRUE value.
-.PP
-.RS 8
-It should be noted that zapping is triggered by the
-.B Terminate_Server
-action in the keyboard map. This action is not part of the default keymaps
-but can be enabled with the XKB option
-.B \*qterminate:ctrl_alt_bksp\*q.
-.RE
-.TP 8
-.B Ctrl+Alt+Keypad-Plus
-Change video mode to next one specified in the configuration file.
-This can be disabled with the
-.B DontZoom
-__xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file option.
-.TP 8
-.B Ctrl+Alt+Keypad-Minus
-Change video mode to previous one specified in the configuration file.
-This can be disabled with the
-.B DontZoom
-__xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file option.
-.TP 8
-.B Ctrl+Alt+F1...F12
-For systems with virtual terminal support, these keystroke
-combinations are used to switch to virtual terminals 1 through 12,
-respectively. This can be disabled with the
-.B DontVTSwitch
-__xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file option.
-.SH CONFIGURATION
-.B __xservername__
-typically uses a configuration file called
-.B __xconfigfile__
-and configuration files with the suffix
-.I .conf
-in a directory called
-.B __xconfigdir__
-for its initial setup.
-Refer to the __xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) manual page for information
-about the format of this file.
-.PP
-.B __xservername__
-has a mechanism for automatically generating a built-in configuration
-at run-time when no
-.B __xconfigfile__
-file or
-.B __xconfigdir__
-files are present. The current version of this automatic configuration
-mechanism works in two ways.
-.PP
-The first is via enhancements that have made many components of the
-.B __xconfigfile__
-file optional. This means that information that can be probed or
-reasonably deduced doesn't need to be specified explicitly, greatly
-reducing the amount of built-in configuration information that needs to
-be generated at run-time.
-.PP
-The second is to have "safe" fallbacks for most configuration information.
-This maximises the likelihood that the
-.B __xservername__
-server will start up in some usable configuration even when information
-about the specific hardware is not available.
-.PP
-The automatic configuration support for __xservername__ is work in progress.
-It is currently aimed at the most popular hardware and software platforms
-supported by __xservername__. Enhancements are planned for future releases.
-.SH FILES
-The
-.B __xservername__
-server config files can be found in a range of locations. These are
-documented fully in the __xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) manual page. The
-most commonly used locations are shown here.
-.TP 30
-.B /etc/X11/__xconfigfile__
-Server configuration file.
-.TP 30
-.B /etc/X11/__xconfigfile__-4
-Server configuration file.
-.TP 30
-.B /etc/__xconfigfile__
-Server configuration file.
-.TP 30
-.B __projectroot__/etc/__xconfigfile__
-Server configuration file.
-.TP 30
-.B __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigfile__
-Server configuration file.
-.TP 30
-.B /etc/X11/__xconfigdir__
-Server configuration directory.
-.TP 30
-.B /etc/X11/__xconfigdir__-4
-Server configuration directory.
-.TP 30
-.B /etc/__xconfigdir__
-Server configuration directory.
-.TP 30
-.B __projectroot__/etc/__xconfigdir__
-Server configuration directory.
-.TP 30
-.B __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigdir__
-Server configuration directory.
-.TP 30
-.BI __logdir__/__xservername__. n .log
-Server log file for display
-.IR n .
-.TP 30
-.B __projectroot__/bin/\(**
-Client binaries.
-.TP 30
-.B __projectroot__/include/\(**
-Header files.
-.TP 30
-.B __projectroot__/lib/\(**
-Libraries.
-.TP 30
-.B __datadir__/fonts/X11/\(**
-Fonts.
-.TP 30
-.B __projectroot__/share/X11/XErrorDB
-Client error message database.
-.TP 30
-.B __projectroot__/lib/X11/app-defaults/\(**
-Client resource specifications.
-.TP 30
-.B __mandir__/man?/\(**
-Manual pages.
-.TP 30
-.BI /etc/X n .hosts
-Initial access control list for display
-.IR n .
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-X(__miscmansuffix__), Xserver(__appmansuffix__), xdm(__appmansuffix__), xinit(__appmansuffix__),
-__xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__), xvidtune(__appmansuffix__),
-apm(__drivermansuffix__),
-ati(__drivermansuffix__),
-chips(__drivermansuffix__),
-cirrus(__drivermansuffix__),
-cyrix(__drivermansuffix__),
-fbdev(__drivermansuffix__),
-glide(__drivermansuffix__),
-glint(__drivermansuffix__),
-i128(__drivermansuffix__),
-i740(__drivermansuffix__),
-imstt(__drivermansuffix__),
-intel(__drivermansuffix__),
-mga(__drivermansuffix__),
-neomagic(__drivermansuffix__),
-nsc(__drivermansuffix__),
-nv(__drivermansuffix__),
-openchrome (__drivermansuffix__),
-r128(__drivermansuffix__),
-rendition(__drivermansuffix__),
-s3virge(__drivermansuffix__),
-siliconmotion(__drivermansuffix__),
-sis(__drivermansuffix__),
-sunbw2(__drivermansuffix__),
-suncg14(__drivermansuffix__),
-suncg3(__drivermansuffix__),
-suncg6(__drivermansuffix__),
-sunffb(__drivermansuffix__),
-sunleo(__drivermansuffix__),
-suntcx(__drivermansuffix__),
-tdfx(__drivermansuffix__),
-tga(__drivermansuffix__),
-trident(__drivermansuffix__),
-tseng(__drivermansuffix__),
-v4l(__drivermansuffix__),
-vesa(__drivermansuffix__),
-vmware(__drivermansuffix__),
-.br
-Web site
-.IR <http://www.x.org> .
-
-.SH AUTHORS
-__xservername__ has many contributors world wide. The names of most of them
-can be found in the documentation, ChangeLog files in the source tree,
-and in the actual source code.
-.PP
-__xservername__ was originally based on XFree86 4.4rc2.
-That was originally based on \fIX386 1.2\fP by Thomas Roell, which
-was contributed to the then X Consortium's X11R5 distribution by SGCS.
-.PP
-__xservername__ is released by the X.Org Foundation.
-.PP
-The project that became XFree86 was originally founded in 1992 by
-David Dawes, Glenn Lai, Jim Tsillas and David Wexelblat.
-.PP
-XFree86 was later integrated in the then X Consortium's X11R6 release
-by a group of dedicated XFree86 developers, including the following:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-Stuart Anderson \fIanderson@metrolink.com\fP
-Doug Anson \fIdanson@lgc.com\fP
-Gertjan Akkerman \fIakkerman@dutiba.twi.tudelft.nl\fP
-Mike Bernson \fImike@mbsun.mlb.org\fP
-Robin Cutshaw \fIrobin@XFree86.org\fP
-David Dawes \fIdawes@XFree86.org\fP
-Marc Evans \fImarc@XFree86.org\fP
-Pascal Haible \fIhaible@izfm.uni-stuttgart.de\fP
-Matthieu Herrb \fIMatthieu.Herrb@laas.fr\fP
-Dirk Hohndel \fIhohndel@XFree86.org\fP
-David Holland \fIdavidh@use.com\fP
-Alan Hourihane \fIalanh@fairlite.demon.co.uk\fP
-Jeffrey Hsu \fIhsu@soda.berkeley.edu\fP
-Glenn Lai \fIglenn@cs.utexas.edu\fP
-Ted Lemon \fImellon@ncd.com\fP
-Rich Murphey \fIrich@XFree86.org\fP
-Hans Nasten \fInasten@everyware.se\fP
-Mark Snitily \fImark@sgcs.com\fP
-Randy Terbush \fIrandyt@cse.unl.edu\fP
-Jon Tombs \fItombs@XFree86.org\fP
-Kees Verstoep \fIversto@cs.vu.nl\fP
-Paul Vixie \fIpaul@vix.com\fP
-Mark Weaver \fIMark_Weaver@brown.edu\fP
-David Wexelblat \fIdwex@XFree86.org\fP
-Philip Wheatley \fIPhilip.Wheatley@ColumbiaSC.NCR.COM\fP
-Thomas Wolfram \fIwolf@prz.tu-berlin.de\fP
-Orest Zborowski \fIorestz@eskimo.com\fP
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-__xservername__ source is available from the FTP server
-\fI<ftp://ftp.x.org/>\fP, and from the X.Org
-server \fI<http://gitweb.freedesktop.org/>\fP. Documentation and other
-information can be found from the X.Org web site
-\fI<http://www.x.org/>\fP.
-
-.SH LEGAL
-.PP
-.B __xservername__
-is copyright software, provided under licenses that permit modification
-and redistribution in source and binary form without fee.
-.B __xservername__ is copyright by numerous authors and
-contributors from around the world. Licensing information can be found
-at
-.IR <http://www.x.org> .
-Refer to the source code for specific copyright notices.
-.PP
-.B XFree86(TM)
-is a trademark of The XFree86 Project, Inc.
-.PP
-.B X11(TM)
-and
-.B X Window System(TM)
-are trademarks of The Open Group.
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/man/xorg.conf.d.man b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/man/xorg.conf.d.man
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b3379ece..000000000
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/man/xorg.conf.d.man
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man__filemansuffix__/xorg.conf.__filemansuffix__
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/man/xorg.conf.man b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/man/xorg.conf.man
deleted file mode 100644
index e3fd0eadf..000000000
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/man/xorg.conf.man
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2478 +0,0 @@
-.\" shorthand for double quote that works everywhere.
-.ds q \N'34'
-.TH __xconfigfile__ __filemansuffix__ __vendorversion__
-.SH NAME
-__xconfigfile__ and __xconfigdir__ \- configuration files for
-__xservername__ X server
-.SH INTRODUCTION
-.B __xservername__
-supports several mechanisms for supplying/obtaining configuration and
-run-time parameters: command line options, environment variables, the
-__xconfigfile__ and __xconfigdir__ configuration files, auto-detection,
-and fallback defaults. When the same information is supplied in more
-than one way, the highest precedence mechanism is used. The list of
-mechanisms is ordered from highest precedence to lowest. Note that not
-all parameters can be supplied via all methods. The available command
-line options and environment variables (and some defaults) are
-described in the Xserver(__appmansuffix__) and
-__xservername__(__appmansuffix__) manual pages. Most configuration file
-parameters, with their defaults, are described below. Driver and module
-specific configuration parameters are described in the relevant driver
-or module manual page.
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.B __xservername__
-uses a configuration file called
-.I __xconfigfile__
-and files ending in the suffix
-.I .conf
-from the directory
-.I __xconfigdir__
-for its initial setup.
-The
-.I __xconfigfile__
-configuration file is searched for in the following places when the
-server is started as a normal user:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.IR /etc/X11/ <cmdline>
-.IR __projectroot__/etc/X11/ <cmdline>
-.IB /etc/X11/ $XORGCONFIG
-.IB __projectroot__/etc/X11/ $XORGCONFIG
-.I /etc/X11/__xconfigfile__
-.I /etc/__xconfigfile__
-.IR __projectroot__/etc/X11/__xconfigfile__. <hostname>
-.I __projectroot__/etc/X11/__xconfigfile__
-.IR __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigfile__. <hostname>
-.I __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigfile__
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-where
-.I <cmdline>
-is a relative path (with no \(lq..\(rq components) specified with the
-.B \-config
-command line option,
-.B $XORGCONFIG
-is the relative path (with no \(lq..\(rq components) specified by that
-environment variable, and
-.I <hostname>
-is the machine's hostname as reported by
-.BR gethostname (__libmansuffix__).
-.PP
-When the __xservername__ server is started by the \(lqroot\(rq user, the config file
-search locations are as follows:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-<cmdline>
-.IR /etc/X11/ <cmdline>
-.IR __projectroot__/etc/X11/ <cmdline>
-.B $XORGCONFIG
-.IB /etc/X11/ $XORGCONFIG
-.IB __projectroot__/etc/X11/ $XORGCONFIG
-.I /etc/X11/__xconfigfile__
-.I /etc/__xconfigfile__
-.IR __projectroot__/etc/X11/__xconfigfile__. <hostname>
-.I __projectroot__/etc/X11/__xconfigfile__
-.IR __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigfile__. <hostname>
-.I __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigfile__
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-where
-.I <cmdline>
-is the path specified with the
-.B \-config
-command line option (which may be absolute or relative),
-.B $XORGCONFIG
-is the path specified by that
-environment variable (absolute or relative),
-.B $HOME
-is the path specified by that environment variable (usually the home
-directory), and
-.I <hostname>
-is the machine's hostname as reported by
-.BR gethostname (__libmansuffix__).
-.PP
-Additional configuration files are searched for in the following
-directories when the server is started as a normal user:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.IR /etc/X11/ <cmdline>
-.IR __sysconfdir__/X11/ <cmdline>
-.I /etc/X11/__xconfigdir__
-.I __sysconfdir__/X11/__xconfigdir__
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-where
-.I <cmdline>
-is a relative path (with no \(lq..\(rq components) specified with the
-.B \-configdir
-command line option.
-.PP
-When the __xservername__ server is started by the \(lqroot\(rq user, the
-config directory search locations are as follows:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-<cmdline>
-.IR /etc/X11/ <cmdline>
-.IR __sysconfdir__/X11/ <cmdline>
-.I /etc/X11/__xconfigdir__
-.I __sysconfdir__/X11/__xconfigdir__
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-where
-.I <cmdline>
-is the path specified with the
-.B \-configdir
-command line option (which may be absolute or relative).
-.PP
-Finally, configuration files will also be searched for in directories
-reserved for system use. These are to separate configuration files from
-the vendor or 3rd party packages from those of local administration.
-These files are found in the following directories:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.I /usr/share/X11/__xconfigdir__
-.I __datadir__/X11/__xconfigdir__
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-The
-.I __xconfigfile__
-and
-.I __xconfigdir__
-files are composed of a number of sections which may be present in any order,
-or omitted to use default configuration values.
-Each section has the form:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.BI "Section \*q" SectionName \*q
-.RI " " SectionEntry
- ...
-.B EndSection
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-The section names are:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.BR "Files " "File pathnames"
-.BR "ServerFlags " "Server flags"
-.BR "Module " "Dynamic module loading"
-.BR "Extensions " "Extension enabling"
-.BR "InputDevice " "Input device description"
-.BR "InputClass " "Input class description"
-.BR "Device " "Graphics device description"
-.BR "VideoAdaptor " "Xv video adaptor description"
-.BR "Monitor " "Monitor description"
-.BR "Modes " "Video modes descriptions"
-.BR "Screen " "Screen configuration"
-.BR "ServerLayout " "Overall layout"
-.BR "DRI " "DRI\-specific configuration"
-.BR "Vendor " "Vendor\-specific configuration"
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-The following obsolete section names are still recognised for compatibility
-purposes.
-In new config files, the
-.B InputDevice
-section should be used instead.
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.BR "Keyboard " "Keyboard configuration"
-.BR "Pointer " "Pointer/mouse configuration"
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-The old
-.B XInput
-section is no longer recognised.
-.PP
-The
-.B ServerLayout
-sections are at the highest level.
-They bind together the input and output devices that will be used in a session.
-The input devices are described in the
-.B InputDevice
-sections.
-Output devices usually consist of multiple independent components (e.g.,
-a graphics board and a monitor).
-These multiple components are bound together in the
-.B Screen
-sections, and it is these that are referenced by the
-.B ServerLayout
-section.
-Each
-.B Screen
-section binds together a graphics board and a monitor.
-The graphics boards are described in the
-.B Device
-sections, and the monitors are described in the
-.B Monitor
-sections.
-.PP
-Config file keywords are case\-insensitive, and \(lq_\(rq characters are
-ignored.
-Most strings (including
-.B Option
-names) are also case-insensitive, and insensitive to white space and
-\(lq_\(rq characters.
-.PP
-Each config file entry usually takes up a single line in the file. They
-consist of a keyword, which is possibly followed by one or more arguments,
-with the number and types of the arguments depending on the keyword.
-The argument types are:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.BR "Integer " "an integer number in decimal, hex or octal"
-.BR "Real " "a floating point number"
-.BR "String " "a string enclosed in double quote marks (\*q)"
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-Note: hex integer values must be prefixed with \(lq0x\(rq, and octal values
-with \(lq0\(rq.
-.PP
-A special keyword called
-.B Option
-may be used to provide free\-form data to various components of the server.
-The
-.B Option
-keyword takes either one or two string arguments.
-The first is the option name, and the optional second argument is the
-option value.
-Some commonly used option value types include:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.BR "Integer " "an integer number in decimal, hex or octal"
-.BR "Real " "a floating point number"
-.BR "String " "a sequence of characters"
-.BR "Boolean " "a boolean value (see below)"
-.BR "Frequency " "a frequency value (see below)"
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-Note that
-.I all
-.B Option
-values, not just strings, must be enclosed in quotes.
-.PP
-Boolean options may optionally have a value specified.
-When no value is specified, the option's value is
-.BR TRUE .
-The following boolean option values are recognised as
-.BR TRUE :
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.BR 1 ,
-.BR on ,
-.BR true ,
-.B yes
-.RE
-.PP
-and the following boolean option values are recognised as
-.BR FALSE :
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.BR 0 ,
-.BR off ,
-.BR false ,
-.B no
-.RE
-.PP
-If an option name is prefixed with
-.RB \*q No \*q,
-then the option value is negated.
-.PP
-Example: the following option entries are equivalent:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B "Option \*qAccel\*q \*qOff\*q"
-.B "Option \*qNoAccel\*q"
-.B "Option \*qNoAccel\*q \*qOn\*q"
-.B "Option \*qAccel\*q \*qfalse\*q"
-.B "Option \*qAccel\*q \*qno\*q"
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-Frequency option values consist of a real number that is optionally
-followed by one of the following frequency units:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.BR Hz ,
-.BR k ,
-.BR kHz ,
-.BR M ,
-.B MHz
-.RE
-.PP
-When the unit name is omitted, the correct units will be determined from
-the value and the expectations of the appropriate range of the value.
-It is recommended that the units always be specified when using frequency
-option values to avoid any errors in determining the value.
-.SH "FILES SECTION"
-The
-.B Files
-section is used to specify some path names required by the server.
-Some of these paths can also be set from the command line (see
-.BR Xserver (__appmansuffix__)
-and
-.BR __xservername__ (__appmansuffix__)).
-The command line settings override the values specified in the config
-file.
-The
-.B Files
-section is optional, as are all of the entries that may appear in it.
-.PP
-The entries that can appear in this section are:
-.TP 7
-.BI "FontPath \*q" path \*q
-sets the search path for fonts.
-This path is a comma separated list of font path elements which the __xservername__
-server searches for font databases.
-Multiple
-.B FontPath
-entries may be specified, and they will be concatenated to build up the
-fontpath used by the server. Font path elements can be absolute
-directory paths, catalogue directories or a font server identifier. The
-formats of the later two are explained below:
-.PP
-.RS 7
-Catalogue directories:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-Catalogue directories can be specified using the prefix \fBcatalogue:\fR
-before the directory name. The directory can then be populated with
-symlinks pointing to the real font directories, using the following
-syntax in the symlink name:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.IR <identifier> : [attribute]: pri= <priority>
-.RE
-.PP
-where
-.I <identifier>
-is an alphanumeric identifier,
-.I [attribute]
-is an attribute which will be passed to the underlying FPE and
-.I <priority>
-is a number used to order the fontfile FPEs. Examples:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.I 75dpi:unscaled:pri=20 -> /usr/share/X11/fonts/75dpi
-.I gscript:pri=60 -> /usr/share/fonts/default/ghostscript
-.I misc:unscaled:pri=10 \-> /usr/share/X11/fonts/misc
-.fi
-.PP
-.RE .RE .RE
-.PP
-.RS 7
-Font server identifiers:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-Font server identifiers have the form:
-.RS 4
-.PP
-.IR <trans> / <hostname> : <port\-number>
-.RE
-.PP
-where
-.I <trans>
-is the transport type to use to connect to the font server (e.g.,
-.B unix
-for UNIX\-domain sockets or
-.B tcp
-for a TCP/IP connection),
-.I <hostname>
-is the hostname of the machine running the font server, and
-.I <port\-number>
-is the port number that the font server is listening on (usually 7100).
-.RE
-.PP
-When this entry is not specified in the config file, the server falls back
-to the compiled\-in default font path, which contains the following
-font path elements (which can be set inside a catalogue directory):
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/misc/
-.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/TTF/
-.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/OTF/
-.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/Type1/
-.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/100dpi/
-.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/75dpi/
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-Font path elements that are found to be invalid are removed from the
-font path when the server starts up.
-.RE
-.TP 7
-.BI "ModulePath \*q" path \*q
-sets the search path for loadable __xservername__ server modules.
-This path is a comma separated list of directories which the __xservername__ server
-searches for loadable modules loading in the order specified.
-Multiple
-.B ModulePath
-entries may be specified, and they will be concatenated to build the
-module search path used by the server. The default module path is
-.PP
-.RS 11
-__modulepath__
-.RE
-.\" The LogFile keyword is not currently implemented
-.ig
-.TP 7
-.BI "LogFile \*q" path \*q
-sets the name of the __xservername__ server log file.
-The default log file name is
-.PP
-.RS 11
-.RI __logdir__/__xservername__. <n> .log
-.RE
-.PP
-.RS 7
-where
-.I <n>
-is the display number for the __xservername__ server.
-..
-.TP 7
-.BI "XkbDir \*q" path \*q
-sets the base directory for keyboard layout files. The
-.B \-xkbdir
-command line option can be used to override this. The default directory is
-.PP
-.RS 11
-__xkbdir__
-.RE
-.SH "SERVERFLAGS SECTION"
-In addition to options specific to this section (described below), the
-.B ServerFlags
-section is used to specify some global
-__xservername__ server options.
-All of the entries in this section are
-.BR Options ,
-although for compatibility purposes some of the old style entries are
-still recognised.
-Those old style entries are not documented here, and using them is
-discouraged.
-The
-.B ServerFlags
-section is optional, as are the entries that may be specified in it.
-.PP
-.B Options
-specified in this section (with the exception of the
-.B \*qDefaultServerLayout\*q
-.BR Option )
-may be overridden by
-.B Options
-specified in the active
-.B ServerLayout
-section.
-Options with command line equivalents are overridden when their command
-line equivalent is used.
-The options recognised by this section are:
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qDefaultServerLayout\*q \*q" layout\-id \*q
-This specifies the default
-.B ServerLayout
-section to use in the absence of the
-.B \-layout
-command line option.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qNoTrapSignals\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-This prevents the __xservername__ server from trapping a range of unexpected fatal
-signals and exiting cleanly.
-Instead, the __xservername__ server will die and drop core where the fault occurred.
-The default behaviour is for the __xservername__ server to exit cleanly, but still drop a
-core file.
-In general you never want to use this option unless you are debugging an __xservername__
-server problem and know how to deal with the consequences.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qUseSIGIO\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-This controls whether the __xservername__ server requests that events from
-input devices be reported via a SIGIO signal handler (also known as SIGPOLL
-on some platforms), or only reported via the standard select(3) loop.
-The default behaviour is platform specific. In general you do not want to
-use this option unless you are debugging the __xservername__ server, or
-working around a specific bug until it is fixed, and understand the
-consequences.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qDontVTSwitch\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-This disallows the use of the
-.BI Ctrl+Alt+F n
-sequence (where
-.RI F n
-refers to one of the numbered function keys).
-That sequence is normally used to switch to another \*qvirtual terminal\*q
-on operating systems that have this feature.
-When this option is enabled, that key sequence has no special meaning and
-is passed to clients.
-Default: off.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qDontZap\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-This disallows the use of the
-.B Terminate_Server
-XKB action (usually on Ctrl+Alt+Backspace, depending on XKB options).
-This action is normally used to terminate the __xservername__ server.
-When this option is enabled, the action has no effect.
-Default: off.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qDontZoom\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-This disallows the use of the
-.B Ctrl+Alt+Keypad\-Plus
-and
-.B Ctrl+Alt+Keypad\-Minus
-sequences.
-These sequences allows you to switch between video modes.
-When this option is enabled, those key sequences have no special meaning
-and are passed to clients.
-Default: off.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qDisableVidModeExtension\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-This disables the parts of the VidMode extension used by the xvidtune client
-that can be used to change the video modes.
-Default: the VidMode extension is enabled.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAllowNonLocalXvidtune\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-This allows the xvidtune client (and other clients that use the VidMode
-extension) to connect from another host.
-Default: off.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAllowMouseOpenFail\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-This tells the mousedrv(__drivermansuffix__) and vmmouse(__drivermansuffix__)
-drivers to not report failure if the mouse device can't be opened/initialised.
-It has no effect on the evdev(__drivermansuffix__) or other drivers.
-Default: false.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qVTSysReq\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-enables the SYSV\-style VT switch sequence for non\-SYSV systems
-which support VT switching.
-This sequence is
-.B Alt\-SysRq
-followed by a function key
-.RB ( Fn ).
-This prevents the __xservername__ server trapping the
-keys used for the default VT switch sequence, which means that clients can
-access them.
-Default: off.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qBlankTime\*q \*q" time \*q
-sets the inactivity timeout for the
-.B blank
-phase of the screensaver.
-.I time
-is in minutes.
-This is equivalent to the __xservername__ server's
-.B \-s
-flag, and the value can be changed at run\-time with
-.BR xset(__appmansuffix__).
-Default: 10 minutes.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qStandbyTime\*q \*q" time \*q
-sets the inactivity timeout for the
-.B standby
-phase of DPMS mode.
-.I time
-is in minutes, and the value can be changed at run\-time with
-.BR xset(__appmansuffix__).
-Default: 10 minutes.
-This is only suitable for VESA DPMS compatible monitors, and may not be
-supported by all video drivers.
-It is only enabled for screens that have the
-.B \*qDPMS\*q
-option set (see the MONITOR section below).
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qSuspendTime\*q \*q" time \*q
-sets the inactivity timeout for the
-.B suspend
-phase of DPMS mode.
-.I time
-is in minutes, and the value can be changed at run\-time with
-.BR xset(__appmansuffix__).
-Default: 10 minutes.
-This is only suitable for VESA DPMS compatible monitors, and may not be
-supported by all video drivers.
-It is only enabled for screens that have the
-.B \*qDPMS\*q
-option set (see the MONITOR section below).
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qOffTime\*q \*q" time \*q
-sets the inactivity timeout for the
-.B off
-phase of DPMS mode.
-.I time
-is in minutes, and the value can be changed at run\-time with
-.BR xset(__appmansuffix__).
-Default: 10 minutes.
-This is only suitable for VESA DPMS compatible monitors, and may not be
-supported by all video drivers.
-It is only enabled for screens that have the
-.B \*qDPMS\*q
-option set (see the MONITOR section below).
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qPixmap\*q \*q" bpp \*q
-This sets the pixmap format to use for depth 24.
-Allowed values for
-.I bpp
-are 24 and 32.
-Default: 32 unless driver constraints don't allow this (which is rare).
-Note: some clients don't behave well when this value is set to 24.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qPC98\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-Specify that the machine is a Japanese PC\-98 machine.
-This should not be enabled for anything other than the Japanese\-specific
-PC\-98 architecture.
-Default: auto\-detected.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qNoPM\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-Disables something to do with power management events.
-Default: PM enabled on platforms that support it.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXinerama\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-enable or disable XINERAMA extension.
-Default is disabled.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAIGLX\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-enable or disable AIGLX. AIGLX is enabled by default.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qDRI2\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-enable or disable DRI2. DRI2 is disabled by default.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qGlxVisuals\*q \*q" string \*q
-This option controls how many GLX visuals the GLX modules sets up.
-The default value is
-.BR "typical" ,
-which will setup up a typical subset of
-the GLXFBConfigs provided by the driver as GLX visuals. Other options are
-.BR "minimal" ,
-which will set up the minimal set allowed by the GLX specification and
-.BR "all"
-which will setup GLX visuals for all GLXFBConfigs.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qUseDefaultFontPath\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-Include the default font path even if other paths are specified in
-xorg.conf. If enabled, other font paths are included as well. Enabled by
-default.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qIgnoreABI\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-Allow modules built for a different, potentially incompatible version of
-the X server to load. Disabled by default.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAutoAddDevices\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-If this option is disabled, then no devices will be added from HAL events.
-Enabled by default.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAutoEnableDevices\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-If this option is disabled, then the devices will be added (and the
-DevicePresenceNotify event sent), but not enabled, thus leaving policy up
-to the client.
-Enabled by default.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qLog\*q \*q" string \*q
-This option controls whether the log is flushed and/or synced to disk after
-each message.
-Possible values are
-.B flush
-or
-.BR sync .
-Unset by default.
-.SH "MODULE SECTION"
-The
-.B Module
-section is used to specify which __xservername__ server modules should be loaded.
-This section is ignored when the __xservername__ server is built in static form.
-The type of modules normally loaded in this section are __xservername__ server
-extension modules.
-Most other module types are loaded automatically when they are needed via
-other mechanisms.
-The
-.B Module
-section is optional, as are all of the entries that may be specified in
-it.
-.PP
-Entries in this section may be in two forms.
-The first and most commonly used form is an entry that uses the
-.B Load
-keyword, as described here:
-.TP 7
-.BI "Load \*q" modulename \*q
-This instructs the server to load the module called
-.IR modulename .
-The module name given should be the module's standard name, not the
-module file name.
-The standard name is case\-sensitive, and does not include the \(lqlib\(rq
-prefix, or the \(lq.a\(rq, \(lq.o\(rq, or \(lq.so\(rq suffixes.
-.PP
-.RS 7
-Example: the DRI extension module can be loaded with the following entry:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.B "Load \*qdri\*q"
-.RE
-.RE
-.TP 7
-.BI "Disable \*q" modulename \*q
-This instructs the server to not load the module called
-.IR modulename .
-Some modules are loaded by default in the server, and this overrides that
-default. If a
-.B Load
-instruction is given for the same module, it overrides the
-.B Disable
-instruction and the module is loaded. The module name given should be the
-module's standard name, not the module file name. As with the
-.B Load
-instruction, the standard name is case-sensitive, and does not include the
-"lib" prefix, or the ".a", ".o", or ".so" suffixes.
-.PP
-The second form of entry is a
-.BR SubSection,
-with the subsection name being the module name, and the contents of the
-.B SubSection
-being
-.B Options
-that are passed to the module when it is loaded.
-.PP
-Example: the extmod module (which contains a miscellaneous group of
-server extensions) can be loaded, with the XFree86\-DGA extension
-disabled by using the following entry:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B "SubSection \*qextmod\*q"
-.B " Option \*qomit XFree86\-DGA\*q"
-.B EndSubSection
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-Modules are searched for in each directory specified in the
-.B ModulePath
-search path, and in the drivers, extensions, input, internal, and
-multimedia subdirectories of each of those directories.
-In addition to this, operating system specific subdirectories of all
-the above are searched first if they exist.
-.PP
-To see what extension modules are available, check the extensions
-subdirectory under:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-__modulepath__
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-The \(lqextmod\(rq, \(lqdbe\(rq, \(lqdri\(rq, \(lqdri2\(rq, \(lqglx\(rq,
-and \(lqrecord\(rq extension modules are loaded automatically, if they
-are present, unless disabled with \*qDisable\*q entries.
-It is recommended
-that at very least the \(lqextmod\(rq extension module be loaded.
-If it isn't, some commonly used server extensions (like the SHAPE
-extension) will not be available.
-.SH "EXTENSIONS SECTION"
-The
-.B Extensions
-section is used to specify which X11 protocol extensions should be enabled
-or disabled.
-The
-.B Extensions
-section is optional, as are all of the entries that may be specified in
-it.
-.PP
-Entries in this section are listed as Option statements with the name of
-the extension as the first argument, and a boolean value as the second.
-The extension name is case\-sensitive, and matches the form shown in the output
-of \*qXorg -extension ?\*q.
-.PP
-.RS 7
-Example: the MIT-SHM extension can be disabled with the following entry:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B "Section \*qExtensions\*q"
-.B " Option \*qMIT-SHM\*q \*qDisable\*q"
-.B "EndSection"
-.fi
-.RE
-.RE
-.SH "INPUTDEVICE SECTION"
-The config file may have multiple
-.B InputDevice
-sections.
-Recent X servers employ input hotplugging to add input devices, with the HAL
-backend being the default backend for X servers since 1.4. It is usually not
-necessary to provide
-.B InputDevice
-sections in the xorg.conf if hotplugging is enabled.
-.PP
-If hotplugging is disabled, there will normally
-be at least two: one for the core (primary) keyboard
-and one for the core pointer.
-If either of these two is missing, a default configuration for the missing
-ones will be used. In the absence of an explicitly specified core input
-device, the first
-.B InputDevice
-marked as
-.B CorePointer
-(or
-.BR CoreKeyboard )
-is used.
-If there is no match there, the first
-.B InputDevice
-that uses the \(lqmouse\(rq (or \(lqkbd\(rq) driver is used.
-The final fallback is to use built\-in default configurations.
-Currently the default configuration may not work as expected on all platforms.
-.PP
-.B InputDevice
-sections have the following format:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B "Section \*qInputDevice\*q"
-.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q
-.BI " Driver \*q" inputdriver \*q
-.I " options"
-.I " ..."
-.B "EndSection"
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-The
-.B Identifier
-and
-.B Driver
-entries are required in all
-.B InputDevice
-sections.
-All other entries are optional.
-.PP
-The
-.B Identifier
-entry specifies the unique name for this input device.
-The
-.B Driver
-entry specifies the name of the driver to use for this input device.
-When using the loadable server, the input driver module
-.RI \*q inputdriver \*q
-will be loaded for each active
-.B InputDevice
-section.
-An
-.B InputDevice
-section is considered active if it is referenced by an active
-.B ServerLayout
-section, if it is referenced by the
-.B \-keyboard
-or
-.B \-pointer
-command line options, or if it is selected implicitly as the core pointer
-or keyboard device in the absence of such explicit references.
-The most commonly used input drivers are
-.BR evdev (__drivermansuffix__)
-on Linux systems, and
-.BR kbd (__drivermansuffix__)
-and
-.BR mousedrv (__drivermansuffix__)
-on other platforms.
-.PP
-.PP
-.B InputDevice
-sections recognise some driver\-independent
-.BR Options ,
-which are described here.
-See the individual input driver manual pages for a description of the
-device\-specific options.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAutoServerLayout\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-Always add the device to the ServerLayout section used by this instance of
-the server. This affects implied layouts as well as explicit layouts
-specified in the configuration and/or on the command line.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qCorePointer\*q"
-Deprecated, see
-.B Floating
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qCoreKeyboard\*q"
-Deprecated, see
-.B Floating
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAlwaysCore\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-Deprecated, see
-.B Floating
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qSendCoreEvents\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-Deprecated, see
-.B Floating
-
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qFloating\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-When enabled, the input device is set up floating and does not
-report events through any master device or control a cursor. The device is
-only available to clients using the X Input Extension API. This option is
-disabled by default.
-The options
-.B CorePointer,
-.B CoreKeyboard,
-.B AlwaysCore,
-and
-.B SendCoreEvents,
-are the inverse of option
-.B Floating
-(i.e.
-.B SendCoreEvents \*qon\*q
-is equivalent to
-.B Floating \*qoff\*q
-).
-
-This option controls the startup behavior only, a device
-may be reattached or set floating at runtime.
-.PP
-For pointing devices, the following options control how the pointer
-is accelerated or decelerated with respect to physical device motion. Most of
-these can be adjusted at runtime, see the xinput(1) man page for details. Only
-the most important acceleration options are discussed here.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAccelerationProfile\*q \*q" integer \*q
-Select the profile. In layman's terms, the profile constitutes the "feeling" of
-the acceleration. More formally, it defines how the transfer function (actual
-acceleration as a function of current device velocity and acceleration controls)
-is constructed. This is mainly a matter of personal preference.
-.PP
-.RS 6
-.nf
-.B " 0 classic (mostly compatible)"
-.B "-1 none (only constant deceleration is applied)"
-.B " 1 device-dependent"
-.B " 2 polynomial (polynomial function)"
-.B " 3 smooth linear (soft knee, then linear)"
-.B " 4 simple (normal when slow, otherwise accelerated)"
-.B " 5 power (power function)"
-.B " 6 linear (more speed, more acceleration)"
-.B " 7 limited (like linear, but maxes out at threshold)"
-.fi
-.RE
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qConstantDeceleration\*q \*q" real \*q
-Makes the pointer go
-.B deceleration
-times slower than normal. Most useful for high-resolution devices.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAdaptiveDeceleration\*q \*q" real \*q
-Allows to actually decelerate the pointer when going slow. At most, it will be
-.B adaptive deceleration
-times slower. Enables precise pointer placement without sacrificing speed.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAccelerationScheme\*q \*q" string \*q
-Selects the scheme, which is the underlying algorithm.
-.PP
-.RS 7
-.nf
-.B "predictable default algorithm (behaving more predictable)"
-.B "lightweight old acceleration code (as specified in the X protocol spec)"
-.B "none no acceleration or deceleration"
-.fi
-.RE
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAccelerationNumerator\*q \*q" integer \*q
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAccelerationDenominator\*q \*q" integer \*q
-Set numerator and denominator of the acceleration factor. The acceleration
-factor is a rational which, together with threshold, can be used to tweak
-profiles to suit the users needs. The
-.B simple
-and
-.B limited
-profiles use it directly (i.e. they accelerate by the factor), for other
-profiles it should hold that a higher acceleration factor leads to a faster
-pointer. Typically, 1 is unaccelerated and values up to 5 are sensible.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAccelerationThreshold\*q \*q" integer \*q
-Set the threshold, which is roughly the velocity (usually device units per 10
-ms) required for acceleration to become effective. The precise effect varies
-with the profile however.
-
-.SH "INPUTCLASS SECTION"
-The config file may have multiple
-.B InputClass
-sections.
-These sections are optional and are used to provide configuration for a
-class of input devices as they are automatically added. An input device can
-match more than one
-.B InputClass
-section. Each class can override settings from a previous class, so it is
-best to arrange the sections with the most generic matches first.
-.PP
-.B InputClass
-sections have the following format:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B "Section \*qInputClass\*q"
-.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q
-.I " entries"
-.I " ..."
-.I " options"
-.I " ..."
-.B "EndSection"
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-The
-.B Identifier
-entry is required in all
-.B InputClass
-sections.
-All other entries are optional.
-.PP
-The
-.B Identifier
-entry specifies the unique name for this input class.
-The
-.B Driver
-entry specifies the name of the driver to use for this input device.
-After all classes have been examined, the
-.RI \*q inputdriver \*q
-module from the first
-.B Driver
-entry will be enabled when using the loadable server.
-.PP
-When an input device is automatically added, its characteristics are
-checked against all
-.B InputClass
-sections. Each section can contain optional entries to narrow the match
-of the class. If none of the optional entries appear, the
-.B InputClass
-section is generic and will match any input device. If more than one of
-these entries appear, they all must match for the configuration to apply.
-.PP
-There are two types of match entries used in
-.B InputClass
-sections. The first allows various tokens to be matched against attributes
-of the device. An entry can be constructed to match attributes from different
-devices by separating arguments with a '|' character. Multiple entries of the
-same type may be supplied to add multiple matching conditions on the same
-attribute. For example:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B "Section \*qInputClass\*q"
-.B " Identifier \*qMy Class\*q"
-.B " # product string must contain example and
-.B " # either gizmo or gadget
-.B " MatchProduct \*qexample\*q
-.B " MatchProduct \*qgizmo|gadget\*q
-.I " ..."
-.B "EndSection"
-.fi
-.RE
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchProduct \*q" matchproduct \*q
-This entry can be used to check if the substring
-.RI \*q matchproduct \*q
-occurs in the device's product name.
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchVendor \*q" matchvendor \*q
-This entry can be used to check if the substring
-.RI \*q matchvendor \*q
-occurs in the device's vendor name.
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchDevicePath \*q" matchdevice \*q
-This entry can be used to check if the device file matches the
-.RI \*q matchdevice \*q
-pathname pattern.
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchOS \*q" matchos \*q
-This entry can be used to check if the operating system matches the
-case-insensitive
-.RI \*q matchos \*q
-string. This entry is only supported on platforms providing the
-.BR uname (2)
-system call.
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchPnPID \*q" matchpnp \*q
-The device's Plug and Play (PnP) ID can be checked against the
-.RI \*q matchpnp \*q
-shell wildcard pattern.
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchUSBID \*q" matchusb \*q
-The device's USB ID can be checked against the
-.RI \*q matchusb \*q
-shell wildcard pattern. The ID is constructed as lowercase hexadecimal numbers
-separated by a ':'. This is the same format as the
-.BR lsusb (8)
-program.
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchDriver \*q" matchdriver \*q
-Check the case-sensitive string
-.RI \*q matchdriver \*q
-against the currently configured driver of the device. Ordering of sections
-using this entry is important since it will not match unless the driver has
-been set by the config backend or a previous
-.B InputClass
-section.
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchTag \*q" matchtag \*q
-This entry can be used to check if tags assigned by the config backend
-matches the
-.RI \*q matchtag \*q
-pattern. A match is found if at least one of the tags given in
-.RI \*q matchtag \*q
-matches at least one of the tags assigned by the backend.
-.PP
-The second type of entry is used to match device types. These entries take a
-boolean argument similar to
-.B Option
-entries.
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchIsKeyboard \*q" bool \*q
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchIsPointer \*q" bool \*q
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchIsJoystick \*q" bool \*q
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchIsTablet \*q" bool \*q
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchIsTouchpad \*q" bool \*q
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchIsTouchscreen \*q" bool \*q
-.PP
-When an input device has been matched to the
-.B InputClass
-section, any
-.B Option
-entries are applied to the device. One
-.B InputClass
-specific
-.B Option
-is recognized. See the
-.B InputDevice
-section above for a description of the remaining
-.B Option
-entries.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qIgnore\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-This optional entry specifies that the device should be ignored entirely,
-and not added to the server. This can be useful when the device is handled
-by another program and no X events should be generated.
-.SH "DEVICE SECTION"
-The config file may have multiple
-.B Device
-sections.
-There must be at least one, for the video card being used.
-.PP
-.B Device
-sections have the following format:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B "Section \*qDevice\*q"
-.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q
-.BI " Driver \*q" driver \*q
-.I " entries"
-.I " ..."
-.B "EndSection"
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-The
-.B Identifier
-and
-.B Driver
-entries are required in all
-.B Device
-sections. All other entries are optional.
-.PP
-The
-.B Identifier
-entry specifies the unique name for this graphics device.
-The
-.B Driver
-entry specifies the name of the driver to use for this graphics device.
-When using the loadable server, the driver module
-.RI \*q driver \*q
-will be loaded for each active
-.B Device
-section.
-A
-.B Device
-section is considered active if it is referenced by an active
-.B Screen
-section.
-.PP
-.B Device
-sections recognise some driver\-independent entries and
-.BR Options ,
-which are described here.
-Not all drivers make use of these
-driver\-independent entries, and many of those that do don't require them
-to be specified because the information is auto\-detected.
-See the individual graphics driver manual pages for further information
-about this, and for a description of the device\-specific options.
-Note that most of the
-.B Options
-listed here (but not the other entries) may be specified in the
-.B Screen
-section instead of here in the
-.B Device
-section.
-.TP 7
-.BI "BusID \*q" bus\-id \*q
-This specifies the bus location of the graphics card.
-For PCI/AGP cards,
-the
-.I bus\-id
-string has the form
-.BI PCI: bus : device : function
-(e.g., \(lqPCI:1:0:0\(rq might be appropriate for an AGP card).
-This field is usually optional in single-head configurations when using
-the primary graphics card.
-In multi-head configurations, or when using a secondary graphics card in a
-single-head configuration, this entry is mandatory.
-Its main purpose is to make an unambiguous connection between the device
-section and the hardware it is representing.
-This information can usually be found by running the pciaccess tool
-scanpci.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Screen " number
-This option is mandatory for cards where a single PCI entity can drive more
-than one display (i.e., multiple CRTCs sharing a single graphics accelerator
-and video memory).
-One
-.B Device
-section is required for each head, and this
-parameter determines which head each of the
-.B Device
-sections applies to.
-The legal values of
-.I number
-range from 0 to one less than the total number of heads per entity.
-Most drivers require that the primary screen (0) be present.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Chipset \*q" chipset \*q
-This usually optional entry specifies the chipset used on the graphics
-board.
-In most cases this entry is not required because the drivers will probe the
-hardware to determine the chipset type.
-Don't specify it unless the driver-specific documentation recommends that you
-do.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Ramdac \*q" ramdac\-type \*q
-This optional entry specifies the type of RAMDAC used on the graphics
-board.
-This is only used by a few of the drivers, and in most cases it is not
-required because the drivers will probe the hardware to determine the
-RAMDAC type where possible.
-Don't specify it unless the driver-specific documentation recommends that you
-do.
-.TP 7
-.BI "DacSpeed " speed
-.TP 7
-.BI "DacSpeed " "speed\-8 speed\-16 speed\-24 speed\-32"
-This optional entry specifies the RAMDAC speed rating (which is usually
-printed on the RAMDAC chip).
-The speed is in MHz.
-When one value is given, it applies to all framebuffer pixel sizes.
-When multiple values are given, they apply to the framebuffer pixel sizes
-8, 16, 24 and 32 respectively.
-This is not used by many drivers, and only needs to be specified when the
-speed rating of the RAMDAC is different from the defaults built in to
-driver, or when the driver can't auto-detect the correct defaults.
-Don't specify it unless the driver-specific documentation recommends that you
-do.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Clocks " "clock ..."
-specifies the pixel that are on your graphics board.
-The clocks are in MHz, and may be specified as a floating point number.
-The value is stored internally to the nearest kHz.
-The ordering of the clocks is important.
-It must match the order in which they are selected on the graphics board.
-Multiple
-.B Clocks
-lines may be specified, and each is concatenated to form the list.
-Most drivers do not use this entry, and it is only required for some older
-boards with non-programmable clocks.
-Don't specify this entry unless the driver-specific documentation explicitly
-recommends that you do.
-.TP
-.BI "ClockChip \*q" clockchip\-type \*q
-This optional entry is used to specify the clock chip type on graphics
-boards which have a programmable clock generator.
-Only a few __xservername__ drivers support programmable clock chips.
-For details, see the appropriate driver manual page.
-.TP 7
-.BI "VideoRam " "mem"
-This optional entry specifies the amount of video ram that is installed
-on the graphics board.
-This is measured in kBytes.
-In most cases this is not required because the __xservername__ server probes
-the graphics board to determine this quantity.
-The driver-specific documentation should indicate when it might be needed.
-.TP 7
-.BI "BiosBase " "baseaddress"
-This optional entry specifies the base address of the video BIOS for
-the VGA board.
-This address is normally auto-detected, and should only be specified if the
-driver-specific documentation recommends it.
-.TP 7
-.BI "MemBase " "baseaddress"
-This optional entry specifies the memory base address of a graphics
-board's linear frame buffer.
-This entry is not used by many drivers, and it should only be specified if
-the driver-specific documentation recommends it.
-.TP 7
-.BI "IOBase " "baseaddress"
-This optional entry specifies the IO base address.
-This entry is not used by many drivers, and it should only be specified if
-the driver-specific documentation recommends it.
-.TP 7
-.BI "ChipID " "id"
-This optional entry specifies a numerical ID representing the chip type.
-For PCI cards, it is usually the device ID.
-This can be used to override the auto-detection, but that should only be done
-when the driver-specific documentation recommends it.
-.TP 7
-.BI "ChipRev " "rev"
-This optional entry specifies the chip revision number.
-This can be used to override the auto-detection, but that should only be done
-when the driver-specific documentation recommends it.
-.TP 7
-.BI "TextClockFreq " "freq"
-This optional entry specifies the pixel clock frequency that is used
-for the regular text mode.
-The frequency is specified in MHz.
-This is rarely used.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qModeDebug\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-Enable printing of additional debugging information about modesetting to
-the server log.
-.ig
-.TP 7
-This optional entry allows an IRQ number to be specified.
-..
-.TP 7
-.B Options
-Option flags may be specified in the
-.B Device
-sections.
-These include driver\-specific options and driver\-independent options.
-The former are described in the driver\-specific documentation.
-Some of the latter are described below in the section about the
-.B Screen
-section, and they may also be included here.
-
-.SH "VIDEOADAPTOR SECTION"
-Nobody wants to say how this works.
-Maybe nobody knows ...
-
-.SH "MONITOR SECTION"
-The config file may have multiple
-.B Monitor
-sections.
-There should normally be at least one, for the monitor being used,
-but a default configuration will be created when one isn't specified.
-.PP
-.B Monitor
-sections have the following format:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B "Section \*qMonitor\*q"
-.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q
-.I " entries"
-.I " ..."
-.B "EndSection"
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-The only mandatory entry in a
-.B Monitor
-section is the
-.B Identifier
-entry.
-.PP
-The
-.B Identifier
-entry specifies the unique name for this monitor.
-The
-.B Monitor
-section may be used to provide information about the specifications of the
-monitor, monitor-specific
-.BR Options ,
-and information about the video modes to use with the monitor.
-.PP
-With RandR 1.2-enabled drivers, monitor sections may be tied to specific
-outputs of the video card. Using the name of the output defined by the video
-driver plus the identifier of a monitor section, one associates a monitor
-section with an output by adding an option to the Device section in the
-following format:
-
-.B Option \*qMonitor-outputname\*q \*qmonitorsection\*q
-
-(for example,
-.B Option \*qMonitor-VGA\*q \*qVGA monitor\*q
-for a VGA output)
-.PP
-In the absence of specific association of monitor sections to outputs, if a
-monitor section is present the server will associate it with an output to
-preserve compatibility for previous single-head configurations.
-.PP
-Specifying video modes is optional because the server will use the DDC or other
-information provided by the monitor to automatically configure the list of
-modes available.
-When modes are specified explicitly in the
-.B Monitor
-section (with the
-.BR Modes ,
-.BR ModeLine ,
-or
-.B UseModes
-keywords), built-in modes with the same names are not included.
-Built-in modes with different names are, however, still implicitly included,
-when they meet the requirements of the monitor.
-.PP
-The entries that may be used in
-.B Monitor
-sections are described below.
-.TP 7
-.BI "VendorName \*q" vendor \*q
-This optional entry specifies the monitor's manufacturer.
-.TP 7
-.BI "ModelName \*q" model \*q
-This optional entry specifies the monitor's model.
-.TP 7
-.BI "HorizSync " "horizsync\-range"
-gives the range(s) of horizontal sync frequencies supported by the
-monitor.
-.I horizsync\-range
-may be a comma separated list of either discrete values or ranges of
-values.
-A range of values is two values separated by a dash.
-By default the values are in units of kHz.
-They may be specified in MHz or Hz
-if
-.B MHz
-or
-.B Hz
-is added to the end of the line.
-The data given here is used by the __xservername__ server to determine if video
-modes are within the specifications of the monitor.
-This information should be available in the monitor's handbook.
-If this entry is omitted, a default range of 28\-33kHz is used.
-.TP 7
-.BI "VertRefresh " "vertrefresh\-range"
-gives the range(s) of vertical refresh frequencies supported by the
-monitor.
-.I vertrefresh\-range
-may be a comma separated list of either discrete values or ranges of
-values.
-A range of values is two values separated by a dash.
-By default the values are in units of Hz.
-They may be specified in MHz or kHz
-if
-.B MHz
-or
-.B kHz
-is added to the end of the line.
-The data given here is used by the __xservername__ server to determine if video
-modes are within the specifications of the monitor.
-This information should be available in the monitor's handbook.
-If this entry is omitted, a default range of 43\-72Hz is used.
-.TP 7
-.BI "DisplaySize " "width height"
-This optional entry gives the width and height, in millimetres, of the
-picture area of the monitor.
-If given this is used to calculate the horizontal and vertical pitch (DPI) of
-the screen.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Gamma " "gamma\-value"
-.TP 7
-.BI "Gamma " "red\-gamma green\-gamma blue\-gamma"
-This is an optional entry that can be used to specify the gamma correction
-for the monitor.
-It may be specified as either a single value or as three separate RGB values.
-The values should be in the range 0.1 to 10.0, and the default is 1.0.
-Not all drivers are capable of using this information.
-.TP 7
-.BI "UseModes \*q" modesection\-id \*q
-Include the set of modes listed in the
-.B Modes
-section called
-.IR modesection\-id.
-This makes all of the modes defined in that section available for use by
-this monitor.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Mode \*q" name \*q
-This is an optional multi-line entry that can be used to provide
-definitions for video modes for the monitor.
-In most cases this isn't necessary because the built-in set of VESA standard
-modes will be sufficient.
-The
-.B Mode
-keyword indicates the start of a multi-line video mode description.
-The mode description is terminated with the
-.B EndMode
-keyword.
-The mode description consists of the following entries:
-.RS 7
-.TP 4
-.BI "DotClock " clock
-is the dot (pixel) clock rate to be used for the mode.
-.TP 4
-.BI "HTimings " "hdisp hsyncstart hsyncend htotal"
-specifies the horizontal timings for the mode.
-.TP 4
-.BI "VTimings " "vdisp vsyncstart vsyncend vtotal"
-specifies the vertical timings for the mode.
-.TP 4
-.BI "Flags \*q" flag \*q " ..."
-specifies an optional set of mode flags, each of which is a separate
-string in double quotes.
-.B \*qInterlace\*q
-indicates that the mode is interlaced.
-.B \*qDoubleScan\*q
-indicates a mode where each scanline is doubled.
-.B \*q+HSync\*q
-and
-.B \*q\-HSync\*q
-can be used to select the polarity of the HSync signal.
-.B \*q+VSync\*q
-and
-.B \*q\-VSync\*q
-can be used to select the polarity of the VSync signal.
-.B \*qComposite\*q
-can be used to specify composite sync on hardware where this is supported.
-Additionally, on some hardware,
-.B \*q+CSync\*q
-and
-.B \*q\-CSync\*q
-may be used to select the composite sync polarity.
-.TP 4
-.BI "HSkew " hskew
-specifies the number of pixels (towards the right edge of the screen) by
-which the display enable signal is to be skewed.
-Not all drivers use this information.
-This option might become necessary to override the default value supplied
-by the server (if any).
-\(lqRoving\(rq horizontal lines indicate this value needs to be increased.
-If the last few pixels on a scan line appear on the left of the screen,
-this value should be decreased.
-.TP 4
-.BI "VScan " vscan
-specifies the number of times each scanline is painted on the screen.
-Not all drivers use this information.
-Values less than 1 are treated as 1, which is the default.
-Generally, the
-.B \*qDoubleScan\*q
-.B Flag
-mentioned above doubles this value.
-.RE
-.TP 7
-.BI "ModeLine \*q" name \*q " mode\-description"
-This entry is a more compact version of the
-.B Mode
-entry, and it also can be used to specify video modes for the monitor.
-is a single line format for specifying video modes.
-In most cases this isn't necessary because the built\-in set of VESA
-standard modes will be sufficient.
-.PP
-.RS 7
-The
-.I mode\-description
-is in four sections, the first three of which are mandatory.
-The first is the dot (pixel) clock.
-This is a single number specifying the pixel clock rate for the mode in
-MHz.
-The second section is a list of four numbers specifying the horizontal
-timings.
-These numbers are the
-.IR hdisp ,
-.IR hsyncstart ,
-.IR hsyncend ,
-and
-.I htotal
-values.
-The third section is a list of four numbers specifying the vertical
-timings.
-These numbers are the
-.IR vdisp ,
-.IR vsyncstart ,
-.IR vsyncend ,
-and
-.I vtotal
-values.
-The final section is a list of flags specifying other characteristics of
-the mode.
-.B Interlace
-indicates that the mode is interlaced.
-.B DoubleScan
-indicates a mode where each scanline is doubled.
-.B +HSync
-and
-.B \-HSync
-can be used to select the polarity of the HSync signal.
-.B +VSync
-and
-.B \-VSync
-can be used to select the polarity of the VSync signal.
-.B Composite
-can be used to specify composite sync on hardware where this is supported.
-Additionally, on some hardware,
-.B +CSync
-and
-.B \-CSync
-may be used to select the composite sync polarity.
-The
-.B HSkew
-and
-.B VScan
-options mentioned above in the
-.B Modes
-entry description can also be used here.
-.RE
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qDPMS\*q " \*qbool\*q
-This option controls whether the server should enable the DPMS extension
-for power management for this screen. The default is to enable the
-extension.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qSyncOnGreen\*q " \*qbool\*q
-This option controls whether the video card should drive the sync signal
-on the green color pin. Not all cards support this option, and most
-monitors do not require it. The default is off.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qPrimary\*q " \*qbool\*q
-This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be treated as the primary
-monitor. (RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qPreferredMode\*q " \*qstring\*q
-This optional entry specifies a mode to be marked as the preferred initial mode
-of the monitor.
-(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qPosition\*q " "\*qx y\*q"
-This optional entry specifies the position of the monitor within the X
-screen.
-(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qLeftOf\*q " \*qoutput\*q
-This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be positioned to the
-left of the output (not monitor) of the given name.
-(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qRightOf\*q " \*qoutput\*q
-This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be positioned to the
-right of the output (not monitor) of the given name.
-(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qAbove\*q " \*qoutput\*q
-This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be positioned above the
-output (not monitor) of the given name.
-(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qBelow\*q " \*qoutput\*q
-This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be positioned below the
-output (not monitor) of the given name.
-(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qEnable\*q " \*qbool\*q
-This optional entry specifies whether the monitor should be turned on
-at startup. By default, the server will attempt to enable all connected
-monitors.
-(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qDefaultModes\*q " \*qbool\*q
-This optional entry specifies whether the server should add supported default
-modes to the list of modes offered on this monitor. By default, the server
-will add default modes; you should only disable this if you can guarantee
-that EDID will be available at all times, or if you have added custom modelines
-which the server can use.
-(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qMinClock\*q " \*qfrequency\*q
-This optional entry specifies the minimum dot clock, in kHz, that is supported
-by the monitor.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qMaxClock\*q " \*qfrequency\*q
-This optional entry specifies the maximum dot clock, in kHz, that is supported
-by the monitor.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qIgnore\*q " \*qbool\*q
-This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be ignored entirely,
-and not reported through RandR. This is useful if the hardware reports the
-presence of outputs that don't exist.
-(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qRotate\*q " \*qrotation\*q
-This optional entry specifies the initial rotation of the given monitor.
-Valid values for rotation are \*qnormal\*q, \*qleft\*q, \*qright\*q, and
-\*qinverted\*q.
-(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
-
-.SH "MODES SECTION"
-The config file may have multiple
-.B Modes
-sections, or none.
-These sections provide a way of defining sets of video modes independently
-of the
-.B Monitor
-sections.
-.B Monitor
-sections may include the definitions provided in these sections by
-using the
-.B UseModes
-keyword.
-In most cases the
-.B Modes
-sections are not necessary because the built\-in set of VESA standard modes
-will be sufficient.
-.PP
-.B Modes
-sections have the following format:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B "Section \*qModes\*q"
-.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q
-.I " entries"
-.I " ..."
-.B "EndSection"
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-The
-.B Identifier
-entry specifies the unique name for this set of mode descriptions.
-The other entries permitted in
-.B Modes
-sections are the
-.B Mode
-and
-.B ModeLine
-entries that are described above in the
-.B Monitor
-section.
-.SH "SCREEN SECTION"
-The config file may have multiple
-.B Screen
-sections.
-There must be at least one, for the \(lqscreen\(rq being used.
-A \(lqscreen\(rq represents the binding of a graphics device
-.RB ( Device
-section) and a monitor
-.RB ( Monitor
-section).
-A
-.B Screen
-section is considered \(lqactive\(rq if it is referenced by an active
-.B ServerLayout
-section or by the
-.B \-screen
-command line option.
-If neither of those is present, the first
-.B Screen
-section found in the config file is considered the active one.
-.PP
-.B Screen
-sections have the following format:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B "Section \*qScreen\*q"
-.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q
-.BI " Device \*q" devid \*q
-.BI " Monitor \*q" monid \*q
-.I " entries"
-.I " ..."
-.BI " SubSection \*qDisplay\*q"
-.I " entries"
-.I " ...
-.B " EndSubSection"
-.I " ..."
-.B "EndSection"
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-The
-.B Identifier
-and
-.B Device
-entries are mandatory.
-All others are optional.
-.PP
-The
-.B Identifier
-entry specifies the unique name for this screen.
-The
-.B Screen
-section provides information specific to the whole screen, including
-screen\-specific
-.BR Options .
-In multi\-head configurations, there will be multiple active
-.B Screen
-sections, one for each head.
-The entries available
-for this section are:
-.TP 7
-.BI "Device \*q" device\-id \*q
-This mandatory entry specifies the
-.B Device
-section to be used for this screen.
-This is what ties a specific graphics card to a screen.
-The
-.I device\-id
-must match the
-.B Identifier
-of a
-.B Device
-section in the config file.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Monitor \*q" monitor\-id \*q
-specifies which monitor description is to be used for this screen.
-If a
-.B Monitor
-name is not specified, a default configuration is used.
-Currently the default configuration may not function as expected on all
-platforms.
-.TP 7
-.BI "VideoAdaptor \*q" xv\-id \*q
-specifies an optional Xv video adaptor description to be used with this
-screen.
-.TP 7
-.BI "DefaultDepth " depth
-specifies which color depth the server should use by default.
-The
-.B \-depth
-command line option can be used to override this.
-If neither is specified, the default depth is driver\-specific, but in most
-cases is 8.
-.TP 7
-.BI "DefaultFbBpp " bpp
-specifies which framebuffer layout to use by default.
-The
-.B \-fbbpp
-command line option can be used to override this.
-In most cases the driver will chose the best default value for this.
-The only case where there is even a choice in this value is for depth 24,
-where some hardware supports both a packed 24 bit framebuffer layout and a
-sparse 32 bit framebuffer layout.
-.TP 7
-.B Options
-Various
-.B Option
-flags may be specified in the
-.B Screen
-section.
-Some are driver\-specific and are described in the driver documentation.
-Others are driver\-independent, and will eventually be described here.
-.\" XXX These should really be in an xaa man page.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAccel\*q"
-Enables XAA (X Acceleration Architecture), a mechanism that makes video cards'
-2D hardware acceleration available to the __xservername__ server.
-This option is on by default, but it may be necessary to turn it off if
-there are bugs in the driver.
-There are many options to disable specific accelerated operations, listed
-below.
-Note that disabling an operation will have no effect if the operation is
-not accelerated (whether due to lack of support in the hardware or in the
-driver).
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qInitPrimary\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-Use the Int10 module to initialize the primary graphics card.
-Normally, only secondary cards are soft-booted using the Int10 module, as the
-primary card has already been initialized by the BIOS at boot time.
-Default: false.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qNoInt10\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-Disables the Int10 module, a module that uses the int10 call to the BIOS
-of the graphics card to initialize it.
-Default: false.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qNoMTRR\*q"
-Disables MTRR (Memory Type Range Register) support, a feature of modern
-processors which can improve video performance by a factor of up to 2.5.
-Some hardware has buggy MTRR support, and some video drivers have been
-known to exhibit problems when MTRR's are used.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoCPUToScreenColorExpandFill\*q"
-Disables accelerated rectangular expansion blits from source patterns
-stored in system memory (using a memory\-mapped aperture).
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoColor8x8PatternFillRect\*q"
-Disables accelerated fills of a rectangular region with a full\-color
-pattern.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoColor8x8PatternFillTrap\*q"
-Disables accelerated fills of a trapezoidal region with a full\-color
-pattern.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoDashedBresenhamLine\*q"
-Disables accelerated dashed Bresenham line draws.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoDashedTwoPointLine\*q"
-Disables accelerated dashed line draws between two arbitrary points.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoImageWriteRect\*q"
-Disables accelerated transfers of full\-color rectangular patterns from
-system memory to video memory (using a memory\-mapped aperture).
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoMono8x8PatternFillRect\*q"
-Disables accelerated fills of a rectangular region with a monochrome
-pattern.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoMono8x8PatternFillTrap\*q"
-Disables accelerated fills of a trapezoidal region with a monochrome
-pattern.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoOffscreenPixmaps\*q"
-Disables accelerated draws into pixmaps stored in offscreen video memory.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoPixmapCache\*q"
-Disables caching of patterns in offscreen video memory.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoScanlineCPUToScreenColorExpandFill\*q"
-Disables accelerated rectangular expansion blits from source patterns
-stored in system memory (one scan line at a time).
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoScanlineImageWriteRect\*q"
-Disables accelerated transfers of full\-color rectangular patterns from
-system memory to video memory (one scan line at a time).
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoScreenToScreenColorExpandFill\*q"
-Disables accelerated rectangular expansion blits from source patterns
-stored in offscreen video memory.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoScreenToScreenCopy\*q"
-Disables accelerated copies of rectangular regions from one part of
-video memory to another part of video memory.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidBresenhamLine\*q"
-Disables accelerated solid Bresenham line draws.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidFillRect\*q"
-Disables accelerated solid\-color fills of rectangles.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidFillTrap\*q"
-Disables accelerated solid\-color fills of Bresenham trapezoids.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidHorVertLine\*q"
-Disables accelerated solid horizontal and vertical line draws.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidTwoPointLine\*q"
-Disables accelerated solid line draws between two arbitrary points.
-.PP
-Each
-.B Screen
-section may optionally contain one or more
-.B Display
-subsections.
-Those subsections provide depth/fbbpp specific configuration information,
-and the one chosen depends on the depth and/or fbbpp that is being used for
-the screen.
-The
-.B Display
-subsection format is described in the section below.
-
-.SH "DISPLAY SUBSECTION"
-Each
-.B Screen
-section may have multiple
-.B Display
-subsections.
-The \(lqactive\(rq
-.B Display
-subsection is the first that matches the depth and/or fbbpp values being
-used, or failing that, the first that has neither a depth or fbbpp value
-specified.
-The
-.B Display
-subsections are optional.
-When there isn't one that matches the depth and/or fbbpp values being used,
-all the parameters that can be specified here fall back to their defaults.
-.PP
-.B Display
-subsections have the following format:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B " SubSection \*qDisplay\*q"
-.BI " Depth " depth
-.I " entries"
-.I " ..."
-.B " EndSubSection"
-.fi
-.RE
-.TP 7
-.BI "Depth " depth
-This entry specifies what colour depth the
-.B Display
-subsection is to be used for.
-This entry is usually specified, but it may be omitted to create a match\-all
-.B Display
-subsection or when wishing to match only against the
-.B FbBpp
-parameter.
-The range of
-.I depth
-values that are allowed depends on the driver.
-Most drivers support 8, 15, 16 and 24.
-Some also support 1 and/or 4, and some may support other values (like 30).
-Note:
-.I depth
-means the number of bits in a pixel that are actually used to determine
-the pixel colour.
-32 is not a valid
-.I depth
-value.
-Most hardware that uses 32 bits per pixel only uses 24 of them to hold the
-colour information, which means that the colour depth is 24, not 32.
-.TP 7
-.BI "FbBpp " bpp
-This entry specifies the framebuffer format this
-.B Display
-subsection is to be used for.
-This entry is only needed when providing depth 24 configurations that allow
-a choice between a 24 bpp packed framebuffer format and a 32bpp sparse
-framebuffer format.
-In most cases this entry should not be used.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Weight " "red\-weight green\-weight blue\-weight"
-This optional entry specifies the relative RGB weighting to be used
-for a screen is being used at depth 16 for drivers that allow multiple
-formats.
-This may also be specified from the command line with the
-.B \-weight
-option (see
-.BR __xservername__(__appmansuffix__)).
-.TP 7
-.BI "Virtual " "xdim ydim"
-This optional entry specifies the virtual screen resolution to be used.
-.I xdim
-must be a multiple of either 8 or 16 for most drivers, and a multiple
-of 32 when running in monochrome mode.
-The given value will be rounded down if this is not the case.
-Video modes which are too large for the specified virtual size will be
-rejected.
-If this entry is not present, the virtual screen resolution will be set to
-accommodate all the valid video modes given in the
-.B Modes
-entry.
-Some drivers/hardware combinations do not support virtual screens.
-Refer to the appropriate driver\-specific documentation for details.
-.TP 7
-.BI "ViewPort " "x0 y0"
-This optional entry sets the upper left corner of the initial display.
-This is only relevant when the virtual screen resolution is different
-from the resolution of the initial video mode.
-If this entry is not given, then the initial display will be centered in
-the virtual display area.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Modes \*q" mode\-name \*q " ..."
-This optional entry specifies the list of video modes to use.
-Each
-.I mode\-name
-specified must be in double quotes.
-They must correspond to those specified or referenced in the appropriate
-.B Monitor
-section (including implicitly referenced built\-in VESA standard modes).
-The server will delete modes from this list which don't satisfy various
-requirements.
-The first valid mode in this list will be the default display mode for
-startup.
-The list of valid modes is converted internally into a circular list.
-It is possible to switch to the next mode with
-.B Ctrl+Alt+Keypad\-Plus
-and to the previous mode with
-.BR Ctrl+Alt+Keypad\-Minus .
-When this entry is omitted, the valid modes referenced by the appropriate
-.B Monitor
-section will be used. If the
-.B Monitor
-section contains no modes, then the selection will be taken from the
-built-in VESA standard modes.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Visual \*q" visual\-name \*q
-This optional entry sets the default root visual type.
-This may also be specified from the command line (see the
-.BR Xserver(__appmansuffix__)
-man page).
-The visual types available for depth 8 are (default is
-.BR PseudoColor ):
-.PP
-.RS 11
-.nf
-.B StaticGray
-.B GrayScale
-.B StaticColor
-.B PseudoColor
-.B TrueColor
-.B DirectColor
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-.RS 7
-The visual type available for the depths 15, 16 and 24 are (default is
-.BR TrueColor ):
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B TrueColor
-.B DirectColor
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-Not all drivers support
-.B DirectColor
-at these depths.
-.PP
-The visual types available for the depth 4 are (default is
-.BR StaticColor ):
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B StaticGray
-.B GrayScale
-.B StaticColor
-.B PseudoColor
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-The visual type available for the depth 1 (monochrome) is
-.BR StaticGray .
-.RE
-.TP 7
-.BI "Black " "red green blue"
-This optional entry allows the \(lqblack\(rq colour to be specified.
-This is only supported at depth 1.
-The default is black.
-.TP 7
-.BI "White " "red green blue"
-This optional entry allows the \(lqwhite\(rq colour to be specified.
-This is only supported at depth 1.
-The default is white.
-.TP 7
-.B Options
-Option flags may be specified in the
-.B Display
-subsections.
-These may include driver\-specific options and driver\-independent options.
-The former are described in the driver\-specific documentation.
-Some of the latter are described above in the section about the
-.B Screen
-section, and they may also be included here.
-.SH "SERVERLAYOUT SECTION"
-The config file may have multiple
-.B ServerLayout
-sections.
-A \(lqserver layout\(rq represents the binding of one or more screens
-.RB ( Screen
-sections) and one or more input devices
-.RB ( InputDevice
-sections) to form a complete configuration.
-In multi\-head configurations, it also specifies the relative layout of the
-heads.
-A
-.B ServerLayout
-section is considered \(lqactive\(rq if it is referenced by the
-.B \-layout
-command line option or by an
-.B "Option \*qDefaultServerLayout\*q"
-entry in the
-.B ServerFlags
-section (the former takes precedence over the latter).
-If those options are not used, the first
-.B ServerLayout
-section found in the config file is considered the active one.
-If no
-.B ServerLayout
-sections are present, the single active screen and two active (core)
-input devices are selected as described in the relevant sections above.
-.PP
-.B ServerLayout
-sections have the following format:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B "Section \*qServerLayout\*q"
-.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q
-.BI " Screen \*q" screen\-id \*q
-.I " ..."
-.BI " InputDevice \*q" idev\-id \*q
-.I " ..."
-.I " options"
-.I " ..."
-.B "EndSection"
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-Each
-.B ServerLayout
-section must have an
-.B Identifier
-entry and at least one
-.B Screen
-entry.
-.PP
-The
-.B Identifier
-entry specifies the unique name for this server layout.
-The
-.B ServerLayout
-section provides information specific to the whole session, including
-session\-specific
-.BR Options .
-The
-.B ServerFlags
-options (described above) may be specified here, and ones given here
-override those given in the
-.B ServerFlags
-section.
-.PP
-The entries that may be used in this section are described here.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Screen " "screen\-num" " \*qscreen\-id\*q " "position\-information"
-One of these entries must be given for each screen being used in
-a session.
-The
-.I screen\-id
-field is mandatory, and specifies the
-.B Screen
-section being referenced.
-The
-.I screen\-num
-field is optional, and may be used to specify the screen number
-in multi\-head configurations.
-When this field is omitted, the screens will be numbered in the order that
-they are listed in.
-The numbering starts from 0, and must be consecutive.
-The
-.I position\-information
-field describes the way multiple screens are positioned.
-There are a number of different ways that this information can be provided:
-.RS 7
-.TP 4
-.I "x y"
-.TP 4
-.BI "Absolute " "x y"
-These both specify that the upper left corner's coordinates are
-.RI ( x , y ).
-The
-.B Absolute
-keyword is optional.
-Some older versions of XFree86 (4.2 and earlier) don't recognise the
-.B Absolute
-keyword, so it's safest to just specify the coordinates without it.
-.TP 4
-.BI "RightOf \*q" screen\-id \*q
-.TP 4
-.BI "LeftOf \*q" screen\-id \*q
-.TP 4
-.BI "Above \*q" screen\-id \*q
-.TP 4
-.BI "Below \*q" screen\-id \*q
-.TP 4
-.BI "Relative \*q" screen\-id \*q " x y"
-These give the screen's location relative to another screen.
-The first four position the screen immediately to the right, left, above or
-below the other screen.
-When positioning to the right or left, the top edges are aligned.
-When positioning above or below, the left edges are aligned.
-The
-.B Relative
-form specifies the offset of the screen's origin (upper left corner)
-relative to the origin of another screen.
-.RE
-.TP 7
-.BI "InputDevice \*q" idev\-id "\*q \*q" option \*q " ..."
-One of these entries should be given for each input device being used in
-a session.
-Normally at least two are required, one each for the core pointer and
-keyboard devices.
-If either of those is missing, suitable
-.B InputDevice
-entries are searched for using the method described above in the
-.B INPUTDEVICE
-section. The
-.I idev\-id
-field is mandatory, and specifies the name of the
-.B InputDevice
-section being referenced.
-Multiple
-.I option
-fields may be specified, each in double quotes.
-The options permitted here are any that may also be given in the
-.B InputDevice
-sections.
-Normally only session\-specific input device options would be used here.
-The most commonly used options are:
-.PP
-.RS 11
-.nf
-.B \*qCorePointer\*q
-.B \*qCoreKeyboard\*q
-.B \*qSendCoreEvents\*q
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-.RS 7
-and the first two should normally be used to indicate the core pointer
-and core keyboard devices respectively.
-.RE
-.TP 7
-.B Options
-In addition to the following, any option permitted in the
-.B ServerFlags
-section may also be specified here.
-When the same option appears in both places, the value given here overrides
-the one given in the
-.B ServerFlags
-section.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qIsolateDevice\*q \*q" bus\-id \*q
-Restrict device resets to the specified
-.IR bus\-id .
-See the
-.B BusID
-option (described in
-.BR "DEVICE SECTION" ,
-above) for the format of the
-.I bus\-id
-parameter.
-This option overrides
-.BR SingleCard ,
-if specified.
-At present, only PCI devices can be isolated in this manner.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qSingleCard\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-As
-.BR IsolateDevice ,
-except that the bus ID of the first device in the layout is used.
-.PP
-Here is an example of a
-.B ServerLayout
-section for a dual headed configuration with two mice:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B "Section \*qServerLayout\*q"
-.B " Identifier \*qLayout 1\*q"
-.B " Screen \*qMGA 1\*q"
-.B " Screen \*qMGA 2\*q RightOf \*qMGA 1\*q"
-.B " InputDevice \*qKeyboard 1\*q \*qCoreKeyboard\*q"
-.B " InputDevice \*qMouse 1\*q \*qCorePointer\*q"
-.B " InputDevice \*qMouse 2\*q \*qSendCoreEvents\*q"
-.B " Option \*qBlankTime\*q \*q5\*q"
-.B "EndSection"
-.fi
-.RE
-.SH "DRI SECTION"
-This optional section is used to provide some information for the
-Direct Rendering Infrastructure.
-Details about the format of this section can be found on-line at
-.IR <http://dri.freedesktop.org/> .
-.SH "VENDOR SECTION"
-The optional
-.B Vendor
-section may be used to provide vendor\-specific configuration information.
-Multiple
-.B Vendor
-sections may be present, and they may contain an
-.B Identifier
-entry and multiple
-.B Option
-flags.
-The data therein is not used in this release.
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-General:
-.BR X (__miscmansuffix__),
-.BR Xserver (__appmansuffix__),
-.BR __xservername__ (__appmansuffix__),
-.BR cvt (__appmansuffix__),
-.BR gtf (__appmansuffix__).
-.PP
-.B "Not all modules or interfaces are available on all platforms."
-.PP
-Display drivers:
-.BR apm (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR ati (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR chips (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR cirrus (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR cyrix (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR fbdev (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR glide (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR glint (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR i128 (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR i740 (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR imstt (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR intel (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR mga (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR neomagic (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR nv (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR openchrome (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR r128 (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR radeon (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR rendition (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR savage (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR s3virge (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR siliconmotion (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR sis (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR sisusb (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR sunbw2 (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR suncg14 (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR suncg3 (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR suncg6 (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR sunffb (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR sunleo (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR suntcx (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR tdfx (__drivermansuffix__),
-.\" .BR tga (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR trident (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR tseng (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR vesa (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR vmware (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR voodoo (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR wsfb (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR xgi (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR xgixp (__drivermansuffix__).
-.PP
-Input drivers:
-.BR acecad (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR citron (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR elographics (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR evdev (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR fpit (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR joystick (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR kbd (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR mousedrv (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR mutouch (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR penmount (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR synaptics (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR vmmouse (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR void (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR wacom (__drivermansuffix__).
-.PP
-Other modules and interfaces:
-.BR exa (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR fbdevhw (__drivermansuffix__),
-.\" .BR shadowfb (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR v4l (__drivermansuffix__).
-.br
-.SH AUTHORS
-This manual page was largely rewritten by David Dawes
-.IR <dawes@xfree86.org> .
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/Makefile.am b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..80e22cbab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+include $(top_srcdir)/manpages.am
+appman_PRE = Xorg.man
+fileman_PRE = xorg.conf.man xorg.conf.d.man
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/Xorg.man b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/Xorg.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6fa334cc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/Xorg.man
@@ -0,0 +1,689 @@
+.\" $XdotOrg: xserver/xorg/hw/xfree86/doc/man/Xorg.man.pre,v 1.3 2005/07/04 18:41:01 ajax Exp $
+.\" shorthand for double quote that works everywhere.
+.ds q \N'34'
+.TH __xservername__ __appmansuffix__ __vendorversion__
+.SH NAME
+__xservername__ - X11R7 X server
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B __xservername__
+.RI [\fB:\fP display ]
+.RI [ option
+.IR ... ]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.B __xservername__
+is a full featured X server that was originally designed for UNIX and
+UNIX-like operating systems running on Intel x86 hardware. It now runs
+on a wider range of hardware and OS platforms.
+.PP
+This work was derived by the X.Org Foundation from the XFree86 Project's
+.I "XFree86\ 4.4rc2"
+release.
+The XFree86 release was originally derived from
+.I "X386\ 1.2"
+by Thomas Roell which was contributed to X11R5 by Snitily Graphics
+Consulting Service.
+.SH PLATFORMS
+.PP
+.B __xservername__
+operates under a wide range of operating systems and hardware platforms.
+The Intel x86 (IA32) architecture is the most widely supported hardware
+platform. Other hardware platforms include Compaq Alpha, Intel IA64, AMD64,
+SPARC and PowerPC. The most widely supported operating systems are the
+free/OpenSource UNIX-like systems such as Linux, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
+OpenBSD, and Solaris. Commercial UNIX operating systems such as
+UnixWare are also supported. Other supported operating systems include
+GNU Hurd. Mac OS X is supported with the
+Xquartz(__appmansuffix__) X server. Win32/Cygwin is supported with the
+XWin(__appmansuffix__) X server.
+.PP
+.SH "NETWORK CONNECTIONS"
+.B __xservername__
+supports connections made using the following reliable
+byte-streams:
+.TP 4
+.I "Local"
+On most platforms, the "Local" connection type is a UNIX-domain socket.
+On some System V platforms, the "local" connection types also include
+STREAMS pipes, named pipes, and some other mechanisms.
+.TP 4
+.I TCP\/IP
+.B __xservername__
+listens on port
+.RI 6000+ n ,
+where
+.I n
+is the display number. This connection type can be disabled with the
+.B \-nolisten
+option (see the Xserver(1) man page for details).
+.SH "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
+For operating systems that support local connections other than Unix
+Domain sockets (SVR3 and SVR4), there is a compiled-in list specifying
+the order in which local connections should be attempted. This list
+can be overridden by the
+.I XLOCAL
+environment variable described below. If the display name indicates a
+best-choice connection should be made (e.g.
+.BR :0.0 ),
+each connection mechanism is tried until a connection succeeds or no
+more mechanisms are available. Note: for these OSs, the Unix Domain
+socket connection is treated differently from the other local connection
+types. To use it the connection must be made to
+.BR unix:0.0 .
+.PP
+The
+.I XLOCAL
+environment variable should contain a list of one more
+more of the following:
+.PP
+.RS 8
+.nf
+NAMED
+PTS
+SCO
+ISC
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+which represent SVR4 Named Streams pipe, Old-style USL Streams pipe,
+SCO XSight Streams pipe, and ISC Streams pipe, respectively. You can
+select a single mechanism (e.g.
+.IR XLOCAL=NAMED ),
+or an ordered list (e.g. \fIXLOCAL="NAMED:PTS:SCO"\fP).
+his variable overrides the compiled-in defaults. For SVR4 it is
+recommended that
+.I NAMED
+be the first preference connection. The default setting is
+.IR PTS:NAMED:ISC:SCO .
+.PP
+To globally override the compiled-in defaults, you should define (and
+export if using
+.B sh
+or
+.BR ksh )
+.I XLOCAL
+globally. If you use startx(1) or xinit(1), the definition should be
+at the top of your
+.I .xinitrc
+file. If you use xdm(1), the definitions should be early on in the
+.I __projectroot__/lib/X11/xdm/Xsession
+script.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.B __xservername__
+supports several mechanisms for supplying/obtaining configuration and
+run-time parameters: command line options, environment variables, the
+__xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) configuration files, auto-detection, and
+fallback defaults. When the same information is supplied in more than
+one way, the highest precedence mechanism is used. The list of mechanisms
+is ordered from highest precedence to lowest. Note that not all parameters
+can be supplied via all methods. The available command line options
+and environment variables (and some defaults) are described here and in
+the Xserver(__appmansuffix__) manual page. Most configuration file
+parameters, with their defaults, are described in the
+__xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) manual page. Driver and module specific
+configuration parameters are described in the relevant driver or module
+manual page.
+.PP
+In addition to the normal server options described in the
+Xserver(__appmansuffix__) manual page,
+.B __xservername__
+accepts the following command line switches:
+.TP 8
+.BI vt XX
+.I XX
+specifies the Virtual Terminal device number which
+.B __xservername__
+will use. Without this option,
+.B __xservername__
+will pick the first available Virtual Terminal that it can locate. This
+option applies only to platforms that have virtual terminal support, such
+as Linux, BSD, OpenSolaris, SVR3, and SVR4.
+.TP
+.B \-allowMouseOpenFail
+Allow the server to start up even if the mouse device can't be opened
+or initialised. This is equivalent to the
+.B AllowMouseOpenFail
+__xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file option.
+.TP 8
+.B \-allowNonLocalXvidtune
+Make the VidMode extension available to remote clients. This allows
+the xvidtune client to connect from another host. This is equivalent
+to the
+.B AllowNonLocalXvidtune
+__xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file option. By default non-local
+connections are not allowed.
+.TP 8
+.BI \-bgamma " value"
+Set the blue gamma correction.
+.I value
+must be between 0.1 and 10.
+The default is 1.0. Not all drivers support this. See also the
+.BR \-gamma ,
+.BR \-rgamma ,
+and
+.B \-ggamma
+options.
+.TP 8
+.BI \-bpp " n"
+No longer supported. Use
+.B \-depth
+to set the color depth, and use
+.B \-fbbpp
+if you really need to force a non-default framebuffer (hardware) pixel
+format.
+.TP 8
+.BI \-config " file"
+Read the server configuration from
+.IR file .
+This option will work for any file when the server is run as root (i.e,
+with real-uid 0), or for files relative to a directory in the config
+search path for all other users.
+.TP 8
+.BI \-configdir " directory"
+Read the server configuration files from
+.IR directory .
+This option will work for any directory when the server is run as root
+(i.e, with real-uid 0), or for directories relative to a directory in the
+config directory search path for all other users.
+.TP 8
+.B \-configure
+When this option is specified, the
+.B __xservername__
+server loads all video driver modules, probes for available hardware,
+and writes out an initial __xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file based on
+what was detected. This option currently has some problems on some
+platforms, but in most cases it is a good way to bootstrap the
+configuration process. This option is only available when the server
+is run as root (i.e, with real-uid 0).
+.TP 8
+.BI "\-crt /dev/tty" XX
+SCO only. This is the same as the
+.B vt
+option, and is provided for compatibility with the native SCO X server.
+.TP 8
+.BI \-depth " n"
+Sets the default color depth. Legal values are 1, 4, 8, 15, 16, and
+24. Not all drivers support all values.
+.TP 8
+.B \-disableVidMode
+Disable the parts of the VidMode extension (used by the xvidtune
+client) that can be used to change the video modes. This is equivalent
+to the
+.B DisableVidModeExtension
+__xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file option.
+.TP 8
+.B \-fbbpp \fIn\fP
+Sets the number of framebuffer bits per pixel. You should only set this
+if you're sure it's necessary; normally the server can deduce the correct
+value from
+.B \-depth
+above. Useful if you want to run a depth 24 configuration with a 24
+bpp framebuffer rather than the (possibly default) 32 bpp framebuffer
+(or vice versa). Legal values are 1, 8, 16, 24, 32. Not all drivers
+support all values.
+.TP 8
+.B \-flipPixels
+Swap the default values for the black and white pixels.
+.TP 8
+.BI \-gamma " value"
+Set the gamma correction.
+.I value
+must be between 0.1 and 10. The default is 1.0. This value is applied
+equally to the R, G and B values. Those values can be set independently
+with the
+.BR \-rgamma ,
+.BR \-bgamma ,
+and
+.B \-ggamma
+options. Not all drivers support this.
+.TP 8
+.BI \-ggamma " value"
+Set the green gamma correction.
+.I value
+must be between 0.1 and 10. The default is 1.0. Not all drivers support
+this. See also the
+.BR \-gamma ,
+.BR \-rgamma ,
+and
+.B \-bgamma
+options.
+.TP 8
+.B \-ignoreABI
+The
+.B __xservername__
+server checks the ABI revision levels of each module that it loads. It
+will normally refuse to load modules with ABI revisions that are newer
+than the server's. This is because such modules might use interfaces
+that the server does not have. When this option is specified, mismatches
+like this are downgraded from fatal errors to warnings. This option
+should be used with care.
+.TP 8
+.B \-isolateDevice \fIbus\-id\fP
+Restrict device resets to the device at
+.IR bus\-id .
+The
+.I bus\-id
+string has the form
+.IB bustype : bus : device : function
+(e.g., \(oqPCI:1:0:0\(cq).
+At present, only isolation of PCI devices is supported; i.e., this option
+is ignored if
+.I bustype
+is anything other than \(oqPCI\(cq.
+.TP 8
+.B \-keeptty
+Prevent the server from detaching its initial controlling terminal.
+This option is only useful when debugging the server. Not all platforms
+support (or can use) this option.
+.TP 8
+.BI \-keyboard " keyboard-name"
+Use the __xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file
+.B InputDevice
+section called
+.I keyboard-name
+as the core keyboard. This option is ignored when the
+.B Layout
+section specifies a core keyboard. In the absence of both a Layout
+section and this option, the first relevant
+.B InputDevice
+section is used for the core keyboard.
+.TP 8
+.BI \-layout " layout-name"
+Use the __xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file
+.B Layout
+section called
+.IR layout-name .
+By default the first
+.B Layout
+section is used.
+.TP 8
+.BI \-logfile " filename"
+Use the file called
+.I filename
+as the
+.B __xservername__
+server log file. The default log file is
+.BI __logdir__/__xservername__. n .log
+on most platforms, where
+.I n
+is the display number of the
+.B __xservername__
+server. The default may be in a different directory on some platforms.
+This option is only available when the server is run as root (i.e, with
+real-uid 0).
+.TP 8
+.BR \-logverbose " [\fIn\fP]"
+Sets the verbosity level for information printed to the
+.B __xservername__
+server log file. If the
+.I n
+value isn't supplied, each occurrence of this option increments the log
+file verbosity level. When the
+.I n
+value is supplied, the log file verbosity level is set to that value.
+The default log file verbosity level is 3.
+.TP 8
+.BI \-modulepath " searchpath"
+Set the module search path to
+.IR searchpath .
+.I searchpath
+is a comma separated list of directories to search for
+.B __xservername__
+server modules. This option is only available when the server is run
+as root (i.e, with real-uid 0).
+.TP 8
+.B \-nosilk
+Disable Silken Mouse support.
+.TP 8
+.B \-pixmap24
+Set the internal pixmap format for depth 24 pixmaps to 24 bits per pixel.
+The default is usually 32 bits per pixel. There is normally little
+reason to use this option. Some client applications don't like this
+pixmap format, even though it is a perfectly legal format. This is
+equivalent to the
+.B Pixmap
+__xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file option.
+.TP 8
+.B \-pixmap32
+Set the internal pixmap format for depth 24 pixmaps to 32 bits per pixel.
+This is usually the default. This is equivalent to the
+.B Pixmap
+__xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file option.
+.TP 8
+.BI \-pointer " pointer-name"
+Use the __xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file
+.B InputDevice
+section called
+.I pointer-name
+as the core pointer. This option is ignored when the
+.B Layout
+section specifies a core pointer. In the absence of both a Layout
+section and this option, the first relevant
+.B InputDevice
+section is used for the core pointer.
+.TP 8
+.B \-quiet
+Suppress most informational messages at startup. The verbosity level
+is set to zero.
+.TP 8
+.BI \-rgamma " value"
+Set the red gamma correction.
+.I value
+must be between 0.1 and 10. The default is 1.0. Not all drivers support
+this. See also the
+.BR \-gamma ,
+.BR \-bgamma ,
+and
+.B \-ggamma
+options.
+.TP 8
+.BI \-screen " screen-name"
+Use the __xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file
+.B Screen
+section called
+.IR screen-name .
+By default the screens referenced by the default
+.B Layout
+section are used, or the first
+.B Screen
+section when there are no
+.B Layout
+sections.
+.TP 8
+.B \-showconfig
+This is the same as the
+.B \-version
+option, and is included for compatibility reasons. It may be removed
+in a future release, so the
+.B \-version
+option should be used instead.
+.TP 8
+.B \-showDefaultModulePath
+Print out the default module path the server was compiled with.
+.TP 8
+.B \-showDefaultLibPath
+Print out the path libraries should be installed to.
+.TP 8
+.B \-showopts
+For each driver module installed, print out the list of options and their
+argument types.
+.TP 8
+.BI \-weight " nnn"
+Set RGB weighting at 16 bpp. The default is 565. This applies only to
+those drivers which support 16 bpp.
+.TP 8
+.BR \-verbose " [\fIn\fP]"
+Sets the verbosity level for information printed on stderr. If the
+.I n
+value isn't supplied, each occurrence of this option increments the
+verbosity level. When the
+.I n
+value is supplied, the verbosity level is set to that value. The default
+verbosity level is 0.
+.TP 8
+.B \-version
+Print out the server version, patchlevel, release date, the operating
+system/platform it was built on, and whether it includes module loader
+support.
+.SH "KEYBOARD"
+.PP
+The
+.B __xservername__
+server is normally configured to recognize various special combinations
+of key presses that instruct the server to perform some action, rather
+than just sending the key press event to a client application. These actions
+depend on the XKB keymap loaded by a particular keyboard device and may or
+may not be available on a given configuration.
+.PP
+The following key combinations are commonly part of the default XKEYBOARD
+keymap.
+.TP 8
+.B Ctrl+Alt+Backspace
+Immediately kills the server -- no questions asked. It can be disabled by
+setting the
+.B DontZap
+__xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file option to a TRUE value.
+.PP
+.RS 8
+It should be noted that zapping is triggered by the
+.B Terminate_Server
+action in the keyboard map. This action is not part of the default keymaps
+but can be enabled with the XKB option
+.B \*qterminate:ctrl_alt_bksp\*q.
+.RE
+.TP 8
+.B Ctrl+Alt+Keypad-Plus
+Change video mode to next one specified in the configuration file.
+This can be disabled with the
+.B DontZoom
+__xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file option.
+.TP 8
+.B Ctrl+Alt+Keypad-Minus
+Change video mode to previous one specified in the configuration file.
+This can be disabled with the
+.B DontZoom
+__xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file option.
+.TP 8
+.B Ctrl+Alt+F1...F12
+For systems with virtual terminal support, these keystroke
+combinations are used to switch to virtual terminals 1 through 12,
+respectively. This can be disabled with the
+.B DontVTSwitch
+__xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) file option.
+.SH CONFIGURATION
+.B __xservername__
+typically uses a configuration file called
+.B __xconfigfile__
+and configuration files with the suffix
+.I .conf
+in a directory called
+.B __xconfigdir__
+for its initial setup.
+Refer to the __xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) manual page for information
+about the format of this file.
+.PP
+.B __xservername__
+has a mechanism for automatically generating a built-in configuration
+at run-time when no
+.B __xconfigfile__
+file or
+.B __xconfigdir__
+files are present. The current version of this automatic configuration
+mechanism works in two ways.
+.PP
+The first is via enhancements that have made many components of the
+.B __xconfigfile__
+file optional. This means that information that can be probed or
+reasonably deduced doesn't need to be specified explicitly, greatly
+reducing the amount of built-in configuration information that needs to
+be generated at run-time.
+.PP
+The second is to have "safe" fallbacks for most configuration information.
+This maximises the likelihood that the
+.B __xservername__
+server will start up in some usable configuration even when information
+about the specific hardware is not available.
+.PP
+The automatic configuration support for __xservername__ is work in progress.
+It is currently aimed at the most popular hardware and software platforms
+supported by __xservername__. Enhancements are planned for future releases.
+.SH FILES
+The
+.B __xservername__
+server config files can be found in a range of locations. These are
+documented fully in the __xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__) manual page. The
+most commonly used locations are shown here.
+.TP 30
+.B /etc/X11/__xconfigfile__
+Server configuration file.
+.TP 30
+.B /etc/X11/__xconfigfile__-4
+Server configuration file.
+.TP 30
+.B /etc/__xconfigfile__
+Server configuration file.
+.TP 30
+.B __projectroot__/etc/__xconfigfile__
+Server configuration file.
+.TP 30
+.B __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigfile__
+Server configuration file.
+.TP 30
+.B /etc/X11/__xconfigdir__
+Server configuration directory.
+.TP 30
+.B /etc/X11/__xconfigdir__-4
+Server configuration directory.
+.TP 30
+.B /etc/__xconfigdir__
+Server configuration directory.
+.TP 30
+.B __projectroot__/etc/__xconfigdir__
+Server configuration directory.
+.TP 30
+.B __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigdir__
+Server configuration directory.
+.TP 30
+.BI __logdir__/__xservername__. n .log
+Server log file for display
+.IR n .
+.TP 30
+.B __projectroot__/bin/\(**
+Client binaries.
+.TP 30
+.B __projectroot__/include/\(**
+Header files.
+.TP 30
+.B __projectroot__/lib/\(**
+Libraries.
+.TP 30
+.B __datadir__/fonts/X11/\(**
+Fonts.
+.TP 30
+.B __projectroot__/share/X11/XErrorDB
+Client error message database.
+.TP 30
+.B __projectroot__/lib/X11/app-defaults/\(**
+Client resource specifications.
+.TP 30
+.B __mandir__/man?/\(**
+Manual pages.
+.TP 30
+.BI /etc/X n .hosts
+Initial access control list for display
+.IR n .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+X(__miscmansuffix__), Xserver(__appmansuffix__), xdm(__appmansuffix__), xinit(__appmansuffix__),
+__xconfigfile__(__filemansuffix__), xvidtune(__appmansuffix__),
+apm(__drivermansuffix__),
+ati(__drivermansuffix__),
+chips(__drivermansuffix__),
+cirrus(__drivermansuffix__),
+cyrix(__drivermansuffix__),
+fbdev(__drivermansuffix__),
+glide(__drivermansuffix__),
+glint(__drivermansuffix__),
+i128(__drivermansuffix__),
+i740(__drivermansuffix__),
+imstt(__drivermansuffix__),
+intel(__drivermansuffix__),
+mga(__drivermansuffix__),
+neomagic(__drivermansuffix__),
+nsc(__drivermansuffix__),
+nv(__drivermansuffix__),
+openchrome (__drivermansuffix__),
+r128(__drivermansuffix__),
+rendition(__drivermansuffix__),
+s3virge(__drivermansuffix__),
+siliconmotion(__drivermansuffix__),
+sis(__drivermansuffix__),
+sunbw2(__drivermansuffix__),
+suncg14(__drivermansuffix__),
+suncg3(__drivermansuffix__),
+suncg6(__drivermansuffix__),
+sunffb(__drivermansuffix__),
+sunleo(__drivermansuffix__),
+suntcx(__drivermansuffix__),
+tdfx(__drivermansuffix__),
+tga(__drivermansuffix__),
+trident(__drivermansuffix__),
+tseng(__drivermansuffix__),
+v4l(__drivermansuffix__),
+vesa(__drivermansuffix__),
+vmware(__drivermansuffix__),
+.br
+Web site
+.IR <http://www.x.org> .
+
+.SH AUTHORS
+__xservername__ has many contributors world wide. The names of most of them
+can be found in the documentation, ChangeLog files in the source tree,
+and in the actual source code.
+.PP
+__xservername__ was originally based on XFree86 4.4rc2.
+That was originally based on \fIX386 1.2\fP by Thomas Roell, which
+was contributed to the then X Consortium's X11R5 distribution by SGCS.
+.PP
+__xservername__ is released by the X.Org Foundation.
+.PP
+The project that became XFree86 was originally founded in 1992 by
+David Dawes, Glenn Lai, Jim Tsillas and David Wexelblat.
+.PP
+XFree86 was later integrated in the then X Consortium's X11R6 release
+by a group of dedicated XFree86 developers, including the following:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+Stuart Anderson \fIanderson@metrolink.com\fP
+Doug Anson \fIdanson@lgc.com\fP
+Gertjan Akkerman \fIakkerman@dutiba.twi.tudelft.nl\fP
+Mike Bernson \fImike@mbsun.mlb.org\fP
+Robin Cutshaw \fIrobin@XFree86.org\fP
+David Dawes \fIdawes@XFree86.org\fP
+Marc Evans \fImarc@XFree86.org\fP
+Pascal Haible \fIhaible@izfm.uni-stuttgart.de\fP
+Matthieu Herrb \fIMatthieu.Herrb@laas.fr\fP
+Dirk Hohndel \fIhohndel@XFree86.org\fP
+David Holland \fIdavidh@use.com\fP
+Alan Hourihane \fIalanh@fairlite.demon.co.uk\fP
+Jeffrey Hsu \fIhsu@soda.berkeley.edu\fP
+Glenn Lai \fIglenn@cs.utexas.edu\fP
+Ted Lemon \fImellon@ncd.com\fP
+Rich Murphey \fIrich@XFree86.org\fP
+Hans Nasten \fInasten@everyware.se\fP
+Mark Snitily \fImark@sgcs.com\fP
+Randy Terbush \fIrandyt@cse.unl.edu\fP
+Jon Tombs \fItombs@XFree86.org\fP
+Kees Verstoep \fIversto@cs.vu.nl\fP
+Paul Vixie \fIpaul@vix.com\fP
+Mark Weaver \fIMark_Weaver@brown.edu\fP
+David Wexelblat \fIdwex@XFree86.org\fP
+Philip Wheatley \fIPhilip.Wheatley@ColumbiaSC.NCR.COM\fP
+Thomas Wolfram \fIwolf@prz.tu-berlin.de\fP
+Orest Zborowski \fIorestz@eskimo.com\fP
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+__xservername__ source is available from the FTP server
+\fI<ftp://ftp.x.org/>\fP, and from the X.Org
+server \fI<http://gitweb.freedesktop.org/>\fP. Documentation and other
+information can be found from the X.Org web site
+\fI<http://www.x.org/>\fP.
+
+.SH LEGAL
+.PP
+.B __xservername__
+is copyright software, provided under licenses that permit modification
+and redistribution in source and binary form without fee.
+.B __xservername__ is copyright by numerous authors and
+contributors from around the world. Licensing information can be found
+at
+.IR <http://www.x.org> .
+Refer to the source code for specific copyright notices.
+.PP
+.B XFree86(TM)
+is a trademark of The XFree86 Project, Inc.
+.PP
+.B X11(TM)
+and
+.B X Window System(TM)
+are trademarks of The Open Group.
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/xorg.conf.d.man b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/xorg.conf.d.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6b3379ece
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/xorg.conf.d.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__filemansuffix__/xorg.conf.__filemansuffix__
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/xorg.conf.man b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/xorg.conf.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e3fd0eadf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/xorg.conf.man
@@ -0,0 +1,2478 @@
+.\" shorthand for double quote that works everywhere.
+.ds q \N'34'
+.TH __xconfigfile__ __filemansuffix__ __vendorversion__
+.SH NAME
+__xconfigfile__ and __xconfigdir__ \- configuration files for
+__xservername__ X server
+.SH INTRODUCTION
+.B __xservername__
+supports several mechanisms for supplying/obtaining configuration and
+run-time parameters: command line options, environment variables, the
+__xconfigfile__ and __xconfigdir__ configuration files, auto-detection,
+and fallback defaults. When the same information is supplied in more
+than one way, the highest precedence mechanism is used. The list of
+mechanisms is ordered from highest precedence to lowest. Note that not
+all parameters can be supplied via all methods. The available command
+line options and environment variables (and some defaults) are
+described in the Xserver(__appmansuffix__) and
+__xservername__(__appmansuffix__) manual pages. Most configuration file
+parameters, with their defaults, are described below. Driver and module
+specific configuration parameters are described in the relevant driver
+or module manual page.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.B __xservername__
+uses a configuration file called
+.I __xconfigfile__
+and files ending in the suffix
+.I .conf
+from the directory
+.I __xconfigdir__
+for its initial setup.
+The
+.I __xconfigfile__
+configuration file is searched for in the following places when the
+server is started as a normal user:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.IR /etc/X11/ <cmdline>
+.IR __projectroot__/etc/X11/ <cmdline>
+.IB /etc/X11/ $XORGCONFIG
+.IB __projectroot__/etc/X11/ $XORGCONFIG
+.I /etc/X11/__xconfigfile__
+.I /etc/__xconfigfile__
+.IR __projectroot__/etc/X11/__xconfigfile__. <hostname>
+.I __projectroot__/etc/X11/__xconfigfile__
+.IR __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigfile__. <hostname>
+.I __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigfile__
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+where
+.I <cmdline>
+is a relative path (with no \(lq..\(rq components) specified with the
+.B \-config
+command line option,
+.B $XORGCONFIG
+is the relative path (with no \(lq..\(rq components) specified by that
+environment variable, and
+.I <hostname>
+is the machine's hostname as reported by
+.BR gethostname (__libmansuffix__).
+.PP
+When the __xservername__ server is started by the \(lqroot\(rq user, the config file
+search locations are as follows:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+<cmdline>
+.IR /etc/X11/ <cmdline>
+.IR __projectroot__/etc/X11/ <cmdline>
+.B $XORGCONFIG
+.IB /etc/X11/ $XORGCONFIG
+.IB __projectroot__/etc/X11/ $XORGCONFIG
+.I /etc/X11/__xconfigfile__
+.I /etc/__xconfigfile__
+.IR __projectroot__/etc/X11/__xconfigfile__. <hostname>
+.I __projectroot__/etc/X11/__xconfigfile__
+.IR __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigfile__. <hostname>
+.I __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigfile__
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+where
+.I <cmdline>
+is the path specified with the
+.B \-config
+command line option (which may be absolute or relative),
+.B $XORGCONFIG
+is the path specified by that
+environment variable (absolute or relative),
+.B $HOME
+is the path specified by that environment variable (usually the home
+directory), and
+.I <hostname>
+is the machine's hostname as reported by
+.BR gethostname (__libmansuffix__).
+.PP
+Additional configuration files are searched for in the following
+directories when the server is started as a normal user:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.IR /etc/X11/ <cmdline>
+.IR __sysconfdir__/X11/ <cmdline>
+.I /etc/X11/__xconfigdir__
+.I __sysconfdir__/X11/__xconfigdir__
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+where
+.I <cmdline>
+is a relative path (with no \(lq..\(rq components) specified with the
+.B \-configdir
+command line option.
+.PP
+When the __xservername__ server is started by the \(lqroot\(rq user, the
+config directory search locations are as follows:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+<cmdline>
+.IR /etc/X11/ <cmdline>
+.IR __sysconfdir__/X11/ <cmdline>
+.I /etc/X11/__xconfigdir__
+.I __sysconfdir__/X11/__xconfigdir__
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+where
+.I <cmdline>
+is the path specified with the
+.B \-configdir
+command line option (which may be absolute or relative).
+.PP
+Finally, configuration files will also be searched for in directories
+reserved for system use. These are to separate configuration files from
+the vendor or 3rd party packages from those of local administration.
+These files are found in the following directories:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.I /usr/share/X11/__xconfigdir__
+.I __datadir__/X11/__xconfigdir__
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+The
+.I __xconfigfile__
+and
+.I __xconfigdir__
+files are composed of a number of sections which may be present in any order,
+or omitted to use default configuration values.
+Each section has the form:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.BI "Section \*q" SectionName \*q
+.RI " " SectionEntry
+ ...
+.B EndSection
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+The section names are:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.BR "Files " "File pathnames"
+.BR "ServerFlags " "Server flags"
+.BR "Module " "Dynamic module loading"
+.BR "Extensions " "Extension enabling"
+.BR "InputDevice " "Input device description"
+.BR "InputClass " "Input class description"
+.BR "Device " "Graphics device description"
+.BR "VideoAdaptor " "Xv video adaptor description"
+.BR "Monitor " "Monitor description"
+.BR "Modes " "Video modes descriptions"
+.BR "Screen " "Screen configuration"
+.BR "ServerLayout " "Overall layout"
+.BR "DRI " "DRI\-specific configuration"
+.BR "Vendor " "Vendor\-specific configuration"
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+The following obsolete section names are still recognised for compatibility
+purposes.
+In new config files, the
+.B InputDevice
+section should be used instead.
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.BR "Keyboard " "Keyboard configuration"
+.BR "Pointer " "Pointer/mouse configuration"
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+The old
+.B XInput
+section is no longer recognised.
+.PP
+The
+.B ServerLayout
+sections are at the highest level.
+They bind together the input and output devices that will be used in a session.
+The input devices are described in the
+.B InputDevice
+sections.
+Output devices usually consist of multiple independent components (e.g.,
+a graphics board and a monitor).
+These multiple components are bound together in the
+.B Screen
+sections, and it is these that are referenced by the
+.B ServerLayout
+section.
+Each
+.B Screen
+section binds together a graphics board and a monitor.
+The graphics boards are described in the
+.B Device
+sections, and the monitors are described in the
+.B Monitor
+sections.
+.PP
+Config file keywords are case\-insensitive, and \(lq_\(rq characters are
+ignored.
+Most strings (including
+.B Option
+names) are also case-insensitive, and insensitive to white space and
+\(lq_\(rq characters.
+.PP
+Each config file entry usually takes up a single line in the file. They
+consist of a keyword, which is possibly followed by one or more arguments,
+with the number and types of the arguments depending on the keyword.
+The argument types are:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.BR "Integer " "an integer number in decimal, hex or octal"
+.BR "Real " "a floating point number"
+.BR "String " "a string enclosed in double quote marks (\*q)"
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+Note: hex integer values must be prefixed with \(lq0x\(rq, and octal values
+with \(lq0\(rq.
+.PP
+A special keyword called
+.B Option
+may be used to provide free\-form data to various components of the server.
+The
+.B Option
+keyword takes either one or two string arguments.
+The first is the option name, and the optional second argument is the
+option value.
+Some commonly used option value types include:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.BR "Integer " "an integer number in decimal, hex or octal"
+.BR "Real " "a floating point number"
+.BR "String " "a sequence of characters"
+.BR "Boolean " "a boolean value (see below)"
+.BR "Frequency " "a frequency value (see below)"
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+Note that
+.I all
+.B Option
+values, not just strings, must be enclosed in quotes.
+.PP
+Boolean options may optionally have a value specified.
+When no value is specified, the option's value is
+.BR TRUE .
+The following boolean option values are recognised as
+.BR TRUE :
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.BR 1 ,
+.BR on ,
+.BR true ,
+.B yes
+.RE
+.PP
+and the following boolean option values are recognised as
+.BR FALSE :
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.BR 0 ,
+.BR off ,
+.BR false ,
+.B no
+.RE
+.PP
+If an option name is prefixed with
+.RB \*q No \*q,
+then the option value is negated.
+.PP
+Example: the following option entries are equivalent:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B "Option \*qAccel\*q \*qOff\*q"
+.B "Option \*qNoAccel\*q"
+.B "Option \*qNoAccel\*q \*qOn\*q"
+.B "Option \*qAccel\*q \*qfalse\*q"
+.B "Option \*qAccel\*q \*qno\*q"
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+Frequency option values consist of a real number that is optionally
+followed by one of the following frequency units:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.BR Hz ,
+.BR k ,
+.BR kHz ,
+.BR M ,
+.B MHz
+.RE
+.PP
+When the unit name is omitted, the correct units will be determined from
+the value and the expectations of the appropriate range of the value.
+It is recommended that the units always be specified when using frequency
+option values to avoid any errors in determining the value.
+.SH "FILES SECTION"
+The
+.B Files
+section is used to specify some path names required by the server.
+Some of these paths can also be set from the command line (see
+.BR Xserver (__appmansuffix__)
+and
+.BR __xservername__ (__appmansuffix__)).
+The command line settings override the values specified in the config
+file.
+The
+.B Files
+section is optional, as are all of the entries that may appear in it.
+.PP
+The entries that can appear in this section are:
+.TP 7
+.BI "FontPath \*q" path \*q
+sets the search path for fonts.
+This path is a comma separated list of font path elements which the __xservername__
+server searches for font databases.
+Multiple
+.B FontPath
+entries may be specified, and they will be concatenated to build up the
+fontpath used by the server. Font path elements can be absolute
+directory paths, catalogue directories or a font server identifier. The
+formats of the later two are explained below:
+.PP
+.RS 7
+Catalogue directories:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+Catalogue directories can be specified using the prefix \fBcatalogue:\fR
+before the directory name. The directory can then be populated with
+symlinks pointing to the real font directories, using the following
+syntax in the symlink name:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.IR <identifier> : [attribute]: pri= <priority>
+.RE
+.PP
+where
+.I <identifier>
+is an alphanumeric identifier,
+.I [attribute]
+is an attribute which will be passed to the underlying FPE and
+.I <priority>
+is a number used to order the fontfile FPEs. Examples:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.I 75dpi:unscaled:pri=20 -> /usr/share/X11/fonts/75dpi
+.I gscript:pri=60 -> /usr/share/fonts/default/ghostscript
+.I misc:unscaled:pri=10 \-> /usr/share/X11/fonts/misc
+.fi
+.PP
+.RE .RE .RE
+.PP
+.RS 7
+Font server identifiers:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+Font server identifiers have the form:
+.RS 4
+.PP
+.IR <trans> / <hostname> : <port\-number>
+.RE
+.PP
+where
+.I <trans>
+is the transport type to use to connect to the font server (e.g.,
+.B unix
+for UNIX\-domain sockets or
+.B tcp
+for a TCP/IP connection),
+.I <hostname>
+is the hostname of the machine running the font server, and
+.I <port\-number>
+is the port number that the font server is listening on (usually 7100).
+.RE
+.PP
+When this entry is not specified in the config file, the server falls back
+to the compiled\-in default font path, which contains the following
+font path elements (which can be set inside a catalogue directory):
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/misc/
+.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/TTF/
+.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/OTF/
+.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/Type1/
+.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/100dpi/
+.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/75dpi/
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+Font path elements that are found to be invalid are removed from the
+font path when the server starts up.
+.RE
+.TP 7
+.BI "ModulePath \*q" path \*q
+sets the search path for loadable __xservername__ server modules.
+This path is a comma separated list of directories which the __xservername__ server
+searches for loadable modules loading in the order specified.
+Multiple
+.B ModulePath
+entries may be specified, and they will be concatenated to build the
+module search path used by the server. The default module path is
+.PP
+.RS 11
+__modulepath__
+.RE
+.\" The LogFile keyword is not currently implemented
+.ig
+.TP 7
+.BI "LogFile \*q" path \*q
+sets the name of the __xservername__ server log file.
+The default log file name is
+.PP
+.RS 11
+.RI __logdir__/__xservername__. <n> .log
+.RE
+.PP
+.RS 7
+where
+.I <n>
+is the display number for the __xservername__ server.
+..
+.TP 7
+.BI "XkbDir \*q" path \*q
+sets the base directory for keyboard layout files. The
+.B \-xkbdir
+command line option can be used to override this. The default directory is
+.PP
+.RS 11
+__xkbdir__
+.RE
+.SH "SERVERFLAGS SECTION"
+In addition to options specific to this section (described below), the
+.B ServerFlags
+section is used to specify some global
+__xservername__ server options.
+All of the entries in this section are
+.BR Options ,
+although for compatibility purposes some of the old style entries are
+still recognised.
+Those old style entries are not documented here, and using them is
+discouraged.
+The
+.B ServerFlags
+section is optional, as are the entries that may be specified in it.
+.PP
+.B Options
+specified in this section (with the exception of the
+.B \*qDefaultServerLayout\*q
+.BR Option )
+may be overridden by
+.B Options
+specified in the active
+.B ServerLayout
+section.
+Options with command line equivalents are overridden when their command
+line equivalent is used.
+The options recognised by this section are:
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qDefaultServerLayout\*q \*q" layout\-id \*q
+This specifies the default
+.B ServerLayout
+section to use in the absence of the
+.B \-layout
+command line option.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qNoTrapSignals\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+This prevents the __xservername__ server from trapping a range of unexpected fatal
+signals and exiting cleanly.
+Instead, the __xservername__ server will die and drop core where the fault occurred.
+The default behaviour is for the __xservername__ server to exit cleanly, but still drop a
+core file.
+In general you never want to use this option unless you are debugging an __xservername__
+server problem and know how to deal with the consequences.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qUseSIGIO\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+This controls whether the __xservername__ server requests that events from
+input devices be reported via a SIGIO signal handler (also known as SIGPOLL
+on some platforms), or only reported via the standard select(3) loop.
+The default behaviour is platform specific. In general you do not want to
+use this option unless you are debugging the __xservername__ server, or
+working around a specific bug until it is fixed, and understand the
+consequences.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qDontVTSwitch\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+This disallows the use of the
+.BI Ctrl+Alt+F n
+sequence (where
+.RI F n
+refers to one of the numbered function keys).
+That sequence is normally used to switch to another \*qvirtual terminal\*q
+on operating systems that have this feature.
+When this option is enabled, that key sequence has no special meaning and
+is passed to clients.
+Default: off.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qDontZap\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+This disallows the use of the
+.B Terminate_Server
+XKB action (usually on Ctrl+Alt+Backspace, depending on XKB options).
+This action is normally used to terminate the __xservername__ server.
+When this option is enabled, the action has no effect.
+Default: off.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qDontZoom\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+This disallows the use of the
+.B Ctrl+Alt+Keypad\-Plus
+and
+.B Ctrl+Alt+Keypad\-Minus
+sequences.
+These sequences allows you to switch between video modes.
+When this option is enabled, those key sequences have no special meaning
+and are passed to clients.
+Default: off.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qDisableVidModeExtension\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+This disables the parts of the VidMode extension used by the xvidtune client
+that can be used to change the video modes.
+Default: the VidMode extension is enabled.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAllowNonLocalXvidtune\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+This allows the xvidtune client (and other clients that use the VidMode
+extension) to connect from another host.
+Default: off.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAllowMouseOpenFail\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+This tells the mousedrv(__drivermansuffix__) and vmmouse(__drivermansuffix__)
+drivers to not report failure if the mouse device can't be opened/initialised.
+It has no effect on the evdev(__drivermansuffix__) or other drivers.
+Default: false.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qVTSysReq\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+enables the SYSV\-style VT switch sequence for non\-SYSV systems
+which support VT switching.
+This sequence is
+.B Alt\-SysRq
+followed by a function key
+.RB ( Fn ).
+This prevents the __xservername__ server trapping the
+keys used for the default VT switch sequence, which means that clients can
+access them.
+Default: off.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qBlankTime\*q \*q" time \*q
+sets the inactivity timeout for the
+.B blank
+phase of the screensaver.
+.I time
+is in minutes.
+This is equivalent to the __xservername__ server's
+.B \-s
+flag, and the value can be changed at run\-time with
+.BR xset(__appmansuffix__).
+Default: 10 minutes.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qStandbyTime\*q \*q" time \*q
+sets the inactivity timeout for the
+.B standby
+phase of DPMS mode.
+.I time
+is in minutes, and the value can be changed at run\-time with
+.BR xset(__appmansuffix__).
+Default: 10 minutes.
+This is only suitable for VESA DPMS compatible monitors, and may not be
+supported by all video drivers.
+It is only enabled for screens that have the
+.B \*qDPMS\*q
+option set (see the MONITOR section below).
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qSuspendTime\*q \*q" time \*q
+sets the inactivity timeout for the
+.B suspend
+phase of DPMS mode.
+.I time
+is in minutes, and the value can be changed at run\-time with
+.BR xset(__appmansuffix__).
+Default: 10 minutes.
+This is only suitable for VESA DPMS compatible monitors, and may not be
+supported by all video drivers.
+It is only enabled for screens that have the
+.B \*qDPMS\*q
+option set (see the MONITOR section below).
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qOffTime\*q \*q" time \*q
+sets the inactivity timeout for the
+.B off
+phase of DPMS mode.
+.I time
+is in minutes, and the value can be changed at run\-time with
+.BR xset(__appmansuffix__).
+Default: 10 minutes.
+This is only suitable for VESA DPMS compatible monitors, and may not be
+supported by all video drivers.
+It is only enabled for screens that have the
+.B \*qDPMS\*q
+option set (see the MONITOR section below).
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qPixmap\*q \*q" bpp \*q
+This sets the pixmap format to use for depth 24.
+Allowed values for
+.I bpp
+are 24 and 32.
+Default: 32 unless driver constraints don't allow this (which is rare).
+Note: some clients don't behave well when this value is set to 24.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qPC98\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+Specify that the machine is a Japanese PC\-98 machine.
+This should not be enabled for anything other than the Japanese\-specific
+PC\-98 architecture.
+Default: auto\-detected.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qNoPM\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+Disables something to do with power management events.
+Default: PM enabled on platforms that support it.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXinerama\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+enable or disable XINERAMA extension.
+Default is disabled.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAIGLX\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+enable or disable AIGLX. AIGLX is enabled by default.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qDRI2\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+enable or disable DRI2. DRI2 is disabled by default.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qGlxVisuals\*q \*q" string \*q
+This option controls how many GLX visuals the GLX modules sets up.
+The default value is
+.BR "typical" ,
+which will setup up a typical subset of
+the GLXFBConfigs provided by the driver as GLX visuals. Other options are
+.BR "minimal" ,
+which will set up the minimal set allowed by the GLX specification and
+.BR "all"
+which will setup GLX visuals for all GLXFBConfigs.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qUseDefaultFontPath\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+Include the default font path even if other paths are specified in
+xorg.conf. If enabled, other font paths are included as well. Enabled by
+default.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qIgnoreABI\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+Allow modules built for a different, potentially incompatible version of
+the X server to load. Disabled by default.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAutoAddDevices\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+If this option is disabled, then no devices will be added from HAL events.
+Enabled by default.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAutoEnableDevices\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+If this option is disabled, then the devices will be added (and the
+DevicePresenceNotify event sent), but not enabled, thus leaving policy up
+to the client.
+Enabled by default.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qLog\*q \*q" string \*q
+This option controls whether the log is flushed and/or synced to disk after
+each message.
+Possible values are
+.B flush
+or
+.BR sync .
+Unset by default.
+.SH "MODULE SECTION"
+The
+.B Module
+section is used to specify which __xservername__ server modules should be loaded.
+This section is ignored when the __xservername__ server is built in static form.
+The type of modules normally loaded in this section are __xservername__ server
+extension modules.
+Most other module types are loaded automatically when they are needed via
+other mechanisms.
+The
+.B Module
+section is optional, as are all of the entries that may be specified in
+it.
+.PP
+Entries in this section may be in two forms.
+The first and most commonly used form is an entry that uses the
+.B Load
+keyword, as described here:
+.TP 7
+.BI "Load \*q" modulename \*q
+This instructs the server to load the module called
+.IR modulename .
+The module name given should be the module's standard name, not the
+module file name.
+The standard name is case\-sensitive, and does not include the \(lqlib\(rq
+prefix, or the \(lq.a\(rq, \(lq.o\(rq, or \(lq.so\(rq suffixes.
+.PP
+.RS 7
+Example: the DRI extension module can be loaded with the following entry:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.B "Load \*qdri\*q"
+.RE
+.RE
+.TP 7
+.BI "Disable \*q" modulename \*q
+This instructs the server to not load the module called
+.IR modulename .
+Some modules are loaded by default in the server, and this overrides that
+default. If a
+.B Load
+instruction is given for the same module, it overrides the
+.B Disable
+instruction and the module is loaded. The module name given should be the
+module's standard name, not the module file name. As with the
+.B Load
+instruction, the standard name is case-sensitive, and does not include the
+"lib" prefix, or the ".a", ".o", or ".so" suffixes.
+.PP
+The second form of entry is a
+.BR SubSection,
+with the subsection name being the module name, and the contents of the
+.B SubSection
+being
+.B Options
+that are passed to the module when it is loaded.
+.PP
+Example: the extmod module (which contains a miscellaneous group of
+server extensions) can be loaded, with the XFree86\-DGA extension
+disabled by using the following entry:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B "SubSection \*qextmod\*q"
+.B " Option \*qomit XFree86\-DGA\*q"
+.B EndSubSection
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+Modules are searched for in each directory specified in the
+.B ModulePath
+search path, and in the drivers, extensions, input, internal, and
+multimedia subdirectories of each of those directories.
+In addition to this, operating system specific subdirectories of all
+the above are searched first if they exist.
+.PP
+To see what extension modules are available, check the extensions
+subdirectory under:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+__modulepath__
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+The \(lqextmod\(rq, \(lqdbe\(rq, \(lqdri\(rq, \(lqdri2\(rq, \(lqglx\(rq,
+and \(lqrecord\(rq extension modules are loaded automatically, if they
+are present, unless disabled with \*qDisable\*q entries.
+It is recommended
+that at very least the \(lqextmod\(rq extension module be loaded.
+If it isn't, some commonly used server extensions (like the SHAPE
+extension) will not be available.
+.SH "EXTENSIONS SECTION"
+The
+.B Extensions
+section is used to specify which X11 protocol extensions should be enabled
+or disabled.
+The
+.B Extensions
+section is optional, as are all of the entries that may be specified in
+it.
+.PP
+Entries in this section are listed as Option statements with the name of
+the extension as the first argument, and a boolean value as the second.
+The extension name is case\-sensitive, and matches the form shown in the output
+of \*qXorg -extension ?\*q.
+.PP
+.RS 7
+Example: the MIT-SHM extension can be disabled with the following entry:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B "Section \*qExtensions\*q"
+.B " Option \*qMIT-SHM\*q \*qDisable\*q"
+.B "EndSection"
+.fi
+.RE
+.RE
+.SH "INPUTDEVICE SECTION"
+The config file may have multiple
+.B InputDevice
+sections.
+Recent X servers employ input hotplugging to add input devices, with the HAL
+backend being the default backend for X servers since 1.4. It is usually not
+necessary to provide
+.B InputDevice
+sections in the xorg.conf if hotplugging is enabled.
+.PP
+If hotplugging is disabled, there will normally
+be at least two: one for the core (primary) keyboard
+and one for the core pointer.
+If either of these two is missing, a default configuration for the missing
+ones will be used. In the absence of an explicitly specified core input
+device, the first
+.B InputDevice
+marked as
+.B CorePointer
+(or
+.BR CoreKeyboard )
+is used.
+If there is no match there, the first
+.B InputDevice
+that uses the \(lqmouse\(rq (or \(lqkbd\(rq) driver is used.
+The final fallback is to use built\-in default configurations.
+Currently the default configuration may not work as expected on all platforms.
+.PP
+.B InputDevice
+sections have the following format:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B "Section \*qInputDevice\*q"
+.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q
+.BI " Driver \*q" inputdriver \*q
+.I " options"
+.I " ..."
+.B "EndSection"
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+The
+.B Identifier
+and
+.B Driver
+entries are required in all
+.B InputDevice
+sections.
+All other entries are optional.
+.PP
+The
+.B Identifier
+entry specifies the unique name for this input device.
+The
+.B Driver
+entry specifies the name of the driver to use for this input device.
+When using the loadable server, the input driver module
+.RI \*q inputdriver \*q
+will be loaded for each active
+.B InputDevice
+section.
+An
+.B InputDevice
+section is considered active if it is referenced by an active
+.B ServerLayout
+section, if it is referenced by the
+.B \-keyboard
+or
+.B \-pointer
+command line options, or if it is selected implicitly as the core pointer
+or keyboard device in the absence of such explicit references.
+The most commonly used input drivers are
+.BR evdev (__drivermansuffix__)
+on Linux systems, and
+.BR kbd (__drivermansuffix__)
+and
+.BR mousedrv (__drivermansuffix__)
+on other platforms.
+.PP
+.PP
+.B InputDevice
+sections recognise some driver\-independent
+.BR Options ,
+which are described here.
+See the individual input driver manual pages for a description of the
+device\-specific options.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAutoServerLayout\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+Always add the device to the ServerLayout section used by this instance of
+the server. This affects implied layouts as well as explicit layouts
+specified in the configuration and/or on the command line.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qCorePointer\*q"
+Deprecated, see
+.B Floating
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qCoreKeyboard\*q"
+Deprecated, see
+.B Floating
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAlwaysCore\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+Deprecated, see
+.B Floating
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qSendCoreEvents\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+Deprecated, see
+.B Floating
+
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qFloating\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+When enabled, the input device is set up floating and does not
+report events through any master device or control a cursor. The device is
+only available to clients using the X Input Extension API. This option is
+disabled by default.
+The options
+.B CorePointer,
+.B CoreKeyboard,
+.B AlwaysCore,
+and
+.B SendCoreEvents,
+are the inverse of option
+.B Floating
+(i.e.
+.B SendCoreEvents \*qon\*q
+is equivalent to
+.B Floating \*qoff\*q
+).
+
+This option controls the startup behavior only, a device
+may be reattached or set floating at runtime.
+.PP
+For pointing devices, the following options control how the pointer
+is accelerated or decelerated with respect to physical device motion. Most of
+these can be adjusted at runtime, see the xinput(1) man page for details. Only
+the most important acceleration options are discussed here.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAccelerationProfile\*q \*q" integer \*q
+Select the profile. In layman's terms, the profile constitutes the "feeling" of
+the acceleration. More formally, it defines how the transfer function (actual
+acceleration as a function of current device velocity and acceleration controls)
+is constructed. This is mainly a matter of personal preference.
+.PP
+.RS 6
+.nf
+.B " 0 classic (mostly compatible)"
+.B "-1 none (only constant deceleration is applied)"
+.B " 1 device-dependent"
+.B " 2 polynomial (polynomial function)"
+.B " 3 smooth linear (soft knee, then linear)"
+.B " 4 simple (normal when slow, otherwise accelerated)"
+.B " 5 power (power function)"
+.B " 6 linear (more speed, more acceleration)"
+.B " 7 limited (like linear, but maxes out at threshold)"
+.fi
+.RE
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qConstantDeceleration\*q \*q" real \*q
+Makes the pointer go
+.B deceleration
+times slower than normal. Most useful for high-resolution devices.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAdaptiveDeceleration\*q \*q" real \*q
+Allows to actually decelerate the pointer when going slow. At most, it will be
+.B adaptive deceleration
+times slower. Enables precise pointer placement without sacrificing speed.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAccelerationScheme\*q \*q" string \*q
+Selects the scheme, which is the underlying algorithm.
+.PP
+.RS 7
+.nf
+.B "predictable default algorithm (behaving more predictable)"
+.B "lightweight old acceleration code (as specified in the X protocol spec)"
+.B "none no acceleration or deceleration"
+.fi
+.RE
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAccelerationNumerator\*q \*q" integer \*q
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAccelerationDenominator\*q \*q" integer \*q
+Set numerator and denominator of the acceleration factor. The acceleration
+factor is a rational which, together with threshold, can be used to tweak
+profiles to suit the users needs. The
+.B simple
+and
+.B limited
+profiles use it directly (i.e. they accelerate by the factor), for other
+profiles it should hold that a higher acceleration factor leads to a faster
+pointer. Typically, 1 is unaccelerated and values up to 5 are sensible.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAccelerationThreshold\*q \*q" integer \*q
+Set the threshold, which is roughly the velocity (usually device units per 10
+ms) required for acceleration to become effective. The precise effect varies
+with the profile however.
+
+.SH "INPUTCLASS SECTION"
+The config file may have multiple
+.B InputClass
+sections.
+These sections are optional and are used to provide configuration for a
+class of input devices as they are automatically added. An input device can
+match more than one
+.B InputClass
+section. Each class can override settings from a previous class, so it is
+best to arrange the sections with the most generic matches first.
+.PP
+.B InputClass
+sections have the following format:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B "Section \*qInputClass\*q"
+.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q
+.I " entries"
+.I " ..."
+.I " options"
+.I " ..."
+.B "EndSection"
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+The
+.B Identifier
+entry is required in all
+.B InputClass
+sections.
+All other entries are optional.
+.PP
+The
+.B Identifier
+entry specifies the unique name for this input class.
+The
+.B Driver
+entry specifies the name of the driver to use for this input device.
+After all classes have been examined, the
+.RI \*q inputdriver \*q
+module from the first
+.B Driver
+entry will be enabled when using the loadable server.
+.PP
+When an input device is automatically added, its characteristics are
+checked against all
+.B InputClass
+sections. Each section can contain optional entries to narrow the match
+of the class. If none of the optional entries appear, the
+.B InputClass
+section is generic and will match any input device. If more than one of
+these entries appear, they all must match for the configuration to apply.
+.PP
+There are two types of match entries used in
+.B InputClass
+sections. The first allows various tokens to be matched against attributes
+of the device. An entry can be constructed to match attributes from different
+devices by separating arguments with a '|' character. Multiple entries of the
+same type may be supplied to add multiple matching conditions on the same
+attribute. For example:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B "Section \*qInputClass\*q"
+.B " Identifier \*qMy Class\*q"
+.B " # product string must contain example and
+.B " # either gizmo or gadget
+.B " MatchProduct \*qexample\*q
+.B " MatchProduct \*qgizmo|gadget\*q
+.I " ..."
+.B "EndSection"
+.fi
+.RE
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchProduct \*q" matchproduct \*q
+This entry can be used to check if the substring
+.RI \*q matchproduct \*q
+occurs in the device's product name.
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchVendor \*q" matchvendor \*q
+This entry can be used to check if the substring
+.RI \*q matchvendor \*q
+occurs in the device's vendor name.
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchDevicePath \*q" matchdevice \*q
+This entry can be used to check if the device file matches the
+.RI \*q matchdevice \*q
+pathname pattern.
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchOS \*q" matchos \*q
+This entry can be used to check if the operating system matches the
+case-insensitive
+.RI \*q matchos \*q
+string. This entry is only supported on platforms providing the
+.BR uname (2)
+system call.
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchPnPID \*q" matchpnp \*q
+The device's Plug and Play (PnP) ID can be checked against the
+.RI \*q matchpnp \*q
+shell wildcard pattern.
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchUSBID \*q" matchusb \*q
+The device's USB ID can be checked against the
+.RI \*q matchusb \*q
+shell wildcard pattern. The ID is constructed as lowercase hexadecimal numbers
+separated by a ':'. This is the same format as the
+.BR lsusb (8)
+program.
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchDriver \*q" matchdriver \*q
+Check the case-sensitive string
+.RI \*q matchdriver \*q
+against the currently configured driver of the device. Ordering of sections
+using this entry is important since it will not match unless the driver has
+been set by the config backend or a previous
+.B InputClass
+section.
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchTag \*q" matchtag \*q
+This entry can be used to check if tags assigned by the config backend
+matches the
+.RI \*q matchtag \*q
+pattern. A match is found if at least one of the tags given in
+.RI \*q matchtag \*q
+matches at least one of the tags assigned by the backend.
+.PP
+The second type of entry is used to match device types. These entries take a
+boolean argument similar to
+.B Option
+entries.
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchIsKeyboard \*q" bool \*q
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchIsPointer \*q" bool \*q
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchIsJoystick \*q" bool \*q
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchIsTablet \*q" bool \*q
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchIsTouchpad \*q" bool \*q
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchIsTouchscreen \*q" bool \*q
+.PP
+When an input device has been matched to the
+.B InputClass
+section, any
+.B Option
+entries are applied to the device. One
+.B InputClass
+specific
+.B Option
+is recognized. See the
+.B InputDevice
+section above for a description of the remaining
+.B Option
+entries.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qIgnore\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+This optional entry specifies that the device should be ignored entirely,
+and not added to the server. This can be useful when the device is handled
+by another program and no X events should be generated.
+.SH "DEVICE SECTION"
+The config file may have multiple
+.B Device
+sections.
+There must be at least one, for the video card being used.
+.PP
+.B Device
+sections have the following format:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B "Section \*qDevice\*q"
+.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q
+.BI " Driver \*q" driver \*q
+.I " entries"
+.I " ..."
+.B "EndSection"
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+The
+.B Identifier
+and
+.B Driver
+entries are required in all
+.B Device
+sections. All other entries are optional.
+.PP
+The
+.B Identifier
+entry specifies the unique name for this graphics device.
+The
+.B Driver
+entry specifies the name of the driver to use for this graphics device.
+When using the loadable server, the driver module
+.RI \*q driver \*q
+will be loaded for each active
+.B Device
+section.
+A
+.B Device
+section is considered active if it is referenced by an active
+.B Screen
+section.
+.PP
+.B Device
+sections recognise some driver\-independent entries and
+.BR Options ,
+which are described here.
+Not all drivers make use of these
+driver\-independent entries, and many of those that do don't require them
+to be specified because the information is auto\-detected.
+See the individual graphics driver manual pages for further information
+about this, and for a description of the device\-specific options.
+Note that most of the
+.B Options
+listed here (but not the other entries) may be specified in the
+.B Screen
+section instead of here in the
+.B Device
+section.
+.TP 7
+.BI "BusID \*q" bus\-id \*q
+This specifies the bus location of the graphics card.
+For PCI/AGP cards,
+the
+.I bus\-id
+string has the form
+.BI PCI: bus : device : function
+(e.g., \(lqPCI:1:0:0\(rq might be appropriate for an AGP card).
+This field is usually optional in single-head configurations when using
+the primary graphics card.
+In multi-head configurations, or when using a secondary graphics card in a
+single-head configuration, this entry is mandatory.
+Its main purpose is to make an unambiguous connection between the device
+section and the hardware it is representing.
+This information can usually be found by running the pciaccess tool
+scanpci.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Screen " number
+This option is mandatory for cards where a single PCI entity can drive more
+than one display (i.e., multiple CRTCs sharing a single graphics accelerator
+and video memory).
+One
+.B Device
+section is required for each head, and this
+parameter determines which head each of the
+.B Device
+sections applies to.
+The legal values of
+.I number
+range from 0 to one less than the total number of heads per entity.
+Most drivers require that the primary screen (0) be present.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Chipset \*q" chipset \*q
+This usually optional entry specifies the chipset used on the graphics
+board.
+In most cases this entry is not required because the drivers will probe the
+hardware to determine the chipset type.
+Don't specify it unless the driver-specific documentation recommends that you
+do.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Ramdac \*q" ramdac\-type \*q
+This optional entry specifies the type of RAMDAC used on the graphics
+board.
+This is only used by a few of the drivers, and in most cases it is not
+required because the drivers will probe the hardware to determine the
+RAMDAC type where possible.
+Don't specify it unless the driver-specific documentation recommends that you
+do.
+.TP 7
+.BI "DacSpeed " speed
+.TP 7
+.BI "DacSpeed " "speed\-8 speed\-16 speed\-24 speed\-32"
+This optional entry specifies the RAMDAC speed rating (which is usually
+printed on the RAMDAC chip).
+The speed is in MHz.
+When one value is given, it applies to all framebuffer pixel sizes.
+When multiple values are given, they apply to the framebuffer pixel sizes
+8, 16, 24 and 32 respectively.
+This is not used by many drivers, and only needs to be specified when the
+speed rating of the RAMDAC is different from the defaults built in to
+driver, or when the driver can't auto-detect the correct defaults.
+Don't specify it unless the driver-specific documentation recommends that you
+do.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Clocks " "clock ..."
+specifies the pixel that are on your graphics board.
+The clocks are in MHz, and may be specified as a floating point number.
+The value is stored internally to the nearest kHz.
+The ordering of the clocks is important.
+It must match the order in which they are selected on the graphics board.
+Multiple
+.B Clocks
+lines may be specified, and each is concatenated to form the list.
+Most drivers do not use this entry, and it is only required for some older
+boards with non-programmable clocks.
+Don't specify this entry unless the driver-specific documentation explicitly
+recommends that you do.
+.TP
+.BI "ClockChip \*q" clockchip\-type \*q
+This optional entry is used to specify the clock chip type on graphics
+boards which have a programmable clock generator.
+Only a few __xservername__ drivers support programmable clock chips.
+For details, see the appropriate driver manual page.
+.TP 7
+.BI "VideoRam " "mem"
+This optional entry specifies the amount of video ram that is installed
+on the graphics board.
+This is measured in kBytes.
+In most cases this is not required because the __xservername__ server probes
+the graphics board to determine this quantity.
+The driver-specific documentation should indicate when it might be needed.
+.TP 7
+.BI "BiosBase " "baseaddress"
+This optional entry specifies the base address of the video BIOS for
+the VGA board.
+This address is normally auto-detected, and should only be specified if the
+driver-specific documentation recommends it.
+.TP 7
+.BI "MemBase " "baseaddress"
+This optional entry specifies the memory base address of a graphics
+board's linear frame buffer.
+This entry is not used by many drivers, and it should only be specified if
+the driver-specific documentation recommends it.
+.TP 7
+.BI "IOBase " "baseaddress"
+This optional entry specifies the IO base address.
+This entry is not used by many drivers, and it should only be specified if
+the driver-specific documentation recommends it.
+.TP 7
+.BI "ChipID " "id"
+This optional entry specifies a numerical ID representing the chip type.
+For PCI cards, it is usually the device ID.
+This can be used to override the auto-detection, but that should only be done
+when the driver-specific documentation recommends it.
+.TP 7
+.BI "ChipRev " "rev"
+This optional entry specifies the chip revision number.
+This can be used to override the auto-detection, but that should only be done
+when the driver-specific documentation recommends it.
+.TP 7
+.BI "TextClockFreq " "freq"
+This optional entry specifies the pixel clock frequency that is used
+for the regular text mode.
+The frequency is specified in MHz.
+This is rarely used.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qModeDebug\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+Enable printing of additional debugging information about modesetting to
+the server log.
+.ig
+.TP 7
+This optional entry allows an IRQ number to be specified.
+..
+.TP 7
+.B Options
+Option flags may be specified in the
+.B Device
+sections.
+These include driver\-specific options and driver\-independent options.
+The former are described in the driver\-specific documentation.
+Some of the latter are described below in the section about the
+.B Screen
+section, and they may also be included here.
+
+.SH "VIDEOADAPTOR SECTION"
+Nobody wants to say how this works.
+Maybe nobody knows ...
+
+.SH "MONITOR SECTION"
+The config file may have multiple
+.B Monitor
+sections.
+There should normally be at least one, for the monitor being used,
+but a default configuration will be created when one isn't specified.
+.PP
+.B Monitor
+sections have the following format:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B "Section \*qMonitor\*q"
+.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q
+.I " entries"
+.I " ..."
+.B "EndSection"
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+The only mandatory entry in a
+.B Monitor
+section is the
+.B Identifier
+entry.
+.PP
+The
+.B Identifier
+entry specifies the unique name for this monitor.
+The
+.B Monitor
+section may be used to provide information about the specifications of the
+monitor, monitor-specific
+.BR Options ,
+and information about the video modes to use with the monitor.
+.PP
+With RandR 1.2-enabled drivers, monitor sections may be tied to specific
+outputs of the video card. Using the name of the output defined by the video
+driver plus the identifier of a monitor section, one associates a monitor
+section with an output by adding an option to the Device section in the
+following format:
+
+.B Option \*qMonitor-outputname\*q \*qmonitorsection\*q
+
+(for example,
+.B Option \*qMonitor-VGA\*q \*qVGA monitor\*q
+for a VGA output)
+.PP
+In the absence of specific association of monitor sections to outputs, if a
+monitor section is present the server will associate it with an output to
+preserve compatibility for previous single-head configurations.
+.PP
+Specifying video modes is optional because the server will use the DDC or other
+information provided by the monitor to automatically configure the list of
+modes available.
+When modes are specified explicitly in the
+.B Monitor
+section (with the
+.BR Modes ,
+.BR ModeLine ,
+or
+.B UseModes
+keywords), built-in modes with the same names are not included.
+Built-in modes with different names are, however, still implicitly included,
+when they meet the requirements of the monitor.
+.PP
+The entries that may be used in
+.B Monitor
+sections are described below.
+.TP 7
+.BI "VendorName \*q" vendor \*q
+This optional entry specifies the monitor's manufacturer.
+.TP 7
+.BI "ModelName \*q" model \*q
+This optional entry specifies the monitor's model.
+.TP 7
+.BI "HorizSync " "horizsync\-range"
+gives the range(s) of horizontal sync frequencies supported by the
+monitor.
+.I horizsync\-range
+may be a comma separated list of either discrete values or ranges of
+values.
+A range of values is two values separated by a dash.
+By default the values are in units of kHz.
+They may be specified in MHz or Hz
+if
+.B MHz
+or
+.B Hz
+is added to the end of the line.
+The data given here is used by the __xservername__ server to determine if video
+modes are within the specifications of the monitor.
+This information should be available in the monitor's handbook.
+If this entry is omitted, a default range of 28\-33kHz is used.
+.TP 7
+.BI "VertRefresh " "vertrefresh\-range"
+gives the range(s) of vertical refresh frequencies supported by the
+monitor.
+.I vertrefresh\-range
+may be a comma separated list of either discrete values or ranges of
+values.
+A range of values is two values separated by a dash.
+By default the values are in units of Hz.
+They may be specified in MHz or kHz
+if
+.B MHz
+or
+.B kHz
+is added to the end of the line.
+The data given here is used by the __xservername__ server to determine if video
+modes are within the specifications of the monitor.
+This information should be available in the monitor's handbook.
+If this entry is omitted, a default range of 43\-72Hz is used.
+.TP 7
+.BI "DisplaySize " "width height"
+This optional entry gives the width and height, in millimetres, of the
+picture area of the monitor.
+If given this is used to calculate the horizontal and vertical pitch (DPI) of
+the screen.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Gamma " "gamma\-value"
+.TP 7
+.BI "Gamma " "red\-gamma green\-gamma blue\-gamma"
+This is an optional entry that can be used to specify the gamma correction
+for the monitor.
+It may be specified as either a single value or as three separate RGB values.
+The values should be in the range 0.1 to 10.0, and the default is 1.0.
+Not all drivers are capable of using this information.
+.TP 7
+.BI "UseModes \*q" modesection\-id \*q
+Include the set of modes listed in the
+.B Modes
+section called
+.IR modesection\-id.
+This makes all of the modes defined in that section available for use by
+this monitor.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Mode \*q" name \*q
+This is an optional multi-line entry that can be used to provide
+definitions for video modes for the monitor.
+In most cases this isn't necessary because the built-in set of VESA standard
+modes will be sufficient.
+The
+.B Mode
+keyword indicates the start of a multi-line video mode description.
+The mode description is terminated with the
+.B EndMode
+keyword.
+The mode description consists of the following entries:
+.RS 7
+.TP 4
+.BI "DotClock " clock
+is the dot (pixel) clock rate to be used for the mode.
+.TP 4
+.BI "HTimings " "hdisp hsyncstart hsyncend htotal"
+specifies the horizontal timings for the mode.
+.TP 4
+.BI "VTimings " "vdisp vsyncstart vsyncend vtotal"
+specifies the vertical timings for the mode.
+.TP 4
+.BI "Flags \*q" flag \*q " ..."
+specifies an optional set of mode flags, each of which is a separate
+string in double quotes.
+.B \*qInterlace\*q
+indicates that the mode is interlaced.
+.B \*qDoubleScan\*q
+indicates a mode where each scanline is doubled.
+.B \*q+HSync\*q
+and
+.B \*q\-HSync\*q
+can be used to select the polarity of the HSync signal.
+.B \*q+VSync\*q
+and
+.B \*q\-VSync\*q
+can be used to select the polarity of the VSync signal.
+.B \*qComposite\*q
+can be used to specify composite sync on hardware where this is supported.
+Additionally, on some hardware,
+.B \*q+CSync\*q
+and
+.B \*q\-CSync\*q
+may be used to select the composite sync polarity.
+.TP 4
+.BI "HSkew " hskew
+specifies the number of pixels (towards the right edge of the screen) by
+which the display enable signal is to be skewed.
+Not all drivers use this information.
+This option might become necessary to override the default value supplied
+by the server (if any).
+\(lqRoving\(rq horizontal lines indicate this value needs to be increased.
+If the last few pixels on a scan line appear on the left of the screen,
+this value should be decreased.
+.TP 4
+.BI "VScan " vscan
+specifies the number of times each scanline is painted on the screen.
+Not all drivers use this information.
+Values less than 1 are treated as 1, which is the default.
+Generally, the
+.B \*qDoubleScan\*q
+.B Flag
+mentioned above doubles this value.
+.RE
+.TP 7
+.BI "ModeLine \*q" name \*q " mode\-description"
+This entry is a more compact version of the
+.B Mode
+entry, and it also can be used to specify video modes for the monitor.
+is a single line format for specifying video modes.
+In most cases this isn't necessary because the built\-in set of VESA
+standard modes will be sufficient.
+.PP
+.RS 7
+The
+.I mode\-description
+is in four sections, the first three of which are mandatory.
+The first is the dot (pixel) clock.
+This is a single number specifying the pixel clock rate for the mode in
+MHz.
+The second section is a list of four numbers specifying the horizontal
+timings.
+These numbers are the
+.IR hdisp ,
+.IR hsyncstart ,
+.IR hsyncend ,
+and
+.I htotal
+values.
+The third section is a list of four numbers specifying the vertical
+timings.
+These numbers are the
+.IR vdisp ,
+.IR vsyncstart ,
+.IR vsyncend ,
+and
+.I vtotal
+values.
+The final section is a list of flags specifying other characteristics of
+the mode.
+.B Interlace
+indicates that the mode is interlaced.
+.B DoubleScan
+indicates a mode where each scanline is doubled.
+.B +HSync
+and
+.B \-HSync
+can be used to select the polarity of the HSync signal.
+.B +VSync
+and
+.B \-VSync
+can be used to select the polarity of the VSync signal.
+.B Composite
+can be used to specify composite sync on hardware where this is supported.
+Additionally, on some hardware,
+.B +CSync
+and
+.B \-CSync
+may be used to select the composite sync polarity.
+The
+.B HSkew
+and
+.B VScan
+options mentioned above in the
+.B Modes
+entry description can also be used here.
+.RE
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qDPMS\*q " \*qbool\*q
+This option controls whether the server should enable the DPMS extension
+for power management for this screen. The default is to enable the
+extension.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qSyncOnGreen\*q " \*qbool\*q
+This option controls whether the video card should drive the sync signal
+on the green color pin. Not all cards support this option, and most
+monitors do not require it. The default is off.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qPrimary\*q " \*qbool\*q
+This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be treated as the primary
+monitor. (RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qPreferredMode\*q " \*qstring\*q
+This optional entry specifies a mode to be marked as the preferred initial mode
+of the monitor.
+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qPosition\*q " "\*qx y\*q"
+This optional entry specifies the position of the monitor within the X
+screen.
+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qLeftOf\*q " \*qoutput\*q
+This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be positioned to the
+left of the output (not monitor) of the given name.
+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qRightOf\*q " \*qoutput\*q
+This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be positioned to the
+right of the output (not monitor) of the given name.
+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qAbove\*q " \*qoutput\*q
+This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be positioned above the
+output (not monitor) of the given name.
+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qBelow\*q " \*qoutput\*q
+This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be positioned below the
+output (not monitor) of the given name.
+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qEnable\*q " \*qbool\*q
+This optional entry specifies whether the monitor should be turned on
+at startup. By default, the server will attempt to enable all connected
+monitors.
+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qDefaultModes\*q " \*qbool\*q
+This optional entry specifies whether the server should add supported default
+modes to the list of modes offered on this monitor. By default, the server
+will add default modes; you should only disable this if you can guarantee
+that EDID will be available at all times, or if you have added custom modelines
+which the server can use.
+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qMinClock\*q " \*qfrequency\*q
+This optional entry specifies the minimum dot clock, in kHz, that is supported
+by the monitor.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qMaxClock\*q " \*qfrequency\*q
+This optional entry specifies the maximum dot clock, in kHz, that is supported
+by the monitor.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qIgnore\*q " \*qbool\*q
+This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be ignored entirely,
+and not reported through RandR. This is useful if the hardware reports the
+presence of outputs that don't exist.
+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qRotate\*q " \*qrotation\*q
+This optional entry specifies the initial rotation of the given monitor.
+Valid values for rotation are \*qnormal\*q, \*qleft\*q, \*qright\*q, and
+\*qinverted\*q.
+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
+
+.SH "MODES SECTION"
+The config file may have multiple
+.B Modes
+sections, or none.
+These sections provide a way of defining sets of video modes independently
+of the
+.B Monitor
+sections.
+.B Monitor
+sections may include the definitions provided in these sections by
+using the
+.B UseModes
+keyword.
+In most cases the
+.B Modes
+sections are not necessary because the built\-in set of VESA standard modes
+will be sufficient.
+.PP
+.B Modes
+sections have the following format:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B "Section \*qModes\*q"
+.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q
+.I " entries"
+.I " ..."
+.B "EndSection"
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+The
+.B Identifier
+entry specifies the unique name for this set of mode descriptions.
+The other entries permitted in
+.B Modes
+sections are the
+.B Mode
+and
+.B ModeLine
+entries that are described above in the
+.B Monitor
+section.
+.SH "SCREEN SECTION"
+The config file may have multiple
+.B Screen
+sections.
+There must be at least one, for the \(lqscreen\(rq being used.
+A \(lqscreen\(rq represents the binding of a graphics device
+.RB ( Device
+section) and a monitor
+.RB ( Monitor
+section).
+A
+.B Screen
+section is considered \(lqactive\(rq if it is referenced by an active
+.B ServerLayout
+section or by the
+.B \-screen
+command line option.
+If neither of those is present, the first
+.B Screen
+section found in the config file is considered the active one.
+.PP
+.B Screen
+sections have the following format:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B "Section \*qScreen\*q"
+.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q
+.BI " Device \*q" devid \*q
+.BI " Monitor \*q" monid \*q
+.I " entries"
+.I " ..."
+.BI " SubSection \*qDisplay\*q"
+.I " entries"
+.I " ...
+.B " EndSubSection"
+.I " ..."
+.B "EndSection"
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+The
+.B Identifier
+and
+.B Device
+entries are mandatory.
+All others are optional.
+.PP
+The
+.B Identifier
+entry specifies the unique name for this screen.
+The
+.B Screen
+section provides information specific to the whole screen, including
+screen\-specific
+.BR Options .
+In multi\-head configurations, there will be multiple active
+.B Screen
+sections, one for each head.
+The entries available
+for this section are:
+.TP 7
+.BI "Device \*q" device\-id \*q
+This mandatory entry specifies the
+.B Device
+section to be used for this screen.
+This is what ties a specific graphics card to a screen.
+The
+.I device\-id
+must match the
+.B Identifier
+of a
+.B Device
+section in the config file.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Monitor \*q" monitor\-id \*q
+specifies which monitor description is to be used for this screen.
+If a
+.B Monitor
+name is not specified, a default configuration is used.
+Currently the default configuration may not function as expected on all
+platforms.
+.TP 7
+.BI "VideoAdaptor \*q" xv\-id \*q
+specifies an optional Xv video adaptor description to be used with this
+screen.
+.TP 7
+.BI "DefaultDepth " depth
+specifies which color depth the server should use by default.
+The
+.B \-depth
+command line option can be used to override this.
+If neither is specified, the default depth is driver\-specific, but in most
+cases is 8.
+.TP 7
+.BI "DefaultFbBpp " bpp
+specifies which framebuffer layout to use by default.
+The
+.B \-fbbpp
+command line option can be used to override this.
+In most cases the driver will chose the best default value for this.
+The only case where there is even a choice in this value is for depth 24,
+where some hardware supports both a packed 24 bit framebuffer layout and a
+sparse 32 bit framebuffer layout.
+.TP 7
+.B Options
+Various
+.B Option
+flags may be specified in the
+.B Screen
+section.
+Some are driver\-specific and are described in the driver documentation.
+Others are driver\-independent, and will eventually be described here.
+.\" XXX These should really be in an xaa man page.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAccel\*q"
+Enables XAA (X Acceleration Architecture), a mechanism that makes video cards'
+2D hardware acceleration available to the __xservername__ server.
+This option is on by default, but it may be necessary to turn it off if
+there are bugs in the driver.
+There are many options to disable specific accelerated operations, listed
+below.
+Note that disabling an operation will have no effect if the operation is
+not accelerated (whether due to lack of support in the hardware or in the
+driver).
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qInitPrimary\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+Use the Int10 module to initialize the primary graphics card.
+Normally, only secondary cards are soft-booted using the Int10 module, as the
+primary card has already been initialized by the BIOS at boot time.
+Default: false.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qNoInt10\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+Disables the Int10 module, a module that uses the int10 call to the BIOS
+of the graphics card to initialize it.
+Default: false.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qNoMTRR\*q"
+Disables MTRR (Memory Type Range Register) support, a feature of modern
+processors which can improve video performance by a factor of up to 2.5.
+Some hardware has buggy MTRR support, and some video drivers have been
+known to exhibit problems when MTRR's are used.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoCPUToScreenColorExpandFill\*q"
+Disables accelerated rectangular expansion blits from source patterns
+stored in system memory (using a memory\-mapped aperture).
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoColor8x8PatternFillRect\*q"
+Disables accelerated fills of a rectangular region with a full\-color
+pattern.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoColor8x8PatternFillTrap\*q"
+Disables accelerated fills of a trapezoidal region with a full\-color
+pattern.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoDashedBresenhamLine\*q"
+Disables accelerated dashed Bresenham line draws.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoDashedTwoPointLine\*q"
+Disables accelerated dashed line draws between two arbitrary points.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoImageWriteRect\*q"
+Disables accelerated transfers of full\-color rectangular patterns from
+system memory to video memory (using a memory\-mapped aperture).
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoMono8x8PatternFillRect\*q"
+Disables accelerated fills of a rectangular region with a monochrome
+pattern.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoMono8x8PatternFillTrap\*q"
+Disables accelerated fills of a trapezoidal region with a monochrome
+pattern.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoOffscreenPixmaps\*q"
+Disables accelerated draws into pixmaps stored in offscreen video memory.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoPixmapCache\*q"
+Disables caching of patterns in offscreen video memory.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoScanlineCPUToScreenColorExpandFill\*q"
+Disables accelerated rectangular expansion blits from source patterns
+stored in system memory (one scan line at a time).
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoScanlineImageWriteRect\*q"
+Disables accelerated transfers of full\-color rectangular patterns from
+system memory to video memory (one scan line at a time).
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoScreenToScreenColorExpandFill\*q"
+Disables accelerated rectangular expansion blits from source patterns
+stored in offscreen video memory.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoScreenToScreenCopy\*q"
+Disables accelerated copies of rectangular regions from one part of
+video memory to another part of video memory.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidBresenhamLine\*q"
+Disables accelerated solid Bresenham line draws.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidFillRect\*q"
+Disables accelerated solid\-color fills of rectangles.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidFillTrap\*q"
+Disables accelerated solid\-color fills of Bresenham trapezoids.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidHorVertLine\*q"
+Disables accelerated solid horizontal and vertical line draws.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidTwoPointLine\*q"
+Disables accelerated solid line draws between two arbitrary points.
+.PP
+Each
+.B Screen
+section may optionally contain one or more
+.B Display
+subsections.
+Those subsections provide depth/fbbpp specific configuration information,
+and the one chosen depends on the depth and/or fbbpp that is being used for
+the screen.
+The
+.B Display
+subsection format is described in the section below.
+
+.SH "DISPLAY SUBSECTION"
+Each
+.B Screen
+section may have multiple
+.B Display
+subsections.
+The \(lqactive\(rq
+.B Display
+subsection is the first that matches the depth and/or fbbpp values being
+used, or failing that, the first that has neither a depth or fbbpp value
+specified.
+The
+.B Display
+subsections are optional.
+When there isn't one that matches the depth and/or fbbpp values being used,
+all the parameters that can be specified here fall back to their defaults.
+.PP
+.B Display
+subsections have the following format:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B " SubSection \*qDisplay\*q"
+.BI " Depth " depth
+.I " entries"
+.I " ..."
+.B " EndSubSection"
+.fi
+.RE
+.TP 7
+.BI "Depth " depth
+This entry specifies what colour depth the
+.B Display
+subsection is to be used for.
+This entry is usually specified, but it may be omitted to create a match\-all
+.B Display
+subsection or when wishing to match only against the
+.B FbBpp
+parameter.
+The range of
+.I depth
+values that are allowed depends on the driver.
+Most drivers support 8, 15, 16 and 24.
+Some also support 1 and/or 4, and some may support other values (like 30).
+Note:
+.I depth
+means the number of bits in a pixel that are actually used to determine
+the pixel colour.
+32 is not a valid
+.I depth
+value.
+Most hardware that uses 32 bits per pixel only uses 24 of them to hold the
+colour information, which means that the colour depth is 24, not 32.
+.TP 7
+.BI "FbBpp " bpp
+This entry specifies the framebuffer format this
+.B Display
+subsection is to be used for.
+This entry is only needed when providing depth 24 configurations that allow
+a choice between a 24 bpp packed framebuffer format and a 32bpp sparse
+framebuffer format.
+In most cases this entry should not be used.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Weight " "red\-weight green\-weight blue\-weight"
+This optional entry specifies the relative RGB weighting to be used
+for a screen is being used at depth 16 for drivers that allow multiple
+formats.
+This may also be specified from the command line with the
+.B \-weight
+option (see
+.BR __xservername__(__appmansuffix__)).
+.TP 7
+.BI "Virtual " "xdim ydim"
+This optional entry specifies the virtual screen resolution to be used.
+.I xdim
+must be a multiple of either 8 or 16 for most drivers, and a multiple
+of 32 when running in monochrome mode.
+The given value will be rounded down if this is not the case.
+Video modes which are too large for the specified virtual size will be
+rejected.
+If this entry is not present, the virtual screen resolution will be set to
+accommodate all the valid video modes given in the
+.B Modes
+entry.
+Some drivers/hardware combinations do not support virtual screens.
+Refer to the appropriate driver\-specific documentation for details.
+.TP 7
+.BI "ViewPort " "x0 y0"
+This optional entry sets the upper left corner of the initial display.
+This is only relevant when the virtual screen resolution is different
+from the resolution of the initial video mode.
+If this entry is not given, then the initial display will be centered in
+the virtual display area.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Modes \*q" mode\-name \*q " ..."
+This optional entry specifies the list of video modes to use.
+Each
+.I mode\-name
+specified must be in double quotes.
+They must correspond to those specified or referenced in the appropriate
+.B Monitor
+section (including implicitly referenced built\-in VESA standard modes).
+The server will delete modes from this list which don't satisfy various
+requirements.
+The first valid mode in this list will be the default display mode for
+startup.
+The list of valid modes is converted internally into a circular list.
+It is possible to switch to the next mode with
+.B Ctrl+Alt+Keypad\-Plus
+and to the previous mode with
+.BR Ctrl+Alt+Keypad\-Minus .
+When this entry is omitted, the valid modes referenced by the appropriate
+.B Monitor
+section will be used. If the
+.B Monitor
+section contains no modes, then the selection will be taken from the
+built-in VESA standard modes.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Visual \*q" visual\-name \*q
+This optional entry sets the default root visual type.
+This may also be specified from the command line (see the
+.BR Xserver(__appmansuffix__)
+man page).
+The visual types available for depth 8 are (default is
+.BR PseudoColor ):
+.PP
+.RS 11
+.nf
+.B StaticGray
+.B GrayScale
+.B StaticColor
+.B PseudoColor
+.B TrueColor
+.B DirectColor
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+.RS 7
+The visual type available for the depths 15, 16 and 24 are (default is
+.BR TrueColor ):
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B TrueColor
+.B DirectColor
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+Not all drivers support
+.B DirectColor
+at these depths.
+.PP
+The visual types available for the depth 4 are (default is
+.BR StaticColor ):
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B StaticGray
+.B GrayScale
+.B StaticColor
+.B PseudoColor
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+The visual type available for the depth 1 (monochrome) is
+.BR StaticGray .
+.RE
+.TP 7
+.BI "Black " "red green blue"
+This optional entry allows the \(lqblack\(rq colour to be specified.
+This is only supported at depth 1.
+The default is black.
+.TP 7
+.BI "White " "red green blue"
+This optional entry allows the \(lqwhite\(rq colour to be specified.
+This is only supported at depth 1.
+The default is white.
+.TP 7
+.B Options
+Option flags may be specified in the
+.B Display
+subsections.
+These may include driver\-specific options and driver\-independent options.
+The former are described in the driver\-specific documentation.
+Some of the latter are described above in the section about the
+.B Screen
+section, and they may also be included here.
+.SH "SERVERLAYOUT SECTION"
+The config file may have multiple
+.B ServerLayout
+sections.
+A \(lqserver layout\(rq represents the binding of one or more screens
+.RB ( Screen
+sections) and one or more input devices
+.RB ( InputDevice
+sections) to form a complete configuration.
+In multi\-head configurations, it also specifies the relative layout of the
+heads.
+A
+.B ServerLayout
+section is considered \(lqactive\(rq if it is referenced by the
+.B \-layout
+command line option or by an
+.B "Option \*qDefaultServerLayout\*q"
+entry in the
+.B ServerFlags
+section (the former takes precedence over the latter).
+If those options are not used, the first
+.B ServerLayout
+section found in the config file is considered the active one.
+If no
+.B ServerLayout
+sections are present, the single active screen and two active (core)
+input devices are selected as described in the relevant sections above.
+.PP
+.B ServerLayout
+sections have the following format:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B "Section \*qServerLayout\*q"
+.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q
+.BI " Screen \*q" screen\-id \*q
+.I " ..."
+.BI " InputDevice \*q" idev\-id \*q
+.I " ..."
+.I " options"
+.I " ..."
+.B "EndSection"
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+Each
+.B ServerLayout
+section must have an
+.B Identifier
+entry and at least one
+.B Screen
+entry.
+.PP
+The
+.B Identifier
+entry specifies the unique name for this server layout.
+The
+.B ServerLayout
+section provides information specific to the whole session, including
+session\-specific
+.BR Options .
+The
+.B ServerFlags
+options (described above) may be specified here, and ones given here
+override those given in the
+.B ServerFlags
+section.
+.PP
+The entries that may be used in this section are described here.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Screen " "screen\-num" " \*qscreen\-id\*q " "position\-information"
+One of these entries must be given for each screen being used in
+a session.
+The
+.I screen\-id
+field is mandatory, and specifies the
+.B Screen
+section being referenced.
+The
+.I screen\-num
+field is optional, and may be used to specify the screen number
+in multi\-head configurations.
+When this field is omitted, the screens will be numbered in the order that
+they are listed in.
+The numbering starts from 0, and must be consecutive.
+The
+.I position\-information
+field describes the way multiple screens are positioned.
+There are a number of different ways that this information can be provided:
+.RS 7
+.TP 4
+.I "x y"
+.TP 4
+.BI "Absolute " "x y"
+These both specify that the upper left corner's coordinates are
+.RI ( x , y ).
+The
+.B Absolute
+keyword is optional.
+Some older versions of XFree86 (4.2 and earlier) don't recognise the
+.B Absolute
+keyword, so it's safest to just specify the coordinates without it.
+.TP 4
+.BI "RightOf \*q" screen\-id \*q
+.TP 4
+.BI "LeftOf \*q" screen\-id \*q
+.TP 4
+.BI "Above \*q" screen\-id \*q
+.TP 4
+.BI "Below \*q" screen\-id \*q
+.TP 4
+.BI "Relative \*q" screen\-id \*q " x y"
+These give the screen's location relative to another screen.
+The first four position the screen immediately to the right, left, above or
+below the other screen.
+When positioning to the right or left, the top edges are aligned.
+When positioning above or below, the left edges are aligned.
+The
+.B Relative
+form specifies the offset of the screen's origin (upper left corner)
+relative to the origin of another screen.
+.RE
+.TP 7
+.BI "InputDevice \*q" idev\-id "\*q \*q" option \*q " ..."
+One of these entries should be given for each input device being used in
+a session.
+Normally at least two are required, one each for the core pointer and
+keyboard devices.
+If either of those is missing, suitable
+.B InputDevice
+entries are searched for using the method described above in the
+.B INPUTDEVICE
+section. The
+.I idev\-id
+field is mandatory, and specifies the name of the
+.B InputDevice
+section being referenced.
+Multiple
+.I option
+fields may be specified, each in double quotes.
+The options permitted here are any that may also be given in the
+.B InputDevice
+sections.
+Normally only session\-specific input device options would be used here.
+The most commonly used options are:
+.PP
+.RS 11
+.nf
+.B \*qCorePointer\*q
+.B \*qCoreKeyboard\*q
+.B \*qSendCoreEvents\*q
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+.RS 7
+and the first two should normally be used to indicate the core pointer
+and core keyboard devices respectively.
+.RE
+.TP 7
+.B Options
+In addition to the following, any option permitted in the
+.B ServerFlags
+section may also be specified here.
+When the same option appears in both places, the value given here overrides
+the one given in the
+.B ServerFlags
+section.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qIsolateDevice\*q \*q" bus\-id \*q
+Restrict device resets to the specified
+.IR bus\-id .
+See the
+.B BusID
+option (described in
+.BR "DEVICE SECTION" ,
+above) for the format of the
+.I bus\-id
+parameter.
+This option overrides
+.BR SingleCard ,
+if specified.
+At present, only PCI devices can be isolated in this manner.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qSingleCard\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+As
+.BR IsolateDevice ,
+except that the bus ID of the first device in the layout is used.
+.PP
+Here is an example of a
+.B ServerLayout
+section for a dual headed configuration with two mice:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B "Section \*qServerLayout\*q"
+.B " Identifier \*qLayout 1\*q"
+.B " Screen \*qMGA 1\*q"
+.B " Screen \*qMGA 2\*q RightOf \*qMGA 1\*q"
+.B " InputDevice \*qKeyboard 1\*q \*qCoreKeyboard\*q"
+.B " InputDevice \*qMouse 1\*q \*qCorePointer\*q"
+.B " InputDevice \*qMouse 2\*q \*qSendCoreEvents\*q"
+.B " Option \*qBlankTime\*q \*q5\*q"
+.B "EndSection"
+.fi
+.RE
+.SH "DRI SECTION"
+This optional section is used to provide some information for the
+Direct Rendering Infrastructure.
+Details about the format of this section can be found on-line at
+.IR <http://dri.freedesktop.org/> .
+.SH "VENDOR SECTION"
+The optional
+.B Vendor
+section may be used to provide vendor\-specific configuration information.
+Multiple
+.B Vendor
+sections may be present, and they may contain an
+.B Identifier
+entry and multiple
+.B Option
+flags.
+The data therein is not used in this release.
+.PP
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+General:
+.BR X (__miscmansuffix__),
+.BR Xserver (__appmansuffix__),
+.BR __xservername__ (__appmansuffix__),
+.BR cvt (__appmansuffix__),
+.BR gtf (__appmansuffix__).
+.PP
+.B "Not all modules or interfaces are available on all platforms."
+.PP
+Display drivers:
+.BR apm (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR ati (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR chips (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR cirrus (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR cyrix (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR fbdev (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR glide (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR glint (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR i128 (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR i740 (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR imstt (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR intel (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR mga (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR neomagic (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR nv (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR openchrome (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR r128 (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR radeon (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR rendition (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR savage (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR s3virge (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR siliconmotion (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR sis (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR sisusb (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR sunbw2 (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR suncg14 (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR suncg3 (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR suncg6 (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR sunffb (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR sunleo (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR suntcx (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR tdfx (__drivermansuffix__),
+.\" .BR tga (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR trident (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR tseng (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR vesa (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR vmware (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR voodoo (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR wsfb (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR xgi (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR xgixp (__drivermansuffix__).
+.PP
+Input drivers:
+.BR acecad (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR citron (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR elographics (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR evdev (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR fpit (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR joystick (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR kbd (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR mousedrv (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR mutouch (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR penmount (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR synaptics (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR vmmouse (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR void (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR wacom (__drivermansuffix__).
+.PP
+Other modules and interfaces:
+.BR exa (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR fbdevhw (__drivermansuffix__),
+.\" .BR shadowfb (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR v4l (__drivermansuffix__).
+.br
+.SH AUTHORS
+This manual page was largely rewritten by David Dawes
+.IR <dawes@xfree86.org> .
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Crtc.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Crtc.c
index 86f038aa1..1f43ab9a6 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Crtc.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Crtc.c
@@ -1,3242 +1,3237 @@
-/*
- * Copyright © 2006 Keith Packard
- * Copyright © 2008 Red Hat, Inc.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright
- * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and
- * that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or
- * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
- * written prior permission. The copyright holders make no representations
- * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as
- * is" without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
- * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
- * EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
- * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
-#include <xorg-config.h>
-#else
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#include "xf86.h"
-#include "xf86DDC.h"
-#include "xf86Crtc.h"
-#include "xf86Modes.h"
-#include "xf86Priv.h"
-#include "xf86RandR12.h"
-#include "X11/extensions/render.h"
-#include "X11/extensions/dpmsconst.h"
-#include "X11/Xatom.h"
-#include "picturestr.h"
-
-#include "xf86xv.h"
-
-#define NO_OUTPUT_DEFAULT_WIDTH 1024
-#define NO_OUTPUT_DEFAULT_HEIGHT 768
-/*
- * Initialize xf86CrtcConfig structure
- */
-
-int xf86CrtcConfigPrivateIndex = -1;
-
-void
-xf86CrtcConfigInit (ScrnInfoPtr scrn,
- const xf86CrtcConfigFuncsRec *funcs)
-{
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr config;
-
- if (xf86CrtcConfigPrivateIndex == -1)
- xf86CrtcConfigPrivateIndex = xf86AllocateScrnInfoPrivateIndex();
- config = xnfcalloc (1, sizeof (xf86CrtcConfigRec));
-
- config->funcs = funcs;
-
- scrn->privates[xf86CrtcConfigPrivateIndex].ptr = config;
-}
-
-void
-xf86CrtcSetSizeRange (ScrnInfoPtr scrn,
- int minWidth, int minHeight,
- int maxWidth, int maxHeight)
-{
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
-
- config->minWidth = minWidth;
- config->minHeight = minHeight;
- config->maxWidth = maxWidth;
- config->maxHeight = maxHeight;
-}
-
-/*
- * Crtc functions
- */
-xf86CrtcPtr
-xf86CrtcCreate (ScrnInfoPtr scrn,
- const xf86CrtcFuncsRec *funcs)
-{
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
- xf86CrtcPtr crtc, *crtcs;
-
- crtc = calloc(sizeof (xf86CrtcRec), 1);
- if (!crtc)
- return NULL;
- crtc->version = XF86_CRTC_VERSION;
- crtc->scrn = scrn;
- crtc->funcs = funcs;
-#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE
- crtc->randr_crtc = NULL;
-#endif
- crtc->rotation = RR_Rotate_0;
- crtc->desiredRotation = RR_Rotate_0;
- pixman_transform_init_identity (&crtc->crtc_to_framebuffer);
- pixman_f_transform_init_identity (&crtc->f_crtc_to_framebuffer);
- pixman_f_transform_init_identity (&crtc->f_framebuffer_to_crtc);
- crtc->filter = NULL;
- crtc->params = NULL;
- crtc->nparams = 0;
- crtc->filter_width = 0;
- crtc->filter_height = 0;
- crtc->transform_in_use = FALSE;
- crtc->transformPresent = FALSE;
- crtc->desiredTransformPresent = FALSE;
- memset (&crtc->bounds, '\0', sizeof (crtc->bounds));
-
- /* Preallocate gamma at a sensible size. */
- crtc->gamma_size = 256;
- crtc->gamma_red = malloc(3 * crtc->gamma_size * sizeof (CARD16));
- if (!crtc->gamma_red) {
- free(crtc);
- return NULL;
- }
- crtc->gamma_green = crtc->gamma_red + crtc->gamma_size;
- crtc->gamma_blue = crtc->gamma_green + crtc->gamma_size;
-
- if (xf86_config->crtc)
- crtcs = realloc(xf86_config->crtc,
- (xf86_config->num_crtc + 1) * sizeof (xf86CrtcPtr));
- else
- crtcs = malloc((xf86_config->num_crtc + 1) * sizeof (xf86CrtcPtr));
- if (!crtcs)
- {
- free(crtc);
- return NULL;
- }
- xf86_config->crtc = crtcs;
- xf86_config->crtc[xf86_config->num_crtc++] = crtc;
- return crtc;
-}
-
-void
-xf86CrtcDestroy (xf86CrtcPtr crtc)
-{
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(crtc->scrn);
- int c;
-
- (*crtc->funcs->destroy) (crtc);
- for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)
- if (xf86_config->crtc[c] == crtc)
- {
- memmove (&xf86_config->crtc[c],
- &xf86_config->crtc[c+1],
- ((xf86_config->num_crtc - (c + 1)) * sizeof(void*)));
- xf86_config->num_crtc--;
- break;
- }
- free(crtc->params);
- free(crtc->gamma_red);
- free(crtc);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Return whether any outputs are connected to the specified pipe
- */
-
-Bool
-xf86CrtcInUse (xf86CrtcPtr crtc)
-{
- ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = crtc->scrn;
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
- int o;
-
- for (o = 0; o < xf86_config->num_output; o++)
- if (xf86_config->output[o]->crtc == crtc)
- return TRUE;
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-void
-xf86CrtcSetScreenSubpixelOrder (ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- int subpixel_order = SubPixelUnknown;
- Bool has_none = FALSE;
- ScrnInfoPtr scrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
- int c, o;
-
- for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)
- {
- xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];
-
- for (o = 0; o < xf86_config->num_output; o++)
- {
- xf86OutputPtr output = xf86_config->output[o];
-
- if (output->crtc == crtc)
- {
- switch (output->subpixel_order) {
- case SubPixelNone:
- has_none = TRUE;
- break;
- case SubPixelUnknown:
- break;
- default:
- subpixel_order = output->subpixel_order;
- break;
- }
- }
- if (subpixel_order != SubPixelUnknown)
- break;
- }
- if (subpixel_order != SubPixelUnknown)
- {
- static const int circle[4] = {
- SubPixelHorizontalRGB,
- SubPixelVerticalRGB,
- SubPixelHorizontalBGR,
- SubPixelVerticalBGR,
- };
- int rotate;
- int c;
- for (rotate = 0; rotate < 4; rotate++)
- if (crtc->rotation & (1 << rotate))
- break;
- for (c = 0; c < 4; c++)
- if (circle[c] == subpixel_order)
- break;
- c = (c + rotate) & 0x3;
- if ((crtc->rotation & RR_Reflect_X) && !(c & 1))
- c ^= 2;
- if ((crtc->rotation & RR_Reflect_Y) && (c & 1))
- c ^= 2;
- subpixel_order = circle[c];
- break;
- }
- }
- if (subpixel_order == SubPixelUnknown && has_none)
- subpixel_order = SubPixelNone;
- PictureSetSubpixelOrder (pScreen, subpixel_order);
-}
-
-/**
- * Sets the given video mode on the given crtc
- */
-Bool
-xf86CrtcSetModeTransform (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, DisplayModePtr mode, Rotation rotation,
- RRTransformPtr transform, int x, int y)
-{
- ScrnInfoPtr scrn = crtc->scrn;
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
- int i;
- Bool ret = FALSE;
- Bool didLock = FALSE;
- DisplayModePtr adjusted_mode;
- DisplayModeRec saved_mode;
- int saved_x, saved_y;
- Rotation saved_rotation;
- RRTransformRec saved_transform;
- Bool saved_transform_present;
-
- crtc->enabled = xf86CrtcInUse (crtc);
-
- /* We only hit this if someone explicitly sends a "disabled" modeset. */
- if (!crtc->enabled)
- {
- /* Check everything for stuff that should be off. */
- xf86DisableUnusedFunctions(scrn);
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- adjusted_mode = xf86DuplicateMode(mode);
-
-
- saved_mode = crtc->mode;
- saved_x = crtc->x;
- saved_y = crtc->y;
- saved_rotation = crtc->rotation;
- if (crtc->transformPresent) {
- RRTransformInit (&saved_transform);
- RRTransformCopy (&saved_transform, &crtc->transform);
- }
- saved_transform_present = crtc->transformPresent;
-
- /* Update crtc values up front so the driver can rely on them for mode
- * setting.
- */
- crtc->mode = *mode;
- crtc->x = x;
- crtc->y = y;
- crtc->rotation = rotation;
- if (transform) {
- RRTransformCopy (&crtc->transform, transform);
- crtc->transformPresent = TRUE;
- } else
- crtc->transformPresent = FALSE;
-
- if (crtc->funcs->set_mode_major) {
- ret = crtc->funcs->set_mode_major(crtc, mode, rotation, x, y);
- goto done;
- }
-
- didLock = crtc->funcs->lock (crtc);
- /* Pass our mode to the outputs and the CRTC to give them a chance to
- * adjust it according to limitations or output properties, and also
- * a chance to reject the mode entirely.
- */
- for (i = 0; i < xf86_config->num_output; i++) {
- xf86OutputPtr output = xf86_config->output[i];
-
- if (output->crtc != crtc)
- continue;
-
- if (!output->funcs->mode_fixup(output, mode, adjusted_mode)) {
- goto done;
- }
- }
-
- if (!crtc->funcs->mode_fixup(crtc, mode, adjusted_mode)) {
- goto done;
- }
-
- if (!xf86CrtcRotate (crtc))
- goto done;
-
- /* Prepare the outputs and CRTCs before setting the mode. */
- for (i = 0; i < xf86_config->num_output; i++) {
- xf86OutputPtr output = xf86_config->output[i];
-
- if (output->crtc != crtc)
- continue;
-
- /* Disable the output as the first thing we do. */
- output->funcs->prepare(output);
- }
-
- crtc->funcs->prepare(crtc);
-
- /* Set up the DPLL and any output state that needs to adjust or depend
- * on the DPLL.
- */
- crtc->funcs->mode_set(crtc, mode, adjusted_mode, crtc->x, crtc->y);
- for (i = 0; i < xf86_config->num_output; i++)
- {
- xf86OutputPtr output = xf86_config->output[i];
- if (output->crtc == crtc)
- output->funcs->mode_set(output, mode, adjusted_mode);
- }
-
- /* Only upload when needed, to avoid unneeded delays. */
- if (!crtc->active && crtc->funcs->gamma_set)
- crtc->funcs->gamma_set(crtc, crtc->gamma_red, crtc->gamma_green,
- crtc->gamma_blue, crtc->gamma_size);
-
- /* Now, enable the clocks, plane, pipe, and outputs that we set up. */
- crtc->funcs->commit(crtc);
- for (i = 0; i < xf86_config->num_output; i++)
- {
- xf86OutputPtr output = xf86_config->output[i];
- if (output->crtc == crtc)
- output->funcs->commit(output);
- }
-
- ret = TRUE;
-
-done:
- if (ret) {
- crtc->active = TRUE;
- if (scrn->pScreen)
- xf86CrtcSetScreenSubpixelOrder (scrn->pScreen);
- if (scrn->ModeSet)
- scrn->ModeSet(scrn);
- } else {
- crtc->x = saved_x;
- crtc->y = saved_y;
- crtc->rotation = saved_rotation;
- crtc->mode = saved_mode;
- if (saved_transform_present)
- RRTransformCopy (&crtc->transform, &saved_transform);
- crtc->transformPresent = saved_transform_present;
- }
-
- free(adjusted_mode->name);
- free(adjusted_mode);
-
- if (didLock)
- crtc->funcs->unlock (crtc);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-/**
- * Sets the given video mode on the given crtc, but without providing
- * a transform
- */
-Bool
-xf86CrtcSetMode (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, DisplayModePtr mode, Rotation rotation,
- int x, int y)
-{
- return xf86CrtcSetModeTransform (crtc, mode, rotation, NULL, x, y);
-}
-
-/**
- * Pans the screen, does not change the mode
- */
-void
-xf86CrtcSetOrigin (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int x, int y)
-{
- ScrnInfoPtr scrn = crtc->scrn;
-
- crtc->x = x;
- crtc->y = y;
- if (crtc->funcs->set_origin) {
- if (!xf86CrtcRotate (crtc))
- return;
- crtc->funcs->set_origin (crtc, x, y);
- if (scrn->ModeSet)
- scrn->ModeSet(scrn);
- }
- else
- xf86CrtcSetMode (crtc, &crtc->mode, crtc->rotation, x, y);
-}
-
-/*
- * Output functions
- */
-
-extern XF86ConfigPtr xf86configptr;
-
-typedef enum {
- OPTION_PREFERRED_MODE,
- OPTION_POSITION,
- OPTION_BELOW,
- OPTION_RIGHT_OF,
- OPTION_ABOVE,
- OPTION_LEFT_OF,
- OPTION_ENABLE,
- OPTION_DISABLE,
- OPTION_MIN_CLOCK,
- OPTION_MAX_CLOCK,
- OPTION_IGNORE,
- OPTION_ROTATE,
- OPTION_PANNING,
- OPTION_PRIMARY,
- OPTION_DEFAULT_MODES,
-} OutputOpts;
-
-static OptionInfoRec xf86OutputOptions[] = {
- {OPTION_PREFERRED_MODE, "PreferredMode", OPTV_STRING, {0}, FALSE },
- {OPTION_POSITION, "Position", OPTV_STRING, {0}, FALSE },
- {OPTION_BELOW, "Below", OPTV_STRING, {0}, FALSE },
- {OPTION_RIGHT_OF, "RightOf", OPTV_STRING, {0}, FALSE },
- {OPTION_ABOVE, "Above", OPTV_STRING, {0}, FALSE },
- {OPTION_LEFT_OF, "LeftOf", OPTV_STRING, {0}, FALSE },
- {OPTION_ENABLE, "Enable", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE },
- {OPTION_DISABLE, "Disable", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE },
- {OPTION_MIN_CLOCK, "MinClock", OPTV_FREQ, {0}, FALSE },
- {OPTION_MAX_CLOCK, "MaxClock", OPTV_FREQ, {0}, FALSE },
- {OPTION_IGNORE, "Ignore", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE },
- {OPTION_ROTATE, "Rotate", OPTV_STRING, {0}, FALSE },
- {OPTION_PANNING, "Panning", OPTV_STRING, {0}, FALSE },
- {OPTION_PRIMARY, "Primary", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE },
- {OPTION_DEFAULT_MODES, "DefaultModes", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE },
- {-1, NULL, OPTV_NONE, {0}, FALSE },
-};
-
-enum {
- OPTION_MODEDEBUG,
-};
-
-static OptionInfoRec xf86DeviceOptions[] = {
- {OPTION_MODEDEBUG, "ModeDebug", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE },
- {-1, NULL, OPTV_NONE, {0}, FALSE },
-};
-
-static void
-xf86OutputSetMonitor (xf86OutputPtr output)
-{
- char *option_name;
- char *monitor;
-
- if (!output->name)
- return;
-
- free(output->options);
-
- output->options = xnfalloc (sizeof (xf86OutputOptions));
- memcpy (output->options, xf86OutputOptions, sizeof (xf86OutputOptions));
-
- XNFasprintf(&option_name, "monitor-%s", output->name);
- monitor = xf86findOptionValue (output->scrn->options, option_name);
- if (!monitor)
- monitor = output->name;
- else
- xf86MarkOptionUsedByName (output->scrn->options, option_name);
- free(option_name);
- output->conf_monitor = xf86findMonitor (monitor,
- xf86configptr->conf_monitor_lst);
- /*
- * Find the monitor section of the screen and use that
- */
- if (!output->conf_monitor && output->use_screen_monitor)
- output->conf_monitor = xf86findMonitor (output->scrn->monitor->id,
- xf86configptr->conf_monitor_lst);
- if (output->conf_monitor)
- {
- xf86DrvMsg (output->scrn->scrnIndex, X_INFO,
- "Output %s using monitor section %s\n",
- output->name, output->conf_monitor->mon_identifier);
- xf86ProcessOptions (output->scrn->scrnIndex,
- output->conf_monitor->mon_option_lst,
- output->options);
- }
- else
- xf86DrvMsg (output->scrn->scrnIndex, X_INFO,
- "Output %s has no monitor section\n",
- output->name);
-}
-
-static Bool
-xf86OutputEnabled (xf86OutputPtr output, Bool strict)
-{
- Bool enable, disable;
-
- /* check to see if this output was enabled in the config file */
- if (xf86GetOptValBool (output->options, OPTION_ENABLE, &enable) && enable)
- {
- xf86DrvMsg (output->scrn->scrnIndex, X_INFO,
- "Output %s enabled by config file\n", output->name);
- return TRUE;
- }
- /* or if this output was disabled in the config file */
- if (xf86GetOptValBool (output->options, OPTION_DISABLE, &disable) && disable)
- {
- xf86DrvMsg (output->scrn->scrnIndex, X_INFO,
- "Output %s disabled by config file\n", output->name);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- /* If not, try to only light up the ones we know are connected */
- if (strict) {
- enable = output->status == XF86OutputStatusConnected;
- }
- /* But if that fails, try to light up even outputs we're unsure of */
- else {
- enable = output->status != XF86OutputStatusDisconnected;
- }
-
- xf86DrvMsg (output->scrn->scrnIndex, X_INFO,
- "Output %s %sconnected\n", output->name, enable ? "" : "dis");
- return enable;
-}
-
-static Bool
-xf86OutputIgnored (xf86OutputPtr output)
-{
- return xf86ReturnOptValBool (output->options, OPTION_IGNORE, FALSE);
-}
-
-static char *direction[4] = {
- "normal",
- "left",
- "inverted",
- "right"
-};
-
-static Rotation
-xf86OutputInitialRotation (xf86OutputPtr output)
-{
- char *rotate_name = xf86GetOptValString (output->options,
- OPTION_ROTATE);
- int i;
-
- if (!rotate_name) {
- if (output->initial_rotation)
- return output->initial_rotation;
- return RR_Rotate_0;
- }
-
- for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
- if (xf86nameCompare (direction[i], rotate_name) == 0)
- return 1 << i;
- return RR_Rotate_0;
-}
-
-xf86OutputPtr
-xf86OutputCreate (ScrnInfoPtr scrn,
- const xf86OutputFuncsRec *funcs,
- const char *name)
-{
- xf86OutputPtr output, *outputs;
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
- int len;
- Bool primary;
-
- if (name)
- len = strlen (name) + 1;
- else
- len = 0;
-
- output = calloc(sizeof (xf86OutputRec) + len, 1);
- if (!output)
- return NULL;
- output->scrn = scrn;
- output->funcs = funcs;
- if (name)
- {
- output->name = (char *) (output + 1);
- strcpy (output->name, name);
- }
- output->subpixel_order = SubPixelUnknown;
- /*
- * Use the old per-screen monitor section for the first output
- */
- output->use_screen_monitor = (xf86_config->num_output == 0);
-#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE
- output->randr_output = NULL;
-#endif
- if (name)
- {
- xf86OutputSetMonitor (output);
- if (xf86OutputIgnored (output))
- {
- free(output);
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
-
-
- if (xf86_config->output)
- outputs = realloc(xf86_config->output,
- (xf86_config->num_output + 1) * sizeof (xf86OutputPtr));
- else
- outputs = malloc((xf86_config->num_output + 1) * sizeof (xf86OutputPtr));
- if (!outputs)
- {
- free(output);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- xf86_config->output = outputs;
-
- if (xf86GetOptValBool (output->options, OPTION_PRIMARY, &primary) && primary)
- {
- memmove(xf86_config->output + 1, xf86_config->output,
- xf86_config->num_output * sizeof (xf86OutputPtr));
- xf86_config->output[0] = output;
- }
- else
- {
- xf86_config->output[xf86_config->num_output] = output;
- }
-
- xf86_config->num_output++;
-
- return output;
-}
-
-Bool
-xf86OutputRename (xf86OutputPtr output, const char *name)
-{
- char *newname = strdup(name);
-
- if (!newname)
- return FALSE; /* so sorry... */
-
- if (output->name && output->name != (char *) (output + 1))
- free(output->name);
- output->name = newname;
- xf86OutputSetMonitor (output);
- if (xf86OutputIgnored (output))
- return FALSE;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-void
-xf86OutputUseScreenMonitor (xf86OutputPtr output, Bool use_screen_monitor)
-{
- if (use_screen_monitor != output->use_screen_monitor)
- {
- output->use_screen_monitor = use_screen_monitor;
- xf86OutputSetMonitor (output);
- }
-}
-
-void
-xf86OutputDestroy (xf86OutputPtr output)
-{
- ScrnInfoPtr scrn = output->scrn;
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
- int o;
-
- (*output->funcs->destroy) (output);
- while (output->probed_modes)
- xf86DeleteMode (&output->probed_modes, output->probed_modes);
- for (o = 0; o < xf86_config->num_output; o++)
- if (xf86_config->output[o] == output)
- {
- memmove (&xf86_config->output[o],
- &xf86_config->output[o+1],
- ((xf86_config->num_output - (o + 1)) * sizeof(void*)));
- xf86_config->num_output--;
- break;
- }
- if (output->name && output->name != (char *) (output + 1))
- free(output->name);
- free(output);
-}
-
-/*
- * Called during CreateScreenResources to hook up RandR
- */
-static Bool
-xf86CrtcCreateScreenResources (ScreenPtr screen)
-{
- ScrnInfoPtr scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
-
- screen->CreateScreenResources = config->CreateScreenResources;
-
- if (!(*screen->CreateScreenResources)(screen))
- return FALSE;
-
- if (!xf86RandR12CreateScreenResources (screen))
- return FALSE;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
- * Clean up config on server reset
- */
-static Bool
-xf86CrtcCloseScreen (int index, ScreenPtr screen)
-{
- ScrnInfoPtr scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
- int o, c;
-
- screen->CloseScreen = config->CloseScreen;
-
- xf86RotateCloseScreen (screen);
-
- for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
- {
- xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
-
- output->randr_output = NULL;
- }
- for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++)
- {
- xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[c];
-
- crtc->randr_crtc = NULL;
- }
- xf86RandR12CloseScreen (screen);
-
- return screen->CloseScreen (index, screen);
-}
-
-/*
- * Called at ScreenInit time to set up
- */
-#ifdef RANDR_13_INTERFACE
-int
-#else
-Bool
-#endif
-xf86CrtcScreenInit (ScreenPtr screen)
-{
- ScrnInfoPtr scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
- int c;
-
- /* Rotation */
- xf86DrvMsg(scrn->scrnIndex, X_INFO, "RandR 1.2 enabled, ignore the following RandR disabled message.\n");
- xf86DisableRandR(); /* Disable old RandR extension support */
- xf86RandR12Init (screen);
-
- /* support all rotations if every crtc has the shadow alloc funcs */
- for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++)
- {
- xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[c];
- if (!crtc->funcs->shadow_allocate || !crtc->funcs->shadow_create)
- break;
- }
- if (c == config->num_crtc)
- {
- xf86RandR12SetRotations (screen, RR_Rotate_0 | RR_Rotate_90 |
- RR_Rotate_180 | RR_Rotate_270 |
- RR_Reflect_X | RR_Reflect_Y);
- xf86RandR12SetTransformSupport (screen, TRUE);
- }
- else
- {
- xf86RandR12SetRotations (screen, RR_Rotate_0);
- xf86RandR12SetTransformSupport (screen, FALSE);
- }
-
- /* Wrap CreateScreenResources so we can initialize the RandR code */
- config->CreateScreenResources = screen->CreateScreenResources;
- screen->CreateScreenResources = xf86CrtcCreateScreenResources;
-
- config->CloseScreen = screen->CloseScreen;
- screen->CloseScreen = xf86CrtcCloseScreen;
-
-#ifdef XFreeXDGA
- _xf86_di_dga_init_internal(screen);
-#endif
-#ifdef RANDR_13_INTERFACE
- return RANDR_INTERFACE_VERSION;
-#else
- return TRUE;
-#endif
-}
-
-static DisplayModePtr
-xf86DefaultMode (xf86OutputPtr output, int width, int height)
-{
- DisplayModePtr target_mode = NULL;
- DisplayModePtr mode;
- int target_diff = 0;
- int target_preferred = 0;
- int mm_height;
-
- mm_height = output->mm_height;
- if (!mm_height)
- mm_height = (768 * 25.4) / DEFAULT_DPI;
- /*
- * Pick a mode closest to DEFAULT_DPI
- */
- for (mode = output->probed_modes; mode; mode = mode->next)
- {
- int dpi;
- int preferred = (((mode->type & M_T_PREFERRED) != 0) +
- ((mode->type & M_T_USERPREF) != 0));
- int diff;
-
- if (xf86ModeWidth (mode, output->initial_rotation) > width ||
- xf86ModeHeight (mode, output->initial_rotation) > height)
- continue;
-
- /* yes, use VDisplay here, not xf86ModeHeight */
- dpi = (mode->VDisplay * 254) / (mm_height * 10);
- diff = dpi - DEFAULT_DPI;
- diff = diff < 0 ? -diff : diff;
- if (target_mode == NULL || (preferred > target_preferred) ||
- (preferred == target_preferred && diff < target_diff))
- {
- target_mode = mode;
- target_diff = diff;
- target_preferred = preferred;
- }
- }
- return target_mode;
-}
-
-static DisplayModePtr
-xf86ClosestMode (xf86OutputPtr output,
- DisplayModePtr match, Rotation match_rotation,
- int width, int height)
-{
- DisplayModePtr target_mode = NULL;
- DisplayModePtr mode;
- int target_diff = 0;
-
- /*
- * Pick a mode closest to the specified mode
- */
- for (mode = output->probed_modes; mode; mode = mode->next)
- {
- int dx, dy;
- int diff;
-
- if (xf86ModeWidth (mode, output->initial_rotation) > width ||
- xf86ModeHeight (mode, output->initial_rotation) > height)
- continue;
-
- /* exact matches are preferred */
- if (output->initial_rotation == match_rotation &&
- xf86ModesEqual (mode, match))
- return mode;
-
- dx = xf86ModeWidth (match, match_rotation) - xf86ModeWidth (mode, output->initial_rotation);
- dy = xf86ModeHeight (match, match_rotation) - xf86ModeHeight (mode, output->initial_rotation);
- diff = dx * dx + dy * dy;
- if (target_mode == NULL || diff < target_diff)
- {
- target_mode = mode;
- target_diff = diff;
- }
- }
- return target_mode;
-}
-
-static DisplayModePtr
-xf86OutputHasPreferredMode (xf86OutputPtr output, int width, int height)
-{
- DisplayModePtr mode;
-
- for (mode = output->probed_modes; mode; mode = mode->next)
- {
- if (xf86ModeWidth (mode, output->initial_rotation) > width ||
- xf86ModeHeight (mode, output->initial_rotation) > height)
- continue;
-
- if (mode->type & M_T_PREFERRED)
- return mode;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-static DisplayModePtr
-xf86OutputHasUserPreferredMode (xf86OutputPtr output)
-{
- DisplayModePtr mode, first = output->probed_modes;
-
- for (mode = first; mode && mode->next != first; mode = mode->next)
- if (mode->type & M_T_USERPREF)
- return mode;
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-static int
-xf86PickCrtcs (ScrnInfoPtr scrn,
- xf86CrtcPtr *best_crtcs,
- DisplayModePtr *modes,
- int n,
- int width,
- int height)
-{
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
- int c, o;
- xf86OutputPtr output;
- xf86CrtcPtr crtc;
- xf86CrtcPtr *crtcs;
- xf86CrtcPtr best_crtc;
- int best_score;
- int score;
- int my_score;
-
- if (n == config->num_output)
- return 0;
- output = config->output[n];
-
- /*
- * Compute score with this output disabled
- */
- best_crtcs[n] = NULL;
- best_crtc = NULL;
- best_score = xf86PickCrtcs (scrn, best_crtcs, modes, n+1, width, height);
- if (modes[n] == NULL)
- return best_score;
-
- crtcs = malloc(config->num_output * sizeof (xf86CrtcPtr));
- if (!crtcs)
- return best_score;
-
- my_score = 1;
- /* Score outputs that are known to be connected higher */
- if (output->status == XF86OutputStatusConnected)
- my_score++;
- /* Score outputs with preferred modes higher */
- if (xf86OutputHasPreferredMode (output, width, height))
- my_score++;
- /*
- * Select a crtc for this output and
- * then attempt to configure the remaining
- * outputs
- */
- for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++)
- {
- if ((output->possible_crtcs & (1 << c)) == 0)
- continue;
-
- crtc = config->crtc[c];
- /*
- * Check to see if some other output is
- * using this crtc
- */
- for (o = 0; o < n; o++)
- if (best_crtcs[o] == crtc)
- break;
- if (o < n)
- {
- /*
- * If the two outputs desire the same mode,
- * see if they can be cloned
- */
- if (xf86ModesEqual (modes[o], modes[n]) &&
- config->output[o]->initial_rotation == config->output[n]->initial_rotation &&
- config->output[o]->initial_x == config->output[n]->initial_x &&
- config->output[o]->initial_y == config->output[n]->initial_y)
- {
- if ((output->possible_clones & (1 << o)) == 0)
- continue; /* nope, try next CRTC */
- }
- else
- continue; /* different modes, can't clone */
- }
- crtcs[n] = crtc;
- memcpy (crtcs, best_crtcs, n * sizeof (xf86CrtcPtr));
- score = my_score + xf86PickCrtcs (scrn, crtcs, modes, n+1, width, height);
- if (score > best_score)
- {
- best_crtc = crtc;
- best_score = score;
- memcpy (best_crtcs, crtcs, config->num_output * sizeof (xf86CrtcPtr));
- }
- }
- free(crtcs);
- return best_score;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Compute the virtual size necessary to place all of the available
- * crtcs in the specified configuration.
- *
- * canGrow indicates that the driver can make the screen larger than its initial
- * configuration. If FALSE, this function will enlarge the screen to include
- * the largest available mode.
- */
-
-static void
-xf86DefaultScreenLimits (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, int *widthp, int *heightp,
- Bool canGrow)
-{
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
- int width = 0, height = 0;
- int o;
- int c;
- int s;
-
- for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++)
- {
- int crtc_width = 0, crtc_height = 0;
- xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[c];
-
- if (crtc->enabled)
- {
- crtc_width = crtc->desiredX + xf86ModeWidth (&crtc->desiredMode, crtc->desiredRotation);
- crtc_height = crtc->desiredY + xf86ModeHeight (&crtc->desiredMode, crtc->desiredRotation);
- }
- if (!canGrow) {
- for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
- {
- xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
-
- for (s = 0; s < config->num_crtc; s++)
- if (output->possible_crtcs & (1 << s))
- {
- DisplayModePtr mode;
- for (mode = output->probed_modes; mode; mode = mode->next)
- {
- if (mode->HDisplay > crtc_width)
- crtc_width = mode->HDisplay;
- if (mode->VDisplay > crtc_width)
- crtc_width = mode->VDisplay;
- if (mode->VDisplay > crtc_height)
- crtc_height = mode->VDisplay;
- if (mode->HDisplay > crtc_height)
- crtc_height = mode->HDisplay;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- if (crtc_width > width)
- width = crtc_width;
- if (crtc_height > height)
- height = crtc_height;
- }
- if (config->maxWidth && width > config->maxWidth) width = config->maxWidth;
- if (config->maxHeight && height > config->maxHeight) height = config->maxHeight;
- if (config->minWidth && width < config->minWidth) width = config->minWidth;
- if (config->minHeight && height < config->minHeight) height = config->minHeight;
- *widthp = width;
- *heightp = height;
-}
-
-#define POSITION_UNSET -100000
-
-/*
- * check if the user configured any outputs at all
- * with either a position or a relative setting or a mode.
- */
-static Bool
-xf86UserConfiguredOutputs(ScrnInfoPtr scrn, DisplayModePtr *modes)
-{
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
- int o;
- Bool user_conf = FALSE;
-
- for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
- {
- xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
- char *position;
- char *relative_name;
- OutputOpts relation;
- int r;
- static const OutputOpts relations[] = {
- OPTION_BELOW, OPTION_RIGHT_OF, OPTION_ABOVE, OPTION_LEFT_OF
- };
-
- position = xf86GetOptValString (output->options,
- OPTION_POSITION);
- if (position)
- user_conf = TRUE;
-
- relation = 0;
- relative_name = NULL;
- for (r = 0; r < 4; r++)
- {
- relation = relations[r];
- relative_name = xf86GetOptValString (output->options,
- relation);
- if (relative_name)
- break;
- }
- if (relative_name)
- user_conf = TRUE;
-
- modes[o] = xf86OutputHasUserPreferredMode(output);
- if (modes[o])
- user_conf = TRUE;
- }
-
- return user_conf;
-}
-
-static Bool
-xf86InitialOutputPositions (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, DisplayModePtr *modes)
-{
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
- int o;
- int min_x, min_y;
-
- for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
- {
- xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
-
- output->initial_x = output->initial_y = POSITION_UNSET;
- }
-
- /*
- * Loop until all outputs are set
- */
- for (;;)
- {
- Bool any_set = FALSE;
- Bool keep_going = FALSE;
-
- for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
- {
- static const OutputOpts relations[] = {
- OPTION_BELOW, OPTION_RIGHT_OF, OPTION_ABOVE, OPTION_LEFT_OF
- };
- xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
- xf86OutputPtr relative;
- char *relative_name;
- char *position;
- OutputOpts relation;
- int r;
-
- if (output->initial_x != POSITION_UNSET)
- continue;
- position = xf86GetOptValString (output->options,
- OPTION_POSITION);
- /*
- * Absolute position wins
- */
- if (position)
- {
- int x, y;
- if (sscanf (position, "%d %d", &x, &y) == 2)
- {
- output->initial_x = x;
- output->initial_y = y;
- }
- else
- {
- xf86DrvMsg (scrn->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
- "Output %s position not of form \"x y\"\n",
- output->name);
- output->initial_x = output->initial_y = 0;
- }
- any_set = TRUE;
- continue;
- }
- /*
- * Next comes relative positions
- */
- relation = 0;
- relative_name = NULL;
- for (r = 0; r < 4; r++)
- {
- relation = relations[r];
- relative_name = xf86GetOptValString (output->options,
- relation);
- if (relative_name)
- break;
- }
- if (relative_name)
- {
- int or;
- relative = NULL;
- for (or = 0; or < config->num_output; or++)
- {
- xf86OutputPtr out_rel = config->output[or];
- XF86ConfMonitorPtr rel_mon = out_rel->conf_monitor;
-
- if (rel_mon)
- {
- if (xf86nameCompare (rel_mon->mon_identifier,
- relative_name) == 0)
- {
- relative = config->output[or];
- break;
- }
- }
- if (strcmp (out_rel->name, relative_name) == 0)
- {
- relative = config->output[or];
- break;
- }
- }
- if (!relative)
- {
- xf86DrvMsg (scrn->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
- "Cannot position output %s relative to unknown output %s\n",
- output->name, relative_name);
- output->initial_x = 0;
- output->initial_y = 0;
- any_set = TRUE;
- continue;
- }
- if (!modes[or])
- {
- xf86DrvMsg (scrn->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
- "Cannot position output %s relative to output %s without modes\n",
- output->name, relative_name);
- output->initial_x = 0;
- output->initial_y = 0;
- any_set = TRUE;
- continue;
- }
- if (relative->initial_x == POSITION_UNSET)
- {
- keep_going = TRUE;
- continue;
- }
- output->initial_x = relative->initial_x;
- output->initial_y = relative->initial_y;
- switch (relation) {
- case OPTION_BELOW:
- output->initial_y += xf86ModeHeight (modes[or], relative->initial_rotation);
- break;
- case OPTION_RIGHT_OF:
- output->initial_x += xf86ModeWidth (modes[or], relative->initial_rotation);
- break;
- case OPTION_ABOVE:
- if (modes[o])
- output->initial_y -= xf86ModeHeight (modes[o], output->initial_rotation);
- break;
- case OPTION_LEFT_OF:
- if (modes[o])
- output->initial_x -= xf86ModeWidth (modes[o], output->initial_rotation);
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- any_set = TRUE;
- continue;
- }
-
- /* Nothing set, just stick them at 0,0 */
- output->initial_x = 0;
- output->initial_y = 0;
- any_set = TRUE;
- }
- if (!keep_going)
- break;
- if (!any_set)
- {
- for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
- {
- xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
- if (output->initial_x == POSITION_UNSET)
- {
- xf86DrvMsg (scrn->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
- "Output position loop. Moving %s to 0,0\n",
- output->name);
- output->initial_x = output->initial_y = 0;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * normalize positions
- */
- min_x = 1000000;
- min_y = 1000000;
- for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
- {
- xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
-
- if (output->initial_x < min_x)
- min_x = output->initial_x;
- if (output->initial_y < min_y)
- min_y = output->initial_y;
- }
-
- for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
- {
- xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
-
- output->initial_x -= min_x;
- output->initial_y -= min_y;
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-static void
-xf86InitialPanning (ScrnInfoPtr scrn)
-{
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
- int o;
-
- for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
- {
- xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
- char *panning = xf86GetOptValString (output->options, OPTION_PANNING);
- int width, height, left, top;
- int track_width, track_height, track_left, track_top;
- int brdr[4];
-
- memset (&output->initialTotalArea, 0, sizeof(BoxRec));
- memset (&output->initialTrackingArea, 0, sizeof(BoxRec));
- memset (output->initialBorder, 0, 4*sizeof(INT16));
-
- if (! panning)
- continue;
-
- switch (sscanf (panning, "%dx%d+%d+%d/%dx%d+%d+%d/%d/%d/%d/%d",
- &width, &height, &left, &top,
- &track_width, &track_height, &track_left, &track_top,
- &brdr[0], &brdr[1], &brdr[2], &brdr[3])) {
- case 12:
- output->initialBorder[0] = brdr[0];
- output->initialBorder[1] = brdr[1];
- output->initialBorder[2] = brdr[2];
- output->initialBorder[3] = brdr[3];
- /* fall through */
- case 8:
- output->initialTrackingArea.x1 = track_left;
- output->initialTrackingArea.y1 = track_top;
- output->initialTrackingArea.x2 = track_left + track_width;
- output->initialTrackingArea.y2 = track_top + track_height;
- /* fall through */
- case 4:
- output->initialTotalArea.x1 = left;
- output->initialTotalArea.y1 = top;
- /* fall through */
- case 2:
- output->initialTotalArea.x2 = output->initialTotalArea.x1 + width;
- output->initialTotalArea.y2 = output->initialTotalArea.y1 + height;
- break;
- default:
- xf86DrvMsg (scrn->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
- "Broken panning specification '%s' for output %s in config file\n",
- panning, output->name);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/** Return - 0 + if a should be earlier, same or later than b in list
- */
-static int
-xf86ModeCompare (DisplayModePtr a, DisplayModePtr b)
-{
- int diff;
-
- diff = ((b->type & M_T_PREFERRED) != 0) - ((a->type & M_T_PREFERRED) != 0);
- if (diff)
- return diff;
- diff = b->HDisplay * b->VDisplay - a->HDisplay * a->VDisplay;
- if (diff)
- return diff;
- diff = b->Clock - a->Clock;
- return diff;
-}
-
-/**
- * Insertion sort input in-place and return the resulting head
- */
-static DisplayModePtr
-xf86SortModes (DisplayModePtr input)
-{
- DisplayModePtr output = NULL, i, o, n, *op, prev;
-
- /* sort by preferred status and pixel area */
- while (input)
- {
- i = input;
- input = input->next;
- for (op = &output; (o = *op); op = &o->next)
- if (xf86ModeCompare (o, i) > 0)
- break;
- i->next = *op;
- *op = i;
- }
- /* prune identical modes */
- for (o = output; o && (n = o->next); o = n)
- {
- if (!strcmp (o->name, n->name) && xf86ModesEqual (o, n))
- {
- o->next = n->next;
- free(n->name);
- free(n);
- n = o;
- }
- }
- /* hook up backward links */
- prev = NULL;
- for (o = output; o; o = o->next)
- {
- o->prev = prev;
- prev = o;
- }
- return output;
-}
-
-static char *
-preferredMode(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, xf86OutputPtr output)
-{
- char *preferred_mode = NULL;
-
- /* Check for a configured preference for a particular mode */
- preferred_mode = xf86GetOptValString (output->options,
- OPTION_PREFERRED_MODE);
- if (preferred_mode)
- return preferred_mode;
-
- if (pScrn->display->modes && *pScrn->display->modes)
- preferred_mode = *pScrn->display->modes;
-
- return preferred_mode;
-}
-
-static void
-GuessRangeFromModes(MonPtr mon, DisplayModePtr mode)
-{
- if (!mon || !mode)
- return;
-
- mon->nHsync = 1;
- mon->hsync[0].lo = 1024.0;
- mon->hsync[0].hi = 0.0;
-
- mon->nVrefresh = 1;
- mon->vrefresh[0].lo = 1024.0;
- mon->vrefresh[0].hi = 0.0;
-
- while (mode) {
- if (!mode->HSync)
- mode->HSync = ((float) mode->Clock ) / ((float) mode->HTotal);
-
- if (!mode->VRefresh)
- mode->VRefresh = (1000.0 * ((float) mode->Clock)) /
- ((float) (mode->HTotal * mode->VTotal));
-
- if (mode->HSync < mon->hsync[0].lo)
- mon->hsync[0].lo = mode->HSync;
-
- if (mode->HSync > mon->hsync[0].hi)
- mon->hsync[0].hi = mode->HSync;
-
- if (mode->VRefresh < mon->vrefresh[0].lo)
- mon->vrefresh[0].lo = mode->VRefresh;
-
- if (mode->VRefresh > mon->vrefresh[0].hi)
- mon->vrefresh[0].hi = mode->VRefresh;
-
- mode = mode->next;
- }
-
- /* stretch out the bottom to fit 640x480@60 */
- if (mon->hsync[0].lo > 31.0)
- mon->hsync[0].lo = 31.0;
- if (mon->vrefresh[0].lo > 58.0)
- mon->vrefresh[0].lo = 58.0;
-}
-
-enum det_monrec_source {
- sync_config, sync_edid, sync_default
-};
-
-struct det_monrec_parameter {
- MonRec *mon_rec;
- int *max_clock;
- Bool set_hsync;
- Bool set_vrefresh;
- enum det_monrec_source *sync_source;
-};
-
-static void handle_detailed_monrec(struct detailed_monitor_section *det_mon,
- void *data)
-{
- struct det_monrec_parameter *p;
- p = (struct det_monrec_parameter *)data;
-
- if (det_mon->type == DS_RANGES) {
- struct monitor_ranges *ranges = &det_mon->section.ranges;
- if (p->set_hsync && ranges->max_h) {
- p->mon_rec->hsync[p->mon_rec->nHsync].lo = ranges->min_h;
- p->mon_rec->hsync[p->mon_rec->nHsync].hi = ranges->max_h;
- p->mon_rec->nHsync++;
- if (*p->sync_source == sync_default)
- *p->sync_source = sync_edid;
- }
- if (p->set_vrefresh && ranges->max_v) {
- p->mon_rec->vrefresh[p->mon_rec->nVrefresh].lo = ranges->min_v;
- p->mon_rec->vrefresh[p->mon_rec->nVrefresh].hi = ranges->max_v;
- p->mon_rec->nVrefresh++;
- if (*p->sync_source == sync_default)
- *p->sync_source = sync_edid;
- }
- if (ranges->max_clock * 1000 > *p->max_clock)
- *p->max_clock = ranges->max_clock * 1000;
- }
-}
-
-void
-xf86ProbeOutputModes (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, int maxX, int maxY)
-{
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
- int o;
-
- /* When canGrow was TRUE in the initial configuration we have to
- * compare against the maximum values so that we don't drop modes.
- * When canGrow was FALSE, the maximum values would have been clamped
- * anyway.
- */
- if (maxX == 0 || maxY == 0) {
- maxX = config->maxWidth;
- maxY = config->maxHeight;
- }
-
- /* Probe the list of modes for each output. */
- for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
- {
- xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
- DisplayModePtr mode;
- DisplayModePtr config_modes = NULL, output_modes, default_modes = NULL;
- char *preferred_mode;
- xf86MonPtr edid_monitor;
- XF86ConfMonitorPtr conf_monitor;
- MonRec mon_rec;
- int min_clock = 0;
- int max_clock = 0;
- double clock;
- Bool add_default_modes;
- Bool debug_modes = config->debug_modes ||
- xf86Initialising;
- enum det_monrec_source sync_source = sync_default;
-
- while (output->probed_modes != NULL)
- xf86DeleteMode(&output->probed_modes, output->probed_modes);
-
- /*
- * Check connection status
- */
- output->status = (*output->funcs->detect)(output);
-
- if (output->status == XF86OutputStatusDisconnected &&
- !xf86ReturnOptValBool(output->options, OPTION_ENABLE, FALSE))
- {
- xf86OutputSetEDID (output, NULL);
- continue;
- }
-
- memset (&mon_rec, '\0', sizeof (mon_rec));
-
- conf_monitor = output->conf_monitor;
-
- if (conf_monitor)
- {
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < conf_monitor->mon_n_hsync; i++)
- {
- mon_rec.hsync[mon_rec.nHsync].lo = conf_monitor->mon_hsync[i].lo;
- mon_rec.hsync[mon_rec.nHsync].hi = conf_monitor->mon_hsync[i].hi;
- mon_rec.nHsync++;
- sync_source = sync_config;
- }
- for (i = 0; i < conf_monitor->mon_n_vrefresh; i++)
- {
- mon_rec.vrefresh[mon_rec.nVrefresh].lo = conf_monitor->mon_vrefresh[i].lo;
- mon_rec.vrefresh[mon_rec.nVrefresh].hi = conf_monitor->mon_vrefresh[i].hi;
- mon_rec.nVrefresh++;
- sync_source = sync_config;
- }
- config_modes = xf86GetMonitorModes (scrn, conf_monitor);
- }
-
- output_modes = (*output->funcs->get_modes) (output);
-
- /*
- * If the user has a preference, respect it.
- * Otherwise, don't second-guess the driver.
- */
- if (!xf86GetOptValBool(output->options, OPTION_DEFAULT_MODES,
- &add_default_modes))
- add_default_modes = (output_modes == NULL);
-
- edid_monitor = output->MonInfo;
-
- if (edid_monitor)
- {
- struct det_monrec_parameter p;
- struct disp_features *features = &edid_monitor->features;
-
- /* if display is not continuous-frequency, don't add default modes */
- if (!GTF_SUPPORTED(features->msc))
- add_default_modes = FALSE;
-
- p.mon_rec = &mon_rec;
- p.max_clock = &max_clock;
- p.set_hsync = mon_rec.nHsync == 0;
- p.set_vrefresh = mon_rec.nVrefresh == 0;
- p.sync_source = &sync_source;
-
- xf86ForEachDetailedBlock(edid_monitor,
- handle_detailed_monrec,
- &p);
- }
-
- if (xf86GetOptValFreq (output->options, OPTION_MIN_CLOCK,
- OPTUNITS_KHZ, &clock))
- min_clock = (int) clock;
- if (xf86GetOptValFreq (output->options, OPTION_MAX_CLOCK,
- OPTUNITS_KHZ, &clock))
- max_clock = (int) clock;
-
- /* If we still don't have a sync range, guess wildly */
- if (!mon_rec.nHsync || !mon_rec.nVrefresh)
- GuessRangeFromModes(&mon_rec, output_modes);
-
- /*
- * These limits will end up setting a 1024x768@60Hz mode by default,
- * which seems like a fairly good mode to use when nothing else is
- * specified
- */
- if (mon_rec.nHsync == 0)
- {
- mon_rec.hsync[0].lo = 31.0;
- mon_rec.hsync[0].hi = 55.0;
- mon_rec.nHsync = 1;
- }
- if (mon_rec.nVrefresh == 0)
- {
- mon_rec.vrefresh[0].lo = 58.0;
- mon_rec.vrefresh[0].hi = 62.0;
- mon_rec.nVrefresh = 1;
- }
-
- if (add_default_modes)
- default_modes = xf86GetDefaultModes ();
-
- /*
- * If this is not an RB monitor, remove RB modes from the default
- * pool. RB modes from the config or the monitor itself are fine.
- */
- if (!mon_rec.reducedblanking)
- xf86ValidateModesReducedBlanking (scrn, default_modes);
-
- if (sync_source == sync_config)
- {
- /*
- * Check output and config modes against sync range from config file
- */
- xf86ValidateModesSync (scrn, output_modes, &mon_rec);
- xf86ValidateModesSync (scrn, config_modes, &mon_rec);
- }
- /*
- * Check default modes against sync range
- */
- xf86ValidateModesSync (scrn, default_modes, &mon_rec);
- /*
- * Check default modes against monitor max clock
- */
- if (max_clock) {
- xf86ValidateModesClocks(scrn, default_modes,
- &min_clock, &max_clock, 1);
- xf86ValidateModesClocks(scrn, output_modes,
- &min_clock, &max_clock, 1);
- }
-
- output->probed_modes = NULL;
- output->probed_modes = xf86ModesAdd (output->probed_modes, config_modes);
- output->probed_modes = xf86ModesAdd (output->probed_modes, output_modes);
- output->probed_modes = xf86ModesAdd (output->probed_modes, default_modes);
-
- /*
- * Check all modes against max size, interlace, and doublescan
- */
- if (maxX && maxY)
- xf86ValidateModesSize (scrn, output->probed_modes,
- maxX, maxY, 0);
-
- {
- int flags = (output->interlaceAllowed ? V_INTERLACE : 0) |
- (output->doubleScanAllowed ? V_DBLSCAN : 0);
- xf86ValidateModesFlags (scrn, output->probed_modes, flags);
- }
-
- /*
- * Check all modes against output
- */
- for (mode = output->probed_modes; mode != NULL; mode = mode->next)
- if (mode->status == MODE_OK)
- mode->status = (*output->funcs->mode_valid)(output, mode);
-
- xf86PruneInvalidModes(scrn, &output->probed_modes, debug_modes);
-
- output->probed_modes = xf86SortModes (output->probed_modes);
-
- /* Check for a configured preference for a particular mode */
- preferred_mode = preferredMode(scrn, output);
-
- if (preferred_mode)
- {
- for (mode = output->probed_modes; mode; mode = mode->next)
- {
- if (!strcmp (preferred_mode, mode->name))
- {
- if (mode != output->probed_modes)
- {
- if (mode->prev)
- mode->prev->next = mode->next;
- if (mode->next)
- mode->next->prev = mode->prev;
- mode->next = output->probed_modes;
- output->probed_modes->prev = mode;
- mode->prev = NULL;
- output->probed_modes = mode;
- }
- mode->type |= (M_T_PREFERRED|M_T_USERPREF);
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- output->initial_rotation = xf86OutputInitialRotation (output);
-
- if (debug_modes) {
- if (output->probed_modes != NULL) {
- xf86DrvMsg(scrn->scrnIndex, X_INFO,
- "Printing probed modes for output %s\n",
- output->name);
- } else {
- xf86DrvMsg(scrn->scrnIndex, X_INFO,
- "No remaining probed modes for output %s\n",
- output->name);
- }
- }
- for (mode = output->probed_modes; mode != NULL; mode = mode->next)
- {
- /* The code to choose the best mode per pipe later on will require
- * VRefresh to be set.
- */
- mode->VRefresh = xf86ModeVRefresh(mode);
- xf86SetModeCrtc(mode, INTERLACE_HALVE_V);
-
- if (debug_modes)
- xf86PrintModeline(scrn->scrnIndex, mode);
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Copy one of the output mode lists to the ScrnInfo record
- */
-
-/* XXX where does this function belong? Here? */
-void
-xf86RandR12GetOriginalVirtualSize(ScrnInfoPtr scrn, int *x, int *y);
-
-static DisplayModePtr
-biggestMode(DisplayModePtr a, DisplayModePtr b)
-{
- int A, B;
-
- if (!a)
- return b;
- if (!b)
- return a;
-
- A = a->HDisplay * a->VDisplay;
- B = b->HDisplay * b->VDisplay;
-
- if (A > B)
- return a;
-
- return b;
-}
-
-static xf86OutputPtr
-SetCompatOutput(xf86CrtcConfigPtr config)
-{
- xf86OutputPtr output = NULL, test = NULL;
- DisplayModePtr maxmode = NULL, testmode, mode;
- int o, compat = -1, count, mincount = 0;
-
- /* Look for one that's definitely connected */
- for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
- {
- test = config->output[o];
- if (!test->crtc)
- continue;
- if (test->status != XF86OutputStatusConnected)
- continue;
- if (!test->probed_modes)
- continue;
-
- testmode = mode = test->probed_modes;
- for (count = 0; mode; mode = mode->next, count++)
- testmode = biggestMode(testmode, mode);
-
- if (!output) {
- output = test;
- compat = o;
- maxmode = testmode;
- mincount = count;
- } else if (maxmode == biggestMode(maxmode, testmode)) {
- output = test;
- compat = o;
- maxmode = testmode;
- mincount = count;
- } else if ((maxmode->HDisplay == testmode->HDisplay) &&
- (maxmode->VDisplay == testmode->VDisplay) &&
- count <= mincount) {
- output = test;
- compat = o;
- maxmode = testmode;
- mincount = count;
- }
- }
-
- /* If we didn't find one, take anything we can get */
- if (!output)
- {
- for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
- {
- test = config->output[o];
- if (!test->crtc)
- continue;
- if (!test->probed_modes)
- continue;
-
- if (!output) {
- output = test;
- compat = o;
- } else if (test->probed_modes->HDisplay < output->probed_modes->HDisplay) {
- output = test;
- compat = o;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (compat >= 0) {
- config->compat_output = compat;
- } else {
- /* Don't change the compat output when no valid outputs found */
- output = config->output[config->compat_output];
- }
-
- return output;
-}
-
-void
-xf86SetScrnInfoModes (ScrnInfoPtr scrn)
-{
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
- xf86OutputPtr output;
- xf86CrtcPtr crtc;
- DisplayModePtr last, mode = NULL;
-
- output = SetCompatOutput(config);
-
- if (!output)
- return; /* punt */
-
- crtc = output->crtc;
-
- /* Clear any existing modes from scrn->modes */
- while (scrn->modes != NULL)
- xf86DeleteMode(&scrn->modes, scrn->modes);
-
- /* Set scrn->modes to the mode list for the 'compat' output */
- scrn->modes = xf86DuplicateModes(scrn, output->probed_modes);
-
- if (crtc) {
- for (mode = scrn->modes; mode; mode = mode->next)
- if (xf86ModesEqual (mode, &crtc->desiredMode))
- break;
- }
-
- if (scrn->modes != NULL) {
- /* For some reason, scrn->modes is circular, unlike the other mode
- * lists. How great is that?
- */
- for (last = scrn->modes; last && last->next; last = last->next)
- ;
- last->next = scrn->modes;
- scrn->modes->prev = last;
- if (mode) {
- while (scrn->modes != mode)
- scrn->modes = scrn->modes->next;
- }
- }
- scrn->currentMode = scrn->modes;
-#ifdef XFreeXDGA
- if (scrn->pScreen)
- _xf86_di_dga_reinit_internal(scrn->pScreen);
-#endif
-}
-
-static Bool
-xf86CollectEnabledOutputs(ScrnInfoPtr scrn, xf86CrtcConfigPtr config,
- Bool *enabled)
-{
- Bool any_enabled = FALSE;
- int o;
-
- for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
- any_enabled |= enabled[o] = xf86OutputEnabled(config->output[o], TRUE);
-
- if (!any_enabled) {
- xf86DrvMsg(scrn->scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
- "No outputs definitely connected, trying again...\n");
-
- for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
- any_enabled |= enabled[o] = xf86OutputEnabled(config->output[o], FALSE);
- }
-
- return any_enabled;
-}
-
-static Bool
-nextEnabledOutput(xf86CrtcConfigPtr config, Bool *enabled, int *index)
-{
- int o = *index;
-
- for (o++; o < config->num_output; o++) {
- if (enabled[o]) {
- *index = o;
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-static Bool
-aspectMatch(float a, float b)
-{
- return fabs(1 - (a / b)) < 0.05;
-}
-
-static DisplayModePtr
-nextAspectMode(xf86OutputPtr o, DisplayModePtr last, float aspect)
-{
- DisplayModePtr m = NULL;
-
- if (!o)
- return NULL;
-
- if (!last)
- m = o->probed_modes;
- else
- m = last->next;
-
- for (; m; m = m->next)
- if (aspectMatch(aspect, (float)m->HDisplay / (float)m->VDisplay))
- return m;
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-static DisplayModePtr
-bestModeForAspect(xf86CrtcConfigPtr config, Bool *enabled, float aspect)
-{
- int o = -1, p;
- DisplayModePtr mode = NULL, test = NULL, match = NULL;
-
- if (!nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &o))
- return NULL;
- while ((mode = nextAspectMode(config->output[o], mode, aspect))) {
- test = mode;
- for (p = o; nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &p); ) {
- test = xf86OutputFindClosestMode(config->output[p], mode);
- if (!test)
- break;
- if (test->HDisplay != mode->HDisplay ||
- test->VDisplay != mode->VDisplay) {
- test = NULL;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- /* if we didn't match it on all outputs, try the next one */
- if (!test)
- continue;
-
- /* if it's bigger than the last one, save it */
- if (!match || (test->HDisplay > match->HDisplay))
- match = test;
- }
-
- /* return the biggest one found */
- return match;
-}
-
-static Bool
-xf86TargetPreferred(ScrnInfoPtr scrn, xf86CrtcConfigPtr config,
- DisplayModePtr *modes, Bool *enabled,
- int width, int height)
-{
- int o, p;
- int max_pref_width = 0, max_pref_height = 0;
- DisplayModePtr *preferred, *preferred_match;
- Bool ret = FALSE;
-
- preferred = xnfcalloc(config->num_output, sizeof(DisplayModePtr));
- preferred_match = xnfcalloc(config->num_output, sizeof(DisplayModePtr));
-
- /* Check if the preferred mode is available on all outputs */
- for (p = -1; nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &p); ) {
- Rotation r = config->output[p]->initial_rotation;
- DisplayModePtr mode;
- if ((preferred[p] = xf86OutputHasPreferredMode(config->output[p],
- width, height))) {
- int pref_width = xf86ModeWidth(preferred[p], r);
- int pref_height = xf86ModeHeight(preferred[p], r);
- Bool all_match = TRUE;
-
- for (o = -1; nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &o); ) {
- Bool match = FALSE;
- xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
- if (o == p)
- continue;
-
- for (mode = output->probed_modes; mode; mode = mode->next) {
- Rotation r = output->initial_rotation;
- if (xf86ModeWidth(mode, r) == pref_width &&
- xf86ModeHeight(mode, r) == pref_height) {
- preferred[o] = mode;
- match = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- all_match &= match;
- }
-
- if (all_match &&
- (pref_width*pref_height > max_pref_width*max_pref_height)) {
- for (o = -1; nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &o); )
- preferred_match[o] = preferred[o];
- max_pref_width = pref_width;
- max_pref_height = pref_height;
- ret = TRUE;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * If there's no preferred mode, but only one monitor, pick the
- * biggest mode for its aspect ratio, assuming one exists.
- */
- if (!ret) do {
- int i = 0;
- float aspect = 0.0;
-
- /* count the number of enabled outputs */
- for (i = 0, p = -1; nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &p); i++) ;
-
- if (i != 1)
- break;
-
- p = -1;
- nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &p);
- if (config->output[p]->mm_height)
- aspect = (float)config->output[p]->mm_width /
- (float)config->output[p]->mm_height;
-
- if (aspect)
- preferred_match[p] = bestModeForAspect(config, enabled, aspect);
-
- if (preferred_match[p])
- ret = TRUE;
-
- } while (0);
-
- if (ret) {
- /* oh good, there is a match. stash the selected modes and return. */
- memcpy(modes, preferred_match,
- config->num_output * sizeof(DisplayModePtr));
- }
-
- free(preferred);
- free(preferred_match);
- return ret;
-}
-
-static Bool
-xf86TargetAspect(ScrnInfoPtr scrn, xf86CrtcConfigPtr config,
- DisplayModePtr *modes, Bool *enabled,
- int width, int height)
-{
- int o;
- float aspect = 0.0, *aspects;
- xf86OutputPtr output;
- Bool ret = FALSE;
- DisplayModePtr guess = NULL, aspect_guess = NULL, base_guess = NULL;
-
- aspects = xnfcalloc(config->num_output, sizeof(float));
-
- /* collect the aspect ratios */
- for (o = -1; nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &o); ) {
- output = config->output[o];
- if (output->mm_height)
- aspects[o] = (float)output->mm_width / (float)output->mm_height;
- else
- aspects[o] = 4.0 / 3.0;
- }
-
- /* check that they're all the same */
- for (o = -1; nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &o); ) {
- output = config->output[o];
- if (!aspect) {
- aspect = aspects[o];
- } else if (!aspectMatch(aspect, aspects[o])) {
- goto no_aspect_match;
- }
- }
-
- /* if they're all 4:3, just skip ahead and save effort */
- if (!aspectMatch(aspect, 4.0/3.0))
- aspect_guess = bestModeForAspect(config, enabled, aspect);
-
-no_aspect_match:
- base_guess = bestModeForAspect(config, enabled, 4.0/3.0);
-
- guess = biggestMode(base_guess, aspect_guess);
-
- if (!guess)
- goto out;
-
- /* found a mode that works everywhere, now apply it */
- for (o = -1; nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &o); ) {
- modes[o] = xf86OutputFindClosestMode(config->output[o], guess);
- }
- ret = TRUE;
-
-out:
- free(aspects);
- return ret;
-}
-
-static Bool
-xf86TargetFallback(ScrnInfoPtr scrn, xf86CrtcConfigPtr config,
- DisplayModePtr *modes, Bool *enabled,
- int width, int height)
-{
- DisplayModePtr target_mode = NULL;
- Rotation target_rotation = RR_Rotate_0;
- DisplayModePtr default_mode;
- int default_preferred, target_preferred = 0, o;
-
- /* User preferred > preferred > other modes */
- for (o = -1; nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &o); ) {
- default_mode = xf86DefaultMode (config->output[o], width, height);
- if (!default_mode)
- continue;
-
- default_preferred = (((default_mode->type & M_T_PREFERRED) != 0) +
- ((default_mode->type & M_T_USERPREF) != 0));
-
- if (default_preferred > target_preferred || !target_mode) {
- target_mode = default_mode;
- target_preferred = default_preferred;
- target_rotation = config->output[o]->initial_rotation;
- config->compat_output = o;
- }
- }
-
- if (target_mode)
- modes[config->compat_output] = target_mode;
-
- /* Fill in other output modes */
- for (o = -1; nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &o); ) {
- if (!modes[o])
- modes[o] = xf86ClosestMode(config->output[o], target_mode,
- target_rotation, width, height);
- }
-
- return target_mode != NULL;
-}
-
-static Bool
-xf86TargetUserpref(ScrnInfoPtr scrn, xf86CrtcConfigPtr config,
- DisplayModePtr *modes, Bool *enabled,
- int width, int height)
-{
- int o;
-
- if (xf86UserConfiguredOutputs(scrn, modes))
- return xf86TargetFallback(scrn, config, modes, enabled, width, height);
-
- for (o = -1; nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &o); )
- if (xf86OutputHasUserPreferredMode(config->output[o]))
- return
- xf86TargetFallback(scrn, config, modes, enabled, width, height);
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-static Bool
-xf86CrtcSetInitialGamma(xf86CrtcPtr crtc, float gamma_red, float gamma_green,
- float gamma_blue)
-{
- int i, size = 256;
- CARD16 *red, *green, *blue;
-
- red = malloc(3 * size * sizeof(CARD16));
- green = red + size;
- blue = green + size;
-
- /* Only cause warning if user wanted gamma to be set. */
- if (!crtc->funcs->gamma_set && (gamma_red != 1.0 || gamma_green != 1.0 || gamma_blue != 1.0)) {
- free(red);
- return FALSE;
- } else if (!crtc->funcs->gamma_set) {
- free(red);
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- /* At this early stage none of the randr-interface stuff is up.
- * So take the default gamma size for lack of something better.
- */
- for (i = 0; i < size; i++) {
- if (gamma_red == 1.0)
- red[i] = i << 8;
- else
- red[i] = (CARD16)(pow((double)i/(double)(size - 1),
- 1. / (double)gamma_red) * (double)(size - 1) * 256);
-
- if (gamma_green == 1.0)
- green[i] = i << 8;
- else
- green[i] = (CARD16)(pow((double)i/(double)(size - 1),
- 1. / (double)gamma_green) * (double)(size - 1) * 256);
-
- if (gamma_blue == 1.0)
- blue[i] = i << 8;
- else
- blue[i] = (CARD16)(pow((double)i/(double)(size - 1),
- 1. / (double)gamma_blue) * (double)(size - 1) * 256);
- }
-
- /* Default size is 256, so anything else is failure. */
- if (size != crtc->gamma_size) {
- free(red);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- crtc->gamma_size = size;
- memcpy (crtc->gamma_red, red, crtc->gamma_size * sizeof (CARD16));
- memcpy (crtc->gamma_green, green, crtc->gamma_size * sizeof (CARD16));
- memcpy (crtc->gamma_blue, blue, crtc->gamma_size * sizeof (CARD16));
-
- /* Do not set gamma now, delay until the crtc is activated. */
-
- free(red);
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-static Bool
-xf86OutputSetInitialGamma(xf86OutputPtr output)
-{
- XF86ConfMonitorPtr mon = output->conf_monitor;
- float gamma_red = 1.0, gamma_green = 1.0, gamma_blue = 1.0;
-
- if (!mon)
- return TRUE;
-
- if (!output->crtc)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* Get configured values, where they exist. */
- if (mon->mon_gamma_red >= GAMMA_MIN &&
- mon->mon_gamma_red <= GAMMA_MAX)
- gamma_red = mon->mon_gamma_red;
-
- if (mon->mon_gamma_green >= GAMMA_MIN &&
- mon->mon_gamma_green <= GAMMA_MAX)
- gamma_green = mon->mon_gamma_green;
-
- if (mon->mon_gamma_blue >= GAMMA_MIN &&
- mon->mon_gamma_blue <= GAMMA_MAX)
- gamma_blue = mon->mon_gamma_blue;
-
- /* This avoids setting gamma 1.0 in case another cloned output on this crtc has a specific gamma. */
- if (gamma_red != 1.0 || gamma_green != 1.0 || gamma_blue != 1.0) {
- xf86DrvMsg(output->scrn->scrnIndex, X_INFO, "Output %s wants gamma correction (%.1f, %.1f, %.1f)\n", output->name, gamma_red, gamma_green, gamma_blue);
- return xf86CrtcSetInitialGamma(output->crtc, gamma_red, gamma_green, gamma_blue);
- }else
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- * Construct default screen configuration
- *
- * Given auto-detected (and, eventually, configured) values,
- * construct a usable configuration for the system
- *
- * canGrow indicates that the driver can resize the screen to larger than its
- * initially configured size via the config->funcs->resize hook. If TRUE, this
- * function will set virtualX and virtualY to match the initial configuration
- * and leave config->max{Width,Height} alone. If FALSE, it will bloat
- * virtual[XY] to include the largest modes and set config->max{Width,Height}
- * accordingly.
- */
-
-Bool
-xf86InitialConfiguration (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, Bool canGrow)
-{
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
- int o, c;
- xf86CrtcPtr *crtcs;
- DisplayModePtr *modes;
- Bool *enabled;
- int width, height;
- int i = scrn->scrnIndex;
- Bool have_outputs = TRUE;
- Bool ret;
-
- /* Set up the device options */
- config->options = xnfalloc (sizeof (xf86DeviceOptions));
- memcpy (config->options, xf86DeviceOptions, sizeof (xf86DeviceOptions));
- xf86ProcessOptions (scrn->scrnIndex,
- scrn->options,
- config->options);
- config->debug_modes = xf86ReturnOptValBool (config->options,
- OPTION_MODEDEBUG, FALSE);
-
- if (scrn->display->virtualX)
- width = scrn->display->virtualX;
- else
- width = config->maxWidth;
- if (scrn->display->virtualY)
- height = scrn->display->virtualY;
- else
- height = config->maxHeight;
-
- xf86ProbeOutputModes (scrn, width, height);
-
- crtcs = xnfcalloc (config->num_output, sizeof (xf86CrtcPtr));
- modes = xnfcalloc (config->num_output, sizeof (DisplayModePtr));
- enabled = xnfcalloc (config->num_output, sizeof (Bool));
-
- ret = xf86CollectEnabledOutputs(scrn, config, enabled);
- if (ret == FALSE && canGrow) {
- xf86DrvMsg(i, X_WARNING, "Unable to find connected outputs - setting %dx%d initial framebuffer\n",
- NO_OUTPUT_DEFAULT_WIDTH, NO_OUTPUT_DEFAULT_HEIGHT);
- have_outputs = FALSE;
- } else {
- if (xf86TargetUserpref(scrn, config, modes, enabled, width, height))
- xf86DrvMsg(i, X_INFO, "Using user preference for initial modes\n");
- else if (xf86TargetPreferred(scrn, config, modes, enabled, width, height))
- xf86DrvMsg(i, X_INFO, "Using exact sizes for initial modes\n");
- else if (xf86TargetAspect(scrn, config, modes, enabled, width, height))
- xf86DrvMsg(i, X_INFO, "Using fuzzy aspect match for initial modes\n");
- else if (xf86TargetFallback(scrn, config, modes, enabled, width, height))
- xf86DrvMsg(i, X_INFO, "Using sloppy heuristic for initial modes\n");
- else
- xf86DrvMsg(i, X_WARNING, "Unable to find initial modes\n");
- }
-
- for (o = -1; nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &o); ) {
- if (!modes[o])
- xf86DrvMsg (scrn->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
- "Output %s enabled but has no modes\n",
- config->output[o]->name);
- else
- xf86DrvMsg (scrn->scrnIndex, X_INFO,
- "Output %s using initial mode %s\n",
- config->output[o]->name, modes[o]->name);
- }
-
- /*
- * Set the position of each output
- */
- if (!xf86InitialOutputPositions (scrn, modes))
- {
- free(crtcs);
- free(modes);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- /*
- * Set initial panning of each output
- */
- xf86InitialPanning (scrn);
-
- /*
- * Assign CRTCs to fit output configuration
- */
- if (have_outputs && !xf86PickCrtcs (scrn, crtcs, modes, 0, width, height))
- {
- free(crtcs);
- free(modes);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- /* XXX override xf86 common frame computation code */
-
- scrn->display->frameX0 = 0;
- scrn->display->frameY0 = 0;
-
- for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++)
- {
- xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[c];
-
- crtc->enabled = FALSE;
- memset (&crtc->desiredMode, '\0', sizeof (crtc->desiredMode));
- /* Set default gamma for all crtc's. */
- /* This is done to avoid problems later on with cloned outputs. */
- xf86CrtcSetInitialGamma(crtc, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0);
- }
-
- if (xf86_crtc_supports_gamma(scrn))
- xf86DrvMsg(scrn->scrnIndex, X_INFO, "Using default gamma of (1.0, 1.0, 1.0) unless otherwise stated.\n");
-
- /*
- * Set initial configuration
- */
- for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
- {
- xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
- DisplayModePtr mode = modes[o];
- xf86CrtcPtr crtc = crtcs[o];
-
- if (mode && crtc)
- {
- crtc->desiredMode = *mode;
- crtc->desiredRotation = output->initial_rotation;
- crtc->desiredX = output->initial_x;
- crtc->desiredY = output->initial_y;
- crtc->desiredTransformPresent = FALSE;
- crtc->enabled = TRUE;
- memcpy (&crtc->panningTotalArea, &output->initialTotalArea, sizeof(BoxRec));
- memcpy (&crtc->panningTrackingArea, &output->initialTrackingArea, sizeof(BoxRec));
- memcpy (crtc->panningBorder, output->initialBorder, 4*sizeof(INT16));
- output->crtc = crtc;
- if (!xf86OutputSetInitialGamma(output))
- xf86DrvMsg (scrn->scrnIndex, X_WARNING, "Initial gamma correction for output %s: failed.\n", output->name);
- } else {
- output->crtc = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- if (scrn->display->virtualX == 0)
- {
- /*
- * Expand virtual size to cover the current config and potential mode
- * switches, if the driver can't enlarge the screen later.
- */
- xf86DefaultScreenLimits (scrn, &width, &height, canGrow);
-
- if (have_outputs == FALSE) {
- if (width < NO_OUTPUT_DEFAULT_WIDTH && height < NO_OUTPUT_DEFAULT_HEIGHT) {
- width = NO_OUTPUT_DEFAULT_WIDTH;
- height = NO_OUTPUT_DEFAULT_HEIGHT;
- }
- }
-
- scrn->display->virtualX = width;
- scrn->display->virtualY = height;
- }
-
- if (width > scrn->virtualX)
- scrn->virtualX = width;
- if (height > scrn->virtualY)
- scrn->virtualY = height;
-
- /*
- * Make sure the configuration isn't too small.
- */
- if (width < config->minWidth || height < config->minHeight)
- return FALSE;
-
- /*
- * Limit the crtc config to virtual[XY] if the driver can't grow the
- * desktop.
- */
- if (!canGrow)
- {
- xf86CrtcSetSizeRange (scrn, config->minWidth, config->minHeight,
- width, height);
- }
-
- if (have_outputs) {
- /* Mirror output modes to scrn mode list */
- xf86SetScrnInfoModes (scrn);
- } else {
- /* Clear any existing modes from scrn->modes */
- while (scrn->modes != NULL)
- xf86DeleteMode(&scrn->modes, scrn->modes);
- scrn->modes = xf86ModesAdd(scrn->modes,
- xf86CVTMode(width, height, 60, 0, 0));
- }
-
-
- free(crtcs);
- free(modes);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
- * Check the CRTC we're going to map each output to vs. it's current
- * CRTC. If they don't match, we have to disable the output and the CRTC
- * since the driver will have to re-route things.
- */
-static void
-xf86PrepareOutputs (ScrnInfoPtr scrn)
-{
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
- int o;
-
- for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++) {
- xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
-#if RANDR_GET_CRTC_INTERFACE
- /* Disable outputs that are unused or will be re-routed */
- if (!output->funcs->get_crtc ||
- output->crtc != (*output->funcs->get_crtc)(output) ||
- output->crtc == NULL)
-#endif
- (*output->funcs->dpms)(output, DPMSModeOff);
- }
-}
-
-static void
-xf86PrepareCrtcs (ScrnInfoPtr scrn)
-{
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
- int c;
-
- for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++) {
-#if RANDR_GET_CRTC_INTERFACE
- xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[c];
- xf86OutputPtr output = NULL;
- uint32_t desired_outputs = 0, current_outputs = 0;
- int o;
-
- for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++) {
- output = config->output[o];
- if (output->crtc == crtc)
- desired_outputs |= (1<<o);
- /* If we can't tell where it's mapped, force it off */
- if (!output->funcs->get_crtc) {
- desired_outputs = 0;
- break;
- }
- if ((*output->funcs->get_crtc)(output) == crtc)
- current_outputs |= (1<<o);
- }
-
- /*
- * If mappings are different or the CRTC is unused,
- * we need to disable it
- */
- if (desired_outputs != current_outputs ||
- !desired_outputs)
- (*crtc->funcs->dpms)(crtc, DPMSModeOff);
-#else
- (*crtc->funcs->dpms)(crtc, DPMSModeOff);
-#endif
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Using the desired mode information in each crtc, set
- * modes (used in EnterVT functions, or at server startup)
- */
-
-Bool
-xf86SetDesiredModes (ScrnInfoPtr scrn)
-{
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
- xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[0];
- int c;
-
- /* A driver with this hook will take care of this */
- if (!crtc->funcs->set_mode_major) {
- xf86PrepareOutputs(scrn);
- xf86PrepareCrtcs(scrn);
- }
-
- for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++)
- {
- xf86OutputPtr output = NULL;
- int o;
- RRTransformPtr transform;
-
- crtc = config->crtc[c];
-
- /* Skip disabled CRTCs */
- if (!crtc->enabled)
- continue;
-
- if (xf86CompatOutput(scrn) && xf86CompatCrtc(scrn) == crtc)
- output = xf86CompatOutput(scrn);
- else
- {
- for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
- if (config->output[o]->crtc == crtc)
- {
- output = config->output[o];
- break;
- }
- }
- /* paranoia */
- if (!output)
- continue;
-
- /* Mark that we'll need to re-set the mode for sure */
- memset(&crtc->mode, 0, sizeof(crtc->mode));
- if (!crtc->desiredMode.CrtcHDisplay)
- {
- DisplayModePtr mode = xf86OutputFindClosestMode (output, scrn->currentMode);
-
- if (!mode)
- return FALSE;
- crtc->desiredMode = *mode;
- crtc->desiredRotation = RR_Rotate_0;
- crtc->desiredTransformPresent = FALSE;
- crtc->desiredX = 0;
- crtc->desiredY = 0;
- }
-
- if (crtc->desiredTransformPresent)
- transform = &crtc->desiredTransform;
- else
- transform = NULL;
- if (!xf86CrtcSetModeTransform (crtc, &crtc->desiredMode, crtc->desiredRotation,
- transform, crtc->desiredX, crtc->desiredY))
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- xf86DisableUnusedFunctions(scrn);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- * In the current world order, there are lists of modes per output, which may
- * or may not include the mode that was asked to be set by XFree86's mode
- * selection. Find the closest one, in the following preference order:
- *
- * - Equality
- * - Closer in size to the requested mode, but no larger
- * - Closer in refresh rate to the requested mode.
- */
-
-DisplayModePtr
-xf86OutputFindClosestMode (xf86OutputPtr output, DisplayModePtr desired)
-{
- DisplayModePtr best = NULL, scan = NULL;
-
- for (scan = output->probed_modes; scan != NULL; scan = scan->next)
- {
- /* If there's an exact match, we're done. */
- if (xf86ModesEqual(scan, desired)) {
- best = desired;
- break;
- }
-
- /* Reject if it's larger than the desired mode. */
- if (scan->HDisplay > desired->HDisplay ||
- scan->VDisplay > desired->VDisplay)
- {
- continue;
- }
-
- /*
- * If we haven't picked a best mode yet, use the first
- * one in the size range
- */
- if (best == NULL)
- {
- best = scan;
- continue;
- }
-
- /* Find if it's closer to the right size than the current best
- * option.
- */
- if ((scan->HDisplay > best->HDisplay &&
- scan->VDisplay >= best->VDisplay) ||
- (scan->HDisplay >= best->HDisplay &&
- scan->VDisplay > best->VDisplay))
- {
- best = scan;
- continue;
- }
-
- /* Find if it's still closer to the right refresh than the current
- * best resolution.
- */
- if (scan->HDisplay == best->HDisplay &&
- scan->VDisplay == best->VDisplay &&
- (fabs(scan->VRefresh - desired->VRefresh) <
- fabs(best->VRefresh - desired->VRefresh))) {
- best = scan;
- }
- }
- return best;
-}
-
-/**
- * When setting a mode through XFree86-VidModeExtension or XFree86-DGA,
- * take the specified mode and apply it to the crtc connected to the compat
- * output. Then, find similar modes for the other outputs, as with the
- * InitialConfiguration code above. The goal is to clone the desired
- * mode across all outputs that are currently active.
- */
-
-Bool
-xf86SetSingleMode (ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, DisplayModePtr desired, Rotation rotation)
-{
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
- Bool ok = TRUE;
- xf86OutputPtr compat_output;
- DisplayModePtr compat_mode = NULL;
- int c;
-
- /*
- * Let the compat output drive the final mode selection
- */
- compat_output = xf86CompatOutput(pScrn);
- if (compat_output)
- compat_mode = xf86OutputFindClosestMode (compat_output, desired);
- if (compat_mode)
- desired = compat_mode;
-
- for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++)
- {
- xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[c];
- DisplayModePtr crtc_mode = NULL;
- int o;
-
- if (!crtc->enabled)
- continue;
-
- for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
- {
- xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
- DisplayModePtr output_mode;
-
- /* skip outputs not on this crtc */
- if (output->crtc != crtc)
- continue;
-
- if (crtc_mode)
- {
- output_mode = xf86OutputFindClosestMode (output, crtc_mode);
- if (output_mode != crtc_mode)
- output->crtc = NULL;
- }
- else
- crtc_mode = xf86OutputFindClosestMode (output, desired);
- }
- if (!crtc_mode)
- {
- crtc->enabled = FALSE;
- continue;
- }
- if (!xf86CrtcSetModeTransform (crtc, crtc_mode, rotation, NULL, 0, 0))
- ok = FALSE;
- else
- {
- crtc->desiredMode = *crtc_mode;
- crtc->desiredRotation = rotation;
- crtc->desiredTransformPresent = FALSE;
- crtc->desiredX = 0;
- crtc->desiredY = 0;
- }
- }
- xf86DisableUnusedFunctions(pScrn);
-#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE
- xf86RandR12TellChanged (pScrn->pScreen);
-#endif
- return ok;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Set the DPMS power mode of all outputs and CRTCs.
- *
- * If the new mode is off, it will turn off outputs and then CRTCs.
- * Otherwise, it will affect CRTCs before outputs.
- */
-void
-xf86DPMSSet(ScrnInfoPtr scrn, int mode, int flags)
-{
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
- int i;
-
- if (!scrn->vtSema)
- return;
-
- if (mode == DPMSModeOff) {
- for (i = 0; i < config->num_output; i++) {
- xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[i];
- if (output->crtc != NULL)
- (*output->funcs->dpms) (output, mode);
- }
- }
-
- for (i = 0; i < config->num_crtc; i++) {
- xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[i];
- if (crtc->enabled)
- (*crtc->funcs->dpms) (crtc, mode);
- }
-
- if (mode != DPMSModeOff) {
- for (i = 0; i < config->num_output; i++) {
- xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[i];
- if (output->crtc != NULL)
- (*output->funcs->dpms) (output, mode);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Implement the screensaver by just calling down into the driver DPMS hooks.
- *
- * Even for monitors with no DPMS support, by the definition of our DPMS hooks,
- * the outputs will still get disabled (blanked).
- */
-Bool
-xf86SaveScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, int mode)
-{
- ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
-
- if (xf86IsUnblank(mode))
- xf86DPMSSet(pScrn, DPMSModeOn, 0);
- else
- xf86DPMSSet(pScrn, DPMSModeOff, 0);
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- * Disable all inactive crtcs and outputs
- */
-void
-xf86DisableUnusedFunctions(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)
-{
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
- int o, c;
-
- for (o = 0; o < xf86_config->num_output; o++)
- {
- xf86OutputPtr output = xf86_config->output[o];
- if (!output->crtc)
- (*output->funcs->dpms)(output, DPMSModeOff);
- }
-
- for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)
- {
- xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];
-
- if (!crtc->enabled)
- {
- crtc->funcs->dpms(crtc, DPMSModeOff);
- memset(&crtc->mode, 0, sizeof(crtc->mode));
- xf86RotateDestroy(crtc);
- crtc->active = FALSE;
- }
- }
- if (pScrn->pScreen)
- xf86_crtc_notify(pScrn->pScreen);
- if (pScrn->ModeSet)
- pScrn->ModeSet(pScrn);
-}
-
-#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE
-
-#define EDID_ATOM_NAME "EDID"
-
-/**
- * Set the RandR EDID property
- */
-static void
-xf86OutputSetEDIDProperty (xf86OutputPtr output, void *data, int data_len)
-{
- Atom edid_atom = MakeAtom(EDID_ATOM_NAME, sizeof(EDID_ATOM_NAME) - 1, TRUE);
-
- /* This may get called before the RandR resources have been created */
- if (output->randr_output == NULL)
- return;
-
- if (data_len != 0) {
- RRChangeOutputProperty(output->randr_output, edid_atom, XA_INTEGER, 8,
- PropModeReplace, data_len, data, FALSE, TRUE);
- } else {
- RRDeleteOutputProperty(output->randr_output, edid_atom);
- }
-}
-
-#endif
-
-/* Pull out a phyiscal size from a detailed timing if available. */
-struct det_phySize_parameter {
- xf86OutputPtr output;
- ddc_quirk_t quirks;
- Bool ret;
-};
-
-static void handle_detailed_physical_size(struct detailed_monitor_section
- *det_mon, void *data)
-{
- struct det_phySize_parameter *p;
- p = (struct det_phySize_parameter *)data;
-
- if (p->ret == TRUE )
- return ;
-
- xf86DetTimingApplyQuirks(det_mon, p->quirks,
- p->output->MonInfo->features.hsize,
- p->output->MonInfo->features.vsize);
- if (det_mon->type == DT &&
- det_mon->section.d_timings.h_size != 0 &&
- det_mon->section.d_timings.v_size != 0) {
-
- p->output->mm_width = det_mon->section.d_timings.h_size;
- p->output->mm_height = det_mon->section.d_timings.v_size;
- p->ret = TRUE;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Set the EDID information for the specified output
- */
-void
-xf86OutputSetEDID (xf86OutputPtr output, xf86MonPtr edid_mon)
-{
- ScrnInfoPtr scrn = output->scrn;
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
- Bool debug_modes = config->debug_modes || xf86Initialising;
-#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE
- int size;
-#endif
-
- free(output->MonInfo);
-
- output->MonInfo = edid_mon;
- output->mm_width = 0;
- output->mm_height = 0;
-
- if (debug_modes) {
- xf86DrvMsg(scrn->scrnIndex, X_INFO, "EDID for output %s\n",
- output->name);
- xf86PrintEDID(edid_mon);
- }
-
- /* Set the DDC properties for the 'compat' output */
- if (output == xf86CompatOutput(scrn))
- xf86SetDDCproperties(scrn, edid_mon);
-
-#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE
- /* Set the RandR output properties */
- size = 0;
- if (edid_mon)
- {
- if (edid_mon->ver.version == 1) {
- size = 128;
- if (edid_mon->flags & EDID_COMPLETE_RAWDATA)
- size += edid_mon->no_sections * 128;
- } else if (edid_mon->ver.version == 2)
- size = 256;
- }
- xf86OutputSetEDIDProperty (output, edid_mon ? edid_mon->rawData : NULL, size);
-#endif
-
- if (edid_mon) {
-
- struct det_phySize_parameter p;
- p.output = output;
- p.quirks = xf86DDCDetectQuirks(scrn->scrnIndex,edid_mon, FALSE);
- p.ret = FALSE;
- xf86ForEachDetailedBlock(edid_mon,
- handle_detailed_physical_size, &p);
-
- /* if no mm size is available from a detailed timing, check the max size field */
- if ((!output->mm_width || !output->mm_height) &&
- (edid_mon->features.hsize && edid_mon->features.vsize))
- {
- output->mm_width = edid_mon->features.hsize * 10;
- output->mm_height = edid_mon->features.vsize * 10;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Return the list of modes supported by the EDID information
- * stored in 'output'
- */
-DisplayModePtr
-xf86OutputGetEDIDModes (xf86OutputPtr output)
-{
- ScrnInfoPtr scrn = output->scrn;
- xf86MonPtr edid_mon = output->MonInfo;
-
- if (!edid_mon)
- return NULL;
- return xf86DDCGetModes(scrn->scrnIndex, edid_mon);
-}
-
-/* maybe we should care about DDC1? meh. */
-xf86MonPtr
-xf86OutputGetEDID (xf86OutputPtr output, I2CBusPtr pDDCBus)
-{
- ScrnInfoPtr scrn = output->scrn;
- xf86MonPtr mon;
-
- mon = xf86DoEEDID(scrn->scrnIndex, pDDCBus, TRUE);
- if (mon)
- xf86DDCApplyQuirks(scrn->scrnIndex, mon);
-
- return mon;
-}
-
-static char *_xf86ConnectorNames[] = {
- "None", "VGA", "DVI-I", "DVI-D",
- "DVI-A", "Composite", "S-Video",
- "Component", "LFP", "Proprietary",
- "HDMI", "DisplayPort",
- };
-char *
-xf86ConnectorGetName(xf86ConnectorType connector)
-{
- return _xf86ConnectorNames[connector];
-}
-
-static void
-x86_crtc_box_intersect(BoxPtr dest, BoxPtr a, BoxPtr b)
-{
- dest->x1 = a->x1 > b->x1 ? a->x1 : b->x1;
- dest->x2 = a->x2 < b->x2 ? a->x2 : b->x2;
- dest->y1 = a->y1 > b->y1 ? a->y1 : b->y1;
- dest->y2 = a->y2 < b->y2 ? a->y2 : b->y2;
-
- if (dest->x1 >= dest->x2 || dest->y1 >= dest->y2)
- dest->x1 = dest->x2 = dest->y1 = dest->y2 = 0;
-}
-
-static void
-x86_crtc_box(xf86CrtcPtr crtc, BoxPtr crtc_box)
-{
- if (crtc->enabled) {
- crtc_box->x1 = crtc->x;
- crtc_box->x2 = crtc->x + xf86ModeWidth(&crtc->mode, crtc->rotation);
- crtc_box->y1 = crtc->y;
- crtc_box->y2 = crtc->y + xf86ModeHeight(&crtc->mode, crtc->rotation);
- } else
- crtc_box->x1 = crtc_box->x2 = crtc_box->y1 = crtc_box->y2 = 0;
-}
-
-static int
-xf86_crtc_box_area(BoxPtr box)
-{
- return (int) (box->x2 - box->x1) * (int) (box->y2 - box->y1);
-}
-
-/*
- * Return the crtc covering 'box'. If two crtcs cover a portion of
- * 'box', then prefer 'desired'. If 'desired' is NULL, then prefer the crtc
- * with greater coverage
- */
-
-static xf86CrtcPtr
-xf86_covering_crtc(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn,
- BoxPtr box,
- xf86CrtcPtr desired,
- BoxPtr crtc_box_ret)
-{
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
- xf86CrtcPtr crtc, best_crtc;
- int coverage, best_coverage;
- int c;
- BoxRec crtc_box, cover_box;
-
- best_crtc = NULL;
- best_coverage = 0;
- crtc_box_ret->x1 = 0;
- crtc_box_ret->x2 = 0;
- crtc_box_ret->y1 = 0;
- crtc_box_ret->y2 = 0;
- for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++) {
- crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];
- x86_crtc_box(crtc, &crtc_box);
- x86_crtc_box_intersect(&cover_box, &crtc_box, box);
- coverage = xf86_crtc_box_area(&cover_box);
- if (coverage && crtc == desired) {
- *crtc_box_ret = crtc_box;
- return crtc;
- } else if (coverage > best_coverage) {
- *crtc_box_ret = crtc_box;
- best_crtc = crtc;
- best_coverage = coverage;
- }
- }
- return best_crtc;
-}
-
-/*
- * For overlay video, compute the relevant CRTC and
- * clip video to that.
- *
- * returning FALSE means there was a memory failure of some kind,
- * not that the video shouldn't be displayed
- */
-
-Bool
-xf86_crtc_clip_video_helper(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn,
- xf86CrtcPtr *crtc_ret,
- xf86CrtcPtr desired_crtc,
- BoxPtr dst,
- INT32 *xa,
- INT32 *xb,
- INT32 *ya,
- INT32 *yb,
- RegionPtr reg,
- INT32 width,
- INT32 height)
-{
- Bool ret;
- RegionRec crtc_region_local;
- RegionPtr crtc_region = reg;
-
- if (crtc_ret) {
- BoxRec crtc_box;
- xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_covering_crtc(pScrn, dst,
- desired_crtc,
- &crtc_box);
-
- if (crtc) {
- RegionInit(&crtc_region_local, &crtc_box, 1);
- crtc_region = &crtc_region_local;
- RegionIntersect(crtc_region, crtc_region, reg);
- }
- *crtc_ret = crtc;
- }
-
- ret = xf86XVClipVideoHelper(dst, xa, xb, ya, yb,
- crtc_region, width, height);
-
- if (crtc_region != reg)
- RegionUninit(&crtc_region_local);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr
-xf86_wrap_crtc_notify (ScreenPtr screen, xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr new)
-{
- if (xf86CrtcConfigPrivateIndex != -1)
- {
- ScrnInfoPtr scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
- xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr old;
-
- old = config->xf86_crtc_notify;
- config->xf86_crtc_notify = new;
- return old;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-void
-xf86_unwrap_crtc_notify(ScreenPtr screen, xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr old)
-{
- if (xf86CrtcConfigPrivateIndex != -1)
- {
- ScrnInfoPtr scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
-
- config->xf86_crtc_notify = old;
- }
-}
-
-void
-xf86_crtc_notify(ScreenPtr screen)
-{
- ScrnInfoPtr scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
-
- if (config->xf86_crtc_notify)
- config->xf86_crtc_notify(screen);
-}
-
-Bool
-xf86_crtc_supports_gamma(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)
-{
- if (xf86CrtcConfigPrivateIndex != -1) {
- xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
- xf86CrtcPtr crtc;
-
- /* for multiple drivers loaded we need this */
- if (!xf86_config)
- return FALSE;
- if (xf86_config->num_crtc == 0)
- return FALSE;
- crtc = xf86_config->crtc[0];
-
- return crtc->funcs->gamma_set != NULL;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
+/*
+ * Copyright © 2006 Keith Packard
+ * Copyright © 2008 Red Hat, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright
+ * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and
+ * that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or
+ * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+ * written prior permission. The copyright holders make no representations
+ * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as
+ * is" without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+ * EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
+#include <xorg-config.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "xf86.h"
+#include "xf86DDC.h"
+#include "xf86Crtc.h"
+#include "xf86Modes.h"
+#include "xf86Priv.h"
+#include "xf86RandR12.h"
+#include "X11/extensions/render.h"
+#include "X11/extensions/dpmsconst.h"
+#include "X11/Xatom.h"
+#include "picturestr.h"
+
+#include "xf86xv.h"
+
+#define NO_OUTPUT_DEFAULT_WIDTH 1024
+#define NO_OUTPUT_DEFAULT_HEIGHT 768
+/*
+ * Initialize xf86CrtcConfig structure
+ */
+
+int xf86CrtcConfigPrivateIndex = -1;
+
+void
+xf86CrtcConfigInit (ScrnInfoPtr scrn,
+ const xf86CrtcConfigFuncsRec *funcs)
+{
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config;
+
+ if (xf86CrtcConfigPrivateIndex == -1)
+ xf86CrtcConfigPrivateIndex = xf86AllocateScrnInfoPrivateIndex();
+ config = xnfcalloc (1, sizeof (xf86CrtcConfigRec));
+
+ config->funcs = funcs;
+
+ scrn->privates[xf86CrtcConfigPrivateIndex].ptr = config;
+}
+
+void
+xf86CrtcSetSizeRange (ScrnInfoPtr scrn,
+ int minWidth, int minHeight,
+ int maxWidth, int maxHeight)
+{
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+
+ config->minWidth = minWidth;
+ config->minHeight = minHeight;
+ config->maxWidth = maxWidth;
+ config->maxHeight = maxHeight;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Crtc functions
+ */
+xf86CrtcPtr
+xf86CrtcCreate (ScrnInfoPtr scrn,
+ const xf86CrtcFuncsRec *funcs)
+{
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc, *crtcs;
+
+ crtc = calloc(sizeof (xf86CrtcRec), 1);
+ if (!crtc)
+ return NULL;
+ crtc->version = XF86_CRTC_VERSION;
+ crtc->scrn = scrn;
+ crtc->funcs = funcs;
+#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+ crtc->randr_crtc = NULL;
+#endif
+ crtc->rotation = RR_Rotate_0;
+ crtc->desiredRotation = RR_Rotate_0;
+ pixman_transform_init_identity (&crtc->crtc_to_framebuffer);
+ pixman_f_transform_init_identity (&crtc->f_crtc_to_framebuffer);
+ pixman_f_transform_init_identity (&crtc->f_framebuffer_to_crtc);
+ crtc->filter = NULL;
+ crtc->params = NULL;
+ crtc->nparams = 0;
+ crtc->filter_width = 0;
+ crtc->filter_height = 0;
+ crtc->transform_in_use = FALSE;
+ crtc->transformPresent = FALSE;
+ crtc->desiredTransformPresent = FALSE;
+ memset (&crtc->bounds, '\0', sizeof (crtc->bounds));
+
+ /* Preallocate gamma at a sensible size. */
+ crtc->gamma_size = 256;
+ crtc->gamma_red = malloc(3 * crtc->gamma_size * sizeof (CARD16));
+ if (!crtc->gamma_red) {
+ free(crtc);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ crtc->gamma_green = crtc->gamma_red + crtc->gamma_size;
+ crtc->gamma_blue = crtc->gamma_green + crtc->gamma_size;
+
+ if (xf86_config->crtc)
+ crtcs = realloc(xf86_config->crtc,
+ (xf86_config->num_crtc + 1) * sizeof (xf86CrtcPtr));
+ else
+ crtcs = malloc((xf86_config->num_crtc + 1) * sizeof (xf86CrtcPtr));
+ if (!crtcs)
+ {
+ free(crtc);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ xf86_config->crtc = crtcs;
+ xf86_config->crtc[xf86_config->num_crtc++] = crtc;
+ return crtc;
+}
+
+void
+xf86CrtcDestroy (xf86CrtcPtr crtc)
+{
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(crtc->scrn);
+ int c;
+
+ (*crtc->funcs->destroy) (crtc);
+ for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)
+ if (xf86_config->crtc[c] == crtc)
+ {
+ memmove (&xf86_config->crtc[c],
+ &xf86_config->crtc[c+1],
+ ((xf86_config->num_crtc - (c + 1)) * sizeof(void*)));
+ xf86_config->num_crtc--;
+ break;
+ }
+ free(crtc->params);
+ free(crtc->gamma_red);
+ free(crtc);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Return whether any outputs are connected to the specified pipe
+ */
+
+Bool
+xf86CrtcInUse (xf86CrtcPtr crtc)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = crtc->scrn;
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
+ int o;
+
+ for (o = 0; o < xf86_config->num_output; o++)
+ if (xf86_config->output[o]->crtc == crtc)
+ return TRUE;
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void
+xf86CrtcSetScreenSubpixelOrder (ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ int subpixel_order = SubPixelUnknown;
+ Bool has_none = FALSE;
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ int c, o;
+
+ for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)
+ {
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];
+
+ for (o = 0; o < xf86_config->num_output; o++)
+ {
+ xf86OutputPtr output = xf86_config->output[o];
+
+ if (output->crtc == crtc)
+ {
+ switch (output->subpixel_order) {
+ case SubPixelNone:
+ has_none = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case SubPixelUnknown:
+ break;
+ default:
+ subpixel_order = output->subpixel_order;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (subpixel_order != SubPixelUnknown)
+ break;
+ }
+ if (subpixel_order != SubPixelUnknown)
+ {
+ static const int circle[4] = {
+ SubPixelHorizontalRGB,
+ SubPixelVerticalRGB,
+ SubPixelHorizontalBGR,
+ SubPixelVerticalBGR,
+ };
+ int rotate;
+ int c;
+ for (rotate = 0; rotate < 4; rotate++)
+ if (crtc->rotation & (1 << rotate))
+ break;
+ for (c = 0; c < 4; c++)
+ if (circle[c] == subpixel_order)
+ break;
+ c = (c + rotate) & 0x3;
+ if ((crtc->rotation & RR_Reflect_X) && !(c & 1))
+ c ^= 2;
+ if ((crtc->rotation & RR_Reflect_Y) && (c & 1))
+ c ^= 2;
+ subpixel_order = circle[c];
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (subpixel_order == SubPixelUnknown && has_none)
+ subpixel_order = SubPixelNone;
+ PictureSetSubpixelOrder (pScreen, subpixel_order);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Sets the given video mode on the given crtc
+ */
+Bool
+xf86CrtcSetModeTransform (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, DisplayModePtr mode, Rotation rotation,
+ RRTransformPtr transform, int x, int y)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrn = crtc->scrn;
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ int i;
+ Bool ret = FALSE;
+ Bool didLock = FALSE;
+ DisplayModePtr adjusted_mode;
+ DisplayModeRec saved_mode;
+ int saved_x, saved_y;
+ Rotation saved_rotation;
+ RRTransformRec saved_transform;
+ Bool saved_transform_present;
+
+ crtc->enabled = xf86CrtcInUse (crtc);
+
+ /* We only hit this if someone explicitly sends a "disabled" modeset. */
+ if (!crtc->enabled)
+ {
+ /* Check everything for stuff that should be off. */
+ xf86DisableUnusedFunctions(scrn);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ adjusted_mode = xf86DuplicateMode(mode);
+
+
+ saved_mode = crtc->mode;
+ saved_x = crtc->x;
+ saved_y = crtc->y;
+ saved_rotation = crtc->rotation;
+ if (crtc->transformPresent) {
+ RRTransformInit (&saved_transform);
+ RRTransformCopy (&saved_transform, &crtc->transform);
+ }
+ saved_transform_present = crtc->transformPresent;
+
+ /* Update crtc values up front so the driver can rely on them for mode
+ * setting.
+ */
+ crtc->mode = *mode;
+ crtc->x = x;
+ crtc->y = y;
+ crtc->rotation = rotation;
+ if (transform) {
+ RRTransformCopy (&crtc->transform, transform);
+ crtc->transformPresent = TRUE;
+ } else
+ crtc->transformPresent = FALSE;
+
+ if (crtc->funcs->set_mode_major) {
+ ret = crtc->funcs->set_mode_major(crtc, mode, rotation, x, y);
+ goto done;
+ }
+
+ didLock = crtc->funcs->lock (crtc);
+ /* Pass our mode to the outputs and the CRTC to give them a chance to
+ * adjust it according to limitations or output properties, and also
+ * a chance to reject the mode entirely.
+ */
+ for (i = 0; i < xf86_config->num_output; i++) {
+ xf86OutputPtr output = xf86_config->output[i];
+
+ if (output->crtc != crtc)
+ continue;
+
+ if (!output->funcs->mode_fixup(output, mode, adjusted_mode)) {
+ goto done;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!crtc->funcs->mode_fixup(crtc, mode, adjusted_mode)) {
+ goto done;
+ }
+
+ if (!xf86CrtcRotate (crtc))
+ goto done;
+
+ /* Prepare the outputs and CRTCs before setting the mode. */
+ for (i = 0; i < xf86_config->num_output; i++) {
+ xf86OutputPtr output = xf86_config->output[i];
+
+ if (output->crtc != crtc)
+ continue;
+
+ /* Disable the output as the first thing we do. */
+ output->funcs->prepare(output);
+ }
+
+ crtc->funcs->prepare(crtc);
+
+ /* Set up the DPLL and any output state that needs to adjust or depend
+ * on the DPLL.
+ */
+ crtc->funcs->mode_set(crtc, mode, adjusted_mode, crtc->x, crtc->y);
+ for (i = 0; i < xf86_config->num_output; i++)
+ {
+ xf86OutputPtr output = xf86_config->output[i];
+ if (output->crtc == crtc)
+ output->funcs->mode_set(output, mode, adjusted_mode);
+ }
+
+ /* Only upload when needed, to avoid unneeded delays. */
+ if (!crtc->active && crtc->funcs->gamma_set)
+ crtc->funcs->gamma_set(crtc, crtc->gamma_red, crtc->gamma_green,
+ crtc->gamma_blue, crtc->gamma_size);
+
+ /* Now, enable the clocks, plane, pipe, and outputs that we set up. */
+ crtc->funcs->commit(crtc);
+ for (i = 0; i < xf86_config->num_output; i++)
+ {
+ xf86OutputPtr output = xf86_config->output[i];
+ if (output->crtc == crtc)
+ output->funcs->commit(output);
+ }
+
+ ret = TRUE;
+
+done:
+ if (ret) {
+ crtc->active = TRUE;
+ if (scrn->pScreen)
+ xf86CrtcSetScreenSubpixelOrder (scrn->pScreen);
+ if (scrn->ModeSet)
+ scrn->ModeSet(scrn);
+ } else {
+ crtc->x = saved_x;
+ crtc->y = saved_y;
+ crtc->rotation = saved_rotation;
+ crtc->mode = saved_mode;
+ if (saved_transform_present)
+ RRTransformCopy (&crtc->transform, &saved_transform);
+ crtc->transformPresent = saved_transform_present;
+ }
+
+ free(adjusted_mode->name);
+ free(adjusted_mode);
+
+ if (didLock)
+ crtc->funcs->unlock (crtc);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Sets the given video mode on the given crtc, but without providing
+ * a transform
+ */
+Bool
+xf86CrtcSetMode (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, DisplayModePtr mode, Rotation rotation,
+ int x, int y)
+{
+ return xf86CrtcSetModeTransform (crtc, mode, rotation, NULL, x, y);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Pans the screen, does not change the mode
+ */
+void
+xf86CrtcSetOrigin (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int x, int y)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrn = crtc->scrn;
+
+ crtc->x = x;
+ crtc->y = y;
+ if (crtc->funcs->set_origin) {
+ if (!xf86CrtcRotate (crtc))
+ return;
+ crtc->funcs->set_origin (crtc, x, y);
+ if (scrn->ModeSet)
+ scrn->ModeSet(scrn);
+ }
+ else
+ xf86CrtcSetMode (crtc, &crtc->mode, crtc->rotation, x, y);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Output functions
+ */
+
+extern XF86ConfigPtr xf86configptr;
+
+typedef enum {
+ OPTION_PREFERRED_MODE,
+ OPTION_POSITION,
+ OPTION_BELOW,
+ OPTION_RIGHT_OF,
+ OPTION_ABOVE,
+ OPTION_LEFT_OF,
+ OPTION_ENABLE,
+ OPTION_DISABLE,
+ OPTION_MIN_CLOCK,
+ OPTION_MAX_CLOCK,
+ OPTION_IGNORE,
+ OPTION_ROTATE,
+ OPTION_PANNING,
+ OPTION_PRIMARY,
+ OPTION_DEFAULT_MODES,
+} OutputOpts;
+
+static OptionInfoRec xf86OutputOptions[] = {
+ {OPTION_PREFERRED_MODE, "PreferredMode", OPTV_STRING, {0}, FALSE },
+ {OPTION_POSITION, "Position", OPTV_STRING, {0}, FALSE },
+ {OPTION_BELOW, "Below", OPTV_STRING, {0}, FALSE },
+ {OPTION_RIGHT_OF, "RightOf", OPTV_STRING, {0}, FALSE },
+ {OPTION_ABOVE, "Above", OPTV_STRING, {0}, FALSE },
+ {OPTION_LEFT_OF, "LeftOf", OPTV_STRING, {0}, FALSE },
+ {OPTION_ENABLE, "Enable", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE },
+ {OPTION_DISABLE, "Disable", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE },
+ {OPTION_MIN_CLOCK, "MinClock", OPTV_FREQ, {0}, FALSE },
+ {OPTION_MAX_CLOCK, "MaxClock", OPTV_FREQ, {0}, FALSE },
+ {OPTION_IGNORE, "Ignore", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE },
+ {OPTION_ROTATE, "Rotate", OPTV_STRING, {0}, FALSE },
+ {OPTION_PANNING, "Panning", OPTV_STRING, {0}, FALSE },
+ {OPTION_PRIMARY, "Primary", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE },
+ {OPTION_DEFAULT_MODES, "DefaultModes", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE },
+ {-1, NULL, OPTV_NONE, {0}, FALSE },
+};
+
+enum {
+ OPTION_MODEDEBUG,
+};
+
+static OptionInfoRec xf86DeviceOptions[] = {
+ {OPTION_MODEDEBUG, "ModeDebug", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE },
+ {-1, NULL, OPTV_NONE, {0}, FALSE },
+};
+
+static void
+xf86OutputSetMonitor (xf86OutputPtr output)
+{
+ char *option_name;
+ char *monitor;
+
+ if (!output->name)
+ return;
+
+ free(output->options);
+
+ output->options = xnfalloc (sizeof (xf86OutputOptions));
+ memcpy (output->options, xf86OutputOptions, sizeof (xf86OutputOptions));
+
+ XNFasprintf(&option_name, "monitor-%s", output->name);
+ monitor = xf86findOptionValue (output->scrn->options, option_name);
+ if (!monitor)
+ monitor = output->name;
+ else
+ xf86MarkOptionUsedByName (output->scrn->options, option_name);
+ free(option_name);
+ output->conf_monitor = xf86findMonitor (monitor,
+ xf86configptr->conf_monitor_lst);
+ /*
+ * Find the monitor section of the screen and use that
+ */
+ if (!output->conf_monitor && output->use_screen_monitor)
+ output->conf_monitor = xf86findMonitor (output->scrn->monitor->id,
+ xf86configptr->conf_monitor_lst);
+ if (output->conf_monitor)
+ {
+ xf86DrvMsg (output->scrn->scrnIndex, X_INFO,
+ "Output %s using monitor section %s\n",
+ output->name, output->conf_monitor->mon_identifier);
+ xf86ProcessOptions (output->scrn->scrnIndex,
+ output->conf_monitor->mon_option_lst,
+ output->options);
+ }
+ else
+ xf86DrvMsg (output->scrn->scrnIndex, X_INFO,
+ "Output %s has no monitor section\n",
+ output->name);
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86OutputEnabled (xf86OutputPtr output, Bool strict)
+{
+ Bool enable, disable;
+
+ /* check to see if this output was enabled in the config file */
+ if (xf86GetOptValBool (output->options, OPTION_ENABLE, &enable) && enable)
+ {
+ xf86DrvMsg (output->scrn->scrnIndex, X_INFO,
+ "Output %s enabled by config file\n", output->name);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ /* or if this output was disabled in the config file */
+ if (xf86GetOptValBool (output->options, OPTION_DISABLE, &disable) && disable)
+ {
+ xf86DrvMsg (output->scrn->scrnIndex, X_INFO,
+ "Output %s disabled by config file\n", output->name);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* If not, try to only light up the ones we know are connected */
+ if (strict) {
+ enable = output->status == XF86OutputStatusConnected;
+ }
+ /* But if that fails, try to light up even outputs we're unsure of */
+ else {
+ enable = output->status != XF86OutputStatusDisconnected;
+ }
+
+ xf86DrvMsg (output->scrn->scrnIndex, X_INFO,
+ "Output %s %sconnected\n", output->name, enable ? "" : "dis");
+ return enable;
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86OutputIgnored (xf86OutputPtr output)
+{
+ return xf86ReturnOptValBool (output->options, OPTION_IGNORE, FALSE);
+}
+
+static char *direction[4] = {
+ "normal",
+ "left",
+ "inverted",
+ "right"
+};
+
+static Rotation
+xf86OutputInitialRotation (xf86OutputPtr output)
+{
+ char *rotate_name = xf86GetOptValString (output->options,
+ OPTION_ROTATE);
+ int i;
+
+ if (!rotate_name) {
+ if (output->initial_rotation)
+ return output->initial_rotation;
+ return RR_Rotate_0;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
+ if (xf86nameCompare (direction[i], rotate_name) == 0)
+ return 1 << i;
+ return RR_Rotate_0;
+}
+
+xf86OutputPtr
+xf86OutputCreate (ScrnInfoPtr scrn,
+ const xf86OutputFuncsRec *funcs,
+ const char *name)
+{
+ xf86OutputPtr output, *outputs;
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ int len;
+ Bool primary;
+
+ if (name)
+ len = strlen (name) + 1;
+ else
+ len = 0;
+
+ output = calloc(sizeof (xf86OutputRec) + len, 1);
+ if (!output)
+ return NULL;
+ output->scrn = scrn;
+ output->funcs = funcs;
+ if (name)
+ {
+ output->name = (char *) (output + 1);
+ strcpy (output->name, name);
+ }
+ output->subpixel_order = SubPixelUnknown;
+ /*
+ * Use the old per-screen monitor section for the first output
+ */
+ output->use_screen_monitor = (xf86_config->num_output == 0);
+#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+ output->randr_output = NULL;
+#endif
+ if (name)
+ {
+ xf86OutputSetMonitor (output);
+ if (xf86OutputIgnored (output))
+ {
+ free(output);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ if (xf86_config->output)
+ outputs = realloc(xf86_config->output,
+ (xf86_config->num_output + 1) * sizeof (xf86OutputPtr));
+ else
+ outputs = malloc((xf86_config->num_output + 1) * sizeof (xf86OutputPtr));
+ if (!outputs)
+ {
+ free(output);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ xf86_config->output = outputs;
+
+ if (xf86GetOptValBool (output->options, OPTION_PRIMARY, &primary) && primary)
+ {
+ memmove(xf86_config->output + 1, xf86_config->output,
+ xf86_config->num_output * sizeof (xf86OutputPtr));
+ xf86_config->output[0] = output;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xf86_config->output[xf86_config->num_output] = output;
+ }
+
+ xf86_config->num_output++;
+
+ return output;
+}
+
+Bool
+xf86OutputRename (xf86OutputPtr output, const char *name)
+{
+ char *newname = strdup(name);
+
+ if (!newname)
+ return FALSE; /* so sorry... */
+
+ if (output->name && output->name != (char *) (output + 1))
+ free(output->name);
+ output->name = newname;
+ xf86OutputSetMonitor (output);
+ if (xf86OutputIgnored (output))
+ return FALSE;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+void
+xf86OutputUseScreenMonitor (xf86OutputPtr output, Bool use_screen_monitor)
+{
+ if (use_screen_monitor != output->use_screen_monitor)
+ {
+ output->use_screen_monitor = use_screen_monitor;
+ xf86OutputSetMonitor (output);
+ }
+}
+
+void
+xf86OutputDestroy (xf86OutputPtr output)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrn = output->scrn;
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ int o;
+
+ (*output->funcs->destroy) (output);
+ while (output->probed_modes)
+ xf86DeleteMode (&output->probed_modes, output->probed_modes);
+ for (o = 0; o < xf86_config->num_output; o++)
+ if (xf86_config->output[o] == output)
+ {
+ memmove (&xf86_config->output[o],
+ &xf86_config->output[o+1],
+ ((xf86_config->num_output - (o + 1)) * sizeof(void*)));
+ xf86_config->num_output--;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (output->name && output->name != (char *) (output + 1))
+ free(output->name);
+ free(output);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Called during CreateScreenResources to hook up RandR
+ */
+static Bool
+xf86CrtcCreateScreenResources (ScreenPtr screen)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+
+ screen->CreateScreenResources = config->CreateScreenResources;
+
+ if (!(*screen->CreateScreenResources)(screen))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (!xf86RandR12CreateScreenResources (screen))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Clean up config on server reset
+ */
+static Bool
+xf86CrtcCloseScreen (int index, ScreenPtr screen)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ int o, c;
+
+ screen->CloseScreen = config->CloseScreen;
+
+ xf86RotateCloseScreen (screen);
+
+ for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
+ {
+ xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
+
+ output->randr_output = NULL;
+ }
+ for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++)
+ {
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[c];
+
+ crtc->randr_crtc = NULL;
+ }
+ xf86RandR12CloseScreen (screen);
+
+ return screen->CloseScreen (index, screen);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Called at ScreenInit time to set up
+ */
+#ifdef RANDR_13_INTERFACE
+int
+#else
+Bool
+#endif
+xf86CrtcScreenInit (ScreenPtr screen)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ int c;
+
+ /* Rotation */
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrn->scrnIndex, X_INFO, "RandR 1.2 enabled, ignore the following RandR disabled message.\n");
+ xf86DisableRandR(); /* Disable old RandR extension support */
+ xf86RandR12Init (screen);
+
+ /* support all rotations if every crtc has the shadow alloc funcs */
+ for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++)
+ {
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[c];
+ if (!crtc->funcs->shadow_allocate || !crtc->funcs->shadow_create)
+ break;
+ }
+ if (c == config->num_crtc)
+ {
+ xf86RandR12SetRotations (screen, RR_Rotate_0 | RR_Rotate_90 |
+ RR_Rotate_180 | RR_Rotate_270 |
+ RR_Reflect_X | RR_Reflect_Y);
+ xf86RandR12SetTransformSupport (screen, TRUE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xf86RandR12SetRotations (screen, RR_Rotate_0);
+ xf86RandR12SetTransformSupport (screen, FALSE);
+ }
+
+ /* Wrap CreateScreenResources so we can initialize the RandR code */
+ config->CreateScreenResources = screen->CreateScreenResources;
+ screen->CreateScreenResources = xf86CrtcCreateScreenResources;
+
+ config->CloseScreen = screen->CloseScreen;
+ screen->CloseScreen = xf86CrtcCloseScreen;
+
+#ifdef XFreeXDGA
+ _xf86_di_dga_init_internal(screen);
+#endif
+#ifdef RANDR_13_INTERFACE
+ return RANDR_INTERFACE_VERSION;
+#else
+ return TRUE;
+#endif
+}
+
+static DisplayModePtr
+xf86DefaultMode (xf86OutputPtr output, int width, int height)
+{
+ DisplayModePtr target_mode = NULL;
+ DisplayModePtr mode;
+ int target_diff = 0;
+ int target_preferred = 0;
+ int mm_height;
+
+ mm_height = output->mm_height;
+ if (!mm_height)
+ mm_height = (768 * 25.4) / DEFAULT_DPI;
+ /*
+ * Pick a mode closest to DEFAULT_DPI
+ */
+ for (mode = output->probed_modes; mode; mode = mode->next)
+ {
+ int dpi;
+ int preferred = (((mode->type & M_T_PREFERRED) != 0) +
+ ((mode->type & M_T_USERPREF) != 0));
+ int diff;
+
+ if (xf86ModeWidth (mode, output->initial_rotation) > width ||
+ xf86ModeHeight (mode, output->initial_rotation) > height)
+ continue;
+
+ /* yes, use VDisplay here, not xf86ModeHeight */
+ dpi = (mode->VDisplay * 254) / (mm_height * 10);
+ diff = dpi - DEFAULT_DPI;
+ diff = diff < 0 ? -diff : diff;
+ if (target_mode == NULL || (preferred > target_preferred) ||
+ (preferred == target_preferred && diff < target_diff))
+ {
+ target_mode = mode;
+ target_diff = diff;
+ target_preferred = preferred;
+ }
+ }
+ return target_mode;
+}
+
+static DisplayModePtr
+xf86ClosestMode (xf86OutputPtr output,
+ DisplayModePtr match, Rotation match_rotation,
+ int width, int height)
+{
+ DisplayModePtr target_mode = NULL;
+ DisplayModePtr mode;
+ int target_diff = 0;
+
+ /*
+ * Pick a mode closest to the specified mode
+ */
+ for (mode = output->probed_modes; mode; mode = mode->next)
+ {
+ int dx, dy;
+ int diff;
+
+ if (xf86ModeWidth (mode, output->initial_rotation) > width ||
+ xf86ModeHeight (mode, output->initial_rotation) > height)
+ continue;
+
+ /* exact matches are preferred */
+ if (output->initial_rotation == match_rotation &&
+ xf86ModesEqual (mode, match))
+ return mode;
+
+ dx = xf86ModeWidth (match, match_rotation) - xf86ModeWidth (mode, output->initial_rotation);
+ dy = xf86ModeHeight (match, match_rotation) - xf86ModeHeight (mode, output->initial_rotation);
+ diff = dx * dx + dy * dy;
+ if (target_mode == NULL || diff < target_diff)
+ {
+ target_mode = mode;
+ target_diff = diff;
+ }
+ }
+ return target_mode;
+}
+
+static DisplayModePtr
+xf86OutputHasPreferredMode (xf86OutputPtr output, int width, int height)
+{
+ DisplayModePtr mode;
+
+ for (mode = output->probed_modes; mode; mode = mode->next)
+ {
+ if (xf86ModeWidth (mode, output->initial_rotation) > width ||
+ xf86ModeHeight (mode, output->initial_rotation) > height)
+ continue;
+
+ if (mode->type & M_T_PREFERRED)
+ return mode;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static DisplayModePtr
+xf86OutputHasUserPreferredMode (xf86OutputPtr output)
+{
+ DisplayModePtr mode, first = output->probed_modes;
+
+ for (mode = first; mode && mode->next != first; mode = mode->next)
+ if (mode->type & M_T_USERPREF)
+ return mode;
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static int
+xf86PickCrtcs (ScrnInfoPtr scrn,
+ xf86CrtcPtr *best_crtcs,
+ DisplayModePtr *modes,
+ int n,
+ int width,
+ int height)
+{
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ int c, o;
+ xf86OutputPtr output;
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc;
+ xf86CrtcPtr *crtcs;
+ xf86CrtcPtr best_crtc;
+ int best_score;
+ int score;
+ int my_score;
+
+ if (n == config->num_output)
+ return 0;
+ output = config->output[n];
+
+ /*
+ * Compute score with this output disabled
+ */
+ best_crtcs[n] = NULL;
+ best_crtc = NULL;
+ best_score = xf86PickCrtcs (scrn, best_crtcs, modes, n+1, width, height);
+ if (modes[n] == NULL)
+ return best_score;
+
+ crtcs = malloc(config->num_output * sizeof (xf86CrtcPtr));
+ if (!crtcs)
+ return best_score;
+
+ my_score = 1;
+ /* Score outputs that are known to be connected higher */
+ if (output->status == XF86OutputStatusConnected)
+ my_score++;
+ /* Score outputs with preferred modes higher */
+ if (xf86OutputHasPreferredMode (output, width, height))
+ my_score++;
+ /*
+ * Select a crtc for this output and
+ * then attempt to configure the remaining
+ * outputs
+ */
+ for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++)
+ {
+ if ((output->possible_crtcs & (1 << c)) == 0)
+ continue;
+
+ crtc = config->crtc[c];
+ /*
+ * Check to see if some other output is
+ * using this crtc
+ */
+ for (o = 0; o < n; o++)
+ if (best_crtcs[o] == crtc)
+ break;
+ if (o < n)
+ {
+ /*
+ * If the two outputs desire the same mode,
+ * see if they can be cloned
+ */
+ if (xf86ModesEqual (modes[o], modes[n]) &&
+ config->output[o]->initial_rotation == config->output[n]->initial_rotation &&
+ config->output[o]->initial_x == config->output[n]->initial_x &&
+ config->output[o]->initial_y == config->output[n]->initial_y)
+ {
+ if ((output->possible_clones & (1 << o)) == 0)
+ continue; /* nope, try next CRTC */
+ }
+ else
+ continue; /* different modes, can't clone */
+ }
+ crtcs[n] = crtc;
+ memcpy (crtcs, best_crtcs, n * sizeof (xf86CrtcPtr));
+ score = my_score + xf86PickCrtcs (scrn, crtcs, modes, n+1, width, height);
+ if (score > best_score)
+ {
+ best_crtc = crtc;
+ best_score = score;
+ memcpy (best_crtcs, crtcs, config->num_output * sizeof (xf86CrtcPtr));
+ }
+ }
+ free(crtcs);
+ return best_score;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Compute the virtual size necessary to place all of the available
+ * crtcs in the specified configuration.
+ *
+ * canGrow indicates that the driver can make the screen larger than its initial
+ * configuration. If FALSE, this function will enlarge the screen to include
+ * the largest available mode.
+ */
+
+static void
+xf86DefaultScreenLimits (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, int *widthp, int *heightp,
+ Bool canGrow)
+{
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ int width = 0, height = 0;
+ int o;
+ int c;
+ int s;
+
+ for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++)
+ {
+ int crtc_width = 0, crtc_height = 0;
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[c];
+
+ if (crtc->enabled)
+ {
+ crtc_width = crtc->desiredX + xf86ModeWidth (&crtc->desiredMode, crtc->desiredRotation);
+ crtc_height = crtc->desiredY + xf86ModeHeight (&crtc->desiredMode, crtc->desiredRotation);
+ }
+ if (!canGrow) {
+ for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
+ {
+ xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
+
+ for (s = 0; s < config->num_crtc; s++)
+ if (output->possible_crtcs & (1 << s))
+ {
+ DisplayModePtr mode;
+ for (mode = output->probed_modes; mode; mode = mode->next)
+ {
+ if (mode->HDisplay > crtc_width)
+ crtc_width = mode->HDisplay;
+ if (mode->VDisplay > crtc_width)
+ crtc_width = mode->VDisplay;
+ if (mode->VDisplay > crtc_height)
+ crtc_height = mode->VDisplay;
+ if (mode->HDisplay > crtc_height)
+ crtc_height = mode->HDisplay;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (crtc_width > width)
+ width = crtc_width;
+ if (crtc_height > height)
+ height = crtc_height;
+ }
+ if (config->maxWidth && width > config->maxWidth) width = config->maxWidth;
+ if (config->maxHeight && height > config->maxHeight) height = config->maxHeight;
+ if (config->minWidth && width < config->minWidth) width = config->minWidth;
+ if (config->minHeight && height < config->minHeight) height = config->minHeight;
+ *widthp = width;
+ *heightp = height;
+}
+
+#define POSITION_UNSET -100000
+
+/*
+ * check if the user configured any outputs at all
+ * with either a position or a relative setting or a mode.
+ */
+static Bool
+xf86UserConfiguredOutputs(ScrnInfoPtr scrn, DisplayModePtr *modes)
+{
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ int o;
+ Bool user_conf = FALSE;
+
+ for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
+ {
+ xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
+ char *position;
+ char *relative_name;
+ OutputOpts relation;
+ int r;
+ static const OutputOpts relations[] = {
+ OPTION_BELOW, OPTION_RIGHT_OF, OPTION_ABOVE, OPTION_LEFT_OF
+ };
+
+ position = xf86GetOptValString (output->options,
+ OPTION_POSITION);
+ if (position)
+ user_conf = TRUE;
+
+ relation = 0;
+ relative_name = NULL;
+ for (r = 0; r < 4; r++)
+ {
+ relation = relations[r];
+ relative_name = xf86GetOptValString (output->options,
+ relation);
+ if (relative_name)
+ break;
+ }
+ if (relative_name)
+ user_conf = TRUE;
+
+ modes[o] = xf86OutputHasUserPreferredMode(output);
+ if (modes[o])
+ user_conf = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ return user_conf;
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86InitialOutputPositions (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, DisplayModePtr *modes)
+{
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ int o;
+ int min_x, min_y;
+
+ for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
+ {
+ xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
+
+ output->initial_x = output->initial_y = POSITION_UNSET;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Loop until all outputs are set
+ */
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ Bool any_set = FALSE;
+ Bool keep_going = FALSE;
+
+ for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
+ {
+ static const OutputOpts relations[] = {
+ OPTION_BELOW, OPTION_RIGHT_OF, OPTION_ABOVE, OPTION_LEFT_OF
+ };
+ xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
+ xf86OutputPtr relative;
+ char *relative_name;
+ char *position;
+ OutputOpts relation;
+ int r;
+
+ if (output->initial_x != POSITION_UNSET)
+ continue;
+ position = xf86GetOptValString (output->options,
+ OPTION_POSITION);
+ /*
+ * Absolute position wins
+ */
+ if (position)
+ {
+ int x, y;
+ if (sscanf (position, "%d %d", &x, &y) == 2)
+ {
+ output->initial_x = x;
+ output->initial_y = y;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xf86DrvMsg (scrn->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
+ "Output %s position not of form \"x y\"\n",
+ output->name);
+ output->initial_x = output->initial_y = 0;
+ }
+ any_set = TRUE;
+ continue;
+ }
+ /*
+ * Next comes relative positions
+ */
+ relation = 0;
+ relative_name = NULL;
+ for (r = 0; r < 4; r++)
+ {
+ relation = relations[r];
+ relative_name = xf86GetOptValString (output->options,
+ relation);
+ if (relative_name)
+ break;
+ }
+ if (relative_name)
+ {
+ int or;
+ relative = NULL;
+ for (or = 0; or < config->num_output; or++)
+ {
+ xf86OutputPtr out_rel = config->output[or];
+ XF86ConfMonitorPtr rel_mon = out_rel->conf_monitor;
+
+ if (rel_mon)
+ {
+ if (xf86nameCompare (rel_mon->mon_identifier,
+ relative_name) == 0)
+ {
+ relative = config->output[or];
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (strcmp (out_rel->name, relative_name) == 0)
+ {
+ relative = config->output[or];
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!relative)
+ {
+ xf86DrvMsg (scrn->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
+ "Cannot position output %s relative to unknown output %s\n",
+ output->name, relative_name);
+ output->initial_x = 0;
+ output->initial_y = 0;
+ any_set = TRUE;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (!modes[or])
+ {
+ xf86DrvMsg (scrn->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
+ "Cannot position output %s relative to output %s without modes\n",
+ output->name, relative_name);
+ output->initial_x = 0;
+ output->initial_y = 0;
+ any_set = TRUE;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (relative->initial_x == POSITION_UNSET)
+ {
+ keep_going = TRUE;
+ continue;
+ }
+ output->initial_x = relative->initial_x;
+ output->initial_y = relative->initial_y;
+ switch (relation) {
+ case OPTION_BELOW:
+ output->initial_y += xf86ModeHeight (modes[or], relative->initial_rotation);
+ break;
+ case OPTION_RIGHT_OF:
+ output->initial_x += xf86ModeWidth (modes[or], relative->initial_rotation);
+ break;
+ case OPTION_ABOVE:
+ if (modes[o])
+ output->initial_y -= xf86ModeHeight (modes[o], output->initial_rotation);
+ break;
+ case OPTION_LEFT_OF:
+ if (modes[o])
+ output->initial_x -= xf86ModeWidth (modes[o], output->initial_rotation);
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ any_set = TRUE;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Nothing set, just stick them at 0,0 */
+ output->initial_x = 0;
+ output->initial_y = 0;
+ any_set = TRUE;
+ }
+ if (!keep_going)
+ break;
+ if (!any_set)
+ {
+ for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
+ {
+ xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
+ if (output->initial_x == POSITION_UNSET)
+ {
+ xf86DrvMsg (scrn->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
+ "Output position loop. Moving %s to 0,0\n",
+ output->name);
+ output->initial_x = output->initial_y = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * normalize positions
+ */
+ min_x = 1000000;
+ min_y = 1000000;
+ for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
+ {
+ xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
+
+ if (output->initial_x < min_x)
+ min_x = output->initial_x;
+ if (output->initial_y < min_y)
+ min_y = output->initial_y;
+ }
+
+ for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
+ {
+ xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
+
+ output->initial_x -= min_x;
+ output->initial_y -= min_y;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static void
+xf86InitialPanning (ScrnInfoPtr scrn)
+{
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ int o;
+
+ for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
+ {
+ xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
+ char *panning = xf86GetOptValString (output->options, OPTION_PANNING);
+ int width, height, left, top;
+ int track_width, track_height, track_left, track_top;
+ int brdr[4];
+
+ memset (&output->initialTotalArea, 0, sizeof(BoxRec));
+ memset (&output->initialTrackingArea, 0, sizeof(BoxRec));
+ memset (output->initialBorder, 0, 4*sizeof(INT16));
+
+ if (! panning)
+ continue;
+
+ switch (sscanf (panning, "%dx%d+%d+%d/%dx%d+%d+%d/%d/%d/%d/%d",
+ &width, &height, &left, &top,
+ &track_width, &track_height, &track_left, &track_top,
+ &brdr[0], &brdr[1], &brdr[2], &brdr[3])) {
+ case 12:
+ output->initialBorder[0] = brdr[0];
+ output->initialBorder[1] = brdr[1];
+ output->initialBorder[2] = brdr[2];
+ output->initialBorder[3] = brdr[3];
+ /* fall through */
+ case 8:
+ output->initialTrackingArea.x1 = track_left;
+ output->initialTrackingArea.y1 = track_top;
+ output->initialTrackingArea.x2 = track_left + track_width;
+ output->initialTrackingArea.y2 = track_top + track_height;
+ /* fall through */
+ case 4:
+ output->initialTotalArea.x1 = left;
+ output->initialTotalArea.y1 = top;
+ /* fall through */
+ case 2:
+ output->initialTotalArea.x2 = output->initialTotalArea.x1 + width;
+ output->initialTotalArea.y2 = output->initialTotalArea.y1 + height;
+ break;
+ default:
+ xf86DrvMsg (scrn->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
+ "Broken panning specification '%s' for output %s in config file\n",
+ panning, output->name);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Return - 0 + if a should be earlier, same or later than b in list
+ */
+static int
+xf86ModeCompare (DisplayModePtr a, DisplayModePtr b)
+{
+ int diff;
+
+ diff = ((b->type & M_T_PREFERRED) != 0) - ((a->type & M_T_PREFERRED) != 0);
+ if (diff)
+ return diff;
+ diff = b->HDisplay * b->VDisplay - a->HDisplay * a->VDisplay;
+ if (diff)
+ return diff;
+ diff = b->Clock - a->Clock;
+ return diff;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Insertion sort input in-place and return the resulting head
+ */
+static DisplayModePtr
+xf86SortModes (DisplayModePtr input)
+{
+ DisplayModePtr output = NULL, i, o, n, *op, prev;
+
+ /* sort by preferred status and pixel area */
+ while (input)
+ {
+ i = input;
+ input = input->next;
+ for (op = &output; (o = *op); op = &o->next)
+ if (xf86ModeCompare (o, i) > 0)
+ break;
+ i->next = *op;
+ *op = i;
+ }
+ /* prune identical modes */
+ for (o = output; o && (n = o->next); o = n)
+ {
+ if (!strcmp (o->name, n->name) && xf86ModesEqual (o, n))
+ {
+ o->next = n->next;
+ free(n->name);
+ free(n);
+ n = o;
+ }
+ }
+ /* hook up backward links */
+ prev = NULL;
+ for (o = output; o; o = o->next)
+ {
+ o->prev = prev;
+ prev = o;
+ }
+ return output;
+}
+
+static char *
+preferredMode(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, xf86OutputPtr output)
+{
+ char *preferred_mode = NULL;
+
+ /* Check for a configured preference for a particular mode */
+ preferred_mode = xf86GetOptValString (output->options,
+ OPTION_PREFERRED_MODE);
+ if (preferred_mode)
+ return preferred_mode;
+
+ if (pScrn->display->modes && *pScrn->display->modes)
+ preferred_mode = *pScrn->display->modes;
+
+ return preferred_mode;
+}
+
+static void
+GuessRangeFromModes(MonPtr mon, DisplayModePtr mode)
+{
+ if (!mon || !mode)
+ return;
+
+ mon->nHsync = 1;
+ mon->hsync[0].lo = 1024.0;
+ mon->hsync[0].hi = 0.0;
+
+ mon->nVrefresh = 1;
+ mon->vrefresh[0].lo = 1024.0;
+ mon->vrefresh[0].hi = 0.0;
+
+ while (mode) {
+ if (!mode->HSync)
+ mode->HSync = ((float) mode->Clock ) / ((float) mode->HTotal);
+
+ if (!mode->VRefresh)
+ mode->VRefresh = (1000.0 * ((float) mode->Clock)) /
+ ((float) (mode->HTotal * mode->VTotal));
+
+ if (mode->HSync < mon->hsync[0].lo)
+ mon->hsync[0].lo = mode->HSync;
+
+ if (mode->HSync > mon->hsync[0].hi)
+ mon->hsync[0].hi = mode->HSync;
+
+ if (mode->VRefresh < mon->vrefresh[0].lo)
+ mon->vrefresh[0].lo = mode->VRefresh;
+
+ if (mode->VRefresh > mon->vrefresh[0].hi)
+ mon->vrefresh[0].hi = mode->VRefresh;
+
+ mode = mode->next;
+ }
+
+ /* stretch out the bottom to fit 640x480@60 */
+ if (mon->hsync[0].lo > 31.0)
+ mon->hsync[0].lo = 31.0;
+ if (mon->vrefresh[0].lo > 58.0)
+ mon->vrefresh[0].lo = 58.0;
+}
+
+enum det_monrec_source {
+ sync_config, sync_edid, sync_default
+};
+
+struct det_monrec_parameter {
+ MonRec *mon_rec;
+ int *max_clock;
+ Bool set_hsync;
+ Bool set_vrefresh;
+ enum det_monrec_source *sync_source;
+};
+
+static void handle_detailed_monrec(struct detailed_monitor_section *det_mon,
+ void *data)
+{
+ struct det_monrec_parameter *p;
+ p = (struct det_monrec_parameter *)data;
+
+ if (det_mon->type == DS_RANGES) {
+ struct monitor_ranges *ranges = &det_mon->section.ranges;
+ if (p->set_hsync && ranges->max_h) {
+ p->mon_rec->hsync[p->mon_rec->nHsync].lo = ranges->min_h;
+ p->mon_rec->hsync[p->mon_rec->nHsync].hi = ranges->max_h;
+ p->mon_rec->nHsync++;
+ if (*p->sync_source == sync_default)
+ *p->sync_source = sync_edid;
+ }
+ if (p->set_vrefresh && ranges->max_v) {
+ p->mon_rec->vrefresh[p->mon_rec->nVrefresh].lo = ranges->min_v;
+ p->mon_rec->vrefresh[p->mon_rec->nVrefresh].hi = ranges->max_v;
+ p->mon_rec->nVrefresh++;
+ if (*p->sync_source == sync_default)
+ *p->sync_source = sync_edid;
+ }
+ if (ranges->max_clock * 1000 > *p->max_clock)
+ *p->max_clock = ranges->max_clock * 1000;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+xf86ProbeOutputModes (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, int maxX, int maxY)
+{
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ int o;
+
+ /* When canGrow was TRUE in the initial configuration we have to
+ * compare against the maximum values so that we don't drop modes.
+ * When canGrow was FALSE, the maximum values would have been clamped
+ * anyway.
+ */
+ if (maxX == 0 || maxY == 0) {
+ maxX = config->maxWidth;
+ maxY = config->maxHeight;
+ }
+
+ /* Probe the list of modes for each output. */
+ for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
+ {
+ xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
+ DisplayModePtr mode;
+ DisplayModePtr config_modes = NULL, output_modes, default_modes = NULL;
+ char *preferred_mode;
+ xf86MonPtr edid_monitor;
+ XF86ConfMonitorPtr conf_monitor;
+ MonRec mon_rec;
+ int min_clock = 0;
+ int max_clock = 0;
+ double clock;
+ Bool add_default_modes;
+ Bool debug_modes = config->debug_modes ||
+ xf86Initialising;
+ enum det_monrec_source sync_source = sync_default;
+
+ while (output->probed_modes != NULL)
+ xf86DeleteMode(&output->probed_modes, output->probed_modes);
+
+ /*
+ * Check connection status
+ */
+ output->status = (*output->funcs->detect)(output);
+
+ if (output->status == XF86OutputStatusDisconnected &&
+ !xf86ReturnOptValBool(output->options, OPTION_ENABLE, FALSE))
+ {
+ xf86OutputSetEDID (output, NULL);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ memset (&mon_rec, '\0', sizeof (mon_rec));
+
+ conf_monitor = output->conf_monitor;
+
+ if (conf_monitor)
+ {
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < conf_monitor->mon_n_hsync; i++)
+ {
+ mon_rec.hsync[mon_rec.nHsync].lo = conf_monitor->mon_hsync[i].lo;
+ mon_rec.hsync[mon_rec.nHsync].hi = conf_monitor->mon_hsync[i].hi;
+ mon_rec.nHsync++;
+ sync_source = sync_config;
+ }
+ for (i = 0; i < conf_monitor->mon_n_vrefresh; i++)
+ {
+ mon_rec.vrefresh[mon_rec.nVrefresh].lo = conf_monitor->mon_vrefresh[i].lo;
+ mon_rec.vrefresh[mon_rec.nVrefresh].hi = conf_monitor->mon_vrefresh[i].hi;
+ mon_rec.nVrefresh++;
+ sync_source = sync_config;
+ }
+ config_modes = xf86GetMonitorModes (scrn, conf_monitor);
+ }
+
+ output_modes = (*output->funcs->get_modes) (output);
+
+ /*
+ * If the user has a preference, respect it.
+ * Otherwise, don't second-guess the driver.
+ */
+ if (!xf86GetOptValBool(output->options, OPTION_DEFAULT_MODES,
+ &add_default_modes))
+ add_default_modes = (output_modes == NULL);
+
+ edid_monitor = output->MonInfo;
+
+ if (edid_monitor)
+ {
+ struct det_monrec_parameter p;
+ struct disp_features *features = &edid_monitor->features;
+
+ /* if display is not continuous-frequency, don't add default modes */
+ if (!GTF_SUPPORTED(features->msc))
+ add_default_modes = FALSE;
+
+ p.mon_rec = &mon_rec;
+ p.max_clock = &max_clock;
+ p.set_hsync = mon_rec.nHsync == 0;
+ p.set_vrefresh = mon_rec.nVrefresh == 0;
+ p.sync_source = &sync_source;
+
+ xf86ForEachDetailedBlock(edid_monitor,
+ handle_detailed_monrec,
+ &p);
+ }
+
+ if (xf86GetOptValFreq (output->options, OPTION_MIN_CLOCK,
+ OPTUNITS_KHZ, &clock))
+ min_clock = (int) clock;
+ if (xf86GetOptValFreq (output->options, OPTION_MAX_CLOCK,
+ OPTUNITS_KHZ, &clock))
+ max_clock = (int) clock;
+
+ /* If we still don't have a sync range, guess wildly */
+ if (!mon_rec.nHsync || !mon_rec.nVrefresh)
+ GuessRangeFromModes(&mon_rec, output_modes);
+
+ /*
+ * These limits will end up setting a 1024x768@60Hz mode by default,
+ * which seems like a fairly good mode to use when nothing else is
+ * specified
+ */
+ if (mon_rec.nHsync == 0)
+ {
+ mon_rec.hsync[0].lo = 31.0;
+ mon_rec.hsync[0].hi = 55.0;
+ mon_rec.nHsync = 1;
+ }
+ if (mon_rec.nVrefresh == 0)
+ {
+ mon_rec.vrefresh[0].lo = 58.0;
+ mon_rec.vrefresh[0].hi = 62.0;
+ mon_rec.nVrefresh = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (add_default_modes)
+ default_modes = xf86GetDefaultModes ();
+
+ /*
+ * If this is not an RB monitor, remove RB modes from the default
+ * pool. RB modes from the config or the monitor itself are fine.
+ */
+ if (!mon_rec.reducedblanking)
+ xf86ValidateModesReducedBlanking (scrn, default_modes);
+
+ if (sync_source == sync_config)
+ {
+ /*
+ * Check output and config modes against sync range from config file
+ */
+ xf86ValidateModesSync (scrn, output_modes, &mon_rec);
+ xf86ValidateModesSync (scrn, config_modes, &mon_rec);
+ }
+ /*
+ * Check default modes against sync range
+ */
+ xf86ValidateModesSync (scrn, default_modes, &mon_rec);
+ /*
+ * Check default modes against monitor max clock
+ */
+ if (max_clock) {
+ xf86ValidateModesClocks(scrn, default_modes,
+ &min_clock, &max_clock, 1);
+ xf86ValidateModesClocks(scrn, output_modes,
+ &min_clock, &max_clock, 1);
+ }
+
+ output->probed_modes = NULL;
+ output->probed_modes = xf86ModesAdd (output->probed_modes, config_modes);
+ output->probed_modes = xf86ModesAdd (output->probed_modes, output_modes);
+ output->probed_modes = xf86ModesAdd (output->probed_modes, default_modes);
+
+ /*
+ * Check all modes against max size, interlace, and doublescan
+ */
+ if (maxX && maxY)
+ xf86ValidateModesSize (scrn, output->probed_modes,
+ maxX, maxY, 0);
+
+ {
+ int flags = (output->interlaceAllowed ? V_INTERLACE : 0) |
+ (output->doubleScanAllowed ? V_DBLSCAN : 0);
+ xf86ValidateModesFlags (scrn, output->probed_modes, flags);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Check all modes against output
+ */
+ for (mode = output->probed_modes; mode != NULL; mode = mode->next)
+ if (mode->status == MODE_OK)
+ mode->status = (*output->funcs->mode_valid)(output, mode);
+
+ xf86PruneInvalidModes(scrn, &output->probed_modes, debug_modes);
+
+ output->probed_modes = xf86SortModes (output->probed_modes);
+
+ /* Check for a configured preference for a particular mode */
+ preferred_mode = preferredMode(scrn, output);
+
+ if (preferred_mode)
+ {
+ for (mode = output->probed_modes; mode; mode = mode->next)
+ {
+ if (!strcmp (preferred_mode, mode->name))
+ {
+ if (mode != output->probed_modes)
+ {
+ if (mode->prev)
+ mode->prev->next = mode->next;
+ if (mode->next)
+ mode->next->prev = mode->prev;
+ mode->next = output->probed_modes;
+ output->probed_modes->prev = mode;
+ mode->prev = NULL;
+ output->probed_modes = mode;
+ }
+ mode->type |= (M_T_PREFERRED|M_T_USERPREF);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ output->initial_rotation = xf86OutputInitialRotation (output);
+
+ if (debug_modes) {
+ if (output->probed_modes != NULL) {
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrn->scrnIndex, X_INFO,
+ "Printing probed modes for output %s\n",
+ output->name);
+ } else {
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrn->scrnIndex, X_INFO,
+ "No remaining probed modes for output %s\n",
+ output->name);
+ }
+ }
+ for (mode = output->probed_modes; mode != NULL; mode = mode->next)
+ {
+ /* The code to choose the best mode per pipe later on will require
+ * VRefresh to be set.
+ */
+ mode->VRefresh = xf86ModeVRefresh(mode);
+ xf86SetModeCrtc(mode, INTERLACE_HALVE_V);
+
+ if (debug_modes)
+ xf86PrintModeline(scrn->scrnIndex, mode);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Copy one of the output mode lists to the ScrnInfo record
+ */
+
+/* XXX where does this function belong? Here? */
+void
+xf86RandR12GetOriginalVirtualSize(ScrnInfoPtr scrn, int *x, int *y);
+
+static DisplayModePtr
+biggestMode(DisplayModePtr a, DisplayModePtr b)
+{
+ int A, B;
+
+ if (!a)
+ return b;
+ if (!b)
+ return a;
+
+ A = a->HDisplay * a->VDisplay;
+ B = b->HDisplay * b->VDisplay;
+
+ if (A > B)
+ return a;
+
+ return b;
+}
+
+static xf86OutputPtr
+SetCompatOutput(xf86CrtcConfigPtr config)
+{
+ xf86OutputPtr output = NULL, test = NULL;
+ DisplayModePtr maxmode = NULL, testmode, mode;
+ int o, compat = -1, count, mincount = 0;
+
+ /* Look for one that's definitely connected */
+ for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
+ {
+ test = config->output[o];
+ if (!test->crtc)
+ continue;
+ if (test->status != XF86OutputStatusConnected)
+ continue;
+ if (!test->probed_modes)
+ continue;
+
+ testmode = mode = test->probed_modes;
+ for (count = 0; mode; mode = mode->next, count++)
+ testmode = biggestMode(testmode, mode);
+
+ if (!output) {
+ output = test;
+ compat = o;
+ maxmode = testmode;
+ mincount = count;
+ } else if (maxmode == biggestMode(maxmode, testmode)) {
+ output = test;
+ compat = o;
+ maxmode = testmode;
+ mincount = count;
+ } else if ((maxmode->HDisplay == testmode->HDisplay) &&
+ (maxmode->VDisplay == testmode->VDisplay) &&
+ count <= mincount) {
+ output = test;
+ compat = o;
+ maxmode = testmode;
+ mincount = count;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If we didn't find one, take anything we can get */
+ if (!output)
+ {
+ for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
+ {
+ test = config->output[o];
+ if (!test->crtc)
+ continue;
+ if (!test->probed_modes)
+ continue;
+
+ if (!output) {
+ output = test;
+ compat = o;
+ } else if (test->probed_modes->HDisplay < output->probed_modes->HDisplay) {
+ output = test;
+ compat = o;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (compat >= 0) {
+ config->compat_output = compat;
+ } else {
+ /* Don't change the compat output when no valid outputs found */
+ output = config->output[config->compat_output];
+ }
+
+ return output;
+}
+
+void
+xf86SetScrnInfoModes (ScrnInfoPtr scrn)
+{
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ xf86OutputPtr output;
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc;
+ DisplayModePtr last, mode = NULL;
+
+ output = SetCompatOutput(config);
+
+ if (!output)
+ return; /* punt */
+
+ crtc = output->crtc;
+
+ /* Clear any existing modes from scrn->modes */
+ while (scrn->modes != NULL)
+ xf86DeleteMode(&scrn->modes, scrn->modes);
+
+ /* Set scrn->modes to the mode list for the 'compat' output */
+ scrn->modes = xf86DuplicateModes(scrn, output->probed_modes);
+
+ if (crtc) {
+ for (mode = scrn->modes; mode; mode = mode->next)
+ if (xf86ModesEqual (mode, &crtc->desiredMode))
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (scrn->modes != NULL) {
+ /* For some reason, scrn->modes is circular, unlike the other mode
+ * lists. How great is that?
+ */
+ for (last = scrn->modes; last && last->next; last = last->next)
+ ;
+ last->next = scrn->modes;
+ scrn->modes->prev = last;
+ if (mode) {
+ while (scrn->modes != mode)
+ scrn->modes = scrn->modes->next;
+ }
+ }
+ scrn->currentMode = scrn->modes;
+#ifdef XFreeXDGA
+ if (scrn->pScreen)
+ _xf86_di_dga_reinit_internal(scrn->pScreen);
+#endif
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86CollectEnabledOutputs(ScrnInfoPtr scrn, xf86CrtcConfigPtr config,
+ Bool *enabled)
+{
+ Bool any_enabled = FALSE;
+ int o;
+
+ for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
+ any_enabled |= enabled[o] = xf86OutputEnabled(config->output[o], TRUE);
+
+ if (!any_enabled) {
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrn->scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
+ "No outputs definitely connected, trying again...\n");
+
+ for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
+ any_enabled |= enabled[o] = xf86OutputEnabled(config->output[o], FALSE);
+ }
+
+ return any_enabled;
+}
+
+static Bool
+nextEnabledOutput(xf86CrtcConfigPtr config, Bool *enabled, int *index)
+{
+ int o = *index;
+
+ for (o++; o < config->num_output; o++) {
+ if (enabled[o]) {
+ *index = o;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+static Bool
+aspectMatch(float a, float b)
+{
+ return fabs(1 - (a / b)) < 0.05;
+}
+
+static DisplayModePtr
+nextAspectMode(xf86OutputPtr o, DisplayModePtr last, float aspect)
+{
+ DisplayModePtr m = NULL;
+
+ if (!o)
+ return NULL;
+
+ if (!last)
+ m = o->probed_modes;
+ else
+ m = last->next;
+
+ for (; m; m = m->next)
+ if (aspectMatch(aspect, (float)m->HDisplay / (float)m->VDisplay))
+ return m;
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static DisplayModePtr
+bestModeForAspect(xf86CrtcConfigPtr config, Bool *enabled, float aspect)
+{
+ int o = -1, p;
+ DisplayModePtr mode = NULL, test = NULL, match = NULL;
+
+ if (!nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &o))
+ return NULL;
+ while ((mode = nextAspectMode(config->output[o], mode, aspect))) {
+ test = mode;
+ for (p = o; nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &p); ) {
+ test = xf86OutputFindClosestMode(config->output[p], mode);
+ if (!test)
+ break;
+ if (test->HDisplay != mode->HDisplay ||
+ test->VDisplay != mode->VDisplay) {
+ test = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* if we didn't match it on all outputs, try the next one */
+ if (!test)
+ continue;
+
+ /* if it's bigger than the last one, save it */
+ if (!match || (test->HDisplay > match->HDisplay))
+ match = test;
+ }
+
+ /* return the biggest one found */
+ return match;
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86TargetPreferred(ScrnInfoPtr scrn, xf86CrtcConfigPtr config,
+ DisplayModePtr *modes, Bool *enabled,
+ int width, int height)
+{
+ int o, p;
+ int max_pref_width = 0, max_pref_height = 0;
+ DisplayModePtr *preferred, *preferred_match;
+ Bool ret = FALSE;
+
+ preferred = xnfcalloc(config->num_output, sizeof(DisplayModePtr));
+ preferred_match = xnfcalloc(config->num_output, sizeof(DisplayModePtr));
+
+ /* Check if the preferred mode is available on all outputs */
+ for (p = -1; nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &p); ) {
+ Rotation r = config->output[p]->initial_rotation;
+ DisplayModePtr mode;
+ if ((preferred[p] = xf86OutputHasPreferredMode(config->output[p],
+ width, height))) {
+ int pref_width = xf86ModeWidth(preferred[p], r);
+ int pref_height = xf86ModeHeight(preferred[p], r);
+ Bool all_match = TRUE;
+
+ for (o = -1; nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &o); ) {
+ Bool match = FALSE;
+ xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
+ if (o == p)
+ continue;
+
+ for (mode = output->probed_modes; mode; mode = mode->next) {
+ Rotation r = output->initial_rotation;
+ if (xf86ModeWidth(mode, r) == pref_width &&
+ xf86ModeHeight(mode, r) == pref_height) {
+ preferred[o] = mode;
+ match = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ all_match &= match;
+ }
+
+ if (all_match &&
+ (pref_width*pref_height > max_pref_width*max_pref_height)) {
+ for (o = -1; nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &o); )
+ preferred_match[o] = preferred[o];
+ max_pref_width = pref_width;
+ max_pref_height = pref_height;
+ ret = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If there's no preferred mode, but only one monitor, pick the
+ * biggest mode for its aspect ratio, assuming one exists.
+ */
+ if (!ret) do {
+ int i = 0;
+ float aspect = 0.0;
+
+ /* count the number of enabled outputs */
+ for (i = 0, p = -1; nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &p); i++) ;
+
+ if (i != 1)
+ break;
+
+ p = -1;
+ nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &p);
+ if (config->output[p]->mm_height)
+ aspect = (float)config->output[p]->mm_width /
+ (float)config->output[p]->mm_height;
+
+ if (aspect)
+ preferred_match[p] = bestModeForAspect(config, enabled, aspect);
+
+ if (preferred_match[p])
+ ret = TRUE;
+
+ } while (0);
+
+ if (ret) {
+ /* oh good, there is a match. stash the selected modes and return. */
+ memcpy(modes, preferred_match,
+ config->num_output * sizeof(DisplayModePtr));
+ }
+
+ free(preferred);
+ free(preferred_match);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86TargetAspect(ScrnInfoPtr scrn, xf86CrtcConfigPtr config,
+ DisplayModePtr *modes, Bool *enabled,
+ int width, int height)
+{
+ int o;
+ float aspect = 0.0, *aspects;
+ xf86OutputPtr output;
+ Bool ret = FALSE;
+ DisplayModePtr guess = NULL, aspect_guess = NULL, base_guess = NULL;
+
+ aspects = xnfcalloc(config->num_output, sizeof(float));
+
+ /* collect the aspect ratios */
+ for (o = -1; nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &o); ) {
+ output = config->output[o];
+ if (output->mm_height)
+ aspects[o] = (float)output->mm_width / (float)output->mm_height;
+ else
+ aspects[o] = 4.0 / 3.0;
+ }
+
+ /* check that they're all the same */
+ for (o = -1; nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &o); ) {
+ output = config->output[o];
+ if (!aspect) {
+ aspect = aspects[o];
+ } else if (!aspectMatch(aspect, aspects[o])) {
+ goto no_aspect_match;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* if they're all 4:3, just skip ahead and save effort */
+ if (!aspectMatch(aspect, 4.0/3.0))
+ aspect_guess = bestModeForAspect(config, enabled, aspect);
+
+no_aspect_match:
+ base_guess = bestModeForAspect(config, enabled, 4.0/3.0);
+
+ guess = biggestMode(base_guess, aspect_guess);
+
+ if (!guess)
+ goto out;
+
+ /* found a mode that works everywhere, now apply it */
+ for (o = -1; nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &o); ) {
+ modes[o] = xf86OutputFindClosestMode(config->output[o], guess);
+ }
+ ret = TRUE;
+
+out:
+ free(aspects);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86TargetFallback(ScrnInfoPtr scrn, xf86CrtcConfigPtr config,
+ DisplayModePtr *modes, Bool *enabled,
+ int width, int height)
+{
+ DisplayModePtr target_mode = NULL;
+ Rotation target_rotation = RR_Rotate_0;
+ DisplayModePtr default_mode;
+ int default_preferred, target_preferred = 0, o;
+
+ /* User preferred > preferred > other modes */
+ for (o = -1; nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &o); ) {
+ default_mode = xf86DefaultMode (config->output[o], width, height);
+ if (!default_mode)
+ continue;
+
+ default_preferred = (((default_mode->type & M_T_PREFERRED) != 0) +
+ ((default_mode->type & M_T_USERPREF) != 0));
+
+ if (default_preferred > target_preferred || !target_mode) {
+ target_mode = default_mode;
+ target_preferred = default_preferred;
+ target_rotation = config->output[o]->initial_rotation;
+ config->compat_output = o;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (target_mode)
+ modes[config->compat_output] = target_mode;
+
+ /* Fill in other output modes */
+ for (o = -1; nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &o); ) {
+ if (!modes[o])
+ modes[o] = xf86ClosestMode(config->output[o], target_mode,
+ target_rotation, width, height);
+ }
+
+ return target_mode != NULL;
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86TargetUserpref(ScrnInfoPtr scrn, xf86CrtcConfigPtr config,
+ DisplayModePtr *modes, Bool *enabled,
+ int width, int height)
+{
+ int o;
+
+ if (xf86UserConfiguredOutputs(scrn, modes))
+ return xf86TargetFallback(scrn, config, modes, enabled, width, height);
+
+ for (o = -1; nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &o); )
+ if (xf86OutputHasUserPreferredMode(config->output[o]))
+ return
+ xf86TargetFallback(scrn, config, modes, enabled, width, height);
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86CrtcSetInitialGamma(xf86CrtcPtr crtc, float gamma_red, float gamma_green,
+ float gamma_blue)
+{
+ int i, size = 256;
+ CARD16 *red, *green, *blue;
+
+ red = malloc(3 * size * sizeof(CARD16));
+ green = red + size;
+ blue = green + size;
+
+ /* Only cause warning if user wanted gamma to be set. */
+ if (!crtc->funcs->gamma_set && (gamma_red != 1.0 || gamma_green != 1.0 || gamma_blue != 1.0)) {
+ free(red);
+ return FALSE;
+ } else if (!crtc->funcs->gamma_set) {
+ free(red);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ /* At this early stage none of the randr-interface stuff is up.
+ * So take the default gamma size for lack of something better.
+ */
+ for (i = 0; i < size; i++) {
+ if (gamma_red == 1.0)
+ red[i] = i << 8;
+ else
+ red[i] = (CARD16)(pow((double)i/(double)(size - 1),
+ 1. / (double)gamma_red) * (double)(size - 1) * 256);
+
+ if (gamma_green == 1.0)
+ green[i] = i << 8;
+ else
+ green[i] = (CARD16)(pow((double)i/(double)(size - 1),
+ 1. / (double)gamma_green) * (double)(size - 1) * 256);
+
+ if (gamma_blue == 1.0)
+ blue[i] = i << 8;
+ else
+ blue[i] = (CARD16)(pow((double)i/(double)(size - 1),
+ 1. / (double)gamma_blue) * (double)(size - 1) * 256);
+ }
+
+ /* Default size is 256, so anything else is failure. */
+ if (size != crtc->gamma_size) {
+ free(red);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ crtc->gamma_size = size;
+ memcpy (crtc->gamma_red, red, crtc->gamma_size * sizeof (CARD16));
+ memcpy (crtc->gamma_green, green, crtc->gamma_size * sizeof (CARD16));
+ memcpy (crtc->gamma_blue, blue, crtc->gamma_size * sizeof (CARD16));
+
+ /* Do not set gamma now, delay until the crtc is activated. */
+
+ free(red);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86OutputSetInitialGamma(xf86OutputPtr output)
+{
+ XF86ConfMonitorPtr mon = output->conf_monitor;
+ float gamma_red = 1.0, gamma_green = 1.0, gamma_blue = 1.0;
+
+ if (!mon)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ if (!output->crtc)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Get configured values, where they exist. */
+ if (mon->mon_gamma_red >= GAMMA_MIN &&
+ mon->mon_gamma_red <= GAMMA_MAX)
+ gamma_red = mon->mon_gamma_red;
+
+ if (mon->mon_gamma_green >= GAMMA_MIN &&
+ mon->mon_gamma_green <= GAMMA_MAX)
+ gamma_green = mon->mon_gamma_green;
+
+ if (mon->mon_gamma_blue >= GAMMA_MIN &&
+ mon->mon_gamma_blue <= GAMMA_MAX)
+ gamma_blue = mon->mon_gamma_blue;
+
+ /* This avoids setting gamma 1.0 in case another cloned output on this crtc has a specific gamma. */
+ if (gamma_red != 1.0 || gamma_green != 1.0 || gamma_blue != 1.0) {
+ xf86DrvMsg(output->scrn->scrnIndex, X_INFO, "Output %s wants gamma correction (%.1f, %.1f, %.1f)\n", output->name, gamma_red, gamma_green, gamma_blue);
+ return xf86CrtcSetInitialGamma(output->crtc, gamma_red, gamma_green, gamma_blue);
+ }else
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Construct default screen configuration
+ *
+ * Given auto-detected (and, eventually, configured) values,
+ * construct a usable configuration for the system
+ *
+ * canGrow indicates that the driver can resize the screen to larger than its
+ * initially configured size via the config->funcs->resize hook. If TRUE, this
+ * function will set virtualX and virtualY to match the initial configuration
+ * and leave config->max{Width,Height} alone. If FALSE, it will bloat
+ * virtual[XY] to include the largest modes and set config->max{Width,Height}
+ * accordingly.
+ */
+
+Bool
+xf86InitialConfiguration (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, Bool canGrow)
+{
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ int o, c;
+ xf86CrtcPtr *crtcs;
+ DisplayModePtr *modes;
+ Bool *enabled;
+ int width, height;
+ int i = scrn->scrnIndex;
+ Bool have_outputs = TRUE;
+ Bool ret;
+ Bool success = FALSE;
+
+ /* Set up the device options */
+ config->options = xnfalloc (sizeof (xf86DeviceOptions));
+ memcpy (config->options, xf86DeviceOptions, sizeof (xf86DeviceOptions));
+ xf86ProcessOptions (scrn->scrnIndex,
+ scrn->options,
+ config->options);
+ config->debug_modes = xf86ReturnOptValBool (config->options,
+ OPTION_MODEDEBUG, FALSE);
+
+ if (scrn->display->virtualX)
+ width = scrn->display->virtualX;
+ else
+ width = config->maxWidth;
+ if (scrn->display->virtualY)
+ height = scrn->display->virtualY;
+ else
+ height = config->maxHeight;
+
+ xf86ProbeOutputModes (scrn, width, height);
+
+ crtcs = xnfcalloc (config->num_output, sizeof (xf86CrtcPtr));
+ modes = xnfcalloc (config->num_output, sizeof (DisplayModePtr));
+ enabled = xnfcalloc (config->num_output, sizeof (Bool));
+
+ ret = xf86CollectEnabledOutputs(scrn, config, enabled);
+ if (ret == FALSE && canGrow) {
+ xf86DrvMsg(i, X_WARNING, "Unable to find connected outputs - setting %dx%d initial framebuffer\n",
+ NO_OUTPUT_DEFAULT_WIDTH, NO_OUTPUT_DEFAULT_HEIGHT);
+ have_outputs = FALSE;
+ } else {
+ if (xf86TargetUserpref(scrn, config, modes, enabled, width, height))
+ xf86DrvMsg(i, X_INFO, "Using user preference for initial modes\n");
+ else if (xf86TargetPreferred(scrn, config, modes, enabled, width, height))
+ xf86DrvMsg(i, X_INFO, "Using exact sizes for initial modes\n");
+ else if (xf86TargetAspect(scrn, config, modes, enabled, width, height))
+ xf86DrvMsg(i, X_INFO, "Using fuzzy aspect match for initial modes\n");
+ else if (xf86TargetFallback(scrn, config, modes, enabled, width, height))
+ xf86DrvMsg(i, X_INFO, "Using sloppy heuristic for initial modes\n");
+ else
+ xf86DrvMsg(i, X_WARNING, "Unable to find initial modes\n");
+ }
+
+ for (o = -1; nextEnabledOutput(config, enabled, &o); ) {
+ if (!modes[o])
+ xf86DrvMsg (scrn->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
+ "Output %s enabled but has no modes\n",
+ config->output[o]->name);
+ else
+ xf86DrvMsg (scrn->scrnIndex, X_INFO,
+ "Output %s using initial mode %s\n",
+ config->output[o]->name, modes[o]->name);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Set the position of each output
+ */
+ if (!xf86InitialOutputPositions (scrn, modes))
+ goto bailout;
+
+ /*
+ * Set initial panning of each output
+ */
+ xf86InitialPanning (scrn);
+
+ /*
+ * Assign CRTCs to fit output configuration
+ */
+ if (have_outputs && !xf86PickCrtcs (scrn, crtcs, modes, 0, width, height))
+ goto bailout;
+
+ /* XXX override xf86 common frame computation code */
+
+ scrn->display->frameX0 = 0;
+ scrn->display->frameY0 = 0;
+
+ for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++)
+ {
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[c];
+
+ crtc->enabled = FALSE;
+ memset (&crtc->desiredMode, '\0', sizeof (crtc->desiredMode));
+ /* Set default gamma for all crtc's. */
+ /* This is done to avoid problems later on with cloned outputs. */
+ xf86CrtcSetInitialGamma(crtc, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0);
+ }
+
+ if (xf86_crtc_supports_gamma(scrn))
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrn->scrnIndex, X_INFO, "Using default gamma of (1.0, 1.0, 1.0) unless otherwise stated.\n");
+
+ /*
+ * Set initial configuration
+ */
+ for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
+ {
+ xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
+ DisplayModePtr mode = modes[o];
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = crtcs[o];
+
+ if (mode && crtc)
+ {
+ crtc->desiredMode = *mode;
+ crtc->desiredRotation = output->initial_rotation;
+ crtc->desiredX = output->initial_x;
+ crtc->desiredY = output->initial_y;
+ crtc->desiredTransformPresent = FALSE;
+ crtc->enabled = TRUE;
+ memcpy (&crtc->panningTotalArea, &output->initialTotalArea, sizeof(BoxRec));
+ memcpy (&crtc->panningTrackingArea, &output->initialTrackingArea, sizeof(BoxRec));
+ memcpy (crtc->panningBorder, output->initialBorder, 4*sizeof(INT16));
+ output->crtc = crtc;
+ if (!xf86OutputSetInitialGamma(output))
+ xf86DrvMsg (scrn->scrnIndex, X_WARNING, "Initial gamma correction for output %s: failed.\n", output->name);
+ } else {
+ output->crtc = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (scrn->display->virtualX == 0)
+ {
+ /*
+ * Expand virtual size to cover the current config and potential mode
+ * switches, if the driver can't enlarge the screen later.
+ */
+ xf86DefaultScreenLimits (scrn, &width, &height, canGrow);
+
+ if (have_outputs == FALSE) {
+ if (width < NO_OUTPUT_DEFAULT_WIDTH && height < NO_OUTPUT_DEFAULT_HEIGHT) {
+ width = NO_OUTPUT_DEFAULT_WIDTH;
+ height = NO_OUTPUT_DEFAULT_HEIGHT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ scrn->display->virtualX = width;
+ scrn->display->virtualY = height;
+ }
+
+ if (width > scrn->virtualX)
+ scrn->virtualX = width;
+ if (height > scrn->virtualY)
+ scrn->virtualY = height;
+
+ /*
+ * Make sure the configuration isn't too small.
+ */
+ if (width < config->minWidth || height < config->minHeight)
+ goto bailout;
+
+ /*
+ * Limit the crtc config to virtual[XY] if the driver can't grow the
+ * desktop.
+ */
+ if (!canGrow)
+ {
+ xf86CrtcSetSizeRange (scrn, config->minWidth, config->minHeight,
+ width, height);
+ }
+
+ if (have_outputs) {
+ /* Mirror output modes to scrn mode list */
+ xf86SetScrnInfoModes (scrn);
+ } else {
+ /* Clear any existing modes from scrn->modes */
+ while (scrn->modes != NULL)
+ xf86DeleteMode(&scrn->modes, scrn->modes);
+ scrn->modes = xf86ModesAdd(scrn->modes,
+ xf86CVTMode(width, height, 60, 0, 0));
+ }
+
+ success = TRUE;
+ bailout:
+ free(crtcs);
+ free(modes);
+ free(enabled);
+ return success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Check the CRTC we're going to map each output to vs. it's current
+ * CRTC. If they don't match, we have to disable the output and the CRTC
+ * since the driver will have to re-route things.
+ */
+static void
+xf86PrepareOutputs (ScrnInfoPtr scrn)
+{
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ int o;
+
+ for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++) {
+ xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
+#if RANDR_GET_CRTC_INTERFACE
+ /* Disable outputs that are unused or will be re-routed */
+ if (!output->funcs->get_crtc ||
+ output->crtc != (*output->funcs->get_crtc)(output) ||
+ output->crtc == NULL)
+#endif
+ (*output->funcs->dpms)(output, DPMSModeOff);
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+xf86PrepareCrtcs (ScrnInfoPtr scrn)
+{
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ int c;
+
+ for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++) {
+#if RANDR_GET_CRTC_INTERFACE
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[c];
+ xf86OutputPtr output = NULL;
+ uint32_t desired_outputs = 0, current_outputs = 0;
+ int o;
+
+ for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++) {
+ output = config->output[o];
+ if (output->crtc == crtc)
+ desired_outputs |= (1<<o);
+ /* If we can't tell where it's mapped, force it off */
+ if (!output->funcs->get_crtc) {
+ desired_outputs = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ if ((*output->funcs->get_crtc)(output) == crtc)
+ current_outputs |= (1<<o);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If mappings are different or the CRTC is unused,
+ * we need to disable it
+ */
+ if (desired_outputs != current_outputs ||
+ !desired_outputs)
+ (*crtc->funcs->dpms)(crtc, DPMSModeOff);
+#else
+ (*crtc->funcs->dpms)(crtc, DPMSModeOff);
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Using the desired mode information in each crtc, set
+ * modes (used in EnterVT functions, or at server startup)
+ */
+
+Bool
+xf86SetDesiredModes (ScrnInfoPtr scrn)
+{
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[0];
+ int c;
+
+ /* A driver with this hook will take care of this */
+ if (!crtc->funcs->set_mode_major) {
+ xf86PrepareOutputs(scrn);
+ xf86PrepareCrtcs(scrn);
+ }
+
+ for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++)
+ {
+ xf86OutputPtr output = NULL;
+ int o;
+ RRTransformPtr transform;
+
+ crtc = config->crtc[c];
+
+ /* Skip disabled CRTCs */
+ if (!crtc->enabled)
+ continue;
+
+ if (xf86CompatOutput(scrn) && xf86CompatCrtc(scrn) == crtc)
+ output = xf86CompatOutput(scrn);
+ else
+ {
+ for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
+ if (config->output[o]->crtc == crtc)
+ {
+ output = config->output[o];
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ /* paranoia */
+ if (!output)
+ continue;
+
+ /* Mark that we'll need to re-set the mode for sure */
+ memset(&crtc->mode, 0, sizeof(crtc->mode));
+ if (!crtc->desiredMode.CrtcHDisplay)
+ {
+ DisplayModePtr mode = xf86OutputFindClosestMode (output, scrn->currentMode);
+
+ if (!mode)
+ return FALSE;
+ crtc->desiredMode = *mode;
+ crtc->desiredRotation = RR_Rotate_0;
+ crtc->desiredTransformPresent = FALSE;
+ crtc->desiredX = 0;
+ crtc->desiredY = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (crtc->desiredTransformPresent)
+ transform = &crtc->desiredTransform;
+ else
+ transform = NULL;
+ if (!xf86CrtcSetModeTransform (crtc, &crtc->desiredMode, crtc->desiredRotation,
+ transform, crtc->desiredX, crtc->desiredY))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ xf86DisableUnusedFunctions(scrn);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * In the current world order, there are lists of modes per output, which may
+ * or may not include the mode that was asked to be set by XFree86's mode
+ * selection. Find the closest one, in the following preference order:
+ *
+ * - Equality
+ * - Closer in size to the requested mode, but no larger
+ * - Closer in refresh rate to the requested mode.
+ */
+
+DisplayModePtr
+xf86OutputFindClosestMode (xf86OutputPtr output, DisplayModePtr desired)
+{
+ DisplayModePtr best = NULL, scan = NULL;
+
+ for (scan = output->probed_modes; scan != NULL; scan = scan->next)
+ {
+ /* If there's an exact match, we're done. */
+ if (xf86ModesEqual(scan, desired)) {
+ best = desired;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Reject if it's larger than the desired mode. */
+ if (scan->HDisplay > desired->HDisplay ||
+ scan->VDisplay > desired->VDisplay)
+ {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If we haven't picked a best mode yet, use the first
+ * one in the size range
+ */
+ if (best == NULL)
+ {
+ best = scan;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Find if it's closer to the right size than the current best
+ * option.
+ */
+ if ((scan->HDisplay > best->HDisplay &&
+ scan->VDisplay >= best->VDisplay) ||
+ (scan->HDisplay >= best->HDisplay &&
+ scan->VDisplay > best->VDisplay))
+ {
+ best = scan;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Find if it's still closer to the right refresh than the current
+ * best resolution.
+ */
+ if (scan->HDisplay == best->HDisplay &&
+ scan->VDisplay == best->VDisplay &&
+ (fabs(scan->VRefresh - desired->VRefresh) <
+ fabs(best->VRefresh - desired->VRefresh))) {
+ best = scan;
+ }
+ }
+ return best;
+}
+
+/**
+ * When setting a mode through XFree86-VidModeExtension or XFree86-DGA,
+ * take the specified mode and apply it to the crtc connected to the compat
+ * output. Then, find similar modes for the other outputs, as with the
+ * InitialConfiguration code above. The goal is to clone the desired
+ * mode across all outputs that are currently active.
+ */
+
+Bool
+xf86SetSingleMode (ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, DisplayModePtr desired, Rotation rotation)
+{
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
+ Bool ok = TRUE;
+ xf86OutputPtr compat_output;
+ DisplayModePtr compat_mode = NULL;
+ int c;
+
+ /*
+ * Let the compat output drive the final mode selection
+ */
+ compat_output = xf86CompatOutput(pScrn);
+ if (compat_output)
+ compat_mode = xf86OutputFindClosestMode (compat_output, desired);
+ if (compat_mode)
+ desired = compat_mode;
+
+ for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++)
+ {
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[c];
+ DisplayModePtr crtc_mode = NULL;
+ int o;
+
+ if (!crtc->enabled)
+ continue;
+
+ for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
+ {
+ xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
+ DisplayModePtr output_mode;
+
+ /* skip outputs not on this crtc */
+ if (output->crtc != crtc)
+ continue;
+
+ if (crtc_mode)
+ {
+ output_mode = xf86OutputFindClosestMode (output, crtc_mode);
+ if (output_mode != crtc_mode)
+ output->crtc = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ crtc_mode = xf86OutputFindClosestMode (output, desired);
+ }
+ if (!crtc_mode)
+ {
+ crtc->enabled = FALSE;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (!xf86CrtcSetModeTransform (crtc, crtc_mode, rotation, NULL, 0, 0))
+ ok = FALSE;
+ else
+ {
+ crtc->desiredMode = *crtc_mode;
+ crtc->desiredRotation = rotation;
+ crtc->desiredTransformPresent = FALSE;
+ crtc->desiredX = 0;
+ crtc->desiredY = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ xf86DisableUnusedFunctions(pScrn);
+#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+ xf86RandR12TellChanged (pScrn->pScreen);
+#endif
+ return ok;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Set the DPMS power mode of all outputs and CRTCs.
+ *
+ * If the new mode is off, it will turn off outputs and then CRTCs.
+ * Otherwise, it will affect CRTCs before outputs.
+ */
+void
+xf86DPMSSet(ScrnInfoPtr scrn, int mode, int flags)
+{
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ int i;
+
+ if (!scrn->vtSema)
+ return;
+
+ if (mode == DPMSModeOff) {
+ for (i = 0; i < config->num_output; i++) {
+ xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[i];
+ if (output->crtc != NULL)
+ (*output->funcs->dpms) (output, mode);
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < config->num_crtc; i++) {
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[i];
+ if (crtc->enabled)
+ (*crtc->funcs->dpms) (crtc, mode);
+ }
+
+ if (mode != DPMSModeOff) {
+ for (i = 0; i < config->num_output; i++) {
+ xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[i];
+ if (output->crtc != NULL)
+ (*output->funcs->dpms) (output, mode);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Implement the screensaver by just calling down into the driver DPMS hooks.
+ *
+ * Even for monitors with no DPMS support, by the definition of our DPMS hooks,
+ * the outputs will still get disabled (blanked).
+ */
+Bool
+xf86SaveScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, int mode)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
+
+ if (xf86IsUnblank(mode))
+ xf86DPMSSet(pScrn, DPMSModeOn, 0);
+ else
+ xf86DPMSSet(pScrn, DPMSModeOff, 0);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Disable all inactive crtcs and outputs
+ */
+void
+xf86DisableUnusedFunctions(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)
+{
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
+ int o, c;
+
+ for (o = 0; o < xf86_config->num_output; o++)
+ {
+ xf86OutputPtr output = xf86_config->output[o];
+ if (!output->crtc)
+ (*output->funcs->dpms)(output, DPMSModeOff);
+ }
+
+ for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)
+ {
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];
+
+ if (!crtc->enabled)
+ {
+ crtc->funcs->dpms(crtc, DPMSModeOff);
+ memset(&crtc->mode, 0, sizeof(crtc->mode));
+ xf86RotateDestroy(crtc);
+ crtc->active = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ if (pScrn->pScreen)
+ xf86_crtc_notify(pScrn->pScreen);
+ if (pScrn->ModeSet)
+ pScrn->ModeSet(pScrn);
+}
+
+#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+
+#define EDID_ATOM_NAME "EDID"
+
+/**
+ * Set the RandR EDID property
+ */
+static void
+xf86OutputSetEDIDProperty (xf86OutputPtr output, void *data, int data_len)
+{
+ Atom edid_atom = MakeAtom(EDID_ATOM_NAME, sizeof(EDID_ATOM_NAME) - 1, TRUE);
+
+ /* This may get called before the RandR resources have been created */
+ if (output->randr_output == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ if (data_len != 0) {
+ RRChangeOutputProperty(output->randr_output, edid_atom, XA_INTEGER, 8,
+ PropModeReplace, data_len, data, FALSE, TRUE);
+ } else {
+ RRDeleteOutputProperty(output->randr_output, edid_atom);
+ }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* Pull out a phyiscal size from a detailed timing if available. */
+struct det_phySize_parameter {
+ xf86OutputPtr output;
+ ddc_quirk_t quirks;
+ Bool ret;
+};
+
+static void handle_detailed_physical_size(struct detailed_monitor_section
+ *det_mon, void *data)
+{
+ struct det_phySize_parameter *p;
+ p = (struct det_phySize_parameter *)data;
+
+ if (p->ret == TRUE )
+ return ;
+
+ xf86DetTimingApplyQuirks(det_mon, p->quirks,
+ p->output->MonInfo->features.hsize,
+ p->output->MonInfo->features.vsize);
+ if (det_mon->type == DT &&
+ det_mon->section.d_timings.h_size != 0 &&
+ det_mon->section.d_timings.v_size != 0) {
+
+ p->output->mm_width = det_mon->section.d_timings.h_size;
+ p->output->mm_height = det_mon->section.d_timings.v_size;
+ p->ret = TRUE;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set the EDID information for the specified output
+ */
+void
+xf86OutputSetEDID (xf86OutputPtr output, xf86MonPtr edid_mon)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrn = output->scrn;
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ Bool debug_modes = config->debug_modes || xf86Initialising;
+#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+ int size;
+#endif
+
+ free(output->MonInfo);
+
+ output->MonInfo = edid_mon;
+ output->mm_width = 0;
+ output->mm_height = 0;
+
+ if (debug_modes) {
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrn->scrnIndex, X_INFO, "EDID for output %s\n",
+ output->name);
+ xf86PrintEDID(edid_mon);
+ }
+
+ /* Set the DDC properties for the 'compat' output */
+ if (output == xf86CompatOutput(scrn))
+ xf86SetDDCproperties(scrn, edid_mon);
+
+#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+ /* Set the RandR output properties */
+ size = 0;
+ if (edid_mon)
+ {
+ if (edid_mon->ver.version == 1) {
+ size = 128;
+ if (edid_mon->flags & EDID_COMPLETE_RAWDATA)
+ size += edid_mon->no_sections * 128;
+ } else if (edid_mon->ver.version == 2)
+ size = 256;
+ }
+ xf86OutputSetEDIDProperty (output, edid_mon ? edid_mon->rawData : NULL, size);
+#endif
+
+ if (edid_mon) {
+
+ struct det_phySize_parameter p;
+ p.output = output;
+ p.quirks = xf86DDCDetectQuirks(scrn->scrnIndex,edid_mon, FALSE);
+ p.ret = FALSE;
+ xf86ForEachDetailedBlock(edid_mon,
+ handle_detailed_physical_size, &p);
+
+ /* if no mm size is available from a detailed timing, check the max size field */
+ if ((!output->mm_width || !output->mm_height) &&
+ (edid_mon->features.hsize && edid_mon->features.vsize))
+ {
+ output->mm_width = edid_mon->features.hsize * 10;
+ output->mm_height = edid_mon->features.vsize * 10;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return the list of modes supported by the EDID information
+ * stored in 'output'
+ */
+DisplayModePtr
+xf86OutputGetEDIDModes (xf86OutputPtr output)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrn = output->scrn;
+ xf86MonPtr edid_mon = output->MonInfo;
+
+ if (!edid_mon)
+ return NULL;
+ return xf86DDCGetModes(scrn->scrnIndex, edid_mon);
+}
+
+/* maybe we should care about DDC1? meh. */
+xf86MonPtr
+xf86OutputGetEDID (xf86OutputPtr output, I2CBusPtr pDDCBus)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrn = output->scrn;
+ xf86MonPtr mon;
+
+ mon = xf86DoEEDID(scrn->scrnIndex, pDDCBus, TRUE);
+ if (mon)
+ xf86DDCApplyQuirks(scrn->scrnIndex, mon);
+
+ return mon;
+}
+
+static char *_xf86ConnectorNames[] = {
+ "None", "VGA", "DVI-I", "DVI-D",
+ "DVI-A", "Composite", "S-Video",
+ "Component", "LFP", "Proprietary",
+ "HDMI", "DisplayPort",
+ };
+char *
+xf86ConnectorGetName(xf86ConnectorType connector)
+{
+ return _xf86ConnectorNames[connector];
+}
+
+static void
+x86_crtc_box_intersect(BoxPtr dest, BoxPtr a, BoxPtr b)
+{
+ dest->x1 = a->x1 > b->x1 ? a->x1 : b->x1;
+ dest->x2 = a->x2 < b->x2 ? a->x2 : b->x2;
+ dest->y1 = a->y1 > b->y1 ? a->y1 : b->y1;
+ dest->y2 = a->y2 < b->y2 ? a->y2 : b->y2;
+
+ if (dest->x1 >= dest->x2 || dest->y1 >= dest->y2)
+ dest->x1 = dest->x2 = dest->y1 = dest->y2 = 0;
+}
+
+static void
+x86_crtc_box(xf86CrtcPtr crtc, BoxPtr crtc_box)
+{
+ if (crtc->enabled) {
+ crtc_box->x1 = crtc->x;
+ crtc_box->x2 = crtc->x + xf86ModeWidth(&crtc->mode, crtc->rotation);
+ crtc_box->y1 = crtc->y;
+ crtc_box->y2 = crtc->y + xf86ModeHeight(&crtc->mode, crtc->rotation);
+ } else
+ crtc_box->x1 = crtc_box->x2 = crtc_box->y1 = crtc_box->y2 = 0;
+}
+
+static int
+xf86_crtc_box_area(BoxPtr box)
+{
+ return (int) (box->x2 - box->x1) * (int) (box->y2 - box->y1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the crtc covering 'box'. If two crtcs cover a portion of
+ * 'box', then prefer 'desired'. If 'desired' is NULL, then prefer the crtc
+ * with greater coverage
+ */
+
+static xf86CrtcPtr
+xf86_covering_crtc(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn,
+ BoxPtr box,
+ xf86CrtcPtr desired,
+ BoxPtr crtc_box_ret)
+{
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc, best_crtc;
+ int coverage, best_coverage;
+ int c;
+ BoxRec crtc_box, cover_box;
+
+ best_crtc = NULL;
+ best_coverage = 0;
+ crtc_box_ret->x1 = 0;
+ crtc_box_ret->x2 = 0;
+ crtc_box_ret->y1 = 0;
+ crtc_box_ret->y2 = 0;
+ for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++) {
+ crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];
+ x86_crtc_box(crtc, &crtc_box);
+ x86_crtc_box_intersect(&cover_box, &crtc_box, box);
+ coverage = xf86_crtc_box_area(&cover_box);
+ if (coverage && crtc == desired) {
+ *crtc_box_ret = crtc_box;
+ return crtc;
+ } else if (coverage > best_coverage) {
+ *crtc_box_ret = crtc_box;
+ best_crtc = crtc;
+ best_coverage = coverage;
+ }
+ }
+ return best_crtc;
+}
+
+/*
+ * For overlay video, compute the relevant CRTC and
+ * clip video to that.
+ *
+ * returning FALSE means there was a memory failure of some kind,
+ * not that the video shouldn't be displayed
+ */
+
+Bool
+xf86_crtc_clip_video_helper(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn,
+ xf86CrtcPtr *crtc_ret,
+ xf86CrtcPtr desired_crtc,
+ BoxPtr dst,
+ INT32 *xa,
+ INT32 *xb,
+ INT32 *ya,
+ INT32 *yb,
+ RegionPtr reg,
+ INT32 width,
+ INT32 height)
+{
+ Bool ret;
+ RegionRec crtc_region_local;
+ RegionPtr crtc_region = reg;
+
+ if (crtc_ret) {
+ BoxRec crtc_box;
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_covering_crtc(pScrn, dst,
+ desired_crtc,
+ &crtc_box);
+
+ if (crtc) {
+ RegionInit(&crtc_region_local, &crtc_box, 1);
+ crtc_region = &crtc_region_local;
+ RegionIntersect(crtc_region, crtc_region, reg);
+ }
+ *crtc_ret = crtc;
+ }
+
+ ret = xf86XVClipVideoHelper(dst, xa, xb, ya, yb,
+ crtc_region, width, height);
+
+ if (crtc_region != reg)
+ RegionUninit(&crtc_region_local);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr
+xf86_wrap_crtc_notify (ScreenPtr screen, xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr new)
+{
+ if (xf86CrtcConfigPrivateIndex != -1)
+ {
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr old;
+
+ old = config->xf86_crtc_notify;
+ config->xf86_crtc_notify = new;
+ return old;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+void
+xf86_unwrap_crtc_notify(ScreenPtr screen, xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr old)
+{
+ if (xf86CrtcConfigPrivateIndex != -1)
+ {
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+
+ config->xf86_crtc_notify = old;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+xf86_crtc_notify(ScreenPtr screen)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+
+ if (config->xf86_crtc_notify)
+ config->xf86_crtc_notify(screen);
+}
+
+Bool
+xf86_crtc_supports_gamma(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)
+{
+ if (xf86CrtcConfigPrivateIndex != -1) {
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc;
+
+ /* for multiple drivers loaded we need this */
+ if (!xf86_config)
+ return FALSE;
+ if (xf86_config->num_crtc == 0)
+ return FALSE;
+ crtc = xf86_config->crtc[0];
+
+ return crtc->funcs->gamma_set != NULL;
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/os-support/xf86_OSlib.h b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/os-support/xf86_OSlib.h
index 147a201ee..6374ccab3 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/os-support/xf86_OSlib.h
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/os-support/xf86_OSlib.h
@@ -1,419 +1,414 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 1990, 1991 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany
- * Copyright 1992 by David Dawes <dawes@XFree86.org>
- * Copyright 1992 by Jim Tsillas <jtsilla@damon.ccs.northeastern.edu>
- * Copyright 1992 by Rich Murphey <Rich@Rice.edu>
- * Copyright 1992 by Robert Baron <Robert.Baron@ernst.mach.cs.cmu.edu>
- * Copyright 1992 by Orest Zborowski <obz@eskimo.com>
- * Copyright 1993 by Vrije Universiteit, The Netherlands
- * Copyright 1993 by David Wexelblat <dwex@XFree86.org>
- * Copyright 1994, 1996 by Holger Veit <Holger.Veit@gmd.de>
- * Copyright 1997 by Takis Psarogiannakopoulos <takis@dpmms.cam.ac.uk>
- * Copyright 1994-2003 by The XFree86 Project, Inc
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the names of the above listed copyright holders
- * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of
- * the software without specific, written prior permission. The above listed
- * copyright holders make no representations about the suitability of this
- * software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or
- * implied warranty.
- *
- * THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
- * TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
- * AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY
- * DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING
- * OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- *
- */
-
-/*
- * The ARM32 code here carries the following copyright:
- *
- * Copyright 1997
- * Digital Equipment Corporation. All rights reserved.
- * This software is furnished under license and may be used and copied only in
- * accordance with the following terms and conditions. Subject to these
- * conditions, you may download, copy, install, use, modify and distribute
- * this software in source and/or binary form. No title or ownership is
- * transferred hereby.
- *
- * 1) Any source code used, modified or distributed must reproduce and retain
- * this copyright notice and list of conditions as they appear in the
- * source file.
- *
- * 2) No right is granted to use any trade name, trademark, or logo of Digital
- * Equipment Corporation. Neither the "Digital Equipment Corporation"
- * name nor any trademark or logo of Digital Equipment Corporation may be
- * used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
- * the prior written permission of Digital Equipment Corporation.
- *
- * 3) This software is provided "AS-IS" and any express or implied warranties,
- * including but not limited to, any implied warranties of merchantability,
- * fitness for a particular purpose, or non-infringement are disclaimed.
- * In no event shall DIGITAL be liable for any damages whatsoever, and in
- * particular, DIGITAL shall not be liable for special, indirect,
- * consequential, or incidental damages or damages for lost profits, loss
- * of revenue or loss of use, whether such damages arise in contract,
- * negligence, tort, under statute, in equity, at law or otherwise, even
- * if advised of the possibility of such damage.
- *
- */
-
-/*
- * This is private, and should not be included by any drivers. Drivers
- * may include xf86_OSproc.h to get prototypes for public interfaces.
- */
-
-#ifndef _XF86_OSLIB_H
-#define _XF86_OSLIB_H
-
-#include <X11/Xos.h>
-#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stddef.h>
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/* SYSV386 (SVR3, SVR4), including Solaris */
-/**************************************************************************/
-#if (defined(SYSV) || defined(SVR4)) && \
- (defined(sun) || defined(__i386__))
-# include <sys/ioctl.h>
-# include <signal.h>
-# include <termio.h>
-# include <sys/stat.h>
-# include <sys/types.h>
-
-
-# include <errno.h>
-
-# if defined(_NEED_SYSI86)
-# if !(defined (sun) && defined (SVR4))
-# include <sys/immu.h>
-# include <sys/region.h>
-# endif
-# include <sys/proc.h>
-# include <sys/tss.h>
-# include <sys/sysi86.h>
-# if defined(SVR4) && !defined(sun)
-# include <sys/seg.h>
-# endif /* SVR4 && !sun */
-/* V86SC_IOPL was moved to <sys/sysi86.h> on Solaris 7 and later */
-# if !defined(V86SC_IOPL) /* Solaris 7 or later? */
-# include <sys/v86.h> /* Nope */
-# endif
-# if defined(sun) && (defined (__i386__) || defined(__i386) || defined(__x86)) && defined (SVR4)
-# include <sys/psw.h>
-# endif
-# endif /* _NEED_SYSI86 */
-
-# if defined(HAS_SVR3_MMAPDRV)
-# include <sys/sysmacros.h>
-# if !defined(_NEED_SYSI86)
-# include <sys/immu.h>
-# include <sys/region.h>
-# endif
-# include <sys/mmap.h> /* MMAP driver header */
-# endif
-
-# if !defined(sun) || defined(HAVE_SYS_VT_H)
-# define HAS_USL_VTS
-# endif
-# if !defined(sun)
-# include <sys/emap.h>
-# endif
-# if defined(HAS_USL_VTS)
-# if !defined(sun)
-# include <sys/at_ansi.h>
-# endif
-# include <sys/kd.h>
-# include <sys/vt.h>
-# endif
-
-# if defined(sun)
-# include <sys/fbio.h>
-# include <sys/kbd.h>
-# include <sys/kbio.h>
-
-/* undefine symbols from <sys/kbd.h> we don't need that conflict with enum
- definitions in parser/xf86tokens.h */
-# undef STRING
-# undef LEFTALT
-# undef RIGHTALT
-
-# define LED_CAP LED_CAPS_LOCK
-# define LED_NUM LED_NUM_LOCK
-# define LED_SCR LED_SCROLL_LOCK
-# define LED_COMP LED_COMPOSE
-# endif /* sun */
-
-# if !defined(VT_ACKACQ)
-# define VT_ACKACQ 2
-# endif /* !VT_ACKACQ */
-
-
-# if defined(SVR4)
-# include <sys/mman.h>
-# if !(defined(sun) && defined (SVR4))
-# define DEV_MEM "/dev/pmem"
-# endif
-# define CLEARDTR_SUPPORT
-# define POSIX_TTY
-# endif /* SVR4 */
-
-
-# if defined(sun) && defined(HAS_USL_VTS)
-# define USE_VT_SYSREQ
-# endif
-
-#endif /* (SYSV || SVR4) */
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/* Linux or Glibc-based system */
-/**************************************************************************/
-#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__GLIBC__)
-# include <sys/ioctl.h>
-# include <signal.h>
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# include <sys/types.h>
-# include <assert.h>
-
-# ifdef __linux__
-# include <termio.h>
-# else /* __GLIBC__ */
-# include <termios.h>
-# endif
-# ifdef __sparc__
-# include <sys/param.h>
-# endif
-
-# include <errno.h>
-
-# include <sys/stat.h>
-
-# include <sys/mman.h>
-# ifdef __linux__
-# define HAS_USL_VTS
-# include <sys/kd.h>
-# include <sys/vt.h>
-# define LDGMAP GIO_SCRNMAP
-# define LDSMAP PIO_SCRNMAP
-# define LDNMAP LDSMAP
-# define CLEARDTR_SUPPORT
-# define USE_VT_SYSREQ
-# endif
-
-# define POSIX_TTY
-
-#endif /* __linux__ || __GLIBC__ */
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/* 386BSD and derivatives, BSD/386 */
-/**************************************************************************/
-
-#if defined(__386BSD__) && (defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__NetBSD__))
-# undef __386BSD__
-#endif
-
-#ifdef CSRG_BASED
-# include <sys/ioctl.h>
-# include <signal.h>
-
-# include <termios.h>
-# define termio termios
-# define POSIX_TTY
-
-# include <errno.h>
-
-# include <sys/types.h>
-# include <sys/mman.h>
-# include <sys/stat.h>
-
-# if defined(__bsdi__)
-# include <sys/param.h>
-# if (_BSDI_VERSION < 199510)
-# include <i386/isa/vgaioctl.h>
-# endif
-# endif /* __bsdi__ */
-
-#endif /* CSRG_BASED */
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/* Kernel of *BSD */
-/**************************************************************************/
-#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD_kernel__) || \
- defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__bsdi__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
-
-# include <sys/param.h>
-# if defined(__FreeBSD_version) && !defined(__FreeBSD_kernel_version)
-# define __FreeBSD_kernel_version __FreeBSD_version
-# endif
-
-# if !defined(LINKKIT)
- /* Don't need this stuff for the Link Kit */
-# if defined(__bsdi__)
-# include <i386/isa/pcconsioctl.h>
-# define CONSOLE_X_MODE_ON PCCONIOCRAW
-# define CONSOLE_X_MODE_OFF PCCONIOCCOOK
-# define CONSOLE_X_BELL PCCONIOCBEEP
-# else /* __bsdi__ */
-# ifdef SYSCONS_SUPPORT
-# define COMPAT_SYSCONS
-# if defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__)
-# include <machine/console.h>
-# else
-# if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD_kernel__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
-# if defined(__DragonFly__) || (__FreeBSD_kernel_version >= 410000)
-# include <sys/consio.h>
-# include <sys/kbio.h>
-# else
-# include <machine/console.h>
-# endif /* FreeBSD 4.1 RELEASE or lator */
-# else
-# include <sys/console.h>
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT */
-# if defined(PCVT_SUPPORT)
-# if !defined(SYSCONS_SUPPORT)
- /* no syscons, so include pcvt specific header file */
-# if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD_kernel__)
-# include <machine/pcvt_ioctl.h>
-# else
-# if defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__)
-# if !defined(WSCONS_SUPPORT)
-# include <machine/pcvt_ioctl.h>
-# endif /* WSCONS_SUPPORT */
-# else
-# include <sys/pcvt_ioctl.h>
-# endif /* __NetBSD__ */
-# endif /* __FreeBSD_kernel__ || __OpenBSD__ */
-# else /* pcvt and syscons: hard-code the ID magic */
-# define VGAPCVTID _IOWR('V',113, struct pcvtid)
- struct pcvtid {
- char name[16];
- int rmajor, rminor;
- };
-# endif /* PCVT_SUPPORT && SYSCONS_SUPPORT */
-# endif /* PCVT_SUPPORT */
-# ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT
-# include <dev/wscons/wsconsio.h>
-# include <dev/wscons/wsdisplay_usl_io.h>
-# endif /* WSCONS_SUPPORT */
-# if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD_kernel__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
-# if defined(__FreeBSD_kernel_version) && (__FreeBSD_kernel_version >= 500013)
-# include <sys/mouse.h>
-# else
-# undef MOUSE_GETINFO
-# include <machine/mouse.h>
-# endif
-# endif
- /* Include these definitions in case ioctl_pc.h didn't get included */
-# ifndef CONSOLE_X_MODE_ON
-# define CONSOLE_X_MODE_ON _IO('t',121)
-# endif
-# ifndef CONSOLE_X_MODE_OFF
-# define CONSOLE_X_MODE_OFF _IO('t',122)
-# endif
-# ifndef CONSOLE_X_BELL
-# define CONSOLE_X_BELL _IOW('t',123,int[2])
-# endif
-# ifndef CONSOLE_X_TV_ON
-# define CONSOLE_X_TV_ON _IOW('t',155,int)
-# define XMODE_RGB 0
-# define XMODE_NTSC 1
-# define XMODE_PAL 2
-# define XMODE_SECAM 3
-# endif
-# ifndef CONSOLE_X_TV_OFF
-# define CONSOLE_X_TV_OFF _IO('t',156)
-# endif
-#ifndef CONSOLE_GET_LINEAR_INFO
-# define CONSOLE_GET_LINEAR_INFO _IOR('t',157,struct map_info)
-#endif
-#ifndef CONSOLE_GET_IO_INFO
-# define CONSOLE_GET_IO_INFO _IOR('t',158,struct map_info)
-#endif
-#ifndef CONSOLE_GET_MEM_INFO
-# define CONSOLE_GET_MEM_INFO _IOR('t',159,struct map_info)
-#endif
-# endif /* __bsdi__ */
-# endif /* !LINKKIT */
-
-#if defined(USE_I386_IOPL) || defined(USE_AMD64_IOPL)
-#include <machine/sysarch.h>
-#endif
-
-# define CLEARDTR_SUPPORT
-
-# if defined(SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined(PCVT_SUPPORT) || defined(WSCONS_SUPPORT)
-# define USE_VT_SYSREQ
-# endif
-
-#endif
-/* __FreeBSD_kernel__ || __NetBSD__ || __OpenBSD__ || __bsdi__ */
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/* IRIX */
-/**************************************************************************/
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/* Generic */
-/**************************************************************************/
-
-#include <sys/wait.h> /* May need to adjust this for other OSs */
-
-/*
- * Hack originally for ISC 2.2 POSIX headers, but may apply elsewhere,
- * and it's safe, so just do it.
- */
-#if !defined(O_NDELAY) && defined(O_NONBLOCK)
-# define O_NDELAY O_NONBLOCK
-#endif /* !O_NDELAY && O_NONBLOCK */
-
-#if !defined(MAXHOSTNAMELEN)
-# define MAXHOSTNAMELEN 32
-#endif /* !MAXHOSTNAMELEN */
-
-#if defined(_POSIX_SOURCE)
-# include <limits.h>
-#else
-# define _POSIX_SOURCE
-# include <limits.h>
-# undef _POSIX_SOURCE
-#endif /* _POSIX_SOURCE */
-
-#if !defined(PATH_MAX)
-# if defined(MAXPATHLEN)
-# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
-# else
-# define PATH_MAX 1024
-# endif /* MAXPATHLEN */
-#endif /* !PATH_MAX */
-
-
-#ifndef DEV_MEM
-#define DEV_MEM "/dev/mem"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef VT_SYSREQ_DEFAULT
-#define VT_SYSREQ_DEFAULT FALSE
-#endif
-
-#define SYSCALL(call) while(((call) == -1) && (errno == EINTR))
-
-#define XF86_OS_PRIVS
-#include "xf86_OSproc.h"
-
-#ifndef NO_COMPILER_H
-#include "compiler.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _XF86_OSLIB_H */
+/*
+ * Copyright 1990, 1991 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany
+ * Copyright 1992 by David Dawes <dawes@XFree86.org>
+ * Copyright 1992 by Jim Tsillas <jtsilla@damon.ccs.northeastern.edu>
+ * Copyright 1992 by Rich Murphey <Rich@Rice.edu>
+ * Copyright 1992 by Robert Baron <Robert.Baron@ernst.mach.cs.cmu.edu>
+ * Copyright 1992 by Orest Zborowski <obz@eskimo.com>
+ * Copyright 1993 by Vrije Universiteit, The Netherlands
+ * Copyright 1993 by David Wexelblat <dwex@XFree86.org>
+ * Copyright 1994, 1996 by Holger Veit <Holger.Veit@gmd.de>
+ * Copyright 1997 by Takis Psarogiannakopoulos <takis@dpmms.cam.ac.uk>
+ * Copyright 1994-2003 by The XFree86 Project, Inc
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+ * documentation, and that the names of the above listed copyright holders
+ * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of
+ * the software without specific, written prior permission. The above listed
+ * copyright holders make no representations about the suitability of this
+ * software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or
+ * implied warranty.
+ *
+ * THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+ * TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+ * AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
+ * LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY
+ * DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING
+ * OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * The ARM32 code here carries the following copyright:
+ *
+ * Copyright 1997
+ * Digital Equipment Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ * This software is furnished under license and may be used and copied only in
+ * accordance with the following terms and conditions. Subject to these
+ * conditions, you may download, copy, install, use, modify and distribute
+ * this software in source and/or binary form. No title or ownership is
+ * transferred hereby.
+ *
+ * 1) Any source code used, modified or distributed must reproduce and retain
+ * this copyright notice and list of conditions as they appear in the
+ * source file.
+ *
+ * 2) No right is granted to use any trade name, trademark, or logo of Digital
+ * Equipment Corporation. Neither the "Digital Equipment Corporation"
+ * name nor any trademark or logo of Digital Equipment Corporation may be
+ * used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ * the prior written permission of Digital Equipment Corporation.
+ *
+ * 3) This software is provided "AS-IS" and any express or implied warranties,
+ * including but not limited to, any implied warranties of merchantability,
+ * fitness for a particular purpose, or non-infringement are disclaimed.
+ * In no event shall DIGITAL be liable for any damages whatsoever, and in
+ * particular, DIGITAL shall not be liable for special, indirect,
+ * consequential, or incidental damages or damages for lost profits, loss
+ * of revenue or loss of use, whether such damages arise in contract,
+ * negligence, tort, under statute, in equity, at law or otherwise, even
+ * if advised of the possibility of such damage.
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This is private, and should not be included by any drivers. Drivers
+ * may include xf86_OSproc.h to get prototypes for public interfaces.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _XF86_OSLIB_H
+#define _XF86_OSLIB_H
+
+#include <X11/Xos.h>
+#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/* SYSV386 (SVR3, SVR4), including Solaris */
+/**************************************************************************/
+#if (defined(SYSV) || defined(SVR4)) && \
+ (defined(sun) || defined(__i386__))
+# include <sys/ioctl.h>
+# include <signal.h>
+# include <termio.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+
+# include <errno.h>
+
+# if defined(_NEED_SYSI86)
+# if !(defined (sun) && defined (SVR4))
+# include <sys/immu.h>
+# include <sys/region.h>
+# endif
+# include <sys/proc.h>
+# include <sys/tss.h>
+# include <sys/sysi86.h>
+# if defined(SVR4) && !defined(sun)
+# include <sys/seg.h>
+# endif /* SVR4 && !sun */
+/* V86SC_IOPL was moved to <sys/sysi86.h> on Solaris 7 and later */
+# if !defined(V86SC_IOPL) /* Solaris 7 or later? */
+# include <sys/v86.h> /* Nope */
+# endif
+# if defined(sun) && (defined (__i386__) || defined(__i386) || defined(__x86)) && defined (SVR4)
+# include <sys/psw.h>
+# endif
+# endif /* _NEED_SYSI86 */
+
+# if defined(HAS_SVR3_MMAPDRV)
+# include <sys/sysmacros.h>
+# if !defined(_NEED_SYSI86)
+# include <sys/immu.h>
+# include <sys/region.h>
+# endif
+# include <sys/mmap.h> /* MMAP driver header */
+# endif
+
+# if !defined(sun) || defined(HAVE_SYS_VT_H)
+# define HAS_USL_VTS
+# endif
+# if !defined(sun)
+# include <sys/emap.h>
+# endif
+# if defined(HAS_USL_VTS)
+# if !defined(sun)
+# include <sys/at_ansi.h>
+# endif
+# include <sys/kd.h>
+# include <sys/vt.h>
+# endif
+
+# if defined(sun)
+# include <sys/fbio.h>
+# include <sys/kbd.h>
+# include <sys/kbio.h>
+
+/* undefine symbols from <sys/kbd.h> we don't need that conflict with enum
+ definitions in parser/xf86tokens.h */
+# undef STRING
+# undef LEFTALT
+# undef RIGHTALT
+
+# define LED_CAP LED_CAPS_LOCK
+# define LED_NUM LED_NUM_LOCK
+# define LED_SCR LED_SCROLL_LOCK
+# define LED_COMP LED_COMPOSE
+# endif /* sun */
+
+# if !defined(VT_ACKACQ)
+# define VT_ACKACQ 2
+# endif /* !VT_ACKACQ */
+
+
+# if defined(SVR4)
+# include <sys/mman.h>
+# if !(defined(sun) && defined (SVR4))
+# define DEV_MEM "/dev/pmem"
+# endif
+# define CLEARDTR_SUPPORT
+# define POSIX_TTY
+# endif /* SVR4 */
+
+
+# if defined(sun) && defined(HAS_USL_VTS)
+# define USE_VT_SYSREQ
+# endif
+
+#endif /* (SYSV || SVR4) */
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/* Linux or Glibc-based system */
+/**************************************************************************/
+#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__GLIBC__)
+# include <sys/ioctl.h>
+# include <signal.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <assert.h>
+
+# ifdef __linux__
+# include <termio.h>
+# else /* __GLIBC__ */
+# include <termios.h>
+# endif
+# ifdef __sparc__
+# include <sys/param.h>
+# endif
+
+# include <errno.h>
+
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+
+# include <sys/mman.h>
+# ifdef __linux__
+# define HAS_USL_VTS
+# include <sys/kd.h>
+# include <sys/vt.h>
+# define LDGMAP GIO_SCRNMAP
+# define LDSMAP PIO_SCRNMAP
+# define LDNMAP LDSMAP
+# define CLEARDTR_SUPPORT
+# define USE_VT_SYSREQ
+# endif
+
+# define POSIX_TTY
+
+#endif /* __linux__ || __GLIBC__ */
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/* 386BSD and derivatives, BSD/386 */
+/**************************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(__386BSD__) && (defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__NetBSD__))
+# undef __386BSD__
+#endif
+
+#ifdef CSRG_BASED
+# include <sys/ioctl.h>
+# include <signal.h>
+
+# include <termios.h>
+# define termio termios
+# define POSIX_TTY
+
+# include <errno.h>
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <sys/mman.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+
+# if defined(__bsdi__)
+# include <sys/param.h>
+# if (_BSDI_VERSION < 199510)
+# include <i386/isa/vgaioctl.h>
+# endif
+# endif /* __bsdi__ */
+
+#endif /* CSRG_BASED */
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/* Kernel of *BSD */
+/**************************************************************************/
+#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD_kernel__) || \
+ defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__bsdi__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
+
+# include <sys/param.h>
+# if defined(__FreeBSD_version) && !defined(__FreeBSD_kernel_version)
+# define __FreeBSD_kernel_version __FreeBSD_version
+# endif
+
+# if !defined(LINKKIT)
+ /* Don't need this stuff for the Link Kit */
+# if defined(__bsdi__)
+# include <i386/isa/pcconsioctl.h>
+# define CONSOLE_X_MODE_ON PCCONIOCRAW
+# define CONSOLE_X_MODE_OFF PCCONIOCCOOK
+# define CONSOLE_X_BELL PCCONIOCBEEP
+# else /* __bsdi__ */
+# ifdef SYSCONS_SUPPORT
+# define COMPAT_SYSCONS
+# if defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__)
+# include <machine/console.h>
+# else
+# if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD_kernel__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
+# if defined(__DragonFly__) || (__FreeBSD_kernel_version >= 410000)
+# include <sys/consio.h>
+# include <sys/kbio.h>
+# else
+# include <machine/console.h>
+# endif /* FreeBSD 4.1 RELEASE or lator */
+# else
+# include <sys/console.h>
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT */
+# if defined(PCVT_SUPPORT)
+# if !defined(SYSCONS_SUPPORT)
+ /* no syscons, so include pcvt specific header file */
+# if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD_kernel__)
+# include <machine/pcvt_ioctl.h>
+# else
+# if defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__)
+# if !defined(WSCONS_SUPPORT)
+# include <machine/pcvt_ioctl.h>
+# endif /* WSCONS_SUPPORT */
+# else
+# include <sys/pcvt_ioctl.h>
+# endif /* __NetBSD__ */
+# endif /* __FreeBSD_kernel__ || __OpenBSD__ */
+# else /* pcvt and syscons: hard-code the ID magic */
+# define VGAPCVTID _IOWR('V',113, struct pcvtid)
+ struct pcvtid {
+ char name[16];
+ int rmajor, rminor;
+ };
+# endif /* PCVT_SUPPORT && SYSCONS_SUPPORT */
+# endif /* PCVT_SUPPORT */
+# ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT
+# include <dev/wscons/wsconsio.h>
+# include <dev/wscons/wsdisplay_usl_io.h>
+# endif /* WSCONS_SUPPORT */
+# if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD_kernel__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
+# if defined(__FreeBSD_kernel_version) && (__FreeBSD_kernel_version >= 500013)
+# include <sys/mouse.h>
+# else
+# undef MOUSE_GETINFO
+# include <machine/mouse.h>
+# endif
+# endif
+ /* Include these definitions in case ioctl_pc.h didn't get included */
+# ifndef CONSOLE_X_MODE_ON
+# define CONSOLE_X_MODE_ON _IO('t',121)
+# endif
+# ifndef CONSOLE_X_MODE_OFF
+# define CONSOLE_X_MODE_OFF _IO('t',122)
+# endif
+# ifndef CONSOLE_X_BELL
+# define CONSOLE_X_BELL _IOW('t',123,int[2])
+# endif
+# ifndef CONSOLE_X_TV_ON
+# define CONSOLE_X_TV_ON _IOW('t',155,int)
+# define XMODE_RGB 0
+# define XMODE_NTSC 1
+# define XMODE_PAL 2
+# define XMODE_SECAM 3
+# endif
+# ifndef CONSOLE_X_TV_OFF
+# define CONSOLE_X_TV_OFF _IO('t',156)
+# endif
+#ifndef CONSOLE_GET_LINEAR_INFO
+# define CONSOLE_GET_LINEAR_INFO _IOR('t',157,struct map_info)
+#endif
+#ifndef CONSOLE_GET_IO_INFO
+# define CONSOLE_GET_IO_INFO _IOR('t',158,struct map_info)
+#endif
+#ifndef CONSOLE_GET_MEM_INFO
+# define CONSOLE_GET_MEM_INFO _IOR('t',159,struct map_info)
+#endif
+# endif /* __bsdi__ */
+# endif /* !LINKKIT */
+
+#if defined(USE_I386_IOPL) || defined(USE_AMD64_IOPL)
+#include <machine/sysarch.h>
+#endif
+
+# define CLEARDTR_SUPPORT
+
+# if defined(SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined(PCVT_SUPPORT) || defined(WSCONS_SUPPORT)
+# define USE_VT_SYSREQ
+# endif
+
+#endif
+/* __FreeBSD_kernel__ || __NetBSD__ || __OpenBSD__ || __bsdi__ */
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/* IRIX */
+/**************************************************************************/
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/* Generic */
+/**************************************************************************/
+
+#include <sys/wait.h> /* May need to adjust this for other OSs */
+
+/* For PATH_MAX */
+#include "misc.h"
+
+/*
+ * Hack originally for ISC 2.2 POSIX headers, but may apply elsewhere,
+ * and it's safe, so just do it.
+ */
+#if !defined(O_NDELAY) && defined(O_NONBLOCK)
+# define O_NDELAY O_NONBLOCK
+#endif /* !O_NDELAY && O_NONBLOCK */
+
+#if !defined(MAXHOSTNAMELEN)
+# define MAXHOSTNAMELEN 32
+#endif /* !MAXHOSTNAMELEN */
+
+#if defined(_POSIX_SOURCE)
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# define _POSIX_SOURCE
+# include <limits.h>
+# undef _POSIX_SOURCE
+#endif /* _POSIX_SOURCE */
+
+
+#ifndef DEV_MEM
+#define DEV_MEM "/dev/mem"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef VT_SYSREQ_DEFAULT
+#define VT_SYSREQ_DEFAULT FALSE
+#endif
+
+#define SYSCALL(call) while(((call) == -1) && (errno == EINTR))
+
+#define XF86_OS_PRIVS
+#include "xf86_OSproc.h"
+
+#ifndef NO_COMPILER_H
+#include "compiler.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _XF86_OSLIB_H */
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/parser/scan.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/parser/scan.c
index b829868f7..b36e58e0f 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/parser/scan.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/parser/scan.c
@@ -77,18 +77,13 @@
#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
#endif /* _POSIX_SOURCE */
-#if !defined(PATH_MAX)
-#if defined(MAXPATHLEN)
-#define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
-#else
-#define PATH_MAX 1024
-#endif /* MAXPATHLEN */
-#endif /* !PATH_MAX */
-
#if !defined(MAXHOSTNAMELEN)
#define MAXHOSTNAMELEN 32
#endif /* !MAXHOSTNAMELEN */
+/* For PATH_MAX */
+#include "misc.h"
+
#include "Configint.h"
#include "xf86tokens.h"
diff --git a/xorg-server/include/input.h b/xorg-server/include/input.h
index 643866f98..ec915b37e 100644
--- a/xorg-server/include/input.h
+++ b/xorg-server/include/input.h
@@ -1,595 +1,593 @@
-/************************************************************
-
-Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-********************************************************/
-
-#ifndef INPUT_H
-#define INPUT_H
-
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "screenint.h"
-#include <X11/Xmd.h>
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include "window.h" /* for WindowPtr */
-#include "xkbrules.h"
-#include "events.h"
-
-#define DEVICE_INIT 0
-#define DEVICE_ON 1
-#define DEVICE_OFF 2
-#define DEVICE_CLOSE 3
-
-#define POINTER_RELATIVE (1 << 1)
-#define POINTER_ABSOLUTE (1 << 2)
-#define POINTER_ACCELERATE (1 << 3)
-#define POINTER_SCREEN (1 << 4) /* Data in screen coordinates */
-
-/*int constants for pointer acceleration schemes*/
-#define PtrAccelNoOp 0
-#define PtrAccelPredictable 1
-#define PtrAccelLightweight 2
-#define PtrAccelDefault PtrAccelPredictable
-
-#define MAX_VALUATORS 36
-/* Maximum number of valuators, divided by six, rounded up, to get number
- * of events. */
-#define MAX_VALUATOR_EVENTS 6
-#define MAX_BUTTONS 256 /* completely arbitrarily chosen */
-
-#define NO_AXIS_LIMITS -1
-
-#define MAP_LENGTH 256
-#define DOWN_LENGTH 32 /* 256/8 => number of bytes to hold 256 bits */
-#define NullGrab ((GrabPtr)NULL)
-#define PointerRootWin ((WindowPtr)PointerRoot)
-#define NoneWin ((WindowPtr)None)
-#define NullDevice ((DevicePtr)NULL)
-
-#ifndef FollowKeyboard
-#define FollowKeyboard 3
-#endif
-#ifndef FollowKeyboardWin
-#define FollowKeyboardWin ((WindowPtr) FollowKeyboard)
-#endif
-#ifndef RevertToFollowKeyboard
-#define RevertToFollowKeyboard 3
-#endif
-
-typedef unsigned long Leds;
-typedef struct _OtherClients *OtherClientsPtr;
-typedef struct _InputClients *InputClientsPtr;
-typedef struct _DeviceIntRec *DeviceIntPtr;
-typedef struct _ClassesRec *ClassesPtr;
-typedef struct _SpriteRec *SpritePtr;
-typedef union _GrabMask GrabMask;
-
-typedef struct _EventList {
- xEvent* event;
- int evlen; /* length of allocated memory for event in bytes. This is not
- the actual length of the event. The event's actual length is
- 32 for standard events or 32 +
- ((xGenericEvent*)event)->length * 4 for GenericEvents.
- For events in the EQ, the length is
- ((InternalEvent*)event)->u.any.length */
-} EventList, *EventListPtr;
-
-/* The DIX stores incoming input events in this list */
-extern EventListPtr InputEventList;
-extern int InputEventListLen;
-
-typedef int (*DeviceProc)(
- DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
- int /*what*/);
-
-typedef void (*ProcessInputProc)(
- InternalEvent * /*event*/,
- DeviceIntPtr /*device*/);
-
-typedef Bool (*DeviceHandleProc)(
- DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
- void* /*data*/
- );
-
-typedef void (*DeviceUnwrapProc)(
- DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
- DeviceHandleProc /*proc*/,
- void* /*data*/
- );
-
-/* pointer acceleration handling */
-typedef void (*PointerAccelSchemeProc)(
- DeviceIntPtr /*pDev*/,
- int /*first_valuator*/,
- int /*num_valuators*/,
- int* /*valuators*/,
- int /*evtime*/);
-
-typedef void (*DeviceCallbackProc)(
- DeviceIntPtr /*pDev*/);
-
-struct _ValuatorAccelerationRec;
-typedef Bool (*PointerAccelSchemeInitProc)(
- DeviceIntPtr /*dev*/,
- struct _ValuatorAccelerationRec* /*protoScheme*/);
-
-typedef struct _DeviceRec {
- pointer devicePrivate;
- ProcessInputProc processInputProc; /* current */
- ProcessInputProc realInputProc; /* deliver */
- ProcessInputProc enqueueInputProc; /* enqueue */
- Bool on; /* used by DDX to keep state */
-} DeviceRec, *DevicePtr;
-
-typedef struct _ValuatorMask ValuatorMask;
-
-typedef struct {
- int click, bell, bell_pitch, bell_duration;
- Bool autoRepeat;
- unsigned char autoRepeats[32];
- Leds leds;
- unsigned char id;
-} KeybdCtrl;
-
-typedef struct {
- KeySym *map;
- KeyCode minKeyCode,
- maxKeyCode;
- int mapWidth;
-} KeySymsRec, *KeySymsPtr;
-
-typedef struct {
- int num, den, threshold;
- unsigned char id;
-} PtrCtrl;
-
-typedef struct {
- int resolution, min_value, max_value;
- int integer_displayed;
- unsigned char id;
-} IntegerCtrl;
-
-typedef struct {
- int max_symbols, num_symbols_supported;
- int num_symbols_displayed;
- KeySym *symbols_supported;
- KeySym *symbols_displayed;
- unsigned char id;
-} StringCtrl;
-
-typedef struct {
- int percent, pitch, duration;
- unsigned char id;
-} BellCtrl;
-
-typedef struct {
- Leds led_values;
- Mask led_mask;
- unsigned char id;
-} LedCtrl;
-
-extern _X_EXPORT KeybdCtrl defaultKeyboardControl;
-extern _X_EXPORT PtrCtrl defaultPointerControl;
-
-typedef struct _InputOption {
- char *key;
- char *value;
- struct _InputOption *next;
-} InputOption;
-
-typedef struct _InputAttributes {
- char *product;
- char *vendor;
- char *device;
- char *pnp_id;
- char *usb_id;
- char **tags; /* null-terminated */
- uint32_t flags;
-} InputAttributes;
-
-#define ATTR_KEYBOARD (1<<0)
-#define ATTR_POINTER (1<<1)
-#define ATTR_JOYSTICK (1<<2)
-#define ATTR_TABLET (1<<3)
-#define ATTR_TOUCHPAD (1<<4)
-#define ATTR_TOUCHSCREEN (1<<5)
-
-/* Key/Button has been run through all input processing and events sent to clients. */
-#define KEY_PROCESSED 1
-#define BUTTON_PROCESSED 1
-/* Key/Button has not been fully processed, no events have been sent. */
-#define KEY_POSTED 2
-#define BUTTON_POSTED 2
-
-extern void set_key_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type);
-extern void set_key_up(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type);
-extern int key_is_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type);
-extern void set_button_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type);
-extern void set_button_up(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type);
-extern int button_is_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type);
-
-extern void InitCoreDevices(void);
-extern void InitXTestDevices(void);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT DeviceIntPtr AddInputDevice(
- ClientPtr /*client*/,
- DeviceProc /*deviceProc*/,
- Bool /*autoStart*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool EnableDevice(
- DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
- BOOL /* sendevent */);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool ActivateDevice(
- DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
- BOOL /* sendevent */);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool DisableDevice(
- DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
- BOOL /* sendevent */);
-
-extern int InitAndStartDevices(void);
-
-extern void CloseDownDevices(void);
-
-extern void UndisplayDevices(void);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int RemoveDevice(
- DeviceIntPtr /*dev*/,
- BOOL /* sendevent */);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int NumMotionEvents(void);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int dixLookupDevice(
- DeviceIntPtr * /* dev */,
- int /* id */,
- ClientPtr /* client */,
- Mask /* access_mode */);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void QueryMinMaxKeyCodes(
- KeyCode* /*minCode*/,
- KeyCode* /*maxCode*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool SetKeySymsMap(
- KeySymsPtr /*dst*/,
- KeySymsPtr /*src*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitButtonClassDeviceStruct(
- DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
- int /*numButtons*/,
- Atom* /* labels */,
- CARD8* /*map*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(
- DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
- int /*numAxes*/,
- Atom* /* labels */,
- int /*numMotionEvents*/,
- int /*mode*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitPointerAccelerationScheme(
- DeviceIntPtr /*dev*/,
- int /*scheme*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitAbsoluteClassDeviceStruct(
- DeviceIntPtr /*device*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitFocusClassDeviceStruct(
- DeviceIntPtr /*device*/);
-
-typedef void (*BellProcPtr)(
- int /*percent*/,
- DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
- pointer /*ctrl*/,
- int);
-
-typedef void (*KbdCtrlProcPtr)(
- DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
- KeybdCtrl * /*ctrl*/);
-
-typedef void (*PtrCtrlProcPtr)(
- DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
- PtrCtrl * /*ctrl*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitPtrFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(
- DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
- PtrCtrlProcPtr /*controlProc*/);
-
-typedef void (*StringCtrlProcPtr)(
- DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
- StringCtrl * /*ctrl*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitStringFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(
- DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
- StringCtrlProcPtr /*controlProc*/,
- int /*max_symbols*/,
- int /*num_symbols_supported*/,
- KeySym* /*symbols*/);
-
-typedef void (*BellCtrlProcPtr)(
- DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
- BellCtrl * /*ctrl*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitBellFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(
- DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
- BellProcPtr /*bellProc*/,
- BellCtrlProcPtr /*controlProc*/);
-
-typedef void (*LedCtrlProcPtr)(
- DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
- LedCtrl * /*ctrl*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitLedFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(
- DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
- LedCtrlProcPtr /*controlProc*/);
-
-typedef void (*IntegerCtrlProcPtr)(
- DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
- IntegerCtrl * /*ctrl*/);
-
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitIntegerFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(
- DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
- IntegerCtrlProcPtr /*controlProc*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitPointerDeviceStruct(
- DevicePtr /*device*/,
- CARD8* /*map*/,
- int /*numButtons*/,
- Atom* /* btn_labels */,
- PtrCtrlProcPtr /*controlProc*/,
- int /*numMotionEvents*/,
- int /*numAxes*/,
- Atom* /* axes_labels */);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitKeyboardDeviceStruct(
- DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
- XkbRMLVOSet * /*rmlvo*/,
- BellProcPtr /*bellProc*/,
- KbdCtrlProcPtr /*controlProc*/);
-
-extern int ApplyPointerMapping(
- DeviceIntPtr /* pDev */,
- CARD8 * /* map */,
- int /* len */,
- ClientPtr /* client */);
-
-extern Bool BadDeviceMap(
- BYTE* /*buff*/,
- int /*length*/,
- unsigned /*low*/,
- unsigned /*high*/,
- XID* /*errval*/);
-
-extern void NoteLedState(
- DeviceIntPtr /*keybd*/,
- int /*led*/,
- Bool /*on*/);
-
-extern void MaybeStopHint(
- DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
- ClientPtr /*client*/);
-
-extern void ProcessPointerEvent(
- InternalEvent* /* ev */,
- DeviceIntPtr /*mouse*/);
-
-extern void ProcessKeyboardEvent(
- InternalEvent* /*ev*/,
- DeviceIntPtr /*keybd*/);
-
-extern Bool LegalModifier(
- unsigned int /*key*/,
- DeviceIntPtr /*pDev*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void ProcessInputEvents(void);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void InitInput(
- int /*argc*/,
- char ** /*argv*/);
-extern _X_EXPORT void CloseInput(void);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int GetMaximumEventsNum(void);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int GetEventList(EventListPtr* list);
-extern _X_EXPORT EventListPtr InitEventList(int num_events);
-extern _X_EXPORT void FreeEventList(EventListPtr list, int num_events);
-
-extern void CreateClassesChangedEvent(EventListPtr event,
- DeviceIntPtr master,
- DeviceIntPtr slave,
- int type);
-extern EventListPtr UpdateFromMaster(
- EventListPtr events,
- DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- int type,
- int *num_events);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int GetPointerEvents(
- EventListPtr events,
- DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- int type,
- int buttons,
- int flags,
- const ValuatorMask *mask);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int GetKeyboardEvents(
- EventListPtr events,
- DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- int type,
- int key_code);
-
-extern int GetKeyboardValuatorEvents(
- EventListPtr events,
- DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- int type,
- int key_code,
- const ValuatorMask *mask);
-
-extern int GetProximityEvents(
- EventListPtr events,
- DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- int type,
- const ValuatorMask *mask);
-
-extern void PostSyntheticMotion(
- DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- int x,
- int y,
- int screen,
- unsigned long time);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int GetMotionHistorySize(
- void);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void AllocateMotionHistory(
- DeviceIntPtr pDev);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int GetMotionHistory(
- DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- xTimecoord **buff,
- unsigned long start,
- unsigned long stop,
- ScreenPtr pScreen,
- BOOL core);
-
-extern int AttachDevice(ClientPtr client,
- DeviceIntPtr slave,
- DeviceIntPtr master);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT DeviceIntPtr GetPairedDevice(DeviceIntPtr kbd);
-extern DeviceIntPtr GetMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev, int type);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int AllocDevicePair(ClientPtr client,
- char* name,
- DeviceIntPtr* ptr,
- DeviceIntPtr* keybd,
- DeviceProc ptr_proc,
- DeviceProc keybd_proc,
- Bool master);
-extern void DeepCopyDeviceClasses(DeviceIntPtr from,
- DeviceIntPtr to,
- DeviceChangedEvent *dce);
-
-/* Helper functions. */
-extern _X_EXPORT int generate_modkeymap(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev,
- KeyCode **modkeymap, int *max_keys_per_mod);
-extern int change_modmap(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, KeyCode *map,
- int max_keys_per_mod);
-extern int AllocXTestDevice(ClientPtr client,
- char* name,
- DeviceIntPtr* ptr,
- DeviceIntPtr* keybd,
- DeviceIntPtr master_ptr,
- DeviceIntPtr master_keybd);
-extern BOOL IsXTestDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceIntPtr master);
-extern DeviceIntPtr GetXTestDevice(DeviceIntPtr master);
-extern void SendDevicePresenceEvent(int deviceid, int type);
-extern _X_EXPORT InputAttributes *DuplicateInputAttributes(InputAttributes *attrs);
-extern _X_EXPORT void FreeInputAttributes(InputAttributes *attrs);
-
-/* misc event helpers */
-extern Mask GetEventMask(DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent* ev, InputClientsPtr clients);
-extern Mask GetEventFilter(DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *event);
-extern Mask GetWindowXI2Mask(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win, xEvent* ev);
-void FixUpEventFromWindow(SpritePtr pSprite,
- xEvent *xE,
- WindowPtr pWin,
- Window child,
- Bool calcChild);
-extern WindowPtr XYToWindow(SpritePtr pSprite, int x, int y);
-extern int EventIsDeliverable(DeviceIntPtr dev, InternalEvent* event,
- WindowPtr win);
-/**
- * Masks specifying the type of event to deliver for an InternalEvent; used
- * by EventIsDeliverable.
- * @defgroup EventIsDeliverable return flags
- * @{
- */
-#define EVENT_XI1_MASK (1 << 0) /**< XI1.x event */
-#define EVENT_CORE_MASK (1 << 1) /**< Core event */
-#define EVENT_DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK (1 << 2) /**< DontPropagate mask set */
-#define EVENT_XI2_MASK (1 << 3) /**< XI2 mask set on window */
-/* @} */
-
-/* Implemented by the DDX. */
-extern _X_EXPORT int NewInputDeviceRequest(
- InputOption *options,
- InputAttributes *attrs,
- DeviceIntPtr *dev);
-extern _X_EXPORT void DeleteInputDeviceRequest(
- DeviceIntPtr dev);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void DDXRingBell(
- int volume,
- int pitch,
- int duration);
-
-#define VALUATOR_MODE_ALL_AXES -1
-extern _X_HIDDEN int valuator_get_mode(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axis);
-extern _X_HIDDEN void valuator_set_mode(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axis, int mode);
-
-/* Set to TRUE by default - os/utils.c sets it to FALSE on user request,
- xfixes/cursor.c uses it to determine if the cursor is enabled */
-extern Bool EnableCursor;
-
-extern _X_EXPORT ValuatorMask *valuator_mask_new(int num_valuators);
-extern _X_EXPORT void valuator_mask_free(ValuatorMask **mask);
-extern _X_EXPORT void valuator_mask_set_range(ValuatorMask *mask,
- int first_valuator, int num_valuators,
- const int* valuators);
-extern _X_EXPORT void valuator_mask_set(ValuatorMask *mask,
- int valuator,
- int data);
-extern _X_EXPORT void valuator_mask_zero(ValuatorMask *mask);
-extern _X_EXPORT int valuator_mask_size(const ValuatorMask *mask);
-extern _X_EXPORT int valuator_mask_isset(const ValuatorMask *mask, int bit);
-extern _X_EXPORT void valuator_mask_unset(ValuatorMask *mask, int bit);
-extern _X_EXPORT int valuator_mask_num_valuators(const ValuatorMask *mask);
-extern _X_EXPORT void valuator_mask_copy(ValuatorMask *dest,
- const ValuatorMask *src);
-extern _X_EXPORT int valuator_mask_get(const ValuatorMask *mask, int valnum);
-
-#endif /* INPUT_H */
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifndef INPUT_H
+#define INPUT_H
+
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "screenint.h"
+#include <X11/Xmd.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "window.h" /* for WindowPtr */
+#include "xkbrules.h"
+#include "events.h"
+
+#define DEVICE_INIT 0
+#define DEVICE_ON 1
+#define DEVICE_OFF 2
+#define DEVICE_CLOSE 3
+
+#define POINTER_RELATIVE (1 << 1)
+#define POINTER_ABSOLUTE (1 << 2)
+#define POINTER_ACCELERATE (1 << 3)
+#define POINTER_SCREEN (1 << 4) /* Data in screen coordinates */
+
+/*int constants for pointer acceleration schemes*/
+#define PtrAccelNoOp 0
+#define PtrAccelPredictable 1
+#define PtrAccelLightweight 2
+#define PtrAccelDefault PtrAccelPredictable
+
+#define MAX_VALUATORS 36
+/* Maximum number of valuators, divided by six, rounded up, to get number
+ * of events. */
+#define MAX_VALUATOR_EVENTS 6
+#define MAX_BUTTONS 256 /* completely arbitrarily chosen */
+
+#define NO_AXIS_LIMITS -1
+
+#define MAP_LENGTH 256
+#define DOWN_LENGTH 32 /* 256/8 => number of bytes to hold 256 bits */
+#define NullGrab ((GrabPtr)NULL)
+#define PointerRootWin ((WindowPtr)PointerRoot)
+#define NoneWin ((WindowPtr)None)
+#define NullDevice ((DevicePtr)NULL)
+
+#ifndef FollowKeyboard
+#define FollowKeyboard 3
+#endif
+#ifndef FollowKeyboardWin
+#define FollowKeyboardWin ((WindowPtr) FollowKeyboard)
+#endif
+#ifndef RevertToFollowKeyboard
+#define RevertToFollowKeyboard 3
+#endif
+
+typedef unsigned long Leds;
+typedef struct _OtherClients *OtherClientsPtr;
+typedef struct _InputClients *InputClientsPtr;
+typedef struct _DeviceIntRec *DeviceIntPtr;
+typedef struct _ClassesRec *ClassesPtr;
+typedef struct _SpriteRec *SpritePtr;
+typedef union _GrabMask GrabMask;
+
+typedef struct _ValuatorMask ValuatorMask;
+
+typedef struct _EventList {
+ xEvent* event;
+ int evlen; /* length of allocated memory for event in bytes. This is not
+ the actual length of the event. The event's actual length is
+ 32 for standard events or 32 +
+ ((xGenericEvent*)event)->length * 4 for GenericEvents.
+ For events in the EQ, the length is
+ ((InternalEvent*)event)->u.any.length */
+} EventList, *EventListPtr;
+
+/* The DIX stores incoming input events in this list */
+extern EventListPtr InputEventList;
+extern int InputEventListLen;
+
+typedef int (*DeviceProc)(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
+ int /*what*/);
+
+typedef void (*ProcessInputProc)(
+ InternalEvent * /*event*/,
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/);
+
+typedef Bool (*DeviceHandleProc)(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
+ void* /*data*/
+ );
+
+typedef void (*DeviceUnwrapProc)(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
+ DeviceHandleProc /*proc*/,
+ void* /*data*/
+ );
+
+/* pointer acceleration handling */
+typedef void (*PointerAccelSchemeProc)(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
+ ValuatorMask* /*valuators*/,
+ CARD32 /*evtime*/);
+
+typedef void (*DeviceCallbackProc)(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*pDev*/);
+
+struct _ValuatorAccelerationRec;
+typedef Bool (*PointerAccelSchemeInitProc)(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*dev*/,
+ struct _ValuatorAccelerationRec* /*protoScheme*/);
+
+typedef struct _DeviceRec {
+ pointer devicePrivate;
+ ProcessInputProc processInputProc; /* current */
+ ProcessInputProc realInputProc; /* deliver */
+ ProcessInputProc enqueueInputProc; /* enqueue */
+ Bool on; /* used by DDX to keep state */
+} DeviceRec, *DevicePtr;
+
+typedef struct {
+ int click, bell, bell_pitch, bell_duration;
+ Bool autoRepeat;
+ unsigned char autoRepeats[32];
+ Leds leds;
+ unsigned char id;
+} KeybdCtrl;
+
+typedef struct {
+ KeySym *map;
+ KeyCode minKeyCode,
+ maxKeyCode;
+ int mapWidth;
+} KeySymsRec, *KeySymsPtr;
+
+typedef struct {
+ int num, den, threshold;
+ unsigned char id;
+} PtrCtrl;
+
+typedef struct {
+ int resolution, min_value, max_value;
+ int integer_displayed;
+ unsigned char id;
+} IntegerCtrl;
+
+typedef struct {
+ int max_symbols, num_symbols_supported;
+ int num_symbols_displayed;
+ KeySym *symbols_supported;
+ KeySym *symbols_displayed;
+ unsigned char id;
+} StringCtrl;
+
+typedef struct {
+ int percent, pitch, duration;
+ unsigned char id;
+} BellCtrl;
+
+typedef struct {
+ Leds led_values;
+ Mask led_mask;
+ unsigned char id;
+} LedCtrl;
+
+extern _X_EXPORT KeybdCtrl defaultKeyboardControl;
+extern _X_EXPORT PtrCtrl defaultPointerControl;
+
+typedef struct _InputOption {
+ char *key;
+ char *value;
+ struct _InputOption *next;
+} InputOption;
+
+typedef struct _InputAttributes {
+ char *product;
+ char *vendor;
+ char *device;
+ char *pnp_id;
+ char *usb_id;
+ char **tags; /* null-terminated */
+ uint32_t flags;
+} InputAttributes;
+
+#define ATTR_KEYBOARD (1<<0)
+#define ATTR_POINTER (1<<1)
+#define ATTR_JOYSTICK (1<<2)
+#define ATTR_TABLET (1<<3)
+#define ATTR_TOUCHPAD (1<<4)
+#define ATTR_TOUCHSCREEN (1<<5)
+
+/* Key/Button has been run through all input processing and events sent to clients. */
+#define KEY_PROCESSED 1
+#define BUTTON_PROCESSED 1
+/* Key/Button has not been fully processed, no events have been sent. */
+#define KEY_POSTED 2
+#define BUTTON_POSTED 2
+
+extern void set_key_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type);
+extern void set_key_up(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type);
+extern int key_is_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type);
+extern void set_button_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type);
+extern void set_button_up(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type);
+extern int button_is_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type);
+
+extern void InitCoreDevices(void);
+extern void InitXTestDevices(void);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT DeviceIntPtr AddInputDevice(
+ ClientPtr /*client*/,
+ DeviceProc /*deviceProc*/,
+ Bool /*autoStart*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool EnableDevice(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
+ BOOL /* sendevent */);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool ActivateDevice(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
+ BOOL /* sendevent */);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool DisableDevice(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
+ BOOL /* sendevent */);
+
+extern int InitAndStartDevices(void);
+
+extern void CloseDownDevices(void);
+
+extern void UndisplayDevices(void);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int RemoveDevice(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*dev*/,
+ BOOL /* sendevent */);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int NumMotionEvents(void);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int dixLookupDevice(
+ DeviceIntPtr * /* dev */,
+ int /* id */,
+ ClientPtr /* client */,
+ Mask /* access_mode */);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void QueryMinMaxKeyCodes(
+ KeyCode* /*minCode*/,
+ KeyCode* /*maxCode*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool SetKeySymsMap(
+ KeySymsPtr /*dst*/,
+ KeySymsPtr /*src*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitButtonClassDeviceStruct(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
+ int /*numButtons*/,
+ Atom* /* labels */,
+ CARD8* /*map*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
+ int /*numAxes*/,
+ Atom* /* labels */,
+ int /*numMotionEvents*/,
+ int /*mode*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitPointerAccelerationScheme(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*dev*/,
+ int /*scheme*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitAbsoluteClassDeviceStruct(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitFocusClassDeviceStruct(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/);
+
+typedef void (*BellProcPtr)(
+ int /*percent*/,
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
+ pointer /*ctrl*/,
+ int);
+
+typedef void (*KbdCtrlProcPtr)(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
+ KeybdCtrl * /*ctrl*/);
+
+typedef void (*PtrCtrlProcPtr)(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
+ PtrCtrl * /*ctrl*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitPtrFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
+ PtrCtrlProcPtr /*controlProc*/);
+
+typedef void (*StringCtrlProcPtr)(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
+ StringCtrl * /*ctrl*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitStringFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
+ StringCtrlProcPtr /*controlProc*/,
+ int /*max_symbols*/,
+ int /*num_symbols_supported*/,
+ KeySym* /*symbols*/);
+
+typedef void (*BellCtrlProcPtr)(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
+ BellCtrl * /*ctrl*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitBellFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
+ BellProcPtr /*bellProc*/,
+ BellCtrlProcPtr /*controlProc*/);
+
+typedef void (*LedCtrlProcPtr)(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
+ LedCtrl * /*ctrl*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitLedFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
+ LedCtrlProcPtr /*controlProc*/);
+
+typedef void (*IntegerCtrlProcPtr)(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
+ IntegerCtrl * /*ctrl*/);
+
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitIntegerFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
+ IntegerCtrlProcPtr /*controlProc*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitPointerDeviceStruct(
+ DevicePtr /*device*/,
+ CARD8* /*map*/,
+ int /*numButtons*/,
+ Atom* /* btn_labels */,
+ PtrCtrlProcPtr /*controlProc*/,
+ int /*numMotionEvents*/,
+ int /*numAxes*/,
+ Atom* /* axes_labels */);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitKeyboardDeviceStruct(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
+ XkbRMLVOSet * /*rmlvo*/,
+ BellProcPtr /*bellProc*/,
+ KbdCtrlProcPtr /*controlProc*/);
+
+extern int ApplyPointerMapping(
+ DeviceIntPtr /* pDev */,
+ CARD8 * /* map */,
+ int /* len */,
+ ClientPtr /* client */);
+
+extern Bool BadDeviceMap(
+ BYTE* /*buff*/,
+ int /*length*/,
+ unsigned /*low*/,
+ unsigned /*high*/,
+ XID* /*errval*/);
+
+extern void NoteLedState(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*keybd*/,
+ int /*led*/,
+ Bool /*on*/);
+
+extern void MaybeStopHint(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
+ ClientPtr /*client*/);
+
+extern void ProcessPointerEvent(
+ InternalEvent* /* ev */,
+ DeviceIntPtr /*mouse*/);
+
+extern void ProcessKeyboardEvent(
+ InternalEvent* /*ev*/,
+ DeviceIntPtr /*keybd*/);
+
+extern Bool LegalModifier(
+ unsigned int /*key*/,
+ DeviceIntPtr /*pDev*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void ProcessInputEvents(void);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void InitInput(
+ int /*argc*/,
+ char ** /*argv*/);
+extern _X_EXPORT void CloseInput(void);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int GetMaximumEventsNum(void);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int GetEventList(EventListPtr* list);
+extern _X_EXPORT EventListPtr InitEventList(int num_events);
+extern _X_EXPORT void FreeEventList(EventListPtr list, int num_events);
+
+extern void CreateClassesChangedEvent(EventListPtr event,
+ DeviceIntPtr master,
+ DeviceIntPtr slave,
+ int type);
+extern EventListPtr UpdateFromMaster(
+ EventListPtr events,
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ int type,
+ int *num_events);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int GetPointerEvents(
+ EventListPtr events,
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ int type,
+ int buttons,
+ int flags,
+ const ValuatorMask *mask);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int GetKeyboardEvents(
+ EventListPtr events,
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ int type,
+ int key_code);
+
+extern int GetKeyboardValuatorEvents(
+ EventListPtr events,
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ int type,
+ int key_code,
+ const ValuatorMask *mask);
+
+extern int GetProximityEvents(
+ EventListPtr events,
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ int type,
+ const ValuatorMask *mask);
+
+extern void PostSyntheticMotion(
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ int x,
+ int y,
+ int screen,
+ unsigned long time);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int GetMotionHistorySize(
+ void);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void AllocateMotionHistory(
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int GetMotionHistory(
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ xTimecoord **buff,
+ unsigned long start,
+ unsigned long stop,
+ ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ BOOL core);
+
+extern int AttachDevice(ClientPtr client,
+ DeviceIntPtr slave,
+ DeviceIntPtr master);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT DeviceIntPtr GetPairedDevice(DeviceIntPtr kbd);
+extern DeviceIntPtr GetMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev, int type);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int AllocDevicePair(ClientPtr client,
+ char* name,
+ DeviceIntPtr* ptr,
+ DeviceIntPtr* keybd,
+ DeviceProc ptr_proc,
+ DeviceProc keybd_proc,
+ Bool master);
+extern void DeepCopyDeviceClasses(DeviceIntPtr from,
+ DeviceIntPtr to,
+ DeviceChangedEvent *dce);
+
+/* Helper functions. */
+extern _X_EXPORT int generate_modkeymap(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ KeyCode **modkeymap, int *max_keys_per_mod);
+extern int change_modmap(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, KeyCode *map,
+ int max_keys_per_mod);
+extern int AllocXTestDevice(ClientPtr client,
+ char* name,
+ DeviceIntPtr* ptr,
+ DeviceIntPtr* keybd,
+ DeviceIntPtr master_ptr,
+ DeviceIntPtr master_keybd);
+extern BOOL IsXTestDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceIntPtr master);
+extern DeviceIntPtr GetXTestDevice(DeviceIntPtr master);
+extern void SendDevicePresenceEvent(int deviceid, int type);
+extern _X_EXPORT InputAttributes *DuplicateInputAttributes(InputAttributes *attrs);
+extern _X_EXPORT void FreeInputAttributes(InputAttributes *attrs);
+
+/* misc event helpers */
+extern Mask GetEventMask(DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent* ev, InputClientsPtr clients);
+extern Mask GetEventFilter(DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *event);
+extern Mask GetWindowXI2Mask(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win, xEvent* ev);
+void FixUpEventFromWindow(SpritePtr pSprite,
+ xEvent *xE,
+ WindowPtr pWin,
+ Window child,
+ Bool calcChild);
+extern WindowPtr XYToWindow(SpritePtr pSprite, int x, int y);
+extern int EventIsDeliverable(DeviceIntPtr dev, InternalEvent* event,
+ WindowPtr win);
+/**
+ * Masks specifying the type of event to deliver for an InternalEvent; used
+ * by EventIsDeliverable.
+ * @defgroup EventIsDeliverable return flags
+ * @{
+ */
+#define EVENT_XI1_MASK (1 << 0) /**< XI1.x event */
+#define EVENT_CORE_MASK (1 << 1) /**< Core event */
+#define EVENT_DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK (1 << 2) /**< DontPropagate mask set */
+#define EVENT_XI2_MASK (1 << 3) /**< XI2 mask set on window */
+/* @} */
+
+/* Implemented by the DDX. */
+extern _X_EXPORT int NewInputDeviceRequest(
+ InputOption *options,
+ InputAttributes *attrs,
+ DeviceIntPtr *dev);
+extern _X_EXPORT void DeleteInputDeviceRequest(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void DDXRingBell(
+ int volume,
+ int pitch,
+ int duration);
+
+#define VALUATOR_MODE_ALL_AXES -1
+extern _X_HIDDEN int valuator_get_mode(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axis);
+extern _X_HIDDEN void valuator_set_mode(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axis, int mode);
+
+/* Set to TRUE by default - os/utils.c sets it to FALSE on user request,
+ xfixes/cursor.c uses it to determine if the cursor is enabled */
+extern Bool EnableCursor;
+
+extern _X_EXPORT ValuatorMask *valuator_mask_new(int num_valuators);
+extern _X_EXPORT void valuator_mask_free(ValuatorMask **mask);
+extern _X_EXPORT void valuator_mask_set_range(ValuatorMask *mask,
+ int first_valuator, int num_valuators,
+ const int* valuators);
+extern _X_EXPORT void valuator_mask_set(ValuatorMask *mask,
+ int valuator,
+ int data);
+extern _X_EXPORT void valuator_mask_zero(ValuatorMask *mask);
+extern _X_EXPORT int valuator_mask_size(const ValuatorMask *mask);
+extern _X_EXPORT int valuator_mask_isset(const ValuatorMask *mask, int bit);
+extern _X_EXPORT void valuator_mask_unset(ValuatorMask *mask, int bit);
+extern _X_EXPORT int valuator_mask_num_valuators(const ValuatorMask *mask);
+extern _X_EXPORT void valuator_mask_copy(ValuatorMask *dest,
+ const ValuatorMask *src);
+extern _X_EXPORT int valuator_mask_get(const ValuatorMask *mask, int valnum);
+
+#endif /* INPUT_H */
diff --git a/xorg-server/include/misc.h b/xorg-server/include/misc.h
index 0717db64d..42f225b17 100644
--- a/xorg-server/include/misc.h
+++ b/xorg-server/include/misc.h
@@ -1,290 +1,302 @@
-/***********************************************************
-
-Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-Copyright 1992, 1993 Data General Corporation;
-Copyright 1992, 1993 OMRON Corporation
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the
-above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright
-notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that
-neither the name OMRON or DATA GENERAL be used in advertising or publicity
-pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
-permission of the party whose name is to be used. Neither OMRON or
-DATA GENERAL make any representation about the suitability of this software
-for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
-
-OMRON AND DATA GENERAL EACH DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
-SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS,
-IN NO EVENT SHALL OMRON OR DATA GENERAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT
-OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
-DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
-TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
-OF THIS SOFTWARE.
-
-******************************************************************/
-#ifndef MISC_H
-#define MISC_H 1
-/*
- * X internal definitions
- *
- */
-
-#include <X11/Xosdefs.h>
-#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>
-#include <X11/Xmd.h>
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include <X11/Xdefs.h>
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-
-#ifndef MAXSCREENS
-#define MAXSCREENS 16
-#endif
-#define MAXCLIENTS 256
-#define MAXEXTENSIONS 128
-#define MAXFORMATS 8
-#define MAXDEVICES 40 /* input devices */
-
-#define EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE 64
-#define EXTENSION_BASE 128
-
-typedef unsigned long ATOM;
-
-#ifndef TRUE
-#define TRUE 1
-#define FALSE 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _XTYPEDEF_CALLBACKLISTPTR
-typedef struct _CallbackList *CallbackListPtr; /* also in dix.h */
-#define _XTYPEDEF_CALLBACKLISTPTR
-#endif
-
-typedef struct _xReq *xReqPtr;
-
-#include "os.h" /* for ALLOCATE_LOCAL and DEALLOCATE_LOCAL */
-#include <X11/Xfuncs.h> /* for bcopy, bzero, and bcmp */
-
-#define NullBox ((BoxPtr)0)
-#define MILLI_PER_MIN (1000 * 60)
-#define MILLI_PER_SECOND (1000)
-
- /* this next is used with None and ParentRelative to tell
- PaintWin() what to use to paint the background. Also used
- in the macro IS_VALID_PIXMAP */
-
-#define USE_BACKGROUND_PIXEL 3
-#define USE_BORDER_PIXEL 3
-
-
-/* byte swap a 32-bit literal */
-#define lswapl(x) ((((x) & 0xff) << 24) |\
- (((x) & 0xff00) << 8) |\
- (((x) & 0xff0000) >> 8) |\
- (((x) >> 24) & 0xff))
-
-/* byte swap a short literal */
-#define lswaps(x) ((((x) & 0xff) << 8) | (((x) >> 8) & 0xff))
-
-#undef min
-#undef max
-
-#define min(a, b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
-#define max(a, b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
-/* abs() is a function, not a macro; include the file declaring
- * it in case we haven't done that yet.
- */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#ifndef Fabs
-#define Fabs(a) ((a) > 0.0 ? (a) : -(a)) /* floating absolute value */
-#endif
-#define sign(x) ((x) < 0 ? -1 : ((x) > 0 ? 1 : 0))
-/* this assumes b > 0 */
-#define modulus(a, b, d) if (((d) = (a) % (b)) < 0) (d) += (b)
-/*
- * return the least significant bit in x which is set
- *
- * This works on 1's complement and 2's complement machines.
- * If you care about the extra instruction on 2's complement
- * machines, change to ((x) & (-(x)))
- */
-#define lowbit(x) ((x) & (~(x) + 1))
-
-/* XXX Not for modules */
-#include <limits.h>
-#if !defined(MAXSHORT) || !defined(MINSHORT) || \
- !defined(MAXINT) || !defined(MININT)
-/*
- * Some implementations #define these through <math.h>, so preclude
- * #include'ing it later.
- */
-
-#include <math.h>
-#undef MAXSHORT
-#define MAXSHORT SHRT_MAX
-#undef MINSHORT
-#define MINSHORT SHRT_MIN
-#undef MAXINT
-#define MAXINT INT_MAX
-#undef MININT
-#define MININT INT_MIN
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdio.h> /* for fopen, etc... */
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Calculate the number of bytes needed to hold bits.
- * @param bits The minimum number of bits needed.
- * @return The number of bytes needed to hold bits.
- */
-static inline int
-bits_to_bytes(const int bits) {
- return ((bits + 7) >> 3);
-}
-/**
- * Calculate the number of 4-byte units needed to hold the given number of
- * bytes.
- * @param bytes The minimum number of bytes needed.
- * @return The number of 4-byte units needed to hold bytes.
- */
-static inline int
-bytes_to_int32(const int bytes) {
- return (((bytes) + 3) >> 2);
-}
-
-/**
- * Calculate the number of bytes (in multiples of 4) needed to hold bytes.
- * @param bytes The minimum number of bytes needed.
- * @return The closest multiple of 4 that is equal or higher than bytes.
- */
-static inline int
-pad_to_int32(const int bytes) {
- return (((bytes) + 3) & ~3);
-}
-
-extern char**
-xstrtokenize(const char *str, const char* separators);
-
-/* some macros to help swap requests, replies, and events */
-
-#define LengthRestB(stuff) \
- ((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(*stuff))
-
-#define LengthRestS(stuff) \
- ((client->req_len << 1) - (sizeof(*stuff) >> 1))
-
-#define LengthRestL(stuff) \
- (client->req_len - (sizeof(*stuff) >> 2))
-
-#define SwapRestS(stuff) \
- SwapShorts((short *)(stuff + 1), LengthRestS(stuff))
-
-#define SwapRestL(stuff) \
- SwapLongs((CARD32 *)(stuff + 1), LengthRestL(stuff))
-
-/* byte swap a 32-bit value */
-#define swapl(x, n) { \
- n = ((char *) (x))[0];\
- ((char *) (x))[0] = ((char *) (x))[3];\
- ((char *) (x))[3] = n;\
- n = ((char *) (x))[1];\
- ((char *) (x))[1] = ((char *) (x))[2];\
- ((char *) (x))[2] = n; }
-
-/* byte swap a short */
-#define swaps(x, n) { \
- n = ((char *) (x))[0];\
- ((char *) (x))[0] = ((char *) (x))[1];\
- ((char *) (x))[1] = n; }
-
-/* copy 32-bit value from src to dst byteswapping on the way */
-#define cpswapl(src, dst) { \
- ((char *)&(dst))[0] = ((char *) &(src))[3];\
- ((char *)&(dst))[1] = ((char *) &(src))[2];\
- ((char *)&(dst))[2] = ((char *) &(src))[1];\
- ((char *)&(dst))[3] = ((char *) &(src))[0]; }
-
-/* copy short from src to dst byteswapping on the way */
-#define cpswaps(src, dst) { \
- ((char *) &(dst))[0] = ((char *) &(src))[1];\
- ((char *) &(dst))[1] = ((char *) &(src))[0]; }
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void SwapLongs(
- CARD32 *list,
- unsigned long count);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void SwapShorts(
- short *list,
- unsigned long count);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void MakePredeclaredAtoms(void);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int Ones(
- unsigned long /*mask*/);
-
-typedef struct _xPoint *DDXPointPtr;
-typedef struct pixman_box16 *BoxPtr;
-typedef struct _xEvent *xEventPtr;
-typedef struct _xRectangle *xRectanglePtr;
-typedef struct _GrabRec *GrabPtr;
-
-/* typedefs from other places - duplicated here to minimize the amount
- * of unnecessary junk that one would normally have to include to get
- * these symbols defined
- */
-
-#ifndef _XTYPEDEF_CHARINFOPTR
-typedef struct _CharInfo *CharInfoPtr; /* also in fonts/include/font.h */
-#define _XTYPEDEF_CHARINFOPTR
-#endif
-
-extern _X_EXPORT unsigned long globalSerialNumber;
-extern _X_EXPORT unsigned long serverGeneration;
-
-#endif /* MISC_H */
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1992, 1993 Data General Corporation;
+Copyright 1992, 1993 OMRON Corporation
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the
+above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright
+notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that
+neither the name OMRON or DATA GENERAL be used in advertising or publicity
+pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission of the party whose name is to be used. Neither OMRON or
+DATA GENERAL make any representation about the suitability of this software
+for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+
+OMRON AND DATA GENERAL EACH DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
+SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS,
+IN NO EVENT SHALL OMRON OR DATA GENERAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT
+OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
+OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+#ifndef MISC_H
+#define MISC_H 1
+/*
+ * X internal definitions
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <X11/Xosdefs.h>
+#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>
+#include <X11/Xmd.h>
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/Xdefs.h>
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#ifndef MAXSCREENS
+#define MAXSCREENS 16
+#endif
+#define MAXCLIENTS 256
+#define MAXEXTENSIONS 128
+#define MAXFORMATS 8
+#define MAXDEVICES 40 /* input devices */
+
+#define EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE 64
+#define EXTENSION_BASE 128
+
+typedef uint32_t ATOM;
+
+#ifndef TRUE
+#define TRUE 1
+#define FALSE 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _XTYPEDEF_CALLBACKLISTPTR
+typedef struct _CallbackList *CallbackListPtr; /* also in dix.h */
+#define _XTYPEDEF_CALLBACKLISTPTR
+#endif
+
+typedef struct _xReq *xReqPtr;
+
+#include "os.h" /* for ALLOCATE_LOCAL and DEALLOCATE_LOCAL */
+#include <X11/Xfuncs.h> /* for bcopy, bzero, and bcmp */
+
+#define NullBox ((BoxPtr)0)
+#define MILLI_PER_MIN (1000 * 60)
+#define MILLI_PER_SECOND (1000)
+
+ /* this next is used with None and ParentRelative to tell
+ PaintWin() what to use to paint the background. Also used
+ in the macro IS_VALID_PIXMAP */
+
+#define USE_BACKGROUND_PIXEL 3
+#define USE_BORDER_PIXEL 3
+
+
+/* byte swap a 32-bit literal */
+#define lswapl(x) ((((x) & 0xff) << 24) |\
+ (((x) & 0xff00) << 8) |\
+ (((x) & 0xff0000) >> 8) |\
+ (((x) >> 24) & 0xff))
+
+/* byte swap a short literal */
+#define lswaps(x) ((((x) & 0xff) << 8) | (((x) >> 8) & 0xff))
+
+#undef min
+#undef max
+
+#define min(a, b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+#define max(a, b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+/* abs() is a function, not a macro; include the file declaring
+ * it in case we haven't done that yet.
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#ifndef Fabs
+#define Fabs(a) ((a) > 0.0 ? (a) : -(a)) /* floating absolute value */
+#endif
+#define sign(x) ((x) < 0 ? -1 : ((x) > 0 ? 1 : 0))
+/* this assumes b > 0 */
+#define modulus(a, b, d) if (((d) = (a) % (b)) < 0) (d) += (b)
+/*
+ * return the least significant bit in x which is set
+ *
+ * This works on 1's complement and 2's complement machines.
+ * If you care about the extra instruction on 2's complement
+ * machines, change to ((x) & (-(x)))
+ */
+#define lowbit(x) ((x) & (~(x) + 1))
+
+/* XXX Not for modules */
+#include <limits.h>
+#if !defined(MAXSHORT) || !defined(MINSHORT) || \
+ !defined(MAXINT) || !defined(MININT)
+/*
+ * Some implementations #define these through <math.h>, so preclude
+ * #include'ing it later.
+ */
+
+#include <math.h>
+#undef MAXSHORT
+#define MAXSHORT SHRT_MAX
+#undef MINSHORT
+#define MINSHORT SHRT_MIN
+#undef MAXINT
+#define MAXINT INT_MAX
+#undef MININT
+#define MININT INT_MIN
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h> /* for fopen, etc... */
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+#ifdef MAXPATHLEN
+#define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
+#else
+#define PATH_MAX 1024
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the number of bytes needed to hold bits.
+ * @param bits The minimum number of bits needed.
+ * @return The number of bytes needed to hold bits.
+ */
+static inline int
+bits_to_bytes(const int bits) {
+ return ((bits + 7) >> 3);
+}
+/**
+ * Calculate the number of 4-byte units needed to hold the given number of
+ * bytes.
+ * @param bytes The minimum number of bytes needed.
+ * @return The number of 4-byte units needed to hold bytes.
+ */
+static inline int
+bytes_to_int32(const int bytes) {
+ return (((bytes) + 3) >> 2);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the number of bytes (in multiples of 4) needed to hold bytes.
+ * @param bytes The minimum number of bytes needed.
+ * @return The closest multiple of 4 that is equal or higher than bytes.
+ */
+static inline int
+pad_to_int32(const int bytes) {
+ return (((bytes) + 3) & ~3);
+}
+
+extern char**
+xstrtokenize(const char *str, const char* separators);
+
+/* some macros to help swap requests, replies, and events */
+
+#define LengthRestB(stuff) \
+ ((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(*stuff))
+
+#define LengthRestS(stuff) \
+ ((client->req_len << 1) - (sizeof(*stuff) >> 1))
+
+#define LengthRestL(stuff) \
+ (client->req_len - (sizeof(*stuff) >> 2))
+
+#define SwapRestS(stuff) \
+ SwapShorts((short *)(stuff + 1), LengthRestS(stuff))
+
+#define SwapRestL(stuff) \
+ SwapLongs((CARD32 *)(stuff + 1), LengthRestL(stuff))
+
+/* byte swap a 32-bit value */
+#define swapl(x, n) { \
+ n = ((char *) (x))[0];\
+ ((char *) (x))[0] = ((char *) (x))[3];\
+ ((char *) (x))[3] = n;\
+ n = ((char *) (x))[1];\
+ ((char *) (x))[1] = ((char *) (x))[2];\
+ ((char *) (x))[2] = n; }
+
+/* byte swap a short */
+#define swaps(x, n) { \
+ n = ((char *) (x))[0];\
+ ((char *) (x))[0] = ((char *) (x))[1];\
+ ((char *) (x))[1] = n; }
+
+/* copy 32-bit value from src to dst byteswapping on the way */
+#define cpswapl(src, dst) { \
+ ((char *)&(dst))[0] = ((char *) &(src))[3];\
+ ((char *)&(dst))[1] = ((char *) &(src))[2];\
+ ((char *)&(dst))[2] = ((char *) &(src))[1];\
+ ((char *)&(dst))[3] = ((char *) &(src))[0]; }
+
+/* copy short from src to dst byteswapping on the way */
+#define cpswaps(src, dst) { \
+ ((char *) &(dst))[0] = ((char *) &(src))[1];\
+ ((char *) &(dst))[1] = ((char *) &(src))[0]; }
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void SwapLongs(
+ CARD32 *list,
+ unsigned long count);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void SwapShorts(
+ short *list,
+ unsigned long count);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void MakePredeclaredAtoms(void);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int Ones(
+ unsigned long /*mask*/);
+
+typedef struct _xPoint *DDXPointPtr;
+typedef struct pixman_box16 *BoxPtr;
+typedef struct _xEvent *xEventPtr;
+typedef struct _xRectangle *xRectanglePtr;
+typedef struct _GrabRec *GrabPtr;
+
+/* typedefs from other places - duplicated here to minimize the amount
+ * of unnecessary junk that one would normally have to include to get
+ * these symbols defined
+ */
+
+#ifndef _XTYPEDEF_CHARINFOPTR
+typedef struct _CharInfo *CharInfoPtr; /* also in fonts/include/font.h */
+#define _XTYPEDEF_CHARINFOPTR
+#endif
+
+extern _X_EXPORT unsigned long globalSerialNumber;
+extern _X_EXPORT unsigned long serverGeneration;
+
+#endif /* MISC_H */
diff --git a/xorg-server/include/propertyst.h b/xorg-server/include/propertyst.h
index fd1148eb7..fd3e0118d 100644
--- a/xorg-server/include/propertyst.h
+++ b/xorg-server/include/propertyst.h
@@ -1,68 +1,68 @@
-/***********************************************************
-
-Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef PROPERTYSTRUCT_H
-#define PROPERTYSTRUCT_H
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "property.h"
-#include "privates.h"
-/*
- * PROPERTY -- property element
- */
-
-typedef struct _Property {
- struct _Property *next;
- ATOM propertyName;
- ATOM type; /* ignored by server */
- short format; /* format of data for swapping - 8,16,32 */
- long size; /* size of data in (format/8) bytes */
- pointer data; /* private to client */
- PrivateRec *devPrivates;
-} PropertyRec;
-
-#endif /* PROPERTYSTRUCT_H */
-
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef PROPERTYSTRUCT_H
+#define PROPERTYSTRUCT_H
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "property.h"
+#include "privates.h"
+/*
+ * PROPERTY -- property element
+ */
+
+typedef struct _Property {
+ struct _Property *next;
+ ATOM propertyName;
+ ATOM type; /* ignored by server */
+ uint32_t format; /* format of data for swapping - 8,16,32 */
+ uint32_t size; /* size of data in (format/8) bytes */
+ pointer data; /* private to client */
+ PrivateRec *devPrivates;
+} PropertyRec;
+
+#endif /* PROPERTYSTRUCT_H */
+
diff --git a/xorg-server/include/ptrveloc.h b/xorg-server/include/ptrveloc.h
index 8c59c0361..1198146f1 100644
--- a/xorg-server/include/ptrveloc.h
+++ b/xorg-server/include/ptrveloc.h
@@ -1,138 +1,144 @@
-/*
- *
- * Copyright © 2006-2009 Simon Thum simon dot thum at gmx dot de
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef POINTERVELOCITY_H
-#define POINTERVELOCITY_H
-
-#include <input.h> /* DeviceIntPtr */
-
-/* constants for acceleration profiles */
-
-#define AccelProfileNone -1
-#define AccelProfileClassic 0
-#define AccelProfileDeviceSpecific 1
-#define AccelProfilePolynomial 2
-#define AccelProfileSmoothLinear 3
-#define AccelProfileSimple 4
-#define AccelProfilePower 5
-#define AccelProfileLinear 6
-#define AccelProfileSmoothLimited 7
-#define AccelProfileLAST AccelProfileSmoothLimited
-
-/* fwd */
-struct _DeviceVelocityRec;
-
-/**
- * profile
- * returns actual acceleration depending on velocity, acceleration control,...
- */
-typedef float (*PointerAccelerationProfileFunc)
- (DeviceIntPtr dev, struct _DeviceVelocityRec* vel,
- float velocity, float threshold, float accelCoeff);
-
-/**
- * a motion history, with just enough information to
- * calc mean velocity and decide which motion was along
- * a more or less straight line
- */
-typedef struct _MotionTracker {
- int dx, dy; /* accumulated delta for each axis */
- int time; /* time of creation */
- int dir; /* initial direction bitfield */
-} MotionTracker, *MotionTrackerPtr;
-
-/* number of properties for predictable acceleration */
-#define NPROPS_PREDICTABLE_ACCEL 4
-
-/**
- * Contains all data needed to implement mouse ballistics
- */
-typedef struct _DeviceVelocityRec {
- MotionTrackerPtr tracker;
- int num_tracker;
- int cur_tracker; /* current index */
- float velocity; /* velocity as guessed by algorithm */
- float last_velocity; /* previous velocity estimate */
- int last_dx; /* last time-difference */
- int last_dy ; /* phase of last/current estimate */
- float corr_mul; /* config: multiply this into velocity */
- float const_acceleration; /* config: (recipr.) const deceleration */
- float min_acceleration; /* config: minimum acceleration */
- short reset_time; /* config: reset non-visible state after # ms */
- short use_softening; /* config: use softening of mouse values */
- float max_rel_diff; /* config: max. relative difference */
- float max_diff; /* config: max. difference */
- int initial_range; /* config: max. offset used as initial velocity */
- Bool average_accel; /* config: average acceleration over velocity */
- PointerAccelerationProfileFunc Profile;
- PointerAccelerationProfileFunc deviceSpecificProfile;
- void* profile_private;/* extended data, see SetAccelerationProfile() */
- struct { /* to be able to query this information */
- int profile_number;
- } statistics;
- long prop_handlers[NPROPS_PREDICTABLE_ACCEL];
-} DeviceVelocityRec, *DeviceVelocityPtr;
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-InitVelocityData(DeviceVelocityPtr vel);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-InitTrackers(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int ntracker);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT short
-ProcessVelocityData2D(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int dx, int dy, int time);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT float
-BasicComputeAcceleration(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity, float threshold, float acc);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-FreeVelocityData(DeviceVelocityPtr vel);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-SetAccelerationProfile(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int profile_num);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT DeviceVelocityPtr
-GetDevicePredictableAccelData(DeviceIntPtr dev);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-SetDeviceSpecificAccelerationProfile(DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- PointerAccelerationProfileFunc profile);
-
-extern _X_INTERNAL void
-AccelerationDefaultCleanup(DeviceIntPtr dev);
-
-extern _X_INTERNAL Bool
-InitPredictableAccelerationScheme(DeviceIntPtr dev,
- struct _ValuatorAccelerationRec* protoScheme);
-
-extern _X_INTERNAL void
-acceleratePointerPredictable(DeviceIntPtr dev, int first_valuator,
- int num_valuators, int *valuators, int evtime);
-
-extern _X_INTERNAL void
-acceleratePointerLightweight(DeviceIntPtr dev, int first_valuator,
- int num_valuators, int *valuators, int ignored);
-
-#endif /* POINTERVELOCITY_H */
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright © 2006-2011 Simon Thum simon dot thum at gmx dot de
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef POINTERVELOCITY_H
+#define POINTERVELOCITY_H
+
+#include <input.h>
+
+/* constants for acceleration profiles */
+
+#define AccelProfileNone -1
+#define AccelProfileClassic 0
+#define AccelProfileDeviceSpecific 1
+#define AccelProfilePolynomial 2
+#define AccelProfileSmoothLinear 3
+#define AccelProfileSimple 4
+#define AccelProfilePower 5
+#define AccelProfileLinear 6
+#define AccelProfileSmoothLimited 7
+#define AccelProfileLAST AccelProfileSmoothLimited
+
+/* fwd */
+struct _DeviceVelocityRec;
+
+/**
+ * profile
+ * returns actual acceleration depending on velocity, acceleration control,...
+ */
+typedef float (*PointerAccelerationProfileFunc)
+ (DeviceIntPtr dev, struct _DeviceVelocityRec* vel,
+ float velocity, float threshold, float accelCoeff);
+
+/**
+ * a motion history, with just enough information to
+ * calc mean velocity and decide which motion was along
+ * a more or less straight line
+ */
+typedef struct _MotionTracker {
+ int dx, dy; /* accumulated delta for each axis */
+ int time; /* time of creation */
+ int dir; /* initial direction bitfield */
+} MotionTracker, *MotionTrackerPtr;
+
+/**
+ * Contains all data needed to implement mouse ballistics
+ */
+typedef struct _DeviceVelocityRec {
+ MotionTrackerPtr tracker;
+ int num_tracker;
+ int cur_tracker; /* current index */
+ float velocity; /* velocity as guessed by algorithm */
+ float last_velocity; /* previous velocity estimate */
+ int last_dx; /* last time-difference */
+ int last_dy ; /* phase of last/current estimate */
+ float corr_mul; /* config: multiply this into velocity */
+ float const_acceleration; /* config: (recipr.) const deceleration */
+ float min_acceleration; /* config: minimum acceleration */
+ short reset_time; /* config: reset non-visible state after # ms */
+ short use_softening; /* config: use softening of mouse values */
+ float max_rel_diff; /* config: max. relative difference */
+ float max_diff; /* config: max. difference */
+ int initial_range; /* config: max. offset used as initial velocity */
+ Bool average_accel; /* config: average acceleration over velocity */
+ PointerAccelerationProfileFunc Profile;
+ PointerAccelerationProfileFunc deviceSpecificProfile;
+ void* profile_private;/* extended data, see SetAccelerationProfile() */
+ struct { /* to be able to query this information */
+ int profile_number;
+ } statistics;
+} DeviceVelocityRec, *DeviceVelocityPtr;
+
+/**
+ * contains the run-time data for the predictable scheme, that is, a
+ * DeviceVelocityPtr and the property handlers.
+ */
+typedef struct _PredictableAccelSchemeRec {
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
+ long* prop_handlers;
+ int num_prop_handlers;
+} PredictableAccelSchemeRec, *PredictableAccelSchemePtr;
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+InitVelocityData(DeviceVelocityPtr vel);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+InitTrackers(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int ntracker);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT short
+ProcessVelocityData2D(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int dx, int dy, int time);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT float
+BasicComputeAcceleration(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ float velocity, float threshold, float acc);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+FreeVelocityData(DeviceVelocityPtr vel);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+SetAccelerationProfile(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int profile_num);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT DeviceVelocityPtr
+GetDevicePredictableAccelData(DeviceIntPtr dev);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+SetDeviceSpecificAccelerationProfile(DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ PointerAccelerationProfileFunc profile);
+
+extern _X_INTERNAL void
+AccelerationDefaultCleanup(DeviceIntPtr dev);
+
+extern _X_INTERNAL Bool
+InitPredictableAccelerationScheme(DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ struct _ValuatorAccelerationRec* protoScheme);
+
+extern _X_INTERNAL void
+acceleratePointerPredictable(DeviceIntPtr dev, ValuatorMask* val,
+ CARD32 evtime);
+
+extern _X_INTERNAL void
+acceleratePointerLightweight(DeviceIntPtr dev, ValuatorMask* val,
+ CARD32 evtime);
+
+#endif /* POINTERVELOCITY_H */
diff --git a/xorg-server/include/resource.h b/xorg-server/include/resource.h
index 763aa99d9..17bebe7d4 100644
--- a/xorg-server/include/resource.h
+++ b/xorg-server/include/resource.h
@@ -1,255 +1,255 @@
-/***********************************************************
-
-Copyright 1987, 1989, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-Copyright 1987, 1989 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef RESOURCE_H
-#define RESOURCE_H 1
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "dixaccess.h"
-
-/*****************************************************************
- * STUFF FOR RESOURCES
- *****************************************************************/
-
-/* classes for Resource routines */
-
-typedef unsigned long RESTYPE;
-
-#define RC_VANILLA ((RESTYPE)0)
-#define RC_CACHED ((RESTYPE)1<<31)
-#define RC_DRAWABLE ((RESTYPE)1<<30)
-/* Use class RC_NEVERRETAIN for resources that should not be retained
- * regardless of the close down mode when the client dies. (A client's
- * event selections on objects that it doesn't own are good candidates.)
- * Extensions can use this too!
- */
-#define RC_NEVERRETAIN ((RESTYPE)1<<29)
-#define RC_LASTPREDEF RC_NEVERRETAIN
-#define RC_ANY (~(RESTYPE)0)
-
-/* types for Resource routines */
-
-#define RT_WINDOW ((RESTYPE)1|RC_DRAWABLE)
-#define RT_PIXMAP ((RESTYPE)2|RC_DRAWABLE)
-#define RT_GC ((RESTYPE)3)
-#undef RT_FONT
-#undef RT_CURSOR
-#define RT_FONT ((RESTYPE)4)
-#define RT_CURSOR ((RESTYPE)5)
-#define RT_COLORMAP ((RESTYPE)6)
-#define RT_CMAPENTRY ((RESTYPE)7)
-#define RT_OTHERCLIENT ((RESTYPE)8|RC_NEVERRETAIN)
-#define RT_PASSIVEGRAB ((RESTYPE)9|RC_NEVERRETAIN)
-#define RT_LASTPREDEF ((RESTYPE)9)
-#define RT_NONE ((RESTYPE)0)
-
-/* bits and fields within a resource id */
-#define RESOURCE_AND_CLIENT_COUNT 29 /* 29 bits for XIDs */
-#if MAXCLIENTS == 64
-#define RESOURCE_CLIENT_BITS 6
-#endif
-#if MAXCLIENTS == 128
-#define RESOURCE_CLIENT_BITS 7
-#endif
-#if MAXCLIENTS == 256
-#define RESOURCE_CLIENT_BITS 8
-#endif
-#if MAXCLIENTS == 512
-#define RESOURCE_CLIENT_BITS 9
-#endif
-/* client field offset */
-#define CLIENTOFFSET (RESOURCE_AND_CLIENT_COUNT - RESOURCE_CLIENT_BITS)
-/* resource field */
-#define RESOURCE_ID_MASK ((1 << CLIENTOFFSET) - 1)
-/* client field */
-#define RESOURCE_CLIENT_MASK (((1 << RESOURCE_CLIENT_BITS) - 1) << CLIENTOFFSET)
-/* extract the client mask from an XID */
-#define CLIENT_BITS(id) ((id) & RESOURCE_CLIENT_MASK)
-/* extract the client id from an XID */
-#define CLIENT_ID(id) ((int)(CLIENT_BITS(id) >> CLIENTOFFSET))
-#define SERVER_BIT (Mask)0x40000000 /* use illegal bit */
-
-#ifdef INVALID
-#undef INVALID /* needed on HP/UX */
-#endif
-
-/* Invalid resource id */
-#define INVALID (0)
-
-#define BAD_RESOURCE 0xe0000000
-
-#define rClient(obj) (clients[CLIENT_ID((obj)->resource)])
-
-/* Resource state callback */
-extern _X_EXPORT CallbackListPtr ResourceStateCallback;
-
-typedef enum {ResourceStateAdding,
- ResourceStateFreeing} ResourceState;
-
-typedef struct {
- ResourceState state;
- XID id;
- RESTYPE type;
- pointer value;
-} ResourceStateInfoRec;
-
-typedef int (*DeleteType)(
- pointer /*value*/,
- XID /*id*/);
-
-typedef void (*FindResType)(
- pointer /*value*/,
- XID /*id*/,
- pointer /*cdata*/);
-
-typedef void (*FindAllRes)(
- pointer /*value*/,
- XID /*id*/,
- RESTYPE /*type*/,
- pointer /*cdata*/);
-
-typedef Bool (*FindComplexResType)(
- pointer /*value*/,
- XID /*id*/,
- pointer /*cdata*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT RESTYPE CreateNewResourceType(
- DeleteType /*deleteFunc*/, char * /*name*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void SetResourceTypeErrorValue(
- RESTYPE /*type*/, int /*errorValue*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT RESTYPE CreateNewResourceClass(void);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitClientResources(
- ClientPtr /*client*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT XID FakeClientID(
- int /*client*/);
-
-/* Quartz support on Mac OS X uses the CarbonCore
- framework whose AddResource function conflicts here. */
-#ifdef __APPLE__
-#define AddResource Darwin_X_AddResource
-#endif
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool AddResource(
- XID /*id*/,
- RESTYPE /*type*/,
- pointer /*value*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void FreeResource(
- XID /*id*/,
- RESTYPE /*skipDeleteFuncType*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void FreeResourceByType(
- XID /*id*/,
- RESTYPE /*type*/,
- Bool /*skipFree*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool ChangeResourceValue(
- XID /*id*/,
- RESTYPE /*rtype*/,
- pointer /*value*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void FindClientResourcesByType(
- ClientPtr /*client*/,
- RESTYPE /*type*/,
- FindResType /*func*/,
- pointer /*cdata*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void FindAllClientResources(
- ClientPtr /*client*/,
- FindAllRes /*func*/,
- pointer /*cdata*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void FreeClientNeverRetainResources(
- ClientPtr /*client*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void FreeClientResources(
- ClientPtr /*client*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void FreeAllResources(void);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool LegalNewID(
- XID /*id*/,
- ClientPtr /*client*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT pointer LookupClientResourceComplex(
- ClientPtr client,
- RESTYPE type,
- FindComplexResType func,
- pointer cdata);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int dixLookupResourceByType(
- pointer *result,
- XID id,
- RESTYPE rtype,
- ClientPtr client,
- Mask access_mode);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int dixLookupResourceByClass(
- pointer *result,
- XID id,
- RESTYPE rclass,
- ClientPtr client,
- Mask access_mode);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void GetXIDRange(
- int /*client*/,
- Bool /*server*/,
- XID * /*minp*/,
- XID * /*maxp*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT unsigned int GetXIDList(
- ClientPtr /*client*/,
- unsigned int /*count*/,
- XID * /*pids*/);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT RESTYPE lastResourceType;
-extern _X_EXPORT RESTYPE TypeMask;
-
-#endif /* RESOURCE_H */
-
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1989, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1989 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef RESOURCE_H
+#define RESOURCE_H 1
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "dixaccess.h"
+
+/*****************************************************************
+ * STUFF FOR RESOURCES
+ *****************************************************************/
+
+/* classes for Resource routines */
+
+typedef uint32_t RESTYPE;
+
+#define RC_VANILLA ((RESTYPE)0)
+#define RC_CACHED ((RESTYPE)1<<31)
+#define RC_DRAWABLE ((RESTYPE)1<<30)
+/* Use class RC_NEVERRETAIN for resources that should not be retained
+ * regardless of the close down mode when the client dies. (A client's
+ * event selections on objects that it doesn't own are good candidates.)
+ * Extensions can use this too!
+ */
+#define RC_NEVERRETAIN ((RESTYPE)1<<29)
+#define RC_LASTPREDEF RC_NEVERRETAIN
+#define RC_ANY (~(RESTYPE)0)
+
+/* types for Resource routines */
+
+#define RT_WINDOW ((RESTYPE)1|RC_DRAWABLE)
+#define RT_PIXMAP ((RESTYPE)2|RC_DRAWABLE)
+#define RT_GC ((RESTYPE)3)
+#undef RT_FONT
+#undef RT_CURSOR
+#define RT_FONT ((RESTYPE)4)
+#define RT_CURSOR ((RESTYPE)5)
+#define RT_COLORMAP ((RESTYPE)6)
+#define RT_CMAPENTRY ((RESTYPE)7)
+#define RT_OTHERCLIENT ((RESTYPE)8|RC_NEVERRETAIN)
+#define RT_PASSIVEGRAB ((RESTYPE)9|RC_NEVERRETAIN)
+#define RT_LASTPREDEF ((RESTYPE)9)
+#define RT_NONE ((RESTYPE)0)
+
+/* bits and fields within a resource id */
+#define RESOURCE_AND_CLIENT_COUNT 29 /* 29 bits for XIDs */
+#if MAXCLIENTS == 64
+#define RESOURCE_CLIENT_BITS 6
+#endif
+#if MAXCLIENTS == 128
+#define RESOURCE_CLIENT_BITS 7
+#endif
+#if MAXCLIENTS == 256
+#define RESOURCE_CLIENT_BITS 8
+#endif
+#if MAXCLIENTS == 512
+#define RESOURCE_CLIENT_BITS 9
+#endif
+/* client field offset */
+#define CLIENTOFFSET (RESOURCE_AND_CLIENT_COUNT - RESOURCE_CLIENT_BITS)
+/* resource field */
+#define RESOURCE_ID_MASK ((1 << CLIENTOFFSET) - 1)
+/* client field */
+#define RESOURCE_CLIENT_MASK (((1 << RESOURCE_CLIENT_BITS) - 1) << CLIENTOFFSET)
+/* extract the client mask from an XID */
+#define CLIENT_BITS(id) ((id) & RESOURCE_CLIENT_MASK)
+/* extract the client id from an XID */
+#define CLIENT_ID(id) ((int)(CLIENT_BITS(id) >> CLIENTOFFSET))
+#define SERVER_BIT (Mask)0x40000000 /* use illegal bit */
+
+#ifdef INVALID
+#undef INVALID /* needed on HP/UX */
+#endif
+
+/* Invalid resource id */
+#define INVALID (0)
+
+#define BAD_RESOURCE 0xe0000000
+
+#define rClient(obj) (clients[CLIENT_ID((obj)->resource)])
+
+/* Resource state callback */
+extern _X_EXPORT CallbackListPtr ResourceStateCallback;
+
+typedef enum {ResourceStateAdding,
+ ResourceStateFreeing} ResourceState;
+
+typedef struct {
+ ResourceState state;
+ XID id;
+ RESTYPE type;
+ pointer value;
+} ResourceStateInfoRec;
+
+typedef int (*DeleteType)(
+ pointer /*value*/,
+ XID /*id*/);
+
+typedef void (*FindResType)(
+ pointer /*value*/,
+ XID /*id*/,
+ pointer /*cdata*/);
+
+typedef void (*FindAllRes)(
+ pointer /*value*/,
+ XID /*id*/,
+ RESTYPE /*type*/,
+ pointer /*cdata*/);
+
+typedef Bool (*FindComplexResType)(
+ pointer /*value*/,
+ XID /*id*/,
+ pointer /*cdata*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT RESTYPE CreateNewResourceType(
+ DeleteType /*deleteFunc*/, char * /*name*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void SetResourceTypeErrorValue(
+ RESTYPE /*type*/, int /*errorValue*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT RESTYPE CreateNewResourceClass(void);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitClientResources(
+ ClientPtr /*client*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT XID FakeClientID(
+ int /*client*/);
+
+/* Quartz support on Mac OS X uses the CarbonCore
+ framework whose AddResource function conflicts here. */
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+#define AddResource Darwin_X_AddResource
+#endif
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool AddResource(
+ XID /*id*/,
+ RESTYPE /*type*/,
+ pointer /*value*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void FreeResource(
+ XID /*id*/,
+ RESTYPE /*skipDeleteFuncType*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void FreeResourceByType(
+ XID /*id*/,
+ RESTYPE /*type*/,
+ Bool /*skipFree*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool ChangeResourceValue(
+ XID /*id*/,
+ RESTYPE /*rtype*/,
+ pointer /*value*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void FindClientResourcesByType(
+ ClientPtr /*client*/,
+ RESTYPE /*type*/,
+ FindResType /*func*/,
+ pointer /*cdata*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void FindAllClientResources(
+ ClientPtr /*client*/,
+ FindAllRes /*func*/,
+ pointer /*cdata*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void FreeClientNeverRetainResources(
+ ClientPtr /*client*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void FreeClientResources(
+ ClientPtr /*client*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void FreeAllResources(void);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool LegalNewID(
+ XID /*id*/,
+ ClientPtr /*client*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT pointer LookupClientResourceComplex(
+ ClientPtr client,
+ RESTYPE type,
+ FindComplexResType func,
+ pointer cdata);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int dixLookupResourceByType(
+ pointer *result,
+ XID id,
+ RESTYPE rtype,
+ ClientPtr client,
+ Mask access_mode);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int dixLookupResourceByClass(
+ pointer *result,
+ XID id,
+ RESTYPE rclass,
+ ClientPtr client,
+ Mask access_mode);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void GetXIDRange(
+ int /*client*/,
+ Bool /*server*/,
+ XID * /*minp*/,
+ XID * /*maxp*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT unsigned int GetXIDList(
+ ClientPtr /*client*/,
+ unsigned int /*count*/,
+ XID * /*pids*/);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT RESTYPE lastResourceType;
+extern _X_EXPORT RESTYPE TypeMask;
+
+#endif /* RESOURCE_H */
+
diff --git a/xorg-server/mi/mipointer.c b/xorg-server/mi/mipointer.c
index 209ea06be..e8ed106ea 100644
--- a/xorg-server/mi/mipointer.c
+++ b/xorg-server/mi/mipointer.c
@@ -1,688 +1,698 @@
-/*
-
-Copyright 1989, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-*/
-
-/**
- * @file
- * This file contains functions to move the pointer on the screen and/or
- * restrict its movement. These functions are divided into two sets:
- * Screen-specific functions that are used as function pointers from other
- * parts of the server (and end up heavily wrapped by e.g. animcur and
- * xfixes):
- * miPointerConstrainCursor
- * miPointerCursorLimits
- * miPointerDisplayCursor
- * miPointerRealizeCursor
- * miPointerUnrealizeCursor
- * miPointerSetCursorPosition
- * miRecolorCursor
- * miPointerDeviceInitialize
- * miPointerDeviceCleanup
- * If wrapped, these are the last element in the wrapping chain. They may
- * call into sprite-specific code through further function pointers though.
- *
- * The second type of functions are those that are directly called by the
- * DIX, DDX and some drivers.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-# include <X11/X.h>
-# include <X11/Xmd.h>
-# include <X11/Xproto.h>
-# include "misc.h"
-# include "windowstr.h"
-# include "pixmapstr.h"
-# include "mi.h"
-# include "scrnintstr.h"
-# include "mipointrst.h"
-# include "cursorstr.h"
-# include "dixstruct.h"
-# include "inputstr.h"
-# include "inpututils.h"
-
-DevPrivateKeyRec miPointerScreenKeyRec;
-
-#define GetScreenPrivate(s) ((miPointerScreenPtr) \
- dixLookupPrivate(&(s)->devPrivates, miPointerScreenKey))
-#define SetupScreen(s) miPointerScreenPtr pScreenPriv = GetScreenPrivate(s)
-
-DevPrivateKeyRec miPointerPrivKeyRec;
-
-#define MIPOINTER(dev) \
- (IsFloating(dev) ? \
- (miPointerPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&(dev)->devPrivates, miPointerPrivKey): \
- (miPointerPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&(GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER))->devPrivates, miPointerPrivKey))
-
-static Bool miPointerRealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
- CursorPtr pCursor);
-static Bool miPointerUnrealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
- CursorPtr pCursor);
-static Bool miPointerDisplayCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
- CursorPtr pCursor);
-static void miPointerConstrainCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
- BoxPtr pBox);
-static void miPointerCursorLimits(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
- CursorPtr pCursor, BoxPtr pHotBox,
- BoxPtr pTopLeftBox);
-static Bool miPointerSetCursorPosition(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
- int x, int y,
- Bool generateEvent);
-static Bool miPointerCloseScreen(int index, ScreenPtr pScreen);
-static void miPointerMove(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
- int x, int y);
-static Bool miPointerDeviceInitialize(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen);
-static void miPointerDeviceCleanup(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- ScreenPtr pScreen);
-static void miPointerMoveNoEvent (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y);
-
-static EventList* events; /* for WarpPointer MotionNotifies */
-
-Bool
-miPointerInitialize (ScreenPtr pScreen,
- miPointerSpriteFuncPtr spriteFuncs,
- miPointerScreenFuncPtr screenFuncs,
- Bool waitForUpdate)
-{
- miPointerScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
-
- if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&miPointerScreenKeyRec, PRIVATE_SCREEN, 0))
- return FALSE;
-
- if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&miPointerPrivKeyRec, PRIVATE_DEVICE, 0))
- return FALSE;
-
- pScreenPriv = malloc(sizeof (miPointerScreenRec));
- if (!pScreenPriv)
- return FALSE;
- pScreenPriv->spriteFuncs = spriteFuncs;
- pScreenPriv->screenFuncs = screenFuncs;
- /*
- * check for uninitialized methods
- */
- if (!screenFuncs->EnqueueEvent)
- screenFuncs->EnqueueEvent = mieqEnqueue;
- if (!screenFuncs->NewEventScreen)
- screenFuncs->NewEventScreen = mieqSwitchScreen;
- pScreenPriv->waitForUpdate = waitForUpdate;
- pScreenPriv->showTransparent = FALSE;
- pScreenPriv->CloseScreen = pScreen->CloseScreen;
- pScreen->CloseScreen = miPointerCloseScreen;
- dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, miPointerScreenKey, pScreenPriv);
- /*
- * set up screen cursor method table
- */
- pScreen->ConstrainCursor = miPointerConstrainCursor;
- pScreen->CursorLimits = miPointerCursorLimits;
- pScreen->DisplayCursor = miPointerDisplayCursor;
- pScreen->RealizeCursor = miPointerRealizeCursor;
- pScreen->UnrealizeCursor = miPointerUnrealizeCursor;
- pScreen->SetCursorPosition = miPointerSetCursorPosition;
- pScreen->RecolorCursor = miRecolorCursor;
- pScreen->DeviceCursorInitialize = miPointerDeviceInitialize;
- pScreen->DeviceCursorCleanup = miPointerDeviceCleanup;
-
- events = NULL;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- * Destroy screen-specific information.
- *
- * @param index Screen index of the screen in screenInfo.screens[]
- * @param pScreen The actual screen pointer
- */
-static Bool
-miPointerCloseScreen (int index, ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- SetupScreen(pScreen);
-
- pScreen->CloseScreen = pScreenPriv->CloseScreen;
- free((pointer) pScreenPriv);
- FreeEventList(events, GetMaximumEventsNum());
- events = NULL;
- return (*pScreen->CloseScreen) (index, pScreen);
-}
-
-/*
- * DIX/DDX interface routines
- */
-
-static Bool
-miPointerRealizeCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
-{
- SetupScreen(pScreen);
- return (*pScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->RealizeCursor) (pDev, pScreen, pCursor);
-}
-
-static Bool
-miPointerUnrealizeCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- ScreenPtr pScreen,
- CursorPtr pCursor)
-{
- SetupScreen(pScreen);
- return (*pScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->UnrealizeCursor) (pDev, pScreen, pCursor);
-}
-
-static Bool
-miPointerDisplayCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
-{
- miPointerPtr pPointer;
-
- /* return for keyboards */
- if (!IsPointerDevice(pDev))
- return FALSE;
-
- pPointer = MIPOINTER(pDev);
-
- pPointer->pCursor = pCursor;
- pPointer->pScreen = pScreen;
- miPointerUpdateSprite(pDev);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- * Set up the constraints for the given device. This function does not
- * actually constrain the cursor but merely copies the given box to the
- * internal constraint storage.
- *
- * @param pDev The device to constrain to the box
- * @param pBox The rectangle to constrain the cursor to
- * @param pScreen Used for copying screen confinement
- */
-static void
-miPointerConstrainCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, BoxPtr pBox)
-{
- miPointerPtr pPointer;
-
- pPointer = MIPOINTER(pDev);
-
- pPointer->limits = *pBox;
- pPointer->confined = PointerConfinedToScreen(pDev);
-}
-
-/**
- * Should calculate the box for the given cursor, based on screen and the
- * confinement given. But we assume that whatever box is passed in is valid
- * anyway.
- *
- * @param pDev The device to calculate the cursor limits for
- * @param pScreen The screen the confinement happens on
- * @param pCursor The screen the confinement happens on
- * @param pHotBox The confinement box for the cursor
- * @param[out] pTopLeftBox The new confinement box, always *pHotBox.
- */
-static void
-miPointerCursorLimits(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor,
- BoxPtr pHotBox, BoxPtr pTopLeftBox)
-{
- *pTopLeftBox = *pHotBox;
-}
-
-/**
- * Set the device's cursor position to the x/y position on the given screen.
- * Generates and event if required.
- *
- * This function is called from:
- * - sprite init code to place onto initial position
- * - the various WarpPointer implementations (core, XI, Xinerama, dmx,…)
- * - during the cursor update path in CheckMotion
- * - in the Xinerama part of NewCurrentScreen
- * - when a RandR/RandR1.2 mode was applied (it may have moved the pointer, so
- * it's set back to the original pos)
- *
- * @param pDev The device to move
- * @param pScreen The screen the device is on
- * @param x The x coordinate in per-screen coordinates
- * @param y The y coordinate in per-screen coordinates
- * @param generateEvent True if the pointer movement should generate an
- * event.
- *
- * @return TRUE in all cases
- */
-static Bool
-miPointerSetCursorPosition(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
- int x, int y, Bool generateEvent)
-{
- SetupScreen (pScreen);
- miPointerPtr pPointer = MIPOINTER(pDev);
-
- pPointer->generateEvent = generateEvent;
-
- /* device dependent - must pend signal and call miPointerWarpCursor */
- (*pScreenPriv->screenFuncs->WarpCursor) (pDev, pScreen, x, y);
- if (!generateEvent)
- miPointerUpdateSprite(pDev);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- * Set up sprite information for the device.
- * This function will be called once for each device after it is initialized
- * in the DIX.
- *
- * @param pDev The newly created device
- * @param pScreen The initial sprite scree.
- */
-static Bool
-miPointerDeviceInitialize(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- miPointerPtr pPointer;
- SetupScreen (pScreen);
-
- pPointer = malloc(sizeof(miPointerRec));
- if (!pPointer)
- return FALSE;
-
- pPointer->pScreen = NULL;
- pPointer->pSpriteScreen = NULL;
- pPointer->pCursor = NULL;
- pPointer->pSpriteCursor = NULL;
- pPointer->limits.x1 = 0;
- pPointer->limits.x2 = 32767;
- pPointer->limits.y1 = 0;
- pPointer->limits.y2 = 32767;
- pPointer->confined = FALSE;
- pPointer->x = 0;
- pPointer->y = 0;
- pPointer->generateEvent = FALSE;
-
- if (!((*pScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->DeviceCursorInitialize)(pDev, pScreen)))
- {
- free(pPointer);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- dixSetPrivate(&pDev->devPrivates, miPointerPrivKey, pPointer);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- * Clean up after device.
- * This function will be called once before the device is freed in the DIX
- *
- * @param pDev The device to be removed from the server
- * @param pScreen Current screen of the device
- */
-static void
-miPointerDeviceCleanup(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- SetupScreen(pScreen);
-
- if (!IsMaster(pDev) && !IsFloating(pDev))
- return;
-
- (*pScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->DeviceCursorCleanup)(pDev, pScreen);
- free(dixLookupPrivate(&pDev->devPrivates, miPointerPrivKey));
- dixSetPrivate(&pDev->devPrivates, miPointerPrivKey, NULL);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Warp the pointer to the given position on the given screen. May generate
- * an event, depending on whether we're coming from miPointerSetPosition.
- *
- * Once signals are ignored, the WarpCursor function can call this
- *
- * @param pDev The device to warp
- * @param pScreen Screen to warp on
- * @param x The x coordinate in per-screen coordinates
- * @param y The y coordinate in per-screen coordinates
- */
-
-void
-miPointerWarpCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
-{
- miPointerPtr pPointer;
- BOOL changedScreen = FALSE;
-
- SetupScreen (pScreen);
- pPointer = MIPOINTER(pDev);
-
- if (pPointer->pScreen != pScreen)
- {
- (*pScreenPriv->screenFuncs->NewEventScreen) (pDev, pScreen, TRUE);
- changedScreen = TRUE;
- }
-
- if (pPointer->generateEvent)
- miPointerMove (pDev, pScreen, x, y);
- else
- miPointerMoveNoEvent(pDev, pScreen, x, y);
-
- /* Don't call USFS if we use Xinerama, otherwise the root window is
- * updated to the second screen, and we never receive any events.
- * (FDO bug #18668) */
- if (changedScreen
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- && noPanoramiXExtension
-#endif
- )
- UpdateSpriteForScreen (pDev, pScreen) ;
-}
-
-/**
- * Syncronize the sprite with the cursor.
- *
- * @param pDev The device to sync
- */
-void
-miPointerUpdateSprite (DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- miPointerScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
- CursorPtr pCursor;
- int x, y, devx, devy;
- miPointerPtr pPointer;
-
- if (!pDev || !pDev->coreEvents)
- return;
-
- pPointer = MIPOINTER(pDev);
-
- if (!pPointer)
- return;
-
- pScreen = pPointer->pScreen;
- if (!pScreen)
- return;
-
- x = pPointer->x;
- y = pPointer->y;
- devx = pPointer->devx;
- devy = pPointer->devy;
-
- pScreenPriv = GetScreenPrivate (pScreen);
- /*
- * if the cursor has switched screens, disable the sprite
- * on the old screen
- */
- if (pScreen != pPointer->pSpriteScreen)
- {
- if (pPointer->pSpriteScreen)
- {
- miPointerScreenPtr pOldPriv;
-
- pOldPriv = GetScreenPrivate (pPointer->pSpriteScreen);
- if (pPointer->pCursor)
- {
- (*pOldPriv->spriteFuncs->SetCursor)
- (pDev, pPointer->pSpriteScreen, NullCursor, 0, 0);
- }
- (*pOldPriv->screenFuncs->CrossScreen) (pPointer->pSpriteScreen, FALSE);
- }
- (*pScreenPriv->screenFuncs->CrossScreen) (pScreen, TRUE);
- (*pScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->SetCursor)
- (pDev, pScreen, pPointer->pCursor, x, y);
- pPointer->devx = x;
- pPointer->devy = y;
- pPointer->pSpriteCursor = pPointer->pCursor;
- pPointer->pSpriteScreen = pScreen;
- }
- /*
- * if the cursor has changed, display the new one
- */
- else if (pPointer->pCursor != pPointer->pSpriteCursor)
- {
- pCursor = pPointer->pCursor;
- if (!pCursor || (pCursor->bits->emptyMask && !pScreenPriv->showTransparent))
- pCursor = NullCursor;
- (*pScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->SetCursor) (pDev, pScreen, pCursor, x, y);
-
- pPointer->devx = x;
- pPointer->devy = y;
- pPointer->pSpriteCursor = pPointer->pCursor;
- }
- else if (x != devx || y != devy)
- {
- pPointer->devx = x;
- pPointer->devy = y;
- if(pPointer->pCursor && !pPointer->pCursor->bits->emptyMask)
- (*pScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->MoveCursor) (pDev, pScreen, x, y);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Set the device to the coordinates on the given screen.
- *
- * @param pDev The device to move
- * @param screen_no Index of the screen to move to
- * @param x The x coordinate in per-screen coordinates
- * @param y The y coordinate in per-screen coordinates
- */
-void
-miPointerSetScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int screen_no, int x, int y)
-{
- miPointerScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- miPointerPtr pPointer;
-
- pPointer = MIPOINTER(pDev);
-
- pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screen_no];
- pScreenPriv = GetScreenPrivate (pScreen);
- (*pScreenPriv->screenFuncs->NewEventScreen) (pDev, pScreen, FALSE);
- NewCurrentScreen (pDev, pScreen, x, y);
-
- pPointer->limits.x2 = pScreen->width;
- pPointer->limits.y2 = pScreen->height;
-}
-
-/**
- * @return The current screen of the VCP
- */
-ScreenPtr
-miPointerCurrentScreen (void)
-{
- return miPointerGetScreen(inputInfo.pointer);
-}
-
-/**
- * @return The current screen of the given device or NULL.
- */
-ScreenPtr
-miPointerGetScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- miPointerPtr pPointer = MIPOINTER(pDev);
- return (pPointer) ? pPointer->pScreen : NULL;
-}
-
-/* Controls whether the cursor image should be updated immediately when
- moved (FALSE) or if something else will be responsible for updating
- it later (TRUE). Returns current setting.
- Caller is responsible for calling OsBlockSignal first.
-*/
-Bool
-miPointerSetWaitForUpdate(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool wait)
-{
- SetupScreen(pScreen);
- Bool prevWait = pScreenPriv->waitForUpdate;
-
- pScreenPriv->waitForUpdate = wait;
- return prevWait;
-}
-
-
-/* Move the pointer on the current screen, and update the sprite. */
-static void
-miPointerMoveNoEvent (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
- int x, int y)
-{
- miPointerPtr pPointer;
- SetupScreen(pScreen);
-
- pPointer = MIPOINTER(pDev);
-
- /* Hack: We mustn't call into ->MoveCursor for anything but the
- * VCP, as this may cause a non-HW rendered cursor to be rendered during
- * SIGIO. This again leads to allocs during SIGIO which leads to SIGABRT.
- */
- if (GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_POINTER) == inputInfo.pointer
- && !pScreenPriv->waitForUpdate && pScreen == pPointer->pSpriteScreen)
- {
- pPointer->devx = x;
- pPointer->devy = y;
- if(pPointer->pCursor && !pPointer->pCursor->bits->emptyMask)
- (*pScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->MoveCursor) (pDev, pScreen, x, y);
- }
-
- pPointer->x = x;
- pPointer->y = y;
- pPointer->pScreen = pScreen;
-}
-
-/**
- * Set the devices' cursor position to the given x/y position.
- *
- * This function is called during the pointer update path in
- * GetPointerEvents and friends (and the same in the xwin DDX).
- *
- * @param pDev The device to move
- * @param[in,out] x The x coordiante in screen coordinates (in regards to total
- * desktop size)
- * @param[in,out] y The y coordiante in screen coordinates (in regards to total
- * desktop size)
- */
-void
-miPointerSetPosition(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int *x, int *y)
-{
- miPointerScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- ScreenPtr newScreen;
-
- miPointerPtr pPointer;
-
- if (!pDev || !pDev->coreEvents)
- return;
-
- pPointer = MIPOINTER(pDev);
- pScreen = pPointer->pScreen;
- if (!pScreen)
- return; /* called before ready */
-
- if (*x < 0 || *x >= pScreen->width || *y < 0 || *y >= pScreen->height)
- {
- pScreenPriv = GetScreenPrivate (pScreen);
- if (!pPointer->confined)
- {
- newScreen = pScreen;
- (*pScreenPriv->screenFuncs->CursorOffScreen) (&newScreen, x, y);
- if (newScreen != pScreen)
- {
- pScreen = newScreen;
- (*pScreenPriv->screenFuncs->NewEventScreen) (pDev, pScreen,
- FALSE);
- pScreenPriv = GetScreenPrivate (pScreen);
- /* Smash the confine to the new screen */
- pPointer->limits.x2 = pScreen->width;
- pPointer->limits.y2 = pScreen->height;
- }
- }
- }
- /* Constrain the sprite to the current limits. */
- if (*x < pPointer->limits.x1)
- *x = pPointer->limits.x1;
- if (*x >= pPointer->limits.x2)
- *x = pPointer->limits.x2 - 1;
- if (*y < pPointer->limits.y1)
- *y = pPointer->limits.y1;
- if (*y >= pPointer->limits.y2)
- *y = pPointer->limits.y2 - 1;
-
- if (pPointer->x == *x && pPointer->y == *y &&
- pPointer->pScreen == pScreen)
- return;
-
- miPointerMoveNoEvent(pDev, pScreen, *x, *y);
-}
-
-/**
- * Get the current position of the device in desktop coordinates.
- *
- * @param x Return value for the current x coordinate in desktop coordiates.
- * @param y Return value for the current y coordinate in desktop coordiates.
- */
-void
-miPointerGetPosition(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int *x, int *y)
-{
- *x = MIPOINTER(pDev)->x;
- *y = MIPOINTER(pDev)->y;
-}
-
-#ifdef XQUARTZ
-#include <pthread.h>
-void darwinEvents_lock(void);
-void darwinEvents_unlock(void);
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Move the device's pointer to the x/y coordinates on the given screen.
- * This function generates and enqueues pointer events.
- *
- * @param pDev The device to move
- * @param pScreen The screen the device is on
- * @param x The x coordinate in per-screen coordinates
- * @param y The y coordinate in per-screen coordinates
- */
-void
-miPointerMove (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
-{
- int i, nevents;
- int valuators[2];
- ValuatorMask mask;
-
- miPointerMoveNoEvent(pDev, pScreen, x, y);
-
- /* generate motion notify */
- valuators[0] = x;
- valuators[1] = y;
-
- if (!events)
- {
- events = InitEventList(GetMaximumEventsNum());
-
- if (!events)
- {
- FatalError("Could not allocate event store.\n");
- return;
- }
- }
-
- valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, 0, 2, valuators);
- nevents = GetPointerEvents(events, pDev, MotionNotify, 0,
- POINTER_SCREEN | POINTER_ABSOLUTE, &mask);
-
- OsBlockSignals();
-#ifdef XQUARTZ
- darwinEvents_lock();
-#endif
- for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++)
- mieqEnqueue(pDev, (InternalEvent*)events[i].event);
-#ifdef XQUARTZ
- darwinEvents_unlock();
-#endif
- OsReleaseSignals();
-}
+/*
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * This file contains functions to move the pointer on the screen and/or
+ * restrict its movement. These functions are divided into two sets:
+ * Screen-specific functions that are used as function pointers from other
+ * parts of the server (and end up heavily wrapped by e.g. animcur and
+ * xfixes):
+ * miPointerConstrainCursor
+ * miPointerCursorLimits
+ * miPointerDisplayCursor
+ * miPointerRealizeCursor
+ * miPointerUnrealizeCursor
+ * miPointerSetCursorPosition
+ * miRecolorCursor
+ * miPointerDeviceInitialize
+ * miPointerDeviceCleanup
+ * If wrapped, these are the last element in the wrapping chain. They may
+ * call into sprite-specific code through further function pointers though.
+ *
+ * The second type of functions are those that are directly called by the
+ * DIX, DDX and some drivers.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+# include <X11/X.h>
+# include <X11/Xmd.h>
+# include <X11/Xproto.h>
+# include "misc.h"
+# include "windowstr.h"
+# include "pixmapstr.h"
+# include "mi.h"
+# include "scrnintstr.h"
+# include "mipointrst.h"
+# include "cursorstr.h"
+# include "dixstruct.h"
+# include "inputstr.h"
+# include "inpututils.h"
+
+DevPrivateKeyRec miPointerScreenKeyRec;
+
+#define GetScreenPrivate(s) ((miPointerScreenPtr) \
+ dixLookupPrivate(&(s)->devPrivates, miPointerScreenKey))
+#define SetupScreen(s) miPointerScreenPtr pScreenPriv = GetScreenPrivate(s)
+
+DevPrivateKeyRec miPointerPrivKeyRec;
+
+#define MIPOINTER(dev) \
+ (IsFloating(dev) ? \
+ (miPointerPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&(dev)->devPrivates, miPointerPrivKey): \
+ (miPointerPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&(GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER))->devPrivates, miPointerPrivKey))
+
+static Bool miPointerRealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ CursorPtr pCursor);
+static Bool miPointerUnrealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ CursorPtr pCursor);
+static Bool miPointerDisplayCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ CursorPtr pCursor);
+static void miPointerConstrainCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ BoxPtr pBox);
+static void miPointerCursorLimits(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ CursorPtr pCursor, BoxPtr pHotBox,
+ BoxPtr pTopLeftBox);
+static Bool miPointerSetCursorPosition(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ int x, int y,
+ Bool generateEvent);
+static Bool miPointerCloseScreen(int index, ScreenPtr pScreen);
+static void miPointerMove(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ int x, int y);
+static Bool miPointerDeviceInitialize(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen);
+static void miPointerDeviceCleanup(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ ScreenPtr pScreen);
+static void miPointerMoveNoEvent (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y);
+
+static EventList* events; /* for WarpPointer MotionNotifies */
+
+Bool
+miPointerInitialize (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ miPointerSpriteFuncPtr spriteFuncs,
+ miPointerScreenFuncPtr screenFuncs,
+ Bool waitForUpdate)
+{
+ miPointerScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
+
+ if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&miPointerScreenKeyRec, PRIVATE_SCREEN, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&miPointerPrivKeyRec, PRIVATE_DEVICE, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ pScreenPriv = malloc(sizeof (miPointerScreenRec));
+ if (!pScreenPriv)
+ return FALSE;
+ pScreenPriv->spriteFuncs = spriteFuncs;
+ pScreenPriv->screenFuncs = screenFuncs;
+ /*
+ * check for uninitialized methods
+ */
+ if (!screenFuncs->EnqueueEvent)
+ screenFuncs->EnqueueEvent = mieqEnqueue;
+ if (!screenFuncs->NewEventScreen)
+ screenFuncs->NewEventScreen = mieqSwitchScreen;
+ pScreenPriv->waitForUpdate = waitForUpdate;
+ pScreenPriv->showTransparent = FALSE;
+ pScreenPriv->CloseScreen = pScreen->CloseScreen;
+ pScreen->CloseScreen = miPointerCloseScreen;
+ dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, miPointerScreenKey, pScreenPriv);
+ /*
+ * set up screen cursor method table
+ */
+ pScreen->ConstrainCursor = miPointerConstrainCursor;
+ pScreen->CursorLimits = miPointerCursorLimits;
+ pScreen->DisplayCursor = miPointerDisplayCursor;
+ pScreen->RealizeCursor = miPointerRealizeCursor;
+ pScreen->UnrealizeCursor = miPointerUnrealizeCursor;
+ pScreen->SetCursorPosition = miPointerSetCursorPosition;
+ pScreen->RecolorCursor = miRecolorCursor;
+ pScreen->DeviceCursorInitialize = miPointerDeviceInitialize;
+ pScreen->DeviceCursorCleanup = miPointerDeviceCleanup;
+
+ events = NULL;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Destroy screen-specific information.
+ *
+ * @param index Screen index of the screen in screenInfo.screens[]
+ * @param pScreen The actual screen pointer
+ */
+static Bool
+miPointerCloseScreen (int index, ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ SetupScreen(pScreen);
+
+ pScreen->CloseScreen = pScreenPriv->CloseScreen;
+ free((pointer) pScreenPriv);
+ FreeEventList(events, GetMaximumEventsNum());
+ events = NULL;
+ return (*pScreen->CloseScreen) (index, pScreen);
+}
+
+/*
+ * DIX/DDX interface routines
+ */
+
+static Bool
+miPointerRealizeCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
+{
+ SetupScreen(pScreen);
+ return (*pScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->RealizeCursor) (pDev, pScreen, pCursor);
+}
+
+static Bool
+miPointerUnrealizeCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ CursorPtr pCursor)
+{
+ SetupScreen(pScreen);
+ return (*pScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->UnrealizeCursor) (pDev, pScreen, pCursor);
+}
+
+static Bool
+miPointerDisplayCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
+{
+ miPointerPtr pPointer;
+
+ /* return for keyboards */
+ if (!IsPointerDevice(pDev))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ pPointer = MIPOINTER(pDev);
+
+ pPointer->pCursor = pCursor;
+ pPointer->pScreen = pScreen;
+ miPointerUpdateSprite(pDev);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set up the constraints for the given device. This function does not
+ * actually constrain the cursor but merely copies the given box to the
+ * internal constraint storage.
+ *
+ * @param pDev The device to constrain to the box
+ * @param pBox The rectangle to constrain the cursor to
+ * @param pScreen Used for copying screen confinement
+ */
+static void
+miPointerConstrainCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, BoxPtr pBox)
+{
+ miPointerPtr pPointer;
+
+ pPointer = MIPOINTER(pDev);
+
+ pPointer->limits = *pBox;
+ pPointer->confined = PointerConfinedToScreen(pDev);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Should calculate the box for the given cursor, based on screen and the
+ * confinement given. But we assume that whatever box is passed in is valid
+ * anyway.
+ *
+ * @param pDev The device to calculate the cursor limits for
+ * @param pScreen The screen the confinement happens on
+ * @param pCursor The screen the confinement happens on
+ * @param pHotBox The confinement box for the cursor
+ * @param[out] pTopLeftBox The new confinement box, always *pHotBox.
+ */
+static void
+miPointerCursorLimits(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor,
+ BoxPtr pHotBox, BoxPtr pTopLeftBox)
+{
+ *pTopLeftBox = *pHotBox;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set the device's cursor position to the x/y position on the given screen.
+ * Generates and event if required.
+ *
+ * This function is called from:
+ * - sprite init code to place onto initial position
+ * - the various WarpPointer implementations (core, XI, Xinerama, dmx,…)
+ * - during the cursor update path in CheckMotion
+ * - in the Xinerama part of NewCurrentScreen
+ * - when a RandR/RandR1.2 mode was applied (it may have moved the pointer, so
+ * it's set back to the original pos)
+ *
+ * @param pDev The device to move
+ * @param pScreen The screen the device is on
+ * @param x The x coordinate in per-screen coordinates
+ * @param y The y coordinate in per-screen coordinates
+ * @param generateEvent True if the pointer movement should generate an
+ * event.
+ *
+ * @return TRUE in all cases
+ */
+static Bool
+miPointerSetCursorPosition(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ int x, int y, Bool generateEvent)
+{
+ SetupScreen (pScreen);
+ miPointerPtr pPointer = MIPOINTER(pDev);
+
+ pPointer->generateEvent = generateEvent;
+
+ if (pScreen->ConstrainCursorHarder)
+ pScreen->ConstrainCursorHarder(pDev, pScreen, Absolute, &x, &y);
+
+ /* device dependent - must pend signal and call miPointerWarpCursor */
+ (*pScreenPriv->screenFuncs->WarpCursor) (pDev, pScreen, x, y);
+ if (!generateEvent)
+ miPointerUpdateSprite(pDev);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set up sprite information for the device.
+ * This function will be called once for each device after it is initialized
+ * in the DIX.
+ *
+ * @param pDev The newly created device
+ * @param pScreen The initial sprite scree.
+ */
+static Bool
+miPointerDeviceInitialize(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ miPointerPtr pPointer;
+ SetupScreen (pScreen);
+
+ pPointer = malloc(sizeof(miPointerRec));
+ if (!pPointer)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ pPointer->pScreen = NULL;
+ pPointer->pSpriteScreen = NULL;
+ pPointer->pCursor = NULL;
+ pPointer->pSpriteCursor = NULL;
+ pPointer->limits.x1 = 0;
+ pPointer->limits.x2 = 32767;
+ pPointer->limits.y1 = 0;
+ pPointer->limits.y2 = 32767;
+ pPointer->confined = FALSE;
+ pPointer->x = 0;
+ pPointer->y = 0;
+ pPointer->generateEvent = FALSE;
+
+ if (!((*pScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->DeviceCursorInitialize)(pDev, pScreen)))
+ {
+ free(pPointer);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ dixSetPrivate(&pDev->devPrivates, miPointerPrivKey, pPointer);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clean up after device.
+ * This function will be called once before the device is freed in the DIX
+ *
+ * @param pDev The device to be removed from the server
+ * @param pScreen Current screen of the device
+ */
+static void
+miPointerDeviceCleanup(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ SetupScreen(pScreen);
+
+ if (!IsMaster(pDev) && !IsFloating(pDev))
+ return;
+
+ (*pScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->DeviceCursorCleanup)(pDev, pScreen);
+ free(dixLookupPrivate(&pDev->devPrivates, miPointerPrivKey));
+ dixSetPrivate(&pDev->devPrivates, miPointerPrivKey, NULL);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Warp the pointer to the given position on the given screen. May generate
+ * an event, depending on whether we're coming from miPointerSetPosition.
+ *
+ * Once signals are ignored, the WarpCursor function can call this
+ *
+ * @param pDev The device to warp
+ * @param pScreen Screen to warp on
+ * @param x The x coordinate in per-screen coordinates
+ * @param y The y coordinate in per-screen coordinates
+ */
+
+void
+miPointerWarpCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
+{
+ miPointerPtr pPointer;
+ BOOL changedScreen = FALSE;
+
+ SetupScreen (pScreen);
+ pPointer = MIPOINTER(pDev);
+
+ if (pPointer->pScreen != pScreen)
+ {
+ (*pScreenPriv->screenFuncs->NewEventScreen) (pDev, pScreen, TRUE);
+ changedScreen = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ if (pPointer->generateEvent)
+ miPointerMove (pDev, pScreen, x, y);
+ else
+ miPointerMoveNoEvent(pDev, pScreen, x, y);
+
+ /* Don't call USFS if we use Xinerama, otherwise the root window is
+ * updated to the second screen, and we never receive any events.
+ * (FDO bug #18668) */
+ if (changedScreen
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ && noPanoramiXExtension
+#endif
+ )
+ UpdateSpriteForScreen (pDev, pScreen) ;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Syncronize the sprite with the cursor.
+ *
+ * @param pDev The device to sync
+ */
+void
+miPointerUpdateSprite (DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ miPointerScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
+ CursorPtr pCursor;
+ int x, y, devx, devy;
+ miPointerPtr pPointer;
+
+ if (!pDev || !pDev->coreEvents)
+ return;
+
+ pPointer = MIPOINTER(pDev);
+
+ if (!pPointer)
+ return;
+
+ pScreen = pPointer->pScreen;
+ if (!pScreen)
+ return;
+
+ x = pPointer->x;
+ y = pPointer->y;
+ devx = pPointer->devx;
+ devy = pPointer->devy;
+
+ pScreenPriv = GetScreenPrivate (pScreen);
+ /*
+ * if the cursor has switched screens, disable the sprite
+ * on the old screen
+ */
+ if (pScreen != pPointer->pSpriteScreen)
+ {
+ if (pPointer->pSpriteScreen)
+ {
+ miPointerScreenPtr pOldPriv;
+
+ pOldPriv = GetScreenPrivate (pPointer->pSpriteScreen);
+ if (pPointer->pCursor)
+ {
+ (*pOldPriv->spriteFuncs->SetCursor)
+ (pDev, pPointer->pSpriteScreen, NullCursor, 0, 0);
+ }
+ (*pOldPriv->screenFuncs->CrossScreen) (pPointer->pSpriteScreen, FALSE);
+ }
+ (*pScreenPriv->screenFuncs->CrossScreen) (pScreen, TRUE);
+ (*pScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->SetCursor)
+ (pDev, pScreen, pPointer->pCursor, x, y);
+ pPointer->devx = x;
+ pPointer->devy = y;
+ pPointer->pSpriteCursor = pPointer->pCursor;
+ pPointer->pSpriteScreen = pScreen;
+ }
+ /*
+ * if the cursor has changed, display the new one
+ */
+ else if (pPointer->pCursor != pPointer->pSpriteCursor)
+ {
+ pCursor = pPointer->pCursor;
+ if (!pCursor || (pCursor->bits->emptyMask && !pScreenPriv->showTransparent))
+ pCursor = NullCursor;
+ (*pScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->SetCursor) (pDev, pScreen, pCursor, x, y);
+
+ pPointer->devx = x;
+ pPointer->devy = y;
+ pPointer->pSpriteCursor = pPointer->pCursor;
+ }
+ else if (x != devx || y != devy)
+ {
+ pPointer->devx = x;
+ pPointer->devy = y;
+ if(pPointer->pCursor && !pPointer->pCursor->bits->emptyMask)
+ (*pScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->MoveCursor) (pDev, pScreen, x, y);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set the device to the coordinates on the given screen.
+ *
+ * @param pDev The device to move
+ * @param screen_no Index of the screen to move to
+ * @param x The x coordinate in per-screen coordinates
+ * @param y The y coordinate in per-screen coordinates
+ */
+void
+miPointerSetScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int screen_no, int x, int y)
+{
+ miPointerScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ miPointerPtr pPointer;
+
+ pPointer = MIPOINTER(pDev);
+
+ pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screen_no];
+ pScreenPriv = GetScreenPrivate (pScreen);
+ (*pScreenPriv->screenFuncs->NewEventScreen) (pDev, pScreen, FALSE);
+ NewCurrentScreen (pDev, pScreen, x, y);
+
+ pPointer->limits.x2 = pScreen->width;
+ pPointer->limits.y2 = pScreen->height;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @return The current screen of the VCP
+ */
+ScreenPtr
+miPointerCurrentScreen (void)
+{
+ return miPointerGetScreen(inputInfo.pointer);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @return The current screen of the given device or NULL.
+ */
+ScreenPtr
+miPointerGetScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ miPointerPtr pPointer = MIPOINTER(pDev);
+ return (pPointer) ? pPointer->pScreen : NULL;
+}
+
+/* Controls whether the cursor image should be updated immediately when
+ moved (FALSE) or if something else will be responsible for updating
+ it later (TRUE). Returns current setting.
+ Caller is responsible for calling OsBlockSignal first.
+*/
+Bool
+miPointerSetWaitForUpdate(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool wait)
+{
+ SetupScreen(pScreen);
+ Bool prevWait = pScreenPriv->waitForUpdate;
+
+ pScreenPriv->waitForUpdate = wait;
+ return prevWait;
+}
+
+
+/* Move the pointer on the current screen, and update the sprite. */
+static void
+miPointerMoveNoEvent (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ int x, int y)
+{
+ miPointerPtr pPointer;
+ SetupScreen(pScreen);
+
+ pPointer = MIPOINTER(pDev);
+
+ /* Hack: We mustn't call into ->MoveCursor for anything but the
+ * VCP, as this may cause a non-HW rendered cursor to be rendered during
+ * SIGIO. This again leads to allocs during SIGIO which leads to SIGABRT.
+ */
+ if (GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_POINTER) == inputInfo.pointer
+ && !pScreenPriv->waitForUpdate && pScreen == pPointer->pSpriteScreen)
+ {
+ pPointer->devx = x;
+ pPointer->devy = y;
+ if(pPointer->pCursor && !pPointer->pCursor->bits->emptyMask)
+ (*pScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->MoveCursor) (pDev, pScreen, x, y);
+ }
+
+ pPointer->x = x;
+ pPointer->y = y;
+ pPointer->pScreen = pScreen;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set the devices' cursor position to the given x/y position.
+ *
+ * This function is called during the pointer update path in
+ * GetPointerEvents and friends (and the same in the xwin DDX).
+ *
+ * The coordinates provided are always absolute. The parameter mode whether
+ * it was relative or absolute movement that landed us at those coordinates.
+ *
+ * @param pDev The device to move
+ * @param mode Movement mode (Absolute or Relative)
+ * @param[in,out] x The x coordiante in screen coordinates (in regards to total
+ * desktop size)
+ * @param[in,out] y The y coordiante in screen coordinates (in regards to total
+ * desktop size)
+ */
+void
+miPointerSetPosition(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int mode, int *x, int *y)
+{
+ miPointerScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ ScreenPtr newScreen;
+
+ miPointerPtr pPointer;
+
+ if (!pDev || !pDev->coreEvents)
+ return;
+
+ pPointer = MIPOINTER(pDev);
+ pScreen = pPointer->pScreen;
+ if (!pScreen)
+ return; /* called before ready */
+
+ if (*x < 0 || *x >= pScreen->width || *y < 0 || *y >= pScreen->height)
+ {
+ pScreenPriv = GetScreenPrivate (pScreen);
+ if (!pPointer->confined)
+ {
+ newScreen = pScreen;
+ (*pScreenPriv->screenFuncs->CursorOffScreen) (&newScreen, x, y);
+ if (newScreen != pScreen)
+ {
+ pScreen = newScreen;
+ (*pScreenPriv->screenFuncs->NewEventScreen) (pDev, pScreen,
+ FALSE);
+ pScreenPriv = GetScreenPrivate (pScreen);
+ /* Smash the confine to the new screen */
+ pPointer->limits.x2 = pScreen->width;
+ pPointer->limits.y2 = pScreen->height;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Constrain the sprite to the current limits. */
+ if (*x < pPointer->limits.x1)
+ *x = pPointer->limits.x1;
+ if (*x >= pPointer->limits.x2)
+ *x = pPointer->limits.x2 - 1;
+ if (*y < pPointer->limits.y1)
+ *y = pPointer->limits.y1;
+ if (*y >= pPointer->limits.y2)
+ *y = pPointer->limits.y2 - 1;
+
+ if (pScreen->ConstrainCursorHarder)
+ pScreen->ConstrainCursorHarder(pDev, pScreen, mode, x, y);
+
+ if (pPointer->x == *x && pPointer->y == *y &&
+ pPointer->pScreen == pScreen)
+ return;
+
+ miPointerMoveNoEvent(pDev, pScreen, *x, *y);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get the current position of the device in desktop coordinates.
+ *
+ * @param x Return value for the current x coordinate in desktop coordiates.
+ * @param y Return value for the current y coordinate in desktop coordiates.
+ */
+void
+miPointerGetPosition(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int *x, int *y)
+{
+ *x = MIPOINTER(pDev)->x;
+ *y = MIPOINTER(pDev)->y;
+}
+
+#ifdef XQUARTZ
+#include <pthread.h>
+void darwinEvents_lock(void);
+void darwinEvents_unlock(void);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Move the device's pointer to the x/y coordinates on the given screen.
+ * This function generates and enqueues pointer events.
+ *
+ * @param pDev The device to move
+ * @param pScreen The screen the device is on
+ * @param x The x coordinate in per-screen coordinates
+ * @param y The y coordinate in per-screen coordinates
+ */
+void
+miPointerMove (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
+{
+ int i, nevents;
+ int valuators[2];
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+
+ miPointerMoveNoEvent(pDev, pScreen, x, y);
+
+ /* generate motion notify */
+ valuators[0] = x;
+ valuators[1] = y;
+
+ if (!events)
+ {
+ events = InitEventList(GetMaximumEventsNum());
+
+ if (!events)
+ {
+ FatalError("Could not allocate event store.\n");
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, 0, 2, valuators);
+ nevents = GetPointerEvents(events, pDev, MotionNotify, 0,
+ POINTER_SCREEN | POINTER_ABSOLUTE, &mask);
+
+ OsBlockSignals();
+#ifdef XQUARTZ
+ darwinEvents_lock();
+#endif
+ for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++)
+ mieqEnqueue(pDev, (InternalEvent*)events[i].event);
+#ifdef XQUARTZ
+ darwinEvents_unlock();
+#endif
+ OsReleaseSignals();
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/mi/mipointer.h b/xorg-server/mi/mipointer.h
index caf505019..426ef1650 100644
--- a/xorg-server/mi/mipointer.h
+++ b/xorg-server/mi/mipointer.h
@@ -133,6 +133,7 @@ extern _X_EXPORT void miPointerGetPosition(
* x and y are modified in-place. */
extern _X_EXPORT void miPointerSetPosition(
DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ int mode,
int *x,
int *y);
diff --git a/xorg-server/mi/misprite.c b/xorg-server/mi/misprite.c
index b0290af29..0b47592f0 100644
--- a/xorg-server/mi/misprite.c
+++ b/xorg-server/mi/misprite.c
@@ -1,1045 +1,1042 @@
-/*
- * misprite.c
- *
- * machine independent software sprite routines
- */
-
-/*
-
-Copyright 1989, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-*/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "pixmapstr.h"
-#include "input.h"
-#include "mi.h"
-#include "cursorstr.h"
-#include <X11/fonts/font.h>
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "colormapst.h"
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include "gcstruct.h"
-#include "mipointer.h"
-#include "misprite.h"
-#include "dixfontstr.h"
-#include <X11/fonts/fontstruct.h>
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "damage.h"
-
-typedef struct {
- CursorPtr pCursor;
- int x; /* cursor hotspot */
- int y;
- BoxRec saved; /* saved area from the screen */
- Bool isUp; /* cursor in frame buffer */
- Bool shouldBeUp; /* cursor should be displayed */
- WindowPtr pCacheWin; /* window the cursor last seen in */
- Bool isInCacheWin;
- Bool checkPixels; /* check colormap collision */
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
-} miCursorInfoRec, *miCursorInfoPtr;
-
-/*
- * per screen information
- */
-
-typedef struct {
- /* screen procedures */
- CloseScreenProcPtr CloseScreen;
- GetImageProcPtr GetImage;
- GetSpansProcPtr GetSpans;
- SourceValidateProcPtr SourceValidate;
-
- /* window procedures */
- CopyWindowProcPtr CopyWindow;
-
- /* colormap procedures */
- InstallColormapProcPtr InstallColormap;
- StoreColorsProcPtr StoreColors;
-
- /* os layer procedures */
- ScreenBlockHandlerProcPtr BlockHandler;
-
- /* device cursor procedures */
- DeviceCursorInitializeProcPtr DeviceCursorInitialize;
- DeviceCursorCleanupProcPtr DeviceCursorCleanup;
-
- xColorItem colors[2];
- ColormapPtr pInstalledMap;
- ColormapPtr pColormap;
- VisualPtr pVisual;
- DamagePtr pDamage; /* damage tracking structure */
- Bool damageRegistered;
- int numberOfCursors;
-} miSpriteScreenRec, *miSpriteScreenPtr;
-
-#define SOURCE_COLOR 0
-#define MASK_COLOR 1
-
-/*
- * Overlap BoxPtr and Box elements
- */
-#define BOX_OVERLAP(pCbox,X1,Y1,X2,Y2) \
- (((pCbox)->x1 <= (X2)) && ((X1) <= (pCbox)->x2) && \
- ((pCbox)->y1 <= (Y2)) && ((Y1) <= (pCbox)->y2))
-
-/*
- * Overlap BoxPtr, origins, and rectangle
- */
-#define ORG_OVERLAP(pCbox,xorg,yorg,x,y,w,h) \
- BOX_OVERLAP((pCbox),(x)+(xorg),(y)+(yorg),(x)+(xorg)+(w),(y)+(yorg)+(h))
-
-/*
- * Overlap BoxPtr, origins and RectPtr
- */
-#define ORGRECT_OVERLAP(pCbox,xorg,yorg,pRect) \
- ORG_OVERLAP((pCbox),(xorg),(yorg),(pRect)->x,(pRect)->y, \
- (int)((pRect)->width), (int)((pRect)->height))
-/*
- * Overlap BoxPtr and horizontal span
- */
-#define SPN_OVERLAP(pCbox,y,x,w) BOX_OVERLAP((pCbox),(x),(y),(x)+(w),(y))
-
-#define LINE_SORT(x1,y1,x2,y2) \
-{ int _t; \
- if (x1 > x2) { _t = x1; x1 = x2; x2 = _t; } \
- if (y1 > y2) { _t = y1; y1 = y2; y2 = _t; } }
-
-#define LINE_OVERLAP(pCbox,x1,y1,x2,y2,lw2) \
- BOX_OVERLAP((pCbox), (x1)-(lw2), (y1)-(lw2), (x2)+(lw2), (y2)+(lw2))
-
-
-#define SPRITE_DEBUG_ENABLE 0
-#if SPRITE_DEBUG_ENABLE
-#define SPRITE_DEBUG(x) ErrorF x
-#else
-#define SPRITE_DEBUG(x)
-#endif
-
-#define MISPRITE(dev) \
- (IsFloating(dev) ? \
- (miCursorInfoPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&dev->devPrivates, miSpriteDevPrivatesKey) : \
- (miCursorInfoPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&(GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER))->devPrivates, miSpriteDevPrivatesKey))
-
-static void
-miSpriteDisableDamage(ScreenPtr pScreen, miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv)
-{
- if (pScreenPriv->damageRegistered) {
- DamageUnregister (&(pScreen->GetScreenPixmap(pScreen)->drawable),
- pScreenPriv->pDamage);
- pScreenPriv->damageRegistered = 0;
- }
-}
-
-static void
-miSpriteEnableDamage(ScreenPtr pScreen, miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv)
-{
- if (!pScreenPriv->damageRegistered) {
- pScreenPriv->damageRegistered = 1;
- DamageRegister (&(pScreen->GetScreenPixmap(pScreen)->drawable),
- pScreenPriv->pDamage);
- }
-}
-
-static void
-miSpriteIsUp(miCursorInfoPtr pDevCursor)
-{
- pDevCursor->isUp = TRUE;
-}
-
-static void
-miSpriteIsDown(miCursorInfoPtr pDevCursor)
-{
- pDevCursor->isUp = FALSE;
-}
-
-/*
- * screen wrappers
- */
-
-static DevPrivateKeyRec miSpriteScreenKeyRec;
-#define miSpriteScreenKey (&miSpriteScreenKeyRec)
-#define GetSpriteScreen(pScreen) \
- (dixLookupPrivate(&(pScreen)->devPrivates, miSpriteScreenKey))
-static DevPrivateKeyRec miSpriteDevPrivatesKeyRec;
-#define miSpriteDevPrivatesKey (&miSpriteDevPrivatesKeyRec)
-
-static Bool miSpriteCloseScreen(int i, ScreenPtr pScreen);
-static void miSpriteGetImage(DrawablePtr pDrawable, int sx, int sy,
- int w, int h, unsigned int format,
- unsigned long planemask, char *pdstLine);
-static void miSpriteGetSpans(DrawablePtr pDrawable, int wMax,
- DDXPointPtr ppt, int *pwidth, int nspans,
- char *pdstStart);
-static void miSpriteSourceValidate(DrawablePtr pDrawable, int x, int y,
- int width, int height,
- unsigned int subWindowMode);
-static void miSpriteCopyWindow (WindowPtr pWindow,
- DDXPointRec ptOldOrg,
- RegionPtr prgnSrc);
-static void miSpriteBlockHandler(int i, pointer blockData,
- pointer pTimeout,
- pointer pReadMask);
-static void miSpriteInstallColormap(ColormapPtr pMap);
-static void miSpriteStoreColors(ColormapPtr pMap, int ndef,
- xColorItem *pdef);
-
-static void miSpriteComputeSaved(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- ScreenPtr pScreen);
-
-static Bool miSpriteDeviceCursorInitialize(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- ScreenPtr pScreen);
-static void miSpriteDeviceCursorCleanup(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- ScreenPtr pScreen);
-
-#define SCREEN_PROLOGUE(pPriv, pScreen, field) ((pScreen)->field = \
- (pPriv)->field)
-#define SCREEN_EPILOGUE(pPriv, pScreen, field)\
- ((pPriv)->field = (pScreen)->field, (pScreen)->field = miSprite##field)
-
-/*
- * pointer-sprite method table
- */
-
-static Bool miSpriteRealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
- CursorPtr pCursor);
-static Bool miSpriteUnrealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
- CursorPtr pCursor);
-static void miSpriteSetCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
- CursorPtr pCursor, int x, int y);
-static void miSpriteMoveCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
- int x, int y);
-
-miPointerSpriteFuncRec miSpritePointerFuncs = {
- miSpriteRealizeCursor,
- miSpriteUnrealizeCursor,
- miSpriteSetCursor,
- miSpriteMoveCursor,
- miSpriteDeviceCursorInitialize,
- miSpriteDeviceCursorCleanup,
-};
-
-/*
- * other misc functions
- */
-
-static void miSpriteRemoveCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- ScreenPtr pScreen);
-static void miSpriteSaveUnderCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- ScreenPtr pScreen);
-static void miSpriteRestoreCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- ScreenPtr pScreen);
-
-static void
-miSpriteRegisterBlockHandler(ScreenPtr pScreen, miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv)
-{
- if (!pScreenPriv->BlockHandler) {
- pScreenPriv->BlockHandler = pScreen->BlockHandler;
- pScreen->BlockHandler = miSpriteBlockHandler;
- }
-}
-
-static void
-miSpriteReportDamage (DamagePtr pDamage, RegionPtr pRegion, void *closure)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = closure;
- miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
- DeviceIntPtr pDev;
-
- for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
- {
- if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
- {
- pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
-
- if (pCursorInfo->isUp &&
- pCursorInfo->pScreen == pScreen &&
- RegionContainsRect(pRegion, &pCursorInfo->saved) != rgnOUT)
- {
- SPRITE_DEBUG(("Damage remove\n"));
- miSpriteRemoveCursor (pDev, pScreen);
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * miSpriteInitialize -- called from device-dependent screen
- * initialization proc after all of the function pointers have
- * been stored in the screen structure.
- */
-
-Bool
-miSpriteInitialize (ScreenPtr pScreen,
- miPointerScreenFuncPtr screenFuncs)
-{
- miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
- VisualPtr pVisual;
-
- if (!DamageSetup (pScreen))
- return FALSE;
-
- if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&miSpriteScreenKeyRec, PRIVATE_SCREEN, 0))
- return FALSE;
-
- if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&miSpriteDevPrivatesKeyRec, PRIVATE_DEVICE, 0))
- return FALSE;
-
- pScreenPriv = malloc(sizeof (miSpriteScreenRec));
- if (!pScreenPriv)
- return FALSE;
-
- pScreenPriv->pDamage = DamageCreate (miSpriteReportDamage,
- NULL,
- DamageReportRawRegion,
- TRUE,
- pScreen,
- pScreen);
-
- if (!miPointerInitialize (pScreen, &miSpritePointerFuncs, screenFuncs,TRUE))
- {
- free(pScreenPriv);
- return FALSE;
- }
- for (pVisual = pScreen->visuals;
- pVisual->vid != pScreen->rootVisual;
- pVisual++)
- ;
- pScreenPriv->pVisual = pVisual;
- pScreenPriv->CloseScreen = pScreen->CloseScreen;
- pScreenPriv->GetImage = pScreen->GetImage;
- pScreenPriv->GetSpans = pScreen->GetSpans;
- pScreenPriv->SourceValidate = pScreen->SourceValidate;
-
- pScreenPriv->CopyWindow = pScreen->CopyWindow;
-
- pScreenPriv->InstallColormap = pScreen->InstallColormap;
- pScreenPriv->StoreColors = pScreen->StoreColors;
-
- pScreenPriv->BlockHandler = NULL;
-
- pScreenPriv->DeviceCursorInitialize = pScreen->DeviceCursorInitialize;
- pScreenPriv->DeviceCursorCleanup = pScreen->DeviceCursorCleanup;
-
- pScreenPriv->pInstalledMap = NULL;
- pScreenPriv->pColormap = NULL;
- pScreenPriv->colors[SOURCE_COLOR].red = 0;
- pScreenPriv->colors[SOURCE_COLOR].green = 0;
- pScreenPriv->colors[SOURCE_COLOR].blue = 0;
- pScreenPriv->colors[MASK_COLOR].red = 0;
- pScreenPriv->colors[MASK_COLOR].green = 0;
- pScreenPriv->colors[MASK_COLOR].blue = 0;
- pScreenPriv->damageRegistered = 0;
- pScreenPriv->numberOfCursors = 0;
-
- dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, miSpriteScreenKey, pScreenPriv);
-
- pScreen->CloseScreen = miSpriteCloseScreen;
- pScreen->GetImage = miSpriteGetImage;
- pScreen->GetSpans = miSpriteGetSpans;
- pScreen->SourceValidate = miSpriteSourceValidate;
-
- pScreen->CopyWindow = miSpriteCopyWindow;
- pScreen->InstallColormap = miSpriteInstallColormap;
- pScreen->StoreColors = miSpriteStoreColors;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
- * Screen wrappers
- */
-
-/*
- * CloseScreen wrapper -- unwrap everything, free the private data
- * and call the wrapped function
- */
-
-static Bool
-miSpriteCloseScreen (int i, ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv = GetSpriteScreen(pScreen);
-
- pScreen->CloseScreen = pScreenPriv->CloseScreen;
- pScreen->GetImage = pScreenPriv->GetImage;
- pScreen->GetSpans = pScreenPriv->GetSpans;
- pScreen->SourceValidate = pScreenPriv->SourceValidate;
- pScreen->InstallColormap = pScreenPriv->InstallColormap;
- pScreen->StoreColors = pScreenPriv->StoreColors;
-
- DamageDestroy (pScreenPriv->pDamage);
-
- free(pScreenPriv);
-
- return (*pScreen->CloseScreen) (i, pScreen);
-}
-
-static void
-miSpriteGetImage (DrawablePtr pDrawable, int sx, int sy, int w, int h,
- unsigned int format, unsigned long planemask,
- char *pdstLine)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pDrawable->pScreen;
- DeviceIntPtr pDev;
- miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
- miSpriteScreenPtr pPriv = GetSpriteScreen(pScreen);
-
- SCREEN_PROLOGUE (pPriv, pScreen, GetImage);
-
- if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW)
- {
- for(pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
- {
- if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
- {
- pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
- if (pCursorInfo->isUp && pCursorInfo->pScreen == pScreen &&
- ORG_OVERLAP(&pCursorInfo->saved,pDrawable->x,pDrawable->y,
- sx, sy, w, h))
- {
- SPRITE_DEBUG (("GetImage remove\n"));
- miSpriteRemoveCursor (pDev, pScreen);
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- (*pScreen->GetImage) (pDrawable, sx, sy, w, h,
- format, planemask, pdstLine);
-
- SCREEN_EPILOGUE (pPriv, pScreen, GetImage);
-}
-
-static void
-miSpriteGetSpans (DrawablePtr pDrawable, int wMax, DDXPointPtr ppt,
- int *pwidth, int nspans, char *pdstStart)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pDrawable->pScreen;
- DeviceIntPtr pDev;
- miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
- miSpriteScreenPtr pPriv = GetSpriteScreen(pScreen);
-
- SCREEN_PROLOGUE (pPriv, pScreen, GetSpans);
-
- if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW)
- {
- for(pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
- {
- if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
- {
- pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
-
- if (pCursorInfo->isUp && pCursorInfo->pScreen == pScreen)
- {
- DDXPointPtr pts;
- int *widths;
- int nPts;
- int xorg,
- yorg;
-
- xorg = pDrawable->x;
- yorg = pDrawable->y;
-
- for (pts = ppt, widths = pwidth, nPts = nspans;
- nPts--;
- pts++, widths++)
- {
- if (SPN_OVERLAP(&pCursorInfo->saved,pts->y+yorg,
- pts->x+xorg,*widths))
- {
- SPRITE_DEBUG (("GetSpans remove\n"));
- miSpriteRemoveCursor (pDev, pScreen);
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- (*pScreen->GetSpans) (pDrawable, wMax, ppt, pwidth, nspans, pdstStart);
-
- SCREEN_EPILOGUE (pPriv, pScreen, GetSpans);
-}
-
-static void
-miSpriteSourceValidate (DrawablePtr pDrawable, int x, int y, int width,
- int height, unsigned int subWindowMode)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pDrawable->pScreen;
- DeviceIntPtr pDev;
- miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
- miSpriteScreenPtr pPriv = GetSpriteScreen(pScreen);
-
- SCREEN_PROLOGUE (pPriv, pScreen, SourceValidate);
-
- if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW)
- {
- for(pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
- {
- if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
- {
- pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
- if (pCursorInfo->isUp && pCursorInfo->pScreen == pScreen &&
- ORG_OVERLAP(&pCursorInfo->saved, pDrawable->x, pDrawable->y,
- x, y, width, height))
- {
- SPRITE_DEBUG (("SourceValidate remove\n"));
- miSpriteRemoveCursor (pDev, pScreen);
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (pScreen->SourceValidate)
- (*pScreen->SourceValidate) (pDrawable, x, y, width, height, subWindowMode);
-
- SCREEN_EPILOGUE (pPriv, pScreen, SourceValidate);
-}
-
-static void
-miSpriteCopyWindow (WindowPtr pWindow, DDXPointRec ptOldOrg, RegionPtr prgnSrc)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
- DeviceIntPtr pDev;
- miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
- miSpriteScreenPtr pPriv = GetSpriteScreen(pScreen);
-
- SCREEN_PROLOGUE (pPriv, pScreen, CopyWindow);
-
- for(pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
- {
- if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
- {
- pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
- /*
- * Damage will take care of destination check
- */
- if (pCursorInfo->isUp && pCursorInfo->pScreen == pScreen &&
- RegionContainsRect(prgnSrc, &pCursorInfo->saved) != rgnOUT)
- {
- SPRITE_DEBUG (("CopyWindow remove\n"));
- miSpriteRemoveCursor (pDev, pScreen);
- }
- }
- }
-
- (*pScreen->CopyWindow) (pWindow, ptOldOrg, prgnSrc);
- SCREEN_EPILOGUE (pPriv, pScreen, CopyWindow);
-}
-
-static void
-miSpriteBlockHandler (int i, pointer blockData, pointer pTimeout,
- pointer pReadmask)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
- miSpriteScreenPtr pPriv = GetSpriteScreen(pScreen);
- DeviceIntPtr pDev;
- miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
- Bool WorkToDo = FALSE;
-
- for(pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
- {
- if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
- {
- pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
- if (pCursorInfo && !pCursorInfo->isUp
- && pCursorInfo->pScreen == pScreen
- && pCursorInfo->shouldBeUp)
- {
- SPRITE_DEBUG (("BlockHandler save"));
- miSpriteSaveUnderCursor (pDev, pScreen);
- }
- }
- }
- for(pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
- {
- if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
- {
- pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
- if (pCursorInfo && !pCursorInfo->isUp &&
- pCursorInfo->pScreen == pScreen &&
- pCursorInfo->shouldBeUp)
- {
- SPRITE_DEBUG (("BlockHandler restore\n"));
- miSpriteRestoreCursor (pDev, pScreen);
- if (!pCursorInfo->isUp)
- WorkToDo = TRUE;
- }
- }
- }
-
- SCREEN_PROLOGUE(pPriv, pScreen, BlockHandler);
-
- (*pScreen->BlockHandler) (i, blockData, pTimeout, pReadmask);
-
- if (WorkToDo)
- SCREEN_EPILOGUE(pPriv, pScreen, BlockHandler);
- else
- pPriv->BlockHandler = NULL;
-}
-
-static void
-miSpriteInstallColormap (ColormapPtr pMap)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pMap->pScreen;
- miSpriteScreenPtr pPriv = GetSpriteScreen(pScreen);
-
- SCREEN_PROLOGUE(pPriv, pScreen, InstallColormap);
-
- (*pScreen->InstallColormap) (pMap);
-
- SCREEN_EPILOGUE(pPriv, pScreen, InstallColormap);
-
- /* InstallColormap can be called before devices are initialized. */
- pPriv->pInstalledMap = pMap;
- if (pPriv->pColormap != pMap)
- {
- DeviceIntPtr pDev;
- miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
- for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
- {
- if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
- {
- pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
- pCursorInfo->checkPixels = TRUE;
- if (pCursorInfo->isUp && pCursorInfo->pScreen == pScreen)
- miSpriteRemoveCursor(pDev, pScreen);
- }
- }
-
- }
-}
-
-static void
-miSpriteStoreColors (ColormapPtr pMap, int ndef, xColorItem *pdef)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pMap->pScreen;
- miSpriteScreenPtr pPriv = GetSpriteScreen(pScreen);
- int i;
- int updated;
- VisualPtr pVisual;
- DeviceIntPtr pDev;
- miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
-
- SCREEN_PROLOGUE(pPriv, pScreen, StoreColors);
-
- (*pScreen->StoreColors) (pMap, ndef, pdef);
-
- SCREEN_EPILOGUE(pPriv, pScreen, StoreColors);
-
- if (pPriv->pColormap == pMap)
- {
- updated = 0;
- pVisual = pMap->pVisual;
- if (pVisual->class == DirectColor)
- {
- /* Direct color - match on any of the subfields */
-
-#define MaskMatch(a,b,mask) (((a) & (pVisual->mask)) == ((b) & (pVisual->mask)))
-
-#define UpdateDAC(dev, plane,dac,mask) {\
- if (MaskMatch (dev->colors[plane].pixel,pdef[i].pixel,mask)) {\
- dev->colors[plane].dac = pdef[i].dac; \
- updated = 1; \
- } \
-}
-
-#define CheckDirect(dev, plane) \
- UpdateDAC(dev, plane,red,redMask) \
- UpdateDAC(dev, plane,green,greenMask) \
- UpdateDAC(dev, plane,blue,blueMask)
-
- for (i = 0; i < ndef; i++)
- {
- CheckDirect (pPriv, SOURCE_COLOR)
- CheckDirect (pPriv, MASK_COLOR)
- }
- }
- else
- {
- /* PseudoColor/GrayScale - match on exact pixel */
- for (i = 0; i < ndef; i++)
- {
- if (pdef[i].pixel ==
- pPriv->colors[SOURCE_COLOR].pixel)
- {
- pPriv->colors[SOURCE_COLOR] = pdef[i];
- if (++updated == 2)
- break;
- }
- if (pdef[i].pixel ==
- pPriv->colors[MASK_COLOR].pixel)
- {
- pPriv->colors[MASK_COLOR] = pdef[i];
- if (++updated == 2)
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- if (updated)
- {
- for(pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
- {
- if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
- {
- pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
- pCursorInfo->checkPixels = TRUE;
- if (pCursorInfo->isUp && pCursorInfo->pScreen == pScreen)
- miSpriteRemoveCursor (pDev, pScreen);
- }
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-static void
-miSpriteFindColors (miCursorInfoPtr pDevCursor, ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv = GetSpriteScreen(pScreen);
- CursorPtr pCursor;
- xColorItem *sourceColor, *maskColor;
-
- pCursor = pDevCursor->pCursor;
- sourceColor = &pScreenPriv->colors[SOURCE_COLOR];
- maskColor = &pScreenPriv->colors[MASK_COLOR];
- if (pScreenPriv->pColormap != pScreenPriv->pInstalledMap ||
- !(pCursor->foreRed == sourceColor->red &&
- pCursor->foreGreen == sourceColor->green &&
- pCursor->foreBlue == sourceColor->blue &&
- pCursor->backRed == maskColor->red &&
- pCursor->backGreen == maskColor->green &&
- pCursor->backBlue == maskColor->blue))
- {
- pScreenPriv->pColormap = pScreenPriv->pInstalledMap;
- sourceColor->red = pCursor->foreRed;
- sourceColor->green = pCursor->foreGreen;
- sourceColor->blue = pCursor->foreBlue;
- FakeAllocColor (pScreenPriv->pColormap, sourceColor);
- maskColor->red = pCursor->backRed;
- maskColor->green = pCursor->backGreen;
- maskColor->blue = pCursor->backBlue;
- FakeAllocColor (pScreenPriv->pColormap, maskColor);
- /* "free" the pixels right away, don't let this confuse you */
- FakeFreeColor(pScreenPriv->pColormap, sourceColor->pixel);
- FakeFreeColor(pScreenPriv->pColormap, maskColor->pixel);
- }
-
- pDevCursor->checkPixels = FALSE;
-
-}
-
-/*
- * miPointer interface routines
- */
-
-#define SPRITE_PAD 8
-
-static Bool
-miSpriteRealizeCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
-{
- miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
-
- if (IsFloating(pDev))
- return FALSE;
-
- pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
-
- if (pCursor == pCursorInfo->pCursor)
- pCursorInfo->checkPixels = TRUE;
-
- return miDCRealizeCursor(pScreen, pCursor);
-}
-
-static Bool
-miSpriteUnrealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
-{
- return miDCUnrealizeCursor(pScreen, pCursor);
-}
-
-static void
-miSpriteSetCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
- CursorPtr pCursor, int x, int y)
-{
- miCursorInfoPtr pPointer;
- miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
-
- if (IsFloating(pDev))
- return;
-
- pPointer = MISPRITE(pDev);
- pScreenPriv = GetSpriteScreen(pScreen);
-
- if (!pCursor)
- {
- if (pPointer->shouldBeUp)
- --pScreenPriv->numberOfCursors;
- pPointer->shouldBeUp = FALSE;
- if (pPointer->isUp)
- miSpriteRemoveCursor (pDev, pScreen);
- if (pScreenPriv->numberOfCursors == 0)
- miSpriteDisableDamage(pScreen, pScreenPriv);
- pPointer->pCursor = 0;
- return;
- }
- if (!pPointer->shouldBeUp)
- pScreenPriv->numberOfCursors++;
- pPointer->shouldBeUp = TRUE;
- if (!pPointer->isUp)
- miSpriteRegisterBlockHandler(pScreen, pScreenPriv);
- if (pPointer->x == x &&
- pPointer->y == y &&
- pPointer->pCursor == pCursor &&
- !pPointer->checkPixels)
- {
- return;
- }
- pPointer->x = x;
- pPointer->y = y;
- pPointer->pCacheWin = NullWindow;
- if (pPointer->checkPixels || pPointer->pCursor != pCursor)
- {
- pPointer->pCursor = pCursor;
- miSpriteFindColors (pPointer, pScreen);
- }
- if (pPointer->isUp) {
- /* TODO: reimplement flicker-free MoveCursor */
- SPRITE_DEBUG (("SetCursor remove %d\n", pDev->id));
- miSpriteRemoveCursor (pDev, pScreen);
- }
-
- if (!pPointer->isUp && pPointer->pCursor)
- {
- SPRITE_DEBUG (("SetCursor restore %d\n", pDev->id));
- miSpriteSaveUnderCursor(pDev, pScreen);
- miSpriteRestoreCursor (pDev, pScreen);
- }
-
-}
-
-static void
-miSpriteMoveCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
-{
- CursorPtr pCursor;
-
- if (IsFloating(pDev))
- return;
-
- pCursor = MISPRITE(pDev)->pCursor;
-
- miSpriteSetCursor (pDev, pScreen, pCursor, x, y);
-}
-
-
-static Bool
-miSpriteDeviceCursorInitialize(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
- int ret = FALSE;
-
- pCursorInfo = malloc(sizeof(miCursorInfoRec));
- if (!pCursorInfo)
- return FALSE;
-
- pCursorInfo->pCursor = NULL;
- pCursorInfo->x = 0;
- pCursorInfo->y = 0;
- pCursorInfo->isUp = FALSE;
- pCursorInfo->shouldBeUp = FALSE;
- pCursorInfo->pCacheWin = NullWindow;
- pCursorInfo->isInCacheWin = FALSE;
- pCursorInfo->checkPixels = TRUE;
- pCursorInfo->pScreen = FALSE;
-
- ret = miDCDeviceInitialize(pDev, pScreen);
- if (!ret)
- {
- free(pCursorInfo);
- pCursorInfo = NULL;
- }
- dixSetPrivate(&pDev->devPrivates, miSpriteDevPrivatesKey, pCursorInfo);
- return ret;
-}
-
-static void
-miSpriteDeviceCursorCleanup(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
- miDCDeviceCleanup(pDev, pScreen);
-}
-
-/*
- * undraw/draw cursor
- */
-
-static void
-miSpriteRemoveCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
- miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
-
-
- if (IsFloating(pDev))
- return;
-
- DamageDrawInternal (pScreen, TRUE);
- pScreenPriv = GetSpriteScreen(pScreen);
- pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
-
- miSpriteIsDown(pCursorInfo);
- miSpriteRegisterBlockHandler(pScreen, pScreenPriv);
- pCursorInfo->pCacheWin = NullWindow;
- miSpriteDisableDamage(pScreen, pScreenPriv);
- if (!miDCRestoreUnderCursor(pDev,
- pScreen,
- pCursorInfo->saved.x1,
- pCursorInfo->saved.y1,
- pCursorInfo->saved.x2 -
- pCursorInfo->saved.x1,
- pCursorInfo->saved.y2 -
- pCursorInfo->saved.y1))
- {
- miSpriteIsUp(pCursorInfo);
- }
- miSpriteEnableDamage(pScreen, pScreenPriv);
- DamageDrawInternal (pScreen, FALSE);
-}
-
-/*
- * Called from the block handler, saves area under cursor
- * before waiting for something to do.
- */
-
-static void
-miSpriteSaveUnderCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
- int x, y;
- CursorPtr pCursor;
- miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
-
- if (IsFloating(pDev))
- return;
-
- DamageDrawInternal (pScreen, TRUE);
- pScreenPriv = GetSpriteScreen(pScreen);
- pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
-
- miSpriteComputeSaved (pDev, pScreen);
- pCursor = pCursorInfo->pCursor;
-
- x = pCursorInfo->x - (int)pCursor->bits->xhot;
- y = pCursorInfo->y - (int)pCursor->bits->yhot;
- miSpriteDisableDamage(pScreen, pScreenPriv);
-
- miDCSaveUnderCursor(pDev,
- pScreen,
- pCursorInfo->saved.x1,
- pCursorInfo->saved.y1,
- pCursorInfo->saved.x2 -
- pCursorInfo->saved.x1,
- pCursorInfo->saved.y2 -
- pCursorInfo->saved.y1);
- SPRITE_DEBUG(("SaveUnderCursor %d\n", pDev->id));
- miSpriteEnableDamage(pScreen, pScreenPriv);
- DamageDrawInternal (pScreen, FALSE);
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Called from the block handler, restores the cursor
- * before waiting for something to do.
- */
-
-static void
-miSpriteRestoreCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
- int x, y;
- CursorPtr pCursor;
- miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
-
- if (IsFloating(pDev))
- return;
-
- DamageDrawInternal (pScreen, TRUE);
- pScreenPriv = GetSpriteScreen(pScreen);
- pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
-
- miSpriteComputeSaved (pDev, pScreen);
- pCursor = pCursorInfo->pCursor;
-
- x = pCursorInfo->x - (int)pCursor->bits->xhot;
- y = pCursorInfo->y - (int)pCursor->bits->yhot;
- miSpriteDisableDamage(pScreen, pScreenPriv);
- SPRITE_DEBUG(("RestoreCursor %d\n", pDev->id));
- if (pCursorInfo->checkPixels)
- miSpriteFindColors (pCursorInfo, pScreen);
- if (miDCPutUpCursor(pDev, pScreen,
- pCursor, x, y,
- pScreenPriv->colors[SOURCE_COLOR].pixel,
- pScreenPriv->colors[MASK_COLOR].pixel))
- {
- miSpriteIsUp(pCursorInfo);
- pCursorInfo->pScreen = pScreen;
- }
- miSpriteEnableDamage(pScreen, pScreenPriv);
- DamageDrawInternal (pScreen, FALSE);
-}
-
-/*
- * compute the desired area of the screen to save
- */
-
-static void
-miSpriteComputeSaved (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- int x, y, w, h;
- int wpad, hpad;
- CursorPtr pCursor;
- miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
-
- if (IsFloating(pDev))
- return;
-
- pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
-
- pCursor = pCursorInfo->pCursor;
- x = pCursorInfo->x - (int)pCursor->bits->xhot;
- y = pCursorInfo->y - (int)pCursor->bits->yhot;
- w = pCursor->bits->width;
- h = pCursor->bits->height;
- wpad = SPRITE_PAD;
- hpad = SPRITE_PAD;
- pCursorInfo->saved.x1 = x - wpad;
- pCursorInfo->saved.y1 = y - hpad;
- pCursorInfo->saved.x2 = pCursorInfo->saved.x1 + w + wpad * 2;
- pCursorInfo->saved.y2 = pCursorInfo->saved.y1 + h + hpad * 2;
-}
-
+/*
+ * misprite.c
+ *
+ * machine independent software sprite routines
+ */
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "pixmapstr.h"
+#include "input.h"
+#include "mi.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include <X11/fonts/font.h>
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "colormapst.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "gcstruct.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include "misprite.h"
+#include "dixfontstr.h"
+#include <X11/fonts/fontstruct.h>
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "damage.h"
+
+typedef struct {
+ CursorPtr pCursor;
+ int x; /* cursor hotspot */
+ int y;
+ BoxRec saved; /* saved area from the screen */
+ Bool isUp; /* cursor in frame buffer */
+ Bool shouldBeUp; /* cursor should be displayed */
+ WindowPtr pCacheWin; /* window the cursor last seen in */
+ Bool isInCacheWin;
+ Bool checkPixels; /* check colormap collision */
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+} miCursorInfoRec, *miCursorInfoPtr;
+
+/*
+ * per screen information
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ /* screen procedures */
+ CloseScreenProcPtr CloseScreen;
+ GetImageProcPtr GetImage;
+ GetSpansProcPtr GetSpans;
+ SourceValidateProcPtr SourceValidate;
+
+ /* window procedures */
+ CopyWindowProcPtr CopyWindow;
+
+ /* colormap procedures */
+ InstallColormapProcPtr InstallColormap;
+ StoreColorsProcPtr StoreColors;
+
+ /* os layer procedures */
+ ScreenBlockHandlerProcPtr BlockHandler;
+
+ /* device cursor procedures */
+ DeviceCursorInitializeProcPtr DeviceCursorInitialize;
+ DeviceCursorCleanupProcPtr DeviceCursorCleanup;
+
+ xColorItem colors[2];
+ ColormapPtr pInstalledMap;
+ ColormapPtr pColormap;
+ VisualPtr pVisual;
+ DamagePtr pDamage; /* damage tracking structure */
+ Bool damageRegistered;
+ int numberOfCursors;
+} miSpriteScreenRec, *miSpriteScreenPtr;
+
+#define SOURCE_COLOR 0
+#define MASK_COLOR 1
+
+/*
+ * Overlap BoxPtr and Box elements
+ */
+#define BOX_OVERLAP(pCbox,X1,Y1,X2,Y2) \
+ (((pCbox)->x1 <= (X2)) && ((X1) <= (pCbox)->x2) && \
+ ((pCbox)->y1 <= (Y2)) && ((Y1) <= (pCbox)->y2))
+
+/*
+ * Overlap BoxPtr, origins, and rectangle
+ */
+#define ORG_OVERLAP(pCbox,xorg,yorg,x,y,w,h) \
+ BOX_OVERLAP((pCbox),(x)+(xorg),(y)+(yorg),(x)+(xorg)+(w),(y)+(yorg)+(h))
+
+/*
+ * Overlap BoxPtr, origins and RectPtr
+ */
+#define ORGRECT_OVERLAP(pCbox,xorg,yorg,pRect) \
+ ORG_OVERLAP((pCbox),(xorg),(yorg),(pRect)->x,(pRect)->y, \
+ (int)((pRect)->width), (int)((pRect)->height))
+/*
+ * Overlap BoxPtr and horizontal span
+ */
+#define SPN_OVERLAP(pCbox,y,x,w) BOX_OVERLAP((pCbox),(x),(y),(x)+(w),(y))
+
+#define LINE_SORT(x1,y1,x2,y2) \
+{ int _t; \
+ if (x1 > x2) { _t = x1; x1 = x2; x2 = _t; } \
+ if (y1 > y2) { _t = y1; y1 = y2; y2 = _t; } }
+
+#define LINE_OVERLAP(pCbox,x1,y1,x2,y2,lw2) \
+ BOX_OVERLAP((pCbox), (x1)-(lw2), (y1)-(lw2), (x2)+(lw2), (y2)+(lw2))
+
+
+#define SPRITE_DEBUG_ENABLE 0
+#if SPRITE_DEBUG_ENABLE
+#define SPRITE_DEBUG(x) ErrorF x
+#else
+#define SPRITE_DEBUG(x)
+#endif
+
+#define MISPRITE(dev) \
+ (IsFloating(dev) ? \
+ (miCursorInfoPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&dev->devPrivates, miSpriteDevPrivatesKey) : \
+ (miCursorInfoPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&(GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER))->devPrivates, miSpriteDevPrivatesKey))
+
+static void
+miSpriteDisableDamage(ScreenPtr pScreen, miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv)
+{
+ if (pScreenPriv->damageRegistered) {
+ DamageUnregister (&(pScreen->GetScreenPixmap(pScreen)->drawable),
+ pScreenPriv->pDamage);
+ pScreenPriv->damageRegistered = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+miSpriteEnableDamage(ScreenPtr pScreen, miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv)
+{
+ if (!pScreenPriv->damageRegistered) {
+ pScreenPriv->damageRegistered = 1;
+ DamageRegister (&(pScreen->GetScreenPixmap(pScreen)->drawable),
+ pScreenPriv->pDamage);
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+miSpriteIsUp(miCursorInfoPtr pDevCursor)
+{
+ pDevCursor->isUp = TRUE;
+}
+
+static void
+miSpriteIsDown(miCursorInfoPtr pDevCursor)
+{
+ pDevCursor->isUp = FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * screen wrappers
+ */
+
+static DevPrivateKeyRec miSpriteScreenKeyRec;
+#define miSpriteScreenKey (&miSpriteScreenKeyRec)
+#define GetSpriteScreen(pScreen) \
+ (dixLookupPrivate(&(pScreen)->devPrivates, miSpriteScreenKey))
+static DevPrivateKeyRec miSpriteDevPrivatesKeyRec;
+#define miSpriteDevPrivatesKey (&miSpriteDevPrivatesKeyRec)
+
+static Bool miSpriteCloseScreen(int i, ScreenPtr pScreen);
+static void miSpriteGetImage(DrawablePtr pDrawable, int sx, int sy,
+ int w, int h, unsigned int format,
+ unsigned long planemask, char *pdstLine);
+static void miSpriteGetSpans(DrawablePtr pDrawable, int wMax,
+ DDXPointPtr ppt, int *pwidth, int nspans,
+ char *pdstStart);
+static void miSpriteSourceValidate(DrawablePtr pDrawable, int x, int y,
+ int width, int height,
+ unsigned int subWindowMode);
+static void miSpriteCopyWindow (WindowPtr pWindow,
+ DDXPointRec ptOldOrg,
+ RegionPtr prgnSrc);
+static void miSpriteBlockHandler(int i, pointer blockData,
+ pointer pTimeout,
+ pointer pReadMask);
+static void miSpriteInstallColormap(ColormapPtr pMap);
+static void miSpriteStoreColors(ColormapPtr pMap, int ndef,
+ xColorItem *pdef);
+
+static void miSpriteComputeSaved(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+static Bool miSpriteDeviceCursorInitialize(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ ScreenPtr pScreen);
+static void miSpriteDeviceCursorCleanup(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+#define SCREEN_PROLOGUE(pPriv, pScreen, field) ((pScreen)->field = \
+ (pPriv)->field)
+#define SCREEN_EPILOGUE(pPriv, pScreen, field)\
+ ((pPriv)->field = (pScreen)->field, (pScreen)->field = miSprite##field)
+
+/*
+ * pointer-sprite method table
+ */
+
+static Bool miSpriteRealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ CursorPtr pCursor);
+static Bool miSpriteUnrealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ CursorPtr pCursor);
+static void miSpriteSetCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ CursorPtr pCursor, int x, int y);
+static void miSpriteMoveCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ int x, int y);
+
+miPointerSpriteFuncRec miSpritePointerFuncs = {
+ miSpriteRealizeCursor,
+ miSpriteUnrealizeCursor,
+ miSpriteSetCursor,
+ miSpriteMoveCursor,
+ miSpriteDeviceCursorInitialize,
+ miSpriteDeviceCursorCleanup,
+};
+
+/*
+ * other misc functions
+ */
+
+static void miSpriteRemoveCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ ScreenPtr pScreen);
+static void miSpriteSaveUnderCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ ScreenPtr pScreen);
+static void miSpriteRestoreCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+static void
+miSpriteRegisterBlockHandler(ScreenPtr pScreen, miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv)
+{
+ if (!pScreenPriv->BlockHandler) {
+ pScreenPriv->BlockHandler = pScreen->BlockHandler;
+ pScreen->BlockHandler = miSpriteBlockHandler;
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+miSpriteReportDamage (DamagePtr pDamage, RegionPtr pRegion, void *closure)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = closure;
+ miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev;
+
+ for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
+ {
+ if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
+ {
+ pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
+
+ if (pCursorInfo->isUp &&
+ pCursorInfo->pScreen == pScreen &&
+ RegionContainsRect(pRegion, &pCursorInfo->saved) != rgnOUT)
+ {
+ SPRITE_DEBUG(("Damage remove\n"));
+ miSpriteRemoveCursor (pDev, pScreen);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * miSpriteInitialize -- called from device-dependent screen
+ * initialization proc after all of the function pointers have
+ * been stored in the screen structure.
+ */
+
+Bool
+miSpriteInitialize (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ miPointerScreenFuncPtr screenFuncs)
+{
+ miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
+ VisualPtr pVisual;
+
+ if (!DamageSetup (pScreen))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&miSpriteScreenKeyRec, PRIVATE_SCREEN, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&miSpriteDevPrivatesKeyRec, PRIVATE_DEVICE, sizeof(miCursorInfoRec)))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ pScreenPriv = malloc(sizeof (miSpriteScreenRec));
+ if (!pScreenPriv)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ pScreenPriv->pDamage = DamageCreate (miSpriteReportDamage,
+ NULL,
+ DamageReportRawRegion,
+ TRUE,
+ pScreen,
+ pScreen);
+
+ if (!miPointerInitialize (pScreen, &miSpritePointerFuncs, screenFuncs,TRUE))
+ {
+ free(pScreenPriv);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ for (pVisual = pScreen->visuals;
+ pVisual->vid != pScreen->rootVisual;
+ pVisual++)
+ ;
+ pScreenPriv->pVisual = pVisual;
+ pScreenPriv->CloseScreen = pScreen->CloseScreen;
+ pScreenPriv->GetImage = pScreen->GetImage;
+ pScreenPriv->GetSpans = pScreen->GetSpans;
+ pScreenPriv->SourceValidate = pScreen->SourceValidate;
+
+ pScreenPriv->CopyWindow = pScreen->CopyWindow;
+
+ pScreenPriv->InstallColormap = pScreen->InstallColormap;
+ pScreenPriv->StoreColors = pScreen->StoreColors;
+
+ pScreenPriv->BlockHandler = NULL;
+
+ pScreenPriv->DeviceCursorInitialize = pScreen->DeviceCursorInitialize;
+ pScreenPriv->DeviceCursorCleanup = pScreen->DeviceCursorCleanup;
+
+ pScreenPriv->pInstalledMap = NULL;
+ pScreenPriv->pColormap = NULL;
+ pScreenPriv->colors[SOURCE_COLOR].red = 0;
+ pScreenPriv->colors[SOURCE_COLOR].green = 0;
+ pScreenPriv->colors[SOURCE_COLOR].blue = 0;
+ pScreenPriv->colors[MASK_COLOR].red = 0;
+ pScreenPriv->colors[MASK_COLOR].green = 0;
+ pScreenPriv->colors[MASK_COLOR].blue = 0;
+ pScreenPriv->damageRegistered = 0;
+ pScreenPriv->numberOfCursors = 0;
+
+ dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, miSpriteScreenKey, pScreenPriv);
+
+ pScreen->CloseScreen = miSpriteCloseScreen;
+ pScreen->GetImage = miSpriteGetImage;
+ pScreen->GetSpans = miSpriteGetSpans;
+ pScreen->SourceValidate = miSpriteSourceValidate;
+
+ pScreen->CopyWindow = miSpriteCopyWindow;
+ pScreen->InstallColormap = miSpriteInstallColormap;
+ pScreen->StoreColors = miSpriteStoreColors;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Screen wrappers
+ */
+
+/*
+ * CloseScreen wrapper -- unwrap everything, free the private data
+ * and call the wrapped function
+ */
+
+static Bool
+miSpriteCloseScreen (int i, ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv = GetSpriteScreen(pScreen);
+
+ pScreen->CloseScreen = pScreenPriv->CloseScreen;
+ pScreen->GetImage = pScreenPriv->GetImage;
+ pScreen->GetSpans = pScreenPriv->GetSpans;
+ pScreen->SourceValidate = pScreenPriv->SourceValidate;
+ pScreen->InstallColormap = pScreenPriv->InstallColormap;
+ pScreen->StoreColors = pScreenPriv->StoreColors;
+
+ DamageDestroy (pScreenPriv->pDamage);
+
+ free(pScreenPriv);
+
+ return (*pScreen->CloseScreen) (i, pScreen);
+}
+
+static void
+miSpriteGetImage (DrawablePtr pDrawable, int sx, int sy, int w, int h,
+ unsigned int format, unsigned long planemask,
+ char *pdstLine)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pDrawable->pScreen;
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev;
+ miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
+ miSpriteScreenPtr pPriv = GetSpriteScreen(pScreen);
+
+ SCREEN_PROLOGUE (pPriv, pScreen, GetImage);
+
+ if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW)
+ {
+ for(pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
+ {
+ if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
+ {
+ pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
+ if (pCursorInfo->isUp && pCursorInfo->pScreen == pScreen &&
+ ORG_OVERLAP(&pCursorInfo->saved,pDrawable->x,pDrawable->y,
+ sx, sy, w, h))
+ {
+ SPRITE_DEBUG (("GetImage remove\n"));
+ miSpriteRemoveCursor (pDev, pScreen);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ (*pScreen->GetImage) (pDrawable, sx, sy, w, h,
+ format, planemask, pdstLine);
+
+ SCREEN_EPILOGUE (pPriv, pScreen, GetImage);
+}
+
+static void
+miSpriteGetSpans (DrawablePtr pDrawable, int wMax, DDXPointPtr ppt,
+ int *pwidth, int nspans, char *pdstStart)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pDrawable->pScreen;
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev;
+ miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
+ miSpriteScreenPtr pPriv = GetSpriteScreen(pScreen);
+
+ SCREEN_PROLOGUE (pPriv, pScreen, GetSpans);
+
+ if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW)
+ {
+ for(pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
+ {
+ if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
+ {
+ pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
+
+ if (pCursorInfo->isUp && pCursorInfo->pScreen == pScreen)
+ {
+ DDXPointPtr pts;
+ int *widths;
+ int nPts;
+ int xorg,
+ yorg;
+
+ xorg = pDrawable->x;
+ yorg = pDrawable->y;
+
+ for (pts = ppt, widths = pwidth, nPts = nspans;
+ nPts--;
+ pts++, widths++)
+ {
+ if (SPN_OVERLAP(&pCursorInfo->saved,pts->y+yorg,
+ pts->x+xorg,*widths))
+ {
+ SPRITE_DEBUG (("GetSpans remove\n"));
+ miSpriteRemoveCursor (pDev, pScreen);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ (*pScreen->GetSpans) (pDrawable, wMax, ppt, pwidth, nspans, pdstStart);
+
+ SCREEN_EPILOGUE (pPriv, pScreen, GetSpans);
+}
+
+static void
+miSpriteSourceValidate (DrawablePtr pDrawable, int x, int y, int width,
+ int height, unsigned int subWindowMode)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pDrawable->pScreen;
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev;
+ miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
+ miSpriteScreenPtr pPriv = GetSpriteScreen(pScreen);
+
+ SCREEN_PROLOGUE (pPriv, pScreen, SourceValidate);
+
+ if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW)
+ {
+ for(pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
+ {
+ if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
+ {
+ pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
+ if (pCursorInfo->isUp && pCursorInfo->pScreen == pScreen &&
+ ORG_OVERLAP(&pCursorInfo->saved, pDrawable->x, pDrawable->y,
+ x, y, width, height))
+ {
+ SPRITE_DEBUG (("SourceValidate remove\n"));
+ miSpriteRemoveCursor (pDev, pScreen);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (pScreen->SourceValidate)
+ (*pScreen->SourceValidate) (pDrawable, x, y, width, height, subWindowMode);
+
+ SCREEN_EPILOGUE (pPriv, pScreen, SourceValidate);
+}
+
+static void
+miSpriteCopyWindow (WindowPtr pWindow, DDXPointRec ptOldOrg, RegionPtr prgnSrc)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev;
+ miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
+ miSpriteScreenPtr pPriv = GetSpriteScreen(pScreen);
+
+ SCREEN_PROLOGUE (pPriv, pScreen, CopyWindow);
+
+ for(pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
+ {
+ if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
+ {
+ pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
+ /*
+ * Damage will take care of destination check
+ */
+ if (pCursorInfo->isUp && pCursorInfo->pScreen == pScreen &&
+ RegionContainsRect(prgnSrc, &pCursorInfo->saved) != rgnOUT)
+ {
+ SPRITE_DEBUG (("CopyWindow remove\n"));
+ miSpriteRemoveCursor (pDev, pScreen);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ (*pScreen->CopyWindow) (pWindow, ptOldOrg, prgnSrc);
+ SCREEN_EPILOGUE (pPriv, pScreen, CopyWindow);
+}
+
+static void
+miSpriteBlockHandler (int i, pointer blockData, pointer pTimeout,
+ pointer pReadmask)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
+ miSpriteScreenPtr pPriv = GetSpriteScreen(pScreen);
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev;
+ miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
+ Bool WorkToDo = FALSE;
+
+ for(pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
+ {
+ if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
+ {
+ pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
+ if (pCursorInfo && !pCursorInfo->isUp
+ && pCursorInfo->pScreen == pScreen
+ && pCursorInfo->shouldBeUp)
+ {
+ SPRITE_DEBUG (("BlockHandler save"));
+ miSpriteSaveUnderCursor (pDev, pScreen);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ for(pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
+ {
+ if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
+ {
+ pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
+ if (pCursorInfo && !pCursorInfo->isUp &&
+ pCursorInfo->pScreen == pScreen &&
+ pCursorInfo->shouldBeUp)
+ {
+ SPRITE_DEBUG (("BlockHandler restore\n"));
+ miSpriteRestoreCursor (pDev, pScreen);
+ if (!pCursorInfo->isUp)
+ WorkToDo = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ SCREEN_PROLOGUE(pPriv, pScreen, BlockHandler);
+
+ (*pScreen->BlockHandler) (i, blockData, pTimeout, pReadmask);
+
+ if (WorkToDo)
+ SCREEN_EPILOGUE(pPriv, pScreen, BlockHandler);
+ else
+ pPriv->BlockHandler = NULL;
+}
+
+static void
+miSpriteInstallColormap (ColormapPtr pMap)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pMap->pScreen;
+ miSpriteScreenPtr pPriv = GetSpriteScreen(pScreen);
+
+ SCREEN_PROLOGUE(pPriv, pScreen, InstallColormap);
+
+ (*pScreen->InstallColormap) (pMap);
+
+ SCREEN_EPILOGUE(pPriv, pScreen, InstallColormap);
+
+ /* InstallColormap can be called before devices are initialized. */
+ pPriv->pInstalledMap = pMap;
+ if (pPriv->pColormap != pMap)
+ {
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev;
+ miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
+ for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
+ {
+ if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
+ {
+ pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
+ pCursorInfo->checkPixels = TRUE;
+ if (pCursorInfo->isUp && pCursorInfo->pScreen == pScreen)
+ miSpriteRemoveCursor(pDev, pScreen);
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+miSpriteStoreColors (ColormapPtr pMap, int ndef, xColorItem *pdef)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pMap->pScreen;
+ miSpriteScreenPtr pPriv = GetSpriteScreen(pScreen);
+ int i;
+ int updated;
+ VisualPtr pVisual;
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev;
+ miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
+
+ SCREEN_PROLOGUE(pPriv, pScreen, StoreColors);
+
+ (*pScreen->StoreColors) (pMap, ndef, pdef);
+
+ SCREEN_EPILOGUE(pPriv, pScreen, StoreColors);
+
+ if (pPriv->pColormap == pMap)
+ {
+ updated = 0;
+ pVisual = pMap->pVisual;
+ if (pVisual->class == DirectColor)
+ {
+ /* Direct color - match on any of the subfields */
+
+#define MaskMatch(a,b,mask) (((a) & (pVisual->mask)) == ((b) & (pVisual->mask)))
+
+#define UpdateDAC(dev, plane,dac,mask) {\
+ if (MaskMatch (dev->colors[plane].pixel,pdef[i].pixel,mask)) {\
+ dev->colors[plane].dac = pdef[i].dac; \
+ updated = 1; \
+ } \
+}
+
+#define CheckDirect(dev, plane) \
+ UpdateDAC(dev, plane,red,redMask) \
+ UpdateDAC(dev, plane,green,greenMask) \
+ UpdateDAC(dev, plane,blue,blueMask)
+
+ for (i = 0; i < ndef; i++)
+ {
+ CheckDirect (pPriv, SOURCE_COLOR)
+ CheckDirect (pPriv, MASK_COLOR)
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* PseudoColor/GrayScale - match on exact pixel */
+ for (i = 0; i < ndef; i++)
+ {
+ if (pdef[i].pixel ==
+ pPriv->colors[SOURCE_COLOR].pixel)
+ {
+ pPriv->colors[SOURCE_COLOR] = pdef[i];
+ if (++updated == 2)
+ break;
+ }
+ if (pdef[i].pixel ==
+ pPriv->colors[MASK_COLOR].pixel)
+ {
+ pPriv->colors[MASK_COLOR] = pdef[i];
+ if (++updated == 2)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (updated)
+ {
+ for(pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
+ {
+ if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
+ {
+ pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
+ pCursorInfo->checkPixels = TRUE;
+ if (pCursorInfo->isUp && pCursorInfo->pScreen == pScreen)
+ miSpriteRemoveCursor (pDev, pScreen);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+miSpriteFindColors (miCursorInfoPtr pDevCursor, ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv = GetSpriteScreen(pScreen);
+ CursorPtr pCursor;
+ xColorItem *sourceColor, *maskColor;
+
+ pCursor = pDevCursor->pCursor;
+ sourceColor = &pScreenPriv->colors[SOURCE_COLOR];
+ maskColor = &pScreenPriv->colors[MASK_COLOR];
+ if (pScreenPriv->pColormap != pScreenPriv->pInstalledMap ||
+ !(pCursor->foreRed == sourceColor->red &&
+ pCursor->foreGreen == sourceColor->green &&
+ pCursor->foreBlue == sourceColor->blue &&
+ pCursor->backRed == maskColor->red &&
+ pCursor->backGreen == maskColor->green &&
+ pCursor->backBlue == maskColor->blue))
+ {
+ pScreenPriv->pColormap = pScreenPriv->pInstalledMap;
+ sourceColor->red = pCursor->foreRed;
+ sourceColor->green = pCursor->foreGreen;
+ sourceColor->blue = pCursor->foreBlue;
+ FakeAllocColor (pScreenPriv->pColormap, sourceColor);
+ maskColor->red = pCursor->backRed;
+ maskColor->green = pCursor->backGreen;
+ maskColor->blue = pCursor->backBlue;
+ FakeAllocColor (pScreenPriv->pColormap, maskColor);
+ /* "free" the pixels right away, don't let this confuse you */
+ FakeFreeColor(pScreenPriv->pColormap, sourceColor->pixel);
+ FakeFreeColor(pScreenPriv->pColormap, maskColor->pixel);
+ }
+
+ pDevCursor->checkPixels = FALSE;
+
+}
+
+/*
+ * miPointer interface routines
+ */
+
+#define SPRITE_PAD 8
+
+static Bool
+miSpriteRealizeCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
+{
+ miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
+
+ if (IsFloating(pDev))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
+
+ if (pCursor == pCursorInfo->pCursor)
+ pCursorInfo->checkPixels = TRUE;
+
+ return miDCRealizeCursor(pScreen, pCursor);
+}
+
+static Bool
+miSpriteUnrealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
+{
+ return miDCUnrealizeCursor(pScreen, pCursor);
+}
+
+static void
+miSpriteSetCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ CursorPtr pCursor, int x, int y)
+{
+ miCursorInfoPtr pPointer;
+ miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
+
+ if (IsFloating(pDev))
+ return;
+
+ pPointer = MISPRITE(pDev);
+ pScreenPriv = GetSpriteScreen(pScreen);
+
+ if (!pCursor)
+ {
+ if (pPointer->shouldBeUp)
+ --pScreenPriv->numberOfCursors;
+ pPointer->shouldBeUp = FALSE;
+ if (pPointer->isUp)
+ miSpriteRemoveCursor (pDev, pScreen);
+ if (pScreenPriv->numberOfCursors == 0)
+ miSpriteDisableDamage(pScreen, pScreenPriv);
+ pPointer->pCursor = 0;
+ return;
+ }
+ if (!pPointer->shouldBeUp)
+ pScreenPriv->numberOfCursors++;
+ pPointer->shouldBeUp = TRUE;
+ if (!pPointer->isUp)
+ miSpriteRegisterBlockHandler(pScreen, pScreenPriv);
+ if (pPointer->x == x &&
+ pPointer->y == y &&
+ pPointer->pCursor == pCursor &&
+ !pPointer->checkPixels)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ pPointer->x = x;
+ pPointer->y = y;
+ pPointer->pCacheWin = NullWindow;
+ if (pPointer->checkPixels || pPointer->pCursor != pCursor)
+ {
+ pPointer->pCursor = pCursor;
+ miSpriteFindColors (pPointer, pScreen);
+ }
+ if (pPointer->isUp) {
+ /* TODO: reimplement flicker-free MoveCursor */
+ SPRITE_DEBUG (("SetCursor remove %d\n", pDev->id));
+ miSpriteRemoveCursor (pDev, pScreen);
+ }
+
+ if (!pPointer->isUp && pPointer->pCursor)
+ {
+ SPRITE_DEBUG (("SetCursor restore %d\n", pDev->id));
+ miSpriteSaveUnderCursor(pDev, pScreen);
+ miSpriteRestoreCursor (pDev, pScreen);
+ }
+
+}
+
+static void
+miSpriteMoveCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
+{
+ CursorPtr pCursor;
+
+ if (IsFloating(pDev))
+ return;
+
+ pCursor = MISPRITE(pDev)->pCursor;
+
+ miSpriteSetCursor (pDev, pScreen, pCursor, x, y);
+}
+
+
+static Bool
+miSpriteDeviceCursorInitialize(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ int ret = miDCDeviceInitialize(pDev, pScreen);
+
+ if (ret)
+ {
+ miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
+ pCursorInfo = dixLookupPrivate(&pDev->devPrivates, miSpriteDevPrivatesKey);
+ pCursorInfo->pCursor = NULL;
+ pCursorInfo->x = 0;
+ pCursorInfo->y = 0;
+ pCursorInfo->isUp = FALSE;
+ pCursorInfo->shouldBeUp = FALSE;
+ pCursorInfo->pCacheWin = NullWindow;
+ pCursorInfo->isInCacheWin = FALSE;
+ pCursorInfo->checkPixels = TRUE;
+ pCursorInfo->pScreen = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static void
+miSpriteDeviceCursorCleanup(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo = dixLookupPrivate(&pDev->devPrivates, miSpriteDevPrivatesKey);
+
+ if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
+ miDCDeviceCleanup(pDev, pScreen);
+
+ memset(pCursorInfo, 0, sizeof(miCursorInfoRec));
+}
+
+/*
+ * undraw/draw cursor
+ */
+
+static void
+miSpriteRemoveCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
+ miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
+
+
+ if (IsFloating(pDev))
+ return;
+
+ DamageDrawInternal (pScreen, TRUE);
+ pScreenPriv = GetSpriteScreen(pScreen);
+ pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
+
+ miSpriteIsDown(pCursorInfo);
+ miSpriteRegisterBlockHandler(pScreen, pScreenPriv);
+ pCursorInfo->pCacheWin = NullWindow;
+ miSpriteDisableDamage(pScreen, pScreenPriv);
+ if (!miDCRestoreUnderCursor(pDev,
+ pScreen,
+ pCursorInfo->saved.x1,
+ pCursorInfo->saved.y1,
+ pCursorInfo->saved.x2 -
+ pCursorInfo->saved.x1,
+ pCursorInfo->saved.y2 -
+ pCursorInfo->saved.y1))
+ {
+ miSpriteIsUp(pCursorInfo);
+ }
+ miSpriteEnableDamage(pScreen, pScreenPriv);
+ DamageDrawInternal (pScreen, FALSE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Called from the block handler, saves area under cursor
+ * before waiting for something to do.
+ */
+
+static void
+miSpriteSaveUnderCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
+ int x, y;
+ CursorPtr pCursor;
+ miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
+
+ if (IsFloating(pDev))
+ return;
+
+ DamageDrawInternal (pScreen, TRUE);
+ pScreenPriv = GetSpriteScreen(pScreen);
+ pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
+
+ miSpriteComputeSaved (pDev, pScreen);
+ pCursor = pCursorInfo->pCursor;
+
+ x = pCursorInfo->x - (int)pCursor->bits->xhot;
+ y = pCursorInfo->y - (int)pCursor->bits->yhot;
+ miSpriteDisableDamage(pScreen, pScreenPriv);
+
+ miDCSaveUnderCursor(pDev,
+ pScreen,
+ pCursorInfo->saved.x1,
+ pCursorInfo->saved.y1,
+ pCursorInfo->saved.x2 -
+ pCursorInfo->saved.x1,
+ pCursorInfo->saved.y2 -
+ pCursorInfo->saved.y1);
+ SPRITE_DEBUG(("SaveUnderCursor %d\n", pDev->id));
+ miSpriteEnableDamage(pScreen, pScreenPriv);
+ DamageDrawInternal (pScreen, FALSE);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Called from the block handler, restores the cursor
+ * before waiting for something to do.
+ */
+
+static void
+miSpriteRestoreCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
+ int x, y;
+ CursorPtr pCursor;
+ miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
+
+ if (IsFloating(pDev))
+ return;
+
+ DamageDrawInternal (pScreen, TRUE);
+ pScreenPriv = GetSpriteScreen(pScreen);
+ pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
+
+ miSpriteComputeSaved (pDev, pScreen);
+ pCursor = pCursorInfo->pCursor;
+
+ x = pCursorInfo->x - (int)pCursor->bits->xhot;
+ y = pCursorInfo->y - (int)pCursor->bits->yhot;
+ miSpriteDisableDamage(pScreen, pScreenPriv);
+ SPRITE_DEBUG(("RestoreCursor %d\n", pDev->id));
+ if (pCursorInfo->checkPixels)
+ miSpriteFindColors (pCursorInfo, pScreen);
+ if (miDCPutUpCursor(pDev, pScreen,
+ pCursor, x, y,
+ pScreenPriv->colors[SOURCE_COLOR].pixel,
+ pScreenPriv->colors[MASK_COLOR].pixel))
+ {
+ miSpriteIsUp(pCursorInfo);
+ pCursorInfo->pScreen = pScreen;
+ }
+ miSpriteEnableDamage(pScreen, pScreenPriv);
+ DamageDrawInternal (pScreen, FALSE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * compute the desired area of the screen to save
+ */
+
+static void
+miSpriteComputeSaved (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ int x, y, w, h;
+ int wpad, hpad;
+ CursorPtr pCursor;
+ miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
+
+ if (IsFloating(pDev))
+ return;
+
+ pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
+
+ pCursor = pCursorInfo->pCursor;
+ x = pCursorInfo->x - (int)pCursor->bits->xhot;
+ y = pCursorInfo->y - (int)pCursor->bits->yhot;
+ w = pCursor->bits->width;
+ h = pCursor->bits->height;
+ wpad = SPRITE_PAD;
+ hpad = SPRITE_PAD;
+ pCursorInfo->saved.x1 = x - wpad;
+ pCursorInfo->saved.y1 = y - hpad;
+ pCursorInfo->saved.x2 = pCursorInfo->saved.x1 + w + wpad * 2;
+ pCursorInfo->saved.y2 = pCursorInfo->saved.y1 + h + hpad * 2;
+}
+
diff --git a/xorg-server/miext/cw/cw.h b/xorg-server/miext/cw/cw.h
index 555111c67..10d088ad2 100644
--- a/xorg-server/miext/cw/cw.h
+++ b/xorg-server/miext/cw/cw.h
@@ -106,8 +106,6 @@ typedef struct {
TrapezoidsProcPtr Trapezoids;
TrianglesProcPtr Triangles;
- TriStripProcPtr TriStrip;
- TriFanProcPtr TriFan;
RasterizeTrapezoidProcPtr RasterizeTrapezoid;
} cwScreenRec, *cwScreenPtr;
diff --git a/xorg-server/miext/cw/cw_render.c b/xorg-server/miext/cw/cw_render.c
index 260509ce0..25601f3e2 100644
--- a/xorg-server/miext/cw/cw_render.c
+++ b/xorg-server/miext/cw/cw_render.c
@@ -371,66 +371,6 @@ cwTriangles (CARD8 op,
cwPsWrap(Triangles, cwTriangles);
}
-static void
-cwTriStrip (CARD8 op,
- PicturePtr pSrcPicture,
- PicturePtr pDstPicture,
- PictFormatPtr maskFormat,
- INT16 xSrc,
- INT16 ySrc,
- int npoint,
- xPointFixed *points)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pDstPicture->pDrawable->pScreen;
- cwPsDecl(pScreen);
- cwSrcPictureDecl;
- cwDstPictureDecl;
- int i;
-
- cwPsUnwrap(TriStrip);
- if (dst_picture_x_off || dst_picture_y_off) {
- for (i = 0; i < npoint; i++)
- {
- points[i].x += dst_picture_x_off << 16;
- points[i].y += dst_picture_y_off << 16;
- }
- }
- (*ps->TriStrip) (op, pBackingSrcPicture, pBackingDstPicture, maskFormat,
- xSrc + src_picture_x_off, ySrc + src_picture_y_off,
- npoint, points);
- cwPsWrap(TriStrip, cwTriStrip);
-}
-
-static void
-cwTriFan (CARD8 op,
- PicturePtr pSrcPicture,
- PicturePtr pDstPicture,
- PictFormatPtr maskFormat,
- INT16 xSrc,
- INT16 ySrc,
- int npoint,
- xPointFixed *points)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pDstPicture->pDrawable->pScreen;
- cwPsDecl(pScreen);
- cwSrcPictureDecl;
- cwDstPictureDecl;
- int i;
-
- cwPsUnwrap(TriFan);
- if (dst_picture_x_off || dst_picture_y_off) {
- for (i = 0; i < npoint; i++)
- {
- points[i].x += dst_picture_x_off << 16;
- points[i].y += dst_picture_y_off << 16;
- }
- }
- (*ps->TriFan) (op, pBackingSrcPicture, pBackingDstPicture, maskFormat,
- xSrc + src_picture_x_off, ySrc + src_picture_y_off,
- npoint, points);
- cwPsWrap(TriFan, cwTriFan);
-}
-
void
cwInitializeRender (ScreenPtr pScreen)
{
@@ -443,8 +383,6 @@ cwInitializeRender (ScreenPtr pScreen)
cwPsWrap(CompositeRects, cwCompositeRects);
cwPsWrap(Trapezoids, cwTrapezoids);
cwPsWrap(Triangles, cwTriangles);
- cwPsWrap(TriStrip, cwTriStrip);
- cwPsWrap(TriFan, cwTriFan);
/* There is no need to wrap AddTraps as far as we can tell. AddTraps can
* only be done on alpha-only pictures, and we won't be getting
* alpha-only window pictures, so there's no need to translate.
@@ -463,7 +401,5 @@ cwFiniRender (ScreenPtr pScreen)
cwPsUnwrap(CompositeRects);
cwPsUnwrap(Trapezoids);
cwPsUnwrap(Triangles);
- cwPsUnwrap(TriStrip);
- cwPsUnwrap(TriFan);
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/os/access.c b/xorg-server/os/access.c
index b7e698c3b..7ba4274ce 100644
--- a/xorg-server/os/access.c
+++ b/xorg-server/os/access.c
@@ -165,17 +165,6 @@ SOFTWARE.
#endif /* WIN32 */
-#ifndef PATH_MAX
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#ifndef PATH_MAX
-#ifdef MAXPATHLEN
-#define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
-#else
-#define PATH_MAX 1024
-#endif
-#endif
-#endif
-
#define X_INCLUDE_NETDB_H
#include <X11/Xos_r.h>
@@ -185,14 +174,6 @@ SOFTWARE.
#include "xace.h"
-#ifndef PATH_MAX
-#ifdef MAXPATHLEN
-#define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
-#else
-#define PATH_MAX 1024
-#endif
-#endif
-
Bool defeatAccessControl = FALSE;
#define acmp(a1, a2, len) memcmp((char *)(a1), (char *)(a2), len)
diff --git a/xorg-server/os/osinit.c b/xorg-server/os/osinit.c
index 018e4047d..69e4933e6 100644
--- a/xorg-server/os/osinit.c
+++ b/xorg-server/os/osinit.c
@@ -1,315 +1,308 @@
-/***********************************************************
-
-Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include "os.h"
-#include "osdep.h"
-#include <X11/Xos.h>
-#include <signal.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_DLFCN_H
-# include <dlfcn.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_BACKTRACE
-#include <execinfo.h>
-#endif
-
-
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-
-#ifndef PATH_MAX
-#ifdef MAXPATHLEN
-#define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
-#else
-#define PATH_MAX 1024
-#endif
-#endif
-
-
-#if !defined(SYSV) && !defined(WIN32)
-#include <sys/resource.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ADMPATH
-#define ADMPATH "/usr/adm/X%smsgs"
-#endif
-
-extern char *display;
-#ifdef RLIMIT_DATA
-int limitDataSpace = -1;
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_STACK
-int limitStackSpace = -1;
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_NOFILE
-int limitNoFile = -1;
-#endif
-
-static OsSigWrapperPtr OsSigWrapper = NULL;
-
-OsSigWrapperPtr
-OsRegisterSigWrapper(OsSigWrapperPtr newSigWrapper)
-{
- OsSigWrapperPtr oldSigWrapper = OsSigWrapper;
-
- OsSigWrapper = newSigWrapper;
-
- return oldSigWrapper;
-}
-
-/*
- * OsSigHandler --
- * Catch unexpected signals and exit or continue cleanly.
- */
-static void
-#ifdef SA_SIGINFO
-OsSigHandler(int signo, siginfo_t *sip, void *unused)
-#else
-OsSigHandler(int signo)
-#endif
-{
-#ifdef RTLD_DI_SETSIGNAL
- const char *dlerr = dlerror();
-
- if (dlerr) {
- LogMessage(X_ERROR, "Dynamic loader error: %s\n", dlerr);
- }
-#endif /* RTLD_DI_SETSIGNAL */
-
- if (OsSigWrapper != NULL) {
- if (OsSigWrapper(signo) == 0) {
- /* ddx handled signal and wants us to continue */
- return;
- }
- }
-
- /* log, cleanup, and abort */
- xorg_backtrace();
-
-#ifdef SA_SIGINFO
- if (sip->si_code == SI_USER) {
- ErrorF("Recieved signal %d sent by process %ld, uid %ld\n",
- signo, (long) sip->si_pid, (long) sip->si_uid);
- } else {
- switch (signo) {
- case SIGSEGV:
- case SIGBUS:
- case SIGILL:
- case SIGFPE:
- ErrorF("%s at address %p\n", strsignal(signo), sip->si_addr);
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- FatalError("Caught signal %d (%s). Server aborting\n",
- signo, strsignal(signo));
-}
-
-void
-OsInit(void)
-{
- static Bool been_here = FALSE;
- static char* devnull = "/dev/null";
- char fname[PATH_MAX];
-
- if (!been_here) {
- struct sigaction act, oact;
- int i;
- int siglist[] = { SIGSEGV, SIGQUIT, SIGILL, SIGFPE, SIGBUS,
- SIGSYS,
- SIGXCPU,
- SIGXFSZ,
-#ifdef SIGEMT
- SIGEMT,
-#endif
- 0 /* must be last */ };
- sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask);
-#ifdef SA_SIGINFO
- act.sa_sigaction = OsSigHandler;
- act.sa_flags = SA_SIGINFO;
-#else
- act.sa_handler = OsSigHandler;
- act.sa_flags = 0;
-#endif
- for (i = 0; siglist[i] != 0; i++) {
- if (sigaction(siglist[i], &act, &oact)) {
- ErrorF("failed to install signal handler for signal %d: %s\n",
- siglist[i], strerror(errno));
- }
- }
-#ifdef HAVE_BACKTRACE
- /*
- * initialize the backtracer, since the ctor calls dlopen(), which
- * calls malloc(), which isn't signal-safe.
- */
- do {
- void *array;
- backtrace(&array, 1);
- } while (0);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef RTLD_DI_SETSIGNAL
- /* Tell runtime linker to send a signal we can catch instead of SIGKILL
- * for failures to load libraries/modules at runtime so we can clean up
- * after ourselves.
- */
- int failure_signal = SIGQUIT;
- dlinfo(RTLD_SELF, RTLD_DI_SETSIGNAL, &failure_signal);
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(__CYGWIN__)
- fclose(stdin);
- fclose(stdout);
-#endif
- /*
- * If a write of zero bytes to stderr returns non-zero, i.e. -1,
- * then writing to stderr failed, and we'll write somewhere else
- * instead. (Apparently this never happens in the Real World.)
- */
- if (write (2, fname, 0) == -1)
- {
- FILE *err;
-
- if (strlen (display) + strlen (ADMPATH) + 1 < sizeof fname)
- sprintf (fname, ADMPATH, display);
- else
- strcpy (fname, devnull);
- /*
- * uses stdio to avoid os dependencies here,
- * a real os would use
- * open (fname, O_WRONLY|O_APPEND|O_CREAT, 0666)
- */
- if (!(err = fopen (fname, "a+")))
- err = fopen (devnull, "w");
- if (err && (fileno(err) != 2)) {
- dup2 (fileno (err), 2);
- fclose (err);
- }
-#if defined(SYSV) || defined(SVR4) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
- {
- static char buf[BUFSIZ];
- setvbuf (stderr, buf, _IOLBF, BUFSIZ);
- }
-#else
- setlinebuf(stderr);
-#endif
- }
-
- if (getpgrp () == 0)
- setpgid (0, 0);
-
-#ifdef RLIMIT_DATA
- if (limitDataSpace >= 0)
- {
- struct rlimit rlim;
-
- if (!getrlimit(RLIMIT_DATA, &rlim))
- {
- if ((limitDataSpace > 0) && (limitDataSpace < rlim.rlim_max))
- rlim.rlim_cur = limitDataSpace;
- else
- rlim.rlim_cur = rlim.rlim_max;
- (void)setrlimit(RLIMIT_DATA, &rlim);
- }
- }
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_STACK
- if (limitStackSpace >= 0)
- {
- struct rlimit rlim;
-
- if (!getrlimit(RLIMIT_STACK, &rlim))
- {
- if ((limitStackSpace > 0) && (limitStackSpace < rlim.rlim_max))
- rlim.rlim_cur = limitStackSpace;
- else
- rlim.rlim_cur = rlim.rlim_max;
- (void)setrlimit(RLIMIT_STACK, &rlim);
- }
- }
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_NOFILE
- if (limitNoFile >= 0)
- {
- struct rlimit rlim;
-
- if (!getrlimit(RLIMIT_NOFILE, &rlim))
- {
- if ((limitNoFile > 0) && (limitNoFile < rlim.rlim_max))
- rlim.rlim_cur = limitNoFile;
- else
- rlim.rlim_cur = rlim.rlim_max;
- (void)setrlimit(RLIMIT_NOFILE, &rlim);
- }
- }
-#endif
- LockServer();
- been_here = TRUE;
- }
- TimerInit();
- OsVendorInit();
- /*
- * No log file by default. OsVendorInit() should call LogInit() with the
- * log file name if logging to a file is desired.
- */
- LogInit(NULL, NULL);
- SmartScheduleInit ();
-}
-
-void
-OsCleanup(Bool terminating)
-{
- if (terminating)
- {
- UnlockServer();
- }
-}
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include "os.h"
+#include "osdep.h"
+#include <X11/Xos.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_DLFCN_H
+# include <dlfcn.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_BACKTRACE
+#include <execinfo.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "misc.h"
+
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+
+
+#if !defined(SYSV) && !defined(WIN32)
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ADMPATH
+#define ADMPATH "/usr/adm/X%smsgs"
+#endif
+
+extern char *display;
+#ifdef RLIMIT_DATA
+int limitDataSpace = -1;
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_STACK
+int limitStackSpace = -1;
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_NOFILE
+int limitNoFile = -1;
+#endif
+
+static OsSigWrapperPtr OsSigWrapper = NULL;
+
+OsSigWrapperPtr
+OsRegisterSigWrapper(OsSigWrapperPtr newSigWrapper)
+{
+ OsSigWrapperPtr oldSigWrapper = OsSigWrapper;
+
+ OsSigWrapper = newSigWrapper;
+
+ return oldSigWrapper;
+}
+
+/*
+ * OsSigHandler --
+ * Catch unexpected signals and exit or continue cleanly.
+ */
+static void
+#ifdef SA_SIGINFO
+OsSigHandler(int signo, siginfo_t *sip, void *unused)
+#else
+OsSigHandler(int signo)
+#endif
+{
+#ifdef RTLD_DI_SETSIGNAL
+ const char *dlerr = dlerror();
+
+ if (dlerr) {
+ LogMessage(X_ERROR, "Dynamic loader error: %s\n", dlerr);
+ }
+#endif /* RTLD_DI_SETSIGNAL */
+
+ if (OsSigWrapper != NULL) {
+ if (OsSigWrapper(signo) == 0) {
+ /* ddx handled signal and wants us to continue */
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* log, cleanup, and abort */
+ xorg_backtrace();
+
+#ifdef SA_SIGINFO
+ if (sip->si_code == SI_USER) {
+ ErrorF("Recieved signal %d sent by process %ld, uid %ld\n",
+ signo, (long) sip->si_pid, (long) sip->si_uid);
+ } else {
+ switch (signo) {
+ case SIGSEGV:
+ case SIGBUS:
+ case SIGILL:
+ case SIGFPE:
+ ErrorF("%s at address %p\n", strsignal(signo), sip->si_addr);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ FatalError("Caught signal %d (%s). Server aborting\n",
+ signo, strsignal(signo));
+}
+
+void
+OsInit(void)
+{
+ static Bool been_here = FALSE;
+ static char* devnull = "/dev/null";
+ char fname[PATH_MAX];
+
+ if (!been_here) {
+ struct sigaction act, oact;
+ int i;
+ int siglist[] = { SIGSEGV, SIGQUIT, SIGILL, SIGFPE, SIGBUS,
+ SIGSYS,
+ SIGXCPU,
+ SIGXFSZ,
+#ifdef SIGEMT
+ SIGEMT,
+#endif
+ 0 /* must be last */ };
+ sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask);
+#ifdef SA_SIGINFO
+ act.sa_sigaction = OsSigHandler;
+ act.sa_flags = SA_SIGINFO;
+#else
+ act.sa_handler = OsSigHandler;
+ act.sa_flags = 0;
+#endif
+ for (i = 0; siglist[i] != 0; i++) {
+ if (sigaction(siglist[i], &act, &oact)) {
+ ErrorF("failed to install signal handler for signal %d: %s\n",
+ siglist[i], strerror(errno));
+ }
+ }
+#ifdef HAVE_BACKTRACE
+ /*
+ * initialize the backtracer, since the ctor calls dlopen(), which
+ * calls malloc(), which isn't signal-safe.
+ */
+ do {
+ void *array;
+ backtrace(&array, 1);
+ } while (0);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef RTLD_DI_SETSIGNAL
+ /* Tell runtime linker to send a signal we can catch instead of SIGKILL
+ * for failures to load libraries/modules at runtime so we can clean up
+ * after ourselves.
+ */
+ int failure_signal = SIGQUIT;
+ dlinfo(RTLD_SELF, RTLD_DI_SETSIGNAL, &failure_signal);
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(__CYGWIN__)
+ fclose(stdin);
+ fclose(stdout);
+#endif
+ /*
+ * If a write of zero bytes to stderr returns non-zero, i.e. -1,
+ * then writing to stderr failed, and we'll write somewhere else
+ * instead. (Apparently this never happens in the Real World.)
+ */
+ if (write (2, fname, 0) == -1)
+ {
+ FILE *err;
+
+ if (strlen (display) + strlen (ADMPATH) + 1 < sizeof fname)
+ sprintf (fname, ADMPATH, display);
+ else
+ strcpy (fname, devnull);
+ /*
+ * uses stdio to avoid os dependencies here,
+ * a real os would use
+ * open (fname, O_WRONLY|O_APPEND|O_CREAT, 0666)
+ */
+ if (!(err = fopen (fname, "a+")))
+ err = fopen (devnull, "w");
+ if (err && (fileno(err) != 2)) {
+ dup2 (fileno (err), 2);
+ fclose (err);
+ }
+#if defined(SYSV) || defined(SVR4) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
+ {
+ static char buf[BUFSIZ];
+ setvbuf (stderr, buf, _IOLBF, BUFSIZ);
+ }
+#else
+ setlinebuf(stderr);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (getpgrp () == 0)
+ setpgid (0, 0);
+
+#ifdef RLIMIT_DATA
+ if (limitDataSpace >= 0)
+ {
+ struct rlimit rlim;
+
+ if (!getrlimit(RLIMIT_DATA, &rlim))
+ {
+ if ((limitDataSpace > 0) && (limitDataSpace < rlim.rlim_max))
+ rlim.rlim_cur = limitDataSpace;
+ else
+ rlim.rlim_cur = rlim.rlim_max;
+ (void)setrlimit(RLIMIT_DATA, &rlim);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_STACK
+ if (limitStackSpace >= 0)
+ {
+ struct rlimit rlim;
+
+ if (!getrlimit(RLIMIT_STACK, &rlim))
+ {
+ if ((limitStackSpace > 0) && (limitStackSpace < rlim.rlim_max))
+ rlim.rlim_cur = limitStackSpace;
+ else
+ rlim.rlim_cur = rlim.rlim_max;
+ (void)setrlimit(RLIMIT_STACK, &rlim);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_NOFILE
+ if (limitNoFile >= 0)
+ {
+ struct rlimit rlim;
+
+ if (!getrlimit(RLIMIT_NOFILE, &rlim))
+ {
+ if ((limitNoFile > 0) && (limitNoFile < rlim.rlim_max))
+ rlim.rlim_cur = limitNoFile;
+ else
+ rlim.rlim_cur = rlim.rlim_max;
+ (void)setrlimit(RLIMIT_NOFILE, &rlim);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ LockServer();
+ been_here = TRUE;
+ }
+ TimerInit();
+ OsVendorInit();
+ /*
+ * No log file by default. OsVendorInit() should call LogInit() with the
+ * log file name if logging to a file is desired.
+ */
+ LogInit(NULL, NULL);
+ SmartScheduleInit ();
+}
+
+void
+OsCleanup(Bool terminating)
+{
+ if (terminating)
+ {
+ UnlockServer();
+ }
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/os/utils.c b/xorg-server/os/utils.c
index eb3ba91bb..30d14460a 100644
--- a/xorg-server/os/utils.c
+++ b/xorg-server/os/utils.c
@@ -231,17 +231,6 @@ OsSignal(int sig, OsSigHandlerPtr handler)
#define LOCK_PREFIX "/.X"
#define LOCK_SUFFIX "-lock"
-#ifndef PATH_MAX
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#ifndef PATH_MAX
-#ifdef MAXPATHLEN
-#define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
-#else
-#define PATH_MAX 1024
-#endif
-#endif
-#endif
-
static Bool StillLocking = FALSE;
static char LockFile[PATH_MAX];
static Bool nolock = FALSE;
diff --git a/xorg-server/os/xdmcp.c b/xorg-server/os/xdmcp.c
index 3a6a3bb7d..8da2cb05c 100644
--- a/xorg-server/os/xdmcp.c
+++ b/xorg-server/os/xdmcp.c
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ XdmcpRegisterConnection (
}
}
#endif
- if (fromAddr && memcmp(regAddr, fromAddr, regAddrlen) != 0) {
+ if (!fromAddr || memcmp(regAddr, fromAddr, regAddrlen) != 0) {
return;
}
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/randr/randr.c b/xorg-server/randr/randr.c
index 607770520..1551c63b1 100644
--- a/xorg-server/randr/randr.c
+++ b/xorg-server/randr/randr.c
@@ -1,502 +1,504 @@
-/*
- * Copyright © 2000 Compaq Computer Corporation
- * Copyright © 2002 Hewlett-Packard Company
- * Copyright © 2006 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright
- * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and
- * that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or
- * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
- * written prior permission. The copyright holders make no representations
- * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as
- * is" without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
- * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
- * EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
- * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Author: Jim Gettys, Hewlett-Packard Company, Inc.
- * Keith Packard, Intel Corporation
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "randrstr.h"
-
-/* From render.h */
-#ifndef SubPixelUnknown
-#define SubPixelUnknown 0
-#endif
-
-#define RR_VALIDATE
-static int RRNScreens;
-
-#define wrap(priv,real,mem,func) {\
- priv->mem = real->mem; \
- real->mem = func; \
-}
-
-#define unwrap(priv,real,mem) {\
- real->mem = priv->mem; \
-}
-
-static int ProcRRDispatch (ClientPtr pClient);
-static int SProcRRDispatch (ClientPtr pClient);
-
-int RREventBase;
-int RRErrorBase;
-RESTYPE RRClientType, RREventType; /* resource types for event masks */
-DevPrivateKeyRec RRClientPrivateKeyRec;
-
-DevPrivateKeyRec rrPrivKeyRec;
-
-static void
-RRClientCallback (CallbackListPtr *list,
- pointer closure,
- pointer data)
-{
- NewClientInfoRec *clientinfo = (NewClientInfoRec *) data;
- ClientPtr pClient = clientinfo->client;
- rrClientPriv(pClient);
- RRTimesPtr pTimes = (RRTimesPtr) (pRRClient + 1);
- int i;
-
- pRRClient->major_version = 0;
- pRRClient->minor_version = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
- {
- ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
- rrScrPriv(pScreen);
-
- if (pScrPriv)
- {
- pTimes[i].setTime = pScrPriv->lastSetTime;
- pTimes[i].configTime = pScrPriv->lastConfigTime;
- }
- }
-}
-
-static Bool
-RRCloseScreen (int i, ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- rrScrPriv(pScreen);
- int j;
-
- unwrap (pScrPriv, pScreen, CloseScreen);
- for (j = pScrPriv->numCrtcs - 1; j >= 0; j--)
- RRCrtcDestroy (pScrPriv->crtcs[j]);
- for (j = pScrPriv->numOutputs - 1; j >= 0; j--)
- RROutputDestroy (pScrPriv->outputs[j]);
-
- free(pScrPriv->crtcs);
- free(pScrPriv->outputs);
- free(pScrPriv);
- RRNScreens -= 1; /* ok, one fewer screen with RandR running */
- return (*pScreen->CloseScreen) (i, pScreen);
-}
-
-static void
-SRRScreenChangeNotifyEvent(xRRScreenChangeNotifyEvent *from,
- xRRScreenChangeNotifyEvent *to)
-{
- to->type = from->type;
- to->rotation = from->rotation;
- cpswaps(from->sequenceNumber, to->sequenceNumber);
- cpswapl(from->timestamp, to->timestamp);
- cpswapl(from->configTimestamp, to->configTimestamp);
- cpswapl(from->root, to->root);
- cpswapl(from->window, to->window);
- cpswaps(from->sizeID, to->sizeID);
- cpswaps(from->subpixelOrder, to->subpixelOrder);
- cpswaps(from->widthInPixels, to->widthInPixels);
- cpswaps(from->heightInPixels, to->heightInPixels);
- cpswaps(from->widthInMillimeters, to->widthInMillimeters);
- cpswaps(from->heightInMillimeters, to->heightInMillimeters);
-}
-
-static void
-SRRCrtcChangeNotifyEvent(xRRCrtcChangeNotifyEvent *from,
- xRRCrtcChangeNotifyEvent *to)
-{
- to->type = from->type;
- to->subCode = from->subCode;
- cpswaps(from->sequenceNumber, to->sequenceNumber);
- cpswapl(from->timestamp, to->timestamp);
- cpswapl(from->window, to->window);
- cpswapl(from->crtc, to->crtc);
- cpswapl(from->mode, to->mode);
- cpswaps(from->rotation, to->rotation);
- /* pad1 */
- cpswaps(from->x, to->x);
- cpswaps(from->y, to->y);
- cpswaps(from->width, to->width);
- cpswaps(from->height, to->height);
-}
-
-static void
-SRROutputChangeNotifyEvent(xRROutputChangeNotifyEvent *from,
- xRROutputChangeNotifyEvent *to)
-{
- to->type = from->type;
- to->subCode = from->subCode;
- cpswaps(from->sequenceNumber, to->sequenceNumber);
- cpswapl(from->timestamp, to->timestamp);
- cpswapl(from->configTimestamp, to->configTimestamp);
- cpswapl(from->window, to->window);
- cpswapl(from->output, to->output);
- cpswapl(from->crtc, to->crtc);
- cpswapl(from->mode, to->mode);
- cpswaps(from->rotation, to->rotation);
- to->connection = from->connection;
- to->subpixelOrder = from->subpixelOrder;
-}
-
-static void
-SRROutputPropertyNotifyEvent(xRROutputPropertyNotifyEvent *from,
- xRROutputPropertyNotifyEvent *to)
-{
- to->type = from->type;
- to->subCode = from->subCode;
- cpswaps(from->sequenceNumber, to->sequenceNumber);
- cpswapl(from->window, to->window);
- cpswapl(from->output, to->output);
- cpswapl(from->atom, to->atom);
- cpswapl(from->timestamp, to->timestamp);
- to->state = from->state;
- /* pad1 */
- /* pad2 */
- /* pad3 */
- /* pad4 */
-}
-
-static void
-SRRNotifyEvent (xEvent *from,
- xEvent *to)
-{
- switch (from->u.u.detail) {
- case RRNotify_CrtcChange:
- SRRCrtcChangeNotifyEvent ((xRRCrtcChangeNotifyEvent *) from,
- (xRRCrtcChangeNotifyEvent *) to);
- break;
- case RRNotify_OutputChange:
- SRROutputChangeNotifyEvent ((xRROutputChangeNotifyEvent *) from,
- (xRROutputChangeNotifyEvent *) to);
- break;
- case RRNotify_OutputProperty:
- SRROutputPropertyNotifyEvent ((xRROutputPropertyNotifyEvent *) from,
- (xRROutputPropertyNotifyEvent *) to);
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
-}
-
-static int RRGeneration;
-
-Bool RRInit (void)
-{
- if (RRGeneration != serverGeneration)
- {
- if (!RRModeInit ())
- return FALSE;
- if (!RRCrtcInit ())
- return FALSE;
- if (!RROutputInit ())
- return FALSE;
- RRGeneration = serverGeneration;
- }
- if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&rrPrivKeyRec, PRIVATE_SCREEN, 0))
- return FALSE;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool RRScreenInit(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- rrScrPrivPtr pScrPriv;
-
- if (!RRInit ())
- return FALSE;
-
- pScrPriv = (rrScrPrivPtr) calloc(1, sizeof (rrScrPrivRec));
- if (!pScrPriv)
- return FALSE;
-
- SetRRScreen(pScreen, pScrPriv);
-
- /*
- * Calling function best set these function vectors
- */
- pScrPriv->rrGetInfo = 0;
- pScrPriv->maxWidth = pScrPriv->minWidth = pScreen->width;
- pScrPriv->maxHeight = pScrPriv->minHeight = pScreen->height;
-
- pScrPriv->width = pScreen->width;
- pScrPriv->height = pScreen->height;
- pScrPriv->mmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth;
- pScrPriv->mmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight;
-#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE
- pScrPriv->rrScreenSetSize = NULL;
- pScrPriv->rrCrtcSet = NULL;
- pScrPriv->rrCrtcSetGamma = NULL;
-#endif
-#if RANDR_10_INTERFACE
- pScrPriv->rrSetConfig = 0;
- pScrPriv->rotations = RR_Rotate_0;
- pScrPriv->reqWidth = pScreen->width;
- pScrPriv->reqHeight = pScreen->height;
- pScrPriv->nSizes = 0;
- pScrPriv->pSizes = NULL;
- pScrPriv->rotation = RR_Rotate_0;
- pScrPriv->rate = 0;
- pScrPriv->size = 0;
-#endif
-
- /*
- * This value doesn't really matter -- any client must call
- * GetScreenInfo before reading it which will automatically update
- * the time
- */
- pScrPriv->lastSetTime = currentTime;
- pScrPriv->lastConfigTime = currentTime;
-
- wrap (pScrPriv, pScreen, CloseScreen, RRCloseScreen);
-
- pScrPriv->numOutputs = 0;
- pScrPriv->outputs = NULL;
- pScrPriv->numCrtcs = 0;
- pScrPriv->crtcs = NULL;
-
- RRNScreens += 1; /* keep count of screens that implement randr */
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*ARGSUSED*/
-static int
-RRFreeClient (pointer data, XID id)
-{
- RREventPtr pRREvent;
- WindowPtr pWin;
- RREventPtr *pHead, pCur, pPrev;
-
- pRREvent = (RREventPtr) data;
- pWin = pRREvent->window;
- dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pHead, pWin->drawable.id,
- RREventType, serverClient, DixDestroyAccess);
- if (pHead) {
- pPrev = 0;
- for (pCur = *pHead; pCur && pCur != pRREvent; pCur=pCur->next)
- pPrev = pCur;
- if (pCur)
- {
- if (pPrev)
- pPrev->next = pRREvent->next;
- else
- *pHead = pRREvent->next;
- }
- }
- free((pointer) pRREvent);
- return 1;
-}
-
-/*ARGSUSED*/
-static int
-RRFreeEvents (pointer data, XID id)
-{
- RREventPtr *pHead, pCur, pNext;
-
- pHead = (RREventPtr *) data;
- for (pCur = *pHead; pCur; pCur = pNext) {
- pNext = pCur->next;
- FreeResource (pCur->clientResource, RRClientType);
- free((pointer) pCur);
- }
- free((pointer) pHead);
- return 1;
-}
-
-void
-RRExtensionInit (void)
-{
- ExtensionEntry *extEntry;
-
- if (RRNScreens == 0) return;
-
- if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&RRClientPrivateKeyRec, PRIVATE_CLIENT,
- sizeof (RRClientRec) +
- screenInfo.numScreens * sizeof (RRTimesRec)))
- return;
- if (!AddCallback (&ClientStateCallback, RRClientCallback, 0))
- return;
-
- RRClientType = CreateNewResourceType(RRFreeClient, "RandRClient");
- if (!RRClientType)
- return;
- RREventType = CreateNewResourceType(RRFreeEvents, "RandREvent");
- if (!RREventType)
- return;
- extEntry = AddExtension (RANDR_NAME, RRNumberEvents, RRNumberErrors,
- ProcRRDispatch, SProcRRDispatch,
- NULL, StandardMinorOpcode);
- if (!extEntry)
- return;
- RRErrorBase = extEntry->errorBase;
- RREventBase = extEntry->eventBase;
- EventSwapVector[RREventBase + RRScreenChangeNotify] = (EventSwapPtr)
- SRRScreenChangeNotifyEvent;
- EventSwapVector[RREventBase + RRNotify] = (EventSwapPtr)
- SRRNotifyEvent;
-
- RRModeInitErrorValue();
- RRCrtcInitErrorValue();
- RROutputInitErrorValue();
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- RRXineramaExtensionInit();
-#endif
-}
-
-static int
-TellChanged (WindowPtr pWin, pointer value)
-{
- RREventPtr *pHead, pRREvent;
- ClientPtr client;
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
- rrScrPriv(pScreen);
- int i;
-
- dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pHead, pWin->drawable.id,
- RREventType, serverClient, DixReadAccess);
- if (!pHead)
- return WT_WALKCHILDREN;
-
- for (pRREvent = *pHead; pRREvent; pRREvent = pRREvent->next)
- {
- client = pRREvent->client;
- if (client == serverClient || client->clientGone)
- continue;
-
- if (pRREvent->mask & RRScreenChangeNotifyMask)
- RRDeliverScreenEvent (client, pWin, pScreen);
-
- if (pRREvent->mask & RRCrtcChangeNotifyMask)
- {
- for (i = 0; i < pScrPriv->numCrtcs; i++)
- {
- RRCrtcPtr crtc = pScrPriv->crtcs[i];
- if (crtc->changed)
- RRDeliverCrtcEvent (client, pWin, crtc);
- }
- }
-
- if (pRREvent->mask & RROutputChangeNotifyMask)
- {
- for (i = 0; i < pScrPriv->numOutputs; i++)
- {
- RROutputPtr output = pScrPriv->outputs[i];
- if (output->changed)
- RRDeliverOutputEvent (client, pWin, output);
- }
- }
- }
- return WT_WALKCHILDREN;
-}
-
-/*
- * Something changed; send events and adjust pointer position
- */
-void
-RRTellChanged (ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- rrScrPriv (pScreen);
- int i;
-
- if (pScrPriv->changed)
- {
- UpdateCurrentTime ();
- if (pScrPriv->configChanged)
- {
- pScrPriv->lastConfigTime = currentTime;
- pScrPriv->configChanged = FALSE;
- }
- pScrPriv->changed = FALSE;
- WalkTree (pScreen, TellChanged, (pointer) pScreen);
- for (i = 0; i < pScrPriv->numOutputs; i++)
- pScrPriv->outputs[i]->changed = FALSE;
- for (i = 0; i < pScrPriv->numCrtcs; i++)
- pScrPriv->crtcs[i]->changed = FALSE;
- if (pScrPriv->layoutChanged)
- {
- pScrPriv->layoutChanged = FALSE;
- RRPointerScreenConfigured (pScreen);
- RRSendConfigNotify (pScreen);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Return the first output which is connected to an active CRTC
- * Used in emulating 1.0 behaviour
- */
-RROutputPtr
-RRFirstOutput (ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- rrScrPriv(pScreen);
- RROutputPtr output;
- int i, j;
-
- if (pScrPriv->primaryOutput && pScrPriv->primaryOutput->crtc)
- return pScrPriv->primaryOutput;
-
- for (i = 0; i < pScrPriv->numCrtcs; i++)
- {
- RRCrtcPtr crtc = pScrPriv->crtcs[i];
- for (j = 0; j < pScrPriv->numOutputs; j++)
- {
- output = pScrPriv->outputs[j];
- if (output->crtc == crtc)
- return output;
- }
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-CARD16
-RRVerticalRefresh (xRRModeInfo *mode)
-{
- CARD32 refresh;
- CARD32 dots = mode->hTotal * mode->vTotal;
- if (!dots)
- return 0;
- refresh = (mode->dotClock + dots/2) / dots;
- if (refresh > 0xffff)
- refresh = 0xffff;
- return (CARD16) refresh;
-}
-
-static int
-ProcRRDispatch (ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xReq);
- if (stuff->data >= RRNumberRequests || !ProcRandrVector[stuff->data])
- return BadRequest;
- return (*ProcRandrVector[stuff->data]) (client);
-}
-
-static int
-SProcRRDispatch (ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xReq);
- if (stuff->data >= RRNumberRequests || !ProcRandrVector[stuff->data])
- return BadRequest;
- return (*SProcRandrVector[stuff->data]) (client);
-}
-
+/*
+ * Copyright © 2000 Compaq Computer Corporation
+ * Copyright © 2002 Hewlett-Packard Company
+ * Copyright © 2006 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright
+ * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and
+ * that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or
+ * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+ * written prior permission. The copyright holders make no representations
+ * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as
+ * is" without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+ * EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Author: Jim Gettys, Hewlett-Packard Company, Inc.
+ * Keith Packard, Intel Corporation
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "randrstr.h"
+
+/* From render.h */
+#ifndef SubPixelUnknown
+#define SubPixelUnknown 0
+#endif
+
+#define RR_VALIDATE
+static int RRNScreens;
+
+#define wrap(priv,real,mem,func) {\
+ priv->mem = real->mem; \
+ real->mem = func; \
+}
+
+#define unwrap(priv,real,mem) {\
+ real->mem = priv->mem; \
+}
+
+static int ProcRRDispatch (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRRDispatch (ClientPtr pClient);
+
+int RREventBase;
+int RRErrorBase;
+RESTYPE RRClientType, RREventType; /* resource types for event masks */
+DevPrivateKeyRec RRClientPrivateKeyRec;
+
+DevPrivateKeyRec rrPrivKeyRec;
+
+static void
+RRClientCallback (CallbackListPtr *list,
+ pointer closure,
+ pointer data)
+{
+ NewClientInfoRec *clientinfo = (NewClientInfoRec *) data;
+ ClientPtr pClient = clientinfo->client;
+ rrClientPriv(pClient);
+ RRTimesPtr pTimes = (RRTimesPtr) (pRRClient + 1);
+ int i;
+
+ pRRClient->major_version = 0;
+ pRRClient->minor_version = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
+ {
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
+ rrScrPriv(pScreen);
+
+ if (pScrPriv)
+ {
+ pTimes[i].setTime = pScrPriv->lastSetTime;
+ pTimes[i].configTime = pScrPriv->lastConfigTime;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static Bool
+RRCloseScreen (int i, ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ rrScrPriv(pScreen);
+ int j;
+
+ unwrap (pScrPriv, pScreen, CloseScreen);
+ for (j = pScrPriv->numCrtcs - 1; j >= 0; j--)
+ RRCrtcDestroy (pScrPriv->crtcs[j]);
+ for (j = pScrPriv->numOutputs - 1; j >= 0; j--)
+ RROutputDestroy (pScrPriv->outputs[j]);
+
+ free(pScrPriv->crtcs);
+ free(pScrPriv->outputs);
+ free(pScrPriv);
+ RRNScreens -= 1; /* ok, one fewer screen with RandR running */
+ return (*pScreen->CloseScreen) (i, pScreen);
+}
+
+static void
+SRRScreenChangeNotifyEvent(xRRScreenChangeNotifyEvent *from,
+ xRRScreenChangeNotifyEvent *to)
+{
+ to->type = from->type;
+ to->rotation = from->rotation;
+ cpswaps(from->sequenceNumber, to->sequenceNumber);
+ cpswapl(from->timestamp, to->timestamp);
+ cpswapl(from->configTimestamp, to->configTimestamp);
+ cpswapl(from->root, to->root);
+ cpswapl(from->window, to->window);
+ cpswaps(from->sizeID, to->sizeID);
+ cpswaps(from->subpixelOrder, to->subpixelOrder);
+ cpswaps(from->widthInPixels, to->widthInPixels);
+ cpswaps(from->heightInPixels, to->heightInPixels);
+ cpswaps(from->widthInMillimeters, to->widthInMillimeters);
+ cpswaps(from->heightInMillimeters, to->heightInMillimeters);
+}
+
+static void
+SRRCrtcChangeNotifyEvent(xRRCrtcChangeNotifyEvent *from,
+ xRRCrtcChangeNotifyEvent *to)
+{
+ to->type = from->type;
+ to->subCode = from->subCode;
+ cpswaps(from->sequenceNumber, to->sequenceNumber);
+ cpswapl(from->timestamp, to->timestamp);
+ cpswapl(from->window, to->window);
+ cpswapl(from->crtc, to->crtc);
+ cpswapl(from->mode, to->mode);
+ cpswaps(from->rotation, to->rotation);
+ /* pad1 */
+ cpswaps(from->x, to->x);
+ cpswaps(from->y, to->y);
+ cpswaps(from->width, to->width);
+ cpswaps(from->height, to->height);
+}
+
+static void
+SRROutputChangeNotifyEvent(xRROutputChangeNotifyEvent *from,
+ xRROutputChangeNotifyEvent *to)
+{
+ to->type = from->type;
+ to->subCode = from->subCode;
+ cpswaps(from->sequenceNumber, to->sequenceNumber);
+ cpswapl(from->timestamp, to->timestamp);
+ cpswapl(from->configTimestamp, to->configTimestamp);
+ cpswapl(from->window, to->window);
+ cpswapl(from->output, to->output);
+ cpswapl(from->crtc, to->crtc);
+ cpswapl(from->mode, to->mode);
+ cpswaps(from->rotation, to->rotation);
+ to->connection = from->connection;
+ to->subpixelOrder = from->subpixelOrder;
+}
+
+static void
+SRROutputPropertyNotifyEvent(xRROutputPropertyNotifyEvent *from,
+ xRROutputPropertyNotifyEvent *to)
+{
+ to->type = from->type;
+ to->subCode = from->subCode;
+ cpswaps(from->sequenceNumber, to->sequenceNumber);
+ cpswapl(from->window, to->window);
+ cpswapl(from->output, to->output);
+ cpswapl(from->atom, to->atom);
+ cpswapl(from->timestamp, to->timestamp);
+ to->state = from->state;
+ /* pad1 */
+ /* pad2 */
+ /* pad3 */
+ /* pad4 */
+}
+
+static void
+SRRNotifyEvent (xEvent *from,
+ xEvent *to)
+{
+ switch (from->u.u.detail) {
+ case RRNotify_CrtcChange:
+ SRRCrtcChangeNotifyEvent ((xRRCrtcChangeNotifyEvent *) from,
+ (xRRCrtcChangeNotifyEvent *) to);
+ break;
+ case RRNotify_OutputChange:
+ SRROutputChangeNotifyEvent ((xRROutputChangeNotifyEvent *) from,
+ (xRROutputChangeNotifyEvent *) to);
+ break;
+ case RRNotify_OutputProperty:
+ SRROutputPropertyNotifyEvent ((xRROutputPropertyNotifyEvent *) from,
+ (xRROutputPropertyNotifyEvent *) to);
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+static int RRGeneration;
+
+Bool RRInit (void)
+{
+ if (RRGeneration != serverGeneration)
+ {
+ if (!RRModeInit ())
+ return FALSE;
+ if (!RRCrtcInit ())
+ return FALSE;
+ if (!RROutputInit ())
+ return FALSE;
+ RRGeneration = serverGeneration;
+ }
+ if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&rrPrivKeyRec, PRIVATE_SCREEN, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool RRScreenInit(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ rrScrPrivPtr pScrPriv;
+
+ if (!RRInit ())
+ return FALSE;
+
+ pScrPriv = (rrScrPrivPtr) calloc(1, sizeof (rrScrPrivRec));
+ if (!pScrPriv)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ SetRRScreen(pScreen, pScrPriv);
+
+ /*
+ * Calling function best set these function vectors
+ */
+ pScrPriv->rrGetInfo = 0;
+ pScrPriv->maxWidth = pScrPriv->minWidth = pScreen->width;
+ pScrPriv->maxHeight = pScrPriv->minHeight = pScreen->height;
+
+ pScrPriv->width = pScreen->width;
+ pScrPriv->height = pScreen->height;
+ pScrPriv->mmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth;
+ pScrPriv->mmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight;
+#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+ pScrPriv->rrScreenSetSize = NULL;
+ pScrPriv->rrCrtcSet = NULL;
+ pScrPriv->rrCrtcSetGamma = NULL;
+#endif
+#if RANDR_10_INTERFACE
+ pScrPriv->rrSetConfig = 0;
+ pScrPriv->rotations = RR_Rotate_0;
+ pScrPriv->reqWidth = pScreen->width;
+ pScrPriv->reqHeight = pScreen->height;
+ pScrPriv->nSizes = 0;
+ pScrPriv->pSizes = NULL;
+ pScrPriv->rotation = RR_Rotate_0;
+ pScrPriv->rate = 0;
+ pScrPriv->size = 0;
+#endif
+
+ /*
+ * This value doesn't really matter -- any client must call
+ * GetScreenInfo before reading it which will automatically update
+ * the time
+ */
+ pScrPriv->lastSetTime = currentTime;
+ pScrPriv->lastConfigTime = currentTime;
+
+ wrap (pScrPriv, pScreen, CloseScreen, RRCloseScreen);
+
+ pScreen->ConstrainCursorHarder = RRConstrainCursorHarder;
+
+ pScrPriv->numOutputs = 0;
+ pScrPriv->outputs = NULL;
+ pScrPriv->numCrtcs = 0;
+ pScrPriv->crtcs = NULL;
+
+ RRNScreens += 1; /* keep count of screens that implement randr */
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static int
+RRFreeClient (pointer data, XID id)
+{
+ RREventPtr pRREvent;
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ RREventPtr *pHead, pCur, pPrev;
+
+ pRREvent = (RREventPtr) data;
+ pWin = pRREvent->window;
+ dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pHead, pWin->drawable.id,
+ RREventType, serverClient, DixDestroyAccess);
+ if (pHead) {
+ pPrev = 0;
+ for (pCur = *pHead; pCur && pCur != pRREvent; pCur=pCur->next)
+ pPrev = pCur;
+ if (pCur)
+ {
+ if (pPrev)
+ pPrev->next = pRREvent->next;
+ else
+ *pHead = pRREvent->next;
+ }
+ }
+ free((pointer) pRREvent);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static int
+RRFreeEvents (pointer data, XID id)
+{
+ RREventPtr *pHead, pCur, pNext;
+
+ pHead = (RREventPtr *) data;
+ for (pCur = *pHead; pCur; pCur = pNext) {
+ pNext = pCur->next;
+ FreeResource (pCur->clientResource, RRClientType);
+ free((pointer) pCur);
+ }
+ free((pointer) pHead);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+void
+RRExtensionInit (void)
+{
+ ExtensionEntry *extEntry;
+
+ if (RRNScreens == 0) return;
+
+ if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&RRClientPrivateKeyRec, PRIVATE_CLIENT,
+ sizeof (RRClientRec) +
+ screenInfo.numScreens * sizeof (RRTimesRec)))
+ return;
+ if (!AddCallback (&ClientStateCallback, RRClientCallback, 0))
+ return;
+
+ RRClientType = CreateNewResourceType(RRFreeClient, "RandRClient");
+ if (!RRClientType)
+ return;
+ RREventType = CreateNewResourceType(RRFreeEvents, "RandREvent");
+ if (!RREventType)
+ return;
+ extEntry = AddExtension (RANDR_NAME, RRNumberEvents, RRNumberErrors,
+ ProcRRDispatch, SProcRRDispatch,
+ NULL, StandardMinorOpcode);
+ if (!extEntry)
+ return;
+ RRErrorBase = extEntry->errorBase;
+ RREventBase = extEntry->eventBase;
+ EventSwapVector[RREventBase + RRScreenChangeNotify] = (EventSwapPtr)
+ SRRScreenChangeNotifyEvent;
+ EventSwapVector[RREventBase + RRNotify] = (EventSwapPtr)
+ SRRNotifyEvent;
+
+ RRModeInitErrorValue();
+ RRCrtcInitErrorValue();
+ RROutputInitErrorValue();
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ RRXineramaExtensionInit();
+#endif
+}
+
+static int
+TellChanged (WindowPtr pWin, pointer value)
+{
+ RREventPtr *pHead, pRREvent;
+ ClientPtr client;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+ rrScrPriv(pScreen);
+ int i;
+
+ dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pHead, pWin->drawable.id,
+ RREventType, serverClient, DixReadAccess);
+ if (!pHead)
+ return WT_WALKCHILDREN;
+
+ for (pRREvent = *pHead; pRREvent; pRREvent = pRREvent->next)
+ {
+ client = pRREvent->client;
+ if (client == serverClient || client->clientGone)
+ continue;
+
+ if (pRREvent->mask & RRScreenChangeNotifyMask)
+ RRDeliverScreenEvent (client, pWin, pScreen);
+
+ if (pRREvent->mask & RRCrtcChangeNotifyMask)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < pScrPriv->numCrtcs; i++)
+ {
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc = pScrPriv->crtcs[i];
+ if (crtc->changed)
+ RRDeliverCrtcEvent (client, pWin, crtc);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (pRREvent->mask & RROutputChangeNotifyMask)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < pScrPriv->numOutputs; i++)
+ {
+ RROutputPtr output = pScrPriv->outputs[i];
+ if (output->changed)
+ RRDeliverOutputEvent (client, pWin, output);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return WT_WALKCHILDREN;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Something changed; send events and adjust pointer position
+ */
+void
+RRTellChanged (ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ rrScrPriv (pScreen);
+ int i;
+
+ if (pScrPriv->changed)
+ {
+ UpdateCurrentTime ();
+ if (pScrPriv->configChanged)
+ {
+ pScrPriv->lastConfigTime = currentTime;
+ pScrPriv->configChanged = FALSE;
+ }
+ pScrPriv->changed = FALSE;
+ WalkTree (pScreen, TellChanged, (pointer) pScreen);
+ for (i = 0; i < pScrPriv->numOutputs; i++)
+ pScrPriv->outputs[i]->changed = FALSE;
+ for (i = 0; i < pScrPriv->numCrtcs; i++)
+ pScrPriv->crtcs[i]->changed = FALSE;
+ if (pScrPriv->layoutChanged)
+ {
+ pScrPriv->layoutChanged = FALSE;
+ RRPointerScreenConfigured (pScreen);
+ RRSendConfigNotify (pScreen);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the first output which is connected to an active CRTC
+ * Used in emulating 1.0 behaviour
+ */
+RROutputPtr
+RRFirstOutput (ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ rrScrPriv(pScreen);
+ RROutputPtr output;
+ int i, j;
+
+ if (pScrPriv->primaryOutput && pScrPriv->primaryOutput->crtc)
+ return pScrPriv->primaryOutput;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < pScrPriv->numCrtcs; i++)
+ {
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc = pScrPriv->crtcs[i];
+ for (j = 0; j < pScrPriv->numOutputs; j++)
+ {
+ output = pScrPriv->outputs[j];
+ if (output->crtc == crtc)
+ return output;
+ }
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+CARD16
+RRVerticalRefresh (xRRModeInfo *mode)
+{
+ CARD32 refresh;
+ CARD32 dots = mode->hTotal * mode->vTotal;
+ if (!dots)
+ return 0;
+ refresh = (mode->dotClock + dots/2) / dots;
+ if (refresh > 0xffff)
+ refresh = 0xffff;
+ return (CARD16) refresh;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRRDispatch (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xReq);
+ if (stuff->data >= RRNumberRequests || !ProcRandrVector[stuff->data])
+ return BadRequest;
+ return (*ProcRandrVector[stuff->data]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRRDispatch (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xReq);
+ if (stuff->data >= RRNumberRequests || !ProcRandrVector[stuff->data])
+ return BadRequest;
+ return (*SProcRandrVector[stuff->data]) (client);
+}
+
diff --git a/xorg-server/randr/randrstr.h b/xorg-server/randr/randrstr.h
index 7ea608003..262a16420 100644
--- a/xorg-server/randr/randrstr.h
+++ b/xorg-server/randr/randrstr.h
@@ -1,970 +1,974 @@
-/*
- * Copyright © 2000 Compaq Computer Corporation
- * Copyright © 2002 Hewlett-Packard Company
- * Copyright © 2006 Intel Corporation
- * Copyright © 2008 Red Hat, Inc.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright
- * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and
- * that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or
- * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
- * written prior permission. The copyright holders make no representations
- * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as
- * is" without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
- * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
- * EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
- * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Author: Jim Gettys, Hewlett-Packard Company, Inc.
- * Keith Packard, Intel Corporation
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _RANDRSTR_H_
-#define _RANDRSTR_H_
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "os.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "resource.h"
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include "pixmapstr.h"
-#include "extnsionst.h"
-#include "servermd.h"
-#include "rrtransform.h"
-#include <X11/extensions/randr.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/randrproto.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/render.h> /* we share subpixel order information */
-#include "picturestr.h"
-#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>
-
-/* required for ABI compatibility for now */
-#define RANDR_10_INTERFACE 1
-#define RANDR_12_INTERFACE 1
-#define RANDR_13_INTERFACE 1 /* requires RANDR_12_INTERFACE */
-#define RANDR_GET_CRTC_INTERFACE 1
-
-#define RANDR_INTERFACE_VERSION 0x0103
-
-typedef XID RRMode;
-typedef XID RROutput;
-typedef XID RRCrtc;
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int RREventBase, RRErrorBase;
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int (*ProcRandrVector[RRNumberRequests])(ClientPtr);
-extern _X_EXPORT int (*SProcRandrVector[RRNumberRequests])(ClientPtr);
-
-/*
- * Modeline for a monitor. Name follows directly after this struct
- */
-
-#define RRModeName(pMode) ((char *) (pMode + 1))
-typedef struct _rrMode RRModeRec, *RRModePtr;
-typedef struct _rrPropertyValue RRPropertyValueRec, *RRPropertyValuePtr;
-typedef struct _rrProperty RRPropertyRec, *RRPropertyPtr;
-typedef struct _rrCrtc RRCrtcRec, *RRCrtcPtr;
-typedef struct _rrOutput RROutputRec, *RROutputPtr;
-
-struct _rrMode {
- int refcnt;
- xRRModeInfo mode;
- char *name;
- ScreenPtr userScreen;
-};
-
-struct _rrPropertyValue {
- Atom type; /* ignored by server */
- short format; /* format of data for swapping - 8,16,32 */
- long size; /* size of data in (format/8) bytes */
- pointer data; /* private to client */
-};
-
-struct _rrProperty {
- RRPropertyPtr next;
- ATOM propertyName;
- Bool is_pending;
- Bool range;
- Bool immutable;
- int num_valid;
- INT32 *valid_values;
- RRPropertyValueRec current, pending;
-};
-
-struct _rrCrtc {
- RRCrtc id;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- RRModePtr mode;
- int x, y;
- Rotation rotation;
- Rotation rotations;
- Bool changed;
- int numOutputs;
- RROutputPtr *outputs;
- int gammaSize;
- CARD16 *gammaRed;
- CARD16 *gammaBlue;
- CARD16 *gammaGreen;
- void *devPrivate;
- Bool transforms;
- RRTransformRec client_pending_transform;
- RRTransformRec client_current_transform;
- PictTransform transform;
- struct pict_f_transform f_transform;
- struct pict_f_transform f_inverse;
-};
-
-struct _rrOutput {
- RROutput id;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- char *name;
- int nameLength;
- CARD8 connection;
- CARD8 subpixelOrder;
- int mmWidth;
- int mmHeight;
- RRCrtcPtr crtc;
- int numCrtcs;
- RRCrtcPtr *crtcs;
- int numClones;
- RROutputPtr *clones;
- int numModes;
- int numPreferred;
- RRModePtr *modes;
- int numUserModes;
- RRModePtr *userModes;
- Bool changed;
- RRPropertyPtr properties;
- Bool pendingProperties;
- void *devPrivate;
-};
-
-#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE
-typedef Bool (*RRScreenSetSizeProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
- CARD16 width,
- CARD16 height,
- CARD32 mmWidth,
- CARD32 mmHeight);
-
-typedef Bool (*RRCrtcSetProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
- RRCrtcPtr crtc,
- RRModePtr mode,
- int x,
- int y,
- Rotation rotation,
- int numOutputs,
- RROutputPtr *outputs);
-
-typedef Bool (*RRCrtcSetGammaProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
- RRCrtcPtr crtc);
-
-typedef Bool (*RRCrtcGetGammaProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
- RRCrtcPtr crtc);
-
-typedef Bool (*RROutputSetPropertyProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
- RROutputPtr output,
- Atom property,
- RRPropertyValuePtr value);
-
-typedef Bool (*RROutputValidateModeProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
- RROutputPtr output,
- RRModePtr mode);
-
-typedef void (*RRModeDestroyProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
- RRModePtr mode);
-
-#endif
-
-#if RANDR_13_INTERFACE
-typedef Bool (*RROutputGetPropertyProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
- RROutputPtr output,
- Atom property);
-typedef Bool (*RRGetPanningProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScrn,
- RRCrtcPtr crtc,
- BoxPtr totalArea,
- BoxPtr trackingArea,
- INT16 *border);
-typedef Bool (*RRSetPanningProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScrn,
- RRCrtcPtr crtc,
- BoxPtr totalArea,
- BoxPtr trackingArea,
- INT16 *border);
-
-#endif /* RANDR_13_INTERFACE */
-
-typedef Bool (*RRGetInfoProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen, Rotation *rotations);
-typedef Bool (*RRCloseScreenProcPtr) ( int i, ScreenPtr pscreen);
-
-/* These are for 1.0 compatibility */
-
-typedef struct _rrRefresh {
- CARD16 rate;
- RRModePtr mode;
-} RRScreenRate, *RRScreenRatePtr;
-
-typedef struct _rrScreenSize {
- int id;
- short width, height;
- short mmWidth, mmHeight;
- int nRates;
- RRScreenRatePtr pRates;
-} RRScreenSize, *RRScreenSizePtr;
-
-#ifdef RANDR_10_INTERFACE
-
-typedef Bool (*RRSetConfigProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
- Rotation rotation,
- int rate,
- RRScreenSizePtr pSize);
-
-#endif
-
-
-typedef struct _rrScrPriv {
- /*
- * 'public' part of the structure; DDXen fill this in
- * as they initialize
- */
-#if RANDR_10_INTERFACE
- RRSetConfigProcPtr rrSetConfig;
-#endif
- RRGetInfoProcPtr rrGetInfo;
-#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE
- RRScreenSetSizeProcPtr rrScreenSetSize;
- RRCrtcSetProcPtr rrCrtcSet;
- RRCrtcSetGammaProcPtr rrCrtcSetGamma;
- RRCrtcGetGammaProcPtr rrCrtcGetGamma;
- RROutputSetPropertyProcPtr rrOutputSetProperty;
- RROutputValidateModeProcPtr rrOutputValidateMode;
- RRModeDestroyProcPtr rrModeDestroy;
-#endif
-#if RANDR_13_INTERFACE
- RROutputGetPropertyProcPtr rrOutputGetProperty;
- RRGetPanningProcPtr rrGetPanning;
- RRSetPanningProcPtr rrSetPanning;
-#endif
-
- /*
- * Private part of the structure; not considered part of the ABI
- */
- TimeStamp lastSetTime; /* last changed by client */
- TimeStamp lastConfigTime; /* possible configs changed */
- RRCloseScreenProcPtr CloseScreen;
-
- Bool changed; /* some config changed */
- Bool configChanged; /* configuration changed */
- Bool layoutChanged; /* screen layout changed */
-
- CARD16 minWidth, minHeight;
- CARD16 maxWidth, maxHeight;
- CARD16 width, height; /* last known screen size */
- CARD16 mmWidth, mmHeight; /* last known screen size */
-
- int numOutputs;
- RROutputPtr *outputs;
- RROutputPtr primaryOutput;
-
- int numCrtcs;
- RRCrtcPtr *crtcs;
-
- /* Last known pointer position */
- RRCrtcPtr pointerCrtc;
-
-#ifdef RANDR_10_INTERFACE
- /*
- * Configuration information
- */
- Rotation rotations;
- CARD16 reqWidth, reqHeight;
-
- int nSizes;
- RRScreenSizePtr pSizes;
-
- Rotation rotation;
- int rate;
- int size;
-#endif
-} rrScrPrivRec, *rrScrPrivPtr;
-
-extern _X_EXPORT DevPrivateKeyRec rrPrivKeyRec;
-#define rrPrivKey (&rrPrivKeyRec)
-
-#define rrGetScrPriv(pScr) ((rrScrPrivPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&(pScr)->devPrivates, rrPrivKey))
-#define rrScrPriv(pScr) rrScrPrivPtr pScrPriv = rrGetScrPriv(pScr)
-#define SetRRScreen(s,p) dixSetPrivate(&(s)->devPrivates, rrPrivKey, p)
-
-/*
- * each window has a list of clients requesting
- * RRNotify events. Each client has a resource
- * for each window it selects RRNotify input for,
- * this resource is used to delete the RRNotifyRec
- * entry from the per-window queue.
- */
-
-typedef struct _RREvent *RREventPtr;
-
-typedef struct _RREvent {
- RREventPtr next;
- ClientPtr client;
- WindowPtr window;
- XID clientResource;
- int mask;
-} RREventRec;
-
-typedef struct _RRTimes {
- TimeStamp setTime;
- TimeStamp configTime;
-} RRTimesRec, *RRTimesPtr;
-
-typedef struct _RRClient {
- int major_version;
- int minor_version;
-/* RRTimesRec times[0]; */
-} RRClientRec, *RRClientPtr;
-
-extern _X_EXPORT RESTYPE RRClientType, RREventType; /* resource types for event masks */
-extern _X_EXPORT DevPrivateKeyRec RRClientPrivateKeyRec;
-#define RRClientPrivateKey (&RRClientPrivateKeyRec)
-extern _X_EXPORT RESTYPE RRCrtcType, RRModeType, RROutputType;
-
-#define VERIFY_RR_OUTPUT(id, ptr, a)\
- {\
- int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&(ptr), id,\
- RROutputType, client, a);\
- if (rc != Success) {\
- client->errorValue = id;\
- return rc;\
- }\
- }
-
-#define VERIFY_RR_CRTC(id, ptr, a)\
- {\
- int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&(ptr), id,\
- RRCrtcType, client, a);\
- if (rc != Success) {\
- client->errorValue = id;\
- return rc;\
- }\
- }
-
-#define VERIFY_RR_MODE(id, ptr, a)\
- {\
- int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&(ptr), id,\
- RRModeType, client, a);\
- if (rc != Success) {\
- client->errorValue = id;\
- return rc;\
- }\
- }
-
-#define GetRRClient(pClient) ((RRClientPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&(pClient)->devPrivates, RRClientPrivateKey))
-#define rrClientPriv(pClient) RRClientPtr pRRClient = GetRRClient(pClient)
-
-/* Initialize the extension */
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-RRExtensionInit (void);
-
-#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE
-/*
- * Set the range of sizes for the screen
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-RRScreenSetSizeRange (ScreenPtr pScreen,
- CARD16 minWidth,
- CARD16 minHeight,
- CARD16 maxWidth,
- CARD16 maxHeight);
-#endif
-
-/* rrscreen.c */
-/*
- * Notify the extension that the screen size has been changed.
- * The driver is responsible for calling this whenever it has changed
- * the size of the screen
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-RRScreenSizeNotify (ScreenPtr pScreen);
-
-/*
- * Request that the screen be resized
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-RRScreenSizeSet (ScreenPtr pScreen,
- CARD16 width,
- CARD16 height,
- CARD32 mmWidth,
- CARD32 mmHeight);
-
-/*
- * Send ConfigureNotify event to root window when 'something' happens
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-RRSendConfigNotify (ScreenPtr pScreen);
-
-/*
- * screen dispatch
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-ProcRRGetScreenSizeRange (ClientPtr client);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-ProcRRSetScreenSize (ClientPtr client);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-ProcRRGetScreenResources (ClientPtr client);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-ProcRRGetScreenResourcesCurrent (ClientPtr client);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-ProcRRSetScreenConfig (ClientPtr client);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-ProcRRGetScreenInfo (ClientPtr client);
-
-/*
- * Deliver a ScreenNotify event
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-RRDeliverScreenEvent (ClientPtr client, WindowPtr pWin, ScreenPtr pScreen);
-
-/* randr.c */
-/*
- * Send all pending events
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-RRTellChanged (ScreenPtr pScreen);
-
-/*
- * Poll the driver for changed information
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-RRGetInfo (ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool force_query);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool RRInit (void);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool RRScreenInit(ScreenPtr pScreen);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT RROutputPtr
-RRFirstOutput (ScreenPtr pScreen);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Rotation
-RRGetRotation (ScreenPtr pScreen);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT CARD16
-RRVerticalRefresh (xRRModeInfo *mode);
-
-#ifdef RANDR_10_INTERFACE
-/*
- * This is the old interface, deprecated but left
- * around for compatibility
- */
-
-/*
- * Then, register the specific size with the screen
- */
-
-extern _X_EXPORT RRScreenSizePtr
-RRRegisterSize (ScreenPtr pScreen,
- short width,
- short height,
- short mmWidth,
- short mmHeight);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-RRRegisterRate (ScreenPtr pScreen,
- RRScreenSizePtr pSize,
- int rate);
-
-/*
- * Finally, set the current configuration of the screen
- */
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-RRSetCurrentConfig (ScreenPtr pScreen,
- Rotation rotation,
- int rate,
- RRScreenSizePtr pSize);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool RRScreenInit (ScreenPtr pScreen);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Rotation
-RRGetRotation (ScreenPtr pScreen);
-
-#endif
-
-/* rrcrtc.c */
-
-/*
- * Notify the CRTC of some change; layoutChanged indicates that
- * some position or size element changed
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-RRCrtcChanged (RRCrtcPtr crtc, Bool layoutChanged);
-
-/*
- * Create a CRTC
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT RRCrtcPtr
-RRCrtcCreate (ScreenPtr pScreen, void *devPrivate);
-
-/*
- * Set the allowed rotations on a CRTC
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-RRCrtcSetRotations (RRCrtcPtr crtc, Rotation rotations);
-
-/*
- * Set whether transforms are allowed on a CRTC
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-RRCrtcSetTransformSupport (RRCrtcPtr crtc, Bool transforms);
-
-/*
- * Notify the extension that the Crtc has been reconfigured,
- * the driver calls this whenever it has updated the mode
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-RRCrtcNotify (RRCrtcPtr crtc,
- RRModePtr mode,
- int x,
- int y,
- Rotation rotation,
- RRTransformPtr transform,
- int numOutputs,
- RROutputPtr *outputs);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-RRDeliverCrtcEvent (ClientPtr client, WindowPtr pWin, RRCrtcPtr crtc);
-
-/*
- * Request that the Crtc be reconfigured
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-RRCrtcSet (RRCrtcPtr crtc,
- RRModePtr mode,
- int x,
- int y,
- Rotation rotation,
- int numOutput,
- RROutputPtr *outputs);
-
-/*
- * Request that the Crtc gamma be changed
- */
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-RRCrtcGammaSet (RRCrtcPtr crtc,
- CARD16 *red,
- CARD16 *green,
- CARD16 *blue);
-
-/*
- * Request current gamma back from the DDX (if possible).
- * This includes gamma size.
- */
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-RRCrtcGammaGet(RRCrtcPtr crtc);
-
-/*
- * Notify the extension that the Crtc gamma has been changed
- * The driver calls this whenever it has changed the gamma values
- * in the RRCrtcRec
- */
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-RRCrtcGammaNotify (RRCrtcPtr crtc);
-
-/*
- * Set the size of the gamma table at server startup time
- */
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-RRCrtcGammaSetSize (RRCrtcPtr crtc,
- int size);
-
-/*
- * Return the area of the frame buffer scanned out by the crtc,
- * taking into account the current mode and rotation
- */
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-RRCrtcGetScanoutSize(RRCrtcPtr crtc, int *width, int *height);
-
-/*
- * Compute the complete transformation matrix including
- * client-specified transform, rotation/reflection values and the crtc
- * offset.
- *
- * Return TRUE if the resulting transform is not a simple translation.
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-RRTransformCompute (int x,
- int y,
- int width,
- int height,
- Rotation rotation,
- RRTransformPtr rr_transform,
-
- PictTransformPtr transform,
- struct pict_f_transform *f_transform,
- struct pict_f_transform *f_inverse);
-
-/*
- * Return crtc transform
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT RRTransformPtr
-RRCrtcGetTransform (RRCrtcPtr crtc);
-
-/*
- * Check whether the pending and current transforms are the same
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-RRCrtcPendingTransform (RRCrtcPtr crtc);
-
-/*
- * Destroy a Crtc at shutdown
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-RRCrtcDestroy (RRCrtcPtr crtc);
-
-
-/*
- * Set the pending CRTC transformation
- */
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-RRCrtcTransformSet (RRCrtcPtr crtc,
- PictTransformPtr transform,
- struct pict_f_transform *f_transform,
- struct pict_f_transform *f_inverse,
- char *filter,
- int filter_len,
- xFixed *params,
- int nparams);
-
-/*
- * Initialize crtc type
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-RRCrtcInit (void);
-
-/*
- * Initialize crtc type error value
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-RRCrtcInitErrorValue (void);
-
-/*
- * Crtc dispatch
- */
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-ProcRRGetCrtcInfo (ClientPtr client);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-ProcRRSetCrtcConfig (ClientPtr client);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-ProcRRGetCrtcGammaSize (ClientPtr client);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-ProcRRGetCrtcGamma (ClientPtr client);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-ProcRRSetCrtcGamma (ClientPtr client);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-ProcRRSetCrtcTransform (ClientPtr client);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-ProcRRGetCrtcTransform (ClientPtr client);
-
-int
-ProcRRGetPanning (ClientPtr client);
-
-int
-ProcRRSetPanning (ClientPtr client);
-
-/* rrdispatch.c */
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-RRClientKnowsRates (ClientPtr pClient);
-
-/* rrmode.c */
-/*
- * Find, and if necessary, create a mode
- */
-
-extern _X_EXPORT RRModePtr
-RRModeGet (xRRModeInfo *modeInfo,
- const char *name);
-
-/*
- * Destroy a mode.
- */
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-RRModeDestroy (RRModePtr mode);
-
-/*
- * Return a list of modes that are valid for some output in pScreen
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT RRModePtr *
-RRModesForScreen (ScreenPtr pScreen, int *num_ret);
-
-/*
- * Initialize mode type
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-RRModeInit (void);
-
-/*
- * Initialize mode type error value
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-RRModeInitErrorValue (void);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-ProcRRCreateMode (ClientPtr client);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-ProcRRDestroyMode (ClientPtr client);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-ProcRRAddOutputMode (ClientPtr client);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-ProcRRDeleteOutputMode (ClientPtr client);
-
-/* rroutput.c */
-
-/*
- * Notify the output of some change. configChanged indicates whether
- * any external configuration (mode list, clones, connected status)
- * has changed, or whether the change was strictly internal
- * (which crtc is in use)
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-RROutputChanged (RROutputPtr output, Bool configChanged);
-
-/*
- * Create an output
- */
-
-extern _X_EXPORT RROutputPtr
-RROutputCreate (ScreenPtr pScreen,
- const char *name,
- int nameLength,
- void *devPrivate);
-
-/*
- * Notify extension that output parameters have been changed
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-RROutputSetClones (RROutputPtr output,
- RROutputPtr *clones,
- int numClones);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-RROutputSetModes (RROutputPtr output,
- RRModePtr *modes,
- int numModes,
- int numPreferred);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-RROutputAddUserMode (RROutputPtr output,
- RRModePtr mode);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-RROutputDeleteUserMode (RROutputPtr output,
- RRModePtr mode);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-RROutputSetCrtcs (RROutputPtr output,
- RRCrtcPtr *crtcs,
- int numCrtcs);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-RROutputSetConnection (RROutputPtr output,
- CARD8 connection);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-RROutputSetSubpixelOrder (RROutputPtr output,
- int subpixelOrder);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-RROutputSetPhysicalSize (RROutputPtr output,
- int mmWidth,
- int mmHeight);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-RRDeliverOutputEvent(ClientPtr client, WindowPtr pWin, RROutputPtr output);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-RROutputDestroy (RROutputPtr output);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-ProcRRGetOutputInfo (ClientPtr client);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-ProcRRSetOutputPrimary (ClientPtr client);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-ProcRRGetOutputPrimary (ClientPtr client);
-
-/*
- * Initialize output type
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-RROutputInit (void);
-
-/*
- * Initialize output type error value
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-RROutputInitErrorValue (void);
-
-/* rrpointer.c */
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-RRPointerMoved (ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-RRPointerScreenConfigured (ScreenPtr pScreen);
-
-/* rrproperty.c */
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-RRDeleteAllOutputProperties (RROutputPtr output);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT RRPropertyValuePtr
-RRGetOutputProperty (RROutputPtr output, Atom property, Bool pending);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT RRPropertyPtr
-RRQueryOutputProperty (RROutputPtr output, Atom property);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-RRDeleteOutputProperty (RROutputPtr output, Atom property);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-RRPostPendingProperties (RROutputPtr output);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-RRChangeOutputProperty (RROutputPtr output, Atom property, Atom type,
- int format, int mode, unsigned long len,
- pointer value, Bool sendevent, Bool pending);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-RRConfigureOutputProperty (RROutputPtr output, Atom property,
- Bool pending, Bool range, Bool immutable,
- int num_values, INT32 *values);
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-ProcRRChangeOutputProperty (ClientPtr client);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-ProcRRGetOutputProperty (ClientPtr client);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-ProcRRListOutputProperties (ClientPtr client);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-ProcRRQueryOutputProperty (ClientPtr client);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-ProcRRConfigureOutputProperty (ClientPtr client);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-ProcRRDeleteOutputProperty (ClientPtr client);
-
-/* rrxinerama.c */
-#ifdef XINERAMA
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-RRXineramaExtensionInit(void);
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _RANDRSTR_H_ */
-
-/*
-
-randr extension implementation structure
-
-Query state:
- ProcRRGetScreenInfo/ProcRRGetScreenResources
- RRGetInfo
-
- • Request configuration from driver, either 1.0 or 1.2 style
- • These functions only record state changes, all
- other actions are pended until RRTellChanged is called
-
- ->rrGetInfo
- 1.0:
- RRRegisterSize
- RRRegisterRate
- RRSetCurrentConfig
- 1.2:
- RRScreenSetSizeRange
- RROutputSetCrtcs
- RRModeGet
- RROutputSetModes
- RROutputSetConnection
- RROutputSetSubpixelOrder
- RROutputSetClones
- RRCrtcNotify
-
- • Must delay scanning configuration until after ->rrGetInfo returns
- because some drivers will call SetCurrentConfig in the middle
- of the ->rrGetInfo operation.
-
- 1.0:
-
- • Scan old configuration, mirror to new structures
-
- RRScanOldConfig
- RRCrtcCreate
- RROutputCreate
- RROutputSetCrtcs
- RROutputSetConnection
- RROutputSetSubpixelOrder
- RROldModeAdd • This adds modes one-at-a-time
- RRModeGet
- RRCrtcNotify
-
- • send events, reset pointer if necessary
-
- RRTellChanged
- WalkTree (sending events)
-
- • when layout has changed:
- RRPointerScreenConfigured
- RRSendConfigNotify
-
-Asynchronous state setting (1.2 only)
- When setting state asynchronously, the driver invokes the
- ->rrGetInfo function and then calls RRTellChanged to flush
- the changes to the clients and reset pointer if necessary
-
-Set state
-
- ProcRRSetScreenConfig
- RRCrtcSet
- 1.2:
- ->rrCrtcSet
- RRCrtcNotify
- 1.0:
- ->rrSetConfig
- RRCrtcNotify
- RRTellChanged
- */
+/*
+ * Copyright © 2000 Compaq Computer Corporation
+ * Copyright © 2002 Hewlett-Packard Company
+ * Copyright © 2006 Intel Corporation
+ * Copyright © 2008 Red Hat, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright
+ * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and
+ * that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or
+ * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+ * written prior permission. The copyright holders make no representations
+ * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as
+ * is" without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+ * EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Author: Jim Gettys, Hewlett-Packard Company, Inc.
+ * Keith Packard, Intel Corporation
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _RANDRSTR_H_
+#define _RANDRSTR_H_
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "pixmapstr.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "servermd.h"
+#include "rrtransform.h"
+#include <X11/extensions/randr.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/randrproto.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/render.h> /* we share subpixel order information */
+#include "picturestr.h"
+#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>
+
+/* required for ABI compatibility for now */
+#define RANDR_10_INTERFACE 1
+#define RANDR_12_INTERFACE 1
+#define RANDR_13_INTERFACE 1 /* requires RANDR_12_INTERFACE */
+#define RANDR_GET_CRTC_INTERFACE 1
+
+#define RANDR_INTERFACE_VERSION 0x0103
+
+typedef XID RRMode;
+typedef XID RROutput;
+typedef XID RRCrtc;
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int RREventBase, RRErrorBase;
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int (*ProcRandrVector[RRNumberRequests])(ClientPtr);
+extern _X_EXPORT int (*SProcRandrVector[RRNumberRequests])(ClientPtr);
+
+/*
+ * Modeline for a monitor. Name follows directly after this struct
+ */
+
+#define RRModeName(pMode) ((char *) (pMode + 1))
+typedef struct _rrMode RRModeRec, *RRModePtr;
+typedef struct _rrPropertyValue RRPropertyValueRec, *RRPropertyValuePtr;
+typedef struct _rrProperty RRPropertyRec, *RRPropertyPtr;
+typedef struct _rrCrtc RRCrtcRec, *RRCrtcPtr;
+typedef struct _rrOutput RROutputRec, *RROutputPtr;
+
+struct _rrMode {
+ int refcnt;
+ xRRModeInfo mode;
+ char *name;
+ ScreenPtr userScreen;
+};
+
+struct _rrPropertyValue {
+ Atom type; /* ignored by server */
+ short format; /* format of data for swapping - 8,16,32 */
+ long size; /* size of data in (format/8) bytes */
+ pointer data; /* private to client */
+};
+
+struct _rrProperty {
+ RRPropertyPtr next;
+ ATOM propertyName;
+ Bool is_pending;
+ Bool range;
+ Bool immutable;
+ int num_valid;
+ INT32 *valid_values;
+ RRPropertyValueRec current, pending;
+};
+
+struct _rrCrtc {
+ RRCrtc id;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ RRModePtr mode;
+ int x, y;
+ Rotation rotation;
+ Rotation rotations;
+ Bool changed;
+ int numOutputs;
+ RROutputPtr *outputs;
+ int gammaSize;
+ CARD16 *gammaRed;
+ CARD16 *gammaBlue;
+ CARD16 *gammaGreen;
+ void *devPrivate;
+ Bool transforms;
+ RRTransformRec client_pending_transform;
+ RRTransformRec client_current_transform;
+ PictTransform transform;
+ struct pict_f_transform f_transform;
+ struct pict_f_transform f_inverse;
+};
+
+struct _rrOutput {
+ RROutput id;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ char *name;
+ int nameLength;
+ CARD8 connection;
+ CARD8 subpixelOrder;
+ int mmWidth;
+ int mmHeight;
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc;
+ int numCrtcs;
+ RRCrtcPtr *crtcs;
+ int numClones;
+ RROutputPtr *clones;
+ int numModes;
+ int numPreferred;
+ RRModePtr *modes;
+ int numUserModes;
+ RRModePtr *userModes;
+ Bool changed;
+ RRPropertyPtr properties;
+ Bool pendingProperties;
+ void *devPrivate;
+};
+
+#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+typedef Bool (*RRScreenSetSizeProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ CARD16 width,
+ CARD16 height,
+ CARD32 mmWidth,
+ CARD32 mmHeight);
+
+typedef Bool (*RRCrtcSetProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc,
+ RRModePtr mode,
+ int x,
+ int y,
+ Rotation rotation,
+ int numOutputs,
+ RROutputPtr *outputs);
+
+typedef Bool (*RRCrtcSetGammaProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc);
+
+typedef Bool (*RRCrtcGetGammaProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc);
+
+typedef Bool (*RROutputSetPropertyProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RROutputPtr output,
+ Atom property,
+ RRPropertyValuePtr value);
+
+typedef Bool (*RROutputValidateModeProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RROutputPtr output,
+ RRModePtr mode);
+
+typedef void (*RRModeDestroyProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RRModePtr mode);
+
+#endif
+
+#if RANDR_13_INTERFACE
+typedef Bool (*RROutputGetPropertyProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RROutputPtr output,
+ Atom property);
+typedef Bool (*RRGetPanningProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScrn,
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc,
+ BoxPtr totalArea,
+ BoxPtr trackingArea,
+ INT16 *border);
+typedef Bool (*RRSetPanningProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScrn,
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc,
+ BoxPtr totalArea,
+ BoxPtr trackingArea,
+ INT16 *border);
+
+#endif /* RANDR_13_INTERFACE */
+
+typedef Bool (*RRGetInfoProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen, Rotation *rotations);
+typedef Bool (*RRCloseScreenProcPtr) ( int i, ScreenPtr pscreen);
+
+/* These are for 1.0 compatibility */
+
+typedef struct _rrRefresh {
+ CARD16 rate;
+ RRModePtr mode;
+} RRScreenRate, *RRScreenRatePtr;
+
+typedef struct _rrScreenSize {
+ int id;
+ short width, height;
+ short mmWidth, mmHeight;
+ int nRates;
+ RRScreenRatePtr pRates;
+} RRScreenSize, *RRScreenSizePtr;
+
+#ifdef RANDR_10_INTERFACE
+
+typedef Bool (*RRSetConfigProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ Rotation rotation,
+ int rate,
+ RRScreenSizePtr pSize);
+
+#endif
+
+
+typedef struct _rrScrPriv {
+ /*
+ * 'public' part of the structure; DDXen fill this in
+ * as they initialize
+ */
+#if RANDR_10_INTERFACE
+ RRSetConfigProcPtr rrSetConfig;
+#endif
+ RRGetInfoProcPtr rrGetInfo;
+#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+ RRScreenSetSizeProcPtr rrScreenSetSize;
+ RRCrtcSetProcPtr rrCrtcSet;
+ RRCrtcSetGammaProcPtr rrCrtcSetGamma;
+ RRCrtcGetGammaProcPtr rrCrtcGetGamma;
+ RROutputSetPropertyProcPtr rrOutputSetProperty;
+ RROutputValidateModeProcPtr rrOutputValidateMode;
+ RRModeDestroyProcPtr rrModeDestroy;
+#endif
+#if RANDR_13_INTERFACE
+ RROutputGetPropertyProcPtr rrOutputGetProperty;
+ RRGetPanningProcPtr rrGetPanning;
+ RRSetPanningProcPtr rrSetPanning;
+#endif
+
+ /*
+ * Private part of the structure; not considered part of the ABI
+ */
+ TimeStamp lastSetTime; /* last changed by client */
+ TimeStamp lastConfigTime; /* possible configs changed */
+ RRCloseScreenProcPtr CloseScreen;
+
+ Bool changed; /* some config changed */
+ Bool configChanged; /* configuration changed */
+ Bool layoutChanged; /* screen layout changed */
+
+ CARD16 minWidth, minHeight;
+ CARD16 maxWidth, maxHeight;
+ CARD16 width, height; /* last known screen size */
+ CARD16 mmWidth, mmHeight; /* last known screen size */
+
+ int numOutputs;
+ RROutputPtr *outputs;
+ RROutputPtr primaryOutput;
+
+ int numCrtcs;
+ RRCrtcPtr *crtcs;
+
+ /* Last known pointer position */
+ RRCrtcPtr pointerCrtc;
+
+#ifdef RANDR_10_INTERFACE
+ /*
+ * Configuration information
+ */
+ Rotation rotations;
+ CARD16 reqWidth, reqHeight;
+
+ int nSizes;
+ RRScreenSizePtr pSizes;
+
+ Rotation rotation;
+ int rate;
+ int size;
+#endif
+ Bool discontiguous;
+} rrScrPrivRec, *rrScrPrivPtr;
+
+extern _X_EXPORT DevPrivateKeyRec rrPrivKeyRec;
+#define rrPrivKey (&rrPrivKeyRec)
+
+#define rrGetScrPriv(pScr) ((rrScrPrivPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&(pScr)->devPrivates, rrPrivKey))
+#define rrScrPriv(pScr) rrScrPrivPtr pScrPriv = rrGetScrPriv(pScr)
+#define SetRRScreen(s,p) dixSetPrivate(&(s)->devPrivates, rrPrivKey, p)
+
+/*
+ * each window has a list of clients requesting
+ * RRNotify events. Each client has a resource
+ * for each window it selects RRNotify input for,
+ * this resource is used to delete the RRNotifyRec
+ * entry from the per-window queue.
+ */
+
+typedef struct _RREvent *RREventPtr;
+
+typedef struct _RREvent {
+ RREventPtr next;
+ ClientPtr client;
+ WindowPtr window;
+ XID clientResource;
+ int mask;
+} RREventRec;
+
+typedef struct _RRTimes {
+ TimeStamp setTime;
+ TimeStamp configTime;
+} RRTimesRec, *RRTimesPtr;
+
+typedef struct _RRClient {
+ int major_version;
+ int minor_version;
+/* RRTimesRec times[0]; */
+} RRClientRec, *RRClientPtr;
+
+extern _X_EXPORT RESTYPE RRClientType, RREventType; /* resource types for event masks */
+extern _X_EXPORT DevPrivateKeyRec RRClientPrivateKeyRec;
+#define RRClientPrivateKey (&RRClientPrivateKeyRec)
+extern _X_EXPORT RESTYPE RRCrtcType, RRModeType, RROutputType;
+
+#define VERIFY_RR_OUTPUT(id, ptr, a)\
+ {\
+ int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&(ptr), id,\
+ RROutputType, client, a);\
+ if (rc != Success) {\
+ client->errorValue = id;\
+ return rc;\
+ }\
+ }
+
+#define VERIFY_RR_CRTC(id, ptr, a)\
+ {\
+ int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&(ptr), id,\
+ RRCrtcType, client, a);\
+ if (rc != Success) {\
+ client->errorValue = id;\
+ return rc;\
+ }\
+ }
+
+#define VERIFY_RR_MODE(id, ptr, a)\
+ {\
+ int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&(ptr), id,\
+ RRModeType, client, a);\
+ if (rc != Success) {\
+ client->errorValue = id;\
+ return rc;\
+ }\
+ }
+
+#define GetRRClient(pClient) ((RRClientPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&(pClient)->devPrivates, RRClientPrivateKey))
+#define rrClientPriv(pClient) RRClientPtr pRRClient = GetRRClient(pClient)
+
+/* Initialize the extension */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRExtensionInit (void);
+
+#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+/*
+ * Set the range of sizes for the screen
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRScreenSetSizeRange (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ CARD16 minWidth,
+ CARD16 minHeight,
+ CARD16 maxWidth,
+ CARD16 maxHeight);
+#endif
+
+/* rrscreen.c */
+/*
+ * Notify the extension that the screen size has been changed.
+ * The driver is responsible for calling this whenever it has changed
+ * the size of the screen
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRScreenSizeNotify (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+/*
+ * Request that the screen be resized
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRScreenSizeSet (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ CARD16 width,
+ CARD16 height,
+ CARD32 mmWidth,
+ CARD32 mmHeight);
+
+/*
+ * Send ConfigureNotify event to root window when 'something' happens
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRSendConfigNotify (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+/*
+ * screen dispatch
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRGetScreenSizeRange (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRSetScreenSize (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRGetScreenResources (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRGetScreenResourcesCurrent (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRSetScreenConfig (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRGetScreenInfo (ClientPtr client);
+
+/*
+ * Deliver a ScreenNotify event
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRDeliverScreenEvent (ClientPtr client, WindowPtr pWin, ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+/* randr.c */
+/*
+ * Send all pending events
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRTellChanged (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+/*
+ * Poll the driver for changed information
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRGetInfo (ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool force_query);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool RRInit (void);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool RRScreenInit(ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT RROutputPtr
+RRFirstOutput (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Rotation
+RRGetRotation (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT CARD16
+RRVerticalRefresh (xRRModeInfo *mode);
+
+#ifdef RANDR_10_INTERFACE
+/*
+ * This is the old interface, deprecated but left
+ * around for compatibility
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Then, register the specific size with the screen
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT RRScreenSizePtr
+RRRegisterSize (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ short width,
+ short height,
+ short mmWidth,
+ short mmHeight);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRRegisterRate (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RRScreenSizePtr pSize,
+ int rate);
+
+/*
+ * Finally, set the current configuration of the screen
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRSetCurrentConfig (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ Rotation rotation,
+ int rate,
+ RRScreenSizePtr pSize);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool RRScreenInit (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Rotation
+RRGetRotation (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+#endif
+
+/* rrcrtc.c */
+
+/*
+ * Notify the CRTC of some change; layoutChanged indicates that
+ * some position or size element changed
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRCrtcChanged (RRCrtcPtr crtc, Bool layoutChanged);
+
+/*
+ * Create a CRTC
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT RRCrtcPtr
+RRCrtcCreate (ScreenPtr pScreen, void *devPrivate);
+
+/*
+ * Set the allowed rotations on a CRTC
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRCrtcSetRotations (RRCrtcPtr crtc, Rotation rotations);
+
+/*
+ * Set whether transforms are allowed on a CRTC
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRCrtcSetTransformSupport (RRCrtcPtr crtc, Bool transforms);
+
+/*
+ * Notify the extension that the Crtc has been reconfigured,
+ * the driver calls this whenever it has updated the mode
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRCrtcNotify (RRCrtcPtr crtc,
+ RRModePtr mode,
+ int x,
+ int y,
+ Rotation rotation,
+ RRTransformPtr transform,
+ int numOutputs,
+ RROutputPtr *outputs);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRDeliverCrtcEvent (ClientPtr client, WindowPtr pWin, RRCrtcPtr crtc);
+
+/*
+ * Request that the Crtc be reconfigured
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRCrtcSet (RRCrtcPtr crtc,
+ RRModePtr mode,
+ int x,
+ int y,
+ Rotation rotation,
+ int numOutput,
+ RROutputPtr *outputs);
+
+/*
+ * Request that the Crtc gamma be changed
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRCrtcGammaSet (RRCrtcPtr crtc,
+ CARD16 *red,
+ CARD16 *green,
+ CARD16 *blue);
+
+/*
+ * Request current gamma back from the DDX (if possible).
+ * This includes gamma size.
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRCrtcGammaGet(RRCrtcPtr crtc);
+
+/*
+ * Notify the extension that the Crtc gamma has been changed
+ * The driver calls this whenever it has changed the gamma values
+ * in the RRCrtcRec
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRCrtcGammaNotify (RRCrtcPtr crtc);
+
+/*
+ * Set the size of the gamma table at server startup time
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRCrtcGammaSetSize (RRCrtcPtr crtc,
+ int size);
+
+/*
+ * Return the area of the frame buffer scanned out by the crtc,
+ * taking into account the current mode and rotation
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRCrtcGetScanoutSize(RRCrtcPtr crtc, int *width, int *height);
+
+/*
+ * Compute the complete transformation matrix including
+ * client-specified transform, rotation/reflection values and the crtc
+ * offset.
+ *
+ * Return TRUE if the resulting transform is not a simple translation.
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRTransformCompute (int x,
+ int y,
+ int width,
+ int height,
+ Rotation rotation,
+ RRTransformPtr rr_transform,
+
+ PictTransformPtr transform,
+ struct pict_f_transform *f_transform,
+ struct pict_f_transform *f_inverse);
+
+/*
+ * Return crtc transform
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT RRTransformPtr
+RRCrtcGetTransform (RRCrtcPtr crtc);
+
+/*
+ * Check whether the pending and current transforms are the same
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRCrtcPendingTransform (RRCrtcPtr crtc);
+
+/*
+ * Destroy a Crtc at shutdown
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRCrtcDestroy (RRCrtcPtr crtc);
+
+
+/*
+ * Set the pending CRTC transformation
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+RRCrtcTransformSet (RRCrtcPtr crtc,
+ PictTransformPtr transform,
+ struct pict_f_transform *f_transform,
+ struct pict_f_transform *f_inverse,
+ char *filter,
+ int filter_len,
+ xFixed *params,
+ int nparams);
+
+/*
+ * Initialize crtc type
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRCrtcInit (void);
+
+/*
+ * Initialize crtc type error value
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRCrtcInitErrorValue (void);
+
+/*
+ * Crtc dispatch
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRGetCrtcInfo (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRSetCrtcConfig (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRGetCrtcGammaSize (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRGetCrtcGamma (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRSetCrtcGamma (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRSetCrtcTransform (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRGetCrtcTransform (ClientPtr client);
+
+int
+ProcRRGetPanning (ClientPtr client);
+
+int
+ProcRRSetPanning (ClientPtr client);
+
+void
+RRConstrainCursorHarder (DeviceIntPtr, ScreenPtr, int, int *, int *);
+
+/* rrdispatch.c */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRClientKnowsRates (ClientPtr pClient);
+
+/* rrmode.c */
+/*
+ * Find, and if necessary, create a mode
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT RRModePtr
+RRModeGet (xRRModeInfo *modeInfo,
+ const char *name);
+
+/*
+ * Destroy a mode.
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRModeDestroy (RRModePtr mode);
+
+/*
+ * Return a list of modes that are valid for some output in pScreen
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT RRModePtr *
+RRModesForScreen (ScreenPtr pScreen, int *num_ret);
+
+/*
+ * Initialize mode type
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRModeInit (void);
+
+/*
+ * Initialize mode type error value
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRModeInitErrorValue (void);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRCreateMode (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRDestroyMode (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRAddOutputMode (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRDeleteOutputMode (ClientPtr client);
+
+/* rroutput.c */
+
+/*
+ * Notify the output of some change. configChanged indicates whether
+ * any external configuration (mode list, clones, connected status)
+ * has changed, or whether the change was strictly internal
+ * (which crtc is in use)
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RROutputChanged (RROutputPtr output, Bool configChanged);
+
+/*
+ * Create an output
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT RROutputPtr
+RROutputCreate (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ const char *name,
+ int nameLength,
+ void *devPrivate);
+
+/*
+ * Notify extension that output parameters have been changed
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RROutputSetClones (RROutputPtr output,
+ RROutputPtr *clones,
+ int numClones);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RROutputSetModes (RROutputPtr output,
+ RRModePtr *modes,
+ int numModes,
+ int numPreferred);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+RROutputAddUserMode (RROutputPtr output,
+ RRModePtr mode);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+RROutputDeleteUserMode (RROutputPtr output,
+ RRModePtr mode);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RROutputSetCrtcs (RROutputPtr output,
+ RRCrtcPtr *crtcs,
+ int numCrtcs);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RROutputSetConnection (RROutputPtr output,
+ CARD8 connection);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RROutputSetSubpixelOrder (RROutputPtr output,
+ int subpixelOrder);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RROutputSetPhysicalSize (RROutputPtr output,
+ int mmWidth,
+ int mmHeight);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRDeliverOutputEvent(ClientPtr client, WindowPtr pWin, RROutputPtr output);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RROutputDestroy (RROutputPtr output);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRGetOutputInfo (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRSetOutputPrimary (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRGetOutputPrimary (ClientPtr client);
+
+/*
+ * Initialize output type
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RROutputInit (void);
+
+/*
+ * Initialize output type error value
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RROutputInitErrorValue (void);
+
+/* rrpointer.c */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRPointerMoved (ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRPointerScreenConfigured (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+/* rrproperty.c */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRDeleteAllOutputProperties (RROutputPtr output);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT RRPropertyValuePtr
+RRGetOutputProperty (RROutputPtr output, Atom property, Bool pending);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT RRPropertyPtr
+RRQueryOutputProperty (RROutputPtr output, Atom property);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRDeleteOutputProperty (RROutputPtr output, Atom property);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRPostPendingProperties (RROutputPtr output);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+RRChangeOutputProperty (RROutputPtr output, Atom property, Atom type,
+ int format, int mode, unsigned long len,
+ pointer value, Bool sendevent, Bool pending);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+RRConfigureOutputProperty (RROutputPtr output, Atom property,
+ Bool pending, Bool range, Bool immutable,
+ int num_values, INT32 *values);
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRChangeOutputProperty (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRGetOutputProperty (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRListOutputProperties (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRQueryOutputProperty (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRConfigureOutputProperty (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRDeleteOutputProperty (ClientPtr client);
+
+/* rrxinerama.c */
+#ifdef XINERAMA
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRXineramaExtensionInit(void);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _RANDRSTR_H_ */
+
+/*
+
+randr extension implementation structure
+
+Query state:
+ ProcRRGetScreenInfo/ProcRRGetScreenResources
+ RRGetInfo
+
+ • Request configuration from driver, either 1.0 or 1.2 style
+ • These functions only record state changes, all
+ other actions are pended until RRTellChanged is called
+
+ ->rrGetInfo
+ 1.0:
+ RRRegisterSize
+ RRRegisterRate
+ RRSetCurrentConfig
+ 1.2:
+ RRScreenSetSizeRange
+ RROutputSetCrtcs
+ RRModeGet
+ RROutputSetModes
+ RROutputSetConnection
+ RROutputSetSubpixelOrder
+ RROutputSetClones
+ RRCrtcNotify
+
+ • Must delay scanning configuration until after ->rrGetInfo returns
+ because some drivers will call SetCurrentConfig in the middle
+ of the ->rrGetInfo operation.
+
+ 1.0:
+
+ • Scan old configuration, mirror to new structures
+
+ RRScanOldConfig
+ RRCrtcCreate
+ RROutputCreate
+ RROutputSetCrtcs
+ RROutputSetConnection
+ RROutputSetSubpixelOrder
+ RROldModeAdd • This adds modes one-at-a-time
+ RRModeGet
+ RRCrtcNotify
+
+ • send events, reset pointer if necessary
+
+ RRTellChanged
+ WalkTree (sending events)
+
+ • when layout has changed:
+ RRPointerScreenConfigured
+ RRSendConfigNotify
+
+Asynchronous state setting (1.2 only)
+ When setting state asynchronously, the driver invokes the
+ ->rrGetInfo function and then calls RRTellChanged to flush
+ the changes to the clients and reset pointer if necessary
+
+Set state
+
+ ProcRRSetScreenConfig
+ RRCrtcSet
+ 1.2:
+ ->rrCrtcSet
+ RRCrtcNotify
+ 1.0:
+ ->rrSetConfig
+ RRCrtcNotify
+ RRTellChanged
+ */
diff --git a/xorg-server/randr/rrcrtc.c b/xorg-server/randr/rrcrtc.c
index 98206a2b9..a846ad3d1 100644
--- a/xorg-server/randr/rrcrtc.c
+++ b/xorg-server/randr/rrcrtc.c
@@ -1,1351 +1,1506 @@
-/*
- * Copyright © 2006 Keith Packard
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright
- * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and
- * that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or
- * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
- * written prior permission. The copyright holders make no representations
- * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as
- * is" without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
- * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
- * EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
- * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include "randrstr.h"
-#include "swaprep.h"
-
-RESTYPE RRCrtcType;
-
-/*
- * Notify the CRTC of some change
- */
-void
-RRCrtcChanged (RRCrtcPtr crtc, Bool layoutChanged)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = crtc->pScreen;
-
- crtc->changed = TRUE;
- if (pScreen)
- {
- rrScrPriv(pScreen);
-
- pScrPriv->changed = TRUE;
- /*
- * Send ConfigureNotify on any layout change
- */
- if (layoutChanged)
- pScrPriv->layoutChanged = TRUE;
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Create a CRTC
- */
-RRCrtcPtr
-RRCrtcCreate (ScreenPtr pScreen, void *devPrivate)
-{
- RRCrtcPtr crtc;
- RRCrtcPtr *crtcs;
- rrScrPrivPtr pScrPriv;
-
- if (!RRInit())
- return NULL;
-
- pScrPriv = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen);
-
- /* make space for the crtc pointer */
- if (pScrPriv->numCrtcs)
- crtcs = realloc(pScrPriv->crtcs,
- (pScrPriv->numCrtcs + 1) * sizeof (RRCrtcPtr));
- else
- crtcs = malloc(sizeof (RRCrtcPtr));
- if (!crtcs)
- return FALSE;
- pScrPriv->crtcs = crtcs;
-
- crtc = calloc(1, sizeof (RRCrtcRec));
- if (!crtc)
- return NULL;
- crtc->id = FakeClientID (0);
- crtc->pScreen = pScreen;
- crtc->mode = NULL;
- crtc->x = 0;
- crtc->y = 0;
- crtc->rotation = RR_Rotate_0;
- crtc->rotations = RR_Rotate_0;
- crtc->outputs = NULL;
- crtc->numOutputs = 0;
- crtc->gammaSize = 0;
- crtc->gammaRed = crtc->gammaBlue = crtc->gammaGreen = NULL;
- crtc->changed = FALSE;
- crtc->devPrivate = devPrivate;
- RRTransformInit (&crtc->client_pending_transform);
- RRTransformInit (&crtc->client_current_transform);
- pixman_transform_init_identity (&crtc->transform);
- pixman_f_transform_init_identity (&crtc->f_transform);
- pixman_f_transform_init_identity (&crtc->f_inverse);
-
- if (!AddResource (crtc->id, RRCrtcType, (pointer) crtc))
- return NULL;
-
- /* attach the screen and crtc together */
- crtc->pScreen = pScreen;
- pScrPriv->crtcs[pScrPriv->numCrtcs++] = crtc;
-
- return crtc;
-}
-
-/*
- * Set the allowed rotations on a CRTC
- */
-void
-RRCrtcSetRotations (RRCrtcPtr crtc, Rotation rotations)
-{
- crtc->rotations = rotations;
-}
-
-/*
- * Set whether transforms are allowed on a CRTC
- */
-void
-RRCrtcSetTransformSupport (RRCrtcPtr crtc, Bool transforms)
-{
- crtc->transforms = transforms;
-}
-
-/*
- * Notify the extension that the Crtc has been reconfigured,
- * the driver calls this whenever it has updated the mode
- */
-Bool
-RRCrtcNotify (RRCrtcPtr crtc,
- RRModePtr mode,
- int x,
- int y,
- Rotation rotation,
- RRTransformPtr transform,
- int numOutputs,
- RROutputPtr *outputs)
-{
- int i, j;
-
- /*
- * Check to see if any of the new outputs were
- * not in the old list and mark them as changed
- */
- for (i = 0; i < numOutputs; i++)
- {
- for (j = 0; j < crtc->numOutputs; j++)
- if (outputs[i] == crtc->outputs[j])
- break;
- if (j == crtc->numOutputs)
- {
- outputs[i]->crtc = crtc;
- RROutputChanged (outputs[i], FALSE);
- RRCrtcChanged (crtc, FALSE);
- }
- }
- /*
- * Check to see if any of the old outputs are
- * not in the new list and mark them as changed
- */
- for (j = 0; j < crtc->numOutputs; j++)
- {
- for (i = 0; i < numOutputs; i++)
- if (outputs[i] == crtc->outputs[j])
- break;
- if (i == numOutputs)
- {
- if (crtc->outputs[j]->crtc == crtc)
- crtc->outputs[j]->crtc = NULL;
- RROutputChanged (crtc->outputs[j], FALSE);
- RRCrtcChanged (crtc, FALSE);
- }
- }
- /*
- * Reallocate the crtc output array if necessary
- */
- if (numOutputs != crtc->numOutputs)
- {
- RROutputPtr *newoutputs;
-
- if (numOutputs)
- {
- if (crtc->numOutputs)
- newoutputs = realloc(crtc->outputs,
- numOutputs * sizeof (RROutputPtr));
- else
- newoutputs = malloc(numOutputs * sizeof (RROutputPtr));
- if (!newoutputs)
- return FALSE;
- }
- else
- {
- free(crtc->outputs);
- newoutputs = NULL;
- }
- crtc->outputs = newoutputs;
- crtc->numOutputs = numOutputs;
- }
- /*
- * Copy the new list of outputs into the crtc
- */
- memcpy (crtc->outputs, outputs, numOutputs * sizeof (RROutputPtr));
- /*
- * Update remaining crtc fields
- */
- if (mode != crtc->mode)
- {
- if (crtc->mode)
- RRModeDestroy (crtc->mode);
- crtc->mode = mode;
- if (mode != NULL)
- mode->refcnt++;
- RRCrtcChanged (crtc, TRUE);
- }
- if (x != crtc->x)
- {
- crtc->x = x;
- RRCrtcChanged (crtc, TRUE);
- }
- if (y != crtc->y)
- {
- crtc->y = y;
- RRCrtcChanged (crtc, TRUE);
- }
- if (rotation != crtc->rotation)
- {
- crtc->rotation = rotation;
- RRCrtcChanged (crtc, TRUE);
- }
- if (!RRTransformEqual (transform, &crtc->client_current_transform)) {
- RRTransformCopy (&crtc->client_current_transform, transform);
- RRCrtcChanged (crtc, TRUE);
- }
- if (crtc->changed && mode)
- {
- RRTransformCompute (x, y,
- mode->mode.width, mode->mode.height,
- rotation,
- &crtc->client_current_transform,
- &crtc->transform, &crtc->f_transform,
- &crtc->f_inverse);
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-void
-RRDeliverCrtcEvent (ClientPtr client, WindowPtr pWin, RRCrtcPtr crtc)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
- rrScrPriv (pScreen);
- xRRCrtcChangeNotifyEvent ce;
- RRModePtr mode = crtc->mode;
-
- ce.type = RRNotify + RREventBase;
- ce.subCode = RRNotify_CrtcChange;
- ce.timestamp = pScrPriv->lastSetTime.milliseconds;
- ce.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- ce.crtc = crtc->id;
- ce.rotation = crtc->rotation;
- if (mode)
- {
- ce.mode = mode->mode.id;
- ce.x = crtc->x;
- ce.y = crtc->y;
- ce.width = mode->mode.width;
- ce.height = mode->mode.height;
- }
- else
- {
- ce.mode = None;
- ce.x = 0;
- ce.y = 0;
- ce.width = 0;
- ce.height = 0;
- }
- WriteEventsToClient (client, 1, (xEvent *) &ce);
-}
-
-static Bool
-RRCrtcPendingProperties (RRCrtcPtr crtc)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = crtc->pScreen;
- rrScrPriv(pScreen);
- int o;
-
- for (o = 0; o < pScrPriv->numOutputs; o++)
- {
- RROutputPtr output = pScrPriv->outputs[o];
- if (output->crtc == crtc && output->pendingProperties)
- return TRUE;
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/*
- * Request that the Crtc be reconfigured
- */
-Bool
-RRCrtcSet (RRCrtcPtr crtc,
- RRModePtr mode,
- int x,
- int y,
- Rotation rotation,
- int numOutputs,
- RROutputPtr *outputs)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = crtc->pScreen;
- Bool ret = FALSE;
- rrScrPriv(pScreen);
-
- /* See if nothing changed */
- if (crtc->mode == mode &&
- crtc->x == x &&
- crtc->y == y &&
- crtc->rotation == rotation &&
- crtc->numOutputs == numOutputs &&
- !memcmp (crtc->outputs, outputs, numOutputs * sizeof (RROutputPtr)) &&
- !RRCrtcPendingProperties (crtc) &&
- !RRCrtcPendingTransform (crtc))
- {
- ret = TRUE;
- }
- else
- {
-#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE
- if (pScrPriv->rrCrtcSet)
- {
- ret = (*pScrPriv->rrCrtcSet) (pScreen, crtc, mode, x, y,
- rotation, numOutputs, outputs);
- }
- else
-#endif
- {
-#if RANDR_10_INTERFACE
- if (pScrPriv->rrSetConfig)
- {
- RRScreenSize size;
- RRScreenRate rate;
-
- if (!mode)
- {
- RRCrtcNotify (crtc, NULL, x, y, rotation, NULL, 0, NULL);
- ret = TRUE;
- }
- else
- {
- size.width = mode->mode.width;
- size.height = mode->mode.height;
- if (outputs[0]->mmWidth && outputs[0]->mmHeight)
- {
- size.mmWidth = outputs[0]->mmWidth;
- size.mmHeight = outputs[0]->mmHeight;
- }
- else
- {
- size.mmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth;
- size.mmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight;
- }
- size.nRates = 1;
- rate.rate = RRVerticalRefresh (&mode->mode);
- size.pRates = &rate;
- ret = (*pScrPriv->rrSetConfig) (pScreen, rotation, rate.rate, &size);
- /*
- * Old 1.0 interface tied screen size to mode size
- */
- if (ret)
- {
- RRCrtcNotify (crtc, mode, x, y, rotation, NULL, 1, outputs);
- RRScreenSizeNotify (pScreen);
- }
- }
- }
-#endif
- }
- if (ret)
- {
- int o;
- RRTellChanged (pScreen);
-
- for (o = 0; o < numOutputs; o++)
- RRPostPendingProperties (outputs[o]);
- }
- }
- return ret;
-}
-
-/*
- * Return crtc transform
- */
-RRTransformPtr
-RRCrtcGetTransform (RRCrtcPtr crtc)
-{
- RRTransformPtr transform = &crtc->client_pending_transform;
-
- if (pixman_transform_is_identity (&transform->transform))
- return NULL;
- return transform;
-}
-
-/*
- * Check whether the pending and current transforms are the same
- */
-Bool
-RRCrtcPendingTransform (RRCrtcPtr crtc)
-{
- return memcmp (&crtc->client_current_transform.transform,
- &crtc->client_pending_transform.transform,
- sizeof (PictTransform)) != 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Destroy a Crtc at shutdown
- */
-void
-RRCrtcDestroy (RRCrtcPtr crtc)
-{
- FreeResource (crtc->id, 0);
-}
-
-static int
-RRCrtcDestroyResource (pointer value, XID pid)
-{
- RRCrtcPtr crtc = (RRCrtcPtr) value;
- ScreenPtr pScreen = crtc->pScreen;
-
- if (pScreen)
- {
- rrScrPriv(pScreen);
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < pScrPriv->numCrtcs; i++)
- {
- if (pScrPriv->crtcs[i] == crtc)
- {
- memmove (pScrPriv->crtcs + i, pScrPriv->crtcs + i + 1,
- (pScrPriv->numCrtcs - (i + 1)) * sizeof (RRCrtcPtr));
- --pScrPriv->numCrtcs;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- free(crtc->gammaRed);
- if (crtc->mode)
- RRModeDestroy (crtc->mode);
- free(crtc);
- return 1;
-}
-
-/*
- * Request that the Crtc gamma be changed
- */
-
-Bool
-RRCrtcGammaSet (RRCrtcPtr crtc,
- CARD16 *red,
- CARD16 *green,
- CARD16 *blue)
-{
- Bool ret = TRUE;
-#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE
- ScreenPtr pScreen = crtc->pScreen;
-#endif
-
- memcpy (crtc->gammaRed, red, crtc->gammaSize * sizeof (CARD16));
- memcpy (crtc->gammaGreen, green, crtc->gammaSize * sizeof (CARD16));
- memcpy (crtc->gammaBlue, blue, crtc->gammaSize * sizeof (CARD16));
-#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE
- if (pScreen)
- {
- rrScrPriv(pScreen);
- if (pScrPriv->rrCrtcSetGamma)
- ret = (*pScrPriv->rrCrtcSetGamma) (pScreen, crtc);
- }
-#endif
- return ret;
-}
-
-/*
- * Request current gamma back from the DDX (if possible).
- * This includes gamma size.
- */
-Bool
-RRCrtcGammaGet(RRCrtcPtr crtc)
-{
- Bool ret = TRUE;
-#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE
- ScreenPtr pScreen = crtc->pScreen;
-#endif
-
-#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE
- if (pScreen)
- {
- rrScrPriv(pScreen);
- if (pScrPriv->rrCrtcGetGamma)
- ret = (*pScrPriv->rrCrtcGetGamma) (pScreen, crtc);
- }
-#endif
- return ret;
-}
-
-/*
- * Notify the extension that the Crtc gamma has been changed
- * The driver calls this whenever it has changed the gamma values
- * in the RRCrtcRec
- */
-
-Bool
-RRCrtcGammaNotify (RRCrtcPtr crtc)
-{
- return TRUE; /* not much going on here */
-}
-
-static void
-RRModeGetScanoutSize (RRModePtr mode, PictTransformPtr transform,
- int *width, int *height)
-{
- BoxRec box;
-
- if (mode == NULL) {
- *width = 0;
- *height = 0;
- return;
- }
-
- box.x1 = 0;
- box.y1 = 0;
- box.x2 = mode->mode.width;
- box.y2 = mode->mode.height;
-
- pixman_transform_bounds (transform, &box);
- *width = box.x2 - box.x1;
- *height = box.y2 - box.y1;
-}
-
-/**
- * Returns the width/height that the crtc scans out from the framebuffer
- */
-void
-RRCrtcGetScanoutSize(RRCrtcPtr crtc, int *width, int *height)
-{
- return RRModeGetScanoutSize (crtc->mode, &crtc->transform, width, height);
-}
-
-/*
- * Set the size of the gamma table at server startup time
- */
-
-Bool
-RRCrtcGammaSetSize (RRCrtcPtr crtc,
- int size)
-{
- CARD16 *gamma;
-
- if (size == crtc->gammaSize)
- return TRUE;
- if (size)
- {
- gamma = malloc(size * 3 * sizeof (CARD16));
- if (!gamma)
- return FALSE;
- }
- else
- gamma = NULL;
- free(crtc->gammaRed);
- crtc->gammaRed = gamma;
- crtc->gammaGreen = gamma + size;
- crtc->gammaBlue = gamma + size*2;
- crtc->gammaSize = size;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
- * Set the pending CRTC transformation
- */
-
-int
-RRCrtcTransformSet (RRCrtcPtr crtc,
- PictTransformPtr transform,
- struct pixman_f_transform *f_transform,
- struct pixman_f_transform *f_inverse,
- char *filter_name,
- int filter_len,
- xFixed *params,
- int nparams)
-{
- PictFilterPtr filter = NULL;
- int width = 0, height = 0;
-
- if (!crtc->transforms)
- return BadValue;
-
- if (filter_len)
- {
- filter = PictureFindFilter (crtc->pScreen,
- filter_name,
- filter_len);
- if (!filter)
- return BadName;
- if (filter->ValidateParams)
- {
- if (!filter->ValidateParams (crtc->pScreen, filter->id,
- params, nparams, &width, &height))
- return BadMatch;
- }
- else {
- width = filter->width;
- height = filter->height;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- if (nparams)
- return BadMatch;
- }
- if (!RRTransformSetFilter (&crtc->client_pending_transform,
- filter, params, nparams, width, height))
- return BadAlloc;
-
- crtc->client_pending_transform.transform = *transform;
- crtc->client_pending_transform.f_transform = *f_transform;
- crtc->client_pending_transform.f_inverse = *f_inverse;
- return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- * Initialize crtc type
- */
-Bool
-RRCrtcInit (void)
-{
- RRCrtcType = CreateNewResourceType (RRCrtcDestroyResource, "CRTC");
- if (!RRCrtcType)
- return FALSE;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
- * Initialize crtc type error value
- */
-void
-RRCrtcInitErrorValue(void)
-{
- SetResourceTypeErrorValue(RRCrtcType, RRErrorBase + BadRRCrtc);
-}
-
-int
-ProcRRGetCrtcInfo (ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xRRGetCrtcInfoReq);
- xRRGetCrtcInfoReply rep;
- RRCrtcPtr crtc;
- CARD8 *extra;
- unsigned long extraLen;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- rrScrPrivPtr pScrPriv;
- RRModePtr mode;
- RROutput *outputs;
- RROutput *possible;
- int i, j, k, n;
- int width, height;
- BoxRec panned_area;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRRGetCrtcInfoReq);
- VERIFY_RR_CRTC(stuff->crtc, crtc, DixReadAccess);
-
- /* All crtcs must be associated with screens before client
- * requests are processed
- */
- pScreen = crtc->pScreen;
- pScrPriv = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen);
-
- mode = crtc->mode;
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.status = RRSetConfigSuccess;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.timestamp = pScrPriv->lastSetTime.milliseconds;
- if (pScrPriv->rrGetPanning &&
- pScrPriv->rrGetPanning (pScreen, crtc, &panned_area, NULL, NULL) &&
- (panned_area.x2 > panned_area.x1) && (panned_area.y2 > panned_area.y1))
- {
- rep.x = panned_area.x1;
- rep.y = panned_area.y1;
- rep.width = panned_area.x2 - panned_area.x1;
- rep.height = panned_area.y2 - panned_area.y1;
- }
- else
- {
- RRCrtcGetScanoutSize (crtc, &width, &height);
- rep.x = crtc->x;
- rep.y = crtc->y;
- rep.width = width;
- rep.height = height;
- }
- rep.mode = mode ? mode->mode.id : 0;
- rep.rotation = crtc->rotation;
- rep.rotations = crtc->rotations;
- rep.nOutput = crtc->numOutputs;
- k = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < pScrPriv->numOutputs; i++)
- for (j = 0; j < pScrPriv->outputs[i]->numCrtcs; j++)
- if (pScrPriv->outputs[i]->crtcs[j] == crtc)
- k++;
- rep.nPossibleOutput = k;
-
- rep.length = rep.nOutput + rep.nPossibleOutput;
-
- extraLen = rep.length << 2;
- if (extraLen)
- {
- extra = malloc(extraLen);
- if (!extra)
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- else
- extra = NULL;
-
- outputs = (RROutput *) extra;
- possible = (RROutput *) (outputs + rep.nOutput);
-
- for (i = 0; i < crtc->numOutputs; i++)
- {
- outputs[i] = crtc->outputs[i]->id;
- if (client->swapped)
- swapl (&outputs[i], n);
- }
- k = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < pScrPriv->numOutputs; i++)
- for (j = 0; j < pScrPriv->outputs[i]->numCrtcs; j++)
- if (pScrPriv->outputs[i]->crtcs[j] == crtc)
- {
- possible[k] = pScrPriv->outputs[i]->id;
- if (client->swapped)
- swapl (&possible[k], n);
- k++;
- }
-
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.timestamp, n);
- swaps(&rep.x, n);
- swaps(&rep.y, n);
- swaps(&rep.width, n);
- swaps(&rep.height, n);
- swapl(&rep.mode, n);
- swaps(&rep.rotation, n);
- swaps(&rep.rotations, n);
- swaps(&rep.nOutput, n);
- swaps(&rep.nPossibleOutput, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xRRGetCrtcInfoReply), (char *)&rep);
- if (extraLen)
- {
- WriteToClient (client, extraLen, (char *) extra);
- free(extra);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcRRSetCrtcConfig (ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xRRSetCrtcConfigReq);
- xRRSetCrtcConfigReply rep;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- rrScrPrivPtr pScrPriv;
- RRCrtcPtr crtc;
- RRModePtr mode;
- int numOutputs;
- RROutputPtr *outputs = NULL;
- RROutput *outputIds;
- TimeStamp configTime;
- TimeStamp time;
- Rotation rotation;
- int rc, i, j;
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRRSetCrtcConfigReq);
- numOutputs = (stuff->length - bytes_to_int32(SIZEOF (xRRSetCrtcConfigReq)));
-
- VERIFY_RR_CRTC(stuff->crtc, crtc, DixSetAttrAccess);
-
- if (stuff->mode == None)
- {
- mode = NULL;
- if (numOutputs > 0)
- return BadMatch;
- }
- else
- {
- VERIFY_RR_MODE(stuff->mode, mode, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (numOutputs == 0)
- return BadMatch;
- }
- if (numOutputs)
- {
- outputs = malloc(numOutputs * sizeof (RROutputPtr));
- if (!outputs)
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- else
- outputs = NULL;
-
- outputIds = (RROutput *) (stuff + 1);
- for (i = 0; i < numOutputs; i++)
- {
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)(outputs + i), outputIds[i],
- RROutputType, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- {
- free(outputs);
- return rc;
- }
- /* validate crtc for this output */
- for (j = 0; j < outputs[i]->numCrtcs; j++)
- if (outputs[i]->crtcs[j] == crtc)
- break;
- if (j == outputs[i]->numCrtcs)
- {
- free(outputs);
- return BadMatch;
- }
- /* validate mode for this output */
- for (j = 0; j < outputs[i]->numModes + outputs[i]->numUserModes; j++)
- {
- RRModePtr m = (j < outputs[i]->numModes ?
- outputs[i]->modes[j] :
- outputs[i]->userModes[j - outputs[i]->numModes]);
- if (m == mode)
- break;
- }
- if (j == outputs[i]->numModes + outputs[i]->numUserModes)
- {
- free(outputs);
- return BadMatch;
- }
- }
- /* validate clones */
- for (i = 0; i < numOutputs; i++)
- {
- for (j = 0; j < numOutputs; j++)
- {
- int k;
- if (i == j)
- continue;
- for (k = 0; k < outputs[i]->numClones; k++)
- {
- if (outputs[i]->clones[k] == outputs[j])
- break;
- }
- if (k == outputs[i]->numClones)
- {
- free(outputs);
- return BadMatch;
- }
- }
- }
-
- pScreen = crtc->pScreen;
- pScrPriv = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen);
-
- time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->timestamp);
- configTime = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->configTimestamp);
-
- if (!pScrPriv)
- {
- time = currentTime;
- rep.status = RRSetConfigFailed;
- goto sendReply;
- }
-
- /*
- * Validate requested rotation
- */
- rotation = (Rotation) stuff->rotation;
-
- /* test the rotation bits only! */
- switch (rotation & 0xf) {
- case RR_Rotate_0:
- case RR_Rotate_90:
- case RR_Rotate_180:
- case RR_Rotate_270:
- break;
- default:
- /*
- * Invalid rotation
- */
- client->errorValue = stuff->rotation;
- free(outputs);
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- if (mode)
- {
- if ((~crtc->rotations) & rotation)
- {
- /*
- * requested rotation or reflection not supported by screen
- */
- client->errorValue = stuff->rotation;
- free(outputs);
- return BadMatch;
- }
-
-#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE
- /*
- * Check screen size bounds if the DDX provides a 1.2 interface
- * for setting screen size. Else, assume the CrtcSet sets
- * the size along with the mode. If the driver supports transforms,
- * then it must allow crtcs to display a subset of the screen, so
- * only do this check for drivers without transform support.
- */
- if (pScrPriv->rrScreenSetSize && !crtc->transforms)
- {
- int source_width;
- int source_height;
- PictTransform transform;
- struct pixman_f_transform f_transform, f_inverse;
-
- RRTransformCompute (stuff->x, stuff->y,
- mode->mode.width, mode->mode.height,
- rotation,
- &crtc->client_pending_transform,
- &transform, &f_transform, &f_inverse);
-
- RRModeGetScanoutSize (mode, &transform, &source_width, &source_height);
- if (stuff->x + source_width > pScreen->width)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->x;
- free(outputs);
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- if (stuff->y + source_height > pScreen->height)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->y;
- free(outputs);
- return BadValue;
- }
- }
-#endif
- }
-
- if (!RRCrtcSet (crtc, mode, stuff->x, stuff->y,
- rotation, numOutputs, outputs))
- {
- rep.status = RRSetConfigFailed;
- goto sendReply;
- }
- rep.status = RRSetConfigSuccess;
- pScrPriv->lastSetTime = time;
-
-sendReply:
- free(outputs);
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- /* rep.status has already been filled in */
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.newTimestamp = pScrPriv->lastSetTime.milliseconds;
-
- if (client->swapped)
- {
- int n;
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.newTimestamp, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xRRSetCrtcConfigReply), (char *)&rep);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcRRGetPanning (ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xRRGetPanningReq);
- xRRGetPanningReply rep;
- RRCrtcPtr crtc;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- rrScrPrivPtr pScrPriv;
- BoxRec total;
- BoxRec tracking;
- INT16 border[4];
- int n;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRRGetPanningReq);
- VERIFY_RR_CRTC(stuff->crtc, crtc, DixReadAccess);
-
- /* All crtcs must be associated with screens before client
- * requests are processed
- */
- pScreen = crtc->pScreen;
- pScrPriv = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen);
-
- if (!pScrPriv)
- return RRErrorBase + BadRRCrtc;
-
- memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(rep));
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.status = RRSetConfigSuccess;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 1;
- rep.timestamp = pScrPriv->lastSetTime.milliseconds;
-
- if (pScrPriv->rrGetPanning &&
- pScrPriv->rrGetPanning (pScreen, crtc, &total, &tracking, border)) {
- rep.left = total.x1;
- rep.top = total.y1;
- rep.width = total.x2 - total.x1;
- rep.height = total.y2 - total.y1;
- rep.track_left = tracking.x1;
- rep.track_top = tracking.y1;
- rep.track_width = tracking.x2 - tracking.x1;
- rep.track_height = tracking.y2 - tracking.y1;
- rep.border_left = border[0];
- rep.border_top = border[1];
- rep.border_right = border[2];
- rep.border_bottom = border[3];
- }
-
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swaps(&rep.timestamp, n);
- swaps(&rep.left, n);
- swaps(&rep.top, n);
- swaps(&rep.width, n);
- swaps(&rep.height, n);
- swaps(&rep.track_left, n);
- swaps(&rep.track_top, n);
- swaps(&rep.track_width, n);
- swaps(&rep.track_height, n);
- swaps(&rep.border_left, n);
- swaps(&rep.border_top, n);
- swaps(&rep.border_right, n);
- swaps(&rep.border_bottom, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xRRGetPanningReply), (char *)&rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcRRSetPanning (ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xRRSetPanningReq);
- xRRSetPanningReply rep;
- RRCrtcPtr crtc;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- rrScrPrivPtr pScrPriv;
- TimeStamp time;
- BoxRec total;
- BoxRec tracking;
- INT16 border[4];
- int n;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRRSetPanningReq);
- VERIFY_RR_CRTC(stuff->crtc, crtc, DixReadAccess);
-
- /* All crtcs must be associated with screens before client
- * requests are processed
- */
- pScreen = crtc->pScreen;
- pScrPriv = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen);
-
- if (!pScrPriv) {
- time = currentTime;
- rep.status = RRSetConfigFailed;
- goto sendReply;
- }
-
- time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->timestamp);
-
- if (!pScrPriv->rrGetPanning)
- return RRErrorBase + BadRRCrtc;
-
- total.x1 = stuff->left;
- total.y1 = stuff->top;
- total.x2 = total.x1 + stuff->width;
- total.y2 = total.y1 + stuff->height;
- tracking.x1 = stuff->track_left;
- tracking.y1 = stuff->track_top;
- tracking.x2 = tracking.x1 + stuff->track_width;
- tracking.y2 = tracking.y1 + stuff->track_height;
- border[0] = stuff->border_left;
- border[1] = stuff->border_top;
- border[2] = stuff->border_right;
- border[3] = stuff->border_bottom;
-
- if (! pScrPriv->rrSetPanning (pScreen, crtc, &total, &tracking, border))
- return BadMatch;
-
- pScrPriv->lastSetTime = time;
-
- rep.status = RRSetConfigSuccess;
-
-sendReply:
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.newTimestamp = pScrPriv->lastSetTime.milliseconds;
-
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swaps(&rep.newTimestamp, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xRRSetPanningReply), (char *)&rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcRRGetCrtcGammaSize (ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xRRGetCrtcGammaSizeReq);
- xRRGetCrtcGammaSizeReply reply;
- RRCrtcPtr crtc;
- int n;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRRGetCrtcGammaSizeReq);
- VERIFY_RR_CRTC(stuff->crtc, crtc, DixReadAccess);
-
- /* Gamma retrieval failed, any better error? */
- if (!RRCrtcGammaGet(crtc))
- return RRErrorBase + BadRRCrtc;
-
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- reply.length = 0;
- reply.size = crtc->gammaSize;
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps (&reply.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl (&reply.length, n);
- swaps (&reply.size, n);
- }
- WriteToClient (client, sizeof (xRRGetCrtcGammaSizeReply), (char *) &reply);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcRRGetCrtcGamma (ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xRRGetCrtcGammaReq);
- xRRGetCrtcGammaReply reply;
- RRCrtcPtr crtc;
- int n;
- unsigned long len;
- char *extra = NULL;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRRGetCrtcGammaReq);
- VERIFY_RR_CRTC(stuff->crtc, crtc, DixReadAccess);
-
- /* Gamma retrieval failed, any better error? */
- if (!RRCrtcGammaGet(crtc))
- return RRErrorBase + BadRRCrtc;
-
- len = crtc->gammaSize * 3 * 2;
-
- if (crtc->gammaSize) {
- extra = malloc(len);
- if (!extra)
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- reply.length = bytes_to_int32(len);
- reply.size = crtc->gammaSize;
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps (&reply.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl (&reply.length, n);
- swaps (&reply.size, n);
- }
- WriteToClient (client, sizeof (xRRGetCrtcGammaReply), (char *) &reply);
- if (crtc->gammaSize)
- {
- memcpy(extra, crtc->gammaRed, len);
- client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr)CopySwap16Write;
- WriteSwappedDataToClient (client, len, extra);
- free(extra);
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcRRSetCrtcGamma (ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xRRSetCrtcGammaReq);
- RRCrtcPtr crtc;
- unsigned long len;
- CARD16 *red, *green, *blue;
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRRSetCrtcGammaReq);
- VERIFY_RR_CRTC(stuff->crtc, crtc, DixReadAccess);
-
- len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof (xRRSetCrtcGammaReq));
- if (len < (stuff->size * 3 + 1) >> 1)
- return BadLength;
-
- if (stuff->size != crtc->gammaSize)
- return BadMatch;
-
- red = (CARD16 *) (stuff + 1);
- green = red + crtc->gammaSize;
- blue = green + crtc->gammaSize;
-
- RRCrtcGammaSet (crtc, red, green, blue);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/* Version 1.3 additions */
-
-int
-ProcRRSetCrtcTransform (ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xRRSetCrtcTransformReq);
- RRCrtcPtr crtc;
- PictTransform transform;
- struct pixman_f_transform f_transform, f_inverse;
- char *filter;
- int nbytes;
- xFixed *params;
- int nparams;
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRRSetCrtcTransformReq);
- VERIFY_RR_CRTC(stuff->crtc, crtc, DixReadAccess);
-
- PictTransform_from_xRenderTransform (&transform, &stuff->transform);
- pixman_f_transform_from_pixman_transform (&f_transform, &transform);
- if (!pixman_f_transform_invert (&f_inverse, &f_transform))
- return BadMatch;
-
- filter = (char *) (stuff + 1);
- nbytes = stuff->nbytesFilter;
- params = (xFixed *) (filter + pad_to_int32(nbytes));
- nparams = ((xFixed *) stuff + client->req_len) - params;
- if (nparams < 0)
- return BadLength;
-
- return RRCrtcTransformSet (crtc, &transform, &f_transform, &f_inverse,
- filter, nbytes, params, nparams);
-}
-
-
-#define CrtcTransformExtra (SIZEOF(xRRGetCrtcTransformReply) - 32)
-
-static int
-transform_filter_length (RRTransformPtr transform)
-{
- int nbytes, nparams;
-
- if (transform->filter == NULL)
- return 0;
- nbytes = strlen (transform->filter->name);
- nparams = transform->nparams;
- return pad_to_int32(nbytes) + (nparams * sizeof (xFixed));
-}
-
-static int
-transform_filter_encode (ClientPtr client, char *output,
- CARD16 *nbytesFilter,
- CARD16 *nparamsFilter,
- RRTransformPtr transform)
-{
- int nbytes, nparams;
- int n;
-
- if (transform->filter == NULL) {
- *nbytesFilter = 0;
- *nparamsFilter = 0;
- return 0;
- }
- nbytes = strlen (transform->filter->name);
- nparams = transform->nparams;
- *nbytesFilter = nbytes;
- *nparamsFilter = nparams;
- memcpy (output, transform->filter->name, nbytes);
- while ((nbytes & 3) != 0)
- output[nbytes++] = 0;
- memcpy (output + nbytes, transform->params, nparams * sizeof (xFixed));
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps (nbytesFilter, n);
- swaps (nparamsFilter, n);
- SwapLongs ((CARD32 *) (output + nbytes), nparams);
- }
- nbytes += nparams * sizeof (xFixed);
- return nbytes;
-}
-
-static void
-transform_encode (ClientPtr client, xRenderTransform *wire, PictTransform *pict)
-{
- xRenderTransform_from_PictTransform (wire, pict);
- if (client->swapped)
- SwapLongs ((CARD32 *) wire, bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xRenderTransform)));
-}
-
-int
-ProcRRGetCrtcTransform (ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xRRGetCrtcTransformReq);
- xRRGetCrtcTransformReply *reply;
- RRCrtcPtr crtc;
- int n, nextra;
- RRTransformPtr current, pending;
- char *extra;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xRRGetCrtcTransformReq);
- VERIFY_RR_CRTC(stuff->crtc, crtc, DixReadAccess);
-
- pending = &crtc->client_pending_transform;
- current = &crtc->client_current_transform;
-
- nextra = (transform_filter_length (pending) +
- transform_filter_length (current));
-
- reply = malloc(sizeof (xRRGetCrtcTransformReply) + nextra);
- if (!reply)
- return BadAlloc;
-
- extra = (char *) (reply + 1);
- reply->type = X_Reply;
- reply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- reply->length = bytes_to_int32(CrtcTransformExtra + nextra);
-
- reply->hasTransforms = crtc->transforms;
-
- transform_encode (client, &reply->pendingTransform, &pending->transform);
- extra += transform_filter_encode (client, extra,
- &reply->pendingNbytesFilter,
- &reply->pendingNparamsFilter,
- pending);
-
- transform_encode (client, &reply->currentTransform, ¤t->transform);
- extra += transform_filter_encode (client, extra,
- &reply->currentNbytesFilter,
- &reply->currentNparamsFilter,
- current);
-
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps (&reply->sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl (&reply->length, n);
- }
- WriteToClient (client, sizeof (xRRGetCrtcTransformReply) + nextra, (char *) reply);
- free(reply);
- return Success;
-}
+/*
+ * Copyright © 2006 Keith Packard
+ * Copyright 2010 Red Hat, Inc
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright
+ * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and
+ * that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or
+ * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+ * written prior permission. The copyright holders make no representations
+ * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as
+ * is" without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+ * EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include "randrstr.h"
+#include "swaprep.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+
+RESTYPE RRCrtcType;
+
+/*
+ * Notify the CRTC of some change
+ */
+void
+RRCrtcChanged (RRCrtcPtr crtc, Bool layoutChanged)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = crtc->pScreen;
+
+ crtc->changed = TRUE;
+ if (pScreen)
+ {
+ rrScrPriv(pScreen);
+
+ pScrPriv->changed = TRUE;
+ /*
+ * Send ConfigureNotify on any layout change
+ */
+ if (layoutChanged)
+ pScrPriv->layoutChanged = TRUE;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a CRTC
+ */
+RRCrtcPtr
+RRCrtcCreate (ScreenPtr pScreen, void *devPrivate)
+{
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc;
+ RRCrtcPtr *crtcs;
+ rrScrPrivPtr pScrPriv;
+
+ if (!RRInit())
+ return NULL;
+
+ pScrPriv = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen);
+
+ /* make space for the crtc pointer */
+ if (pScrPriv->numCrtcs)
+ crtcs = realloc(pScrPriv->crtcs,
+ (pScrPriv->numCrtcs + 1) * sizeof (RRCrtcPtr));
+ else
+ crtcs = malloc(sizeof (RRCrtcPtr));
+ if (!crtcs)
+ return FALSE;
+ pScrPriv->crtcs = crtcs;
+
+ crtc = calloc(1, sizeof (RRCrtcRec));
+ if (!crtc)
+ return NULL;
+ crtc->id = FakeClientID (0);
+ crtc->pScreen = pScreen;
+ crtc->mode = NULL;
+ crtc->x = 0;
+ crtc->y = 0;
+ crtc->rotation = RR_Rotate_0;
+ crtc->rotations = RR_Rotate_0;
+ crtc->outputs = NULL;
+ crtc->numOutputs = 0;
+ crtc->gammaSize = 0;
+ crtc->gammaRed = crtc->gammaBlue = crtc->gammaGreen = NULL;
+ crtc->changed = FALSE;
+ crtc->devPrivate = devPrivate;
+ RRTransformInit (&crtc->client_pending_transform);
+ RRTransformInit (&crtc->client_current_transform);
+ pixman_transform_init_identity (&crtc->transform);
+ pixman_f_transform_init_identity (&crtc->f_transform);
+ pixman_f_transform_init_identity (&crtc->f_inverse);
+
+ if (!AddResource (crtc->id, RRCrtcType, (pointer) crtc))
+ return NULL;
+
+ /* attach the screen and crtc together */
+ crtc->pScreen = pScreen;
+ pScrPriv->crtcs[pScrPriv->numCrtcs++] = crtc;
+
+ return crtc;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the allowed rotations on a CRTC
+ */
+void
+RRCrtcSetRotations (RRCrtcPtr crtc, Rotation rotations)
+{
+ crtc->rotations = rotations;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set whether transforms are allowed on a CRTC
+ */
+void
+RRCrtcSetTransformSupport (RRCrtcPtr crtc, Bool transforms)
+{
+ crtc->transforms = transforms;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Notify the extension that the Crtc has been reconfigured,
+ * the driver calls this whenever it has updated the mode
+ */
+Bool
+RRCrtcNotify (RRCrtcPtr crtc,
+ RRModePtr mode,
+ int x,
+ int y,
+ Rotation rotation,
+ RRTransformPtr transform,
+ int numOutputs,
+ RROutputPtr *outputs)
+{
+ int i, j;
+
+ /*
+ * Check to see if any of the new outputs were
+ * not in the old list and mark them as changed
+ */
+ for (i = 0; i < numOutputs; i++)
+ {
+ for (j = 0; j < crtc->numOutputs; j++)
+ if (outputs[i] == crtc->outputs[j])
+ break;
+ if (j == crtc->numOutputs)
+ {
+ outputs[i]->crtc = crtc;
+ RROutputChanged (outputs[i], FALSE);
+ RRCrtcChanged (crtc, FALSE);
+ }
+ }
+ /*
+ * Check to see if any of the old outputs are
+ * not in the new list and mark them as changed
+ */
+ for (j = 0; j < crtc->numOutputs; j++)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < numOutputs; i++)
+ if (outputs[i] == crtc->outputs[j])
+ break;
+ if (i == numOutputs)
+ {
+ if (crtc->outputs[j]->crtc == crtc)
+ crtc->outputs[j]->crtc = NULL;
+ RROutputChanged (crtc->outputs[j], FALSE);
+ RRCrtcChanged (crtc, FALSE);
+ }
+ }
+ /*
+ * Reallocate the crtc output array if necessary
+ */
+ if (numOutputs != crtc->numOutputs)
+ {
+ RROutputPtr *newoutputs;
+
+ if (numOutputs)
+ {
+ if (crtc->numOutputs)
+ newoutputs = realloc(crtc->outputs,
+ numOutputs * sizeof (RROutputPtr));
+ else
+ newoutputs = malloc(numOutputs * sizeof (RROutputPtr));
+ if (!newoutputs)
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ free(crtc->outputs);
+ newoutputs = NULL;
+ }
+ crtc->outputs = newoutputs;
+ crtc->numOutputs = numOutputs;
+ }
+ /*
+ * Copy the new list of outputs into the crtc
+ */
+ memcpy (crtc->outputs, outputs, numOutputs * sizeof (RROutputPtr));
+ /*
+ * Update remaining crtc fields
+ */
+ if (mode != crtc->mode)
+ {
+ if (crtc->mode)
+ RRModeDestroy (crtc->mode);
+ crtc->mode = mode;
+ if (mode != NULL)
+ mode->refcnt++;
+ RRCrtcChanged (crtc, TRUE);
+ }
+ if (x != crtc->x)
+ {
+ crtc->x = x;
+ RRCrtcChanged (crtc, TRUE);
+ }
+ if (y != crtc->y)
+ {
+ crtc->y = y;
+ RRCrtcChanged (crtc, TRUE);
+ }
+ if (rotation != crtc->rotation)
+ {
+ crtc->rotation = rotation;
+ RRCrtcChanged (crtc, TRUE);
+ }
+ if (!RRTransformEqual (transform, &crtc->client_current_transform)) {
+ RRTransformCopy (&crtc->client_current_transform, transform);
+ RRCrtcChanged (crtc, TRUE);
+ }
+ if (crtc->changed && mode)
+ {
+ RRTransformCompute (x, y,
+ mode->mode.width, mode->mode.height,
+ rotation,
+ &crtc->client_current_transform,
+ &crtc->transform, &crtc->f_transform,
+ &crtc->f_inverse);
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+void
+RRDeliverCrtcEvent (ClientPtr client, WindowPtr pWin, RRCrtcPtr crtc)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+ rrScrPriv (pScreen);
+ xRRCrtcChangeNotifyEvent ce;
+ RRModePtr mode = crtc->mode;
+
+ ce.type = RRNotify + RREventBase;
+ ce.subCode = RRNotify_CrtcChange;
+ ce.timestamp = pScrPriv->lastSetTime.milliseconds;
+ ce.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+ ce.crtc = crtc->id;
+ ce.rotation = crtc->rotation;
+ if (mode)
+ {
+ ce.mode = mode->mode.id;
+ ce.x = crtc->x;
+ ce.y = crtc->y;
+ ce.width = mode->mode.width;
+ ce.height = mode->mode.height;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ce.mode = None;
+ ce.x = 0;
+ ce.y = 0;
+ ce.width = 0;
+ ce.height = 0;
+ }
+ WriteEventsToClient (client, 1, (xEvent *) &ce);
+}
+
+static Bool
+RRCrtcPendingProperties (RRCrtcPtr crtc)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = crtc->pScreen;
+ rrScrPriv(pScreen);
+ int o;
+
+ for (o = 0; o < pScrPriv->numOutputs; o++)
+ {
+ RROutputPtr output = pScrPriv->outputs[o];
+ if (output->crtc == crtc && output->pendingProperties)
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+static void
+crtc_bounds(RRCrtcPtr crtc, int *left, int *right, int *top, int *bottom)
+{
+ *left = crtc->x;
+ *top = crtc->y;
+
+ switch (crtc->rotation) {
+ case RR_Rotate_0:
+ case RR_Rotate_180:
+ default:
+ *right = crtc->x + crtc->mode->mode.width;
+ *bottom = crtc->y + crtc->mode->mode.height;
+ return;
+ case RR_Rotate_90:
+ case RR_Rotate_270:
+ *right = crtc->x + crtc->mode->mode.height;
+ *bottom = crtc->y + crtc->mode->mode.width;
+ return;
+ }
+}
+
+/* overlapping counts as adjacent */
+static Bool
+crtcs_adjacent(const RRCrtcPtr a, const RRCrtcPtr b)
+{
+ /* left, right, top, bottom... */
+ int al, ar, at, ab;
+ int bl, br, bt, bb;
+ int cl, cr, ct, cb; /* the overlap, if any */
+
+ crtc_bounds(a, &al, &ar, &at, &ab);
+ crtc_bounds(b, &bl, &br, &bt, &bb);
+
+ cl = max(al, bl);
+ cr = min(ar, br);
+ ct = max(at, bt);
+ cb = min(ab, bb);
+
+ return (cl <= cr) && (ct <= cb);
+}
+
+/* Depth-first search and mark all CRTCs reachable from cur */
+static void
+mark_crtcs (rrScrPrivPtr pScrPriv, int *reachable, int cur)
+{
+ int i;
+ reachable[cur] = TRUE;
+ for (i = 0; i < pScrPriv->numCrtcs; ++i) {
+ if (reachable[i] || !pScrPriv->crtcs[i]->mode)
+ continue;
+ if (crtcs_adjacent(pScrPriv->crtcs[cur], pScrPriv->crtcs[i]))
+ mark_crtcs(pScrPriv, reachable, i);
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+RRComputeContiguity (ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ rrScrPriv(pScreen);
+ Bool discontiguous = TRUE;
+ int i, n = pScrPriv->numCrtcs;
+
+ int *reachable = calloc(n, sizeof(int));
+ if (!reachable)
+ goto out;
+
+ /* Find first enabled CRTC and start search for reachable CRTCs from it */
+ for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) {
+ if (pScrPriv->crtcs[i]->mode) {
+ mark_crtcs(pScrPriv, reachable, i);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check that all enabled CRTCs were marked as reachable */
+ for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
+ if (pScrPriv->crtcs[i]->mode && !reachable[i])
+ goto out;
+
+ discontiguous = FALSE;
+
+out:
+ free(reachable);
+ pScrPriv->discontiguous = discontiguous;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Request that the Crtc be reconfigured
+ */
+Bool
+RRCrtcSet (RRCrtcPtr crtc,
+ RRModePtr mode,
+ int x,
+ int y,
+ Rotation rotation,
+ int numOutputs,
+ RROutputPtr *outputs)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = crtc->pScreen;
+ Bool ret = FALSE;
+ Bool recompute = TRUE;
+ rrScrPriv(pScreen);
+
+ /* See if nothing changed */
+ if (crtc->mode == mode &&
+ crtc->x == x &&
+ crtc->y == y &&
+ crtc->rotation == rotation &&
+ crtc->numOutputs == numOutputs &&
+ !memcmp (crtc->outputs, outputs, numOutputs * sizeof (RROutputPtr)) &&
+ !RRCrtcPendingProperties (crtc) &&
+ !RRCrtcPendingTransform (crtc))
+ {
+ recompute = FALSE;
+ ret = TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+ if (pScrPriv->rrCrtcSet)
+ {
+ ret = (*pScrPriv->rrCrtcSet) (pScreen, crtc, mode, x, y,
+ rotation, numOutputs, outputs);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+#if RANDR_10_INTERFACE
+ if (pScrPriv->rrSetConfig)
+ {
+ RRScreenSize size;
+ RRScreenRate rate;
+
+ if (!mode)
+ {
+ RRCrtcNotify (crtc, NULL, x, y, rotation, NULL, 0, NULL);
+ ret = TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ size.width = mode->mode.width;
+ size.height = mode->mode.height;
+ if (outputs[0]->mmWidth && outputs[0]->mmHeight)
+ {
+ size.mmWidth = outputs[0]->mmWidth;
+ size.mmHeight = outputs[0]->mmHeight;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ size.mmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth;
+ size.mmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight;
+ }
+ size.nRates = 1;
+ rate.rate = RRVerticalRefresh (&mode->mode);
+ size.pRates = &rate;
+ ret = (*pScrPriv->rrSetConfig) (pScreen, rotation, rate.rate, &size);
+ /*
+ * Old 1.0 interface tied screen size to mode size
+ */
+ if (ret)
+ {
+ RRCrtcNotify (crtc, mode, x, y, rotation, NULL, 1, outputs);
+ RRScreenSizeNotify (pScreen);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ if (ret)
+ {
+ int o;
+ RRTellChanged (pScreen);
+
+ for (o = 0; o < numOutputs; o++)
+ RRPostPendingProperties (outputs[o]);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (recompute)
+ RRComputeContiguity(pScreen);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return crtc transform
+ */
+RRTransformPtr
+RRCrtcGetTransform (RRCrtcPtr crtc)
+{
+ RRTransformPtr transform = &crtc->client_pending_transform;
+
+ if (pixman_transform_is_identity (&transform->transform))
+ return NULL;
+ return transform;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Check whether the pending and current transforms are the same
+ */
+Bool
+RRCrtcPendingTransform (RRCrtcPtr crtc)
+{
+ return memcmp (&crtc->client_current_transform.transform,
+ &crtc->client_pending_transform.transform,
+ sizeof (PictTransform)) != 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Destroy a Crtc at shutdown
+ */
+void
+RRCrtcDestroy (RRCrtcPtr crtc)
+{
+ FreeResource (crtc->id, 0);
+}
+
+static int
+RRCrtcDestroyResource (pointer value, XID pid)
+{
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc = (RRCrtcPtr) value;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = crtc->pScreen;
+
+ if (pScreen)
+ {
+ rrScrPriv(pScreen);
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < pScrPriv->numCrtcs; i++)
+ {
+ if (pScrPriv->crtcs[i] == crtc)
+ {
+ memmove (pScrPriv->crtcs + i, pScrPriv->crtcs + i + 1,
+ (pScrPriv->numCrtcs - (i + 1)) * sizeof (RRCrtcPtr));
+ --pScrPriv->numCrtcs;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ free(crtc->gammaRed);
+ if (crtc->mode)
+ RRModeDestroy (crtc->mode);
+ free(crtc);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Request that the Crtc gamma be changed
+ */
+
+Bool
+RRCrtcGammaSet (RRCrtcPtr crtc,
+ CARD16 *red,
+ CARD16 *green,
+ CARD16 *blue)
+{
+ Bool ret = TRUE;
+#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = crtc->pScreen;
+#endif
+
+ memcpy (crtc->gammaRed, red, crtc->gammaSize * sizeof (CARD16));
+ memcpy (crtc->gammaGreen, green, crtc->gammaSize * sizeof (CARD16));
+ memcpy (crtc->gammaBlue, blue, crtc->gammaSize * sizeof (CARD16));
+#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+ if (pScreen)
+ {
+ rrScrPriv(pScreen);
+ if (pScrPriv->rrCrtcSetGamma)
+ ret = (*pScrPriv->rrCrtcSetGamma) (pScreen, crtc);
+ }
+#endif
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Request current gamma back from the DDX (if possible).
+ * This includes gamma size.
+ */
+Bool
+RRCrtcGammaGet(RRCrtcPtr crtc)
+{
+ Bool ret = TRUE;
+#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = crtc->pScreen;
+#endif
+
+#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+ if (pScreen)
+ {
+ rrScrPriv(pScreen);
+ if (pScrPriv->rrCrtcGetGamma)
+ ret = (*pScrPriv->rrCrtcGetGamma) (pScreen, crtc);
+ }
+#endif
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Notify the extension that the Crtc gamma has been changed
+ * The driver calls this whenever it has changed the gamma values
+ * in the RRCrtcRec
+ */
+
+Bool
+RRCrtcGammaNotify (RRCrtcPtr crtc)
+{
+ return TRUE; /* not much going on here */
+}
+
+static void
+RRModeGetScanoutSize (RRModePtr mode, PictTransformPtr transform,
+ int *width, int *height)
+{
+ BoxRec box;
+
+ if (mode == NULL) {
+ *width = 0;
+ *height = 0;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ box.x1 = 0;
+ box.y1 = 0;
+ box.x2 = mode->mode.width;
+ box.y2 = mode->mode.height;
+
+ pixman_transform_bounds (transform, &box);
+ *width = box.x2 - box.x1;
+ *height = box.y2 - box.y1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns the width/height that the crtc scans out from the framebuffer
+ */
+void
+RRCrtcGetScanoutSize(RRCrtcPtr crtc, int *width, int *height)
+{
+ return RRModeGetScanoutSize (crtc->mode, &crtc->transform, width, height);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the size of the gamma table at server startup time
+ */
+
+Bool
+RRCrtcGammaSetSize (RRCrtcPtr crtc,
+ int size)
+{
+ CARD16 *gamma;
+
+ if (size == crtc->gammaSize)
+ return TRUE;
+ if (size)
+ {
+ gamma = malloc(size * 3 * sizeof (CARD16));
+ if (!gamma)
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ gamma = NULL;
+ free(crtc->gammaRed);
+ crtc->gammaRed = gamma;
+ crtc->gammaGreen = gamma + size;
+ crtc->gammaBlue = gamma + size*2;
+ crtc->gammaSize = size;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the pending CRTC transformation
+ */
+
+int
+RRCrtcTransformSet (RRCrtcPtr crtc,
+ PictTransformPtr transform,
+ struct pixman_f_transform *f_transform,
+ struct pixman_f_transform *f_inverse,
+ char *filter_name,
+ int filter_len,
+ xFixed *params,
+ int nparams)
+{
+ PictFilterPtr filter = NULL;
+ int width = 0, height = 0;
+
+ if (!crtc->transforms)
+ return BadValue;
+
+ if (filter_len)
+ {
+ filter = PictureFindFilter (crtc->pScreen,
+ filter_name,
+ filter_len);
+ if (!filter)
+ return BadName;
+ if (filter->ValidateParams)
+ {
+ if (!filter->ValidateParams (crtc->pScreen, filter->id,
+ params, nparams, &width, &height))
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+ else {
+ width = filter->width;
+ height = filter->height;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (nparams)
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+ if (!RRTransformSetFilter (&crtc->client_pending_transform,
+ filter, params, nparams, width, height))
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ crtc->client_pending_transform.transform = *transform;
+ crtc->client_pending_transform.f_transform = *f_transform;
+ crtc->client_pending_transform.f_inverse = *f_inverse;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Initialize crtc type
+ */
+Bool
+RRCrtcInit (void)
+{
+ RRCrtcType = CreateNewResourceType (RRCrtcDestroyResource, "CRTC");
+ if (!RRCrtcType)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Initialize crtc type error value
+ */
+void
+RRCrtcInitErrorValue(void)
+{
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(RRCrtcType, RRErrorBase + BadRRCrtc);
+}
+
+int
+ProcRRGetCrtcInfo (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRRGetCrtcInfoReq);
+ xRRGetCrtcInfoReply rep;
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc;
+ CARD8 *extra;
+ unsigned long extraLen;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ rrScrPrivPtr pScrPriv;
+ RRModePtr mode;
+ RROutput *outputs;
+ RROutput *possible;
+ int i, j, k, n;
+ int width, height;
+ BoxRec panned_area;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRRGetCrtcInfoReq);
+ VERIFY_RR_CRTC(stuff->crtc, crtc, DixReadAccess);
+
+ /* All crtcs must be associated with screens before client
+ * requests are processed
+ */
+ pScreen = crtc->pScreen;
+ pScrPriv = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen);
+
+ mode = crtc->mode;
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.status = RRSetConfigSuccess;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.timestamp = pScrPriv->lastSetTime.milliseconds;
+ if (pScrPriv->rrGetPanning &&
+ pScrPriv->rrGetPanning (pScreen, crtc, &panned_area, NULL, NULL) &&
+ (panned_area.x2 > panned_area.x1) && (panned_area.y2 > panned_area.y1))
+ {
+ rep.x = panned_area.x1;
+ rep.y = panned_area.y1;
+ rep.width = panned_area.x2 - panned_area.x1;
+ rep.height = panned_area.y2 - panned_area.y1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RRCrtcGetScanoutSize (crtc, &width, &height);
+ rep.x = crtc->x;
+ rep.y = crtc->y;
+ rep.width = width;
+ rep.height = height;
+ }
+ rep.mode = mode ? mode->mode.id : 0;
+ rep.rotation = crtc->rotation;
+ rep.rotations = crtc->rotations;
+ rep.nOutput = crtc->numOutputs;
+ k = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < pScrPriv->numOutputs; i++)
+ for (j = 0; j < pScrPriv->outputs[i]->numCrtcs; j++)
+ if (pScrPriv->outputs[i]->crtcs[j] == crtc)
+ k++;
+ rep.nPossibleOutput = k;
+
+ rep.length = rep.nOutput + rep.nPossibleOutput;
+
+ extraLen = rep.length << 2;
+ if (extraLen)
+ {
+ extra = malloc(extraLen);
+ if (!extra)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ else
+ extra = NULL;
+
+ outputs = (RROutput *) extra;
+ possible = (RROutput *) (outputs + rep.nOutput);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < crtc->numOutputs; i++)
+ {
+ outputs[i] = crtc->outputs[i]->id;
+ if (client->swapped)
+ swapl (&outputs[i], n);
+ }
+ k = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < pScrPriv->numOutputs; i++)
+ for (j = 0; j < pScrPriv->outputs[i]->numCrtcs; j++)
+ if (pScrPriv->outputs[i]->crtcs[j] == crtc)
+ {
+ possible[k] = pScrPriv->outputs[i]->id;
+ if (client->swapped)
+ swapl (&possible[k], n);
+ k++;
+ }
+
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.length, n);
+ swapl(&rep.timestamp, n);
+ swaps(&rep.x, n);
+ swaps(&rep.y, n);
+ swaps(&rep.width, n);
+ swaps(&rep.height, n);
+ swapl(&rep.mode, n);
+ swaps(&rep.rotation, n);
+ swaps(&rep.rotations, n);
+ swaps(&rep.nOutput, n);
+ swaps(&rep.nPossibleOutput, n);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xRRGetCrtcInfoReply), (char *)&rep);
+ if (extraLen)
+ {
+ WriteToClient (client, extraLen, (char *) extra);
+ free(extra);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcRRSetCrtcConfig (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRRSetCrtcConfigReq);
+ xRRSetCrtcConfigReply rep;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ rrScrPrivPtr pScrPriv;
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc;
+ RRModePtr mode;
+ int numOutputs;
+ RROutputPtr *outputs = NULL;
+ RROutput *outputIds;
+ TimeStamp configTime;
+ TimeStamp time;
+ Rotation rotation;
+ int rc, i, j;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRRSetCrtcConfigReq);
+ numOutputs = (stuff->length - bytes_to_int32(SIZEOF (xRRSetCrtcConfigReq)));
+
+ VERIFY_RR_CRTC(stuff->crtc, crtc, DixSetAttrAccess);
+
+ if (stuff->mode == None)
+ {
+ mode = NULL;
+ if (numOutputs > 0)
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ VERIFY_RR_MODE(stuff->mode, mode, DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (numOutputs == 0)
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+ if (numOutputs)
+ {
+ outputs = malloc(numOutputs * sizeof (RROutputPtr));
+ if (!outputs)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ else
+ outputs = NULL;
+
+ outputIds = (RROutput *) (stuff + 1);
+ for (i = 0; i < numOutputs; i++)
+ {
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)(outputs + i), outputIds[i],
+ RROutputType, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ {
+ free(outputs);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ /* validate crtc for this output */
+ for (j = 0; j < outputs[i]->numCrtcs; j++)
+ if (outputs[i]->crtcs[j] == crtc)
+ break;
+ if (j == outputs[i]->numCrtcs)
+ {
+ free(outputs);
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+ /* validate mode for this output */
+ for (j = 0; j < outputs[i]->numModes + outputs[i]->numUserModes; j++)
+ {
+ RRModePtr m = (j < outputs[i]->numModes ?
+ outputs[i]->modes[j] :
+ outputs[i]->userModes[j - outputs[i]->numModes]);
+ if (m == mode)
+ break;
+ }
+ if (j == outputs[i]->numModes + outputs[i]->numUserModes)
+ {
+ free(outputs);
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+ }
+ /* validate clones */
+ for (i = 0; i < numOutputs; i++)
+ {
+ for (j = 0; j < numOutputs; j++)
+ {
+ int k;
+ if (i == j)
+ continue;
+ for (k = 0; k < outputs[i]->numClones; k++)
+ {
+ if (outputs[i]->clones[k] == outputs[j])
+ break;
+ }
+ if (k == outputs[i]->numClones)
+ {
+ free(outputs);
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ pScreen = crtc->pScreen;
+ pScrPriv = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen);
+
+ time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->timestamp);
+ configTime = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->configTimestamp);
+
+ if (!pScrPriv)
+ {
+ time = currentTime;
+ rep.status = RRSetConfigFailed;
+ goto sendReply;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Validate requested rotation
+ */
+ rotation = (Rotation) stuff->rotation;
+
+ /* test the rotation bits only! */
+ switch (rotation & 0xf) {
+ case RR_Rotate_0:
+ case RR_Rotate_90:
+ case RR_Rotate_180:
+ case RR_Rotate_270:
+ break;
+ default:
+ /*
+ * Invalid rotation
+ */
+ client->errorValue = stuff->rotation;
+ free(outputs);
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ if (mode)
+ {
+ if ((~crtc->rotations) & rotation)
+ {
+ /*
+ * requested rotation or reflection not supported by screen
+ */
+ client->errorValue = stuff->rotation;
+ free(outputs);
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+
+#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+ /*
+ * Check screen size bounds if the DDX provides a 1.2 interface
+ * for setting screen size. Else, assume the CrtcSet sets
+ * the size along with the mode. If the driver supports transforms,
+ * then it must allow crtcs to display a subset of the screen, so
+ * only do this check for drivers without transform support.
+ */
+ if (pScrPriv->rrScreenSetSize && !crtc->transforms)
+ {
+ int source_width;
+ int source_height;
+ PictTransform transform;
+ struct pixman_f_transform f_transform, f_inverse;
+
+ RRTransformCompute (stuff->x, stuff->y,
+ mode->mode.width, mode->mode.height,
+ rotation,
+ &crtc->client_pending_transform,
+ &transform, &f_transform, &f_inverse);
+
+ RRModeGetScanoutSize (mode, &transform, &source_width, &source_height);
+ if (stuff->x + source_width > pScreen->width)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->x;
+ free(outputs);
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ if (stuff->y + source_height > pScreen->height)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->y;
+ free(outputs);
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (!RRCrtcSet (crtc, mode, stuff->x, stuff->y,
+ rotation, numOutputs, outputs))
+ {
+ rep.status = RRSetConfigFailed;
+ goto sendReply;
+ }
+ rep.status = RRSetConfigSuccess;
+ pScrPriv->lastSetTime = time;
+
+sendReply:
+ free(outputs);
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ /* rep.status has already been filled in */
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.newTimestamp = pScrPriv->lastSetTime.milliseconds;
+
+ if (client->swapped)
+ {
+ int n;
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.length, n);
+ swapl(&rep.newTimestamp, n);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xRRSetCrtcConfigReply), (char *)&rep);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcRRGetPanning (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRRGetPanningReq);
+ xRRGetPanningReply rep;
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ rrScrPrivPtr pScrPriv;
+ BoxRec total;
+ BoxRec tracking;
+ INT16 border[4];
+ int n;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRRGetPanningReq);
+ VERIFY_RR_CRTC(stuff->crtc, crtc, DixReadAccess);
+
+ /* All crtcs must be associated with screens before client
+ * requests are processed
+ */
+ pScreen = crtc->pScreen;
+ pScrPriv = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen);
+
+ if (!pScrPriv)
+ return RRErrorBase + BadRRCrtc;
+
+ memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(rep));
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.status = RRSetConfigSuccess;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 1;
+ rep.timestamp = pScrPriv->lastSetTime.milliseconds;
+
+ if (pScrPriv->rrGetPanning &&
+ pScrPriv->rrGetPanning (pScreen, crtc, &total, &tracking, border)) {
+ rep.left = total.x1;
+ rep.top = total.y1;
+ rep.width = total.x2 - total.x1;
+ rep.height = total.y2 - total.y1;
+ rep.track_left = tracking.x1;
+ rep.track_top = tracking.y1;
+ rep.track_width = tracking.x2 - tracking.x1;
+ rep.track_height = tracking.y2 - tracking.y1;
+ rep.border_left = border[0];
+ rep.border_top = border[1];
+ rep.border_right = border[2];
+ rep.border_bottom = border[3];
+ }
+
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.length, n);
+ swaps(&rep.timestamp, n);
+ swaps(&rep.left, n);
+ swaps(&rep.top, n);
+ swaps(&rep.width, n);
+ swaps(&rep.height, n);
+ swaps(&rep.track_left, n);
+ swaps(&rep.track_top, n);
+ swaps(&rep.track_width, n);
+ swaps(&rep.track_height, n);
+ swaps(&rep.border_left, n);
+ swaps(&rep.border_top, n);
+ swaps(&rep.border_right, n);
+ swaps(&rep.border_bottom, n);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xRRGetPanningReply), (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcRRSetPanning (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRRSetPanningReq);
+ xRRSetPanningReply rep;
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ rrScrPrivPtr pScrPriv;
+ TimeStamp time;
+ BoxRec total;
+ BoxRec tracking;
+ INT16 border[4];
+ int n;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRRSetPanningReq);
+ VERIFY_RR_CRTC(stuff->crtc, crtc, DixReadAccess);
+
+ /* All crtcs must be associated with screens before client
+ * requests are processed
+ */
+ pScreen = crtc->pScreen;
+ pScrPriv = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen);
+
+ if (!pScrPriv) {
+ time = currentTime;
+ rep.status = RRSetConfigFailed;
+ goto sendReply;
+ }
+
+ time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->timestamp);
+
+ if (!pScrPriv->rrGetPanning)
+ return RRErrorBase + BadRRCrtc;
+
+ total.x1 = stuff->left;
+ total.y1 = stuff->top;
+ total.x2 = total.x1 + stuff->width;
+ total.y2 = total.y1 + stuff->height;
+ tracking.x1 = stuff->track_left;
+ tracking.y1 = stuff->track_top;
+ tracking.x2 = tracking.x1 + stuff->track_width;
+ tracking.y2 = tracking.y1 + stuff->track_height;
+ border[0] = stuff->border_left;
+ border[1] = stuff->border_top;
+ border[2] = stuff->border_right;
+ border[3] = stuff->border_bottom;
+
+ if (! pScrPriv->rrSetPanning (pScreen, crtc, &total, &tracking, border))
+ return BadMatch;
+
+ pScrPriv->lastSetTime = time;
+
+ rep.status = RRSetConfigSuccess;
+
+sendReply:
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.newTimestamp = pScrPriv->lastSetTime.milliseconds;
+
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.length, n);
+ swaps(&rep.newTimestamp, n);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xRRSetPanningReply), (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcRRGetCrtcGammaSize (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRRGetCrtcGammaSizeReq);
+ xRRGetCrtcGammaSizeReply reply;
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc;
+ int n;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRRGetCrtcGammaSizeReq);
+ VERIFY_RR_CRTC(stuff->crtc, crtc, DixReadAccess);
+
+ /* Gamma retrieval failed, any better error? */
+ if (!RRCrtcGammaGet(crtc))
+ return RRErrorBase + BadRRCrtc;
+
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ reply.length = 0;
+ reply.size = crtc->gammaSize;
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps (&reply.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl (&reply.length, n);
+ swaps (&reply.size, n);
+ }
+ WriteToClient (client, sizeof (xRRGetCrtcGammaSizeReply), (char *) &reply);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcRRGetCrtcGamma (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRRGetCrtcGammaReq);
+ xRRGetCrtcGammaReply reply;
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc;
+ int n;
+ unsigned long len;
+ char *extra = NULL;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRRGetCrtcGammaReq);
+ VERIFY_RR_CRTC(stuff->crtc, crtc, DixReadAccess);
+
+ /* Gamma retrieval failed, any better error? */
+ if (!RRCrtcGammaGet(crtc))
+ return RRErrorBase + BadRRCrtc;
+
+ len = crtc->gammaSize * 3 * 2;
+
+ if (crtc->gammaSize) {
+ extra = malloc(len);
+ if (!extra)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ reply.length = bytes_to_int32(len);
+ reply.size = crtc->gammaSize;
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps (&reply.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl (&reply.length, n);
+ swaps (&reply.size, n);
+ }
+ WriteToClient (client, sizeof (xRRGetCrtcGammaReply), (char *) &reply);
+ if (crtc->gammaSize)
+ {
+ memcpy(extra, crtc->gammaRed, len);
+ client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr)CopySwap16Write;
+ WriteSwappedDataToClient (client, len, extra);
+ free(extra);
+ }
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcRRSetCrtcGamma (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRRSetCrtcGammaReq);
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc;
+ unsigned long len;
+ CARD16 *red, *green, *blue;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRRSetCrtcGammaReq);
+ VERIFY_RR_CRTC(stuff->crtc, crtc, DixReadAccess);
+
+ len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof (xRRSetCrtcGammaReq));
+ if (len < (stuff->size * 3 + 1) >> 1)
+ return BadLength;
+
+ if (stuff->size != crtc->gammaSize)
+ return BadMatch;
+
+ red = (CARD16 *) (stuff + 1);
+ green = red + crtc->gammaSize;
+ blue = green + crtc->gammaSize;
+
+ RRCrtcGammaSet (crtc, red, green, blue);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/* Version 1.3 additions */
+
+int
+ProcRRSetCrtcTransform (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRRSetCrtcTransformReq);
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc;
+ PictTransform transform;
+ struct pixman_f_transform f_transform, f_inverse;
+ char *filter;
+ int nbytes;
+ xFixed *params;
+ int nparams;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRRSetCrtcTransformReq);
+ VERIFY_RR_CRTC(stuff->crtc, crtc, DixReadAccess);
+
+ PictTransform_from_xRenderTransform (&transform, &stuff->transform);
+ pixman_f_transform_from_pixman_transform (&f_transform, &transform);
+ if (!pixman_f_transform_invert (&f_inverse, &f_transform))
+ return BadMatch;
+
+ filter = (char *) (stuff + 1);
+ nbytes = stuff->nbytesFilter;
+ params = (xFixed *) (filter + pad_to_int32(nbytes));
+ nparams = ((xFixed *) stuff + client->req_len) - params;
+ if (nparams < 0)
+ return BadLength;
+
+ return RRCrtcTransformSet (crtc, &transform, &f_transform, &f_inverse,
+ filter, nbytes, params, nparams);
+}
+
+
+#define CrtcTransformExtra (SIZEOF(xRRGetCrtcTransformReply) - 32)
+
+static int
+transform_filter_length (RRTransformPtr transform)
+{
+ int nbytes, nparams;
+
+ if (transform->filter == NULL)
+ return 0;
+ nbytes = strlen (transform->filter->name);
+ nparams = transform->nparams;
+ return pad_to_int32(nbytes) + (nparams * sizeof (xFixed));
+}
+
+static int
+transform_filter_encode (ClientPtr client, char *output,
+ CARD16 *nbytesFilter,
+ CARD16 *nparamsFilter,
+ RRTransformPtr transform)
+{
+ int nbytes, nparams;
+ int n;
+
+ if (transform->filter == NULL) {
+ *nbytesFilter = 0;
+ *nparamsFilter = 0;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ nbytes = strlen (transform->filter->name);
+ nparams = transform->nparams;
+ *nbytesFilter = nbytes;
+ *nparamsFilter = nparams;
+ memcpy (output, transform->filter->name, nbytes);
+ while ((nbytes & 3) != 0)
+ output[nbytes++] = 0;
+ memcpy (output + nbytes, transform->params, nparams * sizeof (xFixed));
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps (nbytesFilter, n);
+ swaps (nparamsFilter, n);
+ SwapLongs ((CARD32 *) (output + nbytes), nparams);
+ }
+ nbytes += nparams * sizeof (xFixed);
+ return nbytes;
+}
+
+static void
+transform_encode (ClientPtr client, xRenderTransform *wire, PictTransform *pict)
+{
+ xRenderTransform_from_PictTransform (wire, pict);
+ if (client->swapped)
+ SwapLongs ((CARD32 *) wire, bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xRenderTransform)));
+}
+
+int
+ProcRRGetCrtcTransform (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRRGetCrtcTransformReq);
+ xRRGetCrtcTransformReply *reply;
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc;
+ int n, nextra;
+ RRTransformPtr current, pending;
+ char *extra;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xRRGetCrtcTransformReq);
+ VERIFY_RR_CRTC(stuff->crtc, crtc, DixReadAccess);
+
+ pending = &crtc->client_pending_transform;
+ current = &crtc->client_current_transform;
+
+ nextra = (transform_filter_length (pending) +
+ transform_filter_length (current));
+
+ reply = malloc(sizeof (xRRGetCrtcTransformReply) + nextra);
+ if (!reply)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ extra = (char *) (reply + 1);
+ reply->type = X_Reply;
+ reply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ reply->length = bytes_to_int32(CrtcTransformExtra + nextra);
+
+ reply->hasTransforms = crtc->transforms;
+
+ transform_encode (client, &reply->pendingTransform, &pending->transform);
+ extra += transform_filter_encode (client, extra,
+ &reply->pendingNbytesFilter,
+ &reply->pendingNparamsFilter,
+ pending);
+
+ transform_encode (client, &reply->currentTransform, ¤t->transform);
+ extra += transform_filter_encode (client, extra,
+ &reply->currentNbytesFilter,
+ &reply->currentNparamsFilter,
+ current);
+
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps (&reply->sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl (&reply->length, n);
+ }
+ WriteToClient (client, sizeof (xRRGetCrtcTransformReply) + nextra, (char *) reply);
+ free(reply);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+void
+RRConstrainCursorHarder(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, int mode, int *x, int *y)
+{
+ rrScrPriv (pScreen);
+ int i;
+
+ /* intentional dead space -> let it float */
+ if (pScrPriv->discontiguous)
+ return;
+
+ /* if we're moving inside a crtc, we're fine */
+ for (i = 0; i < pScrPriv->numCrtcs; i++) {
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc = pScrPriv->crtcs[i];
+
+ int left, right, top, bottom;
+
+ if (!crtc->mode)
+ continue;
+
+ crtc_bounds(crtc, &left, &right, &top, &bottom);
+
+ if ((*x >= left) && (*x <= right) && (*y >= top) && (*y <= bottom))
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* if we're trying to escape, clamp to the CRTC we're coming from */
+ for (i = 0; i < pScrPriv->numCrtcs; i++) {
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc = pScrPriv->crtcs[i];
+ int nx, ny;
+ int left, right, top, bottom;
+
+ if (!crtc->mode)
+ continue;
+
+ crtc_bounds(crtc, &left, &right, &top, &bottom);
+ miPointerGetPosition(pDev, &nx, &ny);
+
+ if ((nx >= left) && (nx <= right) && (ny >= top) && (ny <= bottom)) {
+ if ((*x <= left) || (*x >= right)) {
+ int dx = *x - nx;
+
+ if (dx > 0)
+ *x = right;
+ else if (dx < 0)
+ *x = left;
+ }
+
+ if ((*y <= top) || (*y >= bottom)) {
+ int dy = *y - ny;
+
+ if (dy > 0)
+ *y = bottom;
+ else if (dy < 0)
+ *y = top;
+ }
+
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/record/record.c b/xorg-server/record/record.c
index df3f9c6ec..cafe02168 100644
--- a/xorg-server/record/record.c
+++ b/xorg-server/record/record.c
@@ -1,2937 +1,2936 @@
-
-/*
-
-Copyright 1995, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
-included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
-IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
-OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
-ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
-OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall
-not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
-other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
-from The Open Group.
-
-Author: David P. Wiggins, The Open Group
-
-This work benefited from earlier work done by Martha Zimet of NCD
-and Jim Haggerty of Metheus.
-
-*/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "extnsionst.h"
-#include <X11/extensions/recordproto.h>
-#include "set.h"
-#include "swaprep.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "eventconvert.h"
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-#include "globals.h"
-#include "panoramiX.h"
-#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
-#include "cursor.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "protocol-versions.h"
-
-static RESTYPE RTContext; /* internal resource type for Record contexts */
-
-/* How many bytes of protocol data to buffer in a context. Don't set to less
- * than 32.
- */
-#define REPLY_BUF_SIZE 1024
-
-/* Record Context structure */
-
-typedef struct {
- XID id; /* resource id of context */
- ClientPtr pRecordingClient; /* client that has context enabled */
- struct _RecordClientsAndProtocolRec *pListOfRCAP; /* all registered info */
- ClientPtr pBufClient; /* client whose protocol is in replyBuffer*/
- unsigned int continuedReply:1; /* recording a reply that is split up? */
- char elemHeaders; /* element header flags (time/seq no.) */
- char bufCategory; /* category of protocol in replyBuffer */
- int numBufBytes; /* number of bytes in replyBuffer */
- char replyBuffer[REPLY_BUF_SIZE]; /* buffered recorded protocol */
- int inFlush; /* are we inside RecordFlushReplyBuffer */
-} RecordContextRec, *RecordContextPtr;
-
-/* RecordMinorOpRec - to hold minor opcode selections for extension requests
- * and replies
- */
-
-typedef union {
- int count; /* first element of array: how many "major" structs to follow */
- struct { /* rest of array elements are this */
- short first; /* first major opcode */
- short last; /* last major opcode */
- RecordSetPtr pMinOpSet; /* minor opcode set for above major range */
- } major;
-} RecordMinorOpRec, *RecordMinorOpPtr;
-
-
-/* RecordClientsAndProtocolRec, nicknamed RCAP - holds all the client and
- * protocol selections passed in a single CreateContext or RegisterClients.
- * Generally, a context will have one of these from the create and an
- * additional one for each RegisterClients. RCAPs are freed when all their
- * clients are unregistered.
- */
-
-typedef struct _RecordClientsAndProtocolRec {
- RecordContextPtr pContext; /* context that owns this RCAP */
- struct _RecordClientsAndProtocolRec *pNextRCAP; /* next RCAP on context */
- RecordSetPtr pRequestMajorOpSet; /* requests to record */
- RecordMinorOpPtr pRequestMinOpInfo; /* extension requests to record */
- RecordSetPtr pReplyMajorOpSet; /* replies to record */
- RecordMinorOpPtr pReplyMinOpInfo; /* extension replies to record */
- RecordSetPtr pDeviceEventSet; /* device events to record */
- RecordSetPtr pDeliveredEventSet; /* delivered events to record */
- RecordSetPtr pErrorSet; /* errors to record */
- XID * pClientIDs; /* array of clients to record */
- short numClients; /* number of clients in pClientIDs */
- short sizeClients; /* size of pClientIDs array */
- unsigned int clientStarted:1; /* record new client connections? */
- unsigned int clientDied:1; /* record client disconnections? */
- unsigned int clientIDsSeparatelyAllocated:1; /* pClientIDs malloced? */
-} RecordClientsAndProtocolRec, *RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr;
-
-/* how much bigger to make pRCAP->pClientIDs when reallocing */
-#define CLIENT_ARRAY_GROWTH_INCREMENT 4
-
-/* counts the total number of RCAPs belonging to enabled contexts. */
-static int numEnabledRCAPs;
-
-/* void VERIFY_CONTEXT(RecordContextPtr, XID, ClientPtr)
- * In the spirit of the VERIFY_* macros in dix.h, this macro fills in
- * the context pointer if the given ID is a valid Record Context, else it
- * returns an error.
- */
-#define VERIFY_CONTEXT(_pContext, _contextid, _client) { \
- int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&(_pContext), _contextid, \
- RTContext, _client, DixUseAccess); \
- if (rc != Success) \
- return rc; \
-}
-
-static int RecordDeleteContext(
- pointer /*value*/,
- XID /*id*/
-);
-
-void RecordExtensionInit(void);
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/* client private stuff */
-
-/* To make declarations less obfuscated, have a typedef for a pointer to a
- * Proc function.
- */
-typedef int (*ProcFunctionPtr)(
- ClientPtr /*pClient*/
-);
-
-/* Record client private. Generally a client only has one of these if
- * any of its requests are being recorded.
- */
-typedef struct {
-/* ptr to client's proc vector before Record stuck its nose in */
- ProcFunctionPtr *originalVector;
-
-/* proc vector with pointers for recorded requests redirected to the
- * function RecordARequest
- */
- ProcFunctionPtr recordVector[256];
-} RecordClientPrivateRec, *RecordClientPrivatePtr;
-
-static DevPrivateKeyRec RecordClientPrivateKeyRec;
-#define RecordClientPrivateKey (&RecordClientPrivateKeyRec)
-
-/* RecordClientPrivatePtr RecordClientPrivate(ClientPtr)
- * gets the client private of the given client. Syntactic sugar.
- */
-#define RecordClientPrivate(_pClient) (RecordClientPrivatePtr) \
- dixLookupPrivate(&(_pClient)->devPrivates, RecordClientPrivateKey)
-
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/* global list of all contexts */
-
-static RecordContextPtr *ppAllContexts;
-
-static int numContexts;/* number of contexts in ppAllContexts */
-
-/* number of currently enabled contexts. All enabled contexts are bunched
- * up at the front of the ppAllContexts array, from ppAllContexts[0] to
- * ppAllContexts[numEnabledContexts-1], to eliminate time spent skipping
- * past disabled contexts.
- */
-static int numEnabledContexts;
-
-/* RecordFindContextOnAllContexts
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pContext is the context to search for.
- *
- * Returns:
- * The index into the array ppAllContexts at which pContext is stored.
- * If pContext is not found in ppAllContexts, returns -1.
- *
- * Side Effects: none.
- */
-static int
-RecordFindContextOnAllContexts(RecordContextPtr pContext)
-{
- int i;
-
- assert(numContexts >= numEnabledContexts);
- for (i = 0; i < numContexts; i++)
- {
- if (ppAllContexts[i] == pContext)
- return i;
- }
- return -1;
-} /* RecordFindContextOnAllContexts */
-
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/* RecordFlushReplyBuffer
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pContext is the context to flush.
- * data1 is a pointer to additional data, and len1 is its length in bytes.
- * data2 is a pointer to additional data, and len2 is its length in bytes.
- *
- * Returns: nothing.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * If the context is enabled, any buffered (recorded) protocol is written
- * to the recording client, and the number of buffered bytes is set to
- * zero. If len1 is not zero, data1/len1 are then written to the
- * recording client, and similarly for data2/len2 (written after
- * data1/len1).
- */
-static void
-RecordFlushReplyBuffer(
- RecordContextPtr pContext,
- pointer data1,
- int len1,
- pointer data2,
- int len2
-)
-{
- if (!pContext->pRecordingClient || pContext->pRecordingClient->clientGone || pContext->inFlush)
- return;
- ++pContext->inFlush;
- if (pContext->numBufBytes)
- WriteToClient(pContext->pRecordingClient, pContext->numBufBytes,
- (char *)pContext->replyBuffer);
- pContext->numBufBytes = 0;
- if (len1)
- WriteToClient(pContext->pRecordingClient, len1, (char *)data1);
- if (len2)
- WriteToClient(pContext->pRecordingClient, len2, (char *)data2);
- --pContext->inFlush;
-} /* RecordFlushReplyBuffer */
-
-
-/* RecordAProtocolElement
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pContext is the context that is recording a protocol element.
- * pClient is the client whose protocol is being recorded. For
- * device events and EndOfData, pClient is NULL.
- * category is the category of the protocol element, as defined
- * by the RECORD spec.
- * data is a pointer to the protocol data, and datalen is its length
- * in bytes.
- * futurelen is the number of bytes that will be sent in subsequent
- * calls to this function to complete this protocol element.
- * In those subsequent calls, futurelen will be -1 to indicate
- * that the current data is a continuation of the same protocol
- * element.
- *
- * Returns: nothing.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * The context may be flushed. The new protocol element will be
- * added to the context's protocol buffer with appropriate element
- * headers prepended (sequence number and timestamp). If the data
- * is continuation data (futurelen == -1), element headers won't
- * be added. If the protocol element and headers won't fit in
- * the context's buffer, it is sent directly to the recording
- * client (after any buffered data).
- */
-static void
-RecordAProtocolElement(RecordContextPtr pContext, ClientPtr pClient,
- int category, pointer data, int datalen, int futurelen)
-{
- CARD32 elemHeaderData[2];
- int numElemHeaders = 0;
- Bool recordingClientSwapped = pContext->pRecordingClient->swapped;
- int n;
- CARD32 serverTime = 0;
- Bool gotServerTime = FALSE;
- int replylen;
-
- if (futurelen >= 0)
- { /* start of new protocol element */
- xRecordEnableContextReply *pRep = (xRecordEnableContextReply *)
- pContext->replyBuffer;
- if (pContext->pBufClient != pClient ||
- pContext->bufCategory != category)
- {
- RecordFlushReplyBuffer(pContext, NULL, 0, NULL, 0);
- pContext->pBufClient = pClient;
- pContext->bufCategory = category;
- }
-
- if (!pContext->numBufBytes)
- {
- serverTime = GetTimeInMillis();
- gotServerTime = TRUE;
- pRep->type = X_Reply;
- pRep->category = category;
- pRep->sequenceNumber = pContext->pRecordingClient->sequence;
- pRep->length = 0;
- pRep->elementHeader = pContext->elemHeaders;
- pRep->serverTime = serverTime;
- if (pClient)
- {
- pRep->clientSwapped =
- (pClient->swapped != recordingClientSwapped);
- pRep->idBase = pClient->clientAsMask;
- pRep->recordedSequenceNumber = pClient->sequence;
- }
- else /* it's a device event, StartOfData, or EndOfData */
- {
- pRep->clientSwapped = (category != XRecordFromServer) &&
- recordingClientSwapped;
- pRep->idBase = 0;
- pRep->recordedSequenceNumber = 0;
- }
-
- if (recordingClientSwapped)
- {
- swaps(&pRep->sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&pRep->length, n);
- swapl(&pRep->idBase, n);
- swapl(&pRep->serverTime, n);
- swapl(&pRep->recordedSequenceNumber, n);
- }
- pContext->numBufBytes = SIZEOF(xRecordEnableContextReply);
- }
-
- /* generate element headers if needed */
-
- if ( ( (pContext->elemHeaders & XRecordFromClientTime)
- && category == XRecordFromClient)
- ||
- ( (pContext->elemHeaders & XRecordFromServerTime)
- && category == XRecordFromServer))
- {
- if (gotServerTime)
- elemHeaderData[numElemHeaders] = serverTime;
- else
- elemHeaderData[numElemHeaders] = GetTimeInMillis();
- if (recordingClientSwapped)
- swapl(&elemHeaderData[numElemHeaders], n);
- numElemHeaders++;
- }
-
- if ( (pContext->elemHeaders & XRecordFromClientSequence)
- &&
- (category == XRecordFromClient || category == XRecordClientDied))
- {
- elemHeaderData[numElemHeaders] = pClient->sequence;
- if (recordingClientSwapped)
- swapl(&elemHeaderData[numElemHeaders], n);
- numElemHeaders++;
- }
-
- /* adjust reply length */
-
- replylen = pRep->length;
- if (recordingClientSwapped) swapl(&replylen, n);
- replylen += numElemHeaders + bytes_to_int32(datalen) +
- bytes_to_int32(futurelen);
- if (recordingClientSwapped) swapl(&replylen, n);
- pRep->length = replylen;
- } /* end if not continued reply */
-
- numElemHeaders *= 4;
-
- /* if space available >= space needed, buffer the data */
-
- if (REPLY_BUF_SIZE - pContext->numBufBytes >= datalen + numElemHeaders)
- {
- if (numElemHeaders)
- {
- memcpy(pContext->replyBuffer + pContext->numBufBytes,
- elemHeaderData, numElemHeaders);
- pContext->numBufBytes += numElemHeaders;
- }
- if (datalen)
- {
- memcpy(pContext->replyBuffer + pContext->numBufBytes,
- data, datalen);
- pContext->numBufBytes += datalen;
- }
- }
- else
- RecordFlushReplyBuffer(pContext, (pointer)elemHeaderData,
- numElemHeaders, (pointer)data, datalen);
-
-} /* RecordAProtocolElement */
-
-
-/* RecordFindClientOnContext
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pContext is the context to search.
- * clientspec is the resource ID mask identifying the client to search
- * for, or XRecordFutureClients.
- * pposition is a pointer to an int, or NULL. See Returns.
- *
- * Returns:
- * The RCAP on which clientspec was found, or NULL if not found on
- * any RCAP on the given context.
- * If pposition was not NULL and the returned RCAP is not NULL,
- * *pposition will be set to the index into the returned the RCAP's
- * pClientIDs array that holds clientspec.
- *
- * Side Effects: none.
- */
-static RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr
-RecordFindClientOnContext(
- RecordContextPtr pContext,
- XID clientspec,
- int *pposition
-)
-{
- RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP;
-
- for (pRCAP = pContext->pListOfRCAP; pRCAP; pRCAP = pRCAP->pNextRCAP)
- {
- int i;
- for (i = 0; i < pRCAP->numClients; i++)
- {
- if (pRCAP->pClientIDs[i] == clientspec)
- {
- if (pposition)
- *pposition = i;
- return pRCAP;
- }
- }
- }
- return NULL;
-} /* RecordFindClientOnContext */
-
-
-/* RecordABigRequest
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pContext is the recording context.
- * client is the client being recorded.
- * stuff is a pointer to the big request of client (see the Big Requests
- * extension for details.)
- *
- * Returns: nothing.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * The big request is recorded with the correct length field re-inserted.
- *
- * Note: this function exists mainly to make RecordARequest smaller.
- */
-static void
-RecordABigRequest(RecordContextPtr pContext, ClientPtr client, xReq *stuff)
-{
- CARD32 bigLength;
- char n;
- int bytesLeft;
-
- /* note: client->req_len has been frobbed by ReadRequestFromClient
- * (os/io.c) to discount the extra 4 bytes taken by the extended length
- * field in a big request. The actual request length to record is
- * client->req_len + 1 (measured in CARD32s).
- */
-
- /* record the request header */
- bytesLeft = client->req_len << 2;
- RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, client, XRecordFromClient,
- (pointer)stuff, SIZEOF(xReq), bytesLeft);
-
- /* reinsert the extended length field that was squished out */
- bigLength = client->req_len + bytes_to_int32(sizeof(bigLength));
- if (client->swapped)
- swapl(&bigLength, n);
- RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, client, XRecordFromClient,
- (pointer)&bigLength, sizeof(bigLength), /* continuation */ -1);
- bytesLeft -= sizeof(bigLength);
-
- /* record the rest of the request after the length */
- RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, client, XRecordFromClient,
- (pointer)(stuff + 1), bytesLeft, /* continuation */ -1);
-} /* RecordABigRequest */
-
-
-/* RecordARequest
- *
- * Arguments:
- * client is a client that the server has dispatched a request to by
- * calling client->requestVector[request opcode] .
- * The request is in client->requestBuffer.
- *
- * Returns:
- * Whatever is returned by the "real" Proc function for this request.
- * The "real" Proc function is the function that was in
- * client->requestVector[request opcode] before it was replaced by
- * RecordARequest. (See the function RecordInstallHooks.)
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * The request is recorded by all contexts that have registered this
- * request for this client. The real Proc function is called.
- */
-static int
-RecordARequest(ClientPtr client)
-{
- RecordContextPtr pContext;
- RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP;
- int i;
- RecordClientPrivatePtr pClientPriv;
- REQUEST(xReq);
- int majorop;
-
- majorop = stuff->reqType;
- for (i = 0; i < numEnabledContexts; i++)
- {
- pContext = ppAllContexts[i];
- pRCAP = RecordFindClientOnContext(pContext, client->clientAsMask,
- NULL);
- if (pRCAP && pRCAP->pRequestMajorOpSet &&
- RecordIsMemberOfSet(pRCAP->pRequestMajorOpSet, majorop))
- {
- if (majorop <= 127)
- { /* core request */
-
- if (stuff->length == 0)
- RecordABigRequest(pContext, client, stuff);
- else
- RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, client, XRecordFromClient,
- (pointer)stuff, client->req_len << 2, 0);
- }
- else /* extension, check minor opcode */
- {
- int minorop = MinorOpcodeOfRequest(client);
- int numMinOpInfo;
- RecordMinorOpPtr pMinorOpInfo = pRCAP->pRequestMinOpInfo;
-
- assert (pMinorOpInfo);
- numMinOpInfo = pMinorOpInfo->count;
- pMinorOpInfo++;
- assert (numMinOpInfo);
- for ( ; numMinOpInfo; numMinOpInfo--, pMinorOpInfo++)
- {
- if (majorop >= pMinorOpInfo->major.first &&
- majorop <= pMinorOpInfo->major.last &&
- RecordIsMemberOfSet(pMinorOpInfo->major.pMinOpSet,
- minorop))
- {
- if (stuff->length == 0)
- RecordABigRequest(pContext, client, stuff);
- else
- RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, client,
- XRecordFromClient, (pointer)stuff,
- client->req_len << 2, 0);
- break;
- }
- } /* end for each minor op info */
- } /* end extension request */
- } /* end this RCAP wants this major opcode */
- } /* end for each context */
- pClientPriv = RecordClientPrivate(client);
- assert(pClientPriv);
- return (* pClientPriv->originalVector[majorop])(client);
-} /* RecordARequest */
-
-/* RecordAReply
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pcbl is &ReplyCallback.
- * nulldata is NULL.
- * calldata is a pointer to a ReplyInfoRec (include/os.h)
- * which provides information about replies that are being sent
- * to clients.
- *
- * Returns: nothing.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * The reply is recorded by all contexts that have registered this
- * reply type for this client. If more data belonging to the same
- * reply is expected, and if the reply is being recorded by any
- * context, pContext->continuedReply is set to 1.
- * If pContext->continuedReply was already 1 and this is the last
- * chunk of data belonging to this reply, it is set to 0.
- */
-static void
-RecordAReply(CallbackListPtr *pcbl, pointer nulldata, pointer calldata)
-{
- RecordContextPtr pContext;
- RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP;
- int eci;
- int majorop;
- ReplyInfoRec *pri = (ReplyInfoRec *)calldata;
- ClientPtr client = pri->client;
- REQUEST(xReq);
-
- majorop = stuff->reqType;
- for (eci = 0; eci < numEnabledContexts; eci++)
- {
- pContext = ppAllContexts[eci];
- pRCAP = RecordFindClientOnContext(pContext, client->clientAsMask,
- NULL);
- if (pRCAP)
- {
- if (pContext->continuedReply)
- {
- RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, client, XRecordFromServer,
- (pointer)pri->replyData, pri->dataLenBytes, /* continuation */ -1);
- if (!pri->bytesRemaining)
- pContext->continuedReply = 0;
- }
- else if (pri->startOfReply && pRCAP->pReplyMajorOpSet &&
- RecordIsMemberOfSet(pRCAP->pReplyMajorOpSet, majorop))
- {
- if (majorop <= 127)
- { /* core reply */
- RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, client, XRecordFromServer,
- (pointer)pri->replyData, pri->dataLenBytes, pri->bytesRemaining);
- if (pri->bytesRemaining)
- pContext->continuedReply = 1;
- }
- else /* extension, check minor opcode */
- {
- int minorop = MinorOpcodeOfRequest(client);
- int numMinOpInfo;
- RecordMinorOpPtr pMinorOpInfo = pRCAP->pReplyMinOpInfo;
- assert (pMinorOpInfo);
- numMinOpInfo = pMinorOpInfo->count;
- pMinorOpInfo++;
- assert (numMinOpInfo);
- for ( ; numMinOpInfo; numMinOpInfo--, pMinorOpInfo++)
- {
- if (majorop >= pMinorOpInfo->major.first &&
- majorop <= pMinorOpInfo->major.last &&
- RecordIsMemberOfSet(pMinorOpInfo->major.pMinOpSet,
- minorop))
- {
- RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, client,
- XRecordFromServer, (pointer)pri->replyData,
- pri->dataLenBytes, pri->bytesRemaining);
- if (pri->bytesRemaining)
- pContext->continuedReply = 1;
- break;
- }
- } /* end for each minor op info */
- } /* end extension reply */
- } /* end continued reply vs. start of reply */
- } /* end client is registered on this context */
- } /* end for each context */
-} /* RecordAReply */
-
-
-/* RecordADeliveredEventOrError
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pcbl is &EventCallback.
- * nulldata is NULL.
- * calldata is a pointer to a EventInfoRec (include/dix.h)
- * which provides information about events that are being sent
- * to clients.
- *
- * Returns: nothing.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * The event or error is recorded by all contexts that have registered
- * it for this client.
- */
-static void
-RecordADeliveredEventOrError(CallbackListPtr *pcbl, pointer nulldata, pointer calldata)
-{
- EventInfoRec *pei = (EventInfoRec *)calldata;
- RecordContextPtr pContext;
- RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP;
- int eci; /* enabled context index */
- ClientPtr pClient = pei->client;
-
- for (eci = 0; eci < numEnabledContexts; eci++)
- {
- pContext = ppAllContexts[eci];
- pRCAP = RecordFindClientOnContext(pContext, pClient->clientAsMask,
- NULL);
- if (pRCAP && (pRCAP->pDeliveredEventSet || pRCAP->pErrorSet))
- {
- int ev; /* event index */
- xEvent *pev = pei->events;
- for (ev = 0; ev < pei->count; ev++, pev++)
- {
- int recordit = 0;
- if (pRCAP->pErrorSet)
- {
- recordit = RecordIsMemberOfSet(pRCAP->pErrorSet,
- ((xError *)(pev))->errorCode);
- }
- else if (pRCAP->pDeliveredEventSet)
- {
- recordit = RecordIsMemberOfSet(pRCAP->pDeliveredEventSet,
- pev->u.u.type & 0177);
- }
- if (recordit)
- {
- xEvent swappedEvent;
- xEvent *pEvToRecord = pev;
-
- if (pClient->swapped)
- {
- (*EventSwapVector[pev->u.u.type & 0177])
- (pev, &swappedEvent);
- pEvToRecord = &swappedEvent;
-
- }
- RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, pClient,
- XRecordFromServer, pEvToRecord, SIZEOF(xEvent), 0);
- }
- } /* end for each event */
- } /* end this client is on this context */
- } /* end for each enabled context */
-} /* RecordADeliveredEventOrError */
-
-
-static void
-RecordSendProtocolEvents(RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP,
- RecordContextPtr pContext,
- xEvent* pev, int count)
-{
- int ev; /* event index */
-
- for (ev = 0; ev < count; ev++, pev++)
- {
- if (RecordIsMemberOfSet(pRCAP->pDeviceEventSet,
- pev->u.u.type & 0177))
- {
- xEvent swappedEvent;
- xEvent *pEvToRecord = pev;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- xEvent shiftedEvent;
-
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension &&
- (pev->u.u.type == MotionNotify ||
- pev->u.u.type == ButtonPress ||
- pev->u.u.type == ButtonRelease ||
- pev->u.u.type == KeyPress ||
- pev->u.u.type == KeyRelease)) {
- int scr = XineramaGetCursorScreen(inputInfo.pointer);
- memcpy(&shiftedEvent, pev, sizeof(xEvent));
- shiftedEvent.u.keyButtonPointer.rootX +=
- screenInfo.screens[scr]->x -
- screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- shiftedEvent.u.keyButtonPointer.rootY +=
- screenInfo.screens[scr]->y -
- screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- pEvToRecord = &shiftedEvent;
- }
-#endif /* PANORAMIX */
-
- if (pContext->pRecordingClient->swapped)
- {
- (*EventSwapVector[pEvToRecord->u.u.type & 0177])
- (pEvToRecord, &swappedEvent);
- pEvToRecord = &swappedEvent;
- }
-
- RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, NULL,
- XRecordFromServer, pEvToRecord, SIZEOF(xEvent), 0);
- /* make sure device events get flushed in the absence
- * of other client activity
- */
- SetCriticalOutputPending();
- }
- } /* end for each event */
-
-} /* RecordADeviceEvent */
-
-/* RecordADeviceEvent
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pcbl is &DeviceEventCallback.
- * nulldata is NULL.
- * calldata is a pointer to a DeviceEventInfoRec (include/dix.h)
- * which provides information about device events that occur.
- *
- * Returns: nothing.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * The device event is recorded by all contexts that have registered
- * it for this client.
- */
-static void
-RecordADeviceEvent(CallbackListPtr *pcbl, pointer nulldata, pointer calldata)
-{
- DeviceEventInfoRec *pei = (DeviceEventInfoRec *)calldata;
- RecordContextPtr pContext;
- RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP;
- int eci; /* enabled context index */
- int count;
-
- for (eci = 0; eci < numEnabledContexts; eci++)
- {
- pContext = ppAllContexts[eci];
- for (pRCAP = pContext->pListOfRCAP; pRCAP; pRCAP = pRCAP->pNextRCAP)
- {
- if (pRCAP->pDeviceEventSet)
- {
- int count;
- xEvent *xi_events = NULL;
-
- /* TODO check return values */
- if (IsMaster(pei->device))
- {
- xEvent *core_events;
- EventToCore(pei->event, &core_events, &count);
- RecordSendProtocolEvents(pRCAP, pContext, core_events,
- count);
- free(core_events);
- }
-
- EventToXI(pei->event, &xi_events, &count);
- RecordSendProtocolEvents(pRCAP, pContext, xi_events, count);
- free(xi_events);
- } /* end this RCAP selects device events */
- } /* end for each RCAP on this context */
- } /* end for each enabled context */
-}
-
-
-/* RecordFlushAllContexts
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pcbl is &FlushCallback.
- * nulldata and calldata are NULL.
- *
- * Returns: nothing.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * All buffered reply data of all enabled contexts is written to
- * the recording clients.
- */
-static void
-RecordFlushAllContexts(
- CallbackListPtr *pcbl,
- pointer nulldata,
- pointer calldata
-)
-{
- int eci; /* enabled context index */
- RecordContextPtr pContext;
-
- for (eci = 0; eci < numEnabledContexts; eci++)
- {
- pContext = ppAllContexts[eci];
-
- /* In most cases we leave it to RecordFlushReplyBuffer to make
- * this check, but this function could be called very often, so we
- * check before calling hoping to save the function call cost
- * most of the time.
- */
- if (pContext->numBufBytes)
- RecordFlushReplyBuffer(ppAllContexts[eci], NULL, 0, NULL, 0);
- }
-} /* RecordFlushAllContexts */
-
-
-/* RecordInstallHooks
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pRCAP is an RCAP on an enabled or being-enabled context.
- * oneclient can be zero or the resource ID mask identifying a client.
- *
- * Returns: BadAlloc if a memory allocation error occurred, else Success.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * Recording hooks needed by RCAP are installed.
- * If oneclient is zero, recording hooks needed for all clients and
- * protocol on the RCAP are installed. If oneclient is non-zero,
- * only those hooks needed for the specified client are installed.
- *
- * Client requestVectors may be altered. numEnabledRCAPs will be
- * incremented if oneclient == 0. Callbacks may be added to
- * various callback lists.
- */
-static int
-RecordInstallHooks(RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP, XID oneclient)
-{
- int i = 0;
- XID client;
-
- if (oneclient)
- client = oneclient;
- else
- client = pRCAP->numClients ? pRCAP->pClientIDs[i++] : 0;
-
- while (client)
- {
- if (client != XRecordFutureClients)
- {
- if (pRCAP->pRequestMajorOpSet)
- {
- RecordSetIteratePtr pIter = NULL;
- RecordSetInterval interval;
- ClientPtr pClient = clients[CLIENT_ID(client)];
-
- if (pClient && !RecordClientPrivate(pClient))
- {
- RecordClientPrivatePtr pClientPriv;
- /* no Record proc vector; allocate one */
- pClientPriv = (RecordClientPrivatePtr)
- malloc(sizeof(RecordClientPrivateRec));
- if (!pClientPriv)
- return BadAlloc;
- /* copy old proc vector to new */
- memcpy(pClientPriv->recordVector, pClient->requestVector,
- sizeof (pClientPriv->recordVector));
- pClientPriv->originalVector = pClient->requestVector;
- dixSetPrivate(&pClient->devPrivates,
- RecordClientPrivateKey, pClientPriv);
- pClient->requestVector = pClientPriv->recordVector;
- }
- while ((pIter = RecordIterateSet(pRCAP->pRequestMajorOpSet,
- pIter, &interval)))
- {
- unsigned int j;
- for (j = interval.first; j <= interval.last; j++)
- pClient->requestVector[j] = RecordARequest;
- }
- }
- }
- if (oneclient)
- client = 0;
- else
- client = (i < pRCAP->numClients) ? pRCAP->pClientIDs[i++] : 0;
- }
-
- assert(numEnabledRCAPs >= 0);
- if (!oneclient && ++numEnabledRCAPs == 1)
- { /* we're enabling the first context */
- if (!AddCallback(&EventCallback, RecordADeliveredEventOrError, NULL))
- return BadAlloc;
- if (!AddCallback(&DeviceEventCallback, RecordADeviceEvent, NULL))
- return BadAlloc;
- if (!AddCallback(&ReplyCallback, RecordAReply, NULL))
- return BadAlloc;
- if (!AddCallback(&FlushCallback, RecordFlushAllContexts, NULL))
- return BadAlloc;
- /* Alternate context flushing scheme: delete the line above
- * and call RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers here passing
- * RecordFlushAllContexts. Is this any better?
- */
- }
- return Success;
-} /* RecordInstallHooks */
-
-
-/* RecordUninstallHooks
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pRCAP is an RCAP on an enabled or being-disabled context.
- * oneclient can be zero or the resource ID mask identifying a client.
- *
- * Returns: nothing.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * Recording hooks needed by RCAP may be uninstalled.
- * If oneclient is zero, recording hooks needed for all clients and
- * protocol on the RCAP may be uninstalled. If oneclient is non-zero,
- * only those hooks needed for the specified client may be uninstalled.
- *
- * Client requestVectors may be altered. numEnabledRCAPs will be
- * decremented if oneclient == 0. Callbacks may be deleted from
- * various callback lists.
- */
-static void
-RecordUninstallHooks(RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP, XID oneclient)
-{
- int i = 0;
- XID client;
-
- if (oneclient)
- client = oneclient;
- else
- client = pRCAP->numClients ? pRCAP->pClientIDs[i++] : 0;
-
- while (client)
- {
- if (client != XRecordFutureClients)
- {
- if (pRCAP->pRequestMajorOpSet)
- {
- ClientPtr pClient = clients[CLIENT_ID(client)];
- int c;
- Bool otherRCAPwantsProcVector = FALSE;
- RecordClientPrivatePtr pClientPriv = NULL;
-
- assert (pClient);
- pClientPriv = RecordClientPrivate(pClient);
- assert (pClientPriv);
- memcpy(pClientPriv->recordVector, pClientPriv->originalVector,
- sizeof (pClientPriv->recordVector));
-
- for (c = 0; c < numEnabledContexts; c++)
- {
- RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pOtherRCAP;
- RecordContextPtr pContext = ppAllContexts[c];
-
- if (pContext == pRCAP->pContext) continue;
- pOtherRCAP = RecordFindClientOnContext(pContext, client,
- NULL);
- if (pOtherRCAP && pOtherRCAP->pRequestMajorOpSet)
- {
- RecordSetIteratePtr pIter = NULL;
- RecordSetInterval interval;
-
- otherRCAPwantsProcVector = TRUE;
- while ((pIter = RecordIterateSet(
- pOtherRCAP->pRequestMajorOpSet,
- pIter, &interval)))
- {
- unsigned int j;
- for (j = interval.first; j <= interval.last; j++)
- pClient->requestVector[j] = RecordARequest;
- }
- }
- }
- if (!otherRCAPwantsProcVector)
- { /* nobody needs it, so free it */
- pClient->requestVector = pClientPriv->originalVector;
- dixSetPrivate(&pClient->devPrivates,
- RecordClientPrivateKey, NULL);
- free(pClientPriv);
- }
- } /* end if this RCAP specifies any requests */
- } /* end if not future clients */
- if (oneclient)
- client = 0;
- else
- client = (i < pRCAP->numClients) ? pRCAP->pClientIDs[i++] : 0;
- }
-
- assert(numEnabledRCAPs >= 1);
- if (!oneclient && --numEnabledRCAPs == 0)
- { /* we're disabling the last context */
- DeleteCallback(&EventCallback, RecordADeliveredEventOrError, NULL);
- DeleteCallback(&DeviceEventCallback, RecordADeviceEvent, NULL);
- DeleteCallback(&ReplyCallback, RecordAReply, NULL);
- DeleteCallback(&FlushCallback, RecordFlushAllContexts, NULL);
- /* Alternate context flushing scheme: delete the line above
- * and call RemoveBlockAndWakeupHandlers here passing
- * RecordFlushAllContexts. Is this any better?
- */
- /* Having deleted the callback, call it one last time. -gildea */
- RecordFlushAllContexts(&FlushCallback, NULL, NULL);
- }
-} /* RecordUninstallHooks */
-
-
-/* RecordDeleteClientFromRCAP
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pRCAP is an RCAP to delete the client from.
- * position is the index into the array pRCAP->pClientIDs of the
- * client to delete.
- *
- * Returns: nothing.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * Recording hooks needed by client will be uninstalled if the context
- * is enabled. The designated client will be removed from the
- * pRCAP->pClientIDs array. If it was the only client on the RCAP,
- * the RCAP is removed from the context and freed. (Invariant: RCAPs
- * have at least one client.)
- */
-static void
-RecordDeleteClientFromRCAP(RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP, int position)
-{
- if (pRCAP->pContext->pRecordingClient)
- RecordUninstallHooks(pRCAP, pRCAP->pClientIDs[position]);
- if (position != pRCAP->numClients - 1)
- pRCAP->pClientIDs[position] = pRCAP->pClientIDs[pRCAP->numClients - 1];
- if (--pRCAP->numClients == 0)
- { /* no more clients; remove RCAP from context's list */
- RecordContextPtr pContext = pRCAP->pContext;
- if (pContext->pRecordingClient)
- RecordUninstallHooks(pRCAP, 0);
- if (pContext->pListOfRCAP == pRCAP)
- pContext->pListOfRCAP = pRCAP->pNextRCAP;
- else
- {
- RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr prevRCAP;
- for (prevRCAP = pContext->pListOfRCAP;
- prevRCAP->pNextRCAP != pRCAP;
- prevRCAP = prevRCAP->pNextRCAP)
- ;
- prevRCAP->pNextRCAP = pRCAP->pNextRCAP;
- }
- /* free the RCAP */
- if (pRCAP->clientIDsSeparatelyAllocated)
- free(pRCAP->pClientIDs);
- free(pRCAP);
- }
-} /* RecordDeleteClientFromRCAP */
-
-
-/* RecordAddClientToRCAP
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pRCAP is an RCAP to add the client to.
- * clientspec is the resource ID mask identifying a client, or
- * XRecordFutureClients.
- *
- * Returns: nothing.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * Recording hooks needed by client will be installed if the context
- * is enabled. The designated client will be added to the
- * pRCAP->pClientIDs array, which may be realloced.
- * pRCAP->clientIDsSeparatelyAllocated may be set to 1 if there
- * is no more room to hold clients internal to the RCAP.
- */
-static void
-RecordAddClientToRCAP(RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP, XID clientspec)
-{
- if (pRCAP->numClients == pRCAP->sizeClients)
- {
- if (pRCAP->clientIDsSeparatelyAllocated)
- {
- XID *pNewIDs = (XID *)realloc(pRCAP->pClientIDs,
- (pRCAP->sizeClients + CLIENT_ARRAY_GROWTH_INCREMENT) *
- sizeof(XID));
- if (!pNewIDs)
- return;
- pRCAP->pClientIDs = pNewIDs;
- pRCAP->sizeClients += CLIENT_ARRAY_GROWTH_INCREMENT;
- }
- else
- {
- XID *pNewIDs = (XID *)malloc((pRCAP->sizeClients +
- CLIENT_ARRAY_GROWTH_INCREMENT) * sizeof(XID));
- if (!pNewIDs)
- return;
- memcpy(pNewIDs, pRCAP->pClientIDs, pRCAP->numClients *sizeof(XID));
- pRCAP->pClientIDs = pNewIDs;
- pRCAP->sizeClients += CLIENT_ARRAY_GROWTH_INCREMENT;
- pRCAP->clientIDsSeparatelyAllocated = 1;
- }
- }
- pRCAP->pClientIDs[pRCAP->numClients++] = clientspec;
- if (pRCAP->pContext->pRecordingClient)
- RecordInstallHooks(pRCAP, clientspec);
-} /* RecordDeleteClientFromRCAP */
-
-
-/* RecordDeleteClientFromContext
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pContext is the context to delete from.
- * clientspec is the resource ID mask identifying a client, or
- * XRecordFutureClients.
- *
- * Returns: nothing.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * If clientspec is on any RCAP of the context, it is deleted from that
- * RCAP. (A given clientspec can only be on one RCAP of a context.)
- */
-static void
-RecordDeleteClientFromContext(RecordContextPtr pContext, XID clientspec)
-{
- RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP;
- int position;
-
- if ((pRCAP = RecordFindClientOnContext(pContext, clientspec, &position)))
- RecordDeleteClientFromRCAP(pRCAP, position);
-} /* RecordDeleteClientFromContext */
-
-
-/* RecordSanityCheckClientSpecifiers
- *
- * Arguments:
- * clientspecs is an array of alleged CLIENTSPECs passed by the client.
- * nspecs is the number of elements in clientspecs.
- * errorspec, if non-zero, is the resource id base of a client that
- * must not appear in clienspecs.
- *
- * Returns: BadMatch if any of the clientspecs are invalid, else Success.
- *
- * Side Effects: none.
- */
-static int
-RecordSanityCheckClientSpecifiers(ClientPtr client, XID *clientspecs, int nspecs, XID errorspec)
-{
- int i;
- int clientIndex;
- int rc;
- pointer value;
-
- for (i = 0; i < nspecs; i++)
- {
- if (clientspecs[i] == XRecordCurrentClients ||
- clientspecs[i] == XRecordFutureClients ||
- clientspecs[i] == XRecordAllClients)
- continue;
- if (errorspec && (CLIENT_BITS(clientspecs[i]) == errorspec) )
- return BadMatch;
- clientIndex = CLIENT_ID(clientspecs[i]);
- if (clientIndex && clients[clientIndex] &&
- clients[clientIndex]->clientState == ClientStateRunning)
- {
- if (clientspecs[i] == clients[clientIndex]->clientAsMask)
- continue;
- rc = dixLookupResourceByClass(&value, clientspecs[i], RC_ANY,
- client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- }
- else
- return BadMatch;
- }
- return Success;
-} /* RecordSanityCheckClientSpecifiers */
-
-
-/* RecordCanonicalizeClientSpecifiers
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pClientspecs is an array of CLIENTSPECs that have been sanity
- * checked.
- * pNumClientspecs is a pointer to the number of elements in pClientspecs.
- * excludespec, if non-zero, is the resource id base of a client that
- * should not be included in the expansion of XRecordAllClients or
- * XRecordCurrentClients.
- *
- * Returns:
- * A pointer to an array of CLIENTSPECs that is the same as the
- * passed array with the following modifications:
- * - all but the client id bits of resource IDs are stripped off.
- * - duplicates removed.
- * - XRecordAllClients expanded to a list of all currently connected
- * clients + XRecordFutureClients - excludespec (if non-zero)
- * - XRecordCurrentClients expanded to a list of all currently
- * connected clients - excludespec (if non-zero)
- * The returned array may be the passed array modified in place, or
- * it may be an malloc'ed array. The caller should keep a pointer to the
- * original array and free the returned array if it is different.
- *
- * *pNumClientspecs is set to the number of elements in the returned
- * array.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * pClientspecs may be modified in place.
- */
-static XID *
-RecordCanonicalizeClientSpecifiers(XID *pClientspecs, int *pNumClientspecs, XID excludespec)
-{
- int i;
- int numClients = *pNumClientspecs;
-
- /* first pass strips off the resource index bits, leaving just the
- * client id bits. This makes searching for a particular client simpler
- * (and faster.)
- */
- for (i = 0; i < numClients; i++)
- {
- XID cs = pClientspecs[i];
- if (cs > XRecordAllClients)
- pClientspecs[i] = CLIENT_BITS(cs);
- }
-
- for (i = 0; i < numClients; i++)
- {
- if (pClientspecs[i] == XRecordAllClients ||
- pClientspecs[i] == XRecordCurrentClients)
- { /* expand All/Current */
- int j, nc;
- XID *pCanon = (XID *)malloc(sizeof(XID) * (currentMaxClients + 1));
- if (!pCanon) return NULL;
- for (nc = 0, j = 1; j < currentMaxClients; j++)
- {
- ClientPtr client = clients[j];
- if (client != NullClient &&
- client->clientState == ClientStateRunning &&
- client->clientAsMask != excludespec)
- {
- pCanon[nc++] = client->clientAsMask;
- }
- }
- if (pClientspecs[i] == XRecordAllClients)
- pCanon[nc++] = XRecordFutureClients;
- *pNumClientspecs = nc;
- return pCanon;
- }
- else /* not All or Current */
- {
- int j;
- for (j = i + 1; j < numClients; )
- {
- if (pClientspecs[i] == pClientspecs[j])
- {
- pClientspecs[j] = pClientspecs[--numClients];
- }
- else
- j++;
- }
- }
- } /* end for each clientspec */
- *pNumClientspecs = numClients;
- return pClientspecs;
-} /* RecordCanonicalizeClientSpecifiers */
-
-
-/****************************************************************************/
-
-/* stuff for RegisterClients */
-
-/* RecordPadAlign
- *
- * Arguments:
- * size is the number of bytes taken by an object.
- * align is a byte boundary (e.g. 4, 8)
- *
- * Returns:
- * the number of pad bytes to add at the end of an object of the
- * given size so that an object placed immediately behind it will
- * begin on an <align>-byte boundary.
- *
- * Side Effects: none.
- */
-static int
-RecordPadAlign(int size, int align)
-{
- return (align - (size & (align - 1))) & (align - 1);
-} /* RecordPadAlign */
-
-
-/* RecordSanityCheckRegisterClients
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pContext is the context being registered on.
- * client is the client that issued a RecordCreateContext or
- * RecordRegisterClients request.
- * stuff is a pointer to the request.
- *
- * Returns:
- * Any one of several possible error values if any of the request
- * arguments are invalid. Success if everything is OK.
- *
- * Side Effects: none.
- */
-static int
-RecordSanityCheckRegisterClients(RecordContextPtr pContext, ClientPtr client, xRecordRegisterClientsReq *stuff)
-{
- int err;
- xRecordRange *pRange;
- int i;
- XID recordingClient;
-
- if (((client->req_len << 2) - SIZEOF(xRecordRegisterClientsReq)) !=
- 4 * stuff->nClients + SIZEOF(xRecordRange) * stuff->nRanges)
- return BadLength;
-
- if (stuff->elementHeader &
- ~(XRecordFromClientSequence|XRecordFromClientTime|XRecordFromServerTime))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->elementHeader;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- recordingClient = pContext->pRecordingClient ?
- pContext->pRecordingClient->clientAsMask : 0;
- err = RecordSanityCheckClientSpecifiers(client, (XID *)&stuff[1],
- stuff->nClients, recordingClient);
- if (err != Success) return err;
-
- pRange = (xRecordRange *)(((XID *)&stuff[1]) + stuff->nClients);
- for (i = 0; i < stuff->nRanges; i++, pRange++)
- {
- if (pRange->coreRequestsFirst > pRange->coreRequestsLast)
- {
- client->errorValue = pRange->coreRequestsFirst;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (pRange->coreRepliesFirst > pRange->coreRepliesLast)
- {
- client->errorValue = pRange->coreRepliesFirst;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if ((pRange->extRequestsMajorFirst || pRange->extRequestsMajorLast) &&
- (pRange->extRequestsMajorFirst < 128 ||
- pRange->extRequestsMajorLast < 128 ||
- pRange->extRequestsMajorFirst > pRange->extRequestsMajorLast))
- {
- client->errorValue = pRange->extRequestsMajorFirst;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (pRange->extRequestsMinorFirst > pRange->extRequestsMinorLast)
- {
- client->errorValue = pRange->extRequestsMinorFirst;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if ((pRange->extRepliesMajorFirst || pRange->extRepliesMajorLast) &&
- (pRange->extRepliesMajorFirst < 128 ||
- pRange->extRepliesMajorLast < 128 ||
- pRange->extRepliesMajorFirst > pRange->extRepliesMajorLast))
- {
- client->errorValue = pRange->extRepliesMajorFirst;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (pRange->extRepliesMinorFirst > pRange->extRepliesMinorLast)
- {
- client->errorValue = pRange->extRepliesMinorFirst;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if ((pRange->deliveredEventsFirst || pRange->deliveredEventsLast) &&
- (pRange->deliveredEventsFirst < 2 ||
- pRange->deliveredEventsLast < 2 ||
- pRange->deliveredEventsFirst > pRange->deliveredEventsLast))
- {
- client->errorValue = pRange->deliveredEventsFirst;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if ((pRange->deviceEventsFirst || pRange->deviceEventsLast) &&
- (pRange->deviceEventsFirst < 2 ||
- pRange->deviceEventsLast < 2 ||
- pRange->deviceEventsFirst > pRange->deviceEventsLast))
- {
- client->errorValue = pRange->deviceEventsFirst;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (pRange->errorsFirst > pRange->errorsLast)
- {
- client->errorValue = pRange->errorsFirst;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (pRange->clientStarted != xFalse && pRange->clientStarted != xTrue)
- {
- client->errorValue = pRange->clientStarted;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (pRange->clientDied != xFalse && pRange->clientDied != xTrue)
- {
- client->errorValue = pRange->clientDied;
- return BadValue;
- }
- } /* end for each range */
- return Success;
-} /* end RecordSanityCheckRegisterClients */
-
-/* This is a tactical structure used to gather information about all the sets
- * (RecordSetPtr) that need to be created for an RCAP in the process of
- * digesting a list of RECORDRANGEs (converting it to the internal
- * representation).
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- int nintervals; /* number of intervals in following array */
- RecordSetInterval *intervals; /* array of intervals for this set */
- int size; /* size of intevals array; >= nintervals */
- int align; /* alignment restriction for set */
- int offset; /* where to store set pointer rel. to start of RCAP */
- short first, last; /* if for extension, major opcode interval */
-} SetInfoRec, *SetInfoPtr;
-
-/* These constant are used to index into an array of SetInfoRec. */
-enum {REQ, /* set info for requests */
- REP, /* set info for replies */
- ERR, /* set info for errors */
- DEV, /* set info for device events */
- DLEV, /* set info for delivered events */
- PREDEFSETS}; /* number of predefined array entries */
-
-
-/* RecordAllocIntervals
- *
- * Arguments:
- * psi is a pointer to a SetInfoRec whose intervals pointer is NULL.
- * nIntervals is the desired size of the intervals array.
- *
- * Returns: BadAlloc if a memory allocation error occurred, else Success.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * If Success is returned, psi->intervals is a pointer to size
- * RecordSetIntervals, all zeroed, and psi->size is set to size.
- */
-static int
-RecordAllocIntervals(SetInfoPtr psi, int nIntervals)
-{
- assert(!psi->intervals);
- psi->intervals = (RecordSetInterval *)
- malloc(nIntervals * sizeof(RecordSetInterval));
- if (!psi->intervals)
- return BadAlloc;
- memset(psi->intervals, 0, nIntervals * sizeof(RecordSetInterval));
- psi->size = nIntervals;
- return Success;
-} /* end RecordAllocIntervals */
-
-
-/* RecordConvertRangesToIntervals
- *
- * Arguments:
- * psi is a pointer to the SetInfoRec we are building.
- * pRanges is an array of xRecordRanges.
- * nRanges is the number of elements in pRanges.
- * byteoffset is the offset from the start of an xRecordRange of the
- * two bytes (1 for first, 1 for last) we are interested in.
- * pExtSetInfo, if non-NULL, indicates that the two bytes mentioned
- * above are followed by four bytes (2 for first, 2 for last)
- * representing a minor opcode range, and this information should be
- * stored in one of the SetInfoRecs starting at pExtSetInfo.
- * pnExtSetInfo is the number of elements in the pExtSetInfo array.
- *
- * Returns: BadAlloc if a memory allocation error occurred, else Success.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * The slice of pRanges indicated by byteoffset is stored in psi.
- * If pExtSetInfo is non-NULL, minor opcode intervals are stored
- * in an existing SetInfoRec if the major opcode interval matches, else
- * they are stored in a new SetInfoRec, and *pnExtSetInfo is
- * increased accordingly.
- */
-static int
-RecordConvertRangesToIntervals(
- SetInfoPtr psi,
- xRecordRange *pRanges,
- int nRanges,
- int byteoffset,
- SetInfoPtr pExtSetInfo,
- int *pnExtSetInfo
-)
-{
- int i;
- CARD8 *pCARD8;
- int first, last;
- int err;
-
- for (i = 0; i < nRanges; i++, pRanges++)
- {
- pCARD8 = ((CARD8 *)pRanges) + byteoffset;
- first = pCARD8[0];
- last = pCARD8[1];
- if (first || last)
- {
- if (!psi->intervals)
- {
- err = RecordAllocIntervals(psi, 2 * (nRanges - i));
- if (err != Success)
- return err;
- }
- psi->intervals[psi->nintervals].first = first;
- psi->intervals[psi->nintervals].last = last;
- psi->nintervals++;
- assert(psi->nintervals <= psi->size);
- if (pExtSetInfo)
- {
- SetInfoPtr pesi = pExtSetInfo;
- CARD16 *pCARD16 = (CARD16 *)(pCARD8 + 2);
- int j;
-
- for (j = 0; j < *pnExtSetInfo; j++, pesi++)
- {
- if ( (first == pesi->first) && (last == pesi->last) )
- break;
- }
- if (j == *pnExtSetInfo)
- {
- err = RecordAllocIntervals(pesi, 2 * (nRanges - i));
- if (err != Success)
- return err;
- pesi->first = first;
- pesi->last = last;
- (*pnExtSetInfo)++;
- }
- pesi->intervals[pesi->nintervals].first = pCARD16[0];
- pesi->intervals[pesi->nintervals].last = pCARD16[1];
- pesi->nintervals++;
- assert(pesi->nintervals <= pesi->size);
- }
- }
- }
- return Success;
-} /* end RecordConvertRangesToIntervals */
-
-#define offset_of(_structure, _field) \
- ((char *)(& (_structure . _field)) - (char *)(&_structure))
-
-/* RecordRegisterClients
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pContext is the context on which to register the clients.
- * client is the client that issued the RecordCreateContext or
- * RecordRegisterClients request.
- * stuff is a pointer to the request.
- *
- * Returns:
- * Any one of several possible error values defined by the protocol.
- * Success if everything is OK.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * If different element headers are specified, the context is flushed.
- * If any of the specified clients are already registered on the
- * context, they are first unregistered. A new RCAP is created to
- * hold the specified protocol and clients, and it is linked onto the
- * context. If the context is enabled, appropriate hooks are installed
- * to record the new clients and protocol.
- */
-static int
-RecordRegisterClients(RecordContextPtr pContext, ClientPtr client, xRecordRegisterClientsReq *stuff)
-{
- int err;
- int i;
- SetInfoPtr si;
- int maxSets;
- int nExtReqSets = 0;
- int nExtRepSets = 0;
- int extReqSetsOffset = 0;
- int extRepSetsOffset = 0;
- SetInfoPtr pExtReqSets, pExtRepSets;
- int clientListOffset;
- XID *pCanonClients;
- int clientStarted = 0, clientDied = 0;
- xRecordRange *pRanges, rr;
- int nClients;
- int sizeClients;
- int totRCAPsize;
- RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP;
- int pad;
- XID recordingClient;
-
- /* do all sanity checking up front */
-
- err = RecordSanityCheckRegisterClients(pContext, client, stuff);
- if (err != Success)
- return err;
-
- /* if element headers changed, flush buffer */
-
- if (pContext->elemHeaders != stuff->elementHeader)
- {
- RecordFlushReplyBuffer(pContext, NULL, 0, NULL, 0);
- pContext->elemHeaders = stuff->elementHeader;
- }
-
- nClients = stuff->nClients;
- if (!nClients)
- /* if empty clients list, we're done. */
- return Success;
-
- recordingClient = pContext->pRecordingClient ?
- pContext->pRecordingClient->clientAsMask : 0;
- pCanonClients = RecordCanonicalizeClientSpecifiers((XID *)&stuff[1],
- &nClients, recordingClient);
- if (!pCanonClients)
- return BadAlloc;
-
- /* We may have to create as many as one set for each "predefined"
- * protocol types, plus one per range for extension reuests, plus one per
- * range for extension replies.
- */
- maxSets = PREDEFSETS + 2 * stuff->nRanges;
- si = (SetInfoPtr)malloc(sizeof(SetInfoRec) * maxSets);
- if (!si)
- {
- err = BadAlloc;
- goto bailout;
- }
- memset(si, 0, sizeof(SetInfoRec) * maxSets);
-
- /* theoretically you must do this because NULL may not be all-bits-zero */
- for (i = 0; i < maxSets; i++)
- si[i].intervals = NULL;
-
- pExtReqSets = si + PREDEFSETS;
- pExtRepSets = pExtReqSets + stuff->nRanges;
-
- pRanges = (xRecordRange *)(((XID *)&stuff[1]) + stuff->nClients);
-
- err = RecordConvertRangesToIntervals(&si[REQ], pRanges, stuff->nRanges,
- offset_of(rr, coreRequestsFirst), NULL, NULL);
- if (err != Success) goto bailout;
-
- err = RecordConvertRangesToIntervals(&si[REQ], pRanges, stuff->nRanges,
- offset_of(rr, extRequestsMajorFirst), pExtReqSets, &nExtReqSets);
- if (err != Success) goto bailout;
-
- err = RecordConvertRangesToIntervals(&si[REP], pRanges, stuff->nRanges,
- offset_of(rr, coreRepliesFirst), NULL, NULL);
- if (err != Success) goto bailout;
-
- err = RecordConvertRangesToIntervals(&si[REP], pRanges, stuff->nRanges,
- offset_of(rr, extRepliesMajorFirst), pExtRepSets, &nExtRepSets);
- if (err != Success) goto bailout;
-
- err = RecordConvertRangesToIntervals(&si[ERR], pRanges, stuff->nRanges,
- offset_of(rr, errorsFirst), NULL, NULL);
- if (err != Success) goto bailout;
-
- err = RecordConvertRangesToIntervals(&si[DLEV], pRanges, stuff->nRanges,
- offset_of(rr, deliveredEventsFirst), NULL, NULL);
- if (err != Success) goto bailout;
-
- err = RecordConvertRangesToIntervals(&si[DEV], pRanges, stuff->nRanges,
- offset_of(rr, deviceEventsFirst), NULL, NULL);
- if (err != Success) goto bailout;
-
- /* collect client-started and client-died */
-
- for (i = 0; i < stuff->nRanges; i++)
- {
- if (pRanges[i].clientStarted) clientStarted = TRUE;
- if (pRanges[i].clientDied) clientDied = TRUE;
- }
-
- /* We now have all the information collected to create all the sets,
- * and we can compute the total memory required for the RCAP.
- */
-
- totRCAPsize = sizeof(RecordClientsAndProtocolRec);
-
- /* leave a little room to grow before forcing a separate allocation */
- sizeClients = nClients + CLIENT_ARRAY_GROWTH_INCREMENT;
- pad = RecordPadAlign(totRCAPsize, sizeof(XID));
- clientListOffset = totRCAPsize + pad;
- totRCAPsize += pad + sizeClients * sizeof(XID);
-
- if (nExtReqSets)
- {
- pad = RecordPadAlign(totRCAPsize, sizeof(RecordSetPtr));
- extReqSetsOffset = totRCAPsize + pad;
- totRCAPsize += pad + (nExtReqSets + 1) * sizeof(RecordMinorOpRec);
- }
- if (nExtRepSets)
- {
- pad = RecordPadAlign(totRCAPsize, sizeof(RecordSetPtr));
- extRepSetsOffset = totRCAPsize + pad;
- totRCAPsize += pad + (nExtRepSets + 1) * sizeof(RecordMinorOpRec);
- }
-
- for (i = 0; i < maxSets; i++)
- {
- if (si[i].nintervals)
- {
- si[i].size = RecordSetMemoryRequirements(
- si[i].intervals, si[i].nintervals, &si[i].align);
- pad = RecordPadAlign(totRCAPsize, si[i].align);
- si[i].offset = pad + totRCAPsize;
- totRCAPsize += pad + si[i].size;
- }
- }
-
- /* allocate memory for the whole RCAP */
-
- pRCAP = (RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr)malloc(totRCAPsize);
- if (!pRCAP)
- {
- err = BadAlloc;
- goto bailout;
- }
-
- /* fill in the RCAP */
-
- pRCAP->pContext = pContext;
- pRCAP->pClientIDs = (XID *)((char *)pRCAP + clientListOffset);
- pRCAP->numClients = nClients;
- pRCAP->sizeClients = sizeClients;
- pRCAP->clientIDsSeparatelyAllocated = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < nClients; i++)
- {
- RecordDeleteClientFromContext(pContext, pCanonClients[i]);
- pRCAP->pClientIDs[i] = pCanonClients[i];
- }
-
- /* create all the sets */
-
- if (si[REQ].intervals)
- {
- pRCAP->pRequestMajorOpSet =
- RecordCreateSet(si[REQ].intervals, si[REQ].nintervals,
- (RecordSetPtr)((char *)pRCAP + si[REQ].offset), si[REQ].size);
- }
- else pRCAP->pRequestMajorOpSet = NULL;
-
- if (si[REP].intervals)
- {
- pRCAP->pReplyMajorOpSet =
- RecordCreateSet(si[REP].intervals, si[REP].nintervals,
- (RecordSetPtr)((char *)pRCAP + si[REP].offset), si[REP].size);
- }
- else pRCAP->pReplyMajorOpSet = NULL;
-
- if (si[ERR].intervals)
- {
- pRCAP->pErrorSet =
- RecordCreateSet(si[ERR].intervals, si[ERR].nintervals,
- (RecordSetPtr)((char *)pRCAP + si[ERR].offset), si[ERR].size);
- }
- else pRCAP->pErrorSet = NULL;
-
- if (si[DEV].intervals)
- {
- pRCAP->pDeviceEventSet =
- RecordCreateSet(si[DEV].intervals, si[DEV].nintervals,
- (RecordSetPtr)((char *)pRCAP + si[DEV].offset), si[DEV].size);
- }
- else pRCAP->pDeviceEventSet = NULL;
-
- if (si[DLEV].intervals)
- {
- pRCAP->pDeliveredEventSet =
- RecordCreateSet(si[DLEV].intervals, si[DLEV].nintervals,
- (RecordSetPtr)((char *)pRCAP + si[DLEV].offset), si[DLEV].size);
- }
- else pRCAP->pDeliveredEventSet = NULL;
-
- if (nExtReqSets)
- {
- pRCAP->pRequestMinOpInfo = (RecordMinorOpPtr)
- ((char *)pRCAP + extReqSetsOffset);
- pRCAP->pRequestMinOpInfo[0].count = nExtReqSets;
- for (i = 0; i < nExtReqSets; i++, pExtReqSets++)
- {
- pRCAP->pRequestMinOpInfo[i+1].major.first = pExtReqSets->first;
- pRCAP->pRequestMinOpInfo[i+1].major.last = pExtReqSets->last;
- pRCAP->pRequestMinOpInfo[i+1].major.pMinOpSet =
- RecordCreateSet(pExtReqSets->intervals,
- pExtReqSets->nintervals,
- (RecordSetPtr)((char *)pRCAP + pExtReqSets->offset),
- pExtReqSets->size);
- }
- }
- else pRCAP->pRequestMinOpInfo = NULL;
-
- if (nExtRepSets)
- {
- pRCAP->pReplyMinOpInfo = (RecordMinorOpPtr)
- ((char *)pRCAP + extRepSetsOffset);
- pRCAP->pReplyMinOpInfo[0].count = nExtRepSets;
- for (i = 0; i < nExtRepSets; i++, pExtRepSets++)
- {
- pRCAP->pReplyMinOpInfo[i+1].major.first = pExtRepSets->first;
- pRCAP->pReplyMinOpInfo[i+1].major.last = pExtRepSets->last;
- pRCAP->pReplyMinOpInfo[i+1].major.pMinOpSet =
- RecordCreateSet(pExtRepSets->intervals,
- pExtRepSets->nintervals,
- (RecordSetPtr)((char *)pRCAP + pExtRepSets->offset),
- pExtRepSets->size);
- }
- }
- else pRCAP->pReplyMinOpInfo = NULL;
-
- pRCAP->clientStarted = clientStarted;
- pRCAP->clientDied = clientDied;
-
- /* link the RCAP onto the context */
-
- pRCAP->pNextRCAP = pContext->pListOfRCAP;
- pContext->pListOfRCAP = pRCAP;
-
- if (pContext->pRecordingClient) /* context enabled */
- RecordInstallHooks(pRCAP, 0);
-
-bailout:
- if (si)
- {
- for (i = 0; i < maxSets; i++)
- free(si[i].intervals);
- free(si);
- }
- if (pCanonClients && pCanonClients != (XID *)&stuff[1])
- free(pCanonClients);
- return err;
-} /* RecordRegisterClients */
-
-
-/* Proc functions all take a client argument, execute the request in
- * client->requestBuffer, and return a protocol error status.
- */
-
-static int
-ProcRecordQueryVersion(ClientPtr client)
-{
- /* REQUEST(xRecordQueryVersionReq); */
- xRecordQueryVersionReply rep;
- int n;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecordQueryVersionReq);
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.majorVersion = SERVER_RECORD_MAJOR_VERSION;
- rep.minorVersion = SERVER_RECORD_MINOR_VERSION;
- if(client->swapped)
- {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swaps(&rep.majorVersion, n);
- swaps(&rep.minorVersion, n);
- }
- (void)WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xRecordQueryVersionReply),
- (char *)&rep);
- return Success;
-} /* ProcRecordQueryVersion */
-
-
-static int
-ProcRecordCreateContext(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xRecordCreateContextReq);
- RecordContextPtr pContext;
- RecordContextPtr *ppNewAllContexts = NULL;
- int err = BadAlloc;
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRecordCreateContextReq);
- LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->context, client);
-
- pContext = (RecordContextPtr)malloc(sizeof(RecordContextRec));
- if (!pContext)
- goto bailout;
-
- /* make sure there is room in ppAllContexts to store the new context */
-
- ppNewAllContexts = (RecordContextPtr *)
- realloc(ppAllContexts, sizeof(RecordContextPtr) * (numContexts + 1));
- if (!ppNewAllContexts)
- goto bailout;
- ppAllContexts = ppNewAllContexts;
-
- pContext->id = stuff->context;
- pContext->pRecordingClient = NULL;
- pContext->pListOfRCAP = NULL;
- pContext->elemHeaders = 0;
- pContext->bufCategory = 0;
- pContext->numBufBytes = 0;
- pContext->pBufClient = NULL;
- pContext->continuedReply = 0;
- pContext->inFlush = 0;
-
- err = RecordRegisterClients(pContext, client,
- (xRecordRegisterClientsReq *)stuff);
- if (err != Success)
- goto bailout;
-
- if (AddResource(pContext->id, RTContext, pContext))
- {
- ppAllContexts[numContexts++] = pContext;
- return Success;
- }
- else
- {
- RecordDeleteContext((pointer)pContext, pContext->id);
- err = BadAlloc;
- }
-bailout:
- free(pContext);
- return err;
-} /* ProcRecordCreateContext */
-
-
-static int
-ProcRecordRegisterClients(ClientPtr client)
-{
- RecordContextPtr pContext;
- REQUEST(xRecordRegisterClientsReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRecordRegisterClientsReq);
- VERIFY_CONTEXT(pContext, stuff->context, client);
-
- return RecordRegisterClients(pContext, client, stuff);
-} /* ProcRecordRegisterClients */
-
-
-static int
-ProcRecordUnregisterClients(ClientPtr client)
-{
- RecordContextPtr pContext;
- int err;
- REQUEST(xRecordUnregisterClientsReq);
- XID *pCanonClients;
- int nClients;
- int i;
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRecordUnregisterClientsReq);
- if ((client->req_len << 2) - SIZEOF(xRecordUnregisterClientsReq) !=
- 4 * stuff->nClients)
- return BadLength;
- VERIFY_CONTEXT(pContext, stuff->context, client);
- err = RecordSanityCheckClientSpecifiers(client, (XID *)&stuff[1],
- stuff->nClients, 0);
- if (err != Success)
- return err;
-
- nClients = stuff->nClients;
- pCanonClients = RecordCanonicalizeClientSpecifiers((XID *)&stuff[1],
- &nClients, 0);
- if (!pCanonClients)
- return BadAlloc;
-
- for (i = 0; i < nClients; i++)
- {
- RecordDeleteClientFromContext(pContext, pCanonClients[i]);
- }
- if (pCanonClients != (XID *)&stuff[1])
- free(pCanonClients);
- return Success;
-} /* ProcRecordUnregisterClients */
-
-
-/****************************************************************************/
-
-/* stuff for GetContext */
-
-/* This is a tactical structure used to hold the xRecordRanges as they are
- * being reconstituted from the sets in the RCAPs.
- */
-
-typedef struct {
- xRecordRange *pRanges; /* array of xRecordRanges for one RCAP */
- int size; /* number of elements in pRanges, >= nRanges */
- int nRanges; /* number of occupied element of pRanges */
-} GetContextRangeInfoRec, *GetContextRangeInfoPtr;
-
-
-/* RecordAllocRanges
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pri is a pointer to a GetContextRangeInfoRec to allocate for.
- * nRanges is the number of xRecordRanges desired for pri.
- *
- * Returns: BadAlloc if a memory allocation error occurred, else Success.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * If Success is returned, pri->pRanges points to at least nRanges
- * ranges. pri->nRanges is set to nRanges. pri->size is the actual
- * number of ranges. Newly allocated ranges are zeroed.
- */
-static int
-RecordAllocRanges(GetContextRangeInfoPtr pri, int nRanges)
-{
- int newsize;
- xRecordRange *pNewRange;
-#define SZINCR 8
-
- newsize = max(pri->size + SZINCR, nRanges);
- pNewRange = (xRecordRange *)realloc(pri->pRanges,
- newsize * sizeof(xRecordRange));
- if (!pNewRange)
- return BadAlloc;
-
- pri->pRanges = pNewRange;
- pri->size = newsize;
- memset(&pri->pRanges[pri->size - SZINCR], 0, SZINCR * sizeof(xRecordRange));
- if (pri->nRanges < nRanges)
- pri->nRanges = nRanges;
- return Success;
-} /* RecordAllocRanges */
-
-
-/* RecordConvertSetToRanges
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pSet is the set to be converted.
- * pri is where the result should be stored.
- * byteoffset is the offset from the start of an xRecordRange of the
- * two vales (first, last) we are interested in.
- * card8 is TRUE if the vales are one byte each and FALSE if two bytes
- * each.
- * imax is the largest set value to store in pri->pRanges.
- * pStartIndex, if non-NULL, is the index of the first range in
- * pri->pRanges that should be stored to. If NULL,
- * start at index 0.
- *
- * Returns: BadAlloc if a memory allocation error occurred, else Success.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * If Success is returned, the slice of pri->pRanges indicated by
- * byteoffset and card8 is filled in with the intervals from pSet.
- * if pStartIndex was non-NULL, *pStartIndex is filled in with one
- * more than the index of the last xRecordRange that was touched.
- */
-static int
-RecordConvertSetToRanges(
- RecordSetPtr pSet,
- GetContextRangeInfoPtr pri,
- int byteoffset,
- Bool card8,
- unsigned int imax,
- int *pStartIndex
-)
-{
- int nRanges;
- RecordSetIteratePtr pIter = NULL;
- RecordSetInterval interval;
- CARD8 *pCARD8;
- CARD16 *pCARD16;
- int err;
-
- if (!pSet)
- return Success;
-
- nRanges = pStartIndex ? *pStartIndex : 0;
- while ((pIter = RecordIterateSet(pSet, pIter, &interval)))
- {
- if (interval.first > imax) break;
- if (interval.last > imax) interval.last = imax;
- nRanges++;
- if (nRanges > pri->size)
- {
- err = RecordAllocRanges(pri, nRanges);
- if (err != Success)
- return err;
- }
- else
- pri->nRanges = max(pri->nRanges, nRanges);
- if (card8)
- {
- pCARD8 = ((CARD8 *)&pri->pRanges[nRanges-1]) + byteoffset;
- *pCARD8++ = interval.first;
- *pCARD8 = interval.last;
- }
- else
- {
- pCARD16 = (CARD16 *)
- (((char *)&pri->pRanges[nRanges-1]) + byteoffset);
- *pCARD16++ = interval.first;
- *pCARD16 = interval.last;
- }
- }
- if (pStartIndex)
- *pStartIndex = nRanges;
- return Success;
-} /* RecordConvertSetToRanges */
-
-
-/* RecordConvertMinorOpInfoToRanges
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pMinOpInfo is the minor opcode info to convert to xRecordRanges.
- * pri is where the result should be stored.
- * byteoffset is the offset from the start of an xRecordRange of the
- * four vales (CARD8 major_first, CARD8 major_last,
- * CARD16 minor_first, CARD16 minor_last) we are going to store.
- *
- * Returns: BadAlloc if a memory allocation error occurred, else Success.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * If Success is returned, the slice of pri->pRanges indicated by
- * byteoffset is filled in with the information from pMinOpInfo.
- */
-static int
-RecordConvertMinorOpInfoToRanges(
- RecordMinorOpPtr pMinOpInfo,
- GetContextRangeInfoPtr pri,
- int byteoffset
-)
-{
- int nsets;
- int start;
- int i;
- int err;
-
- if (!pMinOpInfo)
- return Success;
-
- nsets = pMinOpInfo->count;
- pMinOpInfo++;
- start = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < nsets; i++)
- {
- int j, s;
- s = start;
- err = RecordConvertSetToRanges(pMinOpInfo[i].major.pMinOpSet, pri,
- byteoffset + 2, FALSE, 65535, &start);
- if (err != Success) return err;
- for (j = s; j < start; j++)
- {
- CARD8 *pCARD8 = ((CARD8 *)&pri->pRanges[j]) + byteoffset;
- *pCARD8++ = pMinOpInfo[i].major.first;
- *pCARD8 = pMinOpInfo[i].major.last;
- }
- }
- return Success;
-} /* RecordConvertMinorOpInfoToRanges */
-
-
-/* RecordSwapRanges
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pRanges is an array of xRecordRanges.
- * nRanges is the number of elements in pRanges.
- *
- * Returns: nothing.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * The 16 bit fields of each xRecordRange are byte swapped.
- */
-static void
-RecordSwapRanges(xRecordRange *pRanges, int nRanges)
-{
- int i;
- register char n;
- for (i = 0; i < nRanges; i++, pRanges++)
- {
- swaps(&pRanges->extRequestsMinorFirst, n);
- swaps(&pRanges->extRequestsMinorLast, n);
- swaps(&pRanges->extRepliesMinorFirst, n);
- swaps(&pRanges->extRepliesMinorLast, n);
- }
-} /* RecordSwapRanges */
-
-
-static int
-ProcRecordGetContext(ClientPtr client)
-{
- RecordContextPtr pContext;
- REQUEST(xRecordGetContextReq);
- xRecordGetContextReply rep;
- int n;
- RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP;
- int nRCAPs = 0;
- GetContextRangeInfoPtr pRangeInfo;
- GetContextRangeInfoPtr pri;
- int i;
- int err;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecordGetContextReq);
- VERIFY_CONTEXT(pContext, stuff->context, client);
-
- /* how many RCAPs are there on this context? */
-
- for (pRCAP = pContext->pListOfRCAP; pRCAP; pRCAP = pRCAP->pNextRCAP)
- nRCAPs++;
-
- /* allocate and initialize space for record range info */
-
- pRangeInfo = (GetContextRangeInfoPtr)malloc(
- nRCAPs * sizeof(GetContextRangeInfoRec));
- if (!pRangeInfo && nRCAPs > 0)
- return BadAlloc;
- for (i = 0; i < nRCAPs; i++)
- {
- pRangeInfo[i].pRanges = NULL;
- pRangeInfo[i].size = 0;
- pRangeInfo[i].nRanges = 0;
- }
-
- /* convert the RCAP (internal) representation of the recorded protocol
- * to the wire protocol (external) representation, storing the information
- * for the ith RCAP in pri[i]
- */
-
- for (pRCAP = pContext->pListOfRCAP, pri = pRangeInfo;
- pRCAP;
- pRCAP = pRCAP->pNextRCAP, pri++)
- {
- xRecordRange rr;
-
- err = RecordConvertSetToRanges(pRCAP->pRequestMajorOpSet, pri,
- offset_of(rr, coreRequestsFirst), TRUE, 127, NULL);
- if (err != Success) goto bailout;
-
- err = RecordConvertSetToRanges(pRCAP->pReplyMajorOpSet, pri,
- offset_of(rr, coreRepliesFirst), TRUE, 127, NULL);
- if (err != Success) goto bailout;
-
- err = RecordConvertSetToRanges(pRCAP->pDeliveredEventSet, pri,
- offset_of(rr, deliveredEventsFirst), TRUE, 255, NULL);
- if (err != Success) goto bailout;
-
- err = RecordConvertSetToRanges(pRCAP->pDeviceEventSet, pri,
- offset_of(rr, deviceEventsFirst), TRUE, 255, NULL);
- if (err != Success) goto bailout;
-
- err = RecordConvertSetToRanges(pRCAP->pErrorSet, pri,
- offset_of(rr, errorsFirst), TRUE, 255, NULL);
- if (err != Success) goto bailout;
-
- err = RecordConvertMinorOpInfoToRanges(pRCAP->pRequestMinOpInfo,
- pri, offset_of(rr, extRequestsMajorFirst));
- if (err != Success) goto bailout;
-
- err = RecordConvertMinorOpInfoToRanges(pRCAP->pReplyMinOpInfo,
- pri, offset_of(rr, extRepliesMajorFirst));
- if (err != Success) goto bailout;
-
- if (pRCAP->clientStarted || pRCAP->clientDied)
- {
- if (pri->nRanges == 0)
- RecordAllocRanges(pri, 1);
- pri->pRanges[0].clientStarted = pRCAP->clientStarted;
- pri->pRanges[0].clientDied = pRCAP->clientDied;
- }
- }
-
- /* calculate number of clients and reply length */
-
- rep.nClients = 0;
- rep.length = 0;
- for (pRCAP = pContext->pListOfRCAP, pri = pRangeInfo;
- pRCAP;
- pRCAP = pRCAP->pNextRCAP, pri++)
- {
- rep.nClients += pRCAP->numClients;
- rep.length += pRCAP->numClients *
- ( bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xRecordClientInfo)) +
- pri->nRanges * bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xRecordRange)));
- }
-
- /* write the reply header */
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.enabled = pContext->pRecordingClient != NULL;
- rep.elementHeader = pContext->elemHeaders;
- if(client->swapped)
- {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.nClients, n);
- }
- (void)WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xRecordGetContextReply),
- (char *)&rep);
-
- /* write all the CLIENT_INFOs */
-
- for (pRCAP = pContext->pListOfRCAP, pri = pRangeInfo;
- pRCAP;
- pRCAP = pRCAP->pNextRCAP, pri++)
- {
- xRecordClientInfo rci;
- rci.nRanges = pri->nRanges;
- if (client->swapped)
- {
- swapl(&rci.nRanges, n);
- RecordSwapRanges(pri->pRanges, pri->nRanges);
- }
- for (i = 0; i < pRCAP->numClients; i++)
- {
- rci.clientResource = pRCAP->pClientIDs[i];
- if (client->swapped) swapl(&rci.clientResource, n);
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xRecordClientInfo), (char *)&rci);
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xRecordRange) * pri->nRanges,
- (char *)pri->pRanges);
- }
- }
- err = Success;
-
-bailout:
- for (i = 0; i < nRCAPs; i++)
- {
- free(pRangeInfo[i].pRanges);
- }
- free(pRangeInfo);
- return err;
-} /* ProcRecordGetContext */
-
-
-static int
-ProcRecordEnableContext(ClientPtr client)
-{
- RecordContextPtr pContext;
- REQUEST(xRecordEnableContextReq);
- int i;
- RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecordGetContextReq);
- VERIFY_CONTEXT(pContext, stuff->context, client);
- if (pContext->pRecordingClient)
- return BadMatch; /* already enabled */
-
- /* install record hooks for each RCAP */
-
- for (pRCAP = pContext->pListOfRCAP; pRCAP; pRCAP = pRCAP->pNextRCAP)
- {
- int err = RecordInstallHooks(pRCAP, 0);
- if (err != Success)
- { /* undo the previous installs */
- RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pUninstallRCAP;
- for (pUninstallRCAP = pContext->pListOfRCAP;
- pUninstallRCAP != pRCAP;
- pUninstallRCAP = pUninstallRCAP->pNextRCAP)
- {
- RecordUninstallHooks(pUninstallRCAP, 0);
- }
- return err;
- }
- }
-
- /* Disallow further request processing on this connection until
- * the context is disabled.
- */
- IgnoreClient(client);
- pContext->pRecordingClient = client;
-
- /* Don't allow the data connection to record itself; unregister it. */
- RecordDeleteClientFromContext(pContext,
- pContext->pRecordingClient->clientAsMask);
-
- /* move the newly enabled context to the front part of ppAllContexts,
- * where all the enabled contexts are
- */
- i = RecordFindContextOnAllContexts(pContext);
- assert(i >= numEnabledContexts);
- if (i != numEnabledContexts)
- {
- ppAllContexts[i] = ppAllContexts[numEnabledContexts];
- ppAllContexts[numEnabledContexts] = pContext;
- }
-
- ++numEnabledContexts;
- assert(numEnabledContexts > 0);
-
- /* send StartOfData */
- RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, NULL, XRecordStartOfData, NULL, 0, 0);
- RecordFlushReplyBuffer(pContext, NULL, 0, NULL, 0);
- return Success;
-} /* ProcRecordEnableContext */
-
-
-/* RecordDisableContext
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pContext is the context to disable.
- * nRanges is the number of elements in pRanges.
- *
- * Returns: nothing.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * If the context was enabled, it is disabled. An EndOfData
- * message is sent to the recording client. Recording hooks for
- * this context are uninstalled. The context is moved to the
- * rear part of the ppAllContexts array. numEnabledContexts is
- * decremented. Request processing for the formerly recording client
- * is resumed.
- */
-static void
-RecordDisableContext(RecordContextPtr pContext)
-{
- RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP;
- int i;
-
- if (!pContext->pRecordingClient) return;
- if (!pContext->pRecordingClient->clientGone)
- {
- RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, NULL, XRecordEndOfData, NULL, 0, 0);
- RecordFlushReplyBuffer(pContext, NULL, 0, NULL, 0);
- /* Re-enable request processing on this connection. */
- AttendClient(pContext->pRecordingClient);
- }
-
- for (pRCAP = pContext->pListOfRCAP; pRCAP; pRCAP = pRCAP->pNextRCAP)
- {
- RecordUninstallHooks(pRCAP, 0);
- }
-
- pContext->pRecordingClient = NULL;
-
- /* move the newly disabled context to the rear part of ppAllContexts,
- * where all the disabled contexts are
- */
- i = RecordFindContextOnAllContexts(pContext);
- assert( (i != -1) && (i < numEnabledContexts) );
- if (i != (numEnabledContexts - 1) )
- {
- ppAllContexts[i] = ppAllContexts[numEnabledContexts-1];
- ppAllContexts[numEnabledContexts-1] = pContext;
- }
- --numEnabledContexts;
- assert(numEnabledContexts >= 0);
-} /* RecordDisableContext */
-
-
-static int
-ProcRecordDisableContext(ClientPtr client)
-{
- RecordContextPtr pContext;
- REQUEST(xRecordDisableContextReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecordDisableContextReq);
- VERIFY_CONTEXT(pContext, stuff->context, client);
- RecordDisableContext(pContext);
- return Success;
-} /* ProcRecordDisableContext */
-
-
-/* RecordDeleteContext
- *
- * Arguments:
- * value is the context to delete.
- * id is its resource ID.
- *
- * Returns: Success.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * Disables the context, frees all associated memory, and removes
- * it from the ppAllContexts array.
- */
-static int
-RecordDeleteContext(pointer value, XID id)
-{
- int i;
- RecordContextPtr pContext = (RecordContextPtr)value;
- RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP;
-
- RecordDisableContext(pContext);
-
- /* Remove all the clients from all the RCAPs.
- * As a result, the RCAPs will be freed.
- */
-
- while ((pRCAP = pContext->pListOfRCAP))
- {
- int numClients = pRCAP->numClients;
- /* when the last client is deleted, the RCAP will go away. */
- while(numClients--)
- {
- RecordDeleteClientFromRCAP(pRCAP, numClients);
- }
- }
-
- /* remove context from AllContexts list */
-
- if (-1 != (i = RecordFindContextOnAllContexts(pContext)))
- {
- ppAllContexts[i] = ppAllContexts[numContexts - 1];
- if (--numContexts == 0)
- {
- free(ppAllContexts);
- ppAllContexts = NULL;
- }
- }
- free(pContext);
-
- return Success;
-} /* RecordDeleteContext */
-
-
-static int
-ProcRecordFreeContext(ClientPtr client)
-{
- RecordContextPtr pContext;
- REQUEST(xRecordFreeContextReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecordFreeContextReq);
- VERIFY_CONTEXT(pContext, stuff->context, client);
- FreeResource(stuff->context, RT_NONE);
- return Success;
-} /* ProcRecordFreeContext */
-
-
-static int
-ProcRecordDispatch(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xReq);
-
- switch (stuff->data)
- {
- case X_RecordQueryVersion:
- return ProcRecordQueryVersion(client);
- case X_RecordCreateContext:
- return ProcRecordCreateContext(client);
- case X_RecordRegisterClients:
- return ProcRecordRegisterClients(client);
- case X_RecordUnregisterClients:
- return ProcRecordUnregisterClients(client);
- case X_RecordGetContext:
- return ProcRecordGetContext(client);
- case X_RecordEnableContext:
- return ProcRecordEnableContext(client);
- case X_RecordDisableContext:
- return ProcRecordDisableContext(client);
- case X_RecordFreeContext:
- return ProcRecordFreeContext(client);
- default:
- return BadRequest;
- }
-} /* ProcRecordDispatch */
-
-
-static int
-SProcRecordQueryVersion(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xRecordQueryVersionReq);
- register char n;
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecordQueryVersionReq);
- swaps(&stuff->majorVersion, n);
- swaps(&stuff->minorVersion,n);
- return ProcRecordQueryVersion(client);
-} /* SProcRecordQueryVersion */
-
-
-static int
-SwapCreateRegister(xRecordRegisterClientsReq *stuff)
-{
- register char n;
- int i;
- XID *pClientID;
-
- swapl(&stuff->context, n);
- swapl(&stuff->nClients, n);
- swapl(&stuff->nRanges, n);
- pClientID = (XID *)&stuff[1];
- if (stuff->nClients > stuff->length - bytes_to_int32(sz_xRecordRegisterClientsReq))
- return BadLength;
- for (i = 0; i < stuff->nClients; i++, pClientID++)
- {
- swapl(pClientID, n);
- }
- if (stuff->nRanges > stuff->length - bytes_to_int32(sz_xRecordRegisterClientsReq)
- - stuff->nClients)
- return BadLength;
- RecordSwapRanges((xRecordRange *)pClientID, stuff->nRanges);
- return Success;
-} /* SwapCreateRegister */
-
-
-static int
-SProcRecordCreateContext(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xRecordCreateContextReq);
- int status;
- register char n;
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRecordCreateContextReq);
- if ((status = SwapCreateRegister((pointer)stuff)) != Success)
- return status;
- return ProcRecordCreateContext(client);
-} /* SProcRecordCreateContext */
-
-
-static int
-SProcRecordRegisterClients(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xRecordRegisterClientsReq);
- int status;
- register char n;
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRecordRegisterClientsReq);
- if ((status = SwapCreateRegister((pointer)stuff)) != Success)
- return status;
- return ProcRecordRegisterClients(client);
-} /* SProcRecordRegisterClients */
-
-
-static int
-SProcRecordUnregisterClients(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xRecordUnregisterClientsReq);
- register char n;
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRecordUnregisterClientsReq);
- swapl(&stuff->context, n);
- swapl(&stuff->nClients, n);
- SwapRestL(stuff);
- return ProcRecordUnregisterClients(client);
-} /* SProcRecordUnregisterClients */
-
-
-static int
-SProcRecordGetContext(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xRecordGetContextReq);
- register char n;
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecordGetContextReq);
- swapl(&stuff->context, n);
- return ProcRecordGetContext(client);
-} /* SProcRecordGetContext */
-
-static int
-SProcRecordEnableContext(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xRecordEnableContextReq);
- register char n;
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecordEnableContextReq);
- swapl(&stuff->context, n);
- return ProcRecordEnableContext(client);
-} /* SProcRecordEnableContext */
-
-
-static int
-SProcRecordDisableContext(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xRecordDisableContextReq);
- register char n;
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecordDisableContextReq);
- swapl(&stuff->context, n);
- return ProcRecordDisableContext(client);
-} /* SProcRecordDisableContext */
-
-
-static int
-SProcRecordFreeContext(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xRecordFreeContextReq);
- register char n;
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecordFreeContextReq);
- swapl(&stuff->context, n);
- return ProcRecordFreeContext(client);
-} /* SProcRecordFreeContext */
-
-
-static int
-SProcRecordDispatch(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xReq);
-
- switch (stuff->data)
- {
- case X_RecordQueryVersion:
- return SProcRecordQueryVersion(client);
- case X_RecordCreateContext:
- return SProcRecordCreateContext(client);
- case X_RecordRegisterClients:
- return SProcRecordRegisterClients(client);
- case X_RecordUnregisterClients:
- return SProcRecordUnregisterClients(client);
- case X_RecordGetContext:
- return SProcRecordGetContext(client);
- case X_RecordEnableContext:
- return SProcRecordEnableContext(client);
- case X_RecordDisableContext:
- return SProcRecordDisableContext(client);
- case X_RecordFreeContext:
- return SProcRecordFreeContext(client);
- default:
- return BadRequest;
- }
-} /* SProcRecordDispatch */
-
-/* RecordConnectionSetupInfo
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pContext is an enabled context that specifies recording of
- * connection setup info.
- * pci holds the connection setup info.
- *
- * Returns: nothing.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * The connection setup info is sent to the recording client.
- */
-static void
-RecordConnectionSetupInfo(RecordContextPtr pContext, NewClientInfoRec *pci)
-{
- int prefixsize = SIZEOF(xConnSetupPrefix);
- int restsize = pci->prefix->length * 4;
-
- if (pci->client->swapped)
- {
- char *pConnSetup = (char *)malloc(prefixsize + restsize);
- if (!pConnSetup)
- return;
- SwapConnSetupPrefix(pci->prefix, (xConnSetupPrefix*)pConnSetup);
- SwapConnSetupInfo((char*)pci->setup, (char*)(pConnSetup + prefixsize));
- RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, pci->client, XRecordClientStarted,
- (pointer)pConnSetup, prefixsize + restsize, 0);
- free(pConnSetup);
- }
- else
- {
- /* don't alloc and copy as in the swapped case; just send the
- * data in two pieces
- */
- RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, pci->client, XRecordClientStarted,
- (pointer)pci->prefix, prefixsize, restsize);
- RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, pci->client, XRecordClientStarted,
- (pointer)pci->setup, restsize, /* continuation */ -1);
- }
-} /* RecordConnectionSetupInfo */
-
-
-/* RecordDeleteContext
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pcbl is &ClientStateCallback.
- * nullata is NULL.
- * calldata is a pointer to a NewClientInfoRec (include/dixstruct.h)
- * which contains information about client state changes.
- *
- * Returns: nothing.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * If a new client has connected and any contexts have specified
- * XRecordFutureClients, the new client is registered on those contexts.
- * If any of those contexts specify recording of the connection setup
- * info, it is recorded.
- *
- * If an existing client has disconnected, it is deleted from any
- * contexts that it was registered on. If any of those contexts
- * specified XRecordClientDied, they record a ClientDied protocol element.
- * If the disconnectiong client happened to be the data connection of an
- * enabled context, the context is disabled.
- */
-
-static void
-RecordAClientStateChange(CallbackListPtr *pcbl, pointer nulldata, pointer calldata)
-{
- NewClientInfoRec *pci = (NewClientInfoRec *)calldata;
- int i;
- ClientPtr pClient = pci->client;
- RecordContextPtr *ppAllContextsCopy = NULL;
- int numContextsCopy = 0;
-
- switch (pClient->clientState)
- {
- case ClientStateRunning: /* new client */
- for (i = 0; i < numContexts; i++)
- {
- RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP;
- RecordContextPtr pContext = ppAllContexts[i];
-
- if ((pRCAP = RecordFindClientOnContext(pContext,
- XRecordFutureClients, NULL)))
- {
- RecordAddClientToRCAP(pRCAP, pClient->clientAsMask);
- if (pContext->pRecordingClient && pRCAP->clientStarted)
- RecordConnectionSetupInfo(pContext, pci);
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case ClientStateGone:
- case ClientStateRetained: /* client disconnected */
-
- /* RecordDisableContext modifies contents of ppAllContexts. */
- numContextsCopy = numContexts;
- ppAllContextsCopy = malloc(numContextsCopy * sizeof(RecordContextPtr));
- assert(ppAllContextsCopy);
- memcpy(ppAllContextsCopy, ppAllContexts, numContextsCopy * sizeof(RecordContextPtr));
-
- for (i = 0; i < numContextsCopy; i++)
- {
- RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP;
- RecordContextPtr pContext = ppAllContextsCopy[i];
- int pos;
-
- if (pContext->pRecordingClient == pClient)
- RecordDisableContext(pContext);
- if ((pRCAP = RecordFindClientOnContext(pContext,
- pClient->clientAsMask, &pos)))
- {
- if (pContext->pRecordingClient && pRCAP->clientDied)
- RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, pClient,
- XRecordClientDied, NULL, 0, 0);
- RecordDeleteClientFromRCAP(pRCAP, pos);
- }
- }
-
- free(ppAllContextsCopy);
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- } /* end switch on client state */
-} /* RecordAClientStateChange */
-
-
-/* RecordCloseDown
- *
- * Arguments:
- * extEntry is the extension information for RECORD.
- *
- * Returns: nothing.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * Performs any cleanup needed by RECORD at server shutdown time.
- *
- */
-static void
-RecordCloseDown(ExtensionEntry *extEntry)
-{
- DeleteCallback(&ClientStateCallback, RecordAClientStateChange, NULL);
-} /* RecordCloseDown */
-
-
-/* RecordExtensionInit
- *
- * Arguments: none.
- *
- * Returns: nothing.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * Enables the RECORD extension if possible.
- */
-void
-RecordExtensionInit(void)
-{
- ExtensionEntry *extentry;
-
- RTContext = CreateNewResourceType(RecordDeleteContext, "RecordContext");
- if (!RTContext)
- return;
-
- if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(RecordClientPrivateKey, PRIVATE_CLIENT, 0))
- return;
-
- ppAllContexts = NULL;
- numContexts = numEnabledContexts = numEnabledRCAPs = 0;
-
- if (!AddCallback(&ClientStateCallback, RecordAClientStateChange, NULL))
- return;
-
- extentry = AddExtension(RECORD_NAME, RecordNumEvents, RecordNumErrors,
- ProcRecordDispatch, SProcRecordDispatch,
- RecordCloseDown, StandardMinorOpcode);
- if (!extentry)
- {
- DeleteCallback(&ClientStateCallback, RecordAClientStateChange, NULL);
- return;
- }
- SetResourceTypeErrorValue(RTContext, extentry->errorBase + XRecordBadContext);
-
-} /* RecordExtensionInit */
-
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1995, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall
+not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+from The Open Group.
+
+Author: David P. Wiggins, The Open Group
+
+This work benefited from earlier work done by Martha Zimet of NCD
+and Jim Haggerty of Metheus.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include <X11/extensions/recordproto.h>
+#include "set.h"
+#include "swaprep.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "eventconvert.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "panoramiX.h"
+#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
+#include "cursor.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "protocol-versions.h"
+
+static RESTYPE RTContext; /* internal resource type for Record contexts */
+
+/* How many bytes of protocol data to buffer in a context. Don't set to less
+ * than 32.
+ */
+#define REPLY_BUF_SIZE 1024
+
+/* Record Context structure */
+
+typedef struct {
+ XID id; /* resource id of context */
+ ClientPtr pRecordingClient; /* client that has context enabled */
+ struct _RecordClientsAndProtocolRec *pListOfRCAP; /* all registered info */
+ ClientPtr pBufClient; /* client whose protocol is in replyBuffer*/
+ unsigned int continuedReply:1; /* recording a reply that is split up? */
+ char elemHeaders; /* element header flags (time/seq no.) */
+ char bufCategory; /* category of protocol in replyBuffer */
+ int numBufBytes; /* number of bytes in replyBuffer */
+ char replyBuffer[REPLY_BUF_SIZE]; /* buffered recorded protocol */
+ int inFlush; /* are we inside RecordFlushReplyBuffer */
+} RecordContextRec, *RecordContextPtr;
+
+/* RecordMinorOpRec - to hold minor opcode selections for extension requests
+ * and replies
+ */
+
+typedef union {
+ int count; /* first element of array: how many "major" structs to follow */
+ struct { /* rest of array elements are this */
+ short first; /* first major opcode */
+ short last; /* last major opcode */
+ RecordSetPtr pMinOpSet; /* minor opcode set for above major range */
+ } major;
+} RecordMinorOpRec, *RecordMinorOpPtr;
+
+
+/* RecordClientsAndProtocolRec, nicknamed RCAP - holds all the client and
+ * protocol selections passed in a single CreateContext or RegisterClients.
+ * Generally, a context will have one of these from the create and an
+ * additional one for each RegisterClients. RCAPs are freed when all their
+ * clients are unregistered.
+ */
+
+typedef struct _RecordClientsAndProtocolRec {
+ RecordContextPtr pContext; /* context that owns this RCAP */
+ struct _RecordClientsAndProtocolRec *pNextRCAP; /* next RCAP on context */
+ RecordSetPtr pRequestMajorOpSet; /* requests to record */
+ RecordMinorOpPtr pRequestMinOpInfo; /* extension requests to record */
+ RecordSetPtr pReplyMajorOpSet; /* replies to record */
+ RecordMinorOpPtr pReplyMinOpInfo; /* extension replies to record */
+ RecordSetPtr pDeviceEventSet; /* device events to record */
+ RecordSetPtr pDeliveredEventSet; /* delivered events to record */
+ RecordSetPtr pErrorSet; /* errors to record */
+ XID * pClientIDs; /* array of clients to record */
+ short numClients; /* number of clients in pClientIDs */
+ short sizeClients; /* size of pClientIDs array */
+ unsigned int clientStarted:1; /* record new client connections? */
+ unsigned int clientDied:1; /* record client disconnections? */
+ unsigned int clientIDsSeparatelyAllocated:1; /* pClientIDs malloced? */
+} RecordClientsAndProtocolRec, *RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr;
+
+/* how much bigger to make pRCAP->pClientIDs when reallocing */
+#define CLIENT_ARRAY_GROWTH_INCREMENT 4
+
+/* counts the total number of RCAPs belonging to enabled contexts. */
+static int numEnabledRCAPs;
+
+/* void VERIFY_CONTEXT(RecordContextPtr, XID, ClientPtr)
+ * In the spirit of the VERIFY_* macros in dix.h, this macro fills in
+ * the context pointer if the given ID is a valid Record Context, else it
+ * returns an error.
+ */
+#define VERIFY_CONTEXT(_pContext, _contextid, _client) { \
+ int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&(_pContext), _contextid, \
+ RTContext, _client, DixUseAccess); \
+ if (rc != Success) \
+ return rc; \
+}
+
+static int RecordDeleteContext(
+ pointer /*value*/,
+ XID /*id*/
+);
+
+void RecordExtensionInit(void);
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/* client private stuff */
+
+/* To make declarations less obfuscated, have a typedef for a pointer to a
+ * Proc function.
+ */
+typedef int (*ProcFunctionPtr)(
+ ClientPtr /*pClient*/
+);
+
+/* Record client private. Generally a client only has one of these if
+ * any of its requests are being recorded.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+/* ptr to client's proc vector before Record stuck its nose in */
+ ProcFunctionPtr *originalVector;
+
+/* proc vector with pointers for recorded requests redirected to the
+ * function RecordARequest
+ */
+ ProcFunctionPtr recordVector[256];
+} RecordClientPrivateRec, *RecordClientPrivatePtr;
+
+static DevPrivateKeyRec RecordClientPrivateKeyRec;
+#define RecordClientPrivateKey (&RecordClientPrivateKeyRec)
+
+/* RecordClientPrivatePtr RecordClientPrivate(ClientPtr)
+ * gets the client private of the given client. Syntactic sugar.
+ */
+#define RecordClientPrivate(_pClient) (RecordClientPrivatePtr) \
+ dixLookupPrivate(&(_pClient)->devPrivates, RecordClientPrivateKey)
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/* global list of all contexts */
+
+static RecordContextPtr *ppAllContexts;
+
+static int numContexts;/* number of contexts in ppAllContexts */
+
+/* number of currently enabled contexts. All enabled contexts are bunched
+ * up at the front of the ppAllContexts array, from ppAllContexts[0] to
+ * ppAllContexts[numEnabledContexts-1], to eliminate time spent skipping
+ * past disabled contexts.
+ */
+static int numEnabledContexts;
+
+/* RecordFindContextOnAllContexts
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * pContext is the context to search for.
+ *
+ * Returns:
+ * The index into the array ppAllContexts at which pContext is stored.
+ * If pContext is not found in ppAllContexts, returns -1.
+ *
+ * Side Effects: none.
+ */
+static int
+RecordFindContextOnAllContexts(RecordContextPtr pContext)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ assert(numContexts >= numEnabledContexts);
+ for (i = 0; i < numContexts; i++)
+ {
+ if (ppAllContexts[i] == pContext)
+ return i;
+ }
+ return -1;
+} /* RecordFindContextOnAllContexts */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/* RecordFlushReplyBuffer
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * pContext is the context to flush.
+ * data1 is a pointer to additional data, and len1 is its length in bytes.
+ * data2 is a pointer to additional data, and len2 is its length in bytes.
+ *
+ * Returns: nothing.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * If the context is enabled, any buffered (recorded) protocol is written
+ * to the recording client, and the number of buffered bytes is set to
+ * zero. If len1 is not zero, data1/len1 are then written to the
+ * recording client, and similarly for data2/len2 (written after
+ * data1/len1).
+ */
+static void
+RecordFlushReplyBuffer(
+ RecordContextPtr pContext,
+ pointer data1,
+ int len1,
+ pointer data2,
+ int len2
+)
+{
+ if (!pContext->pRecordingClient || pContext->pRecordingClient->clientGone || pContext->inFlush)
+ return;
+ ++pContext->inFlush;
+ if (pContext->numBufBytes)
+ WriteToClient(pContext->pRecordingClient, pContext->numBufBytes,
+ (char *)pContext->replyBuffer);
+ pContext->numBufBytes = 0;
+ if (len1)
+ WriteToClient(pContext->pRecordingClient, len1, (char *)data1);
+ if (len2)
+ WriteToClient(pContext->pRecordingClient, len2, (char *)data2);
+ --pContext->inFlush;
+} /* RecordFlushReplyBuffer */
+
+
+/* RecordAProtocolElement
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * pContext is the context that is recording a protocol element.
+ * pClient is the client whose protocol is being recorded. For
+ * device events and EndOfData, pClient is NULL.
+ * category is the category of the protocol element, as defined
+ * by the RECORD spec.
+ * data is a pointer to the protocol data, and datalen is its length
+ * in bytes.
+ * futurelen is the number of bytes that will be sent in subsequent
+ * calls to this function to complete this protocol element.
+ * In those subsequent calls, futurelen will be -1 to indicate
+ * that the current data is a continuation of the same protocol
+ * element.
+ *
+ * Returns: nothing.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The context may be flushed. The new protocol element will be
+ * added to the context's protocol buffer with appropriate element
+ * headers prepended (sequence number and timestamp). If the data
+ * is continuation data (futurelen == -1), element headers won't
+ * be added. If the protocol element and headers won't fit in
+ * the context's buffer, it is sent directly to the recording
+ * client (after any buffered data).
+ */
+static void
+RecordAProtocolElement(RecordContextPtr pContext, ClientPtr pClient,
+ int category, pointer data, int datalen, int futurelen)
+{
+ CARD32 elemHeaderData[2];
+ int numElemHeaders = 0;
+ Bool recordingClientSwapped = pContext->pRecordingClient->swapped;
+ int n;
+ CARD32 serverTime = 0;
+ Bool gotServerTime = FALSE;
+ int replylen;
+
+ if (futurelen >= 0)
+ { /* start of new protocol element */
+ xRecordEnableContextReply *pRep = (xRecordEnableContextReply *)
+ pContext->replyBuffer;
+ if (pContext->pBufClient != pClient ||
+ pContext->bufCategory != category)
+ {
+ RecordFlushReplyBuffer(pContext, NULL, 0, NULL, 0);
+ pContext->pBufClient = pClient;
+ pContext->bufCategory = category;
+ }
+
+ if (!pContext->numBufBytes)
+ {
+ serverTime = GetTimeInMillis();
+ gotServerTime = TRUE;
+ pRep->type = X_Reply;
+ pRep->category = category;
+ pRep->sequenceNumber = pContext->pRecordingClient->sequence;
+ pRep->length = 0;
+ pRep->elementHeader = pContext->elemHeaders;
+ pRep->serverTime = serverTime;
+ if (pClient)
+ {
+ pRep->clientSwapped =
+ (pClient->swapped != recordingClientSwapped);
+ pRep->idBase = pClient->clientAsMask;
+ pRep->recordedSequenceNumber = pClient->sequence;
+ }
+ else /* it's a device event, StartOfData, or EndOfData */
+ {
+ pRep->clientSwapped = (category != XRecordFromServer) &&
+ recordingClientSwapped;
+ pRep->idBase = 0;
+ pRep->recordedSequenceNumber = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (recordingClientSwapped)
+ {
+ swaps(&pRep->sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&pRep->length, n);
+ swapl(&pRep->idBase, n);
+ swapl(&pRep->serverTime, n);
+ swapl(&pRep->recordedSequenceNumber, n);
+ }
+ pContext->numBufBytes = SIZEOF(xRecordEnableContextReply);
+ }
+
+ /* generate element headers if needed */
+
+ if ( ( (pContext->elemHeaders & XRecordFromClientTime)
+ && category == XRecordFromClient)
+ ||
+ ( (pContext->elemHeaders & XRecordFromServerTime)
+ && category == XRecordFromServer))
+ {
+ if (gotServerTime)
+ elemHeaderData[numElemHeaders] = serverTime;
+ else
+ elemHeaderData[numElemHeaders] = GetTimeInMillis();
+ if (recordingClientSwapped)
+ swapl(&elemHeaderData[numElemHeaders], n);
+ numElemHeaders++;
+ }
+
+ if ( (pContext->elemHeaders & XRecordFromClientSequence)
+ &&
+ (category == XRecordFromClient || category == XRecordClientDied))
+ {
+ elemHeaderData[numElemHeaders] = pClient->sequence;
+ if (recordingClientSwapped)
+ swapl(&elemHeaderData[numElemHeaders], n);
+ numElemHeaders++;
+ }
+
+ /* adjust reply length */
+
+ replylen = pRep->length;
+ if (recordingClientSwapped) swapl(&replylen, n);
+ replylen += numElemHeaders + bytes_to_int32(datalen) +
+ bytes_to_int32(futurelen);
+ if (recordingClientSwapped) swapl(&replylen, n);
+ pRep->length = replylen;
+ } /* end if not continued reply */
+
+ numElemHeaders *= 4;
+
+ /* if space available >= space needed, buffer the data */
+
+ if (REPLY_BUF_SIZE - pContext->numBufBytes >= datalen + numElemHeaders)
+ {
+ if (numElemHeaders)
+ {
+ memcpy(pContext->replyBuffer + pContext->numBufBytes,
+ elemHeaderData, numElemHeaders);
+ pContext->numBufBytes += numElemHeaders;
+ }
+ if (datalen)
+ {
+ memcpy(pContext->replyBuffer + pContext->numBufBytes,
+ data, datalen);
+ pContext->numBufBytes += datalen;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ RecordFlushReplyBuffer(pContext, (pointer)elemHeaderData,
+ numElemHeaders, (pointer)data, datalen);
+
+} /* RecordAProtocolElement */
+
+
+/* RecordFindClientOnContext
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * pContext is the context to search.
+ * clientspec is the resource ID mask identifying the client to search
+ * for, or XRecordFutureClients.
+ * pposition is a pointer to an int, or NULL. See Returns.
+ *
+ * Returns:
+ * The RCAP on which clientspec was found, or NULL if not found on
+ * any RCAP on the given context.
+ * If pposition was not NULL and the returned RCAP is not NULL,
+ * *pposition will be set to the index into the returned the RCAP's
+ * pClientIDs array that holds clientspec.
+ *
+ * Side Effects: none.
+ */
+static RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr
+RecordFindClientOnContext(
+ RecordContextPtr pContext,
+ XID clientspec,
+ int *pposition
+)
+{
+ RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP;
+
+ for (pRCAP = pContext->pListOfRCAP; pRCAP; pRCAP = pRCAP->pNextRCAP)
+ {
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < pRCAP->numClients; i++)
+ {
+ if (pRCAP->pClientIDs[i] == clientspec)
+ {
+ if (pposition)
+ *pposition = i;
+ return pRCAP;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return NULL;
+} /* RecordFindClientOnContext */
+
+
+/* RecordABigRequest
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * pContext is the recording context.
+ * client is the client being recorded.
+ * stuff is a pointer to the big request of client (see the Big Requests
+ * extension for details.)
+ *
+ * Returns: nothing.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The big request is recorded with the correct length field re-inserted.
+ *
+ * Note: this function exists mainly to make RecordARequest smaller.
+ */
+static void
+RecordABigRequest(RecordContextPtr pContext, ClientPtr client, xReq *stuff)
+{
+ CARD32 bigLength;
+ char n;
+ int bytesLeft;
+
+ /* note: client->req_len has been frobbed by ReadRequestFromClient
+ * (os/io.c) to discount the extra 4 bytes taken by the extended length
+ * field in a big request. The actual request length to record is
+ * client->req_len + 1 (measured in CARD32s).
+ */
+
+ /* record the request header */
+ bytesLeft = client->req_len << 2;
+ RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, client, XRecordFromClient,
+ (pointer)stuff, SIZEOF(xReq), bytesLeft);
+
+ /* reinsert the extended length field that was squished out */
+ bigLength = client->req_len + bytes_to_int32(sizeof(bigLength));
+ if (client->swapped)
+ swapl(&bigLength, n);
+ RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, client, XRecordFromClient,
+ (pointer)&bigLength, sizeof(bigLength), /* continuation */ -1);
+ bytesLeft -= sizeof(bigLength);
+
+ /* record the rest of the request after the length */
+ RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, client, XRecordFromClient,
+ (pointer)(stuff + 1), bytesLeft, /* continuation */ -1);
+} /* RecordABigRequest */
+
+
+/* RecordARequest
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * client is a client that the server has dispatched a request to by
+ * calling client->requestVector[request opcode] .
+ * The request is in client->requestBuffer.
+ *
+ * Returns:
+ * Whatever is returned by the "real" Proc function for this request.
+ * The "real" Proc function is the function that was in
+ * client->requestVector[request opcode] before it was replaced by
+ * RecordARequest. (See the function RecordInstallHooks.)
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The request is recorded by all contexts that have registered this
+ * request for this client. The real Proc function is called.
+ */
+static int
+RecordARequest(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ RecordContextPtr pContext;
+ RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP;
+ int i;
+ RecordClientPrivatePtr pClientPriv;
+ REQUEST(xReq);
+ int majorop;
+
+ majorop = stuff->reqType;
+ for (i = 0; i < numEnabledContexts; i++)
+ {
+ pContext = ppAllContexts[i];
+ pRCAP = RecordFindClientOnContext(pContext, client->clientAsMask,
+ NULL);
+ if (pRCAP && pRCAP->pRequestMajorOpSet &&
+ RecordIsMemberOfSet(pRCAP->pRequestMajorOpSet, majorop))
+ {
+ if (majorop <= 127)
+ { /* core request */
+
+ if (stuff->length == 0)
+ RecordABigRequest(pContext, client, stuff);
+ else
+ RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, client, XRecordFromClient,
+ (pointer)stuff, client->req_len << 2, 0);
+ }
+ else /* extension, check minor opcode */
+ {
+ int minorop = MinorOpcodeOfRequest(client);
+ int numMinOpInfo;
+ RecordMinorOpPtr pMinorOpInfo = pRCAP->pRequestMinOpInfo;
+
+ assert (pMinorOpInfo);
+ numMinOpInfo = pMinorOpInfo->count;
+ pMinorOpInfo++;
+ assert (numMinOpInfo);
+ for ( ; numMinOpInfo; numMinOpInfo--, pMinorOpInfo++)
+ {
+ if (majorop >= pMinorOpInfo->major.first &&
+ majorop <= pMinorOpInfo->major.last &&
+ RecordIsMemberOfSet(pMinorOpInfo->major.pMinOpSet,
+ minorop))
+ {
+ if (stuff->length == 0)
+ RecordABigRequest(pContext, client, stuff);
+ else
+ RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, client,
+ XRecordFromClient, (pointer)stuff,
+ client->req_len << 2, 0);
+ break;
+ }
+ } /* end for each minor op info */
+ } /* end extension request */
+ } /* end this RCAP wants this major opcode */
+ } /* end for each context */
+ pClientPriv = RecordClientPrivate(client);
+ assert(pClientPriv);
+ return (* pClientPriv->originalVector[majorop])(client);
+} /* RecordARequest */
+
+/* RecordAReply
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * pcbl is &ReplyCallback.
+ * nulldata is NULL.
+ * calldata is a pointer to a ReplyInfoRec (include/os.h)
+ * which provides information about replies that are being sent
+ * to clients.
+ *
+ * Returns: nothing.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The reply is recorded by all contexts that have registered this
+ * reply type for this client. If more data belonging to the same
+ * reply is expected, and if the reply is being recorded by any
+ * context, pContext->continuedReply is set to 1.
+ * If pContext->continuedReply was already 1 and this is the last
+ * chunk of data belonging to this reply, it is set to 0.
+ */
+static void
+RecordAReply(CallbackListPtr *pcbl, pointer nulldata, pointer calldata)
+{
+ RecordContextPtr pContext;
+ RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP;
+ int eci;
+ int majorop;
+ ReplyInfoRec *pri = (ReplyInfoRec *)calldata;
+ ClientPtr client = pri->client;
+ REQUEST(xReq);
+
+ majorop = stuff->reqType;
+ for (eci = 0; eci < numEnabledContexts; eci++)
+ {
+ pContext = ppAllContexts[eci];
+ pRCAP = RecordFindClientOnContext(pContext, client->clientAsMask,
+ NULL);
+ if (pRCAP)
+ {
+ if (pContext->continuedReply)
+ {
+ RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, client, XRecordFromServer,
+ (pointer)pri->replyData, pri->dataLenBytes, /* continuation */ -1);
+ if (!pri->bytesRemaining)
+ pContext->continuedReply = 0;
+ }
+ else if (pri->startOfReply && pRCAP->pReplyMajorOpSet &&
+ RecordIsMemberOfSet(pRCAP->pReplyMajorOpSet, majorop))
+ {
+ if (majorop <= 127)
+ { /* core reply */
+ RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, client, XRecordFromServer,
+ (pointer)pri->replyData, pri->dataLenBytes, pri->bytesRemaining);
+ if (pri->bytesRemaining)
+ pContext->continuedReply = 1;
+ }
+ else /* extension, check minor opcode */
+ {
+ int minorop = MinorOpcodeOfRequest(client);
+ int numMinOpInfo;
+ RecordMinorOpPtr pMinorOpInfo = pRCAP->pReplyMinOpInfo;
+ assert (pMinorOpInfo);
+ numMinOpInfo = pMinorOpInfo->count;
+ pMinorOpInfo++;
+ assert (numMinOpInfo);
+ for ( ; numMinOpInfo; numMinOpInfo--, pMinorOpInfo++)
+ {
+ if (majorop >= pMinorOpInfo->major.first &&
+ majorop <= pMinorOpInfo->major.last &&
+ RecordIsMemberOfSet(pMinorOpInfo->major.pMinOpSet,
+ minorop))
+ {
+ RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, client,
+ XRecordFromServer, (pointer)pri->replyData,
+ pri->dataLenBytes, pri->bytesRemaining);
+ if (pri->bytesRemaining)
+ pContext->continuedReply = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ } /* end for each minor op info */
+ } /* end extension reply */
+ } /* end continued reply vs. start of reply */
+ } /* end client is registered on this context */
+ } /* end for each context */
+} /* RecordAReply */
+
+
+/* RecordADeliveredEventOrError
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * pcbl is &EventCallback.
+ * nulldata is NULL.
+ * calldata is a pointer to a EventInfoRec (include/dix.h)
+ * which provides information about events that are being sent
+ * to clients.
+ *
+ * Returns: nothing.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The event or error is recorded by all contexts that have registered
+ * it for this client.
+ */
+static void
+RecordADeliveredEventOrError(CallbackListPtr *pcbl, pointer nulldata, pointer calldata)
+{
+ EventInfoRec *pei = (EventInfoRec *)calldata;
+ RecordContextPtr pContext;
+ RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP;
+ int eci; /* enabled context index */
+ ClientPtr pClient = pei->client;
+
+ for (eci = 0; eci < numEnabledContexts; eci++)
+ {
+ pContext = ppAllContexts[eci];
+ pRCAP = RecordFindClientOnContext(pContext, pClient->clientAsMask,
+ NULL);
+ if (pRCAP && (pRCAP->pDeliveredEventSet || pRCAP->pErrorSet))
+ {
+ int ev; /* event index */
+ xEvent *pev = pei->events;
+ for (ev = 0; ev < pei->count; ev++, pev++)
+ {
+ int recordit = 0;
+ if (pRCAP->pErrorSet)
+ {
+ recordit = RecordIsMemberOfSet(pRCAP->pErrorSet,
+ ((xError *)(pev))->errorCode);
+ }
+ else if (pRCAP->pDeliveredEventSet)
+ {
+ recordit = RecordIsMemberOfSet(pRCAP->pDeliveredEventSet,
+ pev->u.u.type & 0177);
+ }
+ if (recordit)
+ {
+ xEvent swappedEvent;
+ xEvent *pEvToRecord = pev;
+
+ if (pClient->swapped)
+ {
+ (*EventSwapVector[pev->u.u.type & 0177])
+ (pev, &swappedEvent);
+ pEvToRecord = &swappedEvent;
+
+ }
+ RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, pClient,
+ XRecordFromServer, pEvToRecord, SIZEOF(xEvent), 0);
+ }
+ } /* end for each event */
+ } /* end this client is on this context */
+ } /* end for each enabled context */
+} /* RecordADeliveredEventOrError */
+
+
+static void
+RecordSendProtocolEvents(RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP,
+ RecordContextPtr pContext,
+ xEvent* pev, int count)
+{
+ int ev; /* event index */
+
+ for (ev = 0; ev < count; ev++, pev++)
+ {
+ if (RecordIsMemberOfSet(pRCAP->pDeviceEventSet,
+ pev->u.u.type & 0177))
+ {
+ xEvent swappedEvent;
+ xEvent *pEvToRecord = pev;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ xEvent shiftedEvent;
+
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension &&
+ (pev->u.u.type == MotionNotify ||
+ pev->u.u.type == ButtonPress ||
+ pev->u.u.type == ButtonRelease ||
+ pev->u.u.type == KeyPress ||
+ pev->u.u.type == KeyRelease)) {
+ int scr = XineramaGetCursorScreen(inputInfo.pointer);
+ memcpy(&shiftedEvent, pev, sizeof(xEvent));
+ shiftedEvent.u.keyButtonPointer.rootX +=
+ screenInfo.screens[scr]->x -
+ screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+ shiftedEvent.u.keyButtonPointer.rootY +=
+ screenInfo.screens[scr]->y -
+ screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+ pEvToRecord = &shiftedEvent;
+ }
+#endif /* PANORAMIX */
+
+ if (pContext->pRecordingClient->swapped)
+ {
+ (*EventSwapVector[pEvToRecord->u.u.type & 0177])
+ (pEvToRecord, &swappedEvent);
+ pEvToRecord = &swappedEvent;
+ }
+
+ RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, NULL,
+ XRecordFromServer, pEvToRecord, SIZEOF(xEvent), 0);
+ /* make sure device events get flushed in the absence
+ * of other client activity
+ */
+ SetCriticalOutputPending();
+ }
+ } /* end for each event */
+
+} /* RecordADeviceEvent */
+
+/* RecordADeviceEvent
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * pcbl is &DeviceEventCallback.
+ * nulldata is NULL.
+ * calldata is a pointer to a DeviceEventInfoRec (include/dix.h)
+ * which provides information about device events that occur.
+ *
+ * Returns: nothing.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The device event is recorded by all contexts that have registered
+ * it for this client.
+ */
+static void
+RecordADeviceEvent(CallbackListPtr *pcbl, pointer nulldata, pointer calldata)
+{
+ DeviceEventInfoRec *pei = (DeviceEventInfoRec *)calldata;
+ RecordContextPtr pContext;
+ RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP;
+ int eci; /* enabled context index */
+
+ for (eci = 0; eci < numEnabledContexts; eci++)
+ {
+ pContext = ppAllContexts[eci];
+ for (pRCAP = pContext->pListOfRCAP; pRCAP; pRCAP = pRCAP->pNextRCAP)
+ {
+ if (pRCAP->pDeviceEventSet)
+ {
+ int count;
+ xEvent *xi_events = NULL;
+
+ /* TODO check return values */
+ if (IsMaster(pei->device))
+ {
+ xEvent *core_events;
+ EventToCore(pei->event, &core_events, &count);
+ RecordSendProtocolEvents(pRCAP, pContext, core_events,
+ count);
+ free(core_events);
+ }
+
+ EventToXI(pei->event, &xi_events, &count);
+ RecordSendProtocolEvents(pRCAP, pContext, xi_events, count);
+ free(xi_events);
+ } /* end this RCAP selects device events */
+ } /* end for each RCAP on this context */
+ } /* end for each enabled context */
+}
+
+
+/* RecordFlushAllContexts
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * pcbl is &FlushCallback.
+ * nulldata and calldata are NULL.
+ *
+ * Returns: nothing.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * All buffered reply data of all enabled contexts is written to
+ * the recording clients.
+ */
+static void
+RecordFlushAllContexts(
+ CallbackListPtr *pcbl,
+ pointer nulldata,
+ pointer calldata
+)
+{
+ int eci; /* enabled context index */
+ RecordContextPtr pContext;
+
+ for (eci = 0; eci < numEnabledContexts; eci++)
+ {
+ pContext = ppAllContexts[eci];
+
+ /* In most cases we leave it to RecordFlushReplyBuffer to make
+ * this check, but this function could be called very often, so we
+ * check before calling hoping to save the function call cost
+ * most of the time.
+ */
+ if (pContext->numBufBytes)
+ RecordFlushReplyBuffer(ppAllContexts[eci], NULL, 0, NULL, 0);
+ }
+} /* RecordFlushAllContexts */
+
+
+/* RecordInstallHooks
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * pRCAP is an RCAP on an enabled or being-enabled context.
+ * oneclient can be zero or the resource ID mask identifying a client.
+ *
+ * Returns: BadAlloc if a memory allocation error occurred, else Success.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Recording hooks needed by RCAP are installed.
+ * If oneclient is zero, recording hooks needed for all clients and
+ * protocol on the RCAP are installed. If oneclient is non-zero,
+ * only those hooks needed for the specified client are installed.
+ *
+ * Client requestVectors may be altered. numEnabledRCAPs will be
+ * incremented if oneclient == 0. Callbacks may be added to
+ * various callback lists.
+ */
+static int
+RecordInstallHooks(RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP, XID oneclient)
+{
+ int i = 0;
+ XID client;
+
+ if (oneclient)
+ client = oneclient;
+ else
+ client = pRCAP->numClients ? pRCAP->pClientIDs[i++] : 0;
+
+ while (client)
+ {
+ if (client != XRecordFutureClients)
+ {
+ if (pRCAP->pRequestMajorOpSet)
+ {
+ RecordSetIteratePtr pIter = NULL;
+ RecordSetInterval interval;
+ ClientPtr pClient = clients[CLIENT_ID(client)];
+
+ if (pClient && !RecordClientPrivate(pClient))
+ {
+ RecordClientPrivatePtr pClientPriv;
+ /* no Record proc vector; allocate one */
+ pClientPriv = (RecordClientPrivatePtr)
+ malloc(sizeof(RecordClientPrivateRec));
+ if (!pClientPriv)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ /* copy old proc vector to new */
+ memcpy(pClientPriv->recordVector, pClient->requestVector,
+ sizeof (pClientPriv->recordVector));
+ pClientPriv->originalVector = pClient->requestVector;
+ dixSetPrivate(&pClient->devPrivates,
+ RecordClientPrivateKey, pClientPriv);
+ pClient->requestVector = pClientPriv->recordVector;
+ }
+ while ((pIter = RecordIterateSet(pRCAP->pRequestMajorOpSet,
+ pIter, &interval)))
+ {
+ unsigned int j;
+ for (j = interval.first; j <= interval.last; j++)
+ pClient->requestVector[j] = RecordARequest;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (oneclient)
+ client = 0;
+ else
+ client = (i < pRCAP->numClients) ? pRCAP->pClientIDs[i++] : 0;
+ }
+
+ assert(numEnabledRCAPs >= 0);
+ if (!oneclient && ++numEnabledRCAPs == 1)
+ { /* we're enabling the first context */
+ if (!AddCallback(&EventCallback, RecordADeliveredEventOrError, NULL))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ if (!AddCallback(&DeviceEventCallback, RecordADeviceEvent, NULL))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ if (!AddCallback(&ReplyCallback, RecordAReply, NULL))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ if (!AddCallback(&FlushCallback, RecordFlushAllContexts, NULL))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ /* Alternate context flushing scheme: delete the line above
+ * and call RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers here passing
+ * RecordFlushAllContexts. Is this any better?
+ */
+ }
+ return Success;
+} /* RecordInstallHooks */
+
+
+/* RecordUninstallHooks
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * pRCAP is an RCAP on an enabled or being-disabled context.
+ * oneclient can be zero or the resource ID mask identifying a client.
+ *
+ * Returns: nothing.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Recording hooks needed by RCAP may be uninstalled.
+ * If oneclient is zero, recording hooks needed for all clients and
+ * protocol on the RCAP may be uninstalled. If oneclient is non-zero,
+ * only those hooks needed for the specified client may be uninstalled.
+ *
+ * Client requestVectors may be altered. numEnabledRCAPs will be
+ * decremented if oneclient == 0. Callbacks may be deleted from
+ * various callback lists.
+ */
+static void
+RecordUninstallHooks(RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP, XID oneclient)
+{
+ int i = 0;
+ XID client;
+
+ if (oneclient)
+ client = oneclient;
+ else
+ client = pRCAP->numClients ? pRCAP->pClientIDs[i++] : 0;
+
+ while (client)
+ {
+ if (client != XRecordFutureClients)
+ {
+ if (pRCAP->pRequestMajorOpSet)
+ {
+ ClientPtr pClient = clients[CLIENT_ID(client)];
+ int c;
+ Bool otherRCAPwantsProcVector = FALSE;
+ RecordClientPrivatePtr pClientPriv = NULL;
+
+ assert (pClient);
+ pClientPriv = RecordClientPrivate(pClient);
+ assert (pClientPriv);
+ memcpy(pClientPriv->recordVector, pClientPriv->originalVector,
+ sizeof (pClientPriv->recordVector));
+
+ for (c = 0; c < numEnabledContexts; c++)
+ {
+ RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pOtherRCAP;
+ RecordContextPtr pContext = ppAllContexts[c];
+
+ if (pContext == pRCAP->pContext) continue;
+ pOtherRCAP = RecordFindClientOnContext(pContext, client,
+ NULL);
+ if (pOtherRCAP && pOtherRCAP->pRequestMajorOpSet)
+ {
+ RecordSetIteratePtr pIter = NULL;
+ RecordSetInterval interval;
+
+ otherRCAPwantsProcVector = TRUE;
+ while ((pIter = RecordIterateSet(
+ pOtherRCAP->pRequestMajorOpSet,
+ pIter, &interval)))
+ {
+ unsigned int j;
+ for (j = interval.first; j <= interval.last; j++)
+ pClient->requestVector[j] = RecordARequest;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (!otherRCAPwantsProcVector)
+ { /* nobody needs it, so free it */
+ pClient->requestVector = pClientPriv->originalVector;
+ dixSetPrivate(&pClient->devPrivates,
+ RecordClientPrivateKey, NULL);
+ free(pClientPriv);
+ }
+ } /* end if this RCAP specifies any requests */
+ } /* end if not future clients */
+ if (oneclient)
+ client = 0;
+ else
+ client = (i < pRCAP->numClients) ? pRCAP->pClientIDs[i++] : 0;
+ }
+
+ assert(numEnabledRCAPs >= 1);
+ if (!oneclient && --numEnabledRCAPs == 0)
+ { /* we're disabling the last context */
+ DeleteCallback(&EventCallback, RecordADeliveredEventOrError, NULL);
+ DeleteCallback(&DeviceEventCallback, RecordADeviceEvent, NULL);
+ DeleteCallback(&ReplyCallback, RecordAReply, NULL);
+ DeleteCallback(&FlushCallback, RecordFlushAllContexts, NULL);
+ /* Alternate context flushing scheme: delete the line above
+ * and call RemoveBlockAndWakeupHandlers here passing
+ * RecordFlushAllContexts. Is this any better?
+ */
+ /* Having deleted the callback, call it one last time. -gildea */
+ RecordFlushAllContexts(&FlushCallback, NULL, NULL);
+ }
+} /* RecordUninstallHooks */
+
+
+/* RecordDeleteClientFromRCAP
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * pRCAP is an RCAP to delete the client from.
+ * position is the index into the array pRCAP->pClientIDs of the
+ * client to delete.
+ *
+ * Returns: nothing.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Recording hooks needed by client will be uninstalled if the context
+ * is enabled. The designated client will be removed from the
+ * pRCAP->pClientIDs array. If it was the only client on the RCAP,
+ * the RCAP is removed from the context and freed. (Invariant: RCAPs
+ * have at least one client.)
+ */
+static void
+RecordDeleteClientFromRCAP(RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP, int position)
+{
+ if (pRCAP->pContext->pRecordingClient)
+ RecordUninstallHooks(pRCAP, pRCAP->pClientIDs[position]);
+ if (position != pRCAP->numClients - 1)
+ pRCAP->pClientIDs[position] = pRCAP->pClientIDs[pRCAP->numClients - 1];
+ if (--pRCAP->numClients == 0)
+ { /* no more clients; remove RCAP from context's list */
+ RecordContextPtr pContext = pRCAP->pContext;
+ if (pContext->pRecordingClient)
+ RecordUninstallHooks(pRCAP, 0);
+ if (pContext->pListOfRCAP == pRCAP)
+ pContext->pListOfRCAP = pRCAP->pNextRCAP;
+ else
+ {
+ RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr prevRCAP;
+ for (prevRCAP = pContext->pListOfRCAP;
+ prevRCAP->pNextRCAP != pRCAP;
+ prevRCAP = prevRCAP->pNextRCAP)
+ ;
+ prevRCAP->pNextRCAP = pRCAP->pNextRCAP;
+ }
+ /* free the RCAP */
+ if (pRCAP->clientIDsSeparatelyAllocated)
+ free(pRCAP->pClientIDs);
+ free(pRCAP);
+ }
+} /* RecordDeleteClientFromRCAP */
+
+
+/* RecordAddClientToRCAP
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * pRCAP is an RCAP to add the client to.
+ * clientspec is the resource ID mask identifying a client, or
+ * XRecordFutureClients.
+ *
+ * Returns: nothing.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Recording hooks needed by client will be installed if the context
+ * is enabled. The designated client will be added to the
+ * pRCAP->pClientIDs array, which may be realloced.
+ * pRCAP->clientIDsSeparatelyAllocated may be set to 1 if there
+ * is no more room to hold clients internal to the RCAP.
+ */
+static void
+RecordAddClientToRCAP(RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP, XID clientspec)
+{
+ if (pRCAP->numClients == pRCAP->sizeClients)
+ {
+ if (pRCAP->clientIDsSeparatelyAllocated)
+ {
+ XID *pNewIDs = (XID *)realloc(pRCAP->pClientIDs,
+ (pRCAP->sizeClients + CLIENT_ARRAY_GROWTH_INCREMENT) *
+ sizeof(XID));
+ if (!pNewIDs)
+ return;
+ pRCAP->pClientIDs = pNewIDs;
+ pRCAP->sizeClients += CLIENT_ARRAY_GROWTH_INCREMENT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ XID *pNewIDs = (XID *)malloc((pRCAP->sizeClients +
+ CLIENT_ARRAY_GROWTH_INCREMENT) * sizeof(XID));
+ if (!pNewIDs)
+ return;
+ memcpy(pNewIDs, pRCAP->pClientIDs, pRCAP->numClients *sizeof(XID));
+ pRCAP->pClientIDs = pNewIDs;
+ pRCAP->sizeClients += CLIENT_ARRAY_GROWTH_INCREMENT;
+ pRCAP->clientIDsSeparatelyAllocated = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ pRCAP->pClientIDs[pRCAP->numClients++] = clientspec;
+ if (pRCAP->pContext->pRecordingClient)
+ RecordInstallHooks(pRCAP, clientspec);
+} /* RecordDeleteClientFromRCAP */
+
+
+/* RecordDeleteClientFromContext
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * pContext is the context to delete from.
+ * clientspec is the resource ID mask identifying a client, or
+ * XRecordFutureClients.
+ *
+ * Returns: nothing.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * If clientspec is on any RCAP of the context, it is deleted from that
+ * RCAP. (A given clientspec can only be on one RCAP of a context.)
+ */
+static void
+RecordDeleteClientFromContext(RecordContextPtr pContext, XID clientspec)
+{
+ RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP;
+ int position;
+
+ if ((pRCAP = RecordFindClientOnContext(pContext, clientspec, &position)))
+ RecordDeleteClientFromRCAP(pRCAP, position);
+} /* RecordDeleteClientFromContext */
+
+
+/* RecordSanityCheckClientSpecifiers
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * clientspecs is an array of alleged CLIENTSPECs passed by the client.
+ * nspecs is the number of elements in clientspecs.
+ * errorspec, if non-zero, is the resource id base of a client that
+ * must not appear in clienspecs.
+ *
+ * Returns: BadMatch if any of the clientspecs are invalid, else Success.
+ *
+ * Side Effects: none.
+ */
+static int
+RecordSanityCheckClientSpecifiers(ClientPtr client, XID *clientspecs, int nspecs, XID errorspec)
+{
+ int i;
+ int clientIndex;
+ int rc;
+ pointer value;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < nspecs; i++)
+ {
+ if (clientspecs[i] == XRecordCurrentClients ||
+ clientspecs[i] == XRecordFutureClients ||
+ clientspecs[i] == XRecordAllClients)
+ continue;
+ if (errorspec && (CLIENT_BITS(clientspecs[i]) == errorspec) )
+ return BadMatch;
+ clientIndex = CLIENT_ID(clientspecs[i]);
+ if (clientIndex && clients[clientIndex] &&
+ clients[clientIndex]->clientState == ClientStateRunning)
+ {
+ if (clientspecs[i] == clients[clientIndex]->clientAsMask)
+ continue;
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByClass(&value, clientspecs[i], RC_ANY,
+ client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+ else
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+ return Success;
+} /* RecordSanityCheckClientSpecifiers */
+
+
+/* RecordCanonicalizeClientSpecifiers
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * pClientspecs is an array of CLIENTSPECs that have been sanity
+ * checked.
+ * pNumClientspecs is a pointer to the number of elements in pClientspecs.
+ * excludespec, if non-zero, is the resource id base of a client that
+ * should not be included in the expansion of XRecordAllClients or
+ * XRecordCurrentClients.
+ *
+ * Returns:
+ * A pointer to an array of CLIENTSPECs that is the same as the
+ * passed array with the following modifications:
+ * - all but the client id bits of resource IDs are stripped off.
+ * - duplicates removed.
+ * - XRecordAllClients expanded to a list of all currently connected
+ * clients + XRecordFutureClients - excludespec (if non-zero)
+ * - XRecordCurrentClients expanded to a list of all currently
+ * connected clients - excludespec (if non-zero)
+ * The returned array may be the passed array modified in place, or
+ * it may be an malloc'ed array. The caller should keep a pointer to the
+ * original array and free the returned array if it is different.
+ *
+ * *pNumClientspecs is set to the number of elements in the returned
+ * array.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * pClientspecs may be modified in place.
+ */
+static XID *
+RecordCanonicalizeClientSpecifiers(XID *pClientspecs, int *pNumClientspecs, XID excludespec)
+{
+ int i;
+ int numClients = *pNumClientspecs;
+
+ /* first pass strips off the resource index bits, leaving just the
+ * client id bits. This makes searching for a particular client simpler
+ * (and faster.)
+ */
+ for (i = 0; i < numClients; i++)
+ {
+ XID cs = pClientspecs[i];
+ if (cs > XRecordAllClients)
+ pClientspecs[i] = CLIENT_BITS(cs);
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < numClients; i++)
+ {
+ if (pClientspecs[i] == XRecordAllClients ||
+ pClientspecs[i] == XRecordCurrentClients)
+ { /* expand All/Current */
+ int j, nc;
+ XID *pCanon = (XID *)malloc(sizeof(XID) * (currentMaxClients + 1));
+ if (!pCanon) return NULL;
+ for (nc = 0, j = 1; j < currentMaxClients; j++)
+ {
+ ClientPtr client = clients[j];
+ if (client != NullClient &&
+ client->clientState == ClientStateRunning &&
+ client->clientAsMask != excludespec)
+ {
+ pCanon[nc++] = client->clientAsMask;
+ }
+ }
+ if (pClientspecs[i] == XRecordAllClients)
+ pCanon[nc++] = XRecordFutureClients;
+ *pNumClientspecs = nc;
+ return pCanon;
+ }
+ else /* not All or Current */
+ {
+ int j;
+ for (j = i + 1; j < numClients; )
+ {
+ if (pClientspecs[i] == pClientspecs[j])
+ {
+ pClientspecs[j] = pClientspecs[--numClients];
+ }
+ else
+ j++;
+ }
+ }
+ } /* end for each clientspec */
+ *pNumClientspecs = numClients;
+ return pClientspecs;
+} /* RecordCanonicalizeClientSpecifiers */
+
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+
+/* stuff for RegisterClients */
+
+/* RecordPadAlign
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * size is the number of bytes taken by an object.
+ * align is a byte boundary (e.g. 4, 8)
+ *
+ * Returns:
+ * the number of pad bytes to add at the end of an object of the
+ * given size so that an object placed immediately behind it will
+ * begin on an <align>-byte boundary.
+ *
+ * Side Effects: none.
+ */
+static int
+RecordPadAlign(int size, int align)
+{
+ return (align - (size & (align - 1))) & (align - 1);
+} /* RecordPadAlign */
+
+
+/* RecordSanityCheckRegisterClients
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * pContext is the context being registered on.
+ * client is the client that issued a RecordCreateContext or
+ * RecordRegisterClients request.
+ * stuff is a pointer to the request.
+ *
+ * Returns:
+ * Any one of several possible error values if any of the request
+ * arguments are invalid. Success if everything is OK.
+ *
+ * Side Effects: none.
+ */
+static int
+RecordSanityCheckRegisterClients(RecordContextPtr pContext, ClientPtr client, xRecordRegisterClientsReq *stuff)
+{
+ int err;
+ xRecordRange *pRange;
+ int i;
+ XID recordingClient;
+
+ if (((client->req_len << 2) - SIZEOF(xRecordRegisterClientsReq)) !=
+ 4 * stuff->nClients + SIZEOF(xRecordRange) * stuff->nRanges)
+ return BadLength;
+
+ if (stuff->elementHeader &
+ ~(XRecordFromClientSequence|XRecordFromClientTime|XRecordFromServerTime))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->elementHeader;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ recordingClient = pContext->pRecordingClient ?
+ pContext->pRecordingClient->clientAsMask : 0;
+ err = RecordSanityCheckClientSpecifiers(client, (XID *)&stuff[1],
+ stuff->nClients, recordingClient);
+ if (err != Success) return err;
+
+ pRange = (xRecordRange *)(((XID *)&stuff[1]) + stuff->nClients);
+ for (i = 0; i < stuff->nRanges; i++, pRange++)
+ {
+ if (pRange->coreRequestsFirst > pRange->coreRequestsLast)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = pRange->coreRequestsFirst;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (pRange->coreRepliesFirst > pRange->coreRepliesLast)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = pRange->coreRepliesFirst;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if ((pRange->extRequestsMajorFirst || pRange->extRequestsMajorLast) &&
+ (pRange->extRequestsMajorFirst < 128 ||
+ pRange->extRequestsMajorLast < 128 ||
+ pRange->extRequestsMajorFirst > pRange->extRequestsMajorLast))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = pRange->extRequestsMajorFirst;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (pRange->extRequestsMinorFirst > pRange->extRequestsMinorLast)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = pRange->extRequestsMinorFirst;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if ((pRange->extRepliesMajorFirst || pRange->extRepliesMajorLast) &&
+ (pRange->extRepliesMajorFirst < 128 ||
+ pRange->extRepliesMajorLast < 128 ||
+ pRange->extRepliesMajorFirst > pRange->extRepliesMajorLast))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = pRange->extRepliesMajorFirst;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (pRange->extRepliesMinorFirst > pRange->extRepliesMinorLast)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = pRange->extRepliesMinorFirst;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if ((pRange->deliveredEventsFirst || pRange->deliveredEventsLast) &&
+ (pRange->deliveredEventsFirst < 2 ||
+ pRange->deliveredEventsLast < 2 ||
+ pRange->deliveredEventsFirst > pRange->deliveredEventsLast))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = pRange->deliveredEventsFirst;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if ((pRange->deviceEventsFirst || pRange->deviceEventsLast) &&
+ (pRange->deviceEventsFirst < 2 ||
+ pRange->deviceEventsLast < 2 ||
+ pRange->deviceEventsFirst > pRange->deviceEventsLast))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = pRange->deviceEventsFirst;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (pRange->errorsFirst > pRange->errorsLast)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = pRange->errorsFirst;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (pRange->clientStarted != xFalse && pRange->clientStarted != xTrue)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = pRange->clientStarted;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (pRange->clientDied != xFalse && pRange->clientDied != xTrue)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = pRange->clientDied;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ } /* end for each range */
+ return Success;
+} /* end RecordSanityCheckRegisterClients */
+
+/* This is a tactical structure used to gather information about all the sets
+ * (RecordSetPtr) that need to be created for an RCAP in the process of
+ * digesting a list of RECORDRANGEs (converting it to the internal
+ * representation).
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ int nintervals; /* number of intervals in following array */
+ RecordSetInterval *intervals; /* array of intervals for this set */
+ int size; /* size of intevals array; >= nintervals */
+ int align; /* alignment restriction for set */
+ int offset; /* where to store set pointer rel. to start of RCAP */
+ short first, last; /* if for extension, major opcode interval */
+} SetInfoRec, *SetInfoPtr;
+
+/* These constant are used to index into an array of SetInfoRec. */
+enum {REQ, /* set info for requests */
+ REP, /* set info for replies */
+ ERR, /* set info for errors */
+ DEV, /* set info for device events */
+ DLEV, /* set info for delivered events */
+ PREDEFSETS}; /* number of predefined array entries */
+
+
+/* RecordAllocIntervals
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * psi is a pointer to a SetInfoRec whose intervals pointer is NULL.
+ * nIntervals is the desired size of the intervals array.
+ *
+ * Returns: BadAlloc if a memory allocation error occurred, else Success.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * If Success is returned, psi->intervals is a pointer to size
+ * RecordSetIntervals, all zeroed, and psi->size is set to size.
+ */
+static int
+RecordAllocIntervals(SetInfoPtr psi, int nIntervals)
+{
+ assert(!psi->intervals);
+ psi->intervals = (RecordSetInterval *)
+ malloc(nIntervals * sizeof(RecordSetInterval));
+ if (!psi->intervals)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ memset(psi->intervals, 0, nIntervals * sizeof(RecordSetInterval));
+ psi->size = nIntervals;
+ return Success;
+} /* end RecordAllocIntervals */
+
+
+/* RecordConvertRangesToIntervals
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * psi is a pointer to the SetInfoRec we are building.
+ * pRanges is an array of xRecordRanges.
+ * nRanges is the number of elements in pRanges.
+ * byteoffset is the offset from the start of an xRecordRange of the
+ * two bytes (1 for first, 1 for last) we are interested in.
+ * pExtSetInfo, if non-NULL, indicates that the two bytes mentioned
+ * above are followed by four bytes (2 for first, 2 for last)
+ * representing a minor opcode range, and this information should be
+ * stored in one of the SetInfoRecs starting at pExtSetInfo.
+ * pnExtSetInfo is the number of elements in the pExtSetInfo array.
+ *
+ * Returns: BadAlloc if a memory allocation error occurred, else Success.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The slice of pRanges indicated by byteoffset is stored in psi.
+ * If pExtSetInfo is non-NULL, minor opcode intervals are stored
+ * in an existing SetInfoRec if the major opcode interval matches, else
+ * they are stored in a new SetInfoRec, and *pnExtSetInfo is
+ * increased accordingly.
+ */
+static int
+RecordConvertRangesToIntervals(
+ SetInfoPtr psi,
+ xRecordRange *pRanges,
+ int nRanges,
+ int byteoffset,
+ SetInfoPtr pExtSetInfo,
+ int *pnExtSetInfo
+)
+{
+ int i;
+ CARD8 *pCARD8;
+ int first, last;
+ int err;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < nRanges; i++, pRanges++)
+ {
+ pCARD8 = ((CARD8 *)pRanges) + byteoffset;
+ first = pCARD8[0];
+ last = pCARD8[1];
+ if (first || last)
+ {
+ if (!psi->intervals)
+ {
+ err = RecordAllocIntervals(psi, 2 * (nRanges - i));
+ if (err != Success)
+ return err;
+ }
+ psi->intervals[psi->nintervals].first = first;
+ psi->intervals[psi->nintervals].last = last;
+ psi->nintervals++;
+ assert(psi->nintervals <= psi->size);
+ if (pExtSetInfo)
+ {
+ SetInfoPtr pesi = pExtSetInfo;
+ CARD16 *pCARD16 = (CARD16 *)(pCARD8 + 2);
+ int j;
+
+ for (j = 0; j < *pnExtSetInfo; j++, pesi++)
+ {
+ if ( (first == pesi->first) && (last == pesi->last) )
+ break;
+ }
+ if (j == *pnExtSetInfo)
+ {
+ err = RecordAllocIntervals(pesi, 2 * (nRanges - i));
+ if (err != Success)
+ return err;
+ pesi->first = first;
+ pesi->last = last;
+ (*pnExtSetInfo)++;
+ }
+ pesi->intervals[pesi->nintervals].first = pCARD16[0];
+ pesi->intervals[pesi->nintervals].last = pCARD16[1];
+ pesi->nintervals++;
+ assert(pesi->nintervals <= pesi->size);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return Success;
+} /* end RecordConvertRangesToIntervals */
+
+#define offset_of(_structure, _field) \
+ ((char *)(& (_structure . _field)) - (char *)(&_structure))
+
+/* RecordRegisterClients
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * pContext is the context on which to register the clients.
+ * client is the client that issued the RecordCreateContext or
+ * RecordRegisterClients request.
+ * stuff is a pointer to the request.
+ *
+ * Returns:
+ * Any one of several possible error values defined by the protocol.
+ * Success if everything is OK.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * If different element headers are specified, the context is flushed.
+ * If any of the specified clients are already registered on the
+ * context, they are first unregistered. A new RCAP is created to
+ * hold the specified protocol and clients, and it is linked onto the
+ * context. If the context is enabled, appropriate hooks are installed
+ * to record the new clients and protocol.
+ */
+static int
+RecordRegisterClients(RecordContextPtr pContext, ClientPtr client, xRecordRegisterClientsReq *stuff)
+{
+ int err;
+ int i;
+ SetInfoPtr si;
+ int maxSets;
+ int nExtReqSets = 0;
+ int nExtRepSets = 0;
+ int extReqSetsOffset = 0;
+ int extRepSetsOffset = 0;
+ SetInfoPtr pExtReqSets, pExtRepSets;
+ int clientListOffset;
+ XID *pCanonClients;
+ int clientStarted = 0, clientDied = 0;
+ xRecordRange *pRanges, rr;
+ int nClients;
+ int sizeClients;
+ int totRCAPsize;
+ RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP;
+ int pad;
+ XID recordingClient;
+
+ /* do all sanity checking up front */
+
+ err = RecordSanityCheckRegisterClients(pContext, client, stuff);
+ if (err != Success)
+ return err;
+
+ /* if element headers changed, flush buffer */
+
+ if (pContext->elemHeaders != stuff->elementHeader)
+ {
+ RecordFlushReplyBuffer(pContext, NULL, 0, NULL, 0);
+ pContext->elemHeaders = stuff->elementHeader;
+ }
+
+ nClients = stuff->nClients;
+ if (!nClients)
+ /* if empty clients list, we're done. */
+ return Success;
+
+ recordingClient = pContext->pRecordingClient ?
+ pContext->pRecordingClient->clientAsMask : 0;
+ pCanonClients = RecordCanonicalizeClientSpecifiers((XID *)&stuff[1],
+ &nClients, recordingClient);
+ if (!pCanonClients)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ /* We may have to create as many as one set for each "predefined"
+ * protocol types, plus one per range for extension reuests, plus one per
+ * range for extension replies.
+ */
+ maxSets = PREDEFSETS + 2 * stuff->nRanges;
+ si = (SetInfoPtr)malloc(sizeof(SetInfoRec) * maxSets);
+ if (!si)
+ {
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bailout;
+ }
+ memset(si, 0, sizeof(SetInfoRec) * maxSets);
+
+ /* theoretically you must do this because NULL may not be all-bits-zero */
+ for (i = 0; i < maxSets; i++)
+ si[i].intervals = NULL;
+
+ pExtReqSets = si + PREDEFSETS;
+ pExtRepSets = pExtReqSets + stuff->nRanges;
+
+ pRanges = (xRecordRange *)(((XID *)&stuff[1]) + stuff->nClients);
+
+ err = RecordConvertRangesToIntervals(&si[REQ], pRanges, stuff->nRanges,
+ offset_of(rr, coreRequestsFirst), NULL, NULL);
+ if (err != Success) goto bailout;
+
+ err = RecordConvertRangesToIntervals(&si[REQ], pRanges, stuff->nRanges,
+ offset_of(rr, extRequestsMajorFirst), pExtReqSets, &nExtReqSets);
+ if (err != Success) goto bailout;
+
+ err = RecordConvertRangesToIntervals(&si[REP], pRanges, stuff->nRanges,
+ offset_of(rr, coreRepliesFirst), NULL, NULL);
+ if (err != Success) goto bailout;
+
+ err = RecordConvertRangesToIntervals(&si[REP], pRanges, stuff->nRanges,
+ offset_of(rr, extRepliesMajorFirst), pExtRepSets, &nExtRepSets);
+ if (err != Success) goto bailout;
+
+ err = RecordConvertRangesToIntervals(&si[ERR], pRanges, stuff->nRanges,
+ offset_of(rr, errorsFirst), NULL, NULL);
+ if (err != Success) goto bailout;
+
+ err = RecordConvertRangesToIntervals(&si[DLEV], pRanges, stuff->nRanges,
+ offset_of(rr, deliveredEventsFirst), NULL, NULL);
+ if (err != Success) goto bailout;
+
+ err = RecordConvertRangesToIntervals(&si[DEV], pRanges, stuff->nRanges,
+ offset_of(rr, deviceEventsFirst), NULL, NULL);
+ if (err != Success) goto bailout;
+
+ /* collect client-started and client-died */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < stuff->nRanges; i++)
+ {
+ if (pRanges[i].clientStarted) clientStarted = TRUE;
+ if (pRanges[i].clientDied) clientDied = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ /* We now have all the information collected to create all the sets,
+ * and we can compute the total memory required for the RCAP.
+ */
+
+ totRCAPsize = sizeof(RecordClientsAndProtocolRec);
+
+ /* leave a little room to grow before forcing a separate allocation */
+ sizeClients = nClients + CLIENT_ARRAY_GROWTH_INCREMENT;
+ pad = RecordPadAlign(totRCAPsize, sizeof(XID));
+ clientListOffset = totRCAPsize + pad;
+ totRCAPsize += pad + sizeClients * sizeof(XID);
+
+ if (nExtReqSets)
+ {
+ pad = RecordPadAlign(totRCAPsize, sizeof(RecordSetPtr));
+ extReqSetsOffset = totRCAPsize + pad;
+ totRCAPsize += pad + (nExtReqSets + 1) * sizeof(RecordMinorOpRec);
+ }
+ if (nExtRepSets)
+ {
+ pad = RecordPadAlign(totRCAPsize, sizeof(RecordSetPtr));
+ extRepSetsOffset = totRCAPsize + pad;
+ totRCAPsize += pad + (nExtRepSets + 1) * sizeof(RecordMinorOpRec);
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < maxSets; i++)
+ {
+ if (si[i].nintervals)
+ {
+ si[i].size = RecordSetMemoryRequirements(
+ si[i].intervals, si[i].nintervals, &si[i].align);
+ pad = RecordPadAlign(totRCAPsize, si[i].align);
+ si[i].offset = pad + totRCAPsize;
+ totRCAPsize += pad + si[i].size;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* allocate memory for the whole RCAP */
+
+ pRCAP = (RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr)malloc(totRCAPsize);
+ if (!pRCAP)
+ {
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bailout;
+ }
+
+ /* fill in the RCAP */
+
+ pRCAP->pContext = pContext;
+ pRCAP->pClientIDs = (XID *)((char *)pRCAP + clientListOffset);
+ pRCAP->numClients = nClients;
+ pRCAP->sizeClients = sizeClients;
+ pRCAP->clientIDsSeparatelyAllocated = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < nClients; i++)
+ {
+ RecordDeleteClientFromContext(pContext, pCanonClients[i]);
+ pRCAP->pClientIDs[i] = pCanonClients[i];
+ }
+
+ /* create all the sets */
+
+ if (si[REQ].intervals)
+ {
+ pRCAP->pRequestMajorOpSet =
+ RecordCreateSet(si[REQ].intervals, si[REQ].nintervals,
+ (RecordSetPtr)((char *)pRCAP + si[REQ].offset), si[REQ].size);
+ }
+ else pRCAP->pRequestMajorOpSet = NULL;
+
+ if (si[REP].intervals)
+ {
+ pRCAP->pReplyMajorOpSet =
+ RecordCreateSet(si[REP].intervals, si[REP].nintervals,
+ (RecordSetPtr)((char *)pRCAP + si[REP].offset), si[REP].size);
+ }
+ else pRCAP->pReplyMajorOpSet = NULL;
+
+ if (si[ERR].intervals)
+ {
+ pRCAP->pErrorSet =
+ RecordCreateSet(si[ERR].intervals, si[ERR].nintervals,
+ (RecordSetPtr)((char *)pRCAP + si[ERR].offset), si[ERR].size);
+ }
+ else pRCAP->pErrorSet = NULL;
+
+ if (si[DEV].intervals)
+ {
+ pRCAP->pDeviceEventSet =
+ RecordCreateSet(si[DEV].intervals, si[DEV].nintervals,
+ (RecordSetPtr)((char *)pRCAP + si[DEV].offset), si[DEV].size);
+ }
+ else pRCAP->pDeviceEventSet = NULL;
+
+ if (si[DLEV].intervals)
+ {
+ pRCAP->pDeliveredEventSet =
+ RecordCreateSet(si[DLEV].intervals, si[DLEV].nintervals,
+ (RecordSetPtr)((char *)pRCAP + si[DLEV].offset), si[DLEV].size);
+ }
+ else pRCAP->pDeliveredEventSet = NULL;
+
+ if (nExtReqSets)
+ {
+ pRCAP->pRequestMinOpInfo = (RecordMinorOpPtr)
+ ((char *)pRCAP + extReqSetsOffset);
+ pRCAP->pRequestMinOpInfo[0].count = nExtReqSets;
+ for (i = 0; i < nExtReqSets; i++, pExtReqSets++)
+ {
+ pRCAP->pRequestMinOpInfo[i+1].major.first = pExtReqSets->first;
+ pRCAP->pRequestMinOpInfo[i+1].major.last = pExtReqSets->last;
+ pRCAP->pRequestMinOpInfo[i+1].major.pMinOpSet =
+ RecordCreateSet(pExtReqSets->intervals,
+ pExtReqSets->nintervals,
+ (RecordSetPtr)((char *)pRCAP + pExtReqSets->offset),
+ pExtReqSets->size);
+ }
+ }
+ else pRCAP->pRequestMinOpInfo = NULL;
+
+ if (nExtRepSets)
+ {
+ pRCAP->pReplyMinOpInfo = (RecordMinorOpPtr)
+ ((char *)pRCAP + extRepSetsOffset);
+ pRCAP->pReplyMinOpInfo[0].count = nExtRepSets;
+ for (i = 0; i < nExtRepSets; i++, pExtRepSets++)
+ {
+ pRCAP->pReplyMinOpInfo[i+1].major.first = pExtRepSets->first;
+ pRCAP->pReplyMinOpInfo[i+1].major.last = pExtRepSets->last;
+ pRCAP->pReplyMinOpInfo[i+1].major.pMinOpSet =
+ RecordCreateSet(pExtRepSets->intervals,
+ pExtRepSets->nintervals,
+ (RecordSetPtr)((char *)pRCAP + pExtRepSets->offset),
+ pExtRepSets->size);
+ }
+ }
+ else pRCAP->pReplyMinOpInfo = NULL;
+
+ pRCAP->clientStarted = clientStarted;
+ pRCAP->clientDied = clientDied;
+
+ /* link the RCAP onto the context */
+
+ pRCAP->pNextRCAP = pContext->pListOfRCAP;
+ pContext->pListOfRCAP = pRCAP;
+
+ if (pContext->pRecordingClient) /* context enabled */
+ RecordInstallHooks(pRCAP, 0);
+
+bailout:
+ if (si)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < maxSets; i++)
+ free(si[i].intervals);
+ free(si);
+ }
+ if (pCanonClients && pCanonClients != (XID *)&stuff[1])
+ free(pCanonClients);
+ return err;
+} /* RecordRegisterClients */
+
+
+/* Proc functions all take a client argument, execute the request in
+ * client->requestBuffer, and return a protocol error status.
+ */
+
+static int
+ProcRecordQueryVersion(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ /* REQUEST(xRecordQueryVersionReq); */
+ xRecordQueryVersionReply rep;
+ int n;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecordQueryVersionReq);
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.majorVersion = SERVER_RECORD_MAJOR_VERSION;
+ rep.minorVersion = SERVER_RECORD_MINOR_VERSION;
+ if(client->swapped)
+ {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swaps(&rep.majorVersion, n);
+ swaps(&rep.minorVersion, n);
+ }
+ (void)WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xRecordQueryVersionReply),
+ (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+} /* ProcRecordQueryVersion */
+
+
+static int
+ProcRecordCreateContext(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRecordCreateContextReq);
+ RecordContextPtr pContext;
+ RecordContextPtr *ppNewAllContexts = NULL;
+ int err = BadAlloc;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRecordCreateContextReq);
+ LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->context, client);
+
+ pContext = (RecordContextPtr)malloc(sizeof(RecordContextRec));
+ if (!pContext)
+ goto bailout;
+
+ /* make sure there is room in ppAllContexts to store the new context */
+
+ ppNewAllContexts = (RecordContextPtr *)
+ realloc(ppAllContexts, sizeof(RecordContextPtr) * (numContexts + 1));
+ if (!ppNewAllContexts)
+ goto bailout;
+ ppAllContexts = ppNewAllContexts;
+
+ pContext->id = stuff->context;
+ pContext->pRecordingClient = NULL;
+ pContext->pListOfRCAP = NULL;
+ pContext->elemHeaders = 0;
+ pContext->bufCategory = 0;
+ pContext->numBufBytes = 0;
+ pContext->pBufClient = NULL;
+ pContext->continuedReply = 0;
+ pContext->inFlush = 0;
+
+ err = RecordRegisterClients(pContext, client,
+ (xRecordRegisterClientsReq *)stuff);
+ if (err != Success)
+ goto bailout;
+
+ if (AddResource(pContext->id, RTContext, pContext))
+ {
+ ppAllContexts[numContexts++] = pContext;
+ return Success;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RecordDeleteContext((pointer)pContext, pContext->id);
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ }
+bailout:
+ free(pContext);
+ return err;
+} /* ProcRecordCreateContext */
+
+
+static int
+ProcRecordRegisterClients(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ RecordContextPtr pContext;
+ REQUEST(xRecordRegisterClientsReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRecordRegisterClientsReq);
+ VERIFY_CONTEXT(pContext, stuff->context, client);
+
+ return RecordRegisterClients(pContext, client, stuff);
+} /* ProcRecordRegisterClients */
+
+
+static int
+ProcRecordUnregisterClients(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ RecordContextPtr pContext;
+ int err;
+ REQUEST(xRecordUnregisterClientsReq);
+ XID *pCanonClients;
+ int nClients;
+ int i;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRecordUnregisterClientsReq);
+ if ((client->req_len << 2) - SIZEOF(xRecordUnregisterClientsReq) !=
+ 4 * stuff->nClients)
+ return BadLength;
+ VERIFY_CONTEXT(pContext, stuff->context, client);
+ err = RecordSanityCheckClientSpecifiers(client, (XID *)&stuff[1],
+ stuff->nClients, 0);
+ if (err != Success)
+ return err;
+
+ nClients = stuff->nClients;
+ pCanonClients = RecordCanonicalizeClientSpecifiers((XID *)&stuff[1],
+ &nClients, 0);
+ if (!pCanonClients)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < nClients; i++)
+ {
+ RecordDeleteClientFromContext(pContext, pCanonClients[i]);
+ }
+ if (pCanonClients != (XID *)&stuff[1])
+ free(pCanonClients);
+ return Success;
+} /* ProcRecordUnregisterClients */
+
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+
+/* stuff for GetContext */
+
+/* This is a tactical structure used to hold the xRecordRanges as they are
+ * being reconstituted from the sets in the RCAPs.
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ xRecordRange *pRanges; /* array of xRecordRanges for one RCAP */
+ int size; /* number of elements in pRanges, >= nRanges */
+ int nRanges; /* number of occupied element of pRanges */
+} GetContextRangeInfoRec, *GetContextRangeInfoPtr;
+
+
+/* RecordAllocRanges
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * pri is a pointer to a GetContextRangeInfoRec to allocate for.
+ * nRanges is the number of xRecordRanges desired for pri.
+ *
+ * Returns: BadAlloc if a memory allocation error occurred, else Success.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * If Success is returned, pri->pRanges points to at least nRanges
+ * ranges. pri->nRanges is set to nRanges. pri->size is the actual
+ * number of ranges. Newly allocated ranges are zeroed.
+ */
+static int
+RecordAllocRanges(GetContextRangeInfoPtr pri, int nRanges)
+{
+ int newsize;
+ xRecordRange *pNewRange;
+#define SZINCR 8
+
+ newsize = max(pri->size + SZINCR, nRanges);
+ pNewRange = (xRecordRange *)realloc(pri->pRanges,
+ newsize * sizeof(xRecordRange));
+ if (!pNewRange)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ pri->pRanges = pNewRange;
+ pri->size = newsize;
+ memset(&pri->pRanges[pri->size - SZINCR], 0, SZINCR * sizeof(xRecordRange));
+ if (pri->nRanges < nRanges)
+ pri->nRanges = nRanges;
+ return Success;
+} /* RecordAllocRanges */
+
+
+/* RecordConvertSetToRanges
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * pSet is the set to be converted.
+ * pri is where the result should be stored.
+ * byteoffset is the offset from the start of an xRecordRange of the
+ * two vales (first, last) we are interested in.
+ * card8 is TRUE if the vales are one byte each and FALSE if two bytes
+ * each.
+ * imax is the largest set value to store in pri->pRanges.
+ * pStartIndex, if non-NULL, is the index of the first range in
+ * pri->pRanges that should be stored to. If NULL,
+ * start at index 0.
+ *
+ * Returns: BadAlloc if a memory allocation error occurred, else Success.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * If Success is returned, the slice of pri->pRanges indicated by
+ * byteoffset and card8 is filled in with the intervals from pSet.
+ * if pStartIndex was non-NULL, *pStartIndex is filled in with one
+ * more than the index of the last xRecordRange that was touched.
+ */
+static int
+RecordConvertSetToRanges(
+ RecordSetPtr pSet,
+ GetContextRangeInfoPtr pri,
+ int byteoffset,
+ Bool card8,
+ unsigned int imax,
+ int *pStartIndex
+)
+{
+ int nRanges;
+ RecordSetIteratePtr pIter = NULL;
+ RecordSetInterval interval;
+ CARD8 *pCARD8;
+ CARD16 *pCARD16;
+ int err;
+
+ if (!pSet)
+ return Success;
+
+ nRanges = pStartIndex ? *pStartIndex : 0;
+ while ((pIter = RecordIterateSet(pSet, pIter, &interval)))
+ {
+ if (interval.first > imax) break;
+ if (interval.last > imax) interval.last = imax;
+ nRanges++;
+ if (nRanges > pri->size)
+ {
+ err = RecordAllocRanges(pri, nRanges);
+ if (err != Success)
+ return err;
+ }
+ else
+ pri->nRanges = max(pri->nRanges, nRanges);
+ if (card8)
+ {
+ pCARD8 = ((CARD8 *)&pri->pRanges[nRanges-1]) + byteoffset;
+ *pCARD8++ = interval.first;
+ *pCARD8 = interval.last;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pCARD16 = (CARD16 *)
+ (((char *)&pri->pRanges[nRanges-1]) + byteoffset);
+ *pCARD16++ = interval.first;
+ *pCARD16 = interval.last;
+ }
+ }
+ if (pStartIndex)
+ *pStartIndex = nRanges;
+ return Success;
+} /* RecordConvertSetToRanges */
+
+
+/* RecordConvertMinorOpInfoToRanges
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * pMinOpInfo is the minor opcode info to convert to xRecordRanges.
+ * pri is where the result should be stored.
+ * byteoffset is the offset from the start of an xRecordRange of the
+ * four vales (CARD8 major_first, CARD8 major_last,
+ * CARD16 minor_first, CARD16 minor_last) we are going to store.
+ *
+ * Returns: BadAlloc if a memory allocation error occurred, else Success.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * If Success is returned, the slice of pri->pRanges indicated by
+ * byteoffset is filled in with the information from pMinOpInfo.
+ */
+static int
+RecordConvertMinorOpInfoToRanges(
+ RecordMinorOpPtr pMinOpInfo,
+ GetContextRangeInfoPtr pri,
+ int byteoffset
+)
+{
+ int nsets;
+ int start;
+ int i;
+ int err;
+
+ if (!pMinOpInfo)
+ return Success;
+
+ nsets = pMinOpInfo->count;
+ pMinOpInfo++;
+ start = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < nsets; i++)
+ {
+ int j, s;
+ s = start;
+ err = RecordConvertSetToRanges(pMinOpInfo[i].major.pMinOpSet, pri,
+ byteoffset + 2, FALSE, 65535, &start);
+ if (err != Success) return err;
+ for (j = s; j < start; j++)
+ {
+ CARD8 *pCARD8 = ((CARD8 *)&pri->pRanges[j]) + byteoffset;
+ *pCARD8++ = pMinOpInfo[i].major.first;
+ *pCARD8 = pMinOpInfo[i].major.last;
+ }
+ }
+ return Success;
+} /* RecordConvertMinorOpInfoToRanges */
+
+
+/* RecordSwapRanges
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * pRanges is an array of xRecordRanges.
+ * nRanges is the number of elements in pRanges.
+ *
+ * Returns: nothing.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The 16 bit fields of each xRecordRange are byte swapped.
+ */
+static void
+RecordSwapRanges(xRecordRange *pRanges, int nRanges)
+{
+ int i;
+ register char n;
+ for (i = 0; i < nRanges; i++, pRanges++)
+ {
+ swaps(&pRanges->extRequestsMinorFirst, n);
+ swaps(&pRanges->extRequestsMinorLast, n);
+ swaps(&pRanges->extRepliesMinorFirst, n);
+ swaps(&pRanges->extRepliesMinorLast, n);
+ }
+} /* RecordSwapRanges */
+
+
+static int
+ProcRecordGetContext(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ RecordContextPtr pContext;
+ REQUEST(xRecordGetContextReq);
+ xRecordGetContextReply rep;
+ int n;
+ RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP;
+ int nRCAPs = 0;
+ GetContextRangeInfoPtr pRangeInfo;
+ GetContextRangeInfoPtr pri;
+ int i;
+ int err;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecordGetContextReq);
+ VERIFY_CONTEXT(pContext, stuff->context, client);
+
+ /* how many RCAPs are there on this context? */
+
+ for (pRCAP = pContext->pListOfRCAP; pRCAP; pRCAP = pRCAP->pNextRCAP)
+ nRCAPs++;
+
+ /* allocate and initialize space for record range info */
+
+ pRangeInfo = (GetContextRangeInfoPtr)malloc(
+ nRCAPs * sizeof(GetContextRangeInfoRec));
+ if (!pRangeInfo && nRCAPs > 0)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ for (i = 0; i < nRCAPs; i++)
+ {
+ pRangeInfo[i].pRanges = NULL;
+ pRangeInfo[i].size = 0;
+ pRangeInfo[i].nRanges = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* convert the RCAP (internal) representation of the recorded protocol
+ * to the wire protocol (external) representation, storing the information
+ * for the ith RCAP in pri[i]
+ */
+
+ for (pRCAP = pContext->pListOfRCAP, pri = pRangeInfo;
+ pRCAP;
+ pRCAP = pRCAP->pNextRCAP, pri++)
+ {
+ xRecordRange rr;
+
+ err = RecordConvertSetToRanges(pRCAP->pRequestMajorOpSet, pri,
+ offset_of(rr, coreRequestsFirst), TRUE, 127, NULL);
+ if (err != Success) goto bailout;
+
+ err = RecordConvertSetToRanges(pRCAP->pReplyMajorOpSet, pri,
+ offset_of(rr, coreRepliesFirst), TRUE, 127, NULL);
+ if (err != Success) goto bailout;
+
+ err = RecordConvertSetToRanges(pRCAP->pDeliveredEventSet, pri,
+ offset_of(rr, deliveredEventsFirst), TRUE, 255, NULL);
+ if (err != Success) goto bailout;
+
+ err = RecordConvertSetToRanges(pRCAP->pDeviceEventSet, pri,
+ offset_of(rr, deviceEventsFirst), TRUE, 255, NULL);
+ if (err != Success) goto bailout;
+
+ err = RecordConvertSetToRanges(pRCAP->pErrorSet, pri,
+ offset_of(rr, errorsFirst), TRUE, 255, NULL);
+ if (err != Success) goto bailout;
+
+ err = RecordConvertMinorOpInfoToRanges(pRCAP->pRequestMinOpInfo,
+ pri, offset_of(rr, extRequestsMajorFirst));
+ if (err != Success) goto bailout;
+
+ err = RecordConvertMinorOpInfoToRanges(pRCAP->pReplyMinOpInfo,
+ pri, offset_of(rr, extRepliesMajorFirst));
+ if (err != Success) goto bailout;
+
+ if (pRCAP->clientStarted || pRCAP->clientDied)
+ {
+ if (pri->nRanges == 0)
+ RecordAllocRanges(pri, 1);
+ pri->pRanges[0].clientStarted = pRCAP->clientStarted;
+ pri->pRanges[0].clientDied = pRCAP->clientDied;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* calculate number of clients and reply length */
+
+ rep.nClients = 0;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ for (pRCAP = pContext->pListOfRCAP, pri = pRangeInfo;
+ pRCAP;
+ pRCAP = pRCAP->pNextRCAP, pri++)
+ {
+ rep.nClients += pRCAP->numClients;
+ rep.length += pRCAP->numClients *
+ ( bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xRecordClientInfo)) +
+ pri->nRanges * bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xRecordRange)));
+ }
+
+ /* write the reply header */
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.enabled = pContext->pRecordingClient != NULL;
+ rep.elementHeader = pContext->elemHeaders;
+ if(client->swapped)
+ {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.length, n);
+ swapl(&rep.nClients, n);
+ }
+ (void)WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xRecordGetContextReply),
+ (char *)&rep);
+
+ /* write all the CLIENT_INFOs */
+
+ for (pRCAP = pContext->pListOfRCAP, pri = pRangeInfo;
+ pRCAP;
+ pRCAP = pRCAP->pNextRCAP, pri++)
+ {
+ xRecordClientInfo rci;
+ rci.nRanges = pri->nRanges;
+ if (client->swapped)
+ {
+ swapl(&rci.nRanges, n);
+ RecordSwapRanges(pri->pRanges, pri->nRanges);
+ }
+ for (i = 0; i < pRCAP->numClients; i++)
+ {
+ rci.clientResource = pRCAP->pClientIDs[i];
+ if (client->swapped) swapl(&rci.clientResource, n);
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xRecordClientInfo), (char *)&rci);
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xRecordRange) * pri->nRanges,
+ (char *)pri->pRanges);
+ }
+ }
+ err = Success;
+
+bailout:
+ for (i = 0; i < nRCAPs; i++)
+ {
+ free(pRangeInfo[i].pRanges);
+ }
+ free(pRangeInfo);
+ return err;
+} /* ProcRecordGetContext */
+
+
+static int
+ProcRecordEnableContext(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ RecordContextPtr pContext;
+ REQUEST(xRecordEnableContextReq);
+ int i;
+ RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecordGetContextReq);
+ VERIFY_CONTEXT(pContext, stuff->context, client);
+ if (pContext->pRecordingClient)
+ return BadMatch; /* already enabled */
+
+ /* install record hooks for each RCAP */
+
+ for (pRCAP = pContext->pListOfRCAP; pRCAP; pRCAP = pRCAP->pNextRCAP)
+ {
+ int err = RecordInstallHooks(pRCAP, 0);
+ if (err != Success)
+ { /* undo the previous installs */
+ RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pUninstallRCAP;
+ for (pUninstallRCAP = pContext->pListOfRCAP;
+ pUninstallRCAP != pRCAP;
+ pUninstallRCAP = pUninstallRCAP->pNextRCAP)
+ {
+ RecordUninstallHooks(pUninstallRCAP, 0);
+ }
+ return err;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disallow further request processing on this connection until
+ * the context is disabled.
+ */
+ IgnoreClient(client);
+ pContext->pRecordingClient = client;
+
+ /* Don't allow the data connection to record itself; unregister it. */
+ RecordDeleteClientFromContext(pContext,
+ pContext->pRecordingClient->clientAsMask);
+
+ /* move the newly enabled context to the front part of ppAllContexts,
+ * where all the enabled contexts are
+ */
+ i = RecordFindContextOnAllContexts(pContext);
+ assert(i >= numEnabledContexts);
+ if (i != numEnabledContexts)
+ {
+ ppAllContexts[i] = ppAllContexts[numEnabledContexts];
+ ppAllContexts[numEnabledContexts] = pContext;
+ }
+
+ ++numEnabledContexts;
+ assert(numEnabledContexts > 0);
+
+ /* send StartOfData */
+ RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, NULL, XRecordStartOfData, NULL, 0, 0);
+ RecordFlushReplyBuffer(pContext, NULL, 0, NULL, 0);
+ return Success;
+} /* ProcRecordEnableContext */
+
+
+/* RecordDisableContext
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * pContext is the context to disable.
+ * nRanges is the number of elements in pRanges.
+ *
+ * Returns: nothing.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * If the context was enabled, it is disabled. An EndOfData
+ * message is sent to the recording client. Recording hooks for
+ * this context are uninstalled. The context is moved to the
+ * rear part of the ppAllContexts array. numEnabledContexts is
+ * decremented. Request processing for the formerly recording client
+ * is resumed.
+ */
+static void
+RecordDisableContext(RecordContextPtr pContext)
+{
+ RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP;
+ int i;
+
+ if (!pContext->pRecordingClient) return;
+ if (!pContext->pRecordingClient->clientGone)
+ {
+ RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, NULL, XRecordEndOfData, NULL, 0, 0);
+ RecordFlushReplyBuffer(pContext, NULL, 0, NULL, 0);
+ /* Re-enable request processing on this connection. */
+ AttendClient(pContext->pRecordingClient);
+ }
+
+ for (pRCAP = pContext->pListOfRCAP; pRCAP; pRCAP = pRCAP->pNextRCAP)
+ {
+ RecordUninstallHooks(pRCAP, 0);
+ }
+
+ pContext->pRecordingClient = NULL;
+
+ /* move the newly disabled context to the rear part of ppAllContexts,
+ * where all the disabled contexts are
+ */
+ i = RecordFindContextOnAllContexts(pContext);
+ assert( (i != -1) && (i < numEnabledContexts) );
+ if (i != (numEnabledContexts - 1) )
+ {
+ ppAllContexts[i] = ppAllContexts[numEnabledContexts-1];
+ ppAllContexts[numEnabledContexts-1] = pContext;
+ }
+ --numEnabledContexts;
+ assert(numEnabledContexts >= 0);
+} /* RecordDisableContext */
+
+
+static int
+ProcRecordDisableContext(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ RecordContextPtr pContext;
+ REQUEST(xRecordDisableContextReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecordDisableContextReq);
+ VERIFY_CONTEXT(pContext, stuff->context, client);
+ RecordDisableContext(pContext);
+ return Success;
+} /* ProcRecordDisableContext */
+
+
+/* RecordDeleteContext
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * value is the context to delete.
+ * id is its resource ID.
+ *
+ * Returns: Success.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Disables the context, frees all associated memory, and removes
+ * it from the ppAllContexts array.
+ */
+static int
+RecordDeleteContext(pointer value, XID id)
+{
+ int i;
+ RecordContextPtr pContext = (RecordContextPtr)value;
+ RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP;
+
+ RecordDisableContext(pContext);
+
+ /* Remove all the clients from all the RCAPs.
+ * As a result, the RCAPs will be freed.
+ */
+
+ while ((pRCAP = pContext->pListOfRCAP))
+ {
+ int numClients = pRCAP->numClients;
+ /* when the last client is deleted, the RCAP will go away. */
+ while(numClients--)
+ {
+ RecordDeleteClientFromRCAP(pRCAP, numClients);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* remove context from AllContexts list */
+
+ if (-1 != (i = RecordFindContextOnAllContexts(pContext)))
+ {
+ ppAllContexts[i] = ppAllContexts[numContexts - 1];
+ if (--numContexts == 0)
+ {
+ free(ppAllContexts);
+ ppAllContexts = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ free(pContext);
+
+ return Success;
+} /* RecordDeleteContext */
+
+
+static int
+ProcRecordFreeContext(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ RecordContextPtr pContext;
+ REQUEST(xRecordFreeContextReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecordFreeContextReq);
+ VERIFY_CONTEXT(pContext, stuff->context, client);
+ FreeResource(stuff->context, RT_NONE);
+ return Success;
+} /* ProcRecordFreeContext */
+
+
+static int
+ProcRecordDispatch(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xReq);
+
+ switch (stuff->data)
+ {
+ case X_RecordQueryVersion:
+ return ProcRecordQueryVersion(client);
+ case X_RecordCreateContext:
+ return ProcRecordCreateContext(client);
+ case X_RecordRegisterClients:
+ return ProcRecordRegisterClients(client);
+ case X_RecordUnregisterClients:
+ return ProcRecordUnregisterClients(client);
+ case X_RecordGetContext:
+ return ProcRecordGetContext(client);
+ case X_RecordEnableContext:
+ return ProcRecordEnableContext(client);
+ case X_RecordDisableContext:
+ return ProcRecordDisableContext(client);
+ case X_RecordFreeContext:
+ return ProcRecordFreeContext(client);
+ default:
+ return BadRequest;
+ }
+} /* ProcRecordDispatch */
+
+
+static int
+SProcRecordQueryVersion(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRecordQueryVersionReq);
+ register char n;
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecordQueryVersionReq);
+ swaps(&stuff->majorVersion, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->minorVersion,n);
+ return ProcRecordQueryVersion(client);
+} /* SProcRecordQueryVersion */
+
+
+static int
+SwapCreateRegister(xRecordRegisterClientsReq *stuff)
+{
+ register char n;
+ int i;
+ XID *pClientID;
+
+ swapl(&stuff->context, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->nClients, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->nRanges, n);
+ pClientID = (XID *)&stuff[1];
+ if (stuff->nClients > stuff->length - bytes_to_int32(sz_xRecordRegisterClientsReq))
+ return BadLength;
+ for (i = 0; i < stuff->nClients; i++, pClientID++)
+ {
+ swapl(pClientID, n);
+ }
+ if (stuff->nRanges > stuff->length - bytes_to_int32(sz_xRecordRegisterClientsReq)
+ - stuff->nClients)
+ return BadLength;
+ RecordSwapRanges((xRecordRange *)pClientID, stuff->nRanges);
+ return Success;
+} /* SwapCreateRegister */
+
+
+static int
+SProcRecordCreateContext(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRecordCreateContextReq);
+ int status;
+ register char n;
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRecordCreateContextReq);
+ if ((status = SwapCreateRegister((pointer)stuff)) != Success)
+ return status;
+ return ProcRecordCreateContext(client);
+} /* SProcRecordCreateContext */
+
+
+static int
+SProcRecordRegisterClients(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRecordRegisterClientsReq);
+ int status;
+ register char n;
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRecordRegisterClientsReq);
+ if ((status = SwapCreateRegister((pointer)stuff)) != Success)
+ return status;
+ return ProcRecordRegisterClients(client);
+} /* SProcRecordRegisterClients */
+
+
+static int
+SProcRecordUnregisterClients(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRecordUnregisterClientsReq);
+ register char n;
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRecordUnregisterClientsReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->context, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->nClients, n);
+ SwapRestL(stuff);
+ return ProcRecordUnregisterClients(client);
+} /* SProcRecordUnregisterClients */
+
+
+static int
+SProcRecordGetContext(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRecordGetContextReq);
+ register char n;
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecordGetContextReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->context, n);
+ return ProcRecordGetContext(client);
+} /* SProcRecordGetContext */
+
+static int
+SProcRecordEnableContext(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRecordEnableContextReq);
+ register char n;
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecordEnableContextReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->context, n);
+ return ProcRecordEnableContext(client);
+} /* SProcRecordEnableContext */
+
+
+static int
+SProcRecordDisableContext(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRecordDisableContextReq);
+ register char n;
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecordDisableContextReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->context, n);
+ return ProcRecordDisableContext(client);
+} /* SProcRecordDisableContext */
+
+
+static int
+SProcRecordFreeContext(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRecordFreeContextReq);
+ register char n;
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecordFreeContextReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->context, n);
+ return ProcRecordFreeContext(client);
+} /* SProcRecordFreeContext */
+
+
+static int
+SProcRecordDispatch(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xReq);
+
+ switch (stuff->data)
+ {
+ case X_RecordQueryVersion:
+ return SProcRecordQueryVersion(client);
+ case X_RecordCreateContext:
+ return SProcRecordCreateContext(client);
+ case X_RecordRegisterClients:
+ return SProcRecordRegisterClients(client);
+ case X_RecordUnregisterClients:
+ return SProcRecordUnregisterClients(client);
+ case X_RecordGetContext:
+ return SProcRecordGetContext(client);
+ case X_RecordEnableContext:
+ return SProcRecordEnableContext(client);
+ case X_RecordDisableContext:
+ return SProcRecordDisableContext(client);
+ case X_RecordFreeContext:
+ return SProcRecordFreeContext(client);
+ default:
+ return BadRequest;
+ }
+} /* SProcRecordDispatch */
+
+/* RecordConnectionSetupInfo
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * pContext is an enabled context that specifies recording of
+ * connection setup info.
+ * pci holds the connection setup info.
+ *
+ * Returns: nothing.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The connection setup info is sent to the recording client.
+ */
+static void
+RecordConnectionSetupInfo(RecordContextPtr pContext, NewClientInfoRec *pci)
+{
+ int prefixsize = SIZEOF(xConnSetupPrefix);
+ int restsize = pci->prefix->length * 4;
+
+ if (pci->client->swapped)
+ {
+ char *pConnSetup = (char *)malloc(prefixsize + restsize);
+ if (!pConnSetup)
+ return;
+ SwapConnSetupPrefix(pci->prefix, (xConnSetupPrefix*)pConnSetup);
+ SwapConnSetupInfo((char*)pci->setup, (char*)(pConnSetup + prefixsize));
+ RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, pci->client, XRecordClientStarted,
+ (pointer)pConnSetup, prefixsize + restsize, 0);
+ free(pConnSetup);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* don't alloc and copy as in the swapped case; just send the
+ * data in two pieces
+ */
+ RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, pci->client, XRecordClientStarted,
+ (pointer)pci->prefix, prefixsize, restsize);
+ RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, pci->client, XRecordClientStarted,
+ (pointer)pci->setup, restsize, /* continuation */ -1);
+ }
+} /* RecordConnectionSetupInfo */
+
+
+/* RecordDeleteContext
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * pcbl is &ClientStateCallback.
+ * nullata is NULL.
+ * calldata is a pointer to a NewClientInfoRec (include/dixstruct.h)
+ * which contains information about client state changes.
+ *
+ * Returns: nothing.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * If a new client has connected and any contexts have specified
+ * XRecordFutureClients, the new client is registered on those contexts.
+ * If any of those contexts specify recording of the connection setup
+ * info, it is recorded.
+ *
+ * If an existing client has disconnected, it is deleted from any
+ * contexts that it was registered on. If any of those contexts
+ * specified XRecordClientDied, they record a ClientDied protocol element.
+ * If the disconnectiong client happened to be the data connection of an
+ * enabled context, the context is disabled.
+ */
+
+static void
+RecordAClientStateChange(CallbackListPtr *pcbl, pointer nulldata, pointer calldata)
+{
+ NewClientInfoRec *pci = (NewClientInfoRec *)calldata;
+ int i;
+ ClientPtr pClient = pci->client;
+ RecordContextPtr *ppAllContextsCopy = NULL;
+ int numContextsCopy = 0;
+
+ switch (pClient->clientState)
+ {
+ case ClientStateRunning: /* new client */
+ for (i = 0; i < numContexts; i++)
+ {
+ RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP;
+ RecordContextPtr pContext = ppAllContexts[i];
+
+ if ((pRCAP = RecordFindClientOnContext(pContext,
+ XRecordFutureClients, NULL)))
+ {
+ RecordAddClientToRCAP(pRCAP, pClient->clientAsMask);
+ if (pContext->pRecordingClient && pRCAP->clientStarted)
+ RecordConnectionSetupInfo(pContext, pci);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case ClientStateGone:
+ case ClientStateRetained: /* client disconnected */
+
+ /* RecordDisableContext modifies contents of ppAllContexts. */
+ numContextsCopy = numContexts;
+ ppAllContextsCopy = malloc(numContextsCopy * sizeof(RecordContextPtr));
+ assert(ppAllContextsCopy);
+ memcpy(ppAllContextsCopy, ppAllContexts, numContextsCopy * sizeof(RecordContextPtr));
+
+ for (i = 0; i < numContextsCopy; i++)
+ {
+ RecordClientsAndProtocolPtr pRCAP;
+ RecordContextPtr pContext = ppAllContextsCopy[i];
+ int pos;
+
+ if (pContext->pRecordingClient == pClient)
+ RecordDisableContext(pContext);
+ if ((pRCAP = RecordFindClientOnContext(pContext,
+ pClient->clientAsMask, &pos)))
+ {
+ if (pContext->pRecordingClient && pRCAP->clientDied)
+ RecordAProtocolElement(pContext, pClient,
+ XRecordClientDied, NULL, 0, 0);
+ RecordDeleteClientFromRCAP(pRCAP, pos);
+ }
+ }
+
+ free(ppAllContextsCopy);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ } /* end switch on client state */
+} /* RecordAClientStateChange */
+
+
+/* RecordCloseDown
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * extEntry is the extension information for RECORD.
+ *
+ * Returns: nothing.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Performs any cleanup needed by RECORD at server shutdown time.
+ *
+ */
+static void
+RecordCloseDown(ExtensionEntry *extEntry)
+{
+ DeleteCallback(&ClientStateCallback, RecordAClientStateChange, NULL);
+} /* RecordCloseDown */
+
+
+/* RecordExtensionInit
+ *
+ * Arguments: none.
+ *
+ * Returns: nothing.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Enables the RECORD extension if possible.
+ */
+void
+RecordExtensionInit(void)
+{
+ ExtensionEntry *extentry;
+
+ RTContext = CreateNewResourceType(RecordDeleteContext, "RecordContext");
+ if (!RTContext)
+ return;
+
+ if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(RecordClientPrivateKey, PRIVATE_CLIENT, 0))
+ return;
+
+ ppAllContexts = NULL;
+ numContexts = numEnabledContexts = numEnabledRCAPs = 0;
+
+ if (!AddCallback(&ClientStateCallback, RecordAClientStateChange, NULL))
+ return;
+
+ extentry = AddExtension(RECORD_NAME, RecordNumEvents, RecordNumErrors,
+ ProcRecordDispatch, SProcRecordDispatch,
+ RecordCloseDown, StandardMinorOpcode);
+ if (!extentry)
+ {
+ DeleteCallback(&ClientStateCallback, RecordAClientStateChange, NULL);
+ return;
+ }
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(RTContext, extentry->errorBase + XRecordBadContext);
+
+} /* RecordExtensionInit */
+
diff --git a/xorg-server/render/mipict.c b/xorg-server/render/mipict.c
index 3b7388879..1623b335f 100644
--- a/xorg-server/render/mipict.c
+++ b/xorg-server/render/mipict.c
@@ -1,644 +1,610 @@
-/*
- *
- * Copyright © 1999 Keith Packard
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in
- * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
- * specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no
- * representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It
- * is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
- * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
- * EVENT SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
- * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
- * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "gcstruct.h"
-#include "pixmapstr.h"
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include "mi.h"
-#include "picturestr.h"
-#include "mipict.h"
-
-#ifndef __GNUC__
-#define __inline
-#endif
-
-int
-miCreatePicture (PicturePtr pPicture)
-{
- return Success;
-}
-
-void
-miDestroyPicture (PicturePtr pPicture)
-{
- if (pPicture->freeCompClip)
- RegionDestroy(pPicture->pCompositeClip);
-}
-
-void
-miDestroyPictureClip (PicturePtr pPicture)
-{
- switch (pPicture->clientClipType) {
- case CT_NONE:
- return;
- case CT_PIXMAP:
- (*pPicture->pDrawable->pScreen->DestroyPixmap) ((PixmapPtr) (pPicture->clientClip));
- break;
- default:
- /*
- * we know we'll never have a list of rectangles, since ChangeClip
- * immediately turns them into a region
- */
- RegionDestroy(pPicture->clientClip);
- break;
- }
- pPicture->clientClip = NULL;
- pPicture->clientClipType = CT_NONE;
-}
-
-int
-miChangePictureClip (PicturePtr pPicture,
- int type,
- pointer value,
- int n)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pPicture->pDrawable->pScreen;
- PictureScreenPtr ps = GetPictureScreen(pScreen);
- pointer clientClip;
- int clientClipType;
-
- switch (type) {
- case CT_PIXMAP:
- /* convert the pixmap to a region */
- clientClip = (pointer) BitmapToRegion(pScreen, (PixmapPtr) value);
- if (!clientClip)
- return BadAlloc;
- clientClipType = CT_REGION;
- (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap) ((PixmapPtr) value);
- break;
- case CT_REGION:
- clientClip = value;
- clientClipType = CT_REGION;
- break;
- case CT_NONE:
- clientClip = 0;
- clientClipType = CT_NONE;
- break;
- default:
- clientClip = (pointer) RegionFromRects(n,
- (xRectangle *) value,
- type);
- if (!clientClip)
- return BadAlloc;
- clientClipType = CT_REGION;
- free(value);
- break;
- }
- (*ps->DestroyPictureClip) (pPicture);
- pPicture->clientClip = clientClip;
- pPicture->clientClipType = clientClipType;
- pPicture->stateChanges |= CPClipMask;
- return Success;
-}
-
-void
-miChangePicture (PicturePtr pPicture,
- Mask mask)
-{
- return;
-}
-
-void
-miValidatePicture (PicturePtr pPicture,
- Mask mask)
-{
- DrawablePtr pDrawable = pPicture->pDrawable;
-
- if ((mask & (CPClipXOrigin|CPClipYOrigin|CPClipMask|CPSubwindowMode)) ||
- (pDrawable->serialNumber != (pPicture->serialNumber & DRAWABLE_SERIAL_BITS)))
- {
- if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW)
- {
- WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr) pDrawable;
- RegionPtr pregWin;
- Bool freeTmpClip, freeCompClip;
-
- if (pPicture->subWindowMode == IncludeInferiors)
- {
- pregWin = NotClippedByChildren(pWin);
- freeTmpClip = TRUE;
- }
- else
- {
- pregWin = &pWin->clipList;
- freeTmpClip = FALSE;
- }
- freeCompClip = pPicture->freeCompClip;
-
- /*
- * if there is no client clip, we can get by with just keeping the
- * pointer we got, and remembering whether or not should destroy
- * (or maybe re-use) it later. this way, we avoid unnecessary
- * copying of regions. (this wins especially if many clients clip
- * by children and have no client clip.)
- */
- if (pPicture->clientClipType == CT_NONE)
- {
- if (freeCompClip)
- RegionDestroy(pPicture->pCompositeClip);
- pPicture->pCompositeClip = pregWin;
- pPicture->freeCompClip = freeTmpClip;
- }
- else
- {
- /*
- * we need one 'real' region to put into the composite clip. if
- * pregWin the current composite clip are real, we can get rid of
- * one. if pregWin is real and the current composite clip isn't,
- * use pregWin for the composite clip. if the current composite
- * clip is real and pregWin isn't, use the current composite
- * clip. if neither is real, create a new region.
- */
-
- RegionTranslate(pPicture->clientClip,
- pDrawable->x + pPicture->clipOrigin.x,
- pDrawable->y + pPicture->clipOrigin.y);
-
- if (freeCompClip)
- {
- RegionIntersect(pPicture->pCompositeClip,
- pregWin, pPicture->clientClip);
- if (freeTmpClip)
- RegionDestroy(pregWin);
- }
- else if (freeTmpClip)
- {
- RegionIntersect(pregWin, pregWin, pPicture->clientClip);
- pPicture->pCompositeClip = pregWin;
- }
- else
- {
- pPicture->pCompositeClip = RegionCreate(NullBox, 0);
- RegionIntersect(pPicture->pCompositeClip,
- pregWin, pPicture->clientClip);
- }
- pPicture->freeCompClip = TRUE;
- RegionTranslate(pPicture->clientClip,
- -(pDrawable->x + pPicture->clipOrigin.x),
- -(pDrawable->y + pPicture->clipOrigin.y));
- }
- } /* end of composite clip for a window */
- else
- {
- BoxRec pixbounds;
-
- /* XXX should we translate by drawable.x/y here ? */
- /* If you want pixmaps in offscreen memory, yes */
- pixbounds.x1 = pDrawable->x;
- pixbounds.y1 = pDrawable->y;
- pixbounds.x2 = pDrawable->x + pDrawable->width;
- pixbounds.y2 = pDrawable->y + pDrawable->height;
-
- if (pPicture->freeCompClip)
- {
- RegionReset(pPicture->pCompositeClip, &pixbounds);
- }
- else
- {
- pPicture->freeCompClip = TRUE;
- pPicture->pCompositeClip = RegionCreate(&pixbounds, 1);
- }
-
- if (pPicture->clientClipType == CT_REGION)
- {
- if(pDrawable->x || pDrawable->y) {
- RegionTranslate(pPicture->clientClip,
- pDrawable->x + pPicture->clipOrigin.x,
- pDrawable->y + pPicture->clipOrigin.y);
- RegionIntersect(pPicture->pCompositeClip,
- pPicture->pCompositeClip, pPicture->clientClip);
- RegionTranslate(pPicture->clientClip,
- -(pDrawable->x + pPicture->clipOrigin.x),
- -(pDrawable->y + pPicture->clipOrigin.y));
- } else {
- RegionTranslate(pPicture->pCompositeClip,
- -pPicture->clipOrigin.x, -pPicture->clipOrigin.y);
- RegionIntersect(pPicture->pCompositeClip,
- pPicture->pCompositeClip, pPicture->clientClip);
- RegionTranslate(pPicture->pCompositeClip,
- pPicture->clipOrigin.x, pPicture->clipOrigin.y);
- }
- }
- } /* end of composite clip for pixmap */
- }
-}
-
-int
-miChangePictureTransform (PicturePtr pPicture,
- PictTransform *transform)
-{
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-miChangePictureFilter (PicturePtr pPicture,
- int filter,
- xFixed *params,
- int nparams)
-{
- return Success;
-}
-
-#define BOUND(v) (INT16) ((v) < MINSHORT ? MINSHORT : (v) > MAXSHORT ? MAXSHORT : (v))
-
-static inline pixman_bool_t
-miClipPictureReg (pixman_region16_t * pRegion,
- pixman_region16_t * pClip,
- int dx,
- int dy)
-{
- if (pixman_region_n_rects(pRegion) == 1 &&
- pixman_region_n_rects(pClip) == 1)
- {
- pixman_box16_t * pRbox = pixman_region_rectangles(pRegion, NULL);
- pixman_box16_t * pCbox = pixman_region_rectangles(pClip, NULL);
- int v;
-
- if (pRbox->x1 < (v = pCbox->x1 + dx))
- pRbox->x1 = BOUND(v);
- if (pRbox->x2 > (v = pCbox->x2 + dx))
- pRbox->x2 = BOUND(v);
- if (pRbox->y1 < (v = pCbox->y1 + dy))
- pRbox->y1 = BOUND(v);
- if (pRbox->y2 > (v = pCbox->y2 + dy))
- pRbox->y2 = BOUND(v);
- if (pRbox->x1 >= pRbox->x2 ||
- pRbox->y1 >= pRbox->y2)
- {
- pixman_region_init (pRegion);
- }
- }
- else if (!pixman_region_not_empty (pClip))
- return FALSE;
- else
- {
- if (dx || dy)
- pixman_region_translate (pRegion, -dx, -dy);
- if (!pixman_region_intersect (pRegion, pRegion, pClip))
- return FALSE;
- if (dx || dy)
- pixman_region_translate(pRegion, dx, dy);
- }
- return pixman_region_not_empty(pRegion);
-}
-
-static __inline Bool
-miClipPictureSrc (RegionPtr pRegion,
- PicturePtr pPicture,
- int dx,
- int dy)
-{
- if (pPicture->clientClipType != CT_NONE)
- {
- Bool result;
-
- pixman_region_translate ( pPicture->clientClip,
- pPicture->clipOrigin.x + dx,
- pPicture->clipOrigin.y + dy);
-
- result = RegionIntersect(pRegion, pRegion, pPicture->clientClip);
-
- pixman_region_translate ( pPicture->clientClip,
- - (pPicture->clipOrigin.x + dx),
- - (pPicture->clipOrigin.y + dy));
-
- if (!result)
- return FALSE;
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-void
-miCompositeSourceValidate (PicturePtr pPicture,
- INT16 x,
- INT16 y,
- CARD16 width,
- CARD16 height)
-{
- DrawablePtr pDrawable = pPicture->pDrawable;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
-
- if (!pDrawable)
- return;
-
- pScreen = pDrawable->pScreen;
-
- if (pScreen->SourceValidate)
- {
- if (pPicture->transform)
- {
- xPoint points[4];
- int i;
- int xmin, ymin, xmax, ymax;
-
-#define VectorSet(i,_x,_y) { points[i].x = _x; points[i].y = _y; }
- VectorSet (0, x, y);
- VectorSet (1, x + width, y);
- VectorSet (2, x, y + height);
- VectorSet (3, x + width, y + height);
- xmin = ymin = 32767;
- xmax = ymax = -32737;
- for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
- {
- PictVector t;
- t.vector[0] = IntToxFixed (points[i].x);
- t.vector[1] = IntToxFixed (points[i].y);
- t.vector[2] = xFixed1;
- if (pixman_transform_point (pPicture->transform, &t))
- {
- int tx = xFixedToInt (t.vector[0]);
- int ty = xFixedToInt (t.vector[1]);
- if (tx < xmin) xmin = tx;
- if (tx > xmax) xmax = tx;
- if (ty < ymin) ymin = ty;
- if (ty > ymax) ymax = ty;
- }
- }
- x = xmin;
- y = ymin;
- width = xmax - xmin;
- height = ymax - ymin;
- }
- x += pPicture->pDrawable->x;
- y += pPicture->pDrawable->y;
- (*pScreen->SourceValidate) (pDrawable, x, y, width, height,
- pPicture->subWindowMode);
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * returns FALSE if the final region is empty. Indistinguishable from
- * an allocation failure, but rendering ignores those anyways.
- */
-
-Bool
-miComputeCompositeRegion (RegionPtr pRegion,
- PicturePtr pSrc,
- PicturePtr pMask,
- PicturePtr pDst,
- INT16 xSrc,
- INT16 ySrc,
- INT16 xMask,
- INT16 yMask,
- INT16 xDst,
- INT16 yDst,
- CARD16 width,
- CARD16 height)
-{
-
- int v;
-
- pRegion->extents.x1 = xDst;
- v = xDst + width;
- pRegion->extents.x2 = BOUND(v);
- pRegion->extents.y1 = yDst;
- v = yDst + height;
- pRegion->extents.y2 = BOUND(v);
- pRegion->data = 0;
- /* Check for empty operation */
- if (pRegion->extents.x1 >= pRegion->extents.x2 ||
- pRegion->extents.y1 >= pRegion->extents.y2)
- {
- pixman_region_init (pRegion);
- return FALSE;
- }
- /* clip against dst */
- if (!miClipPictureReg (pRegion, pDst->pCompositeClip, 0, 0))
- {
- pixman_region_fini (pRegion);
- return FALSE;
- }
- if (pDst->alphaMap)
- {
- if (!miClipPictureReg (pRegion, pDst->alphaMap->pCompositeClip,
- -pDst->alphaOrigin.x,
- -pDst->alphaOrigin.y))
- {
- pixman_region_fini (pRegion);
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
- /* clip against src */
- if (!miClipPictureSrc (pRegion, pSrc, xDst - xSrc, yDst - ySrc))
- {
- pixman_region_fini (pRegion);
- return FALSE;
- }
- if (pSrc->alphaMap)
- {
- if (!miClipPictureSrc (pRegion, pSrc->alphaMap,
- xDst - (xSrc - pSrc->alphaOrigin.x),
- yDst - (ySrc - pSrc->alphaOrigin.y)))
- {
- pixman_region_fini (pRegion);
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
- /* clip against mask */
- if (pMask)
- {
- if (!miClipPictureSrc (pRegion, pMask, xDst - xMask, yDst - yMask))
- {
- pixman_region_fini (pRegion);
- return FALSE;
- }
- if (pMask->alphaMap)
- {
- if (!miClipPictureSrc (pRegion, pMask->alphaMap,
- xDst - (xMask - pMask->alphaOrigin.x),
- yDst - (yMask - pMask->alphaOrigin.y)))
- {
- pixman_region_fini (pRegion);
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
- }
-
-
- miCompositeSourceValidate (pSrc, xSrc, ySrc, width, height);
- if (pMask)
- miCompositeSourceValidate (pMask, xMask, yMask, width, height);
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-void
-miRenderColorToPixel (PictFormatPtr format,
- xRenderColor *color,
- CARD32 *pixel)
-{
- CARD32 r, g, b, a;
- miIndexedPtr pIndexed;
-
- switch (format->type) {
- case PictTypeDirect:
- r = color->red >> (16 - Ones (format->direct.redMask));
- g = color->green >> (16 - Ones (format->direct.greenMask));
- b = color->blue >> (16 - Ones (format->direct.blueMask));
- a = color->alpha >> (16 - Ones (format->direct.alphaMask));
- r = r << format->direct.red;
- g = g << format->direct.green;
- b = b << format->direct.blue;
- a = a << format->direct.alpha;
- *pixel = r|g|b|a;
- break;
- case PictTypeIndexed:
- pIndexed = (miIndexedPtr) (format->index.devPrivate);
- if (pIndexed->color)
- {
- r = color->red >> 11;
- g = color->green >> 11;
- b = color->blue >> 11;
- *pixel = miIndexToEnt15 (pIndexed, (r << 10) | (g << 5) | b);
- }
- else
- {
- r = color->red >> 8;
- g = color->green >> 8;
- b = color->blue >> 8;
- *pixel = miIndexToEntY24 (pIndexed, (r << 16) | (g << 8) | b);
- }
- break;
- }
-}
-
-static CARD16
-miFillColor (CARD32 pixel, int bits)
-{
- while (bits < 16)
- {
- pixel |= pixel << bits;
- bits <<= 1;
- }
- return (CARD16) pixel;
-}
-
-Bool
-miIsSolidAlpha (PicturePtr pSrc)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- char line[1];
-
- if (!pSrc->pDrawable)
- return FALSE;
-
- pScreen = pSrc->pDrawable->pScreen;
-
- /* Alpha-only */
- if (PICT_FORMAT_TYPE (pSrc->format) != PICT_TYPE_A)
- return FALSE;
- /* repeat */
- if (!pSrc->repeat)
- return FALSE;
- /* 1x1 */
- if (pSrc->pDrawable->width != 1 || pSrc->pDrawable->height != 1)
- return FALSE;
- line[0] = 1;
- (*pScreen->GetImage) (pSrc->pDrawable, 0, 0, 1, 1, ZPixmap, ~0L, line);
- switch (pSrc->pDrawable->bitsPerPixel) {
- case 1:
- return (CARD8) line[0] == 1 || (CARD8) line[0] == 0x80;
- case 4:
- return (CARD8) line[0] == 0xf || (CARD8) line[0] == 0xf0;
- case 8:
- return (CARD8) line[0] == 0xff;
- default:
- return FALSE;
- }
-}
-
-void
-miRenderPixelToColor (PictFormatPtr format,
- CARD32 pixel,
- xRenderColor *color)
-{
- CARD32 r, g, b, a;
- miIndexedPtr pIndexed;
-
- switch (format->type) {
- case PictTypeDirect:
- r = (pixel >> format->direct.red) & format->direct.redMask;
- g = (pixel >> format->direct.green) & format->direct.greenMask;
- b = (pixel >> format->direct.blue) & format->direct.blueMask;
- a = (pixel >> format->direct.alpha) & format->direct.alphaMask;
- color->red = miFillColor (r, Ones (format->direct.redMask));
- color->green = miFillColor (g, Ones (format->direct.greenMask));
- color->blue = miFillColor (b, Ones (format->direct.blueMask));
- color->alpha = miFillColor (a, Ones (format->direct.alphaMask));
- break;
- case PictTypeIndexed:
- pIndexed = (miIndexedPtr) (format->index.devPrivate);
- pixel = pIndexed->rgba[pixel & (MI_MAX_INDEXED-1)];
- r = (pixel >> 16) & 0xff;
- g = (pixel >> 8) & 0xff;
- b = (pixel ) & 0xff;
- color->red = miFillColor (r, 8);
- color->green = miFillColor (g, 8);
- color->blue = miFillColor (b, 8);
- color->alpha = 0xffff;
- break;
- }
-}
-
-Bool
-miPictureInit (ScreenPtr pScreen, PictFormatPtr formats, int nformats)
-{
- PictureScreenPtr ps;
-
- if (!PictureInit (pScreen, formats, nformats))
- return FALSE;
- ps = GetPictureScreen(pScreen);
- ps->CreatePicture = miCreatePicture;
- ps->DestroyPicture = miDestroyPicture;
- ps->ChangePictureClip = miChangePictureClip;
- ps->DestroyPictureClip = miDestroyPictureClip;
- ps->ChangePicture = miChangePicture;
- ps->ValidatePicture = miValidatePicture;
- ps->InitIndexed = miInitIndexed;
- ps->CloseIndexed = miCloseIndexed;
- ps->UpdateIndexed = miUpdateIndexed;
- ps->ChangePictureTransform = miChangePictureTransform;
- ps->ChangePictureFilter = miChangePictureFilter;
- ps->RealizeGlyph = miRealizeGlyph;
- ps->UnrealizeGlyph = miUnrealizeGlyph;
-
- /* MI rendering routines */
- ps->Composite = 0; /* requires DDX support */
- ps->Glyphs = miGlyphs;
- ps->CompositeRects = miCompositeRects;
- ps->Trapezoids = 0;
- ps->Triangles = 0;
- ps->TriStrip = miTriStrip;
- ps->TriFan = miTriFan;
-
- ps->RasterizeTrapezoid = 0; /* requires DDX support */
- ps->AddTraps = 0; /* requires DDX support */
- ps->AddTriangles = 0; /* requires DDX support */
-
- return TRUE;
-}
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright © 1999 Keith Packard
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+ * documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in
+ * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
+ * specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no
+ * representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It
+ * is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+ * EVENT SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
+ * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "gcstruct.h"
+#include "pixmapstr.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "mi.h"
+#include "picturestr.h"
+#include "mipict.h"
+
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+#define __inline
+#endif
+
+int
+miCreatePicture (PicturePtr pPicture)
+{
+ return Success;
+}
+
+void
+miDestroyPicture (PicturePtr pPicture)
+{
+ if (pPicture->freeCompClip)
+ RegionDestroy(pPicture->pCompositeClip);
+}
+
+void
+miDestroyPictureClip (PicturePtr pPicture)
+{
+ switch (pPicture->clientClipType) {
+ case CT_NONE:
+ return;
+ case CT_PIXMAP:
+ (*pPicture->pDrawable->pScreen->DestroyPixmap) ((PixmapPtr) (pPicture->clientClip));
+ break;
+ default:
+ /*
+ * we know we'll never have a list of rectangles, since ChangeClip
+ * immediately turns them into a region
+ */
+ RegionDestroy(pPicture->clientClip);
+ break;
+ }
+ pPicture->clientClip = NULL;
+ pPicture->clientClipType = CT_NONE;
+}
+
+int
+miChangePictureClip (PicturePtr pPicture,
+ int type,
+ pointer value,
+ int n)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pPicture->pDrawable->pScreen;
+ PictureScreenPtr ps = GetPictureScreen(pScreen);
+ pointer clientClip;
+ int clientClipType;
+
+ switch (type) {
+ case CT_PIXMAP:
+ /* convert the pixmap to a region */
+ clientClip = (pointer) BitmapToRegion(pScreen, (PixmapPtr) value);
+ if (!clientClip)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ clientClipType = CT_REGION;
+ (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap) ((PixmapPtr) value);
+ break;
+ case CT_REGION:
+ clientClip = value;
+ clientClipType = CT_REGION;
+ break;
+ case CT_NONE:
+ clientClip = 0;
+ clientClipType = CT_NONE;
+ break;
+ default:
+ clientClip = (pointer) RegionFromRects(n,
+ (xRectangle *) value,
+ type);
+ if (!clientClip)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ clientClipType = CT_REGION;
+ free(value);
+ break;
+ }
+ (*ps->DestroyPictureClip) (pPicture);
+ pPicture->clientClip = clientClip;
+ pPicture->clientClipType = clientClipType;
+ pPicture->stateChanges |= CPClipMask;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+void
+miChangePicture (PicturePtr pPicture,
+ Mask mask)
+{
+ return;
+}
+
+void
+miValidatePicture (PicturePtr pPicture,
+ Mask mask)
+{
+ DrawablePtr pDrawable = pPicture->pDrawable;
+
+ if ((mask & (CPClipXOrigin|CPClipYOrigin|CPClipMask|CPSubwindowMode)) ||
+ (pDrawable->serialNumber != (pPicture->serialNumber & DRAWABLE_SERIAL_BITS)))
+ {
+ if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW)
+ {
+ WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr) pDrawable;
+ RegionPtr pregWin;
+ Bool freeTmpClip, freeCompClip;
+
+ if (pPicture->subWindowMode == IncludeInferiors)
+ {
+ pregWin = NotClippedByChildren(pWin);
+ freeTmpClip = TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pregWin = &pWin->clipList;
+ freeTmpClip = FALSE;
+ }
+ freeCompClip = pPicture->freeCompClip;
+
+ /*
+ * if there is no client clip, we can get by with just keeping the
+ * pointer we got, and remembering whether or not should destroy
+ * (or maybe re-use) it later. this way, we avoid unnecessary
+ * copying of regions. (this wins especially if many clients clip
+ * by children and have no client clip.)
+ */
+ if (pPicture->clientClipType == CT_NONE)
+ {
+ if (freeCompClip)
+ RegionDestroy(pPicture->pCompositeClip);
+ pPicture->pCompositeClip = pregWin;
+ pPicture->freeCompClip = freeTmpClip;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*
+ * we need one 'real' region to put into the composite clip. if
+ * pregWin the current composite clip are real, we can get rid of
+ * one. if pregWin is real and the current composite clip isn't,
+ * use pregWin for the composite clip. if the current composite
+ * clip is real and pregWin isn't, use the current composite
+ * clip. if neither is real, create a new region.
+ */
+
+ RegionTranslate(pPicture->clientClip,
+ pDrawable->x + pPicture->clipOrigin.x,
+ pDrawable->y + pPicture->clipOrigin.y);
+
+ if (freeCompClip)
+ {
+ RegionIntersect(pPicture->pCompositeClip,
+ pregWin, pPicture->clientClip);
+ if (freeTmpClip)
+ RegionDestroy(pregWin);
+ }
+ else if (freeTmpClip)
+ {
+ RegionIntersect(pregWin, pregWin, pPicture->clientClip);
+ pPicture->pCompositeClip = pregWin;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pPicture->pCompositeClip = RegionCreate(NullBox, 0);
+ RegionIntersect(pPicture->pCompositeClip,
+ pregWin, pPicture->clientClip);
+ }
+ pPicture->freeCompClip = TRUE;
+ RegionTranslate(pPicture->clientClip,
+ -(pDrawable->x + pPicture->clipOrigin.x),
+ -(pDrawable->y + pPicture->clipOrigin.y));
+ }
+ } /* end of composite clip for a window */
+ else
+ {
+ BoxRec pixbounds;
+
+ /* XXX should we translate by drawable.x/y here ? */
+ /* If you want pixmaps in offscreen memory, yes */
+ pixbounds.x1 = pDrawable->x;
+ pixbounds.y1 = pDrawable->y;
+ pixbounds.x2 = pDrawable->x + pDrawable->width;
+ pixbounds.y2 = pDrawable->y + pDrawable->height;
+
+ if (pPicture->freeCompClip)
+ {
+ RegionReset(pPicture->pCompositeClip, &pixbounds);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pPicture->freeCompClip = TRUE;
+ pPicture->pCompositeClip = RegionCreate(&pixbounds, 1);
+ }
+
+ if (pPicture->clientClipType == CT_REGION)
+ {
+ if(pDrawable->x || pDrawable->y) {
+ RegionTranslate(pPicture->clientClip,
+ pDrawable->x + pPicture->clipOrigin.x,
+ pDrawable->y + pPicture->clipOrigin.y);
+ RegionIntersect(pPicture->pCompositeClip,
+ pPicture->pCompositeClip, pPicture->clientClip);
+ RegionTranslate(pPicture->clientClip,
+ -(pDrawable->x + pPicture->clipOrigin.x),
+ -(pDrawable->y + pPicture->clipOrigin.y));
+ } else {
+ RegionTranslate(pPicture->pCompositeClip,
+ -pPicture->clipOrigin.x, -pPicture->clipOrigin.y);
+ RegionIntersect(pPicture->pCompositeClip,
+ pPicture->pCompositeClip, pPicture->clientClip);
+ RegionTranslate(pPicture->pCompositeClip,
+ pPicture->clipOrigin.x, pPicture->clipOrigin.y);
+ }
+ }
+ } /* end of composite clip for pixmap */
+ }
+}
+
+int
+miChangePictureTransform (PicturePtr pPicture,
+ PictTransform *transform)
+{
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+miChangePictureFilter (PicturePtr pPicture,
+ int filter,
+ xFixed *params,
+ int nparams)
+{
+ return Success;
+}
+
+#define BOUND(v) (INT16) ((v) < MINSHORT ? MINSHORT : (v) > MAXSHORT ? MAXSHORT : (v))
+
+static inline pixman_bool_t
+miClipPictureReg (pixman_region16_t * pRegion,
+ pixman_region16_t * pClip,
+ int dx,
+ int dy)
+{
+ if (pixman_region_n_rects(pRegion) == 1 &&
+ pixman_region_n_rects(pClip) == 1)
+ {
+ pixman_box16_t * pRbox = pixman_region_rectangles(pRegion, NULL);
+ pixman_box16_t * pCbox = pixman_region_rectangles(pClip, NULL);
+ int v;
+
+ if (pRbox->x1 < (v = pCbox->x1 + dx))
+ pRbox->x1 = BOUND(v);
+ if (pRbox->x2 > (v = pCbox->x2 + dx))
+ pRbox->x2 = BOUND(v);
+ if (pRbox->y1 < (v = pCbox->y1 + dy))
+ pRbox->y1 = BOUND(v);
+ if (pRbox->y2 > (v = pCbox->y2 + dy))
+ pRbox->y2 = BOUND(v);
+ if (pRbox->x1 >= pRbox->x2 ||
+ pRbox->y1 >= pRbox->y2)
+ {
+ pixman_region_init (pRegion);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (!pixman_region_not_empty (pClip))
+ return FALSE;
+ else
+ {
+ if (dx || dy)
+ pixman_region_translate (pRegion, -dx, -dy);
+ if (!pixman_region_intersect (pRegion, pRegion, pClip))
+ return FALSE;
+ if (dx || dy)
+ pixman_region_translate(pRegion, dx, dy);
+ }
+ return pixman_region_not_empty(pRegion);
+}
+
+static __inline Bool
+miClipPictureSrc (RegionPtr pRegion,
+ PicturePtr pPicture,
+ int dx,
+ int dy)
+{
+ if (pPicture->clientClipType != CT_NONE)
+ {
+ Bool result;
+
+ pixman_region_translate ( pPicture->clientClip,
+ pPicture->clipOrigin.x + dx,
+ pPicture->clipOrigin.y + dy);
+
+ result = RegionIntersect(pRegion, pRegion, pPicture->clientClip);
+
+ pixman_region_translate ( pPicture->clientClip,
+ - (pPicture->clipOrigin.x + dx),
+ - (pPicture->clipOrigin.y + dy));
+
+ if (!result)
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static void
+SourceValidateOnePicture (PicturePtr pPicture)
+{
+ DrawablePtr pDrawable = pPicture->pDrawable;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+
+ if (!pDrawable)
+ return;
+
+ pScreen = pDrawable->pScreen;
+
+ if (pScreen->SourceValidate)
+ {
+ pScreen->SourceValidate (
+ pDrawable, 0, 0, pDrawable->width, pDrawable->height, pPicture->subWindowMode);
+ }
+}
+
+void
+miCompositeSourceValidate (PicturePtr pPicture)
+{
+ SourceValidateOnePicture (pPicture);
+ if (pPicture->alphaMap)
+ SourceValidateOnePicture (pPicture->alphaMap);
+}
+
+/*
+ * returns FALSE if the final region is empty. Indistinguishable from
+ * an allocation failure, but rendering ignores those anyways.
+ */
+
+Bool
+miComputeCompositeRegion (RegionPtr pRegion,
+ PicturePtr pSrc,
+ PicturePtr pMask,
+ PicturePtr pDst,
+ INT16 xSrc,
+ INT16 ySrc,
+ INT16 xMask,
+ INT16 yMask,
+ INT16 xDst,
+ INT16 yDst,
+ CARD16 width,
+ CARD16 height)
+{
+
+ int v;
+
+ pRegion->extents.x1 = xDst;
+ v = xDst + width;
+ pRegion->extents.x2 = BOUND(v);
+ pRegion->extents.y1 = yDst;
+ v = yDst + height;
+ pRegion->extents.y2 = BOUND(v);
+ pRegion->data = 0;
+ /* Check for empty operation */
+ if (pRegion->extents.x1 >= pRegion->extents.x2 ||
+ pRegion->extents.y1 >= pRegion->extents.y2)
+ {
+ pixman_region_init (pRegion);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ /* clip against dst */
+ if (!miClipPictureReg (pRegion, pDst->pCompositeClip, 0, 0))
+ {
+ pixman_region_fini (pRegion);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ if (pDst->alphaMap)
+ {
+ if (!miClipPictureReg (pRegion, pDst->alphaMap->pCompositeClip,
+ -pDst->alphaOrigin.x,
+ -pDst->alphaOrigin.y))
+ {
+ pixman_region_fini (pRegion);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ /* clip against src */
+ if (!miClipPictureSrc (pRegion, pSrc, xDst - xSrc, yDst - ySrc))
+ {
+ pixman_region_fini (pRegion);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ if (pSrc->alphaMap)
+ {
+ if (!miClipPictureSrc (pRegion, pSrc->alphaMap,
+ xDst - (xSrc - pSrc->alphaOrigin.x),
+ yDst - (ySrc - pSrc->alphaOrigin.y)))
+ {
+ pixman_region_fini (pRegion);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ /* clip against mask */
+ if (pMask)
+ {
+ if (!miClipPictureSrc (pRegion, pMask, xDst - xMask, yDst - yMask))
+ {
+ pixman_region_fini (pRegion);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ if (pMask->alphaMap)
+ {
+ if (!miClipPictureSrc (pRegion, pMask->alphaMap,
+ xDst - (xMask - pMask->alphaOrigin.x),
+ yDst - (yMask - pMask->alphaOrigin.y)))
+ {
+ pixman_region_fini (pRegion);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ miCompositeSourceValidate (pSrc);
+ if (pMask)
+ miCompositeSourceValidate (pMask);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+void
+miRenderColorToPixel (PictFormatPtr format,
+ xRenderColor *color,
+ CARD32 *pixel)
+{
+ CARD32 r, g, b, a;
+ miIndexedPtr pIndexed;
+
+ switch (format->type) {
+ case PictTypeDirect:
+ r = color->red >> (16 - Ones (format->direct.redMask));
+ g = color->green >> (16 - Ones (format->direct.greenMask));
+ b = color->blue >> (16 - Ones (format->direct.blueMask));
+ a = color->alpha >> (16 - Ones (format->direct.alphaMask));
+ r = r << format->direct.red;
+ g = g << format->direct.green;
+ b = b << format->direct.blue;
+ a = a << format->direct.alpha;
+ *pixel = r|g|b|a;
+ break;
+ case PictTypeIndexed:
+ pIndexed = (miIndexedPtr) (format->index.devPrivate);
+ if (pIndexed->color)
+ {
+ r = color->red >> 11;
+ g = color->green >> 11;
+ b = color->blue >> 11;
+ *pixel = miIndexToEnt15 (pIndexed, (r << 10) | (g << 5) | b);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ r = color->red >> 8;
+ g = color->green >> 8;
+ b = color->blue >> 8;
+ *pixel = miIndexToEntY24 (pIndexed, (r << 16) | (g << 8) | b);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+static CARD16
+miFillColor (CARD32 pixel, int bits)
+{
+ while (bits < 16)
+ {
+ pixel |= pixel << bits;
+ bits <<= 1;
+ }
+ return (CARD16) pixel;
+}
+
+Bool
+miIsSolidAlpha (PicturePtr pSrc)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ char line[1];
+
+ if (!pSrc->pDrawable)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ pScreen = pSrc->pDrawable->pScreen;
+
+ /* Alpha-only */
+ if (PICT_FORMAT_TYPE (pSrc->format) != PICT_TYPE_A)
+ return FALSE;
+ /* repeat */
+ if (!pSrc->repeat)
+ return FALSE;
+ /* 1x1 */
+ if (pSrc->pDrawable->width != 1 || pSrc->pDrawable->height != 1)
+ return FALSE;
+ line[0] = 1;
+ (*pScreen->GetImage) (pSrc->pDrawable, 0, 0, 1, 1, ZPixmap, ~0L, line);
+ switch (pSrc->pDrawable->bitsPerPixel) {
+ case 1:
+ return (CARD8) line[0] == 1 || (CARD8) line[0] == 0x80;
+ case 4:
+ return (CARD8) line[0] == 0xf || (CARD8) line[0] == 0xf0;
+ case 8:
+ return (CARD8) line[0] == 0xff;
+ default:
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+miRenderPixelToColor (PictFormatPtr format,
+ CARD32 pixel,
+ xRenderColor *color)
+{
+ CARD32 r, g, b, a;
+ miIndexedPtr pIndexed;
+
+ switch (format->type) {
+ case PictTypeDirect:
+ r = (pixel >> format->direct.red) & format->direct.redMask;
+ g = (pixel >> format->direct.green) & format->direct.greenMask;
+ b = (pixel >> format->direct.blue) & format->direct.blueMask;
+ a = (pixel >> format->direct.alpha) & format->direct.alphaMask;
+ color->red = miFillColor (r, Ones (format->direct.redMask));
+ color->green = miFillColor (g, Ones (format->direct.greenMask));
+ color->blue = miFillColor (b, Ones (format->direct.blueMask));
+ color->alpha = miFillColor (a, Ones (format->direct.alphaMask));
+ break;
+ case PictTypeIndexed:
+ pIndexed = (miIndexedPtr) (format->index.devPrivate);
+ pixel = pIndexed->rgba[pixel & (MI_MAX_INDEXED-1)];
+ r = (pixel >> 16) & 0xff;
+ g = (pixel >> 8) & 0xff;
+ b = (pixel ) & 0xff;
+ color->red = miFillColor (r, 8);
+ color->green = miFillColor (g, 8);
+ color->blue = miFillColor (b, 8);
+ color->alpha = 0xffff;
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+Bool
+miPictureInit (ScreenPtr pScreen, PictFormatPtr formats, int nformats)
+{
+ PictureScreenPtr ps;
+
+ if (!PictureInit (pScreen, formats, nformats))
+ return FALSE;
+ ps = GetPictureScreen(pScreen);
+ ps->CreatePicture = miCreatePicture;
+ ps->DestroyPicture = miDestroyPicture;
+ ps->ChangePictureClip = miChangePictureClip;
+ ps->DestroyPictureClip = miDestroyPictureClip;
+ ps->ChangePicture = miChangePicture;
+ ps->ValidatePicture = miValidatePicture;
+ ps->InitIndexed = miInitIndexed;
+ ps->CloseIndexed = miCloseIndexed;
+ ps->UpdateIndexed = miUpdateIndexed;
+ ps->ChangePictureTransform = miChangePictureTransform;
+ ps->ChangePictureFilter = miChangePictureFilter;
+ ps->RealizeGlyph = miRealizeGlyph;
+ ps->UnrealizeGlyph = miUnrealizeGlyph;
+
+ /* MI rendering routines */
+ ps->Composite = 0; /* requires DDX support */
+ ps->Glyphs = miGlyphs;
+ ps->CompositeRects = miCompositeRects;
+ ps->Trapezoids = 0;
+ ps->Triangles = 0;
+
+ ps->RasterizeTrapezoid = 0; /* requires DDX support */
+ ps->AddTraps = 0; /* requires DDX support */
+ ps->AddTriangles = 0; /* requires DDX support */
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/render/mipict.h b/xorg-server/render/mipict.h
index d1495891e..f2df601e4 100644
--- a/xorg-server/render/mipict.h
+++ b/xorg-server/render/mipict.h
@@ -1,188 +1,165 @@
-/*
- *
- * Copyright © 2000 SuSE, Inc.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the name of SuSE not be used in advertising or
- * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
- * written prior permission. SuSE makes no representations about the
- * suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is"
- * without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * SuSE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL SuSE
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Author: Keith Packard, SuSE, Inc.
- */
-
-#ifndef _MIPICT_H_
-#define _MIPICT_H_
-
-#include "picturestr.h"
-
-#define MI_MAX_INDEXED 256 /* XXX depth must be <= 8 */
-
-#if MI_MAX_INDEXED <= 256
-typedef CARD8 miIndexType;
-#endif
-
-typedef struct _miIndexed {
- Bool color;
- CARD32 rgba[MI_MAX_INDEXED];
- miIndexType ent[32768];
-} miIndexedRec, *miIndexedPtr;
-
-#define miCvtR8G8B8to15(s) ((((s) >> 3) & 0x001f) | \
- (((s) >> 6) & 0x03e0) | \
- (((s) >> 9) & 0x7c00))
-#define miIndexToEnt15(mif,rgb15) ((mif)->ent[rgb15])
-#define miIndexToEnt24(mif,rgb24) miIndexToEnt15(mif,miCvtR8G8B8to15(rgb24))
-
-#define miIndexToEntY24(mif,rgb24) ((mif)->ent[CvtR8G8B8toY15(rgb24)])
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-miCreatePicture (PicturePtr pPicture);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-miDestroyPicture (PicturePtr pPicture);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-miDestroyPictureClip (PicturePtr pPicture);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-miChangePictureClip (PicturePtr pPicture,
- int type,
- pointer value,
- int n);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-miChangePicture (PicturePtr pPicture,
- Mask mask);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-miValidatePicture (PicturePtr pPicture,
- Mask mask);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-miChangePictureTransform (PicturePtr pPicture,
- PictTransform *transform);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int
-miChangePictureFilter (PicturePtr pPicture,
- int filter,
- xFixed *params,
- int nparams);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-miCompositeSourceValidate (PicturePtr pPicture,
- INT16 x,
- INT16 y,
- CARD16 width,
- CARD16 height);
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-miComputeCompositeRegion (RegionPtr pRegion,
- PicturePtr pSrc,
- PicturePtr pMask,
- PicturePtr pDst,
- INT16 xSrc,
- INT16 ySrc,
- INT16 xMask,
- INT16 yMask,
- INT16 xDst,
- INT16 yDst,
- CARD16 width,
- CARD16 height);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-miPictureInit (ScreenPtr pScreen, PictFormatPtr formats, int nformats);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-miRealizeGlyph (ScreenPtr pScreen,
- GlyphPtr glyph);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-miUnrealizeGlyph (ScreenPtr pScreen,
- GlyphPtr glyph);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-miGlyphs (CARD8 op,
- PicturePtr pSrc,
- PicturePtr pDst,
- PictFormatPtr maskFormat,
- INT16 xSrc,
- INT16 ySrc,
- int nlist,
- GlyphListPtr list,
- GlyphPtr *glyphs);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-miRenderColorToPixel (PictFormatPtr pPict,
- xRenderColor *color,
- CARD32 *pixel);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-miRenderPixelToColor (PictFormatPtr pPict,
- CARD32 pixel,
- xRenderColor *color);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-miIsSolidAlpha (PicturePtr pSrc);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-miCompositeRects (CARD8 op,
- PicturePtr pDst,
- xRenderColor *color,
- int nRect,
- xRectangle *rects);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-miTrapezoidBounds (int ntrap, xTrapezoid *traps, BoxPtr box);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-miPointFixedBounds (int npoint, xPointFixed *points, BoxPtr bounds);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-miTriangleBounds (int ntri, xTriangle *tris, BoxPtr bounds);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-miTriStrip (CARD8 op,
- PicturePtr pSrc,
- PicturePtr pDst,
- PictFormatPtr maskFormat,
- INT16 xSrc,
- INT16 ySrc,
- int npoint,
- xPointFixed *points);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-miTriFan (CARD8 op,
- PicturePtr pSrc,
- PicturePtr pDst,
- PictFormatPtr maskFormat,
- INT16 xSrc,
- INT16 ySrc,
- int npoint,
- xPointFixed *points);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-miInitIndexed (ScreenPtr pScreen,
- PictFormatPtr pFormat);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-miCloseIndexed (ScreenPtr pScreen,
- PictFormatPtr pFormat);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-miUpdateIndexed (ScreenPtr pScreen,
- PictFormatPtr pFormat,
- int ndef,
- xColorItem *pdef);
-
-#endif /* _MIPICT_H_ */
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright © 2000 SuSE, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+ * documentation, and that the name of SuSE not be used in advertising or
+ * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+ * written prior permission. SuSE makes no representations about the
+ * suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is"
+ * without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * SuSE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL SuSE
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
+ * OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Author: Keith Packard, SuSE, Inc.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MIPICT_H_
+#define _MIPICT_H_
+
+#include "picturestr.h"
+
+#define MI_MAX_INDEXED 256 /* XXX depth must be <= 8 */
+
+#if MI_MAX_INDEXED <= 256
+typedef CARD8 miIndexType;
+#endif
+
+typedef struct _miIndexed {
+ Bool color;
+ CARD32 rgba[MI_MAX_INDEXED];
+ miIndexType ent[32768];
+} miIndexedRec, *miIndexedPtr;
+
+#define miCvtR8G8B8to15(s) ((((s) >> 3) & 0x001f) | \
+ (((s) >> 6) & 0x03e0) | \
+ (((s) >> 9) & 0x7c00))
+#define miIndexToEnt15(mif,rgb15) ((mif)->ent[rgb15])
+#define miIndexToEnt24(mif,rgb24) miIndexToEnt15(mif,miCvtR8G8B8to15(rgb24))
+
+#define miIndexToEntY24(mif,rgb24) ((mif)->ent[CvtR8G8B8toY15(rgb24)])
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+miCreatePicture (PicturePtr pPicture);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+miDestroyPicture (PicturePtr pPicture);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+miDestroyPictureClip (PicturePtr pPicture);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+miChangePictureClip (PicturePtr pPicture,
+ int type,
+ pointer value,
+ int n);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+miChangePicture (PicturePtr pPicture,
+ Mask mask);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+miValidatePicture (PicturePtr pPicture,
+ Mask mask);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+miChangePictureTransform (PicturePtr pPicture,
+ PictTransform *transform);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+miChangePictureFilter (PicturePtr pPicture,
+ int filter,
+ xFixed *params,
+ int nparams);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+miCompositeSourceValidate (PicturePtr pPicture);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+miComputeCompositeRegion (RegionPtr pRegion,
+ PicturePtr pSrc,
+ PicturePtr pMask,
+ PicturePtr pDst,
+ INT16 xSrc,
+ INT16 ySrc,
+ INT16 xMask,
+ INT16 yMask,
+ INT16 xDst,
+ INT16 yDst,
+ CARD16 width,
+ CARD16 height);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+miPictureInit (ScreenPtr pScreen, PictFormatPtr formats, int nformats);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+miRealizeGlyph (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ GlyphPtr glyph);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+miUnrealizeGlyph (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ GlyphPtr glyph);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+miGlyphs (CARD8 op,
+ PicturePtr pSrc,
+ PicturePtr pDst,
+ PictFormatPtr maskFormat,
+ INT16 xSrc,
+ INT16 ySrc,
+ int nlist,
+ GlyphListPtr list,
+ GlyphPtr *glyphs);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+miRenderColorToPixel (PictFormatPtr pPict,
+ xRenderColor *color,
+ CARD32 *pixel);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+miRenderPixelToColor (PictFormatPtr pPict,
+ CARD32 pixel,
+ xRenderColor *color);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+miIsSolidAlpha (PicturePtr pSrc);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+miCompositeRects (CARD8 op,
+ PicturePtr pDst,
+ xRenderColor *color,
+ int nRect,
+ xRectangle *rects);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+miTrapezoidBounds (int ntrap, xTrapezoid *traps, BoxPtr box);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+miPointFixedBounds (int npoint, xPointFixed *points, BoxPtr bounds);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+miTriangleBounds (int ntri, xTriangle *tris, BoxPtr bounds);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+miInitIndexed (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ PictFormatPtr pFormat);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+miCloseIndexed (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ PictFormatPtr pFormat);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+miUpdateIndexed (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ PictFormatPtr pFormat,
+ int ndef,
+ xColorItem *pdef);
+
+#endif /* _MIPICT_H_ */
diff --git a/xorg-server/render/mitri.c b/xorg-server/render/mitri.c
index b258c2156..8c5298e25 100644
--- a/xorg-server/render/mitri.c
+++ b/xorg-server/render/mitri.c
@@ -1,132 +1,68 @@
-/*
- *
- * Copyright © 2002 Keith Packard, member of The XFree86 Project, Inc.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in
- * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
- * specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no
- * representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It
- * is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
- * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
- * EVENT SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
- * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
- * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "gcstruct.h"
-#include "pixmapstr.h"
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include "mi.h"
-#include "picturestr.h"
-#include "mipict.h"
-
-void
-miPointFixedBounds (int npoint, xPointFixed *points, BoxPtr bounds)
-{
- bounds->x1 = xFixedToInt (points->x);
- bounds->x2 = xFixedToInt (xFixedCeil (points->x));
- bounds->y1 = xFixedToInt (points->y);
- bounds->y2 = xFixedToInt (xFixedCeil (points->y));
- points++;
- npoint--;
- while (npoint-- > 0)
- {
- INT16 x1 = xFixedToInt (points->x);
- INT16 x2 = xFixedToInt (xFixedCeil (points->x));
- INT16 y1 = xFixedToInt (points->y);
- INT16 y2 = xFixedToInt (xFixedCeil (points->y));
-
- if (x1 < bounds->x1)
- bounds->x1 = x1;
- else if (x2 > bounds->x2)
- bounds->x2 = x2;
- if (y1 < bounds->y1)
- bounds->y1 = y1;
- else if (y2 > bounds->y2)
- bounds->y2 = y2;
- points++;
- }
-}
-
-void
-miTriangleBounds (int ntri, xTriangle *tris, BoxPtr bounds)
-{
- miPointFixedBounds (ntri * 3, (xPointFixed *) tris, bounds);
-}
-
-void
-miTriStrip (CARD8 op,
- PicturePtr pSrc,
- PicturePtr pDst,
- PictFormatPtr maskFormat,
- INT16 xSrc,
- INT16 ySrc,
- int npoint,
- xPointFixed *points)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pDst->pDrawable->pScreen;
- PictureScreenPtr ps = GetPictureScreen(pScreen);
- xTriangle *tris, *tri;
- int ntri;
-
- if (npoint < 3)
- return;
- ntri = npoint - 2;
- tris = malloc(ntri * sizeof (xTriangle));
- if (!tris)
- return;
- for (tri = tris; npoint >= 3; npoint--, points++, tri++)
- {
- tri->p1 = points[0];
- tri->p2 = points[1];
- tri->p3 = points[2];
- }
- (*ps->Triangles) (op, pSrc, pDst, maskFormat, xSrc, ySrc, ntri, tris);
- free(tris);
-}
-
-void
-miTriFan (CARD8 op,
- PicturePtr pSrc,
- PicturePtr pDst,
- PictFormatPtr maskFormat,
- INT16 xSrc,
- INT16 ySrc,
- int npoint,
- xPointFixed *points)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pDst->pDrawable->pScreen;
- PictureScreenPtr ps = GetPictureScreen(pScreen);
- xTriangle *tris, *tri;
- xPointFixed *first;
- int ntri;
-
- if (npoint < 3)
- return;
- ntri = npoint - 2;
- tris = malloc(ntri * sizeof (xTriangle));
- if (!tris)
- return;
- first = points++;
- for (tri = tris; npoint >= 3; npoint--, points++, tri++)
- {
- tri->p1 = *first;
- tri->p2 = points[0];
- tri->p3 = points[1];
- }
- (*ps->Triangles) (op, pSrc, pDst, maskFormat, xSrc, ySrc, ntri, tris);
- free(tris);
-}
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright © 2002 Keith Packard, member of The XFree86 Project, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+ * documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in
+ * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
+ * specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no
+ * representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It
+ * is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+ * EVENT SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
+ * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "gcstruct.h"
+#include "pixmapstr.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "mi.h"
+#include "picturestr.h"
+#include "mipict.h"
+
+void
+miPointFixedBounds (int npoint, xPointFixed *points, BoxPtr bounds)
+{
+ bounds->x1 = xFixedToInt (points->x);
+ bounds->x2 = xFixedToInt (xFixedCeil (points->x));
+ bounds->y1 = xFixedToInt (points->y);
+ bounds->y2 = xFixedToInt (xFixedCeil (points->y));
+ points++;
+ npoint--;
+ while (npoint-- > 0)
+ {
+ INT16 x1 = xFixedToInt (points->x);
+ INT16 x2 = xFixedToInt (xFixedCeil (points->x));
+ INT16 y1 = xFixedToInt (points->y);
+ INT16 y2 = xFixedToInt (xFixedCeil (points->y));
+
+ if (x1 < bounds->x1)
+ bounds->x1 = x1;
+ else if (x2 > bounds->x2)
+ bounds->x2 = x2;
+ if (y1 < bounds->y1)
+ bounds->y1 = y1;
+ else if (y2 > bounds->y2)
+ bounds->y2 = y2;
+ points++;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+miTriangleBounds (int ntri, xTriangle *tris, BoxPtr bounds)
+{
+ miPointFixedBounds (ntri * 3, (xPointFixed *) tris, bounds);
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/render/picture.c b/xorg-server/render/picture.c
index d31b77466..ed7a1d8f1 100644
--- a/xorg-server/render/picture.c
+++ b/xorg-server/render/picture.c
@@ -1773,11 +1773,25 @@ CompositeTriStrip (CARD8 op,
int npoints,
xPointFixed *points)
{
- PictureScreenPtr ps = GetPictureScreen(pDst->pDrawable->pScreen);
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pDst->pDrawable->pScreen;
+ PictureScreenPtr ps = GetPictureScreen(pScreen);
+ xTriangle *tris, *tri;
+ int ntri;
- ValidatePicture (pSrc);
- ValidatePicture (pDst);
- (*ps->TriStrip) (op, pSrc, pDst, maskFormat, xSrc, ySrc, npoints, points);
+ if (npoints < 3)
+ return;
+ ntri = npoints - 2;
+ tris = malloc(ntri * sizeof (xTriangle));
+ if (!tris)
+ return;
+ for (tri = tris; npoints >= 3; npoints--, points++, tri++)
+ {
+ tri->p1 = points[0];
+ tri->p2 = points[1];
+ tri->p3 = points[2];
+ }
+ CompositeTriangles (op, pSrc, pDst, maskFormat, xSrc, ySrc, ntri, tris);
+ free(tris);
}
void
@@ -1790,11 +1804,26 @@ CompositeTriFan (CARD8 op,
int npoints,
xPointFixed *points)
{
- PictureScreenPtr ps = GetPictureScreen(pDst->pDrawable->pScreen);
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pDst->pDrawable->pScreen;
+ xTriangle *tris, *tri;
+ xPointFixed *first;
+ int ntri;
- ValidatePicture (pSrc);
- ValidatePicture (pDst);
- (*ps->TriFan) (op, pSrc, pDst, maskFormat, xSrc, ySrc, npoints, points);
+ if (npoints < 3)
+ return;
+ ntri = npoints - 2;
+ tris = malloc(ntri * sizeof (xTriangle));
+ if (!tris)
+ return;
+ first = points++;
+ for (tri = tris; npoints >= 3; npoints--, points++, tri++)
+ {
+ tri->p1 = *first;
+ tri->p2 = points[0];
+ tri->p3 = points[1];
+ }
+ CompositeTriangles (op, pSrc, pDst, maskFormat, xSrc, ySrc, ntri, tris);
+ free(tris);
}
void
diff --git a/xorg-server/render/picturestr.h b/xorg-server/render/picturestr.h
index ee62e6a17..f642bf0df 100644
--- a/xorg-server/render/picturestr.h
+++ b/xorg-server/render/picturestr.h
@@ -381,8 +381,6 @@ typedef struct _PictureScreen {
TrapezoidsProcPtr Trapezoids;
TrianglesProcPtr Triangles;
- TriStripProcPtr TriStrip;
- TriFanProcPtr TriFan;
RasterizeTrapezoidProcPtr RasterizeTrapezoid;
diff --git a/xorg-server/test/Makefile.am b/xorg-server/test/Makefile.am
index 8bb3a0688..d93c7a223 100644
--- a/xorg-server/test/Makefile.am
+++ b/xorg-server/test/Makefile.am
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
if UNITTESTS
SUBDIRS= . xi2
-check_PROGRAMS = xkb input xtest
+check_PROGRAMS = xkb input xtest list
check_LTLIBRARIES = libxservertest.la
TESTS=$(check_PROGRAMS)
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ endif
xkb_LDADD=$(TEST_LDADD)
input_LDADD=$(TEST_LDADD)
xtest_LDADD=$(TEST_LDADD)
+list_LDADD=$(TEST_LDADD)
libxservertest_la_LIBADD = \
$(XSERVER_LIBS) \
diff --git a/xorg-server/test/list.c b/xorg-server/test/list.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7e035fe58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xorg-server/test/list.c
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/**
+ * Copyright © 2011 Red Hat, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+#include <list.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <glib.h>
+
+struct parent {
+ int a;
+ struct list children;
+ int b;
+};
+
+struct child {
+ int foo;
+ int bar;
+ struct list node;
+};
+
+static void
+test_list_init(void)
+{
+ struct parent parent, tmp;
+
+ memset(&parent, 0, sizeof(parent));
+ parent.a = 0xa5a5a5;
+ parent.b = ~0xa5a5a5;
+
+ tmp = parent;
+
+ list_init(&parent.children);
+
+ /* test we haven't touched anything else. */
+ g_assert(parent.a == tmp.a);
+ g_assert(parent.b == tmp.b);
+
+ g_assert(list_is_empty(&parent.children));
+}
+
+static void
+test_list_add(void)
+{
+ struct parent parent = {0};
+ struct child child[3];
+ struct child *c;
+
+ list_init(&parent.children);
+
+ list_add(&child[0].node, &parent.children);
+ g_assert(!list_is_empty(&parent.children));
+
+ c = list_first_entry(&parent.children, struct child, node);
+ g_assert(memcmp(c, &child[0], sizeof(struct child)) == 0);
+
+ /* note: list_add prepends */
+ list_add(&child[1].node, &parent.children);
+ c = list_first_entry(&parent.children, struct child, node);
+ g_assert(memcmp(c, &child[1], sizeof(struct child)) == 0);
+
+ list_add(&child[2].node, &parent.children);
+ c = list_first_entry(&parent.children, struct child, node);
+ g_assert(memcmp(c, &child[2], sizeof(struct child)) == 0);
+};
+
+static void
+test_list_del(void)
+{
+ struct parent parent = {0};
+ struct child child[3];
+ struct child *c;
+
+ list_init(&parent.children);
+
+ list_add(&child[0].node, &parent.children);
+ g_assert(!list_is_empty(&parent.children));
+
+ list_del(&parent.children);
+ g_assert(list_is_empty(&parent.children));
+
+ list_add(&child[0].node, &parent.children);
+ list_del(&child[0].node);
+ g_assert(list_is_empty(&parent.children));
+
+ list_add(&child[0].node, &parent.children);
+ list_add(&child[1].node, &parent.children);
+
+ c = list_first_entry(&parent.children, struct child, node);
+ g_assert(memcmp(c, &child[1], sizeof(struct child)) == 0);
+
+ /* delete first node */
+ list_del(&child[1].node);
+ g_assert(!list_is_empty(&parent.children));
+ g_assert(list_is_empty(&child[1].node));
+ c = list_first_entry(&parent.children, struct child, node);
+ g_assert(memcmp(c, &child[0], sizeof(struct child)) == 0);
+
+ /* delete last node */
+ list_add(&child[1].node, &parent.children);
+ list_del(&child[0].node);
+ c = list_first_entry(&parent.children, struct child, node);
+ g_assert(memcmp(c, &child[1], sizeof(struct child)) == 0);
+
+ /* delete list head */
+ list_add(&child[0].node, &parent.children);
+ list_del(&parent.children);
+ g_assert(list_is_empty(&parent.children));
+ g_assert(!list_is_empty(&child[1].node));
+ g_assert(!list_is_empty(&child[2].node));
+}
+
+static void
+test_list_for_each(void)
+{
+ struct parent parent = {0};
+ struct child child[3];
+ struct child *c;
+ int i = 0;
+
+ list_init(&parent.children);
+
+ list_add(&child[2].node, &parent.children);
+ list_add(&child[1].node, &parent.children);
+ list_add(&child[0].node, &parent.children);
+
+ list_for_each_entry(c, &parent.children, node) {
+ g_assert(memcmp(c, &child[i], sizeof(struct child)) == 0);
+ i++;
+ }
+
+ /* foreach on empty list */
+ list_del(&parent.children);
+ g_assert(list_is_empty(&parent.children));
+
+ list_for_each_entry(c, &parent.children, node) {
+ g_assert(0); /* we must not get here */
+ }
+}
+
+
+int main(int argc, char** argv)
+{
+ g_test_init(&argc, &argv,NULL);
+ g_test_bug_base("https://bugzilla.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=");
+
+ g_test_add_func("/list/init", test_list_init);
+ g_test_add_func("/list/add", test_list_add);
+ g_test_add_func("/list/del", test_list_del);
+ g_test_add_func("/list/for_each", test_list_for_each);
+
+ return g_test_run();
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/xkb/xkbActions.c b/xorg-server/xkb/xkbActions.c
index 65c678af8..8cd9b44a1 100644
--- a/xorg-server/xkb/xkbActions.c
+++ b/xorg-server/xkb/xkbActions.c
@@ -1,1441 +1,1434 @@
-/************************************************************
-Copyright (c) 1993 by Silicon Graphics Computer Systems, Inc.
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this
-software and its documentation for any purpose and without
-fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
-notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright
-notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation, and that the name of Silicon Graphics not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution
-of the software without specific prior written permission.
-Silicon Graphics makes no representation about the suitability
-of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is"
-without any express or implied warranty.
-
-SILICON GRAPHICS DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
-SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
-AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON
-GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
-DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE
-OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH
-THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
-
-********************************************************/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <math.h>
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>
-#include <X11/keysym.h>
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "exevents.h"
-#include "eventstr.h"
-#include <xkbsrv.h>
-#include "xkb.h"
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include "mi.h"
-#include "mipointer.h"
-#include "inpututils.h"
-#define EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE 64
-
-DevPrivateKeyRec xkbDevicePrivateKeyRec;
-
-void XkbFakeDeviceButton(DeviceIntPtr dev,Bool press,int button);
-static void XkbFakePointerMotion(DeviceIntPtr dev, unsigned flags,int x,int y);
-
-void
-xkbUnwrapProc(DeviceIntPtr device, DeviceHandleProc proc,
- pointer data)
-{
- xkbDeviceInfoPtr xkbPrivPtr = XKBDEVICEINFO(device);
- ProcessInputProc backupproc;
- if(xkbPrivPtr->unwrapProc)
- xkbPrivPtr->unwrapProc = NULL;
-
- UNWRAP_PROCESS_INPUT_PROC(device,xkbPrivPtr, backupproc);
- proc(device,data);
- COND_WRAP_PROCESS_INPUT_PROC(device,xkbPrivPtr,
- backupproc,xkbUnwrapProc);
-}
-
-Bool
-XkbInitPrivates(void)
-{
- return dixRegisterPrivateKey(&xkbDevicePrivateKeyRec, PRIVATE_DEVICE, 0);
-}
-
-void
-XkbSetExtension(DeviceIntPtr device, ProcessInputProc proc)
-{
- xkbDeviceInfoPtr xkbPrivPtr;
-
- xkbPrivPtr = (xkbDeviceInfoPtr) calloc(1, sizeof(xkbDeviceInfoRec));
- if (!xkbPrivPtr)
- return;
- xkbPrivPtr->unwrapProc = NULL;
-
- dixSetPrivate(&device->devPrivates, xkbDevicePrivateKey, xkbPrivPtr);
- WRAP_PROCESS_INPUT_PROC(device, xkbPrivPtr, proc, xkbUnwrapProc);
-}
-
-/***====================================================================***/
-
-static XkbAction
-_FixUpAction(XkbDescPtr xkb,XkbAction *act)
-{
-static XkbAction fake;
-
- if (XkbIsPtrAction(act)&&(!(xkb->ctrls->enabled_ctrls&XkbMouseKeysMask))) {
- fake.type = XkbSA_NoAction;
- return fake;
- }
- if (xkb->ctrls->enabled_ctrls&XkbStickyKeysMask) {
- if (act->any.type==XkbSA_SetMods) {
- fake.mods.type = XkbSA_LatchMods;
- fake.mods.mask = act->mods.mask;
- if (XkbAX_NeedOption(xkb->ctrls,XkbAX_LatchToLockMask))
- fake.mods.flags= XkbSA_ClearLocks|XkbSA_LatchToLock;
- else fake.mods.flags= XkbSA_ClearLocks;
- return fake;
- }
- if (act->any.type==XkbSA_SetGroup) {
- fake.group.type = XkbSA_LatchGroup;
- if (XkbAX_NeedOption(xkb->ctrls,XkbAX_LatchToLockMask))
- fake.group.flags= XkbSA_ClearLocks|XkbSA_LatchToLock;
- else fake.group.flags= XkbSA_ClearLocks;
- XkbSASetGroup(&fake.group,XkbSAGroup(&act->group));
- return fake;
- }
- }
- return *act;
-}
-
-static XkbAction
-XkbGetKeyAction(XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,XkbStatePtr xkbState,CARD8 key)
-{
-int effectiveGroup;
-int col;
-XkbDescPtr xkb;
-XkbKeyTypePtr type;
-XkbAction * pActs;
-static XkbAction fake;
-
- xkb= xkbi->desc;
- if (!XkbKeyHasActions(xkb,key) || !XkbKeycodeInRange(xkb,key)) {
- fake.type = XkbSA_NoAction;
- return fake;
- }
- pActs= XkbKeyActionsPtr(xkb,key);
- col= 0;
-
- effectiveGroup = XkbGetEffectiveGroup(xkbi, xkbState, key);
- if (effectiveGroup != XkbGroup1Index)
- col += (effectiveGroup * XkbKeyGroupsWidth(xkb, key));
-
- type= XkbKeyKeyType(xkb,key,effectiveGroup);
- if (type->map!=NULL) {
- register unsigned i,mods;
- register XkbKTMapEntryPtr entry;
- mods= xkbState->mods&type->mods.mask;
- for (entry= type->map,i=0;i<type->map_count;i++,entry++) {
- if ((entry->active)&&(entry->mods.mask==mods)) {
- col+= entry->level;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- if (pActs[col].any.type==XkbSA_NoAction)
- return pActs[col];
- fake= _FixUpAction(xkb,&pActs[col]);
- return fake;
-}
-
-static XkbAction
-XkbGetButtonAction(DeviceIntPtr kbd,DeviceIntPtr dev,int button)
-{
-XkbAction fake;
- if ((dev->button)&&(dev->button->xkb_acts)) {
- if (dev->button->xkb_acts[button-1].any.type!=XkbSA_NoAction) {
- fake= _FixUpAction(kbd->key->xkbInfo->desc,
- &dev->button->xkb_acts[button-1]);
- return fake;
- }
- }
- fake.any.type= XkbSA_NoAction;
- return fake;
-}
-
-/***====================================================================***/
-
-#define SYNTHETIC_KEYCODE 1
-#define BTN_ACT_FLAG 0x100
-
-static int
-_XkbFilterSetState( XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,
- XkbFilterPtr filter,
- unsigned keycode,
- XkbAction *pAction)
-{
- if (filter->keycode==0) { /* initial press */
- filter->keycode = keycode;
- filter->active = 1;
- filter->filterOthers = ((pAction->mods.mask&XkbSA_ClearLocks)!=0);
- filter->priv = 0;
- filter->filter = _XkbFilterSetState;
- if (pAction->type==XkbSA_SetMods) {
- filter->upAction = *pAction;
- xkbi->setMods= pAction->mods.mask;
- }
- else {
- xkbi->groupChange = XkbSAGroup(&pAction->group);
- if (pAction->group.flags&XkbSA_GroupAbsolute)
- xkbi->groupChange-= xkbi->state.base_group;
- filter->upAction= *pAction;
- XkbSASetGroup(&filter->upAction.group,xkbi->groupChange);
- }
- }
- else if (filter->keycode==keycode) {
- if (filter->upAction.type==XkbSA_SetMods) {
- xkbi->clearMods = filter->upAction.mods.mask;
- if (filter->upAction.mods.flags&XkbSA_ClearLocks) {
- xkbi->state.locked_mods&= ~filter->upAction.mods.mask;
- }
- }
- else {
- if (filter->upAction.group.flags&XkbSA_ClearLocks) {
- xkbi->state.locked_group = 0;
- }
- xkbi->groupChange = -XkbSAGroup(&filter->upAction.group);
- }
- filter->active = 0;
- }
- else {
- filter->upAction.mods.flags&= ~XkbSA_ClearLocks;
- filter->filterOthers = 0;
- }
- return 1;
-}
-
-#define LATCH_KEY_DOWN 1
-#define LATCH_PENDING 2
-#define NO_LATCH 3
-
-static int
-_XkbFilterLatchState( XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,
- XkbFilterPtr filter,
- unsigned keycode,
- XkbAction * pAction)
-{
-
- if (filter->keycode==0) { /* initial press */
- filter->keycode = keycode;
- filter->active = 1;
- filter->filterOthers = 1;
- filter->priv = LATCH_KEY_DOWN;
- filter->filter = _XkbFilterLatchState;
- if (pAction->type==XkbSA_LatchMods) {
- filter->upAction = *pAction;
- xkbi->setMods = pAction->mods.mask;
- }
- else {
- xkbi->groupChange = XkbSAGroup(&pAction->group);
- if (pAction->group.flags&XkbSA_GroupAbsolute)
- xkbi->groupChange-= xkbi->state.base_group;
- filter->upAction= *pAction;
- XkbSASetGroup(&filter->upAction.group,xkbi->groupChange);
- }
- }
- else if ( pAction && (filter->priv==LATCH_PENDING) ) {
- if (((1<<pAction->type)&XkbSA_BreakLatch)!=0) {
- filter->active = 0;
- if (filter->upAction.type==XkbSA_LatchMods)
- xkbi->state.latched_mods&= ~filter->upAction.mods.mask;
- else xkbi->state.latched_group-=XkbSAGroup(&filter->upAction.group);
- }
- else if ((pAction->type==filter->upAction.type)&&
- (pAction->mods.flags==filter->upAction.mods.flags)&&
- (pAction->mods.mask==filter->upAction.mods.mask)) {
- if (filter->upAction.mods.flags&XkbSA_LatchToLock) {
- XkbControlsPtr ctrls= xkbi->desc->ctrls;
- if (filter->upAction.type==XkbSA_LatchMods)
- pAction->mods.type= XkbSA_LockMods;
- else pAction->group.type= XkbSA_LockGroup;
- if (XkbAX_NeedFeedback(ctrls,XkbAX_StickyKeysFBMask)&&
- (ctrls->enabled_ctrls&XkbStickyKeysMask)) {
- XkbDDXAccessXBeep(xkbi->device,_BEEP_STICKY_LOCK,
- XkbStickyKeysMask);
- }
- }
- else {
- if (filter->upAction.type==XkbSA_LatchMods)
- pAction->mods.type= XkbSA_SetMods;
- else pAction->group.type= XkbSA_SetGroup;
- }
- if (filter->upAction.type==XkbSA_LatchMods)
- xkbi->state.latched_mods&= ~filter->upAction.mods.mask;
- else xkbi->state.latched_group-=XkbSAGroup(&filter->upAction.group);
- filter->active = 0;
- }
- }
- else if (filter->keycode==keycode) { /* release */
- XkbControlsPtr ctrls= xkbi->desc->ctrls;
- int needBeep;
- int beepType= _BEEP_NONE;
-
- needBeep= ((ctrls->enabled_ctrls&XkbStickyKeysMask)&&
- XkbAX_NeedFeedback(ctrls,XkbAX_StickyKeysFBMask));
- if (filter->upAction.type==XkbSA_LatchMods) {
- xkbi->clearMods = filter->upAction.mods.mask;
- if ((filter->upAction.mods.flags&XkbSA_ClearLocks)&&
- (xkbi->clearMods&xkbi->state.locked_mods)==xkbi->clearMods) {
- xkbi->state.locked_mods&= ~xkbi->clearMods;
- filter->priv= NO_LATCH;
- beepType= _BEEP_STICKY_UNLOCK;
- }
- }
- else {
- xkbi->groupChange = -XkbSAGroup(&filter->upAction.group);
- if ((filter->upAction.group.flags&XkbSA_ClearLocks)&&
- (xkbi->state.locked_group)) {
- xkbi->state.locked_group = 0;
- filter->priv = NO_LATCH;
- beepType= _BEEP_STICKY_UNLOCK;
- }
- }
- if (filter->priv==NO_LATCH) {
- filter->active= 0;
- }
- else {
- filter->priv= LATCH_PENDING;
- if (filter->upAction.type==XkbSA_LatchMods) {
- xkbi->state.latched_mods |= filter->upAction.mods.mask;
- needBeep = xkbi->state.latched_mods ? needBeep : 0;
- xkbi->state.latched_mods |= filter->upAction.mods.mask;
- }
- else {
- xkbi->state.latched_group+= XkbSAGroup(&filter->upAction.group);
- }
- if (needBeep && (beepType==_BEEP_NONE))
- beepType= _BEEP_STICKY_LATCH;
- }
- if (needBeep && (beepType!=_BEEP_NONE))
- XkbDDXAccessXBeep(xkbi->device,beepType,XkbStickyKeysMask);
- }
- else if (filter->priv==LATCH_KEY_DOWN) {
- filter->priv= NO_LATCH;
- filter->filterOthers = 0;
- }
- return 1;
-}
-
-static int
-_XkbFilterLockState( XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,
- XkbFilterPtr filter,
- unsigned keycode,
- XkbAction * pAction)
-{
- if (pAction&&(pAction->type==XkbSA_LockGroup)) {
- if (pAction->group.flags&XkbSA_GroupAbsolute)
- xkbi->state.locked_group= XkbSAGroup(&pAction->group);
- else xkbi->state.locked_group+= XkbSAGroup(&pAction->group);
- return 1;
- }
- if (filter->keycode==0) { /* initial press */
- filter->keycode = keycode;
- filter->active = 1;
- filter->filterOthers = 0;
- filter->priv = 0;
- filter->filter = _XkbFilterLockState;
- filter->upAction = *pAction;
- xkbi->state.locked_mods^= pAction->mods.mask;
- xkbi->setMods = pAction->mods.mask;
- }
- else if (filter->keycode==keycode) {
- filter->active = 0;
- xkbi->clearMods = filter->upAction.mods.mask;
- }
- return 1;
-}
-
-#define ISO_KEY_DOWN 0
-#define NO_ISO_LOCK 1
-
-static int
-_XkbFilterISOLock( XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,
- XkbFilterPtr filter,
- unsigned keycode,
- XkbAction * pAction)
-{
-
- if (filter->keycode==0) { /* initial press */
- CARD8 flags= pAction->iso.flags;
-
- filter->keycode = keycode;
- filter->active = 1;
- filter->filterOthers = 1;
- filter->priv = ISO_KEY_DOWN;
- filter->upAction = *pAction;
- filter->filter = _XkbFilterISOLock;
- if (flags&XkbSA_ISODfltIsGroup) {
- xkbi->groupChange = XkbSAGroup(&pAction->iso);
- xkbi->setMods = 0;
- }
- else {
- xkbi->setMods = pAction->iso.mask;
- xkbi->groupChange = 0;
- }
- if ((!(flags&XkbSA_ISONoAffectMods))&&(xkbi->state.base_mods)) {
- filter->priv= NO_ISO_LOCK;
- xkbi->state.locked_mods^= xkbi->state.base_mods;
- }
- if ((!(flags&XkbSA_ISONoAffectGroup))&&(xkbi->state.base_group)) {
-/* 6/22/93 (ef) -- lock groups if group key is down first */
- }
- if (!(flags&XkbSA_ISONoAffectPtr)) {
-/* 6/22/93 (ef) -- lock mouse buttons if they're down */
- }
- }
- else if (filter->keycode==keycode) {
- CARD8 flags= filter->upAction.iso.flags;
-
- if (flags&XkbSA_ISODfltIsGroup) {
- xkbi->groupChange = -XkbSAGroup(&filter->upAction.iso);
- xkbi->clearMods = 0;
- if (filter->priv==ISO_KEY_DOWN)
- xkbi->state.locked_group+= XkbSAGroup(&filter->upAction.iso);
- }
- else {
- xkbi->clearMods= filter->upAction.iso.mask;
- xkbi->groupChange= 0;
- if (filter->priv==ISO_KEY_DOWN)
- xkbi->state.locked_mods^= filter->upAction.iso.mask;
- }
- filter->active = 0;
- }
- else if (pAction) {
- CARD8 flags= filter->upAction.iso.flags;
-
- switch (pAction->type) {
- case XkbSA_SetMods: case XkbSA_LatchMods:
- if (!(flags&XkbSA_ISONoAffectMods)) {
- pAction->type= XkbSA_LockMods;
- filter->priv= NO_ISO_LOCK;
- }
- break;
- case XkbSA_SetGroup: case XkbSA_LatchGroup:
- if (!(flags&XkbSA_ISONoAffectGroup)) {
- pAction->type= XkbSA_LockGroup;
- filter->priv= NO_ISO_LOCK;
- }
- break;
- case XkbSA_PtrBtn:
- if (!(flags&XkbSA_ISONoAffectPtr)) {
- pAction->type= XkbSA_LockPtrBtn;
- filter->priv= NO_ISO_LOCK;
- }
- break;
- case XkbSA_SetControls:
- if (!(flags&XkbSA_ISONoAffectCtrls)) {
- pAction->type= XkbSA_LockControls;
- filter->priv= NO_ISO_LOCK;
- }
- break;
- }
- }
- return 1;
-}
-
-
-static CARD32
-_XkbPtrAccelExpire(OsTimerPtr timer,CARD32 now,pointer arg)
-{
-XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi= (XkbSrvInfoPtr)arg;
-XkbControlsPtr ctrls= xkbi->desc->ctrls;
-int dx,dy;
-
- if (xkbi->mouseKey==0)
- return 0;
-
- if (xkbi->mouseKeysAccel) {
- if ((xkbi->mouseKeysCounter)<ctrls->mk_time_to_max) {
- double step;
- xkbi->mouseKeysCounter++;
- step= xkbi->mouseKeysCurveFactor*
- pow((double)xkbi->mouseKeysCounter,xkbi->mouseKeysCurve);
- if (xkbi->mouseKeysDX<0)
- dx= floor( ((double)xkbi->mouseKeysDX)*step );
- else dx= ceil( ((double)xkbi->mouseKeysDX)*step );
- if (xkbi->mouseKeysDY<0)
- dy= floor( ((double)xkbi->mouseKeysDY)*step );
- else dy= ceil( ((double)xkbi->mouseKeysDY)*step );
- }
- else {
- dx= xkbi->mouseKeysDX*ctrls->mk_max_speed;
- dy= xkbi->mouseKeysDY*ctrls->mk_max_speed;
- }
- if (xkbi->mouseKeysFlags&XkbSA_MoveAbsoluteX)
- dx= xkbi->mouseKeysDX;
- if (xkbi->mouseKeysFlags&XkbSA_MoveAbsoluteY)
- dy= xkbi->mouseKeysDY;
- }
- else {
- dx= xkbi->mouseKeysDX;
- dy= xkbi->mouseKeysDY;
- }
- XkbFakePointerMotion(xkbi->device, xkbi->mouseKeysFlags,dx,dy);
- return xkbi->desc->ctrls->mk_interval;
-}
-
-static int
-_XkbFilterPointerMove( XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,
- XkbFilterPtr filter,
- unsigned keycode,
- XkbAction * pAction)
-{
-int x,y;
-Bool accel;
-
- if (filter->keycode==0) { /* initial press */
- filter->keycode = keycode;
- filter->active = 1;
- filter->filterOthers = 0;
- filter->priv=0;
- filter->filter = _XkbFilterPointerMove;
- filter->upAction= *pAction;
- xkbi->mouseKeysCounter= 0;
- xkbi->mouseKey= keycode;
- accel= ((pAction->ptr.flags&XkbSA_NoAcceleration)==0);
- x= XkbPtrActionX(&pAction->ptr);
- y= XkbPtrActionY(&pAction->ptr);
- XkbFakePointerMotion(xkbi->device, pAction->ptr.flags,x,y);
- AccessXCancelRepeatKey(xkbi,keycode);
- xkbi->mouseKeysAccel= accel&&
- (xkbi->desc->ctrls->enabled_ctrls&XkbMouseKeysAccelMask);
- xkbi->mouseKeysFlags= pAction->ptr.flags;
- xkbi->mouseKeysDX= XkbPtrActionX(&pAction->ptr);
- xkbi->mouseKeysDY= XkbPtrActionY(&pAction->ptr);
- xkbi->mouseKeyTimer= TimerSet(xkbi->mouseKeyTimer, 0,
- xkbi->desc->ctrls->mk_delay,
- _XkbPtrAccelExpire,(pointer)xkbi);
- }
- else if (filter->keycode==keycode) {
- filter->active = 0;
- if (xkbi->mouseKey==keycode) {
- xkbi->mouseKey= 0;
- xkbi->mouseKeyTimer= TimerSet(xkbi->mouseKeyTimer, 0, 0,
- NULL, NULL);
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-_XkbFilterPointerBtn( XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,
- XkbFilterPtr filter,
- unsigned keycode,
- XkbAction * pAction)
-{
- if (filter->keycode==0) { /* initial press */
- int button= pAction->btn.button;
-
- if (button==XkbSA_UseDfltButton)
- button = xkbi->desc->ctrls->mk_dflt_btn;
-
- filter->keycode = keycode;
- filter->active = 1;
- filter->filterOthers = 0;
- filter->priv=0;
- filter->filter = _XkbFilterPointerBtn;
- filter->upAction= *pAction;
- filter->upAction.btn.button= button;
- switch (pAction->type) {
- case XkbSA_LockPtrBtn:
- if (((xkbi->lockedPtrButtons&(1<<button))==0)&&
- ((pAction->btn.flags&XkbSA_LockNoLock)==0)) {
- xkbi->lockedPtrButtons|= (1<<button);
- AccessXCancelRepeatKey(xkbi,keycode);
- XkbFakeDeviceButton(xkbi->device, 1, button);
- filter->upAction.type= XkbSA_NoAction;
- }
- break;
- case XkbSA_PtrBtn:
- {
- register int i,nClicks;
- AccessXCancelRepeatKey(xkbi,keycode);
- if (pAction->btn.count>0) {
- nClicks= pAction->btn.count;
- for (i=0;i<nClicks;i++) {
- XkbFakeDeviceButton(xkbi->device, 1, button);
- XkbFakeDeviceButton(xkbi->device, 0, button);
- }
- filter->upAction.type= XkbSA_NoAction;
- }
- else XkbFakeDeviceButton(xkbi->device, 1, button);
- }
- break;
- case XkbSA_SetPtrDflt:
- {
- XkbControlsPtr ctrls= xkbi->desc->ctrls;
- XkbControlsRec old;
- xkbControlsNotify cn;
-
- old= *ctrls;
- AccessXCancelRepeatKey(xkbi,keycode);
- switch (pAction->dflt.affect) {
- case XkbSA_AffectDfltBtn:
- if (pAction->dflt.flags&XkbSA_DfltBtnAbsolute)
- ctrls->mk_dflt_btn=
- XkbSAPtrDfltValue(&pAction->dflt);
- else {
- ctrls->mk_dflt_btn+=
- XkbSAPtrDfltValue(&pAction->dflt);
- if (ctrls->mk_dflt_btn>5)
- ctrls->mk_dflt_btn= 5;
- else if (ctrls->mk_dflt_btn<1)
- ctrls->mk_dflt_btn= 1;
- }
- break;
- default:
- ErrorF(
- "Attempt to change unknown pointer default (%d) ignored\n",
- pAction->dflt.affect);
- break;
- }
- if (XkbComputeControlsNotify(xkbi->device,
- &old,xkbi->desc->ctrls,
- &cn,FALSE)) {
- cn.keycode = keycode;
- /* XXX: what about DeviceKeyPress? */
- cn.eventType = KeyPress;
- cn.requestMajor = 0;
- cn.requestMinor = 0;
- XkbSendControlsNotify(xkbi->device,&cn);
- }
- }
- break;
- }
- }
- else if (filter->keycode==keycode) {
- int button= filter->upAction.btn.button;
-
- switch (filter->upAction.type) {
- case XkbSA_LockPtrBtn:
- if (((filter->upAction.btn.flags&XkbSA_LockNoUnlock)!=0)||
- ((xkbi->lockedPtrButtons&(1<<button))==0)) {
- break;
- }
- xkbi->lockedPtrButtons&= ~(1<<button);
-
- if (IsMaster(xkbi->device))
- {
- XkbMergeLockedPtrBtns(xkbi->device);
- /* One SD still has lock set, don't post event */
- if ((xkbi->lockedPtrButtons & (1 << button)) != 0)
- break;
- }
-
- /* fallthrough */
- case XkbSA_PtrBtn:
- XkbFakeDeviceButton(xkbi->device, 0, button);
- break;
- }
- filter->active = 0;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-_XkbFilterControls( XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,
- XkbFilterPtr filter,
- unsigned keycode,
- XkbAction * pAction)
-{
-XkbControlsRec old;
-XkbControlsPtr ctrls;
-DeviceIntPtr kbd;
-unsigned int change;
-XkbEventCauseRec cause;
-
- kbd= xkbi->device;
- ctrls= xkbi->desc->ctrls;
- old= *ctrls;
- if (filter->keycode==0) { /* initial press */
- filter->keycode = keycode;
- filter->active = 1;
- filter->filterOthers = 0;
- change= XkbActionCtrls(&pAction->ctrls);
- filter->priv = change;
- filter->filter = _XkbFilterControls;
- filter->upAction = *pAction;
-
- if (pAction->type==XkbSA_LockControls) {
- filter->priv= (ctrls->enabled_ctrls&change);
- change&= ~ctrls->enabled_ctrls;
- }
-
- if (change) {
- xkbControlsNotify cn;
- XkbSrvLedInfoPtr sli;
-
- ctrls->enabled_ctrls|= change;
- if (XkbComputeControlsNotify(kbd,&old,ctrls,&cn,FALSE)) {
- cn.keycode = keycode;
- /* XXX: what about DeviceKeyPress? */
- cn.eventType = KeyPress;
- cn.requestMajor = 0;
- cn.requestMinor = 0;
- XkbSendControlsNotify(kbd,&cn);
- }
-
- XkbSetCauseKey(&cause,keycode,KeyPress);
-
- /* If sticky keys were disabled, clear all locks and latches */
- if ((old.enabled_ctrls&XkbStickyKeysMask)&&
- (!(ctrls->enabled_ctrls&XkbStickyKeysMask))) {
- XkbClearAllLatchesAndLocks(kbd,xkbi,FALSE,&cause);
- }
- sli= XkbFindSrvLedInfo(kbd,XkbDfltXIClass,XkbDfltXIId,0);
- XkbUpdateIndicators(kbd,sli->usesControls,TRUE,NULL,&cause);
- if (XkbAX_NeedFeedback(ctrls,XkbAX_FeatureFBMask))
- XkbDDXAccessXBeep(kbd,_BEEP_FEATURE_ON,change);
- }
- }
- else if (filter->keycode==keycode) {
- change= filter->priv;
- if (change) {
- xkbControlsNotify cn;
- XkbSrvLedInfoPtr sli;
-
- ctrls->enabled_ctrls&= ~change;
- if (XkbComputeControlsNotify(kbd,&old,ctrls,&cn,FALSE)) {
- cn.keycode = keycode;
- cn.eventType = KeyRelease;
- cn.requestMajor = 0;
- cn.requestMinor = 0;
- XkbSendControlsNotify(kbd,&cn);
- }
-
- XkbSetCauseKey(&cause,keycode,KeyRelease);
- /* If sticky keys were disabled, clear all locks and latches */
- if ((old.enabled_ctrls&XkbStickyKeysMask)&&
- (!(ctrls->enabled_ctrls&XkbStickyKeysMask))) {
- XkbClearAllLatchesAndLocks(kbd,xkbi,FALSE,&cause);
- }
- sli= XkbFindSrvLedInfo(kbd,XkbDfltXIClass,XkbDfltXIId,0);
- XkbUpdateIndicators(kbd,sli->usesControls,TRUE,NULL,&cause);
- if (XkbAX_NeedFeedback(ctrls,XkbAX_FeatureFBMask))
- XkbDDXAccessXBeep(kbd,_BEEP_FEATURE_OFF,change);
- }
- filter->keycode= 0;
- filter->active= 0;
- }
- return 1;
-}
-
-static int
-_XkbFilterActionMessage(XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,
- XkbFilterPtr filter,
- unsigned keycode,
- XkbAction * pAction)
-{
-XkbMessageAction * pMsg;
-DeviceIntPtr kbd;
-
- kbd= xkbi->device;
- if (filter->keycode==0) { /* initial press */
- pMsg= &pAction->msg;
- if ((pMsg->flags&XkbSA_MessageOnRelease)||
- ((pMsg->flags&XkbSA_MessageGenKeyEvent)==0)) {
- filter->keycode = keycode;
- filter->active = 1;
- filter->filterOthers = 0;
- filter->priv = 0;
- filter->filter = _XkbFilterActionMessage;
- filter->upAction = *pAction;
- }
- if (pMsg->flags&XkbSA_MessageOnPress) {
- xkbActionMessage msg;
-
- msg.keycode= keycode;
- msg.press= 1;
- msg.keyEventFollows=((pMsg->flags&XkbSA_MessageGenKeyEvent)!=0);
- memcpy((char *)msg.message,
- (char *)pMsg->message,XkbActionMessageLength);
- XkbSendActionMessage(kbd,&msg);
- }
- return ((pAction->msg.flags&XkbSA_MessageGenKeyEvent)!=0);
- }
- else if (filter->keycode==keycode) {
- pMsg= &filter->upAction.msg;
- if (pMsg->flags&XkbSA_MessageOnRelease) {
- xkbActionMessage msg;
-
- msg.keycode= keycode;
- msg.press= 0;
- msg.keyEventFollows=((pMsg->flags&XkbSA_MessageGenKeyEvent)!=0);
- memcpy((char *)msg.message,(char *)pMsg->message,
- XkbActionMessageLength);
- XkbSendActionMessage(kbd,&msg);
- }
- filter->keycode= 0;
- filter->active= 0;
- return ((pMsg->flags&XkbSA_MessageGenKeyEvent)!=0);
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-_XkbFilterRedirectKey( XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,
- XkbFilterPtr filter,
- unsigned keycode,
- XkbAction * pAction)
-{
-DeviceEvent ev;
-int x,y;
-XkbStateRec old;
-unsigned mods,mask;
-xkbDeviceInfoPtr xkbPrivPtr = XKBDEVICEINFO(xkbi->device);
-ProcessInputProc backupproc;
-
- /* never actually used uninitialised, but gcc isn't smart enough
- * to work that out. */
- memset(&old, 0, sizeof(old));
- memset(&ev, 0, sizeof(ev));
-
- if ((filter->keycode!=0)&&(filter->keycode!=keycode))
- return 1;
-
- GetSpritePosition(xkbi->device, &x,&y);
- ev.header = ET_Internal;
- ev.length = sizeof(DeviceEvent);
- ev.time = GetTimeInMillis();
- ev.root_x = x;
- ev.root_y = y;
-
- if (filter->keycode==0) { /* initial press */
- if ((pAction->redirect.new_key<xkbi->desc->min_key_code)||
- (pAction->redirect.new_key>xkbi->desc->max_key_code)) {
- return 1;
- }
- filter->keycode = keycode;
- filter->active = 1;
- filter->filterOthers = 0;
- filter->priv = 0;
- filter->filter = _XkbFilterRedirectKey;
- filter->upAction = *pAction;
-
- ev.type = ET_KeyPress;
- ev.detail.key = pAction->redirect.new_key;
-
- mask= XkbSARedirectVModsMask(&pAction->redirect);
- mods= XkbSARedirectVMods(&pAction->redirect);
- if (mask) XkbVirtualModsToReal(xkbi->desc,mask,&mask);
- if (mods) XkbVirtualModsToReal(xkbi->desc,mods,&mods);
- mask|= pAction->redirect.mods_mask;
- mods|= pAction->redirect.mods;
-
- if ( mask || mods ) {
- old= xkbi->state;
- xkbi->state.base_mods&= ~mask;
- xkbi->state.base_mods|= (mods&mask);
- xkbi->state.latched_mods&= ~mask;
- xkbi->state.latched_mods|= (mods&mask);
- xkbi->state.locked_mods&= ~mask;
- xkbi->state.locked_mods|= (mods&mask);
- XkbComputeDerivedState(xkbi);
- }
-
- UNWRAP_PROCESS_INPUT_PROC(xkbi->device,xkbPrivPtr, backupproc);
- xkbi->device->public.processInputProc((InternalEvent*)&ev, xkbi->device);
- COND_WRAP_PROCESS_INPUT_PROC(xkbi->device, xkbPrivPtr,
- backupproc,xkbUnwrapProc);
-
- if ( mask || mods )
- xkbi->state= old;
- }
- else if (filter->keycode==keycode) {
-
- ev.type = ET_KeyRelease;
- ev.detail.key = filter->upAction.redirect.new_key;
-
- mask= XkbSARedirectVModsMask(&filter->upAction.redirect);
- mods= XkbSARedirectVMods(&filter->upAction.redirect);
- if (mask) XkbVirtualModsToReal(xkbi->desc,mask,&mask);
- if (mods) XkbVirtualModsToReal(xkbi->desc,mods,&mods);
- mask|= filter->upAction.redirect.mods_mask;
- mods|= filter->upAction.redirect.mods;
-
- if ( mask || mods ) {
- old= xkbi->state;
- xkbi->state.base_mods&= ~mask;
- xkbi->state.base_mods|= (mods&mask);
- xkbi->state.latched_mods&= ~mask;
- xkbi->state.latched_mods|= (mods&mask);
- xkbi->state.locked_mods&= ~mask;
- xkbi->state.locked_mods|= (mods&mask);
- XkbComputeDerivedState(xkbi);
- }
-
- UNWRAP_PROCESS_INPUT_PROC(xkbi->device,xkbPrivPtr, backupproc);
- xkbi->device->public.processInputProc((InternalEvent*)&ev, xkbi->device);
- COND_WRAP_PROCESS_INPUT_PROC(xkbi->device, xkbPrivPtr,
- backupproc,xkbUnwrapProc);
-
- if ( mask || mods )
- xkbi->state= old;
-
- filter->keycode= 0;
- filter->active= 0;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-_XkbFilterSwitchScreen( XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,
- XkbFilterPtr filter,
- unsigned keycode,
- XkbAction * pAction)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev = xkbi->device;
- if (dev == inputInfo.keyboard)
- return 0;
-
- if (filter->keycode==0) { /* initial press */
- filter->keycode = keycode;
- filter->active = 1;
- filter->filterOthers = 0;
- filter->filter = _XkbFilterSwitchScreen;
- AccessXCancelRepeatKey(xkbi, keycode);
- XkbDDXSwitchScreen(dev,keycode,pAction);
- return 0;
- }
- else if (filter->keycode==keycode) {
- filter->active= 0;
- return 0;
- }
- return 1;
-}
-
-static int
-_XkbFilterXF86Private( XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,
- XkbFilterPtr filter,
- unsigned keycode,
- XkbAction * pAction)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev = xkbi->device;
- if (dev == inputInfo.keyboard)
- return 0;
-
- if (filter->keycode==0) { /* initial press */
- filter->keycode = keycode;
- filter->active = 1;
- filter->filterOthers = 0;
- filter->filter = _XkbFilterXF86Private;
- XkbDDXPrivate(dev,keycode,pAction);
- return 0;
- }
- else if (filter->keycode==keycode) {
- filter->active= 0;
- return 0;
- }
- return 1;
-}
-
-
-static int
-_XkbFilterDeviceBtn( XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,
- XkbFilterPtr filter,
- unsigned keycode,
- XkbAction * pAction)
-{
-DeviceIntPtr dev;
-int button;
-
- if (xkbi->device == inputInfo.keyboard)
- return 0;
-
- if (filter->keycode==0) { /* initial press */
- _XkbLookupButtonDevice(&dev, pAction->devbtn.device, serverClient,
- DixUnknownAccess, &button);
- if (!dev || !dev->public.on)
- return 1;
-
- button= pAction->devbtn.button;
- if ((button<1)||(button>dev->button->numButtons))
- return 1;
-
- filter->keycode = keycode;
- filter->active = 1;
- filter->filterOthers = 0;
- filter->priv=0;
- filter->filter = _XkbFilterDeviceBtn;
- filter->upAction= *pAction;
- switch (pAction->type) {
- case XkbSA_LockDeviceBtn:
- if ((pAction->devbtn.flags&XkbSA_LockNoLock)||
- BitIsOn(dev->button->down, button))
- return 0;
- XkbFakeDeviceButton(dev,TRUE,button);
- filter->upAction.type= XkbSA_NoAction;
- break;
- case XkbSA_DeviceBtn:
- if (pAction->devbtn.count>0) {
- int nClicks,i;
- nClicks= pAction->btn.count;
- for (i=0;i<nClicks;i++) {
- XkbFakeDeviceButton(dev,TRUE,button);
- XkbFakeDeviceButton(dev,FALSE,button);
- }
- filter->upAction.type= XkbSA_NoAction;
- }
- else XkbFakeDeviceButton(dev,TRUE,button);
- break;
- }
- }
- else if (filter->keycode==keycode) {
- int button;
-
- filter->active= 0;
- _XkbLookupButtonDevice(&dev, filter->upAction.devbtn.device,
- serverClient, DixUnknownAccess, &button);
- if (!dev || !dev->public.on)
- return 1;
-
- button= filter->upAction.btn.button;
- switch (filter->upAction.type) {
- case XkbSA_LockDeviceBtn:
- if ((filter->upAction.devbtn.flags&XkbSA_LockNoUnlock)||
- !BitIsOn(dev->button->down, button))
- return 0;
- XkbFakeDeviceButton(dev,FALSE,button);
- break;
- case XkbSA_DeviceBtn:
- XkbFakeDeviceButton(dev,FALSE,button);
- break;
- }
- filter->active = 0;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-static XkbFilterPtr
-_XkbNextFreeFilter(
- XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi
-)
-{
-register int i;
-
- if (xkbi->szFilters==0) {
- xkbi->szFilters = 4;
- xkbi->filters = calloc(xkbi->szFilters, sizeof(XkbFilterRec));
- /* 6/21/93 (ef) -- XXX! deal with allocation failure */
- }
- for (i=0;i<xkbi->szFilters;i++) {
- if (!xkbi->filters[i].active) {
- xkbi->filters[i].keycode = 0;
- return &xkbi->filters[i];
- }
- }
- xkbi->szFilters*=2;
- xkbi->filters= realloc(xkbi->filters,
- xkbi->szFilters * sizeof(XkbFilterRec));
- /* 6/21/93 (ef) -- XXX! deal with allocation failure */
- memset(&xkbi->filters[xkbi->szFilters/2], 0,
- (xkbi->szFilters/2)*sizeof(XkbFilterRec));
- return &xkbi->filters[xkbi->szFilters/2];
-}
-
-static int
-_XkbApplyFilters(XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,unsigned kc,XkbAction *pAction)
-{
-register int i,send;
-
- send= 1;
- for (i=0;i<xkbi->szFilters;i++) {
- if ((xkbi->filters[i].active)&&(xkbi->filters[i].filter))
- send= ((*xkbi->filters[i].filter)(xkbi,&xkbi->filters[i],kc,pAction)
- && send);
- }
- return send;
-}
-
-void
-XkbHandleActions(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceIntPtr kbd, DeviceEvent* event)
-{
-int key,bit,i;
-XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi;
-KeyClassPtr keyc;
-int changed,sendEvent;
-Bool genStateNotify;
-XkbAction act;
-XkbFilterPtr filter;
-Bool keyEvent;
-Bool pressEvent;
-ProcessInputProc backupproc;
-
-xkbDeviceInfoPtr xkbPrivPtr = XKBDEVICEINFO(dev);
-
- keyc= kbd->key;
- xkbi= keyc->xkbInfo;
- key= event->detail.key;
- /* The state may change, so if we're not in the middle of sending a state
- * notify, prepare for it */
- if ((xkbi->flags&_XkbStateNotifyInProgress)==0) {
- xkbi->prev_state = xkbi->state;
- xkbi->flags|= _XkbStateNotifyInProgress;
- genStateNotify= TRUE;
- }
- else genStateNotify= FALSE;
-
- xkbi->clearMods = xkbi->setMods = 0;
- xkbi->groupChange = 0;
-
- sendEvent = 1;
- keyEvent= ((event->type == ET_KeyPress) || (event->type == ET_KeyRelease));
- pressEvent= ((event->type == ET_KeyPress)|| (event->type == ET_ButtonPress));
-
- if (pressEvent) {
- if (keyEvent)
- act = XkbGetKeyAction(xkbi,&xkbi->state,key);
- else {
- act = XkbGetButtonAction(kbd,dev,key);
- key|= BTN_ACT_FLAG;
- }
- sendEvent = _XkbApplyFilters(xkbi,key,&act);
- if (sendEvent) {
- switch (act.type) {
- case XkbSA_SetMods:
- case XkbSA_SetGroup:
- filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
- sendEvent = _XkbFilterSetState(xkbi,filter,key,&act);
- break;
- case XkbSA_LatchMods:
- case XkbSA_LatchGroup:
- filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
- sendEvent=_XkbFilterLatchState(xkbi,filter,key,&act);
- break;
- case XkbSA_LockMods:
- case XkbSA_LockGroup:
- filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
- sendEvent=_XkbFilterLockState(xkbi,filter,key,&act);
- break;
- case XkbSA_ISOLock:
- filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
- sendEvent=_XkbFilterISOLock(xkbi,filter,key,&act);
- break;
- case XkbSA_MovePtr:
- filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
- sendEvent= _XkbFilterPointerMove(xkbi,filter,key,&act);
- break;
- case XkbSA_PtrBtn:
- case XkbSA_LockPtrBtn:
- case XkbSA_SetPtrDflt:
- filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
- sendEvent= _XkbFilterPointerBtn(xkbi,filter,key,&act);
- break;
- case XkbSA_Terminate:
- sendEvent= XkbDDXTerminateServer(dev,key,&act);
- break;
- case XkbSA_SwitchScreen:
- filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
- sendEvent=_XkbFilterSwitchScreen(xkbi,filter,key,&act);
- break;
- case XkbSA_SetControls:
- case XkbSA_LockControls:
- filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
- sendEvent=_XkbFilterControls(xkbi,filter,key,&act);
- break;
- case XkbSA_ActionMessage:
- filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
- sendEvent=_XkbFilterActionMessage(xkbi,filter,key,&act);
- break;
- case XkbSA_RedirectKey:
- filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
- sendEvent= _XkbFilterRedirectKey(xkbi,filter,key,&act);
- break;
- case XkbSA_DeviceBtn:
- case XkbSA_LockDeviceBtn:
- filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
- sendEvent= _XkbFilterDeviceBtn(xkbi,filter,key,&act);
- break;
- case XkbSA_XFree86Private:
- filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
- sendEvent= _XkbFilterXF86Private(xkbi,filter,key,&act);
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- else {
- if (!keyEvent)
- key|= BTN_ACT_FLAG;
- sendEvent = _XkbApplyFilters(xkbi,key,NULL);
- }
-
- if (xkbi->groupChange!=0)
- xkbi->state.base_group+= xkbi->groupChange;
- if (xkbi->setMods) {
- for (i=0,bit=1; xkbi->setMods; i++,bit<<=1 ) {
- if (xkbi->setMods&bit) {
- keyc->modifierKeyCount[i]++;
- xkbi->state.base_mods|= bit;
- xkbi->setMods&= ~bit;
- }
- }
- }
- if (xkbi->clearMods) {
- for (i=0,bit=1; xkbi->clearMods; i++,bit<<=1 ) {
- if (xkbi->clearMods&bit) {
- keyc->modifierKeyCount[i]--;
- if (keyc->modifierKeyCount[i]<=0) {
- xkbi->state.base_mods&= ~bit;
- keyc->modifierKeyCount[i] = 0;
- }
- xkbi->clearMods&= ~bit;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (sendEvent) {
- DeviceIntPtr tmpdev;
- if (keyEvent)
- tmpdev = dev;
- else
- tmpdev = GetPairedDevice(dev);
-
- UNWRAP_PROCESS_INPUT_PROC(tmpdev,xkbPrivPtr, backupproc);
- dev->public.processInputProc((InternalEvent*)event, tmpdev);
- COND_WRAP_PROCESS_INPUT_PROC(tmpdev, xkbPrivPtr,
- backupproc,xkbUnwrapProc);
- }
- else if (keyEvent) {
- FixKeyState(event, dev);
- }
-
- XkbComputeDerivedState(xkbi);
- changed = XkbStateChangedFlags(&xkbi->prev_state,&xkbi->state);
- if (genStateNotify) {
- if (changed) {
- xkbStateNotify sn;
- sn.keycode= key;
- sn.eventType= event->type;
- sn.requestMajor = sn.requestMinor = 0;
- sn.changed= changed;
- XkbSendStateNotify(dev,&sn);
- }
- xkbi->flags&= ~_XkbStateNotifyInProgress;
- }
- changed= XkbIndicatorsToUpdate(dev,changed,FALSE);
- if (changed) {
- XkbEventCauseRec cause;
- XkbSetCauseKey(&cause, key, event->type);
- XkbUpdateIndicators(dev,changed,FALSE,NULL,&cause);
- }
- return;
-}
-
-int
-XkbLatchModifiers(DeviceIntPtr pXDev,CARD8 mask,CARD8 latches)
-{
-XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi;
-XkbFilterPtr filter;
-XkbAction act;
-unsigned clear;
-
- if ( pXDev && pXDev->key && pXDev->key->xkbInfo ) {
- xkbi = pXDev->key->xkbInfo;
- clear= (mask&(~latches));
- xkbi->state.latched_mods&= ~clear;
- /* Clear any pending latch to locks.
- */
- act.type = XkbSA_NoAction;
- _XkbApplyFilters(xkbi,SYNTHETIC_KEYCODE,&act);
- act.type = XkbSA_LatchMods;
- act.mods.flags = 0;
- act.mods.mask = mask&latches;
- filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
- _XkbFilterLatchState(xkbi,filter,SYNTHETIC_KEYCODE,&act);
- _XkbFilterLatchState(xkbi,filter,SYNTHETIC_KEYCODE,(XkbAction *)NULL);
- return Success;
- }
- return BadValue;
-}
-
-int
-XkbLatchGroup(DeviceIntPtr pXDev,int group)
-{
-XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi;
-XkbFilterPtr filter;
-XkbAction act;
-
- if ( pXDev && pXDev->key && pXDev->key->xkbInfo ) {
- xkbi = pXDev->key->xkbInfo;
- act.type = XkbSA_LatchGroup;
- act.group.flags = 0;
- XkbSASetGroup(&act.group,group);
- filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
- _XkbFilterLatchState(xkbi,filter,SYNTHETIC_KEYCODE,&act);
- _XkbFilterLatchState(xkbi,filter,SYNTHETIC_KEYCODE,(XkbAction *)NULL);
- return Success;
- }
- return BadValue;
-}
-
-/***====================================================================***/
-
-void
-XkbClearAllLatchesAndLocks( DeviceIntPtr dev,
- XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,
- Bool genEv,
- XkbEventCausePtr cause)
-{
-XkbStateRec os;
-xkbStateNotify sn;
-
- sn.changed= 0;
- os= xkbi->state;
- if (os.latched_mods) { /* clear all latches */
- XkbLatchModifiers(dev,~0,0);
- sn.changed|= XkbModifierLatchMask;
- }
- if (os.latched_group) {
- XkbLatchGroup(dev,0);
- sn.changed|= XkbGroupLatchMask;
- }
- if (os.locked_mods) {
- xkbi->state.locked_mods= 0;
- sn.changed|= XkbModifierLockMask;
- }
- if (os.locked_group) {
- xkbi->state.locked_group= 0;
- sn.changed|= XkbGroupLockMask;
- }
- if ( genEv && sn.changed) {
- CARD32 changed;
-
- XkbComputeDerivedState(xkbi);
- sn.keycode= cause->kc;
- sn.eventType= cause->event;
- sn.requestMajor= cause->mjr;
- sn.requestMinor= cause->mnr;
- sn.changed= XkbStateChangedFlags(&os,&xkbi->state);
- XkbSendStateNotify(dev,&sn);
- changed= XkbIndicatorsToUpdate(dev,sn.changed,FALSE);
- if (changed) {
- XkbUpdateIndicators(dev,changed,TRUE,NULL,cause);
- }
- }
- return;
-}
-
-/*
- * The event is injected into the event processing, not the EQ. Thus,
- * ensure that we restore the master after the event sequence to the
- * original set of classes. Otherwise, the master remains on the XTEST
- * classes and drops events that don't fit into the XTEST layout (e.g.
- * events with more than 2 valuators).
- *
- * FIXME: EQ injection in the processing stage is not designed for, so this
- * is a rather awkward hack. The event list returned by GetPointerEvents()
- * and friends is always prefixed with a DCE if the last _posted_ device was
- * different. For normal events, this sequence then resets the master during
- * the processing stage. Since we inject the PointerKey events in the
- * processing stage though, we need to manually reset to restore the
- * previous order, because the events already in the EQ must be sent for the
- * right device.
- * So we post-fix the event list we get from GPE with a DCE back to the
- * previous slave device.
- *
- * First one on drinking island wins!
- */
-static void
-InjectPointerKeyEvents(DeviceIntPtr dev, int type, int button, int flags, ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- EventListPtr events;
- int nevents, i;
- DeviceIntPtr ptr, mpointer, lastSlave = NULL;
- Bool saveWait;
-
- if (IsMaster(dev)) {
- mpointer = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER);
- lastSlave = mpointer->lastSlave;
- ptr = GetXTestDevice(mpointer);
- } else if (IsFloating(dev))
- ptr = dev;
- else
- return;
-
-
- events = InitEventList(GetMaximumEventsNum() + 1);
- OsBlockSignals();
- pScreen = miPointerGetScreen(ptr);
- saveWait = miPointerSetWaitForUpdate(pScreen, FALSE);
- nevents = GetPointerEvents(events, ptr, type, button, flags, mask);
- if (IsMaster(dev) && (lastSlave && lastSlave != ptr))
- UpdateFromMaster(&events[nevents], lastSlave, DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT, &nevents);
- miPointerSetWaitForUpdate(pScreen, saveWait);
- OsReleaseSignals();
-
- for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++)
- mieqProcessDeviceEvent(ptr, (InternalEvent*)events[i].event, NULL);
-
- FreeEventList(events, GetMaximumEventsNum());
-
-}
-
-static void
-XkbFakePointerMotion(DeviceIntPtr dev, unsigned flags,int x,int y)
-{
- ValuatorMask mask;
- int gpe_flags = 0;
-
- /* ignore attached SDs */
- if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))
- return;
-
- if (flags & XkbSA_MoveAbsoluteX || flags & XkbSA_MoveAbsoluteY)
- gpe_flags = POINTER_ABSOLUTE;
- else
- gpe_flags = POINTER_RELATIVE;
-
- valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, 0, 2, (int[]){x, y});
-
- InjectPointerKeyEvents(dev, MotionNotify, 0, gpe_flags, &mask);
-}
-
-void
-XkbFakeDeviceButton(DeviceIntPtr dev,Bool press,int button)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr ptr;
- int down;
-
- /* If dev is a slave device, and the SD is attached, do nothing. If we'd
- * post through the attached master pointer we'd get duplicate events.
- *
- * if dev is a master keyboard, post through the XTEST device
- *
- * if dev is a floating slave, post through the device itself.
- */
-
- if (IsMaster(dev)) {
- DeviceIntPtr mpointer = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER);
- ptr = GetXTestDevice(mpointer);
- } else if (IsFloating(dev))
- ptr = dev;
- else
- return;
-
- down = button_is_down(ptr, button, BUTTON_PROCESSED);
- if (press == down)
- return;
-
- InjectPointerKeyEvents(dev, press ? ButtonPress : ButtonRelease,
- button, 0, NULL);
-}
+/************************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993 by Silicon Graphics Computer Systems, Inc.
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this
+software and its documentation for any purpose and without
+fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
+notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright
+notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation, and that the name of Silicon Graphics not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution
+of the software without specific prior written permission.
+Silicon Graphics makes no representation about the suitability
+of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is"
+without any express or implied warranty.
+
+SILICON GRAPHICS DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
+SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON
+GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE
+OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH
+THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include <X11/keysym.h>
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "eventstr.h"
+#include <xkbsrv.h>
+#include "xkb.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "mi.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include "inpututils.h"
+#define EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE 64
+
+DevPrivateKeyRec xkbDevicePrivateKeyRec;
+
+void XkbFakeDeviceButton(DeviceIntPtr dev,Bool press,int button);
+static void XkbFakePointerMotion(DeviceIntPtr dev, unsigned flags,int x,int y);
+
+void
+xkbUnwrapProc(DeviceIntPtr device, DeviceHandleProc proc,
+ pointer data)
+{
+ xkbDeviceInfoPtr xkbPrivPtr = XKBDEVICEINFO(device);
+ ProcessInputProc backupproc;
+ if(xkbPrivPtr->unwrapProc)
+ xkbPrivPtr->unwrapProc = NULL;
+
+ UNWRAP_PROCESS_INPUT_PROC(device,xkbPrivPtr, backupproc);
+ proc(device,data);
+ COND_WRAP_PROCESS_INPUT_PROC(device,xkbPrivPtr,
+ backupproc,xkbUnwrapProc);
+}
+
+Bool
+XkbInitPrivates(void)
+{
+ return dixRegisterPrivateKey(&xkbDevicePrivateKeyRec, PRIVATE_DEVICE, sizeof(xkbDeviceInfoRec));
+}
+
+void
+XkbSetExtension(DeviceIntPtr device, ProcessInputProc proc)
+{
+ xkbDeviceInfoPtr xkbPrivPtr = XKBDEVICEINFO(device);
+ WRAP_PROCESS_INPUT_PROC(device, xkbPrivPtr, proc, xkbUnwrapProc);
+}
+
+/***====================================================================***/
+
+static XkbAction
+_FixUpAction(XkbDescPtr xkb,XkbAction *act)
+{
+static XkbAction fake;
+
+ if (XkbIsPtrAction(act)&&(!(xkb->ctrls->enabled_ctrls&XkbMouseKeysMask))) {
+ fake.type = XkbSA_NoAction;
+ return fake;
+ }
+ if (xkb->ctrls->enabled_ctrls&XkbStickyKeysMask) {
+ if (act->any.type==XkbSA_SetMods) {
+ fake.mods.type = XkbSA_LatchMods;
+ fake.mods.mask = act->mods.mask;
+ if (XkbAX_NeedOption(xkb->ctrls,XkbAX_LatchToLockMask))
+ fake.mods.flags= XkbSA_ClearLocks|XkbSA_LatchToLock;
+ else fake.mods.flags= XkbSA_ClearLocks;
+ return fake;
+ }
+ if (act->any.type==XkbSA_SetGroup) {
+ fake.group.type = XkbSA_LatchGroup;
+ if (XkbAX_NeedOption(xkb->ctrls,XkbAX_LatchToLockMask))
+ fake.group.flags= XkbSA_ClearLocks|XkbSA_LatchToLock;
+ else fake.group.flags= XkbSA_ClearLocks;
+ XkbSASetGroup(&fake.group,XkbSAGroup(&act->group));
+ return fake;
+ }
+ }
+ return *act;
+}
+
+static XkbAction
+XkbGetKeyAction(XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,XkbStatePtr xkbState,CARD8 key)
+{
+int effectiveGroup;
+int col;
+XkbDescPtr xkb;
+XkbKeyTypePtr type;
+XkbAction * pActs;
+static XkbAction fake;
+
+ xkb= xkbi->desc;
+ if (!XkbKeyHasActions(xkb,key) || !XkbKeycodeInRange(xkb,key)) {
+ fake.type = XkbSA_NoAction;
+ return fake;
+ }
+ pActs= XkbKeyActionsPtr(xkb,key);
+ col= 0;
+
+ effectiveGroup = XkbGetEffectiveGroup(xkbi, xkbState, key);
+ if (effectiveGroup != XkbGroup1Index)
+ col += (effectiveGroup * XkbKeyGroupsWidth(xkb, key));
+
+ type= XkbKeyKeyType(xkb,key,effectiveGroup);
+ if (type->map!=NULL) {
+ register unsigned i,mods;
+ register XkbKTMapEntryPtr entry;
+ mods= xkbState->mods&type->mods.mask;
+ for (entry= type->map,i=0;i<type->map_count;i++,entry++) {
+ if ((entry->active)&&(entry->mods.mask==mods)) {
+ col+= entry->level;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (pActs[col].any.type==XkbSA_NoAction)
+ return pActs[col];
+ fake= _FixUpAction(xkb,&pActs[col]);
+ return fake;
+}
+
+static XkbAction
+XkbGetButtonAction(DeviceIntPtr kbd,DeviceIntPtr dev,int button)
+{
+XkbAction fake;
+ if ((dev->button)&&(dev->button->xkb_acts)) {
+ if (dev->button->xkb_acts[button-1].any.type!=XkbSA_NoAction) {
+ fake= _FixUpAction(kbd->key->xkbInfo->desc,
+ &dev->button->xkb_acts[button-1]);
+ return fake;
+ }
+ }
+ fake.any.type= XkbSA_NoAction;
+ return fake;
+}
+
+/***====================================================================***/
+
+#define SYNTHETIC_KEYCODE 1
+#define BTN_ACT_FLAG 0x100
+
+static int
+_XkbFilterSetState( XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,
+ XkbFilterPtr filter,
+ unsigned keycode,
+ XkbAction *pAction)
+{
+ if (filter->keycode==0) { /* initial press */
+ filter->keycode = keycode;
+ filter->active = 1;
+ filter->filterOthers = ((pAction->mods.mask&XkbSA_ClearLocks)!=0);
+ filter->priv = 0;
+ filter->filter = _XkbFilterSetState;
+ if (pAction->type==XkbSA_SetMods) {
+ filter->upAction = *pAction;
+ xkbi->setMods= pAction->mods.mask;
+ }
+ else {
+ xkbi->groupChange = XkbSAGroup(&pAction->group);
+ if (pAction->group.flags&XkbSA_GroupAbsolute)
+ xkbi->groupChange-= xkbi->state.base_group;
+ filter->upAction= *pAction;
+ XkbSASetGroup(&filter->upAction.group,xkbi->groupChange);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (filter->keycode==keycode) {
+ if (filter->upAction.type==XkbSA_SetMods) {
+ xkbi->clearMods = filter->upAction.mods.mask;
+ if (filter->upAction.mods.flags&XkbSA_ClearLocks) {
+ xkbi->state.locked_mods&= ~filter->upAction.mods.mask;
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ if (filter->upAction.group.flags&XkbSA_ClearLocks) {
+ xkbi->state.locked_group = 0;
+ }
+ xkbi->groupChange = -XkbSAGroup(&filter->upAction.group);
+ }
+ filter->active = 0;
+ }
+ else {
+ filter->upAction.mods.flags&= ~XkbSA_ClearLocks;
+ filter->filterOthers = 0;
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+#define LATCH_KEY_DOWN 1
+#define LATCH_PENDING 2
+#define NO_LATCH 3
+
+static int
+_XkbFilterLatchState( XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,
+ XkbFilterPtr filter,
+ unsigned keycode,
+ XkbAction * pAction)
+{
+
+ if (filter->keycode==0) { /* initial press */
+ filter->keycode = keycode;
+ filter->active = 1;
+ filter->filterOthers = 1;
+ filter->priv = LATCH_KEY_DOWN;
+ filter->filter = _XkbFilterLatchState;
+ if (pAction->type==XkbSA_LatchMods) {
+ filter->upAction = *pAction;
+ xkbi->setMods = pAction->mods.mask;
+ }
+ else {
+ xkbi->groupChange = XkbSAGroup(&pAction->group);
+ if (pAction->group.flags&XkbSA_GroupAbsolute)
+ xkbi->groupChange-= xkbi->state.base_group;
+ filter->upAction= *pAction;
+ XkbSASetGroup(&filter->upAction.group,xkbi->groupChange);
+ }
+ }
+ else if ( pAction && (filter->priv==LATCH_PENDING) ) {
+ if (((1<<pAction->type)&XkbSA_BreakLatch)!=0) {
+ filter->active = 0;
+ if (filter->upAction.type==XkbSA_LatchMods)
+ xkbi->state.latched_mods&= ~filter->upAction.mods.mask;
+ else xkbi->state.latched_group-=XkbSAGroup(&filter->upAction.group);
+ }
+ else if ((pAction->type==filter->upAction.type)&&
+ (pAction->mods.flags==filter->upAction.mods.flags)&&
+ (pAction->mods.mask==filter->upAction.mods.mask)) {
+ if (filter->upAction.mods.flags&XkbSA_LatchToLock) {
+ XkbControlsPtr ctrls= xkbi->desc->ctrls;
+ if (filter->upAction.type==XkbSA_LatchMods)
+ pAction->mods.type= XkbSA_LockMods;
+ else pAction->group.type= XkbSA_LockGroup;
+ if (XkbAX_NeedFeedback(ctrls,XkbAX_StickyKeysFBMask)&&
+ (ctrls->enabled_ctrls&XkbStickyKeysMask)) {
+ XkbDDXAccessXBeep(xkbi->device,_BEEP_STICKY_LOCK,
+ XkbStickyKeysMask);
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ if (filter->upAction.type==XkbSA_LatchMods)
+ pAction->mods.type= XkbSA_SetMods;
+ else pAction->group.type= XkbSA_SetGroup;
+ }
+ if (filter->upAction.type==XkbSA_LatchMods)
+ xkbi->state.latched_mods&= ~filter->upAction.mods.mask;
+ else xkbi->state.latched_group-=XkbSAGroup(&filter->upAction.group);
+ filter->active = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (filter->keycode==keycode) { /* release */
+ XkbControlsPtr ctrls= xkbi->desc->ctrls;
+ int needBeep;
+ int beepType= _BEEP_NONE;
+
+ needBeep= ((ctrls->enabled_ctrls&XkbStickyKeysMask)&&
+ XkbAX_NeedFeedback(ctrls,XkbAX_StickyKeysFBMask));
+ if (filter->upAction.type==XkbSA_LatchMods) {
+ xkbi->clearMods = filter->upAction.mods.mask;
+ if ((filter->upAction.mods.flags&XkbSA_ClearLocks)&&
+ (xkbi->clearMods&xkbi->state.locked_mods)==xkbi->clearMods) {
+ xkbi->state.locked_mods&= ~xkbi->clearMods;
+ filter->priv= NO_LATCH;
+ beepType= _BEEP_STICKY_UNLOCK;
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ xkbi->groupChange = -XkbSAGroup(&filter->upAction.group);
+ if ((filter->upAction.group.flags&XkbSA_ClearLocks)&&
+ (xkbi->state.locked_group)) {
+ xkbi->state.locked_group = 0;
+ filter->priv = NO_LATCH;
+ beepType= _BEEP_STICKY_UNLOCK;
+ }
+ }
+ if (filter->priv==NO_LATCH) {
+ filter->active= 0;
+ }
+ else {
+ filter->priv= LATCH_PENDING;
+ if (filter->upAction.type==XkbSA_LatchMods) {
+ xkbi->state.latched_mods |= filter->upAction.mods.mask;
+ needBeep = xkbi->state.latched_mods ? needBeep : 0;
+ xkbi->state.latched_mods |= filter->upAction.mods.mask;
+ }
+ else {
+ xkbi->state.latched_group+= XkbSAGroup(&filter->upAction.group);
+ }
+ if (needBeep && (beepType==_BEEP_NONE))
+ beepType= _BEEP_STICKY_LATCH;
+ }
+ if (needBeep && (beepType!=_BEEP_NONE))
+ XkbDDXAccessXBeep(xkbi->device,beepType,XkbStickyKeysMask);
+ }
+ else if (filter->priv==LATCH_KEY_DOWN) {
+ filter->priv= NO_LATCH;
+ filter->filterOthers = 0;
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+_XkbFilterLockState( XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,
+ XkbFilterPtr filter,
+ unsigned keycode,
+ XkbAction * pAction)
+{
+ if (pAction&&(pAction->type==XkbSA_LockGroup)) {
+ if (pAction->group.flags&XkbSA_GroupAbsolute)
+ xkbi->state.locked_group= XkbSAGroup(&pAction->group);
+ else xkbi->state.locked_group+= XkbSAGroup(&pAction->group);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ if (filter->keycode==0) { /* initial press */
+ filter->keycode = keycode;
+ filter->active = 1;
+ filter->filterOthers = 0;
+ filter->priv = 0;
+ filter->filter = _XkbFilterLockState;
+ filter->upAction = *pAction;
+ xkbi->state.locked_mods^= pAction->mods.mask;
+ xkbi->setMods = pAction->mods.mask;
+ }
+ else if (filter->keycode==keycode) {
+ filter->active = 0;
+ xkbi->clearMods = filter->upAction.mods.mask;
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+#define ISO_KEY_DOWN 0
+#define NO_ISO_LOCK 1
+
+static int
+_XkbFilterISOLock( XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,
+ XkbFilterPtr filter,
+ unsigned keycode,
+ XkbAction * pAction)
+{
+
+ if (filter->keycode==0) { /* initial press */
+ CARD8 flags= pAction->iso.flags;
+
+ filter->keycode = keycode;
+ filter->active = 1;
+ filter->filterOthers = 1;
+ filter->priv = ISO_KEY_DOWN;
+ filter->upAction = *pAction;
+ filter->filter = _XkbFilterISOLock;
+ if (flags&XkbSA_ISODfltIsGroup) {
+ xkbi->groupChange = XkbSAGroup(&pAction->iso);
+ xkbi->setMods = 0;
+ }
+ else {
+ xkbi->setMods = pAction->iso.mask;
+ xkbi->groupChange = 0;
+ }
+ if ((!(flags&XkbSA_ISONoAffectMods))&&(xkbi->state.base_mods)) {
+ filter->priv= NO_ISO_LOCK;
+ xkbi->state.locked_mods^= xkbi->state.base_mods;
+ }
+ if ((!(flags&XkbSA_ISONoAffectGroup))&&(xkbi->state.base_group)) {
+/* 6/22/93 (ef) -- lock groups if group key is down first */
+ }
+ if (!(flags&XkbSA_ISONoAffectPtr)) {
+/* 6/22/93 (ef) -- lock mouse buttons if they're down */
+ }
+ }
+ else if (filter->keycode==keycode) {
+ CARD8 flags= filter->upAction.iso.flags;
+
+ if (flags&XkbSA_ISODfltIsGroup) {
+ xkbi->groupChange = -XkbSAGroup(&filter->upAction.iso);
+ xkbi->clearMods = 0;
+ if (filter->priv==ISO_KEY_DOWN)
+ xkbi->state.locked_group+= XkbSAGroup(&filter->upAction.iso);
+ }
+ else {
+ xkbi->clearMods= filter->upAction.iso.mask;
+ xkbi->groupChange= 0;
+ if (filter->priv==ISO_KEY_DOWN)
+ xkbi->state.locked_mods^= filter->upAction.iso.mask;
+ }
+ filter->active = 0;
+ }
+ else if (pAction) {
+ CARD8 flags= filter->upAction.iso.flags;
+
+ switch (pAction->type) {
+ case XkbSA_SetMods: case XkbSA_LatchMods:
+ if (!(flags&XkbSA_ISONoAffectMods)) {
+ pAction->type= XkbSA_LockMods;
+ filter->priv= NO_ISO_LOCK;
+ }
+ break;
+ case XkbSA_SetGroup: case XkbSA_LatchGroup:
+ if (!(flags&XkbSA_ISONoAffectGroup)) {
+ pAction->type= XkbSA_LockGroup;
+ filter->priv= NO_ISO_LOCK;
+ }
+ break;
+ case XkbSA_PtrBtn:
+ if (!(flags&XkbSA_ISONoAffectPtr)) {
+ pAction->type= XkbSA_LockPtrBtn;
+ filter->priv= NO_ISO_LOCK;
+ }
+ break;
+ case XkbSA_SetControls:
+ if (!(flags&XkbSA_ISONoAffectCtrls)) {
+ pAction->type= XkbSA_LockControls;
+ filter->priv= NO_ISO_LOCK;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+
+static CARD32
+_XkbPtrAccelExpire(OsTimerPtr timer,CARD32 now,pointer arg)
+{
+XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi= (XkbSrvInfoPtr)arg;
+XkbControlsPtr ctrls= xkbi->desc->ctrls;
+int dx,dy;
+
+ if (xkbi->mouseKey==0)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (xkbi->mouseKeysAccel) {
+ if ((xkbi->mouseKeysCounter)<ctrls->mk_time_to_max) {
+ double step;
+ xkbi->mouseKeysCounter++;
+ step= xkbi->mouseKeysCurveFactor*
+ pow((double)xkbi->mouseKeysCounter,xkbi->mouseKeysCurve);
+ if (xkbi->mouseKeysDX<0)
+ dx= floor( ((double)xkbi->mouseKeysDX)*step );
+ else dx= ceil( ((double)xkbi->mouseKeysDX)*step );
+ if (xkbi->mouseKeysDY<0)
+ dy= floor( ((double)xkbi->mouseKeysDY)*step );
+ else dy= ceil( ((double)xkbi->mouseKeysDY)*step );
+ }
+ else {
+ dx= xkbi->mouseKeysDX*ctrls->mk_max_speed;
+ dy= xkbi->mouseKeysDY*ctrls->mk_max_speed;
+ }
+ if (xkbi->mouseKeysFlags&XkbSA_MoveAbsoluteX)
+ dx= xkbi->mouseKeysDX;
+ if (xkbi->mouseKeysFlags&XkbSA_MoveAbsoluteY)
+ dy= xkbi->mouseKeysDY;
+ }
+ else {
+ dx= xkbi->mouseKeysDX;
+ dy= xkbi->mouseKeysDY;
+ }
+ XkbFakePointerMotion(xkbi->device, xkbi->mouseKeysFlags,dx,dy);
+ return xkbi->desc->ctrls->mk_interval;
+}
+
+static int
+_XkbFilterPointerMove( XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,
+ XkbFilterPtr filter,
+ unsigned keycode,
+ XkbAction * pAction)
+{
+int x,y;
+Bool accel;
+
+ if (filter->keycode==0) { /* initial press */
+ filter->keycode = keycode;
+ filter->active = 1;
+ filter->filterOthers = 0;
+ filter->priv=0;
+ filter->filter = _XkbFilterPointerMove;
+ filter->upAction= *pAction;
+ xkbi->mouseKeysCounter= 0;
+ xkbi->mouseKey= keycode;
+ accel= ((pAction->ptr.flags&XkbSA_NoAcceleration)==0);
+ x= XkbPtrActionX(&pAction->ptr);
+ y= XkbPtrActionY(&pAction->ptr);
+ XkbFakePointerMotion(xkbi->device, pAction->ptr.flags,x,y);
+ AccessXCancelRepeatKey(xkbi,keycode);
+ xkbi->mouseKeysAccel= accel&&
+ (xkbi->desc->ctrls->enabled_ctrls&XkbMouseKeysAccelMask);
+ xkbi->mouseKeysFlags= pAction->ptr.flags;
+ xkbi->mouseKeysDX= XkbPtrActionX(&pAction->ptr);
+ xkbi->mouseKeysDY= XkbPtrActionY(&pAction->ptr);
+ xkbi->mouseKeyTimer= TimerSet(xkbi->mouseKeyTimer, 0,
+ xkbi->desc->ctrls->mk_delay,
+ _XkbPtrAccelExpire,(pointer)xkbi);
+ }
+ else if (filter->keycode==keycode) {
+ filter->active = 0;
+ if (xkbi->mouseKey==keycode) {
+ xkbi->mouseKey= 0;
+ xkbi->mouseKeyTimer= TimerSet(xkbi->mouseKeyTimer, 0, 0,
+ NULL, NULL);
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+_XkbFilterPointerBtn( XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,
+ XkbFilterPtr filter,
+ unsigned keycode,
+ XkbAction * pAction)
+{
+ if (filter->keycode==0) { /* initial press */
+ int button= pAction->btn.button;
+
+ if (button==XkbSA_UseDfltButton)
+ button = xkbi->desc->ctrls->mk_dflt_btn;
+
+ filter->keycode = keycode;
+ filter->active = 1;
+ filter->filterOthers = 0;
+ filter->priv=0;
+ filter->filter = _XkbFilterPointerBtn;
+ filter->upAction= *pAction;
+ filter->upAction.btn.button= button;
+ switch (pAction->type) {
+ case XkbSA_LockPtrBtn:
+ if (((xkbi->lockedPtrButtons&(1<<button))==0)&&
+ ((pAction->btn.flags&XkbSA_LockNoLock)==0)) {
+ xkbi->lockedPtrButtons|= (1<<button);
+ AccessXCancelRepeatKey(xkbi,keycode);
+ XkbFakeDeviceButton(xkbi->device, 1, button);
+ filter->upAction.type= XkbSA_NoAction;
+ }
+ break;
+ case XkbSA_PtrBtn:
+ {
+ register int i,nClicks;
+ AccessXCancelRepeatKey(xkbi,keycode);
+ if (pAction->btn.count>0) {
+ nClicks= pAction->btn.count;
+ for (i=0;i<nClicks;i++) {
+ XkbFakeDeviceButton(xkbi->device, 1, button);
+ XkbFakeDeviceButton(xkbi->device, 0, button);
+ }
+ filter->upAction.type= XkbSA_NoAction;
+ }
+ else XkbFakeDeviceButton(xkbi->device, 1, button);
+ }
+ break;
+ case XkbSA_SetPtrDflt:
+ {
+ XkbControlsPtr ctrls= xkbi->desc->ctrls;
+ XkbControlsRec old;
+ xkbControlsNotify cn;
+
+ old= *ctrls;
+ AccessXCancelRepeatKey(xkbi,keycode);
+ switch (pAction->dflt.affect) {
+ case XkbSA_AffectDfltBtn:
+ if (pAction->dflt.flags&XkbSA_DfltBtnAbsolute)
+ ctrls->mk_dflt_btn=
+ XkbSAPtrDfltValue(&pAction->dflt);
+ else {
+ ctrls->mk_dflt_btn+=
+ XkbSAPtrDfltValue(&pAction->dflt);
+ if (ctrls->mk_dflt_btn>5)
+ ctrls->mk_dflt_btn= 5;
+ else if (ctrls->mk_dflt_btn<1)
+ ctrls->mk_dflt_btn= 1;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ ErrorF(
+ "Attempt to change unknown pointer default (%d) ignored\n",
+ pAction->dflt.affect);
+ break;
+ }
+ if (XkbComputeControlsNotify(xkbi->device,
+ &old,xkbi->desc->ctrls,
+ &cn,FALSE)) {
+ cn.keycode = keycode;
+ /* XXX: what about DeviceKeyPress? */
+ cn.eventType = KeyPress;
+ cn.requestMajor = 0;
+ cn.requestMinor = 0;
+ XkbSendControlsNotify(xkbi->device,&cn);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (filter->keycode==keycode) {
+ int button= filter->upAction.btn.button;
+
+ switch (filter->upAction.type) {
+ case XkbSA_LockPtrBtn:
+ if (((filter->upAction.btn.flags&XkbSA_LockNoUnlock)!=0)||
+ ((xkbi->lockedPtrButtons&(1<<button))==0)) {
+ break;
+ }
+ xkbi->lockedPtrButtons&= ~(1<<button);
+
+ if (IsMaster(xkbi->device))
+ {
+ XkbMergeLockedPtrBtns(xkbi->device);
+ /* One SD still has lock set, don't post event */
+ if ((xkbi->lockedPtrButtons & (1 << button)) != 0)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* fallthrough */
+ case XkbSA_PtrBtn:
+ XkbFakeDeviceButton(xkbi->device, 0, button);
+ break;
+ }
+ filter->active = 0;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+_XkbFilterControls( XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,
+ XkbFilterPtr filter,
+ unsigned keycode,
+ XkbAction * pAction)
+{
+XkbControlsRec old;
+XkbControlsPtr ctrls;
+DeviceIntPtr kbd;
+unsigned int change;
+XkbEventCauseRec cause;
+
+ kbd= xkbi->device;
+ ctrls= xkbi->desc->ctrls;
+ old= *ctrls;
+ if (filter->keycode==0) { /* initial press */
+ filter->keycode = keycode;
+ filter->active = 1;
+ filter->filterOthers = 0;
+ change= XkbActionCtrls(&pAction->ctrls);
+ filter->priv = change;
+ filter->filter = _XkbFilterControls;
+ filter->upAction = *pAction;
+
+ if (pAction->type==XkbSA_LockControls) {
+ filter->priv= (ctrls->enabled_ctrls&change);
+ change&= ~ctrls->enabled_ctrls;
+ }
+
+ if (change) {
+ xkbControlsNotify cn;
+ XkbSrvLedInfoPtr sli;
+
+ ctrls->enabled_ctrls|= change;
+ if (XkbComputeControlsNotify(kbd,&old,ctrls,&cn,FALSE)) {
+ cn.keycode = keycode;
+ /* XXX: what about DeviceKeyPress? */
+ cn.eventType = KeyPress;
+ cn.requestMajor = 0;
+ cn.requestMinor = 0;
+ XkbSendControlsNotify(kbd,&cn);
+ }
+
+ XkbSetCauseKey(&cause,keycode,KeyPress);
+
+ /* If sticky keys were disabled, clear all locks and latches */
+ if ((old.enabled_ctrls&XkbStickyKeysMask)&&
+ (!(ctrls->enabled_ctrls&XkbStickyKeysMask))) {
+ XkbClearAllLatchesAndLocks(kbd,xkbi,FALSE,&cause);
+ }
+ sli= XkbFindSrvLedInfo(kbd,XkbDfltXIClass,XkbDfltXIId,0);
+ XkbUpdateIndicators(kbd,sli->usesControls,TRUE,NULL,&cause);
+ if (XkbAX_NeedFeedback(ctrls,XkbAX_FeatureFBMask))
+ XkbDDXAccessXBeep(kbd,_BEEP_FEATURE_ON,change);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (filter->keycode==keycode) {
+ change= filter->priv;
+ if (change) {
+ xkbControlsNotify cn;
+ XkbSrvLedInfoPtr sli;
+
+ ctrls->enabled_ctrls&= ~change;
+ if (XkbComputeControlsNotify(kbd,&old,ctrls,&cn,FALSE)) {
+ cn.keycode = keycode;
+ cn.eventType = KeyRelease;
+ cn.requestMajor = 0;
+ cn.requestMinor = 0;
+ XkbSendControlsNotify(kbd,&cn);
+ }
+
+ XkbSetCauseKey(&cause,keycode,KeyRelease);
+ /* If sticky keys were disabled, clear all locks and latches */
+ if ((old.enabled_ctrls&XkbStickyKeysMask)&&
+ (!(ctrls->enabled_ctrls&XkbStickyKeysMask))) {
+ XkbClearAllLatchesAndLocks(kbd,xkbi,FALSE,&cause);
+ }
+ sli= XkbFindSrvLedInfo(kbd,XkbDfltXIClass,XkbDfltXIId,0);
+ XkbUpdateIndicators(kbd,sli->usesControls,TRUE,NULL,&cause);
+ if (XkbAX_NeedFeedback(ctrls,XkbAX_FeatureFBMask))
+ XkbDDXAccessXBeep(kbd,_BEEP_FEATURE_OFF,change);
+ }
+ filter->keycode= 0;
+ filter->active= 0;
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+_XkbFilterActionMessage(XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,
+ XkbFilterPtr filter,
+ unsigned keycode,
+ XkbAction * pAction)
+{
+XkbMessageAction * pMsg;
+DeviceIntPtr kbd;
+
+ kbd= xkbi->device;
+ if (filter->keycode==0) { /* initial press */
+ pMsg= &pAction->msg;
+ if ((pMsg->flags&XkbSA_MessageOnRelease)||
+ ((pMsg->flags&XkbSA_MessageGenKeyEvent)==0)) {
+ filter->keycode = keycode;
+ filter->active = 1;
+ filter->filterOthers = 0;
+ filter->priv = 0;
+ filter->filter = _XkbFilterActionMessage;
+ filter->upAction = *pAction;
+ }
+ if (pMsg->flags&XkbSA_MessageOnPress) {
+ xkbActionMessage msg;
+
+ msg.keycode= keycode;
+ msg.press= 1;
+ msg.keyEventFollows=((pMsg->flags&XkbSA_MessageGenKeyEvent)!=0);
+ memcpy((char *)msg.message,
+ (char *)pMsg->message,XkbActionMessageLength);
+ XkbSendActionMessage(kbd,&msg);
+ }
+ return ((pAction->msg.flags&XkbSA_MessageGenKeyEvent)!=0);
+ }
+ else if (filter->keycode==keycode) {
+ pMsg= &filter->upAction.msg;
+ if (pMsg->flags&XkbSA_MessageOnRelease) {
+ xkbActionMessage msg;
+
+ msg.keycode= keycode;
+ msg.press= 0;
+ msg.keyEventFollows=((pMsg->flags&XkbSA_MessageGenKeyEvent)!=0);
+ memcpy((char *)msg.message,(char *)pMsg->message,
+ XkbActionMessageLength);
+ XkbSendActionMessage(kbd,&msg);
+ }
+ filter->keycode= 0;
+ filter->active= 0;
+ return ((pMsg->flags&XkbSA_MessageGenKeyEvent)!=0);
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+_XkbFilterRedirectKey( XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,
+ XkbFilterPtr filter,
+ unsigned keycode,
+ XkbAction * pAction)
+{
+DeviceEvent ev;
+int x,y;
+XkbStateRec old;
+unsigned mods,mask;
+xkbDeviceInfoPtr xkbPrivPtr = XKBDEVICEINFO(xkbi->device);
+ProcessInputProc backupproc;
+
+ /* never actually used uninitialised, but gcc isn't smart enough
+ * to work that out. */
+ memset(&old, 0, sizeof(old));
+ memset(&ev, 0, sizeof(ev));
+
+ if ((filter->keycode!=0)&&(filter->keycode!=keycode))
+ return 1;
+
+ GetSpritePosition(xkbi->device, &x,&y);
+ ev.header = ET_Internal;
+ ev.length = sizeof(DeviceEvent);
+ ev.time = GetTimeInMillis();
+ ev.root_x = x;
+ ev.root_y = y;
+
+ if (filter->keycode==0) { /* initial press */
+ if ((pAction->redirect.new_key<xkbi->desc->min_key_code)||
+ (pAction->redirect.new_key>xkbi->desc->max_key_code)) {
+ return 1;
+ }
+ filter->keycode = keycode;
+ filter->active = 1;
+ filter->filterOthers = 0;
+ filter->priv = 0;
+ filter->filter = _XkbFilterRedirectKey;
+ filter->upAction = *pAction;
+
+ ev.type = ET_KeyPress;
+ ev.detail.key = pAction->redirect.new_key;
+
+ mask= XkbSARedirectVModsMask(&pAction->redirect);
+ mods= XkbSARedirectVMods(&pAction->redirect);
+ if (mask) XkbVirtualModsToReal(xkbi->desc,mask,&mask);
+ if (mods) XkbVirtualModsToReal(xkbi->desc,mods,&mods);
+ mask|= pAction->redirect.mods_mask;
+ mods|= pAction->redirect.mods;
+
+ if ( mask || mods ) {
+ old= xkbi->state;
+ xkbi->state.base_mods&= ~mask;
+ xkbi->state.base_mods|= (mods&mask);
+ xkbi->state.latched_mods&= ~mask;
+ xkbi->state.latched_mods|= (mods&mask);
+ xkbi->state.locked_mods&= ~mask;
+ xkbi->state.locked_mods|= (mods&mask);
+ XkbComputeDerivedState(xkbi);
+ }
+
+ UNWRAP_PROCESS_INPUT_PROC(xkbi->device,xkbPrivPtr, backupproc);
+ xkbi->device->public.processInputProc((InternalEvent*)&ev, xkbi->device);
+ COND_WRAP_PROCESS_INPUT_PROC(xkbi->device, xkbPrivPtr,
+ backupproc,xkbUnwrapProc);
+
+ if ( mask || mods )
+ xkbi->state= old;
+ }
+ else if (filter->keycode==keycode) {
+
+ ev.type = ET_KeyRelease;
+ ev.detail.key = filter->upAction.redirect.new_key;
+
+ mask= XkbSARedirectVModsMask(&filter->upAction.redirect);
+ mods= XkbSARedirectVMods(&filter->upAction.redirect);
+ if (mask) XkbVirtualModsToReal(xkbi->desc,mask,&mask);
+ if (mods) XkbVirtualModsToReal(xkbi->desc,mods,&mods);
+ mask|= filter->upAction.redirect.mods_mask;
+ mods|= filter->upAction.redirect.mods;
+
+ if ( mask || mods ) {
+ old= xkbi->state;
+ xkbi->state.base_mods&= ~mask;
+ xkbi->state.base_mods|= (mods&mask);
+ xkbi->state.latched_mods&= ~mask;
+ xkbi->state.latched_mods|= (mods&mask);
+ xkbi->state.locked_mods&= ~mask;
+ xkbi->state.locked_mods|= (mods&mask);
+ XkbComputeDerivedState(xkbi);
+ }
+
+ UNWRAP_PROCESS_INPUT_PROC(xkbi->device,xkbPrivPtr, backupproc);
+ xkbi->device->public.processInputProc((InternalEvent*)&ev, xkbi->device);
+ COND_WRAP_PROCESS_INPUT_PROC(xkbi->device, xkbPrivPtr,
+ backupproc,xkbUnwrapProc);
+
+ if ( mask || mods )
+ xkbi->state= old;
+
+ filter->keycode= 0;
+ filter->active= 0;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+_XkbFilterSwitchScreen( XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,
+ XkbFilterPtr filter,
+ unsigned keycode,
+ XkbAction * pAction)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev = xkbi->device;
+ if (dev == inputInfo.keyboard)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (filter->keycode==0) { /* initial press */
+ filter->keycode = keycode;
+ filter->active = 1;
+ filter->filterOthers = 0;
+ filter->filter = _XkbFilterSwitchScreen;
+ AccessXCancelRepeatKey(xkbi, keycode);
+ XkbDDXSwitchScreen(dev,keycode,pAction);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else if (filter->keycode==keycode) {
+ filter->active= 0;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+_XkbFilterXF86Private( XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,
+ XkbFilterPtr filter,
+ unsigned keycode,
+ XkbAction * pAction)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev = xkbi->device;
+ if (dev == inputInfo.keyboard)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (filter->keycode==0) { /* initial press */
+ filter->keycode = keycode;
+ filter->active = 1;
+ filter->filterOthers = 0;
+ filter->filter = _XkbFilterXF86Private;
+ XkbDDXPrivate(dev,keycode,pAction);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else if (filter->keycode==keycode) {
+ filter->active= 0;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+
+static int
+_XkbFilterDeviceBtn( XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,
+ XkbFilterPtr filter,
+ unsigned keycode,
+ XkbAction * pAction)
+{
+DeviceIntPtr dev;
+int button;
+
+ if (xkbi->device == inputInfo.keyboard)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (filter->keycode==0) { /* initial press */
+ _XkbLookupButtonDevice(&dev, pAction->devbtn.device, serverClient,
+ DixUnknownAccess, &button);
+ if (!dev || !dev->public.on)
+ return 1;
+
+ button= pAction->devbtn.button;
+ if ((button<1)||(button>dev->button->numButtons))
+ return 1;
+
+ filter->keycode = keycode;
+ filter->active = 1;
+ filter->filterOthers = 0;
+ filter->priv=0;
+ filter->filter = _XkbFilterDeviceBtn;
+ filter->upAction= *pAction;
+ switch (pAction->type) {
+ case XkbSA_LockDeviceBtn:
+ if ((pAction->devbtn.flags&XkbSA_LockNoLock)||
+ BitIsOn(dev->button->down, button))
+ return 0;
+ XkbFakeDeviceButton(dev,TRUE,button);
+ filter->upAction.type= XkbSA_NoAction;
+ break;
+ case XkbSA_DeviceBtn:
+ if (pAction->devbtn.count>0) {
+ int nClicks,i;
+ nClicks= pAction->btn.count;
+ for (i=0;i<nClicks;i++) {
+ XkbFakeDeviceButton(dev,TRUE,button);
+ XkbFakeDeviceButton(dev,FALSE,button);
+ }
+ filter->upAction.type= XkbSA_NoAction;
+ }
+ else XkbFakeDeviceButton(dev,TRUE,button);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (filter->keycode==keycode) {
+ int button;
+
+ filter->active= 0;
+ _XkbLookupButtonDevice(&dev, filter->upAction.devbtn.device,
+ serverClient, DixUnknownAccess, &button);
+ if (!dev || !dev->public.on)
+ return 1;
+
+ button= filter->upAction.btn.button;
+ switch (filter->upAction.type) {
+ case XkbSA_LockDeviceBtn:
+ if ((filter->upAction.devbtn.flags&XkbSA_LockNoUnlock)||
+ !BitIsOn(dev->button->down, button))
+ return 0;
+ XkbFakeDeviceButton(dev,FALSE,button);
+ break;
+ case XkbSA_DeviceBtn:
+ XkbFakeDeviceButton(dev,FALSE,button);
+ break;
+ }
+ filter->active = 0;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static XkbFilterPtr
+_XkbNextFreeFilter(
+ XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi
+)
+{
+register int i;
+
+ if (xkbi->szFilters==0) {
+ xkbi->szFilters = 4;
+ xkbi->filters = calloc(xkbi->szFilters, sizeof(XkbFilterRec));
+ /* 6/21/93 (ef) -- XXX! deal with allocation failure */
+ }
+ for (i=0;i<xkbi->szFilters;i++) {
+ if (!xkbi->filters[i].active) {
+ xkbi->filters[i].keycode = 0;
+ return &xkbi->filters[i];
+ }
+ }
+ xkbi->szFilters*=2;
+ xkbi->filters= realloc(xkbi->filters,
+ xkbi->szFilters * sizeof(XkbFilterRec));
+ /* 6/21/93 (ef) -- XXX! deal with allocation failure */
+ memset(&xkbi->filters[xkbi->szFilters/2], 0,
+ (xkbi->szFilters/2)*sizeof(XkbFilterRec));
+ return &xkbi->filters[xkbi->szFilters/2];
+}
+
+static int
+_XkbApplyFilters(XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,unsigned kc,XkbAction *pAction)
+{
+register int i,send;
+
+ send= 1;
+ for (i=0;i<xkbi->szFilters;i++) {
+ if ((xkbi->filters[i].active)&&(xkbi->filters[i].filter))
+ send= ((*xkbi->filters[i].filter)(xkbi,&xkbi->filters[i],kc,pAction)
+ && send);
+ }
+ return send;
+}
+
+void
+XkbHandleActions(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceIntPtr kbd, DeviceEvent* event)
+{
+int key,bit,i;
+XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi;
+KeyClassPtr keyc;
+int changed,sendEvent;
+Bool genStateNotify;
+XkbAction act;
+XkbFilterPtr filter;
+Bool keyEvent;
+Bool pressEvent;
+ProcessInputProc backupproc;
+
+xkbDeviceInfoPtr xkbPrivPtr = XKBDEVICEINFO(dev);
+
+ keyc= kbd->key;
+ xkbi= keyc->xkbInfo;
+ key= event->detail.key;
+ /* The state may change, so if we're not in the middle of sending a state
+ * notify, prepare for it */
+ if ((xkbi->flags&_XkbStateNotifyInProgress)==0) {
+ xkbi->prev_state = xkbi->state;
+ xkbi->flags|= _XkbStateNotifyInProgress;
+ genStateNotify= TRUE;
+ }
+ else genStateNotify= FALSE;
+
+ xkbi->clearMods = xkbi->setMods = 0;
+ xkbi->groupChange = 0;
+
+ sendEvent = 1;
+ keyEvent= ((event->type == ET_KeyPress) || (event->type == ET_KeyRelease));
+ pressEvent= ((event->type == ET_KeyPress)|| (event->type == ET_ButtonPress));
+
+ if (pressEvent) {
+ if (keyEvent)
+ act = XkbGetKeyAction(xkbi,&xkbi->state,key);
+ else {
+ act = XkbGetButtonAction(kbd,dev,key);
+ key|= BTN_ACT_FLAG;
+ }
+ sendEvent = _XkbApplyFilters(xkbi,key,&act);
+ if (sendEvent) {
+ switch (act.type) {
+ case XkbSA_SetMods:
+ case XkbSA_SetGroup:
+ filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
+ sendEvent = _XkbFilterSetState(xkbi,filter,key,&act);
+ break;
+ case XkbSA_LatchMods:
+ case XkbSA_LatchGroup:
+ filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
+ sendEvent=_XkbFilterLatchState(xkbi,filter,key,&act);
+ break;
+ case XkbSA_LockMods:
+ case XkbSA_LockGroup:
+ filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
+ sendEvent=_XkbFilterLockState(xkbi,filter,key,&act);
+ break;
+ case XkbSA_ISOLock:
+ filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
+ sendEvent=_XkbFilterISOLock(xkbi,filter,key,&act);
+ break;
+ case XkbSA_MovePtr:
+ filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
+ sendEvent= _XkbFilterPointerMove(xkbi,filter,key,&act);
+ break;
+ case XkbSA_PtrBtn:
+ case XkbSA_LockPtrBtn:
+ case XkbSA_SetPtrDflt:
+ filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
+ sendEvent= _XkbFilterPointerBtn(xkbi,filter,key,&act);
+ break;
+ case XkbSA_Terminate:
+ sendEvent= XkbDDXTerminateServer(dev,key,&act);
+ break;
+ case XkbSA_SwitchScreen:
+ filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
+ sendEvent=_XkbFilterSwitchScreen(xkbi,filter,key,&act);
+ break;
+ case XkbSA_SetControls:
+ case XkbSA_LockControls:
+ filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
+ sendEvent=_XkbFilterControls(xkbi,filter,key,&act);
+ break;
+ case XkbSA_ActionMessage:
+ filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
+ sendEvent=_XkbFilterActionMessage(xkbi,filter,key,&act);
+ break;
+ case XkbSA_RedirectKey:
+ filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
+ sendEvent= _XkbFilterRedirectKey(xkbi,filter,key,&act);
+ break;
+ case XkbSA_DeviceBtn:
+ case XkbSA_LockDeviceBtn:
+ filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
+ sendEvent= _XkbFilterDeviceBtn(xkbi,filter,key,&act);
+ break;
+ case XkbSA_XFree86Private:
+ filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
+ sendEvent= _XkbFilterXF86Private(xkbi,filter,key,&act);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ if (!keyEvent)
+ key|= BTN_ACT_FLAG;
+ sendEvent = _XkbApplyFilters(xkbi,key,NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (xkbi->groupChange!=0)
+ xkbi->state.base_group+= xkbi->groupChange;
+ if (xkbi->setMods) {
+ for (i=0,bit=1; xkbi->setMods; i++,bit<<=1 ) {
+ if (xkbi->setMods&bit) {
+ keyc->modifierKeyCount[i]++;
+ xkbi->state.base_mods|= bit;
+ xkbi->setMods&= ~bit;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (xkbi->clearMods) {
+ for (i=0,bit=1; xkbi->clearMods; i++,bit<<=1 ) {
+ if (xkbi->clearMods&bit) {
+ keyc->modifierKeyCount[i]--;
+ if (keyc->modifierKeyCount[i]<=0) {
+ xkbi->state.base_mods&= ~bit;
+ keyc->modifierKeyCount[i] = 0;
+ }
+ xkbi->clearMods&= ~bit;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (sendEvent) {
+ DeviceIntPtr tmpdev;
+ if (keyEvent)
+ tmpdev = dev;
+ else
+ tmpdev = GetPairedDevice(dev);
+
+ UNWRAP_PROCESS_INPUT_PROC(tmpdev,xkbPrivPtr, backupproc);
+ dev->public.processInputProc((InternalEvent*)event, tmpdev);
+ COND_WRAP_PROCESS_INPUT_PROC(tmpdev, xkbPrivPtr,
+ backupproc,xkbUnwrapProc);
+ }
+ else if (keyEvent) {
+ FixKeyState(event, dev);
+ }
+
+ XkbComputeDerivedState(xkbi);
+ changed = XkbStateChangedFlags(&xkbi->prev_state,&xkbi->state);
+ if (genStateNotify) {
+ if (changed) {
+ xkbStateNotify sn;
+ sn.keycode= key;
+ sn.eventType= event->type;
+ sn.requestMajor = sn.requestMinor = 0;
+ sn.changed= changed;
+ XkbSendStateNotify(dev,&sn);
+ }
+ xkbi->flags&= ~_XkbStateNotifyInProgress;
+ }
+ changed= XkbIndicatorsToUpdate(dev,changed,FALSE);
+ if (changed) {
+ XkbEventCauseRec cause;
+ XkbSetCauseKey(&cause, key, event->type);
+ XkbUpdateIndicators(dev,changed,FALSE,NULL,&cause);
+ }
+ return;
+}
+
+int
+XkbLatchModifiers(DeviceIntPtr pXDev,CARD8 mask,CARD8 latches)
+{
+XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi;
+XkbFilterPtr filter;
+XkbAction act;
+unsigned clear;
+
+ if ( pXDev && pXDev->key && pXDev->key->xkbInfo ) {
+ xkbi = pXDev->key->xkbInfo;
+ clear= (mask&(~latches));
+ xkbi->state.latched_mods&= ~clear;
+ /* Clear any pending latch to locks.
+ */
+ act.type = XkbSA_NoAction;
+ _XkbApplyFilters(xkbi,SYNTHETIC_KEYCODE,&act);
+ act.type = XkbSA_LatchMods;
+ act.mods.flags = 0;
+ act.mods.mask = mask&latches;
+ filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
+ _XkbFilterLatchState(xkbi,filter,SYNTHETIC_KEYCODE,&act);
+ _XkbFilterLatchState(xkbi,filter,SYNTHETIC_KEYCODE,(XkbAction *)NULL);
+ return Success;
+ }
+ return BadValue;
+}
+
+int
+XkbLatchGroup(DeviceIntPtr pXDev,int group)
+{
+XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi;
+XkbFilterPtr filter;
+XkbAction act;
+
+ if ( pXDev && pXDev->key && pXDev->key->xkbInfo ) {
+ xkbi = pXDev->key->xkbInfo;
+ act.type = XkbSA_LatchGroup;
+ act.group.flags = 0;
+ XkbSASetGroup(&act.group,group);
+ filter = _XkbNextFreeFilter(xkbi);
+ _XkbFilterLatchState(xkbi,filter,SYNTHETIC_KEYCODE,&act);
+ _XkbFilterLatchState(xkbi,filter,SYNTHETIC_KEYCODE,(XkbAction *)NULL);
+ return Success;
+ }
+ return BadValue;
+}
+
+/***====================================================================***/
+
+void
+XkbClearAllLatchesAndLocks( DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi,
+ Bool genEv,
+ XkbEventCausePtr cause)
+{
+XkbStateRec os;
+xkbStateNotify sn;
+
+ sn.changed= 0;
+ os= xkbi->state;
+ if (os.latched_mods) { /* clear all latches */
+ XkbLatchModifiers(dev,~0,0);
+ sn.changed|= XkbModifierLatchMask;
+ }
+ if (os.latched_group) {
+ XkbLatchGroup(dev,0);
+ sn.changed|= XkbGroupLatchMask;
+ }
+ if (os.locked_mods) {
+ xkbi->state.locked_mods= 0;
+ sn.changed|= XkbModifierLockMask;
+ }
+ if (os.locked_group) {
+ xkbi->state.locked_group= 0;
+ sn.changed|= XkbGroupLockMask;
+ }
+ if ( genEv && sn.changed) {
+ CARD32 changed;
+
+ XkbComputeDerivedState(xkbi);
+ sn.keycode= cause->kc;
+ sn.eventType= cause->event;
+ sn.requestMajor= cause->mjr;
+ sn.requestMinor= cause->mnr;
+ sn.changed= XkbStateChangedFlags(&os,&xkbi->state);
+ XkbSendStateNotify(dev,&sn);
+ changed= XkbIndicatorsToUpdate(dev,sn.changed,FALSE);
+ if (changed) {
+ XkbUpdateIndicators(dev,changed,TRUE,NULL,cause);
+ }
+ }
+ return;
+}
+
+/*
+ * The event is injected into the event processing, not the EQ. Thus,
+ * ensure that we restore the master after the event sequence to the
+ * original set of classes. Otherwise, the master remains on the XTEST
+ * classes and drops events that don't fit into the XTEST layout (e.g.
+ * events with more than 2 valuators).
+ *
+ * FIXME: EQ injection in the processing stage is not designed for, so this
+ * is a rather awkward hack. The event list returned by GetPointerEvents()
+ * and friends is always prefixed with a DCE if the last _posted_ device was
+ * different. For normal events, this sequence then resets the master during
+ * the processing stage. Since we inject the PointerKey events in the
+ * processing stage though, we need to manually reset to restore the
+ * previous order, because the events already in the EQ must be sent for the
+ * right device.
+ * So we post-fix the event list we get from GPE with a DCE back to the
+ * previous slave device.
+ *
+ * First one on drinking island wins!
+ */
+static void
+InjectPointerKeyEvents(DeviceIntPtr dev, int type, int button, int flags, ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ EventListPtr events;
+ int nevents, i;
+ DeviceIntPtr ptr, mpointer, lastSlave = NULL;
+ Bool saveWait;
+
+ if (IsMaster(dev)) {
+ mpointer = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER);
+ lastSlave = mpointer->lastSlave;
+ ptr = GetXTestDevice(mpointer);
+ } else if (IsFloating(dev))
+ ptr = dev;
+ else
+ return;
+
+
+ events = InitEventList(GetMaximumEventsNum() + 1);
+ OsBlockSignals();
+ pScreen = miPointerGetScreen(ptr);
+ saveWait = miPointerSetWaitForUpdate(pScreen, FALSE);
+ nevents = GetPointerEvents(events, ptr, type, button, flags, mask);
+ if (IsMaster(dev) && (lastSlave && lastSlave != ptr))
+ UpdateFromMaster(&events[nevents], lastSlave, DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT, &nevents);
+ miPointerSetWaitForUpdate(pScreen, saveWait);
+ OsReleaseSignals();
+
+ for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++)
+ mieqProcessDeviceEvent(ptr, (InternalEvent*)events[i].event, NULL);
+
+ FreeEventList(events, GetMaximumEventsNum());
+
+}
+
+static void
+XkbFakePointerMotion(DeviceIntPtr dev, unsigned flags,int x,int y)
+{
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+ int gpe_flags = 0;
+
+ /* ignore attached SDs */
+ if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))
+ return;
+
+ if (flags & XkbSA_MoveAbsoluteX || flags & XkbSA_MoveAbsoluteY)
+ gpe_flags = POINTER_ABSOLUTE;
+ else
+ gpe_flags = POINTER_RELATIVE;
+
+ valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, 0, 2, (int[]){x, y});
+
+ InjectPointerKeyEvents(dev, MotionNotify, 0, gpe_flags, &mask);
+}
+
+void
+XkbFakeDeviceButton(DeviceIntPtr dev,Bool press,int button)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr ptr;
+ int down;
+
+ /* If dev is a slave device, and the SD is attached, do nothing. If we'd
+ * post through the attached master pointer we'd get duplicate events.
+ *
+ * if dev is a master keyboard, post through the XTEST device
+ *
+ * if dev is a floating slave, post through the device itself.
+ */
+
+ if (IsMaster(dev)) {
+ DeviceIntPtr mpointer = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER);
+ ptr = GetXTestDevice(mpointer);
+ } else if (IsFloating(dev))
+ ptr = dev;
+ else
+ return;
+
+ down = button_is_down(ptr, button, BUTTON_PROCESSED);
+ if (press == down)
+ return;
+
+ InjectPointerKeyEvents(dev, press ? ButtonPress : ButtonRelease,
+ button, 0, NULL);
+}
--
cgit v1.2.3